Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2013

Registration Statement No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

KNOT Offshore Partners LP

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Republic of the Marshall Islands   4400   N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, +44 1224 618420

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

(212) 922-2200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Catherine S. Gallagher

Adorys Velazquez

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Suite 500W

Washington, DC 20037

(202) 639-6500

 

Sean T. Wheeler

Charles E. Carpenter

Latham & Watkins LLP

811 Main Street, Suite 3700

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 546-5400

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common units representing limited partner interests

  $100,000,000   $13,640

 

 

(1) Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 28, 2013

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

LOGO

KNOT Offshore Partners LP

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

$          per common unit

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common units. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $          and $          per common unit. We are selling            common units. To the extent the underwriters sell more than            common units in this offering, the underwriters have an option to purchase up to             additional common units.

We are a Marshall Islands limited partnership formed to own, operate and acquire shuttle tankers under long-term charters. Our initial fleet of shuttle tankers will be contributed to us by Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, a leading independent owner of crude oil shuttle tankers. Although we are organized as a partnership, we have elected to be treated as a corporation solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We intend to apply to list the common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “KNOP.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we are eligible for reduced reporting requirements. See “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22.

These risks include the following:

 

   

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our units.

 

   

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and expand our fleet, which will reduce our cash available for distribution.

 

   

Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying distributions to unitholders.

 

   

Our growth depends on the continued growth in demand for offshore oil transportation.

 

   

We depend on Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and certain of its affiliates to assist us in operating and expanding our business.

 

   

Unitholders have limited voting rights, and our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders who are resident in Norway or own more than 4.9% of our common units.

 

   

Our general partner and its affiliates own a     % interest in us and have conflicts of interest and limited duties to us and our unitholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to your detriment.

 

   

Even if public unitholders are dissatisfied, they cannot initially remove our general partner without the consent of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS.

 

   

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.

 

   

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $        per common unit.

 

   

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which would have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per
Common Unit
     Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount (1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to KNOT Offshore Partners LP (1)(2)

   $                    $                

 

(1) Excludes an aggregate structuring fee of $        million payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
(2) Excludes offering expenses payable by us as described in “Expenses Related to This Offering.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to purchasers on or about                    , 2013 through the book-entry facilities of the Depositary Trust Company.

 

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Citigroup

 

                    , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this prospectus.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

     1   

KNOT Offshore Partners LP

     1   

Our Relationship with Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

     3   

Business Opportunities

     3   

Competitive Strengths

     4   

Business Strategies

     5   

Risk Factors

     5   

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

     6   

Formation Transactions

     6   

Simplified Organizational and Ownership Structure After this Offering

     8   

Our Management

     9   

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address; SEC Filing Requirements

     9   

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

     9   

The Offering

     12   

Summary Financial and Operating Data

     18   

RISK FACTORS

     22   

Risks Inherent in Our Business

     22   

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

     38   

Tax Risks

     46   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     50   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     52   

CAPITALIZATION

     54   

DILUTION

     55   

OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

     57   

General

     57   

Forecasted Results of Operations for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2014

     59   

Forecast Assumptions and Considerations

     61   

Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution

     66   

HOW WE MAKE CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

     69   

Distributions of Available Cash

     69   

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

     70   

Subordination Period

     73   

Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

     74   

Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

     75   

General Partner Interest

     75   

Incentive Distribution Rights

     75   

Percentage Allocations of Available Cash From Operating Surplus

     76   

KNOT’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

     76   

 

i


Table of Contents

Distributions From Capital Surplus

     79   

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

     80   

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

     80   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     82   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     86   

Overview

     86   

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects

     88   

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

     90   

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

     91   

Customers

     92   

Insurance

     92   

Results of Operations

     93   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     98   

Cash Flows

     100   

Borrowing Activities

     101   

Contractual Obligations

     106   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

     106   

Critical Accounting Estimates

     106   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

     110   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     110   

INDUSTRY

     113   

The Offshore Oil Industry

     113   

Shuttle Tanker Characteristics

     114   

Shuttle Tanker Markets

     117   

BUSINESS

     125   

Overview

     125   

Our Relationship with Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

     126   

Business Opportunities

     127   

Competitive Strengths

     127   

Business Strategies

     129   

Our Fleet

     129   

Customers

     131   

Charters

     131   

Competition

     132   

Classification, Inspection and Maintenance

     133   

Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration

     134   

Crewing and Staff

     135   

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

     135   

Environmental and Other Regulation

     137   

Properties

     144   

Legal Proceedings

     144   

Taxation of the Partnership

     145   

MANAGEMENT

     146   

Management of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

     146   

Directors and Executive Officers

     148   

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

     149   

Executive Compensation

     149   

Compensation of Directors

     149   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     150   

 

ii


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     151   

Distributions and Payments to our General Partner and Its Affiliates

     151   

Agreements Governing the Transactions

     152   

Contribution Agreement

     160   

Other Related Party Transactions

     160   

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     162   

Conflicts of Interest

     162   

Fiduciary Duties

     165   

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

     168   

The Units

     168   

Transfer Agent and Registrar

     168   

Transfer of Common Units

     168   

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

     170   

Organization and Duration

     170   

Purpose

     170   

Cash Distributions

     170   

Capital Contributions

     170   

Voting Rights

     170   

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

     172   

Limited Liability

     173   

Issuance of Additional Interests

     174   

Tax Status

     174   

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

     174   

Merger, Sale, Conversion or Other Disposition of Assets

     177   

Termination and Dissolution

     177   

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

     177   

Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner

     178   

Transfer of General Partner Interest

     179   

Transfer of Ownership Interests in General Partner

     179   

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

     179   

Change of Management Provisions

     180   

Limited Call Right

     180   

Board of Directors

     180   

Meetings; Voting

     181   

Status as Limited Partner or Assignee

     182   

Indemnification

     182   

Reimbursement of Expenses

     183   

Books and Reports

     183   

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

     183   

Registration Rights

     183   

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     184   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     185   

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

     185   

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

     185   

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

     190   

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

     190   

NON-UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     192   

Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

     192   

Norwegian Tax Consequences

     192   

United Kingdom Tax Consequences

     193   

 

iii


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

     194   

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

     196   

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

     196   

Notice to Prospective Investors in Germany

     197   

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Netherlands

     197   

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

     198   

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

     199   

LEGAL MATTERS

     200   

EXPERTS

     200   

EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

     201   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     201   

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

     202   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     203   

APPENDIX  A—Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of
KNOT Offshore Partners LP

     A-i   

 

 

 

iv


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless we otherwise specify, all references to information and data in this prospectus about our business and fleet refer to our business and fleet to be contributed to our partnership upon the closing of this offering. Prior to the closing of this offering, our partnership will not own any vessels. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the historical financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor and the notes to those financial statements. The information presented in this prospectus assumes, unless otherwise noted, (1) an initial public offering price of $           per common unit and (2) that the underwriters’ do not exercise their option to purchase additional comment units. You should read “Risk Factors” for more information about important risks that you should consider carefully before buying our common units. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars” and “$” in this prospectus are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. Dollars.

References in this prospectus to “KNOT Offshore Partners,” “we,” “our,” “us” and “the Partnership” or similar terms when used in a historical context refer to Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and its vessels and the subsidiaries that hold interests in the vessels in our initial fleet. When used in the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to KNOT Offshore Partners LP or any one or more of its subsidiaries, or to all such entities unless the context otherwise indicates. References in this prospectus to “our predecessor” refer to KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our predecessor had revenues and net income of $65.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively. Please read “—Summary Financial and Operating Data” beginning on page 18 for an overview of our predecessor’s operating results and financial position.

References in this prospectus to “our general partner” refer to KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, the general partner of KNOT Offshore Partners. References in this prospectus to “KNOT UK” refer to KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership. References in this prospectus to “KNOT” refer, depending on the context, to Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS and to any one or more of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, other than us. References in this prospectus to “TSSI” refer to TS Shipping Invest AS and references to “NYK” refer to Nippon Yusen Kaisha, each of which holds a 50% interest in KNOT. References in this prospectus to “KNOT Management” are to KNOT Management AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT. References in this prospectus to “KOAS UK” refer to Knusten OAS (UK) Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TSSI. References in this prospectus to “KOAS” refer to Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of TSSI. References in this prospectus to “BG Group,” “Statoil” and “Transpetro” refer to BG Group Plc, Statoil ASA and Petrobras Transporte S.A., respectively, and certain of each of their subsidiaries that are our customers.

KNOT Offshore Partners LP

We are a limited partnership formed to own, operate and acquire shuttle tankers under long-term charters, which we define as charters of five years or more. Our initial fleet of shuttle tankers will be contributed to us by Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, or KNOT, which is jointly owned by TS Shipping Invest AS, or TSSI, and Nippon Yusen Kaisha, or NYK. TSSI is controlled by our Chairman and is a private Norwegian company with ownership interests in shuttle tankers, liquefied natural gas, or LNG, tankers and product/chemical tankers. NYK is a Japanese public company with a fleet of approximately 800 vessels, including bulk carriers, containerships, tankers and specialized vessels. Upon completion of this offering, KNOT will own our 2.0% general partner interest, all of our incentive distribution rights and a     % limited partner interest in us.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have a modern fleet of shuttle tankers that will operate under long-term charters with major oil and gas companies engaged in offshore production such as BG Group, Statoil and Transpetro. We intend to operate our vessels under long-term charters with stable cash flows and to grow our position in the shuttle tanker market through acquisitions from KNOT and third parties. We also believe we can grow organically by continuing to provide reliable customer service to our charterers and leveraging KNOT’s relationships, expertise and reputation.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

A shuttle tanker is a specialized ship designed to transport crude oil and condensates from offshore oil field installations to onshore terminals and refineries. Shuttle tankers are equipped with sophisticated loading systems and dynamic positioning systems that allow the vessels to load cargo safely and reliably from oil field installations, even in harsh weather conditions. Shuttle tankers were developed in the North Sea in 1977 as an alternative to pipelines.

Upon the closing of this offering, our initial fleet will consist of:

 

   

the Fortaleza Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in March 2023 with Petrobras Transporte S.A., or Transpetro;

 

   

the Recife Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in August 2023 with Transpetro;

 

   

the Bodil Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in May 2016 with Statoil ASA, or Statoil, with options to extend until May 2019; and

 

   

the Windsor Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2007 and retrofitted from a conventional crude oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in April 2014 with BG Group Plc, or BG Group, with options to extend until April 2016.

In addition, while we believe the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen will be chartered through the option periods, KNOT has agreed to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under such vessel’s existing charters for a period of five years from the closing date of this offering.

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement we will enter into with KNOT at the closing of this offering, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT any shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years. This right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement.

We will have the right to purchase the following five additional newbuild shuttle tankers from KNOT :

 

   

the Carmen Knutsen , a shuttle tanker that was delivered in January 2013 and is operating under a time charter that expires in January 2018 with Repsol YPF, with options to extend until January 2021.

 

   

Hull 2531 , a shuttle tanker that is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2013. Upon delivery, Hull 2531 will operate under a time charter that expires in the third quarter of 2018 with Ente Nazionale Indrocarburi S.p.A., or Eni, with options to extend until the third quarter of 2023.

 

   

Hull 2532 , a shuttle tanker that is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2013. Upon delivery, Hull 2532 will operate under a time charter that expires in the third quarter of 2018 with Eni, with options to extend until the third quarter of 2023.

 

   

Hull 2575 , a shuttle tanker that is scheduled for delivery in the fourth quarter of 2013. Upon delivery, Hull 2575 will operate under a time charter that expires in the fourth quarter of 2023 with ExxonMobil Corporation, or Exxon, with options to extend until the fourth quarter of 2028.

 

   

Hull 574 , a shuttle tanker currently being built by Cosco (Zhoushan) Shipyard Co., Ltd., or Cosco, that is scheduled for delivery in late 2014. Upon delivery, Hull 574 will operate under a time charter that expires in late 2024 with Repsol Sinopec Brasil BV, or Repsol Sinopec, with options to extend until late 2029.

We will have the right to purchase the Carmen Knutsen within 24 months after the closing of this offering and will have the right to purchase Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 within 24 months after each such vessel’s respective acceptance by its charterer, in each case subject to reaching an agreement with KNOT

 

 

2


Table of Contents

regarding the purchase price in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement. Acceptance by the charterer occurs after the vessel has been delivered to the charterer and the charterer completes all inspections and testing of the vessel in compliance with charter requirements.

Pursuant to a joint venture agreement, KNOT is the exclusive vehicle for TSSI’s and NYK’s shuttle tanker business. Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of a company jointly owned by TSSI and NYK, is the current party to the shipbuilding contract with Cosco for Hull 574 and in accordance with the joint venture agreement, an option has been granted to KNOT to acquire Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS. KNOT will be required under the omnibus agreement to exercise such option on or prior to acceptance of Hull 574 by Repsol Sinopec.

Our Relationship with Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

We believe that one of our principal strengths is our relationship with KNOT. We believe our relationship with KNOT will give us access to KNOT’s relationships with major international oil and gas companies, shipbuilders, financing sources and suppliers and its technical, commercial and managerial expertise, which we believe will allow us to compete more effectively when seeking additional customers. As of January 31, 2013, the KNOT fleet consisted of 23 shuttle tankers (including the vessels in our initial fleet) and three newbuilds on order, and one product/chemical tanker. In addition, KNOT, through its wholly owned subsidiary KNOT Management AS, or KNOT Management, owns the ship management services relating to the shuttle tankers in our fleet, which allows for a fully integrated shipping operation, providing newbuild supervision, project development, crewing, technical management and various other maritime services.

KNOT, whose predecessor was formed in 1987, is jointly owned by TSSI and NYK. In December 2010, NYK made an investment in KNOT in return for a 50% equity interest. The investment by NYK helped KNOT to continue to expand its fleet.

Business Opportunities

We believe the following factors create opportunities for us to successfully execute our business strategy and plan and grow our business.

 

   

Growing offshore oil production. According to the International Energy Agency, or IEA,—World Energy Outlook 2012, the demand for oil and oil-derived products is expected to continue to grow steadily in the coming years, reaching approximately 99.7 million barrels per day, or bpd, by 2035, up from 87.4 million bpd in 2011. In addition, offshore discoveries are expected to play an important role in the future, as IEA projects that deepwater production will expand from 4.8 million bpd in 2011 to 8.7 million bpd in 2035.

 

   

Increased demand for shuttle tanker services. We believe demand for shuttle tankers will increase from the continued growth in deepwater offshore oil production because production from deep waters and remote areas may be too expensive or technically demanding to transport via pipeline. As offshore oil production expands into harsh environments, high specification shuttle tankers will be needed to service those fields. Shuttle tankers are equipped with sophisticated loading systems and dynamic positioning systems that allow the vessels to load cargo safely and reliably from oil field installations, even in harsh weather conditions. Shuttle tankers provide a more flexible option than pipelines for the transportation of oil over long distances and from deeper waters and harsher environments where pipelines may not be economically or technologically feasible. As of January 31, 2013, the world shuttle tanker fleet consisted of 70 vessels. According to Fearnley Consultants AS, or Fearnley Consultants, 60 new shuttle tankers will be needed by 2020 to satisfy estimated demand.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Customer demand for established, high quality operators. Many offshore projects, particularly those located in deep waters or remote locations, have a heightened reliance on their shuttle tanker provider due to the long-term nature of their contracts, the stringent technical requirements of shuttle tankers and the high degree of experience and expertise required of its crew. As a result, the major oil and gas companies are highly selective in their choice of shuttle tanker providers due to the high level of capital investment in their offshore projects and the requirement for uninterrupted production from the oil fields. We believe that KNOT’s long-standing reputation for customer service and reliability will cause major oil and gas companies to favor it over less experienced operators.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our future prospects for success are enhanced by the following aspects of our business:

 

   

Relationship with leading shuttle tanker operator. We believe we will benefit from our relationship with KNOT in the future. We believe charterers award new business to established participants in the shuttle tanker market because of their technical, commercial and managerial expertise. For example, over the past ten years, all but one new tenders and time-charter contract awards in the North Sea have been won by KNOT, the second largest shuttle tanker owner, and one other established company. We believe that KNOT’s 25-year history of providing offshore loading and transportation services to major integrated oil companies will enable it to attract additional long-term charters for shuttle tankers that will be required to be offered to us pursuant to the omnibus agreement in the event their terms equal or exceed five years.

 

   

Built-in growth opportunities. In addition to our initial fleet of four shuttle tankers, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT five newbuild shuttle tankers . Additionally, we will have the right to purchase additional shuttle tankers in KNOT’s fleet if they are placed under charters of five years or more. This right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement. We believe these acquisition opportunities, as well as future acquisition opportunities, will provide us with a way to grow our distributions per unit.

 

   

Enhanced growth opportunities through our relationship with KNOT. We believe our relationship with KNOT will provide us with many benefits that we believe will drive growth in distributions per unit, including opportunities to acquire other vessels, strong customer relationships, leading operational expertise, enhanced shipyard relationships, access to KNOT’s relationships with leading financing providers and a large pool of experienced and qualified global seafarers.

 

   

Sustainable cash flow supported by charters with leading energy companies. Our services will be integrated with the offshore oil fields we will serve and are a critical part of our customers’ logistics solutions. Each shuttle tanker in our fleet will operate under a long-term, fixed-rate charter with leading oil and gas companies, including BG Group, Statoil and Transpetro, with an average remaining duration of 8.1 years as of December 31, 2012 (including KNOT’s guarantee of the hire rates under the charters for the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen through the option periods). In addition, these charters contain fixed escalation provisions to offset the effects of increases in operating expenses.

 

   

Modern fleet equipped with the latest technology. Our initial fleet will be one of the youngest shuttle tanker fleets in operation worldwide, with an average age of 2.7 years as of December 31, 2012, compared to 10.6 years for the global shuttle tanker fleet. Both our initial fleet and the five newbuild shuttle tankers that we will have the right to purchase from KNOT will be equipped with the latest advanced shuttle tanker technology, including advanced dynamic positioning technology, or DP2, and will be able to operate in the harsh weather environments in the North Sea. We believe the significant investment needed to build shuttle tankers with the highly customized specifications required by our customers and train personnel to create operational efficiencies creates a significant barrier to entry for new competitors.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Financial flexibility to support our growth. We believe we will have access to public debt and equity markets in order to pursue expansion opportunities. We expect to have a moderate level of indebtedness at the time of our initial public offering. In addition, we expect to have access to approximately $         million of additional borrowings under our credit facilities following the closing of this offering that could be used for working capital and acquisitions.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to utilize our strengths described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, please read “Risk Factors.”

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase quarterly distributions per unit over time by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions of shuttle tankers on long-term, fixed-rate charters. We will seek to leverage our relationship with KNOT to make strategic and accretive acquisitions. Under the omnibus agreement that we will enter into with KNOT, we will have the right to purchase five newbuild vessels, delivered or expected to be delivered to charterers during 2013 and 2014. Additionally, during the term of the omnibus agreement, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT any newbuild shuttle tanker under a long-term charter agreement or existing shuttle tanker in the KNOT fleet that enters into a long-term charter agreement of five years or more.

 

   

Expand global operations in high-growth regions. As offshore exploration and production activity increases worldwide, we will seek to expand in proven areas, such as the North Sea and Brazil, and in new markets as they develop. We believe that KNOT’s leading market position, operational expertise and strong customer relationships will enable us to have early access to new projects worldwide.

 

   

Manage our fleet and deepen our customer relationships to provide a stable base of cash flows. We intend to maintain and grow our cash flows by focusing on strong customer relationships and actively seeking the extension and renewal of existing charters in addition to new opportunities to serve our customers. KNOT charters its current fleet to a number of the world’s leading energy companies. We believe the close relationships that KNOT has with these companies will provide attractive opportunities as offshore activity is expected to grow in coming years. We will continue to incorporate safety, health, security and environmental stewardship into all aspects of vessel design and operation in order to satisfy our customers and comply with national and international rules and regulations.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to implement our business strategies described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, please read “Risk Factors.”

Risk Factors

An investment in our common units involves risks associated with our business, our partnership structure and the tax characteristics of our common units. Please read carefully the risks described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

Our predecessor had less than $1.0 billion in revenue during its last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement of its initial public offering;

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

 

   

exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common units held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide unitholders may be different than information provided by other public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised financial accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards is irrevocable.

Formation Transactions

General

We were formed on February 21, 2013 as a Marshall Islands limited partnership to own, operate and acquire shuttle tankers under charters of five or more years. Prior to the closing of this offering, our partnership will not own any vessels.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we and KNOT will enter into transactions by which, among other things, we will acquire the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen and the entity that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen . In addition, we will acquire the general partner of the entity that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen .

At or prior to the closing of this offering, the following transactions will occur:

 

   

we will issue to KNOT              common units and all of our subordinated units, representing a     % limited partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights, which will entitle KNOT to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $         per unit per quarter;

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   

we will issue to KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, general partner units, representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us;

 

   

we will sell              common units to the public in this offering, representing a     % limited partner interest in us; and

 

   

we will use the proceeds from this offering to repay $         million of outstanding borrowings under our vessel financing agreements and the remainder for general partnership purposes.

In addition, at or prior to the closing of this offering:

 

   

we will amend certain of our existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet and to include a $20 million revolving credit facility;

 

   

we will enter into an omnibus agreement with KNOT, our general partner and others governing, among other things:

 

   

to what extent we and KNOT may compete with each other;

 

   

our option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen within 24 months after the closing of this offering, any of Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 from KNOT within 24 months after KNOT notifies our board of directors of their respective acceptances by their charterers upon reaching an agreement with KNOT regarding the respective purchase prices;

 

   

certain rights of first offer on shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement;”

 

   

KNOT’s provision of certain indemnities to us; and

 

   

KNOT’s guarantee of the payment of the hire rate under the existing Bodil Knutsen and Windsor Knutsen charters for a period of five years following the closing date of this offering.

 

   

we will enter into an administrative services agreement with KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, or KNOT UK, pursuant to which:

 

   

KNOT UK will agree to provide us administrative services; and

 

   

KNOT UK will be permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under the administrative services agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS; and

 

   

our operating subsidiaries will enter into amended technical management agreements with KNOT Management that govern the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels in our fleet.

For further details on our agreements with KNOT and its affiliates, including amounts involved, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Holding Company Structure

We are a holding entity and will conduct our operations and business through subsidiaries, as is common with publicly traded limited partnerships, to maximize operational flexibility. We believe that conducting our operations through a publicly traded limited partnership will offer us the following advantages:

 

   

access to the public equity and debt capital markets;

 

   

a lower cost of capital for expansion and acquisitions; and

 

   

an enhanced ability to use equity securities as consideration in future acquisitions.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Simplified Organizational and Ownership Structure After this Offering

The following diagram depicts our simplified organizational and ownership structure after giving effect to the offering and related transactions described above, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units:

 

     Number of Units    Percentage Ownership  

Public Common Units (1)

     

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS Common Units (1)

     

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS Subordinated Units

     

General Partner Units

        2.0
  

 

  

 

 

 
        100.0
  

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, we will issue up to an additional              common units to KNOT at the expiration of the option. Any such units issued to KNOT will be issued for no additional consideration. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to             

 

 

8


Table of Contents
                       additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be sold to the public instead of being issued to KNOT. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, then KNOT would own     % of the common units and the public would own     % of the common units.
(2) Each of the Fortaleza Knutsen , Recife Knutsen , Windsor Knutsen and Bodil Knutsen are owned by certain vessel owning subsidiaries.

Our Management

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will irrevocably delegate to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis. Certain of our directors will also serve as directors of KNOT or its affiliates. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer is solely devoted to our business and will not be employed by KNOT or its affiliates other than us and our subsidiaries. For more information about these individuals, please read “Management—Directors and Executive Officers.”

Pursuant to the administrative services agreement, we will reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK will reimburse KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing administrative services to us. We expect that KNOT UK will pay KOAS UK and KOAS, collectively, approximately $1.0 million in total under the administrative services agreement for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. For a more detailed description of this arrangement, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement.”

In addition, our operating subsidiaries will be party to certain technical management agreements, which will be amended in connection with this offering, with KNOT Management, that govern the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels in our fleet. We expect that our operating subsidiaries will pay KNOT Management approximately $0.9   million in total under the amended technical management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. For a more detailed description of this arrangement, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address; SEC Filing Requirements

Our registered and principal executive offices are located at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, and our phone number is +44 1224 618420. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, available, free of charge, through our website at www.knotoffshorepartners.com, which will be operational after this offering, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Please read “Where You Can Find More Information” for an explanation of our reporting requirements as a foreign private issuer.

Summary of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties

Our general partner and our directors will have a legal duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to our unitholders, subject to the limitations described under “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.” This legal duty is commonly referred to as a “fiduciary duty.” Our directors also will have fiduciary duties to manage us in a manner beneficial to us, our general partner and our limited partners. As a result of these relationships, conflicts of interest may arise between us and our unaffiliated limited partners on the one hand, and KNOT and its

 

 

9


Table of Contents

affiliates, including our general partner, on the other hand. The resolution of these conflicts may not be in the best interest of us or our unitholders. In particular:

 

   

certain of our directors will also serve as directors of KNOT or its affiliates and as such will have fiduciary duties to KNOT or its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit KNOT or its affiliates or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders;

 

   

our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, which entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligations to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting us, our affiliates or any unitholder; when acting in its individual capacity, our general partner may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever;

 

   

KNOT and its affiliates may compete with us, subject to the restrictions contained in the omnibus agreement, and could own and operate shuttle tankers under charters of five years or more that may compete with our vessels if the Partnership does not acquire such vessels with offers;

 

   

any agreement between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor;

 

   

borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner or our directors to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of: (i) enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights or (ii) hastening the expiration of the subordination period;

 

   

KNOT, as the holder of the incentive distribution rights, has the right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution and the cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable to KNOT are based without the approval of unitholders or the conflicts committee of our board of directors at any time when there are not subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters; in connection with such resetting and the corresponding relinquishment by KNOT of incentive distribution payments based on the cash target distribution levels prior to the reset, KNOT will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units and general partner units based on a predetermined formula described under “How We Make Cash Distributions—KNOT’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels”; and

 

   

in connection with the offering, we will enter into agreements, and may enter into additional agreements, with KNOT and certain of its subsidiaries, relating to the purchase of additional vessels, the provision of certain services to us by KNOT, KNOT Management and their affiliates and other matters. In the performance of their obligations under these agreements, KNOT and its subsidiaries, other than our general partner, are not held to a fiduciary duty standard of care to us, our general partner or our limited partners, but rather to the standard of care specified in these agreements.

For a more detailed description of our management structure, please read “Management—Directors and Executive Officers and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Although a majority of our directors will over time be elected by our common unitholders, our general partner will have influence on decisions made by our board of directors. Our board of directors will have a conflicts committee composed of independent directors. Our board of directors may, but is not obligated to, seek approval of the conflicts committee for resolutions of conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the relationships between KNOT and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our unaffiliated limited partners, on the other. There can be no assurance that a conflict of interest will be resolved in favor of the partnership.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and fiduciary duties of our general partner and its affiliates, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.” For a description of our other relationships with our affiliates, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

In addition, our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner and our directors would otherwise be held under Marshall Islands law. For example, our partnership agreement limits the liability and reduces the fiduciary duties of our general partner and our directors to our unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders. By purchasing a common unit, you are treated as having agreed to the modified standard of fiduciary duties and to certain actions that may be taken by our general partner, its affiliates or our directors, all as set forth in the partnership agreement. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” for a description of the fiduciary duties that would otherwise be imposed on our general partner, its affiliates and our directors under Marshall Islands law, the material modifications of those duties contained in our partnership agreement and certain legal rights and remedies available to our unitholders under Marshall Islands law.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common units offered to the public

            common units.

 

              common units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common units.

 

Units outstanding after this offering

            common units and             subordinated units, representing a     % and     % limited partner interest in us, respectively. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to KNOT upon the option’s expiration for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of common units outstanding. In addition, our general partner will own a 2.0% general partner interest in us.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering (approximately $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us) to repay $         million of debt and to pre-fund approximately $2.0 million of our one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. The remainder of the net proceeds will be available for general partnership purposes.

 

  The net proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units (approximately $        million, if exercised in full, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions) will be used to make a cash distribution to KNOT. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue an additional            common units to KNOT at the expiration of the option for no additional consideration.

 

Cash distributions

We intend to make minimum quarterly distributions of $        per common unit ($         per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have sufficient cash from operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner. In general, we will pay any cash distributions we make each quarter in the following manner:

 

   

first , 98.0% to the holders of common units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $        plus any arrearages from prior quarters;

 

   

second , 98.0% to the holders of subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each subordinated unit has received a minimum quarterly distribution of $        ; and

 

   

third , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unit has received an aggregate distribution of $        .

 

 

Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2013), we will distribute all of our available

 

 

12


Table of Contents
 

cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of the offering through June 30, 2013 based on the actual length of the period. Our ability to pay our minimum quarterly distribution is subject to various restrictions and other factors described in more detail under the caption “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

 

  If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $        per unit in a quarter, holders of our incentive distribution rights (initially, KNOT) will receive increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as “incentive distributions.” We must distribute all of our cash on hand at the end of each quarter, less reserves established by our board of directors to provide for the proper conduct of our business, to comply with any applicable debt instruments or to provide funds for future distributions. We refer to this cash as “available cash,” and we define its meaning in our partnership agreement. The amount of available cash may be greater than or less than the aggregate amount of the minimum quarterly distribution to be distributed on all units.

 

  We believe, based on the estimates contained in and the assumptions listed under “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution,” that we will have sufficient cash available for distribution to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         on all of our common and subordinated units for each quarter through March 31, 2014. However, unanticipated events may occur that could adversely affect the actual results we achieve during the forecast period. Consequently, our actual results of operations, cash flows and financial condition during the forecast period may vary from the forecast, and such variations may be material. Prospective investors are cautioned to not place undue reliance on the forecast and should make their own independent assessment of our future results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

  Please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution.”

 

Subordinated units

KNOT will initially own all of our subordinated units. The principal difference between our common units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the subordination period the subordinated units are entitled to receive the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit only after the common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution and arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. The subordination period generally will end if we have earned and paid at least $        on each outstanding common and subordinated unit and the corresponding distribution on the general partner’s 2.0% interest for any three consecutive four-quarter periods ending on or after March 31, 2016.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
  For purposes of determining whether the subordination period will end, the three consecutive four-quarter periods for which the determination is being made may include one or more quarters with respect to which arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units have accrued, provided that all such arrearages have been repaid prior to the end of each such four-quarter period. If the subordination period ends as a result of us having met the tests described above, all subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and the common units will no longer be entitled to arrearages.

 

  Please read “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

 

KNOT’s right to reset the target distribution levels

KNOT, as the initial holder of all of our incentive distribution rights, has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. If KNOT transfers all or a portion of the incentive distribution rights it holds in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this right. Following a reset election by KNOT, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (we refer to such amount as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution amount”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount as our current target distribution levels.

 

  In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, KNOT will be entitled to receive a number of common units equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to it on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. For a more detailed description of KNOT’s right to reset the target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments are based and the concurrent right of KNOT to receive common units and general partner units in connection with this reset, please read “How We Make Cash Distributions—KNOT’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

 

Issuance of additional units

We can issue an unlimited number of additional units, including units that are senior to the common units in rights of distribution, liquidation and voting, on the terms and conditions determined by our board of directors, without the consent of our unitholders. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale” and “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Board of directors

We will hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Our general partner has the right to appoint three of the seven members of our board of directors who will serve as directors for terms determined by our general partner. At our 2013 annual meeting, the common unitholders will elect four of our directors. The four directors elected by our common unitholders at our 2013 annual meeting will be divided into four classes to be elected by our common unitholders annually on a staggered basis to serve for four-year terms. The majority of our directors will be non-United States citizens or residents.

 

Voting rights

Except as otherwise described herein, each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, to preserve our ability to claim an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if at any time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding (excluding units held by Norwegian Resident Holders in the election of the elected directors as discussed below), any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement, unless otherwise required by law. The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

 

  In addition, common unitholders that are Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of the elected directors. Norwegian Resident Holders are all persons (including individuals, entities, partnerships, trusts and estates) that are residents of Norway for purposes of the Norwegian Tax Act. The voting rights of any such Norwegian Resident Holders will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the remaining common unitholders (subject to the limitation described above for 4.9% common unitholders) in these elections.

 

 

You will have no right to elect our general partner on an annual or other continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our general partner and its

 

 

15


Table of Contents
 

affiliates, voting together as a single class. Upon consummation of this offering, KNOT will own             of our common units and all of our subordinated units, representing a     % limited partner interest in us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is exercised in full, KNOT will own             of our common units and all of our subordinated units, representing a     % limited partner interest in us. As a result, you will initially be unable to remove our general partner without its consent, because KNOT will own sufficient units upon completion of this offering to be able to prevent the general partner’s removal. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

 

Limited call right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of the outstanding common units, our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of (x) the average of the daily closing prices of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before the notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (y) the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for common units during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right.

 

U.S. federal income tax considerations

Although we are organized as a partnership, we have elected to be treated as a corporation solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, all or a portion of the distributions you receive from us will constitute dividends for such purposes. The remaining portion of such distributions will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in your common units and, thereafter, as capital gain. We estimate that if you hold the common units that you purchase in this offering through the period ending December 31, 2016, the distributions you receive, on a cumulative basis, that will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be approximately     % of the total cash distributions you receive during that period. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions” for the basis of this estimate. Please also read “Risk Factors—Tax Risks” for a discussion relating to the taxation of dividends. For a discussion of other material U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States, please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Non-U.S. tax considerations

Our vessel owning subsidiaries have been organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway and we, KNOT UK and our general partner are expected to be managed and controlled in the United Kingdom.

 

 

16


Table of Contents
 

Nonetheless, other than any Norwegian or United Kingdom unitholders, unitholders are not expected to be taxable in Norway or the United Kingdom with respect to the income we earn or the distributions we pay to them. For a discussion of material Norwegian, Marshall Islands and United Kingdom income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective unitholders, please read “Non-United States Tax Considerations.” Please also read “Risk Factors—Tax Risks” for a discussion of the risk that unitholders may be attributed the activities we undertake in various jurisdictions, including Norway, for taxation purposes.

 

Exchange listing

We intend to apply to list the common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “KNOP.”

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Summary Financial and Operating Data

The following table presents, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated, summary historical financial and operating data of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor, which includes (1) the subsidiaries of KNOT that own the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen and (2) the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen and all of their related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows. This acquisition will be accounted for as a reorganization under common control and has therefore been recorded at KNOT’s historical book values. The summary historical financial data of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 has been derived from the audited combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the historical combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor and the notes thereto, our unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and the notes thereto and our forecasted results of operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014, in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflect the operations of the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen from March 2011, April 2011, May 2011 and August 2011, respectively, when they commenced operations under their respective charters.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Our results of operations, cash flows and financial conditions could differ from those that would have resulted if we operated autonomously or as an entity independent of KNOT in the periods for which historical financial data is presented below, and such data may not be indicative of our future operating results or financial performance.

 

     Year Ended December 31  
     2011            2012         
     (dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

    

Total revenues

   $ 43,909      $ 65,653   

Voyage expenses (1)

     2,653        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net voyage revenues

     41,256        65,653   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessel operating expenses (2)

     10,795        13,000   

Depreciation and amortization

     16,229        21,181   

General and administrative expenses

     927        1,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     13,305        30,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     34        19   

Interest expense

     (9,650     (13,471

Other finance expense

     (2,741     (3,378

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (15,489     (6,031

Net loss on foreign currency transactions

     (3,037     (1,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (17,578     5,445   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     1,240        (1,261
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,189      $ 1,287   

Vessels and equipment, net

     517,897        496,768   

Total assets

     534,603        515,250   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

     375,933        347,850   

Owner’s equity

     67,370        100,633   

Cash Flow Data:

    

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 11,473      $ 19,307   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (138,104     (52

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     126,445        (21,156

Fleet Data:

    

Number of shuttle tankers in operation at end of period

     4        4   

Average age of shuttle tankers in operation at end of period (years)

     1.7        2.7   

Total calendar days for fleet

     988.7        1,464   

Total operating days for fleet (3)

     973.6        1,377   

Other Financial Data:

    

EBITDA (4)

   $ 8,267      $ 40,078   

Adjusted EBITDA ( 4 )

     29,534        51,258   

Capital expenditures:

    

Expenditures for vessels and equipment

     394        —     

Expenditures for drydocking

     3,739        —     

 

(1) Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees.

 

 

19


Table of Contents
(2) Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses.
(3) The operating days for our fleet is the total number of days in a given period that the vessels were in our possession less the total number of days off-hire. We define days off-hire as days lost to, among other things, operational deficiencies, drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, special surveys and vessel upgrades, delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems, our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew, or periods of commercial waiting time during which we do not earn charter hire.

 

(4) Non-GAAP Financial Measure s

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA . EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization and taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization, taxes and other financial items (including other finance expense, realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments and net loss on foreign currency transactions). EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as our lenders, to assess our financial and operating performance and our compliance with the financial covenants and restrictions contained in our financing agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as investors, to assess our financial and operating performance. We believe that adjusted EBITDA assists our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period and against the performance of other companies in our industry that provide adjusted EBITDA information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest, other financial items, depreciation and amortization and taxes, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including adjusted EBITDA as a financial and operating measure benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength in assessing whether to continue to hold common units.

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The following tables reconcile EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) and net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures, for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2011                  2012         
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation to net income (loss):

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184   

Interest income

     (34     (19

Interest expense

     9,650        13,471   

Depreciation and amortization

     16,229        21,181   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (1,240     1,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 8,267      $ 40,078   

Other financial items (a)

     21,267        11,180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 29,534      $ 51,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
           2011                  2012         
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 11,473      $ 19,307   

Interest income

     (34     (19

Interest expense

     9,650        13,471   

Amortization of contract intangibles / liabilities

     868        1,518   

Amortization of deferred debt issuance cost

     (658     (982

Unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (8,923     (549

Unrealized loss on foreign currency transactions

     (3,056     (579

Other items

     (2,677     426   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Decrease (increase) in trade accounts receivable

     93        6   

Decrease (increase) in receivables from owners and affiliates

     (386     —     

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     (218     71   

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

     211        5,048   

Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable

     7,874        334   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

     (324     342   

Increase (decrease) in prepaid revenue

     (5,626     1,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 8,267      $ 40,078   

Other financial items (a)

     21,267        11,180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 29,534      $ 51,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Other financial items consists of other finance expense, realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments and net loss on foreign currency transactions.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Limited partner interests are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus in evaluating an investment in our common units.

If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to make distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Inherent in Our Business

We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and subordinated units.

We may not have sufficient cash from operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit on our common units and subordinated units. The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations, which may fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the risks described in this section, including, among other things:

 

   

the rates we obtain from our charters;

 

   

the price and level of production of, and demand for, crude oil;

 

   

the level of our operating costs, such as the cost of crews and insurance;

 

   

the number of off-hire days for our fleet and the timing of, and number of days required for, drydocking of vessels;

 

   

the supply of shuttle tankers;

 

   

prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

   

changes in local income tax rates;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

   

the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business.

In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available for distribution will depend on other factors, including:

 

   

the level of capital expenditures we make, including for maintaining or replacing vessels, building new vessels, acquiring existing vessels and complying with regulations;

 

   

our debt service requirements, including fluctuations in interest rates, and restrictions on distributions contained in our debt instruments;

 

   

the level of debt we will incur if we exercise our option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 or Hull 574 from KNOT;

 

   

fluctuations in our working capital needs;

 

   

our ability to make, and the level of, working capital borrowings; and

 

   

the amount of any cash reserves, including reserves for future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, working capital and other matters, established by our board of directors.

 

22


Table of Contents

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our profit or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result of this and the other factors mentioned above, we may make cash distributions during periods when we record losses and may not make cash distributions during periods when we record net income.

The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for distribution are inherently uncertain and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted.

The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions” includes our forecast of operating results and cash flows for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. The financial forecast has been prepared by management and we have not received an opinion or report on it from our or any other independent auditor. The assumptions underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted. If we do not achieve the forecasted results, we may not be able to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event the market price of the common units may decline materially.

Our ability to grow and to meet our financial needs may be adversely affected by our cash distribution policy.

Our cash distribution policy, which is consistent with our partnership agreement, requires us to distribute all of our available cash (as defined in our partnership agreement) each quarter. Accordingly, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations.

In determining the amount of cash available for distribution, our board of directors approves the amount of cash reserves to set aside, including reserves for future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, working capital and other matters. We also rely upon external financing sources, including commercial borrowings, to fund our capital expenditures. Accordingly, to the extent we do not have sufficient cash reserves or are unable to obtain financing, our cash distribution policy may significantly impair our ability to meet our financial needs or to grow.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and replace, over the long-term, the operating capacity of our fleet. We estimate that maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will average approximately $11.9   million per year, including $10.8   million for replacing current vessels at the end of their useful lives. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated with the removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of submerged parts (or drydocking) and modifying an existing vessel or acquiring a new vessel to the extent these expenditures are incurred to maintain or replace the operating capacity of our fleet. These expenditures could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and could increase as a result of changes in:

 

   

the cost of labor and materials;

 

   

customer requirements;

 

   

the size of our fleet;

 

   

the cost of replacement vessels;

 

   

length of charters;

 

23


Table of Contents
   

governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards relating to safety, security or the environment; and

 

   

competitive standards.

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct estimated, rather than actual, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus each quarter in an effort to reduce fluctuations in operating surplus (as defined in our partnership agreement). The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our conflicts committee at least once a year. In years when estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are higher than actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders will be lower than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted from operating surplus. If our board of directors underestimates the appropriate level of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, we may have less cash available for distribution in future periods when actual capital expenditures exceed our previous estimates.

If capital expenditures are financed through cash from operations or by issuing debt or equity securities, our ability to make cash distributions may be diminished, our financial leverage could increase or our unitholders may be diluted.

Use of cash from operations to expand or maintain our fleet will reduce cash available for distribution to unitholders. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for future capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of such financings could limit our ability to pay cash distributions to unitholders. In addition, incurring additional debt may significantly increase our interest expense and financial leverage, and issuing additional equity securities may result in significant unitholder dilution and would increase the aggregate amount of cash required to maintain our current level of quarterly distributions to unitholders, both of which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to make cash distributions.

Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing, pursuing other business opportunities and paying distributions to you.

Upon completion of this offering and the related transactions, we estimate that our consolidated debt will be approximately $         million. Following this offering, we will continue to have the ability to incur additional debt. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

   

we will need a substantial portion of our cash flow to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and distributions to unitholders;

 

   

our debt level may make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our industry or the economy generally;

 

   

our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions; and

 

24


Table of Contents
   

if we are unable to satisfy the restrictions included in any of our financing agreements or are otherwise in default under any of those agreements, as a result of our debt levels or otherwise, we will not be able to make cash distributions to you, notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy.

Our ability to service our debt depends upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Financing agreements containing operating and financial restrictions may restrict our business and financing activities.

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our financing agreements and any future financing agreements could adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. For example, the financing agreements may restrict the ability of us and our subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur or guarantee indebtedness;

 

   

change ownership or structure, including mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;

 

   

make dividends or distributions;

 

   

make certain negative pledges and grant certain liens;

 

   

sell, transfer, assign or convey assets;

 

   

make certain investments; and

 

   

enter into a new line of business.

In addition, our financing agreements require us to comply with certain financial ratios and tests, including, among others, maintaining a minimum liquidity, maintaining positive working capital, ensuring that EBITDA exceeds interest payable, any amounts payable for interest rate swap and debt installments calculated on a four quarter rolling average basis, maintaining a minimum collateral value, and maintaining a minimum book equity ratio of 30%. Historically, our predecessor, its guarantors and the KNOT Group (as defined in each of the facilities discussed below) have not always been in compliance with such financial covenants under the financing agreements. For example, the borrower under the $160 million senior secured loan facility and the $19 million junior secured loan facility, or the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities, was not in compliance with the minimum liquidity and positive working capital covenants as of June 30, 2011. The borrower received a waiver of such covenants under the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities as of June 30, 2011. The guarantor of the $120 million senior secured loan facility, or the Bodil Facility, was not in compliance with the minimum liquidity covenant as of September 30, 2011, and the KNOT Group was not in compliance with the interest coverage covenant as of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012. The borrower received a waiver of such covenants under the Bodil Facility. The KNOT Group was not in compliance with the interest coverage covenant under the $27.3 million junior secured loan facility, or the Windsor Conversion Facility, as of December 31, 2011. The borrower received a waiver of such covenants under the Windsor Conversion Facility. Our ability to comply with the restrictions and covenants, including financial ratios and tests, contained in our financing agreements is dependent on future performance and may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If market or other economic conditions deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be impaired.

 

25


Table of Contents

If we are unable to comply with the restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness or in current or future debt financing agreements, there could be a default under the terms of those agreements. If a default occurs under these agreements, lenders could terminate their commitments to lend and/or accelerate the outstanding loans and declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. We have pledged our vessels as security for our outstanding indebtedness. If our lenders were to foreclose on our vessels in the event of a default, this may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. If any of these events occur, we cannot guarantee that our assets will be sufficient to repay in full all of our outstanding indebtedness, and we may be unable to find alternative financing. Even if we could obtain alternative financing, that financing might not be on terms that are favorable or acceptable. Any of these events would adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our unitholders and cause a decline in the market price of our common units. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Restrictions in our debt agreements may prevent us or our subsidiaries from paying distributions.

The payment of principal and interest on our debt reduces cash available for distribution to us and on our units. In addition, our and our subsidiaries’ financing agreements prohibit the payment of distributions upon the occurrence of the following events, among others:

 

   

failure to pay any principal, interest, fees, expenses or other amounts when due;

 

   

failure to notify the lenders of any material oil spill or discharge of hazardous material, or of any action or claim related thereto;

 

   

breach or lapse of any insurance with respect to vessels securing the facilities;

 

   

breach of certain financial covenants;

 

   

failure to observe any other agreement, security instrument, obligation or covenant beyond specified cure periods in certain cases;

 

   

default under other indebtedness;

 

   

bankruptcy or insolvency events;

 

   

failure of any representation or warranty to be correct;

 

   

a change of control, as defined in the applicable agreement; and

 

   

a material adverse change, as defined in the applicable agreement.

In connection with this offering, we will amend certain of our existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet and to include a $20 million revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, which we refer to as the revolving credit facility. We expect that the amended vessel financing agreements, and the revolving credit facility, will contain covenants and provisions relating to events of default similar to those contained in our existing vessel financing agreements. Furthermore, we expect that our future financing agreements will contain similar provisions. For more information regarding these financing agreements, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

The failure to consummate or integrate acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions that expand our fleet are an important component of our strategy. For example, we intend to purchase the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 from KNOT if we are able to reach an agreement with KNOT regarding their purchase price. Under the omnibus agreement that we will enter into with KNOT in connection with the closing of this offering, we will have the right to purchase the Carmen Knutsen at any time within 24 months after the closing of this offering and Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and

 

26


Table of Contents

Hull 574 at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies our board of directors of their respective acceptances by their charterers. We will not be obligated to purchase any of these vessels at the applicable determined price, and, accordingly, we may not complete the purchase of any of such vessels. Furthermore, even if we are able to agree on a price with KNOT, there are no assurances that we will be able to obtain adequate financing on terms that are acceptable to us.

We believe that other acquisition opportunities may arise from time to time, and any such acquisition could be significant. Any acquisition of a vessel or business may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flow sufficient to justify the investment. In addition, our acquisition growth strategy exposes us to risks that may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders, including risks that we may:

 

   

fail to realize anticipated benefits, such as new customer relationships, cost-savings or cash flow enhancements;

 

   

be unable to attract, hire, train or retain qualified shore and seafaring personnel to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

   

decrease our liquidity by using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance acquisitions;

 

   

significantly increase our interest expense or financial leverage if we incur additional debt to finance acquisitions;

 

   

incur or assume unanticipated liabilities, losses or costs associated with the business or vessels acquired; or

 

   

incur other significant charges, such as impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets, asset devaluation or restructuring charges.

In addition, unlike newbuilds, existing vessels typically do not carry warranties as to their condition. While we generally inspect existing vessels prior to purchase, such an inspection would normally not provide us with as much knowledge of a vessel’s condition as we would possess if it had been built for us and operated by us during its life. Repairs and maintenance costs for existing vessels are difficult to predict and may be substantially higher than for vessels we have operated since they were built. These costs could decrease our cash flow and reduce our liquidity.

Certain acquisition and investment opportunities may not result in the consummation of a transaction. In addition, we may not be able to obtain acceptable terms for the required financing for any such acquisition or investment that arises. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that any announcement or consummation of an acquisition would have on the trading price of our common units. Our future acquisitions could present a number of risks, including the risk of incorrect assumptions regarding the future results of acquired vessels or businesses or expected cost reductions or other synergies expected to be realized as a result of acquiring vessels or businesses, the risk of failing to successfully and timely integrate the operations or management of any acquired vessels or businesses and the risk of diverting management’s attention from existing operations or other priorities. We may also be subject to additional costs related to compliance with various international laws in connection with such acquisition. If we fail to consummate and integrate our acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution could be adversely affected.

Our charters are subject to early termination under certain circumstances and any such termination could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Upon completion of the offering, our fleet will consist of four shuttle tankers. If any of our vessels are unable to generate revenues as a result of the expiration or termination of its charter or sustained periods of off-hire time, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Each of our

 

27


Table of Contents

charters terminates automatically if the applicable vessel is lost or missing or damage to the vessel results in a constructive total loss. The customer, under certain circumstances, may also have an option to terminate a time charter if the vessel is requisitioned by any government for a period of time in excess of the time period specified in the time charter or if at any time we are in default under the time charter. In addition, either party may terminate a charter in the event of the outbreak of war between specified countries. Under our bareboat charters, the charter is deemed terminated as of the date of any compulsory acquisition of the vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority. For more information regarding the termination of our charters, please read “Business—Charters.”

We may experience operational problems with vessels that reduce revenue and increase costs.

Shuttle tankers are complex and their operation technically challenging. Marine transportation operations are subject to mechanical risks and problems. Operational problems may lead to loss of revenue or higher than anticipated operating expenses or require additional capital expenditures. Any of these results could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

We will initially derive all of our revenues from three customers, and the loss of any such customers could result in a significant loss of revenues and cash flow.

We will initially derive all of our time charter and bareboat revenues from three customers. For the year ended December 31, 2012, BG Group, Transpetro and Statoil accounted for approximately 23%, 38% and 34%, respectively, of our revenues.

If we lose a key customer, we may be unable to obtain replacement long-term charters and may become subject to the volatile spot market, which is highly competitive and subject to significant price fluctuations. In addition, if a customer exercises its right to terminate a charter, we may be unable to re-charter such vessel on terms as favorable to us as those of the terminated charter.

The loss of any of our key customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

We depend on subsidiaries of KNOT to assist us in operating our businesses and competing in our markets.

In connection with this offering, we and our operating subsidiaries will enter into various services agreements with certain subsidiaries of KNOT, including KNOT Management, pursuant to which such subsidiaries will provide to us certain administrative, financial and other services and to our operating subsidiaries substantially all of their crew, technical and commercial management services (including vessel maintenance, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting, performing work required by regulations and human resources and financial services) and other advisory and technical services, including the sourcing of new contracts and renewals of existing contracts. Our operational success and ability to execute our growth strategy depends significantly upon the satisfactory performance of these services by the KNOT subsidiaries. Our business will be harmed if such subsidiaries fail to perform these services satisfactorily or if they stop providing these services to us or our operating subsidiaries.

Our ability to compete to enter into new charters and expand our customer relationships depends largely on our ability to leverage our relationship with KNOT and its reputation and relationships in the shipping industry. If KNOT suffers material damage to its reputation or relationships, it may harm the ability of us or our subsidiaries to:

 

   

renew existing charters upon their expiration;

 

   

obtain new charters;

 

   

successfully interact with shipyards;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

obtain financing on commercially acceptable terms; or

 

   

maintain satisfactory relationships with suppliers and other third parties.

If our ability to do any of the things described above is impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for offshore oil transportation services.

Our growth strategy focuses on expansion in the shuttle tanker sector. Accordingly, our growth depends on continued growth in the demand for offshore oil transportation services. Factors beyond our control that affect the offshore oil transportation industry may have a significant impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In the past, the market for offshore oil transportation services and the prices charged for shipping the products that shuttle tankers carry have been cyclical. Fluctuations in the hire rate we can charge our customers result from changes in the supply of carrying capacity and demand for the crude oil carried. The factors affecting supply and demand for shuttle tankers and supply and demand for crude oil transported by shuttle tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

The factors that influence the demand for shuttle tanker capacity include:

 

   

changes in the actual or projected price of oil, which could impact the exploration for or development of new offshore oil fields or the production of oil at certain fields we service;

 

   

levels of demand for and production of oil, which, among other things, is affected by competition from alternative sources of energy, other factors making consumption of oil more or less attractive or energy conservation measures;

 

   

changes in the production of oil in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new, pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-oil pipelines to oil pipelines in those markets;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations affecting the shuttle tanker industry;

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions, particularly in oil-consuming regions, as well as environmental concerns and regulations, which could impact the supply of oil and gas as well as the demand for various types of vessels; and

 

   

changes in trading patterns, including changes in the distances that cargoes are transported.

The factors that influence the supply of shuttle tanker capacity include:

 

   

the number of deliveries of new vessels under construction or on order;

 

   

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

   

oil and gas company policy with respect to technical vessel requirements; and

 

   

the number of vessels that are off-hire.

Reduced demand for shuttle tanker services or an increase in the supply of shuttle tanker capacity would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

An economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, profitability and financial position.

We depend on our customers’ willingness and ability to fund operating and capital expenditures to provide crude oil shuttle tankers for new or expanding offshore projects. Future adverse economic conditions may lead to

 

29


Table of Contents

a decline in our customers’ operations or ability to pay for our services, which could result in decreased demand for our vessels. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and natural gas. The world economy is currently facing a number of challenges. As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, in particular in Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal and Spain, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility, or the EFSF, and the European Financial Stability Mechanism, or the EFSM, to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In March 2011, the European Council agreed on the need for Eurozone countries to establish a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism, or the ESM, which will be activated by mutual agreement, to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries after June 2013. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations and the overall stability of the euro. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for oil and have a negative impact on our customers. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our business, financial position, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Moreover, the recent global financial and credit crisis has reduced the availability of liquidity and credit to fund the continuation and expansion of industrial business operations worldwide. The continued shortage of liquidity and credit combined with recent substantial losses in worldwide equity markets could lead to an extended worldwide economic recession. Such deterioration of the worldwide economy has resulted in reduced demand for oil and natural gas, exploration and production activity and transportation of oil and natural gas that could lead to a decrease in the hire rate earned by our vessels and a decrease in new charter activity. In addition, the current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices that will not be dilutive to our existing unitholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all. We also cannot be certain that additional financing will be available if needed and to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to expand our existing business, complete shuttle tanker acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

Furthermore, the current credit crisis and recession has had and could continue to have an impact on our customers and/or suppliers including, among other things, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us. Similarly, the current credit crisis could affect lenders participating in our financing agreements, making them unable to fulfill their commitments and obligations to us. Any reductions in activity owing to such conditions or failure by our customers, suppliers or lenders to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operation and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Our growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers and obtain new customers, for which we will face substantial competition.

One of our principal objectives is to enter into additional long-term, fixed-rate charters. The process of obtaining new long-term charters is highly competitive, most often involves an intensive screening process and competitive bids and often extends for several months. Shuttle tanker charters are awarded based upon a variety of factors relating to the vessel operator, including:

 

   

industry relationships and reputation for customer service and safety;

 

   

experience and quality of ship operations;

 

   

quality, experience and technical capability of the crew;

 

   

relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

 

   

construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 

30


Table of Contents
   

willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, among other things such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

   

competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

Our ability to win new charters will depend upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

   

successfully manage our liquidity and obtain the necessary financing to fund our growth;

 

   

attract, hire, train and retain qualified personnel and ship management companies to manage and operate our fleet;

 

   

identify and consummate desirable acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances; and

 

   

identify and capitalize on opportunities in new markets.

We expect substantial competition for providing services for potential shuttle tanker projects from a number of experienced companies. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources than do we or KNOT. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for charters. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

An increase in the global supply of shuttle tanker capacity without a commensurate increase in demand may have an adverse effect on hire rates and the values of our vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The supply of shuttle tankers in the industry is affected by, among other things, assessments of the demand for these vessels by oil companies. Any over-estimation of demand for vessels may result in an excess supply of new shuttle tankers. This may, in the long term when existing contracts expire, result in lower hire rates and depress the values of our vessels. In such an event, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely affected.

During periods of high utilization and high hire rates, industry participants may increase the supply of shuttle tankers by ordering the construction of new vessels. This may result in an over-supply of shuttle tankers and may cause a subsequent decline in utilization and hire rates when the vessels enter the market. Lower utilization and hire rates could adversely affect revenues and profitability. Prolonged periods of low utilization and hire rate could also result in the recognition of impairment charges on shuttle tankers if future cash flow estimates, based upon information available at the time, indicate that the carrying value of these shuttle tankers may not be recoverable. Such impairment charge may cause lenders to accelerate loan payments under our financing agreements, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The required drydocking of our vessels could be more expensive and time consuming than we anticipate, which could adversely affect our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications required to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, we will drydock each vessel every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old, after which drydocking takes place every 30 months. The required drydocking of our vessels could be more expensive and time consuming than we anticipate, which could adversely affect our cash available for distribution. The drydocking of our vessels will require significant capital expenditures and will result in loss of revenue while our vessels are off-hire. Any significant increase in the number of days of off-hire due to such drydocking or in the costs of any repairs could have a material adverse effect on our ability to pay distributions to our unitholders. Although we do not anticipate that more than

 

31


Table of Contents

one of our vessels will be out of service at any given time, we may underestimate the time required to drydock any of our vessels or unanticipated problems may arise. If more than one of our vessels is required to be out of service at the same time, if a vessel is drydocked longer than expected or if the cost of repairs during drydocking is greater than budgeted, our cash available for distribution to unitholders could be adversely affected.

We may be unable to re-charter our vessels upon termination or expiration of their existing charters.

We will be dependent upon charters for our vessels to generate revenues and we may be adversely affected if we fail to renew or are unsuccessful in winning new charters, or if our existing charters were terminated. Our ability to re-charter our shuttle tankers following expiration of existing charters and the rates payable upon any renewal or replacement charters will depend upon, among other things, the state of the shuttle tanker market. For example, an oversupply of shuttle tankers can significantly reduce their charter rates. A termination or renegotiation of our existing charters or a failure to secure new employment at the expiration of our current charters may have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Delays in deliveries of newbuild vessels could harm our operating results.

The delivery of any newbuilds we may order could be delayed, which would delay our receipt of revenues under the charters or other contracts related to the vessels. In addition, under some charters we may enter into that are related to a newbuild, if our delivery of the newbuild to our customer is delayed, we may be required to pay liquidated damages during the delay. For prolonged delays, the customer may terminate the charter and, in addition to the resulting loss of revenues, we may be responsible for additional, substantial liquidated damages.

The completion and delivery of newbuilds could be delayed because of:

 

   

quality or engineering problems;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

   

work stoppages or other labor disturbances at the shipyard;

 

   

bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipbuilder;

 

   

a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

 

   

political or economic disturbances;

 

   

weather interference or a catastrophic event, such as a major earthquake or fire;

 

   

requests for changes to the original vessel specifications;

 

   

shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel;

 

   

inability to finance the construction or conversion of the vessels; or

 

   

inability to obtain requisite permits or approvals.

If delivery of a vessel is materially delayed, it could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and our ability to make cash distributions.

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

The hull and machinery of every large, oceangoing commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention. The Fortaleza Knutsen, the Recife Knutsen, the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen are certified by Det Norske Veritas.

 

32


Table of Contents

As part of the certification process, a vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is on a planned maintenance system approval, and as such the classification society attends onboard once every year to verify that the maintenance of the equipment onboard is done correctly. Each of the vessels in our existing fleet is required to be qualified within its respective classification society for drydocking once every five years subject to an intermediate underwater survey done using an approved diving company in the presence of a surveyor from the classification society.

If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between certain ports and will be unemployable. We would lose revenue while the vessel was off-hire and incur costs of compliance. This would negatively impact our revenues and reduce our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Over time, the value of our vessels may decline, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Vessel values for shuttle tankers can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:

 

   

prevailing economic conditions in oil and energy markets;

 

   

a substantial or extended decline in demand for oil;

 

   

increases in the supply of vessel capacity;

 

   

the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels, as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, or otherwise; and

 

   

a decrease in oil reserves in the fields and other fields in which our shuttle tankers might otherwise be deployed.

If operation of a vessel is not profitable, or if we cannot redeploy a vessel at attractive rates upon termination of its charter, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance the vessel, we may seek to dispose of it. Our inability to dispose of the vessel at a reasonable value could result in a loss on its sale and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Further, if we determine at any time that a vessel’s future useful life and earnings require us to impair its value on our financial statements, we may need to recognize a significant charge against our earnings. Additionally, lenders may accelerate loan repayments should there be a loss in the market value of our vessels. Such repayment could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the International Maritime Organization, or IMO, have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. These regulatory measures include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Compliance with changes in laws, regulations and obligations relating to climate change could increase our costs related to operating and maintaining our vessels and require us to install new emission controls, acquire allowances or pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

Adverse effects upon the oil industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental impact of climate change, may also adversely affect demand for our shuttle tanker services.

 

33


Table of Contents

Although we do not expect that demand for oil will lessen dramatically over the short term, in the long term climate change may reduce the demand for oil or increased regulation of greenhouse gases may create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil industry could have a significant financial and operational adverse impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Our international operations will expose us to political, governmental and economic instability, which could harm our operations.

Because our operations will be conducted in various countries, they may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where we engage in business or where our vessels are registered. Any disruption caused by these factors could harm our business, including by reducing the levels of oil exploration, development and production activities in these areas. We may derive some of our revenues from shipping oil from politically unstable regions. Conflicts in these regions have included attacks on ships and other efforts to disrupt shipping. Hostilities or other political instability in regions where we operate or where we may operate could have a material adverse effect on the growth of our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries in Southeast Asia or elsewhere as a result of terrorist attacks, hostilities or otherwise may limit trading activities with those countries, which could also harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. Finally, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels, which is most likely during war or national emergency. Any such requisition would cause a loss of the vessel and/or a termination of the charter and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Marine transportation is inherently risky, particularly in the extreme conditions in which our vessels operate. An incident involving significant loss of product or environmental contamination by any of our vessels could harm our reputation and business.

Vessels and their cargoes and the oil production facilities we service are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as:

 

   

marine disasters;

 

   

bad weather;

 

   

mechanical failures;

 

   

grounding, capsizing, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

   

piracy;

 

   

human error; and

 

   

war and terrorism.

The Bodil Knutsen currently operates in the North Sea. Harsh weather conditions in this region and other regions in which our vessels operate may increase the risk of collisions, oil spills or mechanical failures.

An accident involving any of our vessels could result in any of the following:

 

   

death or injury to persons, loss of property or damage to the environment and natural resources;

 

   

delays in the delivery of cargo;

 

   

loss of revenues from charters;

 

   

liabilities or costs to recover any spilled oil or other petroleum products and to restore the ecosystem affected by the spill;

 

34


Table of Contents
   

governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

 

   

higher insurance rates; and

 

   

damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, any damage to, or environmental contamination involving, oil production facilities serviced could suspend that service and result in loss of revenues.

Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or as a result of our operations.

The operation of shuttle tankers is inherently risky. All risks may not be adequately insured against, and any particular claim may not be paid by insurance. Any claims relating to our operations covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Certain insurance is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed association reserves. The agreed deductible on each vessel averages $150,000 for the shuttle tankers in our initial fleet.

We may be unable to procure adequate insurance at commercially reasonable rates in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. A catastrophic oil spill or marine disaster could exceed the insurance, and any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders. In addition, the insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain actions, such as vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations.

Changes in the insurance markets attributable to terrorist attacks may also make certain types of insurance more difficult to obtain. In addition, the insurance that may be available may be significantly more expensive than existing coverage.

Terrorist attacks, piracy, increased hostilities or war could lead to further economic instability, increased costs and disruption of business.

Terrorist attacks, piracy and the current conflicts in the Middle East, and other current and future conflicts, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to raise capital and future growth. Continuing hostilities in the Middle East may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance in the United States or elsewhere, which may contribute further to economic instability and disruption of oil production and distribution, which could result in reduced demand for our services.

In addition, oil production facilities, shipyards, vessels, pipelines, oil fields or other infrastructure could be targets of future terrorist attacks and our vessels could be targets of pirates or hijackers. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, vessel or other property damage, increased vessel operational costs, including insurance costs, and the inability to transport oil to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, war, piracy, hijacking or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the distribution, production or transportation of oil to be shipped by us could entitle customers to terminate their charters, which would harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

35


Table of Contents

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. In recent years, the frequency and severity of piracy incidents has significantly increased, particularly in the Gulf of Aden and the Indian Ocean. If such piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being named on the Joint War Committee Listed Areas, war-risk insurance premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage might become more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs that may be incurred to the extent we employ onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

The offshore oil transportation industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may significantly limit operations or increase expenses.

Our operations will be affected by extensive and changing international, national and local environmental protection laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our vessels operate, as well as the countries of our vessels’ registration, including those governing oil spills, discharges to air and water and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes. Many of these requirements are designed to reduce the risk of oil spills and other pollution.

In addition, we believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will generally lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements and greater inspection and safety requirements on vessels. These requirements are likely to add incremental costs to our operations and the failure to comply with these requirements may affect the ability of our vessels to obtain the required certificates for entry into the different ports where we operate and could also impact our ability to obtain insurance. We expect to incur substantial expenses in complying with these laws and regulations, including expenses for vessel modifications and changes in operating procedures.

These requirements can affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports or detention in certain ports.

Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations, natural resource damage claims and fines and penalties in the event that there is a release of petroleum or hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of petroleum or hazardous substances associated with our operations. In addition, oil spills and failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations, including, in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. Please see “Business—Environmental and Other Regulation.”

Exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations results in fluctuations in cash flows and operating results.

Our reporting currency and the functional currency of our operating subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar. Our operating subsidiaries will be party to certain technical management agreements with KNOT Management, which govern the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels in our fleet. Under the technical

 

36


Table of Contents

management agreements, KNOT Management will be paid for reasonable direct and indirect expenses incurred in providing the services, including operating expenses relating to our fleet. A majority of the operating expenses are in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Fluctuating exchange rates may result in increased payments by us under the services agreements if the strength of the U.S. Dollar declines relative to such other currencies.

Many seafaring employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and the failure to renew those agreements or any future labor agreements may disrupt operations and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

A significant portion of seafarers that crew certain of our vessels and primarily Norwegian based onshore operational staff that provide services to us are employed under collective bargaining agreements. We and our operating subsidiaries may become subject to additional labor agreements in the future. We and our operating subsidiaries may suffer labor disruptions if relationships deteriorate with the seafarers or the unions that represent them. The collective bargaining agreements may not prevent labor disruptions, particularly when the agreements are being renegotiated. Salaries are typically renegotiated annually or bi-annually for seafarers and annually for onshore operational staff, and higher compensation levels will increase our costs of operations. Although these negotiations have not caused labor disruptions in the past, any future labor disruptions could harm our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

KNOT may on our behalf be unable to attract and retain qualified, skilled employees or crew necessary to operate our business or may have to pay substantially increased costs for its employees and crew.

Our success will depend in large part on KNOT’s ability to attract, hire, train and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. In crewing our vessels, we require technically skilled employees with specialized training who can perform physically demanding work. Competition to attract, hire, train and retain qualified crew members is intense, and crew manning costs continue to increase. If we are not able to increase our hire rates to compensate for any crew cost increases, our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely affected. Any inability we experience in the future to attract, hire, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could impair our ability to manage, maintain and grow our business.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

If we are in default on some kinds of obligations, such as those to our lenders, crew members, suppliers of goods and services to our vessels or shippers of cargo, these parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against one or more of our vessels. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. In a few jurisdictions, claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay to have the arrest lifted. Under some of our present charters, if the vessel is arrested or detained as a result of a claim against us, we may be in default of our charter and the charterer may terminate the charter. This would negatively impact our revenues and reduce our cash available for distribution to unitholders.

Lack of diversification and adverse developments in the shuttle tanker market or the conventional oil tanker market would negatively impact our results.

Although our vessels will also be able to operate as conventional oil tankers, we are focused on dynamic positioning offshore shuttle tankers. Due to our lack of diversification, any adverse development in this market and/or the conventional oil tanker market could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.

 

37


Table of Contents

Risks Inherent in an Investment in Us

KNOT and its affiliates may compete with us.

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement that we and KNOT will enter into in connection with the closing of this offering, KNOT and its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner and our subsidiaries) generally will agree not to acquire, own, operate or charter certain shuttle tankers operating under charters of five years or more. The omnibus agreement, however, contains significant exceptions that may allow KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates to compete with us, which could harm our business. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Noncompetition.”

Unitholders have limited voting rights, and our partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of Norwegian Resident Holders and unitholders owning more than 4.9% of our common units.

Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, holders of common units have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. We will hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Common unitholders will be entitled to elect only four of the seven members of our board of directors. The elected directors will be elected on a staggered basis and will serve for four-year terms. Our general partner in its sole discretion will appoint the remaining three directors and set the terms for which those directors will serve. The partnership agreement also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management. Unitholders will have no right to elect our general partner, and our general partner may not be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, including any units owned by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class.

Our partnership agreement further restricts unitholders’ voting rights by providing that Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of elected directors. Further, if any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes, unless required by law. The voting rights of any unitholders not entitled to vote on a specific matter will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to the 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

Our general partner and its affiliates own a     % interest in us and have conflicts of interest and limited fiduciary and contractual duties to us and our common unitholders, which may permit them to favor their own interests to your detriment.

Following this offering, KNOT will own a     % limited partner interest in us, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, and will own and control our general partner. Certain of our directors are directors of KNOT or its affiliates, and, as such, they have fiduciary duties to KNOT or its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit KNOT or its affiliates or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders. Conflicts of interest may arise between KNOT and its affiliates (including our general partner), on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our general partner and its affiliates may favor their own interests over the interests of our unitholders. Please read “—Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s and our directors’ fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors.” These conflicts include, among others, the following situations:

 

   

neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires our general partner or KNOT or its affiliates to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets, and KNOT’s officers and

 

38


Table of Contents
 

directors have a fiduciary duty to make decisions in the best interests of the shareholders of KNOT, which may be contrary to our interests;

 

   

our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. Specifically, our general partner will be considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the partnership;

 

   

our general partner and our directors have limited their liabilities and reduced their fiduciary duties under the laws of the Marshall Islands, while also restricting the remedies available to our unitholders, and, as a result of purchasing common units, unitholders are treated as having agreed to the modified standard of fiduciary duties and to certain actions that may be taken by our general partner and our directors, all as set forth in the partnership agreement;

 

   

our general partner is entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable costs incurred by it and its affiliates for our benefit;

 

   

our partnership agreement does not restrict us from paying our general partner or its affiliates for any services rendered to us on terms that are fair and reasonable or entering into additional contractual arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf;

 

   

our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase our common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of our common units; and

 

   

our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of its limited call right.

Although a majority of our directors will over time be elected by common unitholders, our general partner will likely have substantial influence on decisions made by our board of directors. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties” and “The Partnership Agreement.”

Our partnership agreement limits our general partner’s and our directors’ fiduciary duties to our unitholders and restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will irrevocably delegate to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis, and such delegation will be binding on any successor general partner of the partnership. Our partnership agreement also contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner and directors would otherwise be held by Marshall Islands law. For example, our partnership agreement:

 

   

permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. Where our partnership agreement permits, our general partner may consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and in such cases it has no fiduciary duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting us, our affiliates or our unitholders. Decisions made by our general partner in its individual capacity will be made by its board of directors, which will be appointed by KNOT. Specifically, pursuant to our partnership agreement, our general partner will be considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from

 

39


Table of Contents
 

voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the partnership;

 

   

provides that our general partner and our directors are entitled to make other decisions in “good faith” if they reasonably believe that the decision is in our best interests;

 

   

generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors and not involving a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or be “fair and reasonable” to us and that, in determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our board of directors may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us; and

 

   

provides that neither our general partner nor our officers or our directors will be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited partners or assignees for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or our officers or directors or those other persons engaged in actual fraud or willful misconduct.

In order to become a limited partner of our partnership, a common unitholder is required to agree to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Fiduciary Duties.”

We expect that our general partner will delegate all its management activities in relation to us to our board of directors and that arrangements will be in place such that any activities that would otherwise constitute regulated activities under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Regulated Activities Order) 2001 were they to be performed in the United Kingdom (and that would not fall within a suitable exemption) will be performed outside of the United Kingdom. However, there can be no assurance that this will not change (deliberately or otherwise) over time and there is no current intention for our general partner, us, or any of our subsidiaries to seek authorization from the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom, which would be required for any person to lawfully carry out such regulated activities in the United Kingdom.

Fees and cost reimbursements, which KNOT Management will determine for services provided to us and our subsidiaries, will be substantial, will be payable regardless of our profitability and will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

Pursuant to the amended technical management agreements, our subsidiaries will pay fees for services provided to them by KNOT Management, and will reimburse KNOT Management for all expenses incurred on their behalf. These fees and expenses will include all costs and expenses incurred in providing the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels in our fleet to our subsidiaries. In addition, our operating subsidiaries will pay KNOT Management a management fee equal to 5% of its costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing these services to our operating subsidiaries. We expect the amount of these fees and expenses to be approximately $0.9 million for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014.

In addition, pursuant to an administrative services agreement, KNOT UK will provide us with certain administrative services. KNOT UK will be permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under this agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS. We will reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK will reimburse KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services subcontracted to KOAS UK and KOAS under the administrative services agreement. In addition, KNOT UK will pay to KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, a service fee in U.S. Dollars equal to 5% of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing services. We expect that KNOT UK will pay KOAS UK and KOAS, collectively, approximately $1.0 million in total for the services subcontracted to them under the administrative services agreement for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014.

 

40


Table of Contents

For a description of the amended technical management agreements and the administrative services agreement, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The fees and expenses payable pursuant to the amended technical management agreements and the administrative services agreement will be payable without regard to our business, results of operation and financial condition. The payment of fees to and the reimbursement of expenses of KNOT Management and certain other affiliates of KNOT could adversely affect our ability to pay cash distributions to you.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to remove our current management or our general partner, and even if public unitholders are dissatisfied, they will be unable to remove our general partner without KNOT’s consent, unless KNOT’s ownership interest in us is decreased, all of which could diminish the trading price of our common units.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a person or group from attempting to remove our current management or our general partner.

 

   

The unitholders will be unable initially to remove our general partner without its consent because our general partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of all outstanding common and subordinated units voting together as a single class is required to remove the general partner. Following the closing of this offering, KNOT will own     % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

 

   

If our general partner is removed without “cause” during the subordination period and units held by our general partner and KNOT are not voted in favor of that removal, all remaining subordinated units will automatically convert into common units, any existing arrearages on the common units will be extinguished, and our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and the holders of the incentive distribution rights will have the right to convert such incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at the time. A removal of our general partner under these circumstances would adversely affect the common units by prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation preference over the subordinated units, which would otherwise have continued until we had met certain distribution and performance tests. Any conversion of the general partner interest or incentive distribution rights would be dilutive to existing unitholders. Furthermore, any cash payment in lieu of such conversion could be prohibitively expensive. “Cause” is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of charges of poor business decisions, such as charges of poor management of our business by the directors appointed by our general partner, so the removal of our general partner because of the unitholders’ dissatisfaction with the general partner’s decisions in this regard would most likely result in the termination of the subordination period.

 

   

Common unitholders will be entitled to elect only four of the seven members of our board of directors. Our general partner in its sole discretion will appoint the remaining three directors.

 

   

Election of the four directors elected by common unitholders is staggered, meaning that the members of only one of four classes of our elected directors will be selected each year. In addition, the directors appointed by our general partner will serve for terms determined by our general partner.

 

   

Our partnership agreement contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings of unitholders, to nominate directors and to acquire information about our operations as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

 

   

Unitholders’ voting rights are further restricted by the partnership agreement provision providing that if any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, any such

 

41


Table of Contents
 

units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes, unless required by law. The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

 

   

There are no restrictions in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue equity securities.

The effect of these provisions may be to diminish the price at which the common units will trade.

The control of our general partner may be transferred to a third party without unitholder consent.

Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders. In addition, our partnership agreement does not restrict the ability of the members of our general partner from transferring their respective membership interests in our general partner to a third party.

Substantial future sales of our common units in the public market could cause the price of our common units to fall.

We have granted registration rights to KNOT and certain of its affiliates. These unitholders have the right, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering any of our common, subordinated or other equity securities owned by them or to include those securities in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other unitholders. Upon the closing of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, KNOT will own              common units and              subordinated units and all of the incentive distribution rights. Following their registration and sale under the applicable registration statement, those securities will become freely tradable. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of common units or other securities, these unitholders could cause the price of our common units to decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit.

The assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit exceeds pro forma net tangible book value of $         per common unit. Based on the assumed initial public offering price, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $         per common unit. This dilution results primarily because the assets contributed by our general partner and its affiliates are recorded at their historical cost, and not their fair value, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Please read “Dilution.”

KNOT, as the initial holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, may elect to cause us to issue additional common units to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution levels related to its incentive distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts committee of our board of directors or holders of our common units and subordinated units. This may result in lower distributions to holders of our common units in certain situations.

KNOT, as the initial holder of all of the incentive distribution rights, has the right, at a time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset the initial cash target distribution levels at higher levels based on the distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by KNOT, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average

 

42


Table of Contents

cash distribution amount per common unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”), and the target distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution amount.

In connection with resetting these target distribution levels, KNOT will be entitled to receive a number of common units equal to that number of common units whose aggregate quarterly cash distributions equaled the average of the distributions to it on the incentive distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate that KNOT would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit without such conversion; however, it is possible that KNOT could exercise this reset election at a time when it is experiencing, or may be expected to experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may therefore desire to be issued our common units, rather than retain the right to receive incentive distributions based on the initial target distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had we not issued additional common units to KNOT in connection with resetting the target distribution levels related to KNOT’s incentive distribution rights. Please read “How We Make Cash Distributions—Incentive Distribution Rights” and “How We Make Cash Distributions—KNOT’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels.”

We may issue additional equity securities, including securities senior to the common units, without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests.

We may, without the approval of our unitholders, issue an unlimited number of additional units or other equity securities. In addition, we may issue an unlimited number of units that are senior to the common units in right of distribution, liquidation and voting. The issuance by us of additional common units or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

   

our unitholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may decrease;

 

   

because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common unitholders will increase;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of the common units may decline.

Upon the expiration of the subordination period, the subordinated units will convert into common units and will then participate pro rata with other common units in distributions of available cash.

During the subordination period, which we define elsewhere in this prospectus, the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. Distribution arrearages do not accrue on the subordinated units. The purpose of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash from operating surplus to be distributed on the common units. Upon the expiration of the subordination period, the subordinated units will convert into common units and will then participate pro rata with other common units in distributions of available cash. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period,” “—Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period” and “—Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period.”

 

43


Table of Contents

In establishing cash reserves, our board of directors may reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to you.

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct from operating surplus cash reserves that it determines are necessary to fund our future operating expenditures. These reserves also will affect the amount of cash available for distribution to our unitholders. Our board of directors may establish reserves for distributions on the subordinated units, but only if those reserves will not prevent us from distributing the full minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages, on the common units for the following four quarters. As described above in “—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and replace the operating capacity of our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted,” our partnership agreement requires our board of directors each quarter to deduct from operating surplus estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, as opposed to actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, which could reduce the amount of available cash for distribution. The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our board of directors at least once a year, provided that any change must be approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors.

Our general partner has a limited call right that may require you to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price.

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more than 80.0% of the common units, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us, but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price not less than the then-current market price of our common units. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right. As a result, you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return on your investment. You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. For additional information about the limited call right, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

At the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, KNOT, which owns and controls our general partner, will own     % of our common units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and the conversion of our subordinated units into common units, KNOT will own     % of our common units.

You may not have limited liability if a court finds that unitholder action constitutes control of our business.

As a limited partner in a partnership organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, you could be held liable for our obligations to the same extent as a general partner if you participate in the “control” of our business. Our general partner generally has unlimited liability for the obligations of the partnership, such as its debts and environmental liabilities, except for those contractual obligations of the partnership that are expressly made without recourse to our general partner. In addition, the limitations on the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly established in some jurisdictions in which we do business. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Liability” for a discussion of the implications of the limitations on liability of a unitholder.

We can borrow money to pay distributions, which would reduce the amount of credit available to operate our business.

Our partnership agreement allows us to make working capital borrowings to pay distributions. Accordingly, if we have available borrowing capacity, we can make distributions on all our units even though cash generated by our operations may not be sufficient to pay such distributions. Any working capital borrowings by us to make

 

44


Table of Contents

distributions will reduce the amount of working capital borrowings we can make for operating our business. For more information, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Increases in interest rates may cause the market price of our common units to decline.

An increase in interest rates may cause a corresponding decline in demand for equity investments in general, and in particular for yield-based equity investments such as our common units. Any such increase in interest rates or reduction in demand for our common units resulting from other relatively more attractive investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our common units to decline.

There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common units. After this offering, there will be only              publicly traded common units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. You may not be able to resell your common units at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common units.

Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions.

Under some circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act, or the Marshall Islands Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Marshall Islands law provides that for a period of three years from the date of the impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated Marshall Islands law will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Assignees who become substituted limited partners are liable for the obligations of the assignor to make contributions to the partnership that are known to the assignee at the time it became a limited partner and for unknown obligations if the liabilities could be determined from the partnership agreement. Liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interest and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.

We have no history operating as a separate publicly traded entity and will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded limited partnership.

We have no history operating as a separate publicly traded entity. As a publicly traded limited partnership, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s reporting requirements and with corporate governance and related requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the SEC and the securities exchange on which our common units will be listed. We will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses in complying with these and other applicable regulations. We anticipate that our incremental general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership will be approximately $2.5   million annually and will include costs associated with annual reports to unitholders, tax return preparation, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent’s fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and officer and director compensation.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common units less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not

 

45


Table of Contents

“emerging growth companies” as described under “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” We cannot predict if investors will find our common units less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common units less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common units and our unit price may be more volatile.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for so long as we are an emerging growth company. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide unitholders may be different than information provided by other public companies.

We have been organized as a limited partnership under the laws of the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of partnership law.

Our partnership affairs are governed by our partnership agreement and by the Marshall Islands Act. The provisions of the Marshall Islands Act resemble provisions of the limited partnership laws of a number of states in the United States, most notably Delaware. The Marshall Islands Act also provides that it is to be applied and construed to make it uniform with the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act and, so long as it does not conflict with the Marshall Islands Act or decisions of the Marshall Islands courts, interpreted according to the non-statutory law (or case law) of the State of Delaware. There have been, however, few, if any, court cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the Marshall Islands Act, in contrast to Delaware, which has a fairly well-developed body of case law interpreting its limited partnership statute. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as the courts in Delaware. For example, the rights of our unitholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our general partner under Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as under judicial precedent in existence in Delaware. As a result, unitholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by our general partner and its officers and directors than would unitholders of a similarly organized limited partnership in the United States.

Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, our general partner is a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and our directors and officers generally are or will be non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our general partner or our directors or officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Marshall Islands, please read “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.”

Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Business—Taxation of the Partnership,” “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Non-United States Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of the expected material U.S. federal and non-U.S. income tax considerations relating to us and the ownership and disposition of our common units.

We will be subject to taxes, which will reduce our cash available for distribution to you.

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate, reducing the amount of cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from

 

46


Table of Contents

doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted. Please read “Business—Taxation of the Partnership.”

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which would have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders.

A non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75.0% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of “passive income” or at least 50.0% of the average value of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property, and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. unitholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their interests in the PFIC.

Based on our current and projected method of operation, and an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., we believe that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year, and we expect that we will not be treated as a PFIC for any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from certain of our present time-chartering activities should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such time-chartering activities or other income our U.S. counsel has opined does not constitute passive income, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such nonpassive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year. This opinion is based and its accuracy is conditioned on representations, valuations and projections provided by us regarding our assets, income and charters to our U.S. counsel. While we believe these representations, valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they will continue to be accurate at any time in the future.

Moreover, there are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time-chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time-chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Code relating to foreign sales corporations. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. In published guidance, the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewater , and specified that time charters similar to those at issue in the case should be treated as service contracts. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering activities, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we

 

47


Table of Contents

cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we will not be a PFIC in the future. If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year (and regardless of whether we remain a PFIC for any subsequent taxable year), our U.S. unitholders would face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. unitholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our cash flow.

Under the Code, U.S. source gross transportation income generally is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction of expenses, unless an exemption from tax applies under a tax treaty or Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

We expect that our vessel-owning subsidiaries will qualify for an exemption from U.S. tax on any U.S. source gross transportation income under the Convention Between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Norway with Respect to Taxes on Income and Property, or the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty, and we intend to take this position for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, if we acquire interests in vessel-owning subsidiaries in the future that are not Norwegian residents for purposes of the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty, U.S. source gross transportation income earned by those subsidiaries would generally be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax unless the exemption under Section 883 of the Code applied. In general, the Section 883 exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, it will not be subject to the 4% U.S. federal income tax referenced above on its U.S. source gross transportation income. The Section 883 exemption does not apply to income attributable to transportation that begins and ends in the United States.

The vessels in our fleet do not currently engage in transportation that begins and ends in the United States, and we do not expect that our subsidiaries will in the future earn income from such transportation. If, notwithstanding this expectation, our subsidiaries earn income in the future from transportation that begins and ends in the United States, that income would not be exempt from U.S. federal income tax under the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty or Section 883 of the Code and would be subject to a 35% net income tax in the United States.

The imposition of U.S. federal income tax on our income could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our unitholders. For a more detailed discussion, see the section entitled “Business—Taxation of the Partnership—United States.”

You may be subject to income tax in one or more non-U.S. jurisdictions as a result of owning our common units if, under the laws of any such jurisdiction, we are considered to be carrying on business there. Such laws may require you to file a tax return with, and pay taxes to, those jurisdictions.

We intend to conduct our affairs and cause each of our subsidiaries to operate its business in a manner that minimizes income taxes imposed upon us and our subsidiaries. Furthermore, we intend to conduct our affairs and cause each of our subsidiaries to operate its business in a manner that minimizes the risk that unitholders may be treated as having a permanent establishment or taxable presence in a jurisdiction where we or our subsidiaries conduct activities simply by virtue of their ownership of our common units. However, because we are organized as a partnership, there is a risk in some jurisdictions, including Norway, that our activities or the activities of our subsidiaries may rise to the level of a taxable presence that is attributed to our unitholders for tax purposes. We have obtained confirmation from the United Kingdom HM Revenue & Customs that unitholders should not be treated as trading in the United Kingdom merely by virtue of their ownership of our common units. If you are attributed such a taxable presence in a jurisdiction, you may be required to file a tax return with, and to pay tax in, that jurisdiction based on your allocable share of our income. In addition, we may be required to obtain

 

48


Table of Contents

information from you in the event a tax authority (including in the United Kingdom) requires such information to submit a tax return. We may be required to reduce distributions to you on account of any tax withholding obligations imposed upon us by that jurisdiction in respect of such allocation to you. The United States may not allow a tax credit for any foreign income taxes that you directly or indirectly incur by virtue of an investment in us.

The ratio of dividend income to distributions on our common units is subject to business, economic and other uncertainties as well as tax reporting positions with which the IRS may disagree, which could result in a higher ratio of dividend income to distributions and adversely affect the value of our common units.

We estimate that approximately     % of the total cash distributions made to a purchaser of common units in this offering who owns those units from the date of this offering through December 31, 2016 will constitute dividend income for U.S. tax purposes. The remaining portion of the distributions will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the purchaser’s tax basis in its common units and thereafter as capital gain. These estimates are based on certain assumptions that are subject to business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control. In addition, these estimates are based on current U.S. federal income tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. As a result of these uncertainties, these estimates may be incorrect and the actual percentage of total cash distributions that will constitute dividend income could be higher, and any difference could adversely affect the value of the common units. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions.”

 

49


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements included in this prospectus concerning plans and objectives of management for future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto, including our financial forecast, contain forward-looking statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements that are also forward-looking statements. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business, and the markets in which we operate as described in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify the forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “forecast,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places and include statements with respect to, among other things:

 

   

forecasts of our ability to make cash distributions on the units and the amount of any borrowings that may be necessary to make such distributions;

 

   

our future financial condition or results of operations and our future revenues and expenses;

 

   

expected compliance with financing agreements and the expected effect of restrictions and covenants in such agreements;

 

   

statements about shuttle tanker market trends, including charter hire rates and factors affecting supply and demand;

 

   

the repayment of debt;

 

   

our anticipated growth strategies;

 

   

the effect of the worldwide economic slowdown and financial crisis in the global market;

 

   

fluctuations in currencies and interest rates;

 

   

general market conditions, including fluctuations in charter hire rates and vessel values;

 

   

changes in our operating expenses, including drydocking and insurance costs;

 

   

our ability to make additional borrowings and to access public equity and debt capital markets;

 

   

planned capital expenditures and availability of capital resources to fund capital expenditures;

 

   

future supply of, and demand for, crude oil;

 

   

our ability to maintain long-term relationships with major oil and gas companies engaged in offshore production;

 

   

our ability to leverage KNOT’s relationships and reputation in the shipping industry;

 

   

our ability to purchase vessels from KNOT in the future, including the Carmen Knutsen, Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 ;

 

   

our continued ability to enter into long-term, fixed-rate charters;

 

   

our ability to maximize the use of our vessels, including the redeployment or disposition of vessels no longer under long-term charters;

 

   

expected pursuit of strategic opportunities, including the acquisition of vessels;

 

   

our ability to compete successfully for future chartering and newbuild opportunities;

 

   

acceptance of a vessel by its charterer;

 

   

termination dates and extensions of charters;

 

50


Table of Contents
   

the expected cost of, and our ability to comply with, governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards, as well as standard regulations imposed by our charterers applicable to our business;

 

   

expected demand in the offshore and crude oil shipping sectors in general and the demand for vessels in particular;

 

   

availability of skilled labor, vessel crews and management;

 

   

our anticipated incremental general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership and our fees and expenses payable under the amended technical management agreements and the administrative services agreement;

 

   

the anticipated taxation of our partnership and distributions to our unitholders;

 

   

estimated future maintenance and replacement capital expenditures;

 

   

our ability to retain key employees;

 

   

customers’ increasing emphasis on environmental and safety concerns;

 

   

potential liability from any pending or future litigation;

 

   

potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents, political events, piracy or acts by terrorists;

 

   

future sales of our common units in the public market; and

 

   

our business strategy and other plans and objectives for future operations.

These and other forward-looking statements are made based upon management’s current plans, expectations, estimates, assumptions and beliefs concerning future events impacting us and therefore involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those risks discussed in “Risk Factors.” The risks, uncertainties and assumptions involve known and unknown risks and are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. We caution that forward-looking statements are not guarantees and that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of these factors. Further, we cannot assess the impact of each such factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

 

51


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from the sale of              common units offered by this prospectus, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per unit and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will use approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to:

 

   

repay approximately $        million of borrowings under the $160 million senior secured loan facility;

 

   

repay approximately $         million of borrowings under the $19 million junior secured loan facility;

 

   

repay approximately $         million of borrowings under the $120 million senior secured loan facility, or the Bodil Facility;

 

   

repay approximately $         million of borrowings under the $85 million senior secured loan facility, or the Windsor Purchase Facility;

 

   

repay all of our borrowings outstanding under the $27.3 million junior secured loan facility, or the Windsor Conversion Facility; and

 

   

to pre-fund approximately $2.0 million of our one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime.

We will use the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering of approximately $         million for general partnership purposes. The $160 million senior secured loan facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% and matures in two tranches in March 2016 and August 2016. At December 31, 2012, the three-month LIBOR plus applicable spread on the $160 million senior secured loan facility was 3.36%. The $19 million junior secured loan facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 4.5% and matures in two tranches in March 2016 and August 2016. At December 31, 2012, the three-month LIBOR plus applicable spread on the junior secured loan facility was 4.8112%. The Bodil Facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.6% to 3.0% and matures in February 2016. At December 31, 2012, the three-month LIBOR plus applicable spread on the Bodil Facility was 4.747%. The Windsor Purchase Facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 0.6% and matures in May 2015. At December 31, 2012, the three-month LIBOR plus applicable spread on the Windsor Purchase Facility was 1.25%. The Windsor Conversion Facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 3.75% and matures in May 2015. At December 31, 2012, the three-month LIBOR plus applicable spread on the Windsor Conversion Facility was 4.061%. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Borrowing Activities—Vessel Financing Agreements” for a description of these credit facilities.

For a discussion of the entrance tax, please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Income Taxes.”

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to              additional common units. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will use the net proceeds (approximately $         million, if exercised in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions) to make a cash distribution to KNOT. If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue              common units to KNOT at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the public and the remainder, if any, will be issued to KNOT. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read “Underwriting.”

 

52


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $         million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price to $         per common unit, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price to $         per common unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million.

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows:

 

   

our historical cash and capitalization as of December 31, 2012; and

 

   

our pro forma cash and capitalization as of December 31, 2012, which reflects the offering and the other transactions described in the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet included elsewhere in this prospectus.

This table is derived from and should be read together with the historical combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor and the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and the accompanying notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Historical      Pro Forma  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,287       $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt: (1)

     

Revolving credit facility (2)

   $ —        

Current portion of long-term debt

     28,833      

Non-current portion of long-term debt

     319,017      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     347,850      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

     

Owner’s/partners’ equity

   $ 100,633       $     

Held by public:

     

Common units

     

Held by general partner and its affiliates:

     

Common units

     

Subordinated units

     

General partner interest

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity attributable to KNOT Offshore Partners

     100,633      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization ( 3 )

   $ 448,483       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) All of our outstanding debt is secured by our vessels. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
(2) At or prior to the closing of this offering, we will amend our existing vessel financing agreements to, among other things, include a revolving credit facility. We do not expect to draw under this credit facility at the closing of this offering. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities.”
(3) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $         million. In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price to $         per common unit, would increase net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price to $         per common unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million.

 

54


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price will exceed the net tangible book value per common unit after this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to this offering of common units, the application of the net proceeds in the manner described under “Use of Proceeds” and the formation transactions related to this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value would have been $         million, or $         per common unit. Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the following table.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per common unit

    $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit before this offering (1)

  $                  

Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable to purchasers in this offering

   
 

 

 

   

Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after this offering (2)

   
   

 

 

 

Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in this offering (3)(4)

    $     
   

 

 

 

 

(1) Determined by dividing the total number of units (             common units,              subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest represented by              general partner units to be issued to our general partner and its affiliates for their contribution of assets and liabilities to us) into the net tangible book value of the contributed assets and liabilities.
(2) Determined by dividing the total number of units (             common units,              subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest represented by              general partner units to be outstanding after this offering) into our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds of this offering.
(3) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per common unit would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering by approximately $         per common unit, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, commissions and structuring fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common units we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price to $         per common unit, would result in a pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $         per common unit. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us, together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price to $         per common unit, would result in an pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $         million, or $         per common unit, and dilution per common unit to investors in this offering would be $         per common unit. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(4) Because the total number of units outstanding following this offering will not be impacted by any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and any net proceeds from such exercise will not be retained by us, there will be no change to the dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the offering due to any exercise of the option.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the number of units that we will issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our general partner and its affiliates and by the purchasers of common units in this offering upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus.

 

     Units Acquired     Total Consideration  
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent  

General partner and its affiliates (1)(2)

               $                          

New investors

          
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

               $                          
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, our general partner and its affiliates will own an aggregate of              common units,              subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner interest represented by             general partner units.
(2) The assets contributed by our general partner and its affiliates were recorded at historical book value, rather than fair value, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Book value of the consideration provided by our general partner and its affiliates, as of December 31, 2012, was $        .

 

56


Table of Contents

OUR CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS

You should read the following discussion of our cash distribution policy and restrictions on distributions in conjunction with specific assumptions included in this section. In addition, you should read “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for information regarding statements that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks inherent in our business.

General

Rationale for Our Cash Distribution Policy

Our cash distribution policy reflects a judgment that our unitholders will be better served by our distributing our available cash (after deducting expenses, including estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and reserves) rather than retaining it. Because we believe we will generally finance any expansion capital expenditures from external financing sources, we believe that our investors are best served by our distributing all of our available cash. Our cash distribution policy is consistent with the terms of our partnership agreement, which requires that we distribute all of our available cash quarterly (after deducting expenses, including estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and reserves).

Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy

There is no guarantee that unitholders will receive quarterly distributions from us. Our distribution policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at any time, including:

 

   

Our unitholders have no contractual or other legal right to receive distributions other than the obligation under our partnership agreement to distribute available cash on a quarterly basis, which is subject to the broad discretion of our board of directors to establish reserves and other limitations.

 

   

We will be subject to restrictions on distributions under our financing agreements. Our financing agreements contain material financial tests and covenants that must be satisfied in order to pay distributions. If we are unable to satisfy the restrictions included in any of our financing agreements or are otherwise in default under any of those agreements, as a result of our debt levels or otherwise, we will not be able to make cash distributions to you, notwithstanding our stated cash distribution policy. These financial tests and covenants are described in this prospectus in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

   

We are required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain and replace our fleet. These expenditures may fluctuate significantly over time, particularly as our vessels near the end of their useful lives. In order to minimize these fluctuations, our partnership agreement requires us to deduct estimated, as opposed to actual, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from the amount of cash that we would otherwise have available for distribution to our unitholders. In years when estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are higher than actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders will be lower than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.

 

   

Although our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash, our partnership agreement, including provisions contained therein requiring us to make cash distributions, may be amended. During the subordination period, with certain exceptions, our partnership agreement may not be amended without the approval of non-affiliated common unitholders. After the subordination period has ended, our partnership agreement can be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units. KNOT will own approximately     % of our common units and all of our subordinated units outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

 

57


Table of Contents
   

Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our board of directors, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.

 

   

Under Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, we may not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.

 

   

We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our unitholders due to decreases in total operating revenues, decreases in hire rates, the loss of a vessel, increases in operating or general and administrative expenses, principal and interest payments on outstanding debt, taxes, working capital requirements, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures or anticipated cash needs. Please read “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these factors.

Our Ability to Grow Depends on Our Ability to Access External Expansion Capital

Because we distribute all of our available cash, we may not grow as quickly as businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. We expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and expansion and investment capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to grow. To the extent we issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or other capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level, which in turn may affect the available cash that we have to distribute on each unit. There are no limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional borrowings or other debt by us to finance our growth would result in increased interest expense, which in turn may affect the available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.

Initial Distribution Rate

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a policy pursuant to which we will declare an initial quarterly distribution of $         per unit for each complete quarter, or $         per unit on an annualized basis, to be paid no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2013). This equates to an aggregate cash distribution of $         million per quarter, or $         million per year, in each case based on the number of common units, subordinated units and general partner units outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. Our ability to make cash distributions at the initial distribution rate pursuant to this policy will be subject to the factors described above under “—General—Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution Policy.”

The table below sets forth the number of outstanding common units, subordinated units and general partner units upon the closing of this offering and the aggregate distribution amounts payable on such units during the year following the closing of this offering at our initial distribution rate of $         per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis).

 

     Number of
Units
   Distributions  
        One Quarter     Four Quarters  

Common units

      $                   $                

Subordinated units

       

General partner units (1)

       
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $   (2)     $                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The number of general partner units is determined by multiplying the total number of units deemed to be outstanding ( i.e. , the total number of common and subordinated units outstanding divided by 98.0%) by the general partner’s 2.0% general partner interest.

 

58


Table of Contents
(2) Actual payments of distributions on the common units, subordinated units and the general partner units are expected to be $         million for the period between the estimated closing date of this offering (                      , 2013) and the end of the fiscal quarter in which the closing date of this offering occurs.

If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common units, we will issue common units to KNOT at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the underwriters and the remainder, if any, will be issued to KNOT. Any such units issued to KNOT will be issued for no additional consideration. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters’ option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all units.

During the subordination period, before we make any quarterly distributions to subordinated unitholders, our common unitholders are entitled to receive payment of the full minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages in distributions from prior quarters. Please read “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.” We cannot guarantee, however, that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on the common units in any quarter.

As of the closing date of this offering, our general partner will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner’s initial 2.0% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its initial 2.0% general partner interest. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its current general partner interest.

Forecasted Results of Operations for the Twelve Months Ending March 31, 2014

In this section, we present in detail the basis for our belief that we will be able to pay our minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. We present two tables, consisting of:

 

   

Forecasted Results of Operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014; and

 

   

Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014,

as well as the significant assumptions upon which the forecast is based.

We present below a forecast of our expected results of operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. Our forecast presents, to the best of our knowledge and belief, our expected results of operations for the forecast period. Although we anticipate exercising our options to purchase each of the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 from KNOT, the timing of such purchases is uncertain and each such purchase is subject to reaching an agreement with KNOT regarding the purchase price of the vessel and the availability of financing, which we anticipate would be from external sources. As a result, our forecast does not reflect the expected results of operations or related financing of any of such vessels.

Our financial forecast reflects our judgment, as of the date of this prospectus, of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take during the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. Our financial forecast is based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable with respect to the forecast period as a whole. The assumptions and estimates used in the financial forecast are inherently uncertain and represent those that we believe are significant to our financial forecast. We believe that we have a reasonable objective basis for those assumptions. To the extent that there is a shortfall during any quarter in the forecast period, we believe we would be able to make working capital borrowings to pay distributions in such quarter and would be able to repay such borrowings in a subsequent quarter, because we believe the total cash available for distribution for the forecast period will be more than sufficient to pay the aggregate minimum quarterly distribution to all unitholders. We

 

59


Table of Contents

believe our actual results of operations will approximate those reflected in our financial forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be achieved. There will likely be differences between our financial forecast and the actual results and those differences could be material. Our operations are subject to numerous risks that are beyond our control. If the financial forecast is not achieved, we may not be able to pay cash distributions on our units at the initial distribution rate stated in our cash distribution policy or at all.

Our forecast of our results of operations is a forward-looking statement and should be read together with the historical combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor, our unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We do not, as a matter of course, make public projections as to future revenues, earnings or other results. The financial forecast has been prepared by and is the responsibility of our management. However, our management has prepared the financial forecast set forth below in support of our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to allow us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units during the forecast period. In addition, in the view of our management, the accompanying financial forecast was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents, to the best of our knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and our expected future financial performance. However, this information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the financial forecast.

When considering our financial forecast, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements included under the heading “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus. Any of the risks discussed in this prospectus or unanticipated events could cause our actual results of operations, cash flows and financial condition to vary significantly from the financial forecast and such variations may be material. Prospective investors are cautioned to not place undue reliance on the financial forecast and should make their own independent assessment of our future results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

We are providing the financial forecast to supplement the historical combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor in support of our belief that we will have sufficient cash available to allow us to pay cash distributions on all of our units for each quarter in the twelve-month period ending March 31, 2014 at our stated initial distribution rate. Please read “—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Forecast Assumptions” for further information as to the assumptions we have made for the financial forecast.

We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to the financial forecast or to update the financial forecast to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus, even in the event that any or all of the underlying assumptions are shown to be in error. Therefore, we caution you not to place undue reliance on this information.

Neither our independent registered public accounting firm, nor any other independent registered public accounting firm, has compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the forecasted financial information contained herein, nor has it expressed any opinion or given any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and it assumes no responsibility for such forecasted financial information. Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report included in this prospectus relates to the historical financial information of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor. That report does not extend to the tables and the related forecasted financial information contained in this section and should not be read to do so.

 

60


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

FORECASTED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(dollars in thousands)    Twelve Months
Ending

March 31, 2014
 
     (unaudited)  

Total revenues

   $ 65,797   

Voyage expenses

     —     
  

 

 

 

Net voyage revenues

     65,797   

Operating expenses:

  

Vessel operating expenses

     13,709   

Depreciation and amortization

     21,743   

General and administrative expenses

     3,000   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 38,452   
  

 

 

 

Operating income

     27,345   

Financial income (expenses):

  

Interest income

     —     

Interest expense

     8,508   

Other finance expense

     —     

Realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on derivative instruments

     —     

Net gain/(loss) on foreign currency transactions

     —     
  

 

 

 

Net financial expenses

   $ 8,508   
  

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     18,837   

Income taxes

     —     
  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to KNOT Offshore Partners LP owners

   $ 18,837   
  

 

 

 

General partner’s interest in net income

   $ 377   

Limited partners’ interest in net income

     18,460   

Net income per:

  

Common unit (basic and diluted)

   $                

Subordinated unit (basic and diluted)

   $     

General partner unit (basic and diluted)

   $     

Please read the accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and forecast assumptions.

Forecast Assumptions and Considerations

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial forecast and related notes present our forecasted results of operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014, based on the assumption that:

 

   

we will issue to KNOT              common units and              subordinated units, representing a     % limited partner interest in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights, which will entitle KNOT to increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of $         per unit per quarter;

 

   

we will issue to our general partner, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT,              general partner units, representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us;

 

   

we will sell              common units to the public in this offering, representing a     % limited partner interest in us;

 

   

we will use approximately $         million of the proceeds from this offering to repay borrowings outstanding under certain of our vessel financing agreements; and

 

61


Table of Contents
   

we will amend the Bodil Facility to be a $50 million term loan facility and a $20 million revolving credit facility.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization. We are a Marshall Islands limited partnership formed to own, operate and acquire shuttle tankers under long-term charters. Our general partner is KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC.

Principles of Combination. The financial forecast includes our accounts and those of the wholly and partially owned subsidiaries we will control. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of the vessels in our initial fleet; the valuation of derivatives and other contingencies.

Reporting Currency. Our financial forecast is stated in U.S. Dollars. The functional currency of our vessel-owning subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar. Since such subsidiaries operate in the international shipping market, all revenues are U.S. Dollars denominated and the majority of the expenditures are made in U.S. Dollars. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. As of the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are translated to reflect the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected separately in the statement of operations.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenues from time charters and bareboat charters as operating leases on a straight line basis over the term of the charter, net of any commissions. Under time charters, revenue is not recognized during days the vessel is off-hire. Revenue is recognized from delivery of the vessel to the charterer, until the end of the lease term. Under time charter, we are responsible for providing the crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operations, the cost of which is included in the daily hire rate, except when off-hire. Fees received from customers for customized equipment are deferred and recognized over the period. Under bareboat charters, we provide a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified day rate.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. Voyage expenses are paid by the customer under time charter and bareboat charters. Voyage expenses are paid by the shipowner for spot contracts and during periods of off-hire and are recognized when incurred.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the shipowner for time-charters, spot contracts and during off-hire and are recognized when incurred. Vessel operating expenses are typically paid by the customer under bareboat charters.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Vessels and Equipment. Vessels and equipment are stated at the historical acquisition or construction cost, including capitalized interest, supervision, technical and delivery cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Expenditures for subsequent conversions and major improvements are capitalized provided that such costs increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels.

 

62


Table of Contents

Generally, we drydock each vessel every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old, after which drydocking takes place every 30 months thereafter as required for the renewal of certifications issued by classification societies. For vessels operating on time charters, we capitalize the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the vessels, major repairs and improvements incurred during drydocking. Drydocking cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking takes place. We expense costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of the cost of the vessel is allocated to a drydock component initially and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, we expense the remaining unamortized balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the charter party bears the cost of any drydocking.

Vessels are depreciated to their estimated residual value, which is calculated based on the weight of the ship and estimated steel price. Any cost related to the disposal is deducted from the residual value.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets . Vessels and equipment, vessels under construction, and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, we first compare undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

Debt Issuance Costs. Debt issuance costs, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, are deferred and presented as other non-current assets. Debt issuance costs of term loans are amortized over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense.

Derivative Instruments. We may, from time to time, enter into interest rate swap transactions to hedge a portion of our exposure to floating interest rates. These transactions involve the conversion of floating rates into fixed rates over the life of the transactions without an exchange of underlying principal. In addition, from time to time we enter into foreign currency swap contracts to reduce risk from foreign currency fluctuations.

Income Taxes. Under the tonnage tax regime, we do not anticipate that we or our subsidiaries will incur any income taxes payable in any jurisdiction during the forecast period. However, as tax law is based on interpretations and applications of the law, which are only ultimately decided by the courts of a particular jurisdiction, significant judgment is involved in determining our provision for income taxes in the ordinary course of our business. We recognize tax liabilities based on our assessment of whether our tax positions are more likely than not sustainable, based on the technical merits of each position and having regard to the relevant taxing authority’s widely understood administrative practices and precedent. Our Norwegian subsidiaries will be subject to Norwegian tonnage tax based upon the net tonnage of their available cargo space rather than income generated from operating the vessels, which is tax free. Based on our current vessels and the applicable rate of taxation, we expect to be liable for $107,000 in Norwegian tonnage tax for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. This amount has been included in our forecasted vessel operating expenses. In addition, under the Norwegian tonnage tax regime, net financial income, which is any income other than income generated from operating the vessels, is subject to the regular corporate income tax rate of 28%. Our forecasted results of operations assumes that we will not incur any net financial income during the forecast period that would result in a taxable profit. Any tax losses for one year may be carried forward to future periods. We expect that a valuation allowance will be required such that our net deferred tax benefit will be reduced to zero during the forecast period.

We will be subject to a one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime due to our acquisition of the shares in the subsidiary that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen . The entrance tax arises

 

63


Table of Contents

when a related party seller is taxed under the ordinary tax regime and the buyer is taxed under the tonnage tax regime. The tax is based on the difference between the market value of the shares and the seller’s tax value of the shares as of the date of contribution. We have estimated the total amount of the entrance tax to be approximately $2 million. However, such amount will vary depending on the factors present at the date of the transaction. The entrance tax on this gain is payable over several years and is calculated by multiplying the tax rate of 28% by the declining balance of the gain, which will decline by 20% each year. The tax for 2013 is expected to be approximately $0.4 million, which would be payable in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Net Income Per Unit. The calculation of the forecasted basic and diluted earnings for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014 is set forth below:

 

(dollars in thousands)   Common
Unitholders
    Subordinated
Unitholders
    General Partner  

Partners’ interests in forecasted net income

  $                   $                   $                

Forecasted weighted average number of units outstanding

     

Forecasted net income per unit

  $        $        $     

Summary of Significant Forecast Assumptions

Vessels. The forecast reflects or assumes the following about our fleet:

 

   

365 days of operation under a bareboat charter for the Fortaleza Knutsen ;

 

   

365 days of operation under a bareboat charter for the Recife Knutsen ;

 

   

358 days of operation under a time charter for the Bodil Knutsen ; and

 

   

358 days of operation under a time charter for the Windsor Knutsen .

We have assumed that we will not make any acquisitions during the forecast period.

Voyage Revenues. Our forecasted voyage revenues are based on estimated average expected daily hire rates multiplied by the total number of days our vessels are expected to be on-hire during the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. We have built into our forecast 2% off-hire for the time-charter vessels in our fleet; for the vessels on bareboat charter we have assumed no off-hire as operating risk is for the charterers’ account. The amount of actual off-hire time depends upon, among other things, the time a vessel spends in drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns or delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems as well as failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

The hire rate payable under our time charters is fixed and payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars, and increases annually based on a fixed percentage increase or fixed schedule to enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs. The hire rate payable under our bareboat charters is fixed and payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars. For more information on the components of the hire rate payable under our charters, please read “Business—Charters—Hire Rate.”

Voyage Expenses. Under time charter and bareboat charter contracts, the charterer typically pays the voyage expenses. If we, as shipowner, pay the voyage expenses, we typically pass the approximate amount of these expenses on to our customers by charging higher rates under the contract or billing the expenses to them. We, as shipowner, are responsible for any voyage expenses incurred during periods of off hire under our time charters. However, we do not expect any voyage expenses incurred during periods of off hire to be substantial and therefore, our forecast assumes that we will not incur any voyage expenses during the forecast period.

Vessel Operating Expenses . Our forecasted vessel operating expenses assumes that all of our vessels are operational during the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. Vessel operating expenses primarily relate to our vessels operating under time charters. The forecast takes into account increases in crewing and other labor related

 

64


Table of Contents

costs driven predominantly by an increase in demand for qualified and experienced officers and crew. In addition, our forecast assumes approximately $107,000 in Norwegian tonnage tax for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014 relating to our vessels operating under both time charters and bareboat charters. In addition, in our calculation of forecasted vessel operating expenses, we have assumed that our operating subsidiaries will incur approximately $0.9 million of costs and fees pursuant to the amended technical management agreements that our operating subsidiaries will enter into with KNOT Management. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

Depreciation and Amortization. Our forecasted depreciation and amortization expense includes only the vessels in our initial fleet. Vessels and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of vessels and equipment less the estimated residual value is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the assets’ remaining economic useful lives, which we estimate to be 24 years, 24 years, 24 years and 20 years for the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen , respectively. The economic useful life for shuttle tankers operated worldwide has generally been estimated to be 25 years. In addition, a portion of the purchase price for the Bodil Knutsen included an estimate of expenses relating to its first scheduled drydocking. These estimated drydocking expenses were capitalized and will be amortized over the five years until its first scheduled drydocking.

General and Administrative Expenses. Forecasted general and administrative expenses for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014 are based on the assumption that we will incur approximately $2.5 million in incremental expenses as a result of being a publicly traded limited partnership. These expenses will include costs associated with annual reports to unitholders, tax return preparation, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent’s fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and officer and director compensation. In addition, these expenses include approximately $1.0 million of costs and fees that KNOT UK will incur pursuant to the applicable subcontract to the administrative services agreement that we will enter into with KNOT UK. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement.”

Interest Income. We have assumed that any cash surplus balances will not earn any interest during the forecast period.

Interest Expense. Our financial forecast for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014 assumes we will have an average outstanding loan balance of approximately $214.4 million with an estimated weighted average interest rate of 4% per annum.

Foreign Exchange Gain/(Loss). We receive all of our revenues in U.S. Dollars. However, a portion of our expenses are denominated in Norwegian Kroner, or NOK. For purposes of this financial forecast, we have assumed an exchange rate of 1 U.S. Dollar to 6 NOK for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects.”

Derivative Financial Instruments. The derivative instruments entered into by the KNOT Group will not be transferred to us upon the closing of this offering. We have assumed that we will not enter into any interest rate swap transactions or foreign currency swap contracts during the twelve months ending March 31, 2014.

Taxes. We have assumed that we will not incur any income tax expense for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014.

Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures. Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct from operating surplus each quarter estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, as opposed to actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, in order to reduce disparities in operating surplus caused by fluctuating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as drydocking and vessel replacement. The actual cost of replacing the vessels in our fleet will depend on a number

 

65


Table of Contents

of factors, including prevailing market conditions, hire rates and the availability and cost of financing at the time of replacement. Our board of directors, with the approval of the conflicts committee, may determine that one or more of our assumptions should be revised, which could cause our board of directors to increase the amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures. We may elect to finance some or all of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures through the issuance of additional common units, which could be dilutive to our existing unitholders. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.”

Drydocking Capital Expenditures . Because of the substantial capital expenditures we are required to make to maintain our fleet, our initial annual estimated drydocking costs for our vessels for estimating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will be $1.1 million per year.

Replacement Capital Expenditures . Because of the substantial capital expenditures we are required to make to maintain our fleet, our initial annual estimated replacement capital expenditures for estimating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will be $10.8   million per year, including financing costs, for replacing our shuttle tankers at the end of their useful lives. The $10.8   million for future vessel replacement is based on assumptions and estimates regarding the remaining useful lives of the vessels, a long-term net investment rate equivalent to our current expected long-term borrowing costs, vessel replacement values based on current market conditions and residual value of the vessels at the end of their useful lives based on current steel prices.

Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors . Our financial forecast for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014 is based on the following assumptions related to regulatory, industry and economic factors:

 

   

no material nonperformance or credit-related defaults by suppliers, customers or vendors;

 

   

no new regulation or interpretation of existing regulations or governmental action that, in either case, would be materially adverse to our business;

 

   

no material accidents, environmental incidents, releases, weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar unanticipated events;

 

   

no major adverse change in the markets in which we operate resulting from oil production disruptions, reduced demand for oil or significant changes in the market price for oil; and

 

   

no material changes to market, regulatory and overall economic conditions or in prevailing interest rates.

Forecasted Cash Available for Distribution

The table below sets forth our calculation of forecasted cash available for distribution to our unitholders and general partner based on the Forecasted Results of Operations set forth above. Based on the financial forecast and related assumptions, we forecast that our cash available for distribution generated during the twelve months ending March 31, 2014 will be approximately $         million. This amount would be sufficient to pay 100% of the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit on all of our common units and subordinated units for the four quarters ending March 31, 2014.

Actual payments of distributions on the common units, subordinated units and the general partner units are expected to be $         million for the period between the estimated closing date of this offering (                    , 2013) and the end of the fiscal quarter in which the closing date of this offering occurs.

You should read “—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Forecast Assumptions” included as part of the financial forecast for a discussion of the material assumptions underlying our forecast of adjusted EBITDA that is included in the table below. Our forecast is based on those material

 

66


Table of Contents

assumptions and reflects our judgment of conditions we expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take. The assumptions disclosed in our financial forecast are those that we believe are significant to generate the forecasted adjusted EBITDA. If our estimate is not achieved, we may not be able to pay distributions on the common units at the initial distribution rate of $         per unit per quarter ($         per unit on an annualized basis). Our financial forecast and the forecast of cash available for distribution set forth below have been prepared by our management. This calculation represents available cash from operating surplus generated during the period and excludes any cash from working capital borrowings, capital expenditures and cash on hand on the closing date.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

When considering our forecast of cash available for distribution for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus. Any of these factors or the other risks discussed in this prospectus could cause our results of operations to vary significantly from those set forth in the financial forecast and the forecast of cash available for distribution set forth below.

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

FORECASTED CASH AVAILABLE FOR DISTRIBUTION

 

    Twelve Months Ending
March 31, 2014 (1)
 
(dollars in thousands, except per unit amounts)   (unaudited)  

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

  $ 49,088   

Adjustments for cash items, entrance tax expenditures, estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures:

 

Less:

 

Cash interest expense

    8,508   

Cash interest income

    —     

Cash income tax expense

    —     

Drydocking capital expenditure reserves (3)

    1,140   

Replacement capital expenditure reserves (3)

    10,780   

Pre-funded entrance tax (4)

    400   

Add:

 

Proceeds retained from this offering to pre-fund entrance tax (4)

    400   
 

 

 

 

Cash available for distribution

  $ 28,660   
 

 

 

 

Expected distributions:

 

Distributions per unit

  $                

Distributions to our public common unitholders (5)

 

Distributions to KNOT—common units (5)

 

Distributions to KNOT—subordinated units (5)

 

Distributions to general partner units

 
 

 

 

 

Total distributions (6)

  $     
 

 

 

 

Excess (shortfall)

  $     

Annualized minimum quarterly distribution per unit

  $     

Aggregate distributions based on annualized minimum quarterly distribution

 

Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common unitholders

 

Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to subordinated unitholder

 

 

(1) The forecast is based on the assumptions set forth in “—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Forecast Assumptions.”

 

67


Table of Contents
(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA means earnings before interest, other financial items, depreciation and amortization and taxes is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as investors, to assess our financial and operating performance. We believe that adjusted EBITDA assists our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period and against the performance of other companies in our industry that provide adjusted EBITDA information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest, other financial items, depreciation and amortization and taxes, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including adjusted EBITDA as a financial and operating measure benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength in assessing whether to continue to hold common units.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The following table reconciles adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure.

 

     Twelve Months  Ending
March 31, 2014
 
(dollars in thousands)    (unaudited)  

Net income attributable to KNOT Offshore Partners LP owners

   $ 18,837   

Interest income

     —     

Interest expense

     8,508   

Other financial items (a)

     —     

Depreciation and amortization

     21,743   

Income taxes

     —     
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 49,088   
  

 

 

 

 

  (a) Other financial items consists of other finance expense, realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments and net loss on foreign currency transactions.  

 

(3) Our partnership agreement requires that an estimate of the maintenance and replacement capital expenditures necessary to maintain our asset base be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter, as opposed to amounts actually spent. Please read “How We Make Cash Distributions—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Capital Expenditures.”
(4) Pre-funded entrance tax expenditures are related to the approximately $2.0 million one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. We expect to pay approximately $0.4 million in 2013, with the remainder to be paid over several years. For a more complete discussion of the entrance tax, please read “—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Income Taxes.”
(5) Assumes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units is not exercised.
(6) Represents the amount required to fund distributions to our unitholders and our general partner for four quarters based upon our minimum quarterly distribution rate of $          per unit.

Forecast of Compliance with Debt Covenants. Our ability to make distributions could be affected if we do not remain in compliance with the restrictions and covenants of our financing agreements. Our fleet is subject to several financing agreements, which we anticipate will be amended in connection with this offering. We have assumed that we will be in compliance with all of the covenants in such financing agreements during the forecast period. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a further description of our financing agreements, including these financial covenants.

 

68


Table of Contents

HOW WE MAKE CASH DISTRIBUTIONS

Distributions of Available Cash

General

Within 45 days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2013, we will distribute all of our available cash (defined below) to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from the closing of this offering through June 30, 2013, based on the actual length of the period.

Definition of Available Cash

Available cash generally means, for each fiscal quarter, all cash on hand at the end of the quarter (including our proportionate share of cash on hand of certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own):

 

   

less , the amount of cash reserves (including our proportionate share of cash reserves of certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) established by our board of directors and our subsidiaries to:

 

   

provide for the proper conduct of our business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for our anticipated credit needs);

 

   

comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other agreements; and/or

 

   

provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters;

 

   

plus , all cash on hand (including our proportionate share of cash on hand of certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from (1) working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter and (2) cash distributions received after the end of the quarter from any equity interest in any person (other than a subsidiary of us), which distributions are paid by such person in respect of operations conducted by such person during such quarter. Working capital borrowings are generally borrowings that are made under a revolving credit facility and in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners.

Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution

We intend to distribute to the holders of common units and subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, or $         per unit per year, to the extent we have sufficient cash on hand to pay the distribution after we establish cash reserves and pay fees and expenses. The amount of available cash from operating surplus needed to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for one quarter on all units outstanding immediately after this offering and the related distribution on the 2.0% general partner interest is approximately $         million.

There is no guarantee that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units and subordinated units in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined by our board of directors, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement. We will be prohibited from making any distributions to unitholders if it would cause an event of default, or an event of default is then existing, under our financing agreements. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of the restrictions contained in our financing agreements that may restrict our ability to make distributions.

 

69


Table of Contents

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

General

All cash distributed to unitholders will be characterized as either “operating surplus” or “capital surplus.” We treat distributions of available cash from operating surplus differently than distributions of available cash from capital surplus.

Definition of Operating Surplus

Operating surplus for any period generally means:

 

   

$         million; plus

 

   

all of our cash receipts (including our proportionate share of cash receipts of certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) after the closing of this offering (provided that cash receipts from the termination of an interest rate, currency or commodity hedge contract prior to its specified termination date will be included in operating surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such hedge contract), excluding cash from (1) borrowings, other than working capital borrowings, (2) sales of equity and debt securities, (3) sales or other dispositions of assets outside the ordinary course of business, (4) capital contributions or (5) corporate reorganizations or restructurings; plus

 

   

working capital borrowings (including our proportionate share of working capital borrowings for certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) made after the end of a quarter but before the date of determination of operating surplus for the quarter; plus

 

   

interest paid on debt incurred (including periodic net payments under related hedge contracts) and cash distributions paid on equity securities issued (including the amount of any incremental distributions made to the holders of our incentive distribution rights and our proportionate share of such interest and cash distributions paid by certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own), in each case, to finance all or any portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a capital asset (such as a vessel) in respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is put into service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus

 

   

interest paid on debt incurred (including periodic net payments under related hedge contracts) and cash distributions paid on equity securities issued (including the amount of any incremental distributions made to the holders of our incentive distribution rights and our proportionate share of such interest and cash distributions paid by certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own), in each case, to pay the construction period interest on debt incurred (including periodic net payments under related interest rate swap agreements), or to pay construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the construction projects described in the immediately preceding bullet; less

 

   

all of our “operating expenditures” (which includes estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures and is further described below) of us and our subsidiaries (including our proportionate share of operating expenditures by certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) immediately after the closing of this offering; less

 

   

the amount of cash reserves (including our proportionate share of cash reserves for certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) established by our board of directors to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less

 

   

any cash loss realized on dispositions of assets acquired using investment capital expenditures; less

 

   

all working capital borrowings (including our proportionate share of working capital borrowings by certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) not repaid within twelve months after having been incurred.

If a working capital borrowing, which increases operating surplus, is not repaid during the twelve-month period following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of such period, thus decreasing operating

 

70


Table of Contents

surplus at such time. When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will not be treated as a reduction in operating surplus because operating surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed repayment.

As described above, operating surplus includes a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to $         million of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources, such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings, that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of including, as described above, certain cash distributions on equity securities or interest payments on debt in operating surplus would be to increase operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions or interest payments. As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to the amount of any such cash distributions or interest payments we receive from non-operating sources.

Operating expenditures generally means all of our cash expenditures, including but not limited to taxes, employee and director compensation, reimbursement of expenses to our general partner, repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments and payments made under any interest rate, currency or commodity hedge contracts (provided that payments made in connection with the termination of any hedge contract prior to the expiration of its specified termination date be included in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such hedge contract), provided that operating expenditures will not include:

 

   

deemed repayments of working capital borrowings deducted from operating surplus pursuant to the last bullet point of the definition of operating surplus above when such repayment actually occurs;

 

   

payments (including prepayments and payment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

expansion capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures (which are discussed in further detail under “—Capital Expenditures” below);

 

   

payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to interim capital transactions; or

 

   

distributions to partners.

Capital Expenditures

For purposes of determining operating surplus, maintenance and replacement capital expenditures are those capital expenditures required to maintain over the long term the operating capacity of or the revenue generated by our capital assets, and expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that increase the operating capacity of or the revenue generated by our capital assets. In our partnership agreement, we refer to these maintenance and replacement capital expenditures as “maintenance capital expenditures.” To the extent, however, that capital expenditures associated with acquiring a new vessel or improving an existing vessel increase the revenues or the operating capacity of our fleet, those capital expenditures would be classified as expansion capital expenditures.

Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures that are neither maintenance and replacement capital expenditures nor expansion capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely will consist of capital expenditures made for investment purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such as purchases of equity securities, as well as other capital expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a capital asset for investment purposes.

Examples of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated with drydocking, modifying an existing vessel or acquiring a new vessel to the extent such expenditures are incurred to maintain the operating capacity of or the revenue generated by our fleet. Maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued (including the amount of any incremental distributions made to the holders of our incentive distribution rights) to

 

71


Table of Contents

finance the construction of a replacement vessel and paid in respect of the construction period, which we define as the period beginning on the date that we enter into a binding construction contract and ending on the earlier of the date that the replacement vessel commences commercial service or the date that the replacement vessel is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or equity issued to fund construction period interest payments, and distributions on such equity (including the amount of any incremental distributions made to the holders of our incentive distribution rights), will also be considered maintenance and replacement capital expenditures.

Because our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures can be very large and vary significantly in timing, the amount of our actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures may differ substantially from period to period, which could cause similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus, adjusted operating surplus and available cash for distribution to our unitholders than if we subtracted actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus each quarter. Accordingly, to eliminate the effect on operating surplus of these fluctuations, our partnership agreement will require that an amount equal to an estimate of the average quarterly maintenance and replacement capital expenditures necessary to maintain the operating capacity of or the revenue generated by our capital assets over the long term be subtracted from operating surplus each quarter, as opposed to the actual amounts spent. In our partnership agreement, we refer to these estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures to be subtracted from operating surplus as “estimated maintenance capital expenditures.” The amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures deducted from operating surplus is subject to review and change by our board of directors at least once a year, provided that any change must be approved by our conflicts committee. The estimate will be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or the introduction of new governmental regulations that will affect our fleet. For purposes of calculating operating surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective only. For a discussion of the amounts we have allocated toward estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.”

The use of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:

 

   

it will reduce the risk that actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in any one quarter will be large enough to make operating surplus less than the minimum quarterly distribution to be paid on all the units for that quarter and subsequent quarters;

 

   

it may reduce the need for us to borrow to pay distributions;

 

   

it will be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive distributions to KNOT; and

 

   

it will reduce the likelihood that a large maintenance and replacement capital expenditure in a period will prevent KNOT from being able to convert some or all of its subordinated units into common units since the effect of an estimate is to spread the expected expense over several periods, mitigating the effect of the actual payment of the expenditure on any single period.

Definition of Capital Surplus

Capital surplus generally will be generated only by:

 

   

borrowings other than working capital borrowings;

 

   

sales of debt and equity securities; and

 

   

sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other current assets sold in the ordinary course of business or non-current assets sold as part of normal retirements or replacements of assets.

 

72


Table of Contents

Characterization of Cash Distributions

We will treat all available cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since we began operations equals the operating surplus as of the most recent date of determination of available cash. We will treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus, regardless of its source, as capital surplus. As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our unitholders. For example, it includes a provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to $         million of cash we receive in the future from non-operating sources, such as asset sales, issuances of securities and long-term borrowings, that would otherwise be distributed as capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.

Subordination Period

General

During the subordination period, which we define below, the common units will have the right to receive distributions of available cash from operating surplus in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit, plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be made on the subordinated units. Distribution arrearages do not accrue on the subordinated units. The purpose of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the subordination period there will be available cash from operating surplus to be distributed on the common units.

Definition of Subordination Period

The subordination period will extend until the second business day following the distribution of available cash from operating surplus in respect of any quarter, ending on or after March 31, 2016, that each of the following tests are met:

 

   

distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;

 

   

the “adjusted operating surplus” (as defined below) generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding common units and subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted weighted average basis and the related distribution on the 2.0% general partner interest during those periods; and

 

   

there are no outstanding arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units.

If the unitholders remove our general partner without cause, the subordination period may end before March 31, 2016.

For purposes of determining whether the tests in the bullets above have been met, the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods for which the determination is being made may include one or more quarters with respect to which arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units have accrued, provided that all such arrearages have been repaid prior to the end of each such four-quarter period.

If the expiration of the subordination period occurs as a result of us having met the tests described above, each outstanding subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will then participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash.

 

73


Table of Contents

Definition of Adjusted Operating Surplus

Adjusted operating surplus for any period generally means:

 

   

operating surplus generated with respect to that period (excluding any amounts attributable to the item described in the first bullet point under “—Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus—Definition of Operating Surplus” above); less

 

   

the amount of any net increase in working capital borrowings (including our proportionate share of any changes in working capital borrowings of certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) with respect to that period; less

 

   

the amount of any net reduction in cash reserves for operating expenditures (including our proportionate share of cash reserves of certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) over that period not relating to an operating expenditure made during that period; plus

 

   

the amount of any net decrease in working capital borrowings (including our proportionate share of any changes in working capital borrowings of certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) with respect to that period; plus

 

   

the amount of any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures (including our proportionate share of cash reserves of certain subsidiaries we do not wholly own) over that period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus

 

   

the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods to cash reserves for operating expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods.

Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior periods.

Effect of Removal of Our General Partner on the Subordination Period

If the unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal:

 

   

the subordination period will end and each subordinated unit will immediately convert into one common unit and will then participate pro rata with the other common units in distributions of available cash;

 

   

any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

 

   

our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest into common units or to receive cash in exchange for that interest.

Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period

We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the following manner:

 

   

first , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

   

second , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;

 

74


Table of Contents
   

third , 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—General Partner Interest” and “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

The preceding paragraph is based on the assumption that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Distributions of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period

We will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the subordination period in the following manner:

 

   

first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , in the manner described in “—General Partner Interest” and “—Incentive Distribution Rights” below.

The preceding paragraph is based on the assumption that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

General Partner Interest

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner initially will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general partner’s 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our cash distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Our general partner will be entitled to make a capital contribution in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in the form of the contribution to us of common units based on the current market value of the contributed common units.

Incentive Distribution Rights

Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. KNOT will hold the incentive distribution rights following completion of this offering. The incentive distribution rights may be transferred separately from any other interest, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement. Except for transfers of incentive distribution rights to an affiliate or another entity as part of a merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of substantially all of the assets to, such entity, the approval of a majority of our common units (excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates), voting separately as a class, generally is required for a transfer of the incentive distribution rights to a third party prior to March 31, 2018. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.” Any transfer by KNOT of the incentive distribution rights would not change the percentage allocations of quarterly distributions with respect to such rights.

If for any quarter:

 

   

we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution; and

 

   

we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

75


Table of Contents

then, we will distribute any additional available cash from operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and our general partner in the following manner:

 

   

first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “first target distribution”);

 

   

second , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 13.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “second target distribution”);

 

   

third , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 23.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives a total of $         per unit for that quarter (the “third target distribution”); and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 48.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

In each case, the amount of the target distribution set forth above is exclusive of any distributions to common unitholders to eliminate any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth above assume that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Percentage Allocations of Available Cash From Operating Surplus

The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of the additional available cash from operating surplus among the unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights up to the various target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under “Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions” are the percentage interests of the unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights in any available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in the column “Total Quarterly Distribution Target Amount,” until available cash from operating surplus we distribute reaches the next target distribution level, if any. The percentage interests shown for the unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights for the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests shown for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner interest only and assume that our general partner has contributed any capital necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest.

 

    

Total Quarterly
Distribution Target
Amount

   Marginal Percentage Interest in
Distributions
       
        Unitholders     General Partner     Holders of IDRs  

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $                  98.0     2.0     0

First Target Distribution

   up to $                  98.0     2.0     0

Second Target Distribution

  

above $            

up to $            

     85.0     2.0     13.0

Third Target Distribution

  

above $            

up to $            

     75.0     2.0     23.0

Thereafter

   above $                  50.0     2.0     48.0

KNOT’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels

KNOT, as the initial holder of our incentive distribution rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect to relinquish the right of the holders of our incentive distribution rights to receive incentive distribution payments based on the initial cash target distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to KNOT would be set. KNOT’s right to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash

 

76


Table of Contents

target distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions payable to KNOT are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee of our board of directors, at any time when there are no subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. If at the time of any election to reset the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels KNOT and its affiliates are not the holders of a majority of the incentive distribution rights, then any such election to reset shall be subject to the prior written concurrence of our board of directors that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. The reset minimum quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution levels will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels prior to the reset such that there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset cash target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following this event increase as described below. We anticipate that KNOT would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to KNOT.

In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels and the corresponding relinquishment by KNOT of incentive distribution payments based on the cash target distribution levels prior to the reset, KNOT will be entitled to receive a number of newly issued common units based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into account the “cash parity” value of the average cash distributions related to the incentive distribution rights received by KNOT for the two quarters prior to the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions per common unit during this period. We will also issue an additional amount of general partner units in order to maintain the general partner’s ownership interest in us relative to the issuance of the additional common units.

The number of common units that KNOT would be entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels then in effect would be equal to (x) the average amount of cash distributions received by KNOT in respect of its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such reset election divided by (y) the average of the amount of cash distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters. The issuance of the additional common units will be conditioned upon approval of the listing or admission for trading of such common units by the national securities exchange on which the common units are then listed or admitted for trading.

Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash distribution amount per unit for the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount is referred to as the “reset minimum quarterly distribution”) and the cash target distribution levels will be reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our available cash from operating surplus for each quarter thereafter as follows:

 

   

first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

   

second , 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 13.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter;

 

   

third , 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 23.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata, until each unitholder receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for that quarter; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 2.0% to our general partner and 48.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights, pro rata.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders, our general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights at various levels of cash distribution levels pursuant to the cash distribution provision of our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering as well as following a hypothetical reset of the minimum quarterly distribution and cash target distribution levels based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $        .

 

    

Quarterly
Distribution
per Unit
Prior to Reset

   Marginal Percentage
Interest in Distribution
         

Quarterly
Distribution per Unit
following
Hypothetical Reset

        Unitholders     General
Partner
    Holders of
IDRs
   

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

   $                  98.0     2.0     0   $            

First Target Distribution

   up to $                  98.0     2.0     0   Up to $             (1)

Second Target Distribution

  

above $            

up to $            

     85.0     2.0     13.0  

above $            

up to $             (2)

Third Target Distribution

  

above $            

up to $            

     75.0     2.0     23.0  

above $            

up to $             (3)

Thereafter

   above $                  50.0     2.0     48.0   above $            

 

(1) This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(2) This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.
(3) This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly distribution.

The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders, the general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights based on an average of the amounts distributed per quarter for the two quarters immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that there are                      common units and                      general partner units outstanding, representing a 2.0% general partner interest, and that the average distribution to each common unit is $         for the two quarters prior to the reset. The assumed number of outstanding units assumes the conversion of all subordinated units into common units and no additional unit issuances.

 

    Quarterly
Distribution
per Unit
Prior to
Reset
    Common
Unitholders
Cash
Distributions
Prior to Reset
        General Partner and IDR
Holders Cash Distributions

Prior to Reset
       
        Additional
Common
Units
  2.0%
General
Partner
Interest
    IDRs     Total     Total
Distributions
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $                   $                     $                   $                   $                   $                

First Target Distribution

  $                            

Second Target Distribution

  $                            

Third Target Distribution

  $                            

Thereafter

  $                            
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $          $        $        $        $     
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates the total amount of available cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the unitholders, the general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution rights with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of the reset there are                      common units and                      general partner units outstanding, and that the average distribution to each common unit is $        . The number of additional common units was calculated by dividing (x) $         as the average of the amounts received by KNOT in respect of its incentive distribution rights for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above by (y) the $         of available cash from operating surplus distributed to each common unit as the average distributed per common unit for the two quarters prior to the reset.

 

                    General Partner and IDR
Holders Cash Distributions

After Reset
       
    Quarterly
Distribution
per Unit
After Reset
    Common
Unitholders
Cash
Distributions
After Reset
    Additional
Common
Units
  2.0%
General
Partner
Interest
    IDRs     Total     Total
Distributions
 

Minimum Quarterly Distribution

  $                   $                     $                   $                   $                   $                

First Target Distribution

  $                 

Second Target Distribution

  $                 

Third Target Distribution

  $                 

Thereafter

  $                 
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $          $        $        $        $     
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assuming that it continues to hold a majority of our incentive distribution rights, KNOT will be entitled to cause the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the cash target distribution levels to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not make a reset election except at a time when the holders of the incentive distribution rights have received incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions that the holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.

Distributions From Capital Surplus

How Distributions From Capital Surplus Will Be Made

We will make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following manner:

 

   

first , 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero, as described below;

 

   

second , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common unit an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and

 

   

thereafter , we will make all distributions of available cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.

The preceding paragraph is based on the assumption that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus

The partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the consideration for the issuance of the units, which is a return of capital. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the cash target distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as

 

79


Table of Contents

the distribution had to the fair market value of the common units prior to the announcement of the distribution. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution, after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for KNOT to receive incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital surplus before the minimum quarterly distribution is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.

Once we reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the cash target distribution levels to zero, we will then make all future distributions 50.0% to the holders of units, 2.0% to our general partner and 48.0% to the holders of the incentive distribution rights (initially, KNOT). The 2.0% interests shown for our general partner assumes that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest.

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and cash target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, we will proportionately adjust:

 

   

the minimum quarterly distribution;

 

   

the cash target distribution levels; and

 

   

the initial unit price.

For example, if a two-for-one split of the common and subordinated units should occur, the minimum quarterly distribution, the cash target distribution levels and the initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial level. If we combine our common units into a lesser number of units or subdivide our common units into a greater number of units, we will combine our subordinated units or subdivide our subordinated units, using the same ratio applied to the common units. We will not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of additional units for cash or property.

Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation

If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called liquidation. We will apply the proceeds of liquidation in the manner set forth below.

If, as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation, the average closing price for our common units for the preceding 20 trading days (or the current market price) is greater than the sum of:

 

   

any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period; plus

 

   

the initial unit price (less any prior capital surplus distributions and any prior cash distributions made in connection with a partial liquidation);

then the proceeds of the liquidation will be applied as follows:

 

   

first , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the current market price of our common units;

 

   

second , 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each subordinated unit an amount equal to the current market price of our common units; and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 48.0% to holders of incentive distribution rights and 2.0% to our general partner.

 

80


Table of Contents

If, as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation, the current market price of our common units is equal to or less than the sum of:

 

   

any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period; plus

 

   

the initial unit price (less any prior capital surplus distributions and any prior cash distributions made in connection with a partial liquidation);

then the proceeds of the liquidation will be applied as follows:

 

   

first , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to the initial unit price (less any prior capital surplus distributions and any prior cash distributions made in connection with a partial liquidation);

 

   

second , 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;

 

   

third , 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding subordinated unit an amount equal to the initial unit price (less any prior capital surplus distributions and any prior cash distributions made in connection with a partial liquidation); and

 

   

thereafter , 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, 48.0% to holders of incentive distribution rights and 2.0% to our general partner.

The immediately preceding paragraph is based on the assumption that our general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.

 

81


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following table presents, in each case for the periods and as of the dates indicated, selected historical financial and operating data of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor, which includes (1) the subsidiaries of KNOT that own the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen and (2) the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen and all of their related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows. This acquisition will be accounted for as a reorganization under common control and has therefore been recorded at KNOT’s historical book values. The selected historical combined financial data of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 has been derived from the audited combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor, prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the historical combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor and the notes thereto, our unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and the notes thereto and our forecasted results of operations for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflect the operations of the Fortaleza Knutsen, the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen from March 2011, April 2011, May 2011 and August 2011, respectively, when they commenced operations under their respective charters.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could differ from those that would have resulted if we operated autonomously or as an entity independent of KNOT in the periods for which historical financial data are presented below, and such data may not be indicative of our future operating results or financial performance.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2011                 2012          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

    

Total revenues

   $ 43,909      $ 65,653   

Voyage expenses (1)

     2,653        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net voyage revenues

     41,256        65,653   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vessel operating expenses (2)

     10,795        13,000   

Depreciation and amortization

     16,229        21,181   

General and administrative expenses

     927        1,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     13,305        30,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     34        19   

Interest expense

     (9,650     (13,471

Other finance expense

     (2,741     (3,378

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (15,489     (6,031

Net loss on foreign currency transactions

     (3,037     (1,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (17,578     5,445   

Income tax benefit (expense)

     1,240        (1,261
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,189      $ 1,287   

Vessels and equipment, net

     517,897        496,768   

Total assets

     534,603        515,250   

Long-term debt (including current portion)

     375,933        347,850   

Owner’s equity

     67,370        100,633   

Cash Flow Data:

    

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 11,473      $ 19,307   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (138,104     (52

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     126,445        (21,156

Fleet Data:

    

Number of shuttle tankers in operation at end of period

     4        4   

Average age of shuttle tankers in operation at end of period (years)

     1.7        2.7   

Total calendar days for fleet

     988.7        1,464   

Total operating days for fleet (3)

     973.6        1,377   

Other Financial Data:

    

EBITDA (4)

   $ 8,267      $ 40,078   

Adjusted EBITDA ( 4 )

     29,534        51,258   

Capital expenditures:

    

Expenditures for vessels and equipment

     394        —     

Expenditures for drydocking

     3,739        —     

 

(1)

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees.

 

83


Table of Contents
(2) Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses.
(3) The operating days for our fleet is the total number of days in a given period that the vessels were in our possession less the total number of days off-hire. We define days off-hire as days lost to, among other things, operational deficiencies, drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, special surveys and vessel upgrades, delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems, our failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew, or periods of commercial waiting time during which we do not earn charter hire.
(4) Non-GAAP Financial Measure s

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA . EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization and taxes. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization, taxes and other financial items (including other finance expense, realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments and net loss on foreign currency transactions). EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as our lenders, to assess our financial and operating performance and our compliance with the financial covenants and restrictions contained in our financing agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and external users of financial statements, such as investors, to assess our financial and operating performance. We believe that adjusted EBITDA assists our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period and against the performance of other companies in our industry that provide adjusted EBITDA information. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest, other financial items, depreciation and amortization and taxes, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect net income between periods. We believe that including adjusted EBITDA as a financial and operating measure benefits investors in (a) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (b) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength in assessing whether to continue to hold common units.

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect net income, and these measures may vary among other companies. Therefore, EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. The following tables reconcile EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) and net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures, for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2011                     2012          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation to net income (loss):

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184   

Interest income

     (34     (19

Interest expense

     9,650        13,471   

Depreciation and amortization

     16,229        21,181   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (1,240     1,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 8,267      $ 40,078   

Other financial items (a)

     21,267        11,180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 29,534      $ 51,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Other financial items consists of other finance expense, realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments and net loss on foreign currency transactions.

 

84


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
             2011                     2012          
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 11,473      $ 19,307   

Interest income

     (34     (19

Interest expense

     9,650        13,471   

Amortization of contract intangibles / liabilities

     868        1,518   

Amortization of deferred debt issuance cost

     (658     (982

Unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     (8,923     (549

Unrealized loss on foreign currency transactions

     (3,056     (579

Other items

     (2,677     426   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Decrease (increase) in trade accounts receivable

     93        6   

Decrease (increase) in receivables from owners and affiliates

     (386     —     

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     (218     71   

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

     211        5,048   

Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable

     7,874        334   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

     (324     342   

Increase (decrease) in prepaid revenue

     (5,626     1,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 8,267      $ 40,078   

Other financial items (a)

     21,267        11,180   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 29,534      $ 51,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Other financial items consists of other finance expense, realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments and net loss on foreign currency transactions.

 

85


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the historical combined carve-out financial statements and related notes of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. The combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are presented in U.S. Dollars.

Some of the information contained in this discussion includes forward-looking statements based on assumptions about our future business. Our actual results could differ materially from those contained in those forward-looking statements. Please read “Forward-Looking Statements” for more information. You should also review the “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by those forward-looking statements.

Prior to the closing of this offering, our partnership will not own any vessels. The following discussion assumes that our business was operated as a separate entity prior to its inception. The entities that own the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen and the newly formed entities that will acquire the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen and all of their related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows (collectively, the “Predecessor”) will be accounted for as a reorganization under common control and have therefore been recorded at KNOT’s historical book values. The combined carve-out financial statements, the results of which are discussed below, have been carved out of the consolidated financial statements of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, or KNOT, which operated the vessels in our fleet during the periods presented. KNOT’s vessels and other assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows that do not relate to the vessels or time charter contracts to be acquired by us are not included in our combined carve-out financial statements. Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows reflected in our combined carve-out financial statements include all expenses allocable to our business, but may not be indicative of those that would have been incurred had we operated as a separate public entity for all periods presented or of future results. Our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit report included in this prospectus relates to historical combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor. That audit report does not extend to the tables contained in this section and should not be read to do so. Accordingly, the following financial information has been derived from the historical combined carve-out financial statements and accounting records of the Predecessor and reflects significant assumptions and allocations. Other than as discussed below under “—Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects,” the vessels and all of their related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows contributed to us in connection with this offering reflect all of the net assets included in the combined carve-out financial statements in the periods discussed below. We manage our business and analyze and report our results of operations in a single segment.

Overview

We are a limited partnership formed to own, operate and acquire shuttle tankers under long-term charters, which we define as charters of five years or more. Our initial fleet of shuttle tankers will be contributed to us by KNOT. KNOT is jointly owned by TS Shipping Invest AS, or TSSI, and Nippon Yusen Kaisha, or NYK. TSSI is controlled by our Chairman and is a private Norwegian company with ownership interests in shuttle tankers, LNG tankers and product/chemical tankers. NYK is a Japanese public company with a fleet of approximately 800 vessels, including bulk carriers, containerships, tankers and specialized vessels.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have a modern fleet of shuttle tankers that will operate under long-term charters with major oil and gas companies engaged in offshore production such as BG Group, Statoil and Transpetro. We intend to operate our vessels under long-term charters with stable cash flows and to grow our

 

86


Table of Contents

position in the shuttle tanker market through acquisitions from KNOT and third parties. We also believe we can grow organically by continuing to provide reliable customer service to our charterers and leveraging KNOT’s relationships, expertise and reputation.

Our Fleet

Upon the closing of this offering, our initial fleet will consist of:

 

   

the Fortaleza Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in March 2023 with Petrobras Transporte S.A., or Transpetro;

 

   

the Recife Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in August 2023 with Transpetro;

 

   

the Bodil Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in May 2016 with Statoil ASA, or Statoil, with options to extend until May 2019; and

 

   

the Windsor Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2007 and retrofitted from a conventional crude oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in April 2014 with BG Group Plc, or BG Group, with options to extend until April 2016.

Pursuant to the omnibus agreement we will enter into with KNOT at the closing of this offering, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT any shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years. This right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement. In addition, we will have the right to purchase the newbuild shuttle tanker the Carmen Knutsen within 24 months after the closing of this offering and will have the right to purchase four additional newbuild shuttle tankers, Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 , from KNOT within 24 months after KNOT notifies our board of directors of each vessel’s respective acceptances by their charterers, in each case, if their respective purchase price is agreed upon by us in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement.

Our Charters

We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their crude oil using our vessels. These services are provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:

 

   

Time charters , whereby the vessels that we operate and are responsible for the crewing of are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at hire rates that are generally fixed and increase annually based on a fixed percentage increase or fixed schedule to enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs. Under our time charters, hire payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount, and the customer is responsible for any voyage expenses incurred; and

 

   

Bareboat charters , whereby customers charter our vessels for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but the customers are responsible for the vessel operation and bear the operating and voyage expenses, including crewing and other operational services.

The table below compares the primary features of a time charter and a bareboat charter:

 

     Time Charter    Bareboat Charter

Typical charter length

   One year or more    One year or more

Hire rate basis (1)

   Daily    Daily

Voyage expenses (2)

   Customer pays    Customer pays

Vessel operating expenses (2)

   Owner pays    Customer pays

Off-hire (3)

   Varies    Customer typically pays

 

87


Table of Contents

 

(1) “Hire” rate refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.
(2) Defined below under “—Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts.”
(3) “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service. Our time charters contain provisions whereby the customer is generally not required to pay the hire rate during “off-hire.” Our bareboat charters do not contain such provisions.

Historical Employment of Our Fleet

The following table describes the operations of the vessels in our fleet during the periods for which historical results for KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor are presented.

 

Vessel

  

Description of Historical Operations

Fortaleza Knutsen

   Delivered in March 2011. Has operated under a long-term bareboat charter with Transpetro, which commenced on delivery.

Recife Knutsen

   Delivered in August 2011. Has operated under a long-term bareboat charter with Transpetro, which commenced on delivery.

Bodil Knutsen

   Delivered in February 2011 from the shipyard. Completed an interim spot voyage and testing prior to commencing operations under a long-term time charter with Statoil in May 2011.

Windsor Knutsen

   Delivered in May 2007. Operated as a conventional crude oil tanker under short-term time charters and in the spot market from its delivery until commencement of retrofitting in November 2010. Has operated under long-term time charter with BG Group since April 2011 following completion of its retrofitting as a shuttle tanker.

Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects

You should consider the following facts when evaluating our historical results of operations and assessing our future prospects:

 

   

The size of our fleet continues to change . Our historical results of operations reflect changes in the size and composition of our fleet due to certain vessel conversions and deliveries. For example, the Windsor Knutsen was built in 2007 and operated as a conventional crude oil tanker until November 2010 when it entered the shipyard to be retrofitted from a conventional crude oil tanker to a shuttle tanker. In addition, each of the Fortaleza Knutsen , Recife Knutsen and Bodil Knutsen were delivered from the shipyard during 2011 and did not have any historical operations prior to that time. In addition, pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT any shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years, and we will have the right to purchase from KNOT five additional newbuild shuttle tankers, the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 , if its respective purchase price is agreed upon in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement. Furthermore, we may grow through the acquisition in the future of additional vessels as part of our growth strategy.

 

   

Upon completion of this offering, our leverage and associated finance expenses will be reduced . We intend to amend our existing financing agreements in connection with this offering, repay certain outstanding balances with the proceeds of this offering, and, therefore, expect to have less debt outstanding and lower interest expense upon completion of this offering. Also, a majority of our external vessel financing agreements have been guaranteed by either KNOT or TSSI for which a guarantee commission was paid. Following the completion of this offering, we will guarantee the obligations of our subsidiaries directly under the vessel financing agreements and therefore will not

 

88


Table of Contents
 

incur any guarantee commissions on a going forward basis. For descriptions of our existing financing agreements, please read “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Borrowing Activities.” In addition, our historical operations have relied on funding from related parties, which will be treated as a net contribution of capital upon the closing of this offering. We do not expect to have funding from related parties after the closing of this offering.

 

   

Our historical results of operations are affected by significant losses relating to derivative transactions . Our historical results of operations reflect significant losses relating to interest rate swap and foreign exchange contracts. These existing derivative instruments entered into by KNOT will not be transferred to us upon the closing of this offering. From time to time, we may enter into (1) interest rate swap transactions to economically hedge all or a portion of our exposure to floating interest rates and (2) foreign currency swap contracts to economically hedge risk from foreign currency fluctuations.

 

   

Our historical results of operations are affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates . All of the vessels in our initial fleet are on time charters and bareboat charters with hire rates payable in U.S. Dollars. In addition, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT five additional newbuild shuttle tankers that will operate under time charters with hire rates payable in U.S. Dollars. Approximately 30% and 27% of the vessel operating expenses related to our vessels operating under time charters are denominated in U.S. Dollars and approximately 48% and 57% of such vessel operating expenses are denominated in Norwegian Kroner, or NOK, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The composition of our vessel operating expenses may vary over time depending upon the location of future charters and/or the composition of our crews. All of our financing and interest expenses are also denominated in U.S. Dollars. We anticipate that all of our future financing agreements will also be denominated in U.S. Dollars.

 

   

Our historical results of operations reflect allocated administrative costs that may not be indicative of future administrative costs . The administrative costs included in our historical results of operations have been determined by allocating certain of KNOT’s administrative costs, after deducting costs directly charged to KNOT’s subsidiaries for services provided by the administrative staff and shareholder costs, to us principally based on the size of our fleet in relation to the size of KNOT’s fleet. These allocated costs may not be indicative of our future administrative costs. In connection with this offering, we will enter into an administrative services agreement with KNOT UK, pursuant to which KNOT UK will provide us with certain administrative services. KNOT UK will be permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under this agreement to KOAS UK and KOAS. We will reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK will reimburse KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services subcontracted to KOAS UK and KOAS under the administrative services agreement. In addition, KNOT UK will pay to KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, a service fee in U.S. Dollars equal to 5% of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with providing services.

 

   

We will incur additional general and administrative expense as a publicly traded partnership . We expect we will incur approximately $2.5 million in additional general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded limited partnership that we have not previously incurred, including costs associated with annual reports to unitholders, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent fees, audit fees, legal fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and directors’ compensation.

 

   

We will be subject to a one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime . Our Norwegian subsidiaries will be subject to a one-time entrance tax into the tonnage tax regime due to our acquisition of the shares in the subsidiary that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen . The entrance tax arises when the related party seller is taxed under the ordinary tax regime and the buyer is taxed under the tonnage tax regime. The tax is based on the difference between the market value of the shares and the seller’s tax value of the shares as of the date of contribution. The entrance tax on this gain is payable over several years and is calculated by multiplying the tax rate of 28% by the declining balance of the gain, which will decline by 20% each year. For a discussion of the

 

89


Table of Contents
 

estimated amounts of the entrance tax, please read “Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions—Forecast Assumptions and Considerations—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Income Taxes.”

 

   

Our historical results of operations reflect income taxes for part of the activities under the ordinary tax regime in Norway . We expect that our Norwegian subsidiaries will be subject only to Norwegian tonnage tax rather than a combination of ordinary taxation and tonnage taxation as reflected in the combined carve-out financial statements. Under the tonnage tax regime, the tax is based on the tonnage of the vessel and operating income is tax free. Tonnage tax is calculated based on the vessel’s net tonnage (in thousands), according to its certificate, multiplied by the days in operation and the applicable dayrate. The net financial income and expense remains taxable as ordinary income tax at the regular corporate income tax rate of 28% for Norwegian subsidiaries subject to the tonnage tax regime. Based upon the expected change in tax status of our Norwegian subsidiaries, the majority of the deferred tax assets and liabilities included in the combined carve-out balance sheets will be reversed with an offset to the income statement upon entering the tonnage tax regime.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe the principal factors that will affect our future results of operations include:

 

   

our ability to successfully employ our vessels at economically attractive hire rates as long-term charters expire or are otherwise terminated;

 

   

our ability to maintain good relationships with our existing customers and to increase the number of customer relationships, including whether BG Group and Statoil exercise their options to extend their time charters of the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen , respectively, for three years;

 

   

the number and availability of our vessels, including our ability to exercise the options to purchase the  Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 ;

 

   

the levels of demand for shuttle tanker services;

 

   

the hire rate earned by our vessels, unscheduled off-hire days and the level of our vessel operating expenses;

 

   

the effective and efficient technical management of our vessels;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain major oil and gas company approvals and to satisfy their technical, health, safety and compliance standards;

 

   

economic, regulatory, political and governmental conditions that affect the offshore marine transportation industry;

 

   

interest rate changes;

 

   

mark to market changes in interest rate swaps and foreign currency derivatives, if any;

 

   

foreign currency exchange gains and losses;

 

   

our access to capital required to acquire additional vessels and/or to implement our business strategy;

 

   

increases in crewing and insurance costs;

 

   

the level of debt and the related interest expense; and

 

   

the level of any distribution on our common units.

Please read “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks inherent in our business.

 

90


Table of Contents

Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts when analyzing our performance. These include the following:

Time Charter and Bareboat Revenues. Revenues from time charters and bareboat charters are recognized as operating leases on a straight line basis over the term of the charter, net of any commissions. Under time charters, revenue is not recognized during days a vessel is off-hire. Revenue is recognized from delivery of the vessel to the charterer, until the end of the lease term. Under time charters, we are responsible for providing the crewing and other services related to vessel’s operations, the cost of which is included in the daily hire rate, except when off-hire. Under bareboat charters, we provide a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified hire rate. Revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates as well as the mix of business between time charters and bareboat charters.

Voyage Revenues. Voyage revenues include revenues on spot contracts, which are recognized using the unit of completion method on a discharge-to-discharge basis. During 2011, the Bodil Knutsen was chartered under a spot contract for positioning from the shipyard to the North Sea, which resulting revenues partly offset the voyage expenses incurred. Our vessels are not currently operating and are not expected to operate in the spot market after this offering.

Voyage Expenses. Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including any bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. Voyage expenses are typically paid by the customer under time charters and bareboat charters. Voyage expenses are paid by the shipowner during spot contracts and periods of off-hire and are recognized when incurred.

Vessel Operating Expenses. Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oil and communication expenses. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the shipowner under time charters and spot contracts and are recognized when incurred. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the customer under bareboat charters.

Off-hire. Under our time charters, when the vessel is off-hire, or not available for service, the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to a termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things, operational deficiencies, drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, or delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems or the shipowner’s failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew. Our bareboat charters do not contain provisions for off-hire. We have obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our vessels cannot be employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of hire policies, our insurer generally will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day in excess of 14 days and with a maximum period of 180 days.

Drydocking. We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications required to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. In accordance with industry certification requirements, we drydock our vessels at least every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old, after which drydocking takes place at least every 30 months thereafter as required for the renewal of certifications required by classification societies. For vessels operating on time charters, we capitalize the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the vessels, major repairs and improvements incurred during drydocking. We expense costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the customer bears the cost of any drydocking. The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking expenditures.

 

91


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation on vessels and equipment is calculated on a straight line basis over the asset’s estimated useful life of 25 years for the hull and equipment, less an estimated residual value. Drydocking cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking takes place. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of the cost of the vessel is allocated initially to a drydock component and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, we expense the remaining unamortized balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets . Vessels and equipment, vessels under construction, and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, we first compare the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

Other Finance Expense . Other finance expense includes external bank fees, financing service fees paid to related parties and guarantee commissions paid to external and related parties in connection with our debt and other bank services.

Revenue Days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with major repairs, or drydockings. Consequently, revenue days represent the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when the vessel is available to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to highlight changes in net voyage revenues between periods.

Average Number of Vessels. Historical average number of vessels consists of the average number of owned vessels that were in our possession during a period. Following the closing of this offering, average number of ships will consist of the average number of owned vessels that are in our possession during the periods presented. We use average number of ships primarily to highlight changes in vessel operating expenses, time charter hire expense and depreciation and amortization.

Customers

In the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, revenues from the following customers accounted for over 10% of our combined revenues:

 

              Year Ended December 31,  

Customer

     Vessels                  2011                              2012               
              (dollars in thousands)  

BG Group

     Windsor Knutsen      $ 13,172           30   $ 14,905           23

Transpetro

     Fortaleza Knutsen

Recife Knutsen

       14,540           33     24,980           38

Statoil

     Bodil Knutsen        14,096           32     22,193           34

Insurance

Hull and Machinery Insurance . We have obtained hull and machinery insurance on all our vessels to insure against marine and war risks, which include the risks of damage to our vessels, salvage and towing costs, and also insures against actual or constructive total loss of any of our vessels. However, our insurance policies contain deductible amounts for which we will be responsible. We have also arranged additional total loss coverage for each vessel. This coverage, which is called hull interest and freight interest coverage, provides us additional coverage in the event of the total loss or the constructive total loss of a vessel.

 

92


Table of Contents

Loss of Hire Insurance . We have obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our vessels cannot be employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of hire policies, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of a certain number of deductible days, for the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. The number of deductible days for the vessels in our fleet is 14 days per vessel.

All of our hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest and loss of hire insurance policies are written on the Norwegian Marine Insurance Plan, or NMIP, which through the hull and maintenance coverage also offers a comprehensive collision liability coverage of up to the insured hull and maintenance value of the vessel. NMIP is based on an “all risk principle” and offers what is considered to be the most comprehensive insurance obtainable in any of the world’s marine markets today. The agreed deductible on each vessel averages $150,000.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance . Protection and indemnity insurance, which covers our third-party legal liabilities in connection with our shipping activities, is provided by a mutual protection and indemnity association, or P&I club. This includes third-party liability and other expenses related to the injury or death of crew members, passengers and other third-party persons, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels or from contact with jetties or wharves and other damage to other third-party property, including pollution arising from oil or other substances, and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage is unlimited, except for pollution, which is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2012

Time Charter and Bareboat Revenues . The following table sets forth details of our time charter and bareboat revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
             2011                      2012              Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Time charter and bareboat revenues

   $ 41,809       $ 62,078       $ 20,269         48.5

Time charter and bareboat revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $62.1 million, an increase of $20.3 million from $41.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily due to all of the vessels in our initial fleet operating for the entire year pursuant to their respective time charters and bareboat charters during the year. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen did not commence operation under their charters until March 2011, April 2011, May 2011 and August 2011, respectively.

Voyage Revenues . The following table sets forth details of our voyage revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,               
             2011                      2012              Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Voyage revenues

   $ 2,100         —         $ (2,100     N/A   

Voyage revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.0 million, a decrease of $2.1 million from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We did not earn any voyage revenues during year ended December 31, 2012 as all of our vessels were operating under their time charters and bareboat charters consistent with our strategy. During 2011, the Bodil Knutsen was chartered under a spot contract for positioning from the shipyard to the North Sea, which resulting revenues partly offset the voyage expense incurred.

 

93


Table of Contents

Loss of Hire Insurance Recoveries . The following table sets forth details of our loss of hire insurance recoveries for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
             2011                      2012              Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Loss of hire insurance recoveries

     —         $ 3,575       $ 3,575         N/A   

Loss of hire insurance recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $3.6 million, an increase of $3.6 million from $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

In March 2012, the propeller of the Windsor Knutsen was damaged. As a result, the Windsor Knutsen was off-hire from April 1, 2012 to June 24, 2012 for repairs. Under our loss of hire policies, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of 14 deductible days, for the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded $3.6 million of proceeds received pursuant to the loss of hire insurance as a component of total revenues since day rates are recovered under terms of the policy. There was no similar insurance recovery for the year ended December 31, 2011 as no vessels were off-hire during such period.

Voyage Expenses . The following table sets forth details of our voyage expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,               
             2011                      2012              Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Voyage expenses

   $ 2,653         —         $ (2,653     N/A   

Voyage expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0.0 million, a decrease of $2.7 million from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We did not incur any voyage expenses during the year ended December 31, 2012, as all of our vessels were operating under their time charters and bareboat charters consistent with our strategy. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bodil Knutsen incurred voyage expenses in connection with positioning from the shipyard to the North Sea, which expenses were partially offset by voyage revenues from a spot contract as described under “—Voyage Revenue.”

Vessel Operating Expenses . The following table sets forth details of our vessel operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
             2011                      2012              Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Vessel operating expenses

   $ 10,795       $ 13,000       $ 2,205         20.4

Vessel operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $13.0 million, an increase of $2.2 million from $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in vessel operating expenses is primarily due to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen operating on time charters for the entire period of the year ended December 31, 2012. The Bodil Knutsen commenced operations in May 2011. In addition, the Windsor Knutsen incurred lower vessel operating expenses at the yard during its conversion from a conventional crude oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in the period up to April 2011 when it commenced operations under its time charter. As we do not incur significant vessel operating expenses for our vessels operating under bareboat charters, the increase in vessel operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 2011 was primarily related to our vessels operating under time charters. Further, we have recorded $3.0 million for probable reimbursements under our hull and machinery insurance during the year ended December 31, 2012 for the repairs as a result of the propeller damage to the Windsor Knutsen , which is classified under vessel operating expenses along with the cost of the repairs for the period of $4.1 million.

 

94


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization . The following table sets forth details of our depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
             2011                      2012              Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 16,229       $ 21,181       $ 4,952         30.5

Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $21.2 million, an increase of $5.0 million from $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in depreciation and amortization is primarily due to having depreciation on each of the vessels in our initial fleet during the entire period ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the commencement of depreciation on the Bodil Knutsen, the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen in February 2011, March 2011 and August 2011, respectively.

General and Administrative Expenses . The following table sets forth details of our general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
             2011                      2012              Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative expenses

   $ 927       $ 1,395       $ 468         50.5

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $1.4 million, an increase of $0.5 million from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily due to costs incurred for internal resources working with the preparations for the initial public offering, which were expensed as incurred.

Total Operating Expenses . The following table sets forth details of our total operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
             2011                      2012              Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Total operating expenses

   $ 30,604       $ 35,576       $ 4,972         16.2

Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $35.6 million, an increase of $5.0 million from $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in total operating expenses is primarily due to operations for each of the vessels in our initial fleet operating throughout the entire year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to ten months, nine months, eight months and five months of operations for the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen , respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Operating Income . The following table sets forth details of our operating income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
             2011                      2012              Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Operating income

   $ 13,305       $ 30,077       $ 16,772         126.1

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $30.1 million, an increase of $16.8 million from $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in operating income is primarily due to operations for each of the vessels in our initial fleet operating throughout the entire year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to ten months, nine months, eight months and five months of operations for the Fortaleza Knutsen , the Windsor Knutsen , the Bodil Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen , respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

95


Table of Contents

Interest Income . The following table sets forth details of our interest income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,               
             2011                      2012              Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 34       $ 19       $ (15     (44.1 )% 

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $0.02 million was substantially similar to interest income of $0.03 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest Expense . The following table sets forth details of our interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,               
             2011                     2012             Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ (9,650   $ (13,471   $ 3,821         39.6

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $13.5 million, an increase of $3.8 million from $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest expense is primarily due to lower capitalized interest for the year ended December 31, 2012 than in the same period of 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we incurred total interest cost of $13.2 million, of which $3.5 million was capitalized during the period vessels remained under construction. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we incurred total interest cost of $13.5 million, none of which was capitalized since there were no vessels under construction. No interest was capitalized for the year ended December 31, 2012, because capitalization ceased in 2011 when the vessels were delivered and ready for their intended use.

Other Finance Expense . The following table sets forth details of our other finance expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,               
             2011                     2012             Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other finance expense

   $ (2,741   $ (3,378   $ 637         23.2

Other finance expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $3.4 million, an increase of $0.6 million from $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Other finance expense is primarily related to bank fees and guarantee commissions incurred during 2011 and 2012. The majority of the vessel financing agreements is guaranteed by TSSI or KNOT, for which a guarantee commission was paid based on the outstanding loan balances. The increase in other finance expense is primarily due to higher guarantee commissions for 2012 due to a higher average outstanding loan balance during 2012 than 2011.

Realized and Unrealized Loss on Derivative Instruments . The following table sets forth details of our realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,              
             2011                     2012             Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments

   $ (15,489   $ (6,031   $ (9,458     (61.1 )% 

 

96


Table of Contents

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $6.0 million, a decrease of $9.5 million from $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments during the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily related to realized and unrealized losses on interest rate swap contracts of $17.1 million, primarily due to declining long-term interest rates and partially offset by realized and unrealized gains on foreign exchange forward contracts of $1.7 million due to the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Euro. The realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments during the year ended December 31, 2012 related to realized and unrealized losses on interest rate swaps contracts of $6.0 million, primarily due to moderate declining long-term interest rate. All foreign exchange forward contracts were settled during 2011 as the shipyard payments were made and, therefore, there were no gains or losses during 2012.

Net Loss on Foreign Currency Transactions . The following table sets forth details of our net loss on foreign currency transactions for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,              
             2011                     2012             Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net loss on foreign currency transactions

   $ (3,037   $ (1,771   $ (1,266     (41.7 )% 

Net loss on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.8 million, compared to net loss on foreign currency transactions for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $3.0 million. This decrease of $1.3 million is primarily due to changes in the exchange rate of NOK to U.S. Dollars relating to payables to and receivables from TSSI and KNOT.

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes . The following table sets forth details of income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
             2011                     2012              Change      % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (17,578   $ 5,445       $ 23,023         131.0

The income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $5.4 million, an increase of $23.0 million from the loss before income taxes of $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in income before income taxes is related to an increase in operating income for 2012 as a result of having all of the initial fleet operating during the entire period of 2012 compared with part of the period for 2011 and lower total finance expense in 2012 primarily due to lower realized and unrealized losses on derivatives.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense) . The following table sets forth details of our income tax benefit (expense) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,              
             2011                      2012             Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Income tax benefit (expense)

   $ 1,240       $ (1,261   $ (2,501     (201.7 )% 

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.3 million, an increase of $2.5 million from income tax benefit of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The main reason for the increase in income tax expense is that there was income before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with a loss before income taxes in the corresponding period of 2011. A portion of our historical operations are subject to taxation pursuant to the Norwegian ordinary tax regime and our remaining operations are subject to the Norwegian tonnage tax regime. The increase in income tax expense is in part due to a decrease in our taxable loss for ordinary taxes resulting in a lower benefit for the tax loss carry forward, which is partially offset by the

 

97


Table of Contents

deferred tax impact of changes in temporary differences for ordinary taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. For tonnage tax, a valuation allowance was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 related to the financial loss carry forward and other deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We did not deem a portion of financial loss carry forward and increase in other deferred tax assets more-likely-than-not of realization due to the cumulative loss position for tonnage tax.

Net Income (Loss) . The following table sets forth details of net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,               
             2011                     2012              Change     % Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184       $ (20,522     (125.6 )% 

As a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $4.2 million, an increase of $20.5 million over the net loss of $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Cash Needs

We operate in a capital-intensive industry, and we expect to finance the purchase of additional vessels and other capital expenditures through a combination of borrowings from, and leasing arrangements with, commercial banks, cash generated from operations and debt and equity financings. In addition to paying distributions, our other liquidity requirements relate to servicing our debt, funding investments (including the equity portion of investments in vessels), funding working capital and maintaining cash reserves against fluctuations in operating cash flows. In connection with this offering, we expect to amend our existing vessel financing agreements to, among other things, include a $20 million revolving credit facility, which we refer to as the revolving credit facility. We believe our current resources, including the revolving credit facility, are sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for our current business. Generally, our long-term sources of funds will be cash from operations, long-term bank borrowings and other debt and equity financings. Because we will distribute all of our available cash, we expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures.

Our funding and treasury activities are intended to maximize investment returns while maintaining appropriate liquidity. Cash and cash equivalents are held primarily in U.S. Dollars with some balances held in NOK, British Pounds and Euros. We have not made use of derivative instruments other than for interest rate and currency risk management purposes, and we expect to economically hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations in the future by entering into new interest rate swap contracts. However, existing interest rate swaps will not be transferred to us in connection with this offering.

We estimate that we will spend in total approximately $5.7 million for drydocking and classification surveys for the two time charter vessels in our initial fleet towards the end of the five-year period following this offering. As our fleet matures and expands, our drydocking expenses will likely increase. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations are primarily included as part of our drydocking and society classification survey costs or are a component of our vessel operating expenses. We are not aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our current or future operations.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, our total current liabilities exceeded total current assets by $70.8 million and $44.6 million, respectively. This is due in part to the historic position of the Predecessor where

 

98


Table of Contents

certain shared cash accounts in legal entities owning the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen were not allocated to the combined carve-out balance sheet. As a result, certain cash flows from operations were ultimately reflected as a component of the contribution to/distribution from the owner, net, as a component of owner’s equity. After the completion of this offering, all cash flows from the operations of the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen will be included in our cash accounts. In addition, current liabilities include the payables to owners and affiliates and the current installment of long-term debt. Funding from related parties included in the payables from owners and affiliates will be treated as a net contribution of capital at the time of this offering. In addition, we intend to amend our existing financing agreements in connection with this offering and expect to have less debt outstanding upon completion of this offering. As a result, upon completion of this offering, we expect to reduce the level of our current liabilities.

In addition, included within current liabilities are current portions of mark-to-market adjustments of derivatives representing $5.5 million and $5.3 million of these liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. At the time of the initial public offering, any outstanding current and long-term swap derivatives liabilities will be excluded from the liabilities transferred to the Partnership.

We estimate that we will pay approximately $2.0 million for a one-time entrance tax into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime, which amount will be pre-funded from the proceeds of this offering.

Estimated Maintenance and Replacement Capital Expenditures

Our partnership agreement requires our board of directors to deduct from operating surplus each quarter estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, as opposed to actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures in order to reduce disparities in operating surplus caused by fluctuating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures, such as drydocking and vessel replacement. Because of the substantial capital expenditures we are required to make to maintain our fleet, our initial annual estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures for purposes of estimating maintenance and replacement capital expenditures will be $11.9 million per year, which is composed of $1.1 million for drydocking and $10.8 million, including financing costs, for replacing our vessels at the end of their useful lives.

The $10.8 million for future vessel replacement is based on assumptions and estimates regarding the remaining useful lives of our vessels, a long-term net investment rate equivalent to our current expected long-term borrowing costs, vessel replacement values based on current market conditions and residual value of the vessels at the end of their useful lives based on current steel prices. The actual cost of replacing the vessels in our fleet will depend on a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions, hire rates and the availability and cost of financing at the time of replacement. Our board of directors, with the approval of the conflicts committee, may determine that one or more of our assumptions should be revised, which could cause our board of directors to increase the amount of estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures. We may elect to finance some or all of our maintenance and replacement capital expenditures through the issuance of additional common units which could be dilutive to existing unitholders. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Inherent in Our Business—We must make substantial capital expenditures to maintain the operating capacity of our fleet, which will reduce cash available for distribution. In addition, each quarter we are required to deduct estimated maintenance and replacement capital expenditures from operating surplus, which may result in less cash available to unitholders than if actual maintenance and replacement capital expenditures were deducted.”

 

99


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our net cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities and our cash and cash equivalents for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2012  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 11,473      $ 19,307   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (138,104     (52

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     126,445        (21,156

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (186     (1,902

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     3,375        3,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     3,189        1,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.5 million and $19.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The increase of $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 is principally due to all of the vessels in the initial fleet being in operation. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflected ten months of operation for the Fortaleza Knutsen , five months of operation for the Recife Knutsen , eight months of operation for the Bodil Knutsen and nine months of operation for the Windsor Knutsen .

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $138.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with the prior year reflecting that all vessels in the initial fleet had been delivered in 2011.

Net cash used in investing activities of $138.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 was mainly due to final payments to shipyards for vessels under construction or conversion.

Net cash used in investing activities of $0.05 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflects that all vessels in the initial fleet had been delivered in 2011.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $126.4 million for the comparable period of 2011.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $126.4 million. During 2011, long-term vessel financing was obtained for the Bodil Knutsen and for the Windsor Knutsen conversion. Further drawdowns were made for final vessel payments for the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen . In total, proceeds from long-term debt were $176.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. In addition, the net contribution from our owner to equity was $38.0 million. The debt and equity financing was used to pay final installments on vessels under construction or conversion, $20.0 million in short-term bridge financing for the Bodil Knutsen , current installments on long-term debt of $17.2 million and payables to owners and affiliates of $47.8 million for the year end December 31, 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 of $21.2 million related primarily to repayment of current installments of long-term debt.

 

100


Table of Contents

As a result of the foregoing, cash and cash equivalents decreased for the year ended December 31, 2011 by $0.2 million and decreased for the year ended December 31, 2012 by $1.9 million.

Borrowing Activities

Vessel Financing Agreements. KNOT and its subsidiaries entered into the following financing agreements in connection with the acquisition and conversion of the vessels in our initial fleet. Terms of the vessel financing agreements included covenants applicable to the KNOT subsidiaries that will not be our subsidiaries following completion of this offering. We intend to amend each of these financing agreements in connection with this offering such that subsidiaries of the Partnership will be the borrowers, where applicable, the outstanding balances on certain of the loans will be reduced or fully repaid and all loan facilities will be guaranteed solely by the Partnership and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and secured solely by assets of subsidiaries of the Partnership. References to guarantees and covenant compliance related to TSSI and KNOT are therefore only relevant to the Predecessor and will not be relevant for the Partnership subsequent to entering the amended loan agreements in connection with the IPO.

Fortaleza and Recife Facilities . In December 2009, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, as the borrower, entered into a $160 million senior secured loan facility and a $19 million junior secured loan facility with syndicates of banks to fund the installment payments on the construction of the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen , which we refer to collectively as the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities. The Fortaleza Knutsen , the Recife Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds, as well as certain cash accounts, have been pledged as first and second priority collateral for the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities.

TSSI was originally the guarantor for all outstanding amounts under the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities. In January 2012, KNOT entered into a guarantee agreement with the agent of the $160 million secured loan facility for the full amount of that loan. In addition, there was a request that the syndicate banks release TSSI from the existing guarantee agreement for the senior secured loan, which is pending. In September 2012, KNOT entered into a guarantee agreement and TSSI was released from the guarantee obligation for the $19 million junior secured loan for the full amount of that junior secured loan. As of December 31, 2012, KNOT is a guarantor for all outstanding amounts under the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities and TSSI remains a guarantor of the $160 million secured loan facility.

The $160 million senior secured loan facility includes two tranches. Each tranche is repayable in quarterly installments over five years with final balloon payments due at maturity of $54.9 million in March 2016 and $54.9 million in August 2016. The $160 million senior secured facility bears interest at floating London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a margin of 3.0%.

The $19 million junior secured loan facility includes two tranches. Each tranche is repayable in quarterly installments over five years with final balloon payments due at maturity of $5.5 million in March 2016 and $5.5 million in August 2016. The $19 million junior secured facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 4.5%.

The primary financial covenants as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Minimum liquidity of the borrower of $1 million;

 

   

Positive working capital of the borrower;

 

   

Minimum liquidity of $25 million for KNOT and of 4% of interest bearing debt for the KNOT Group;

 

   

Positive working capital of the KNOT Group;

 

   

Minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group of 19% in the period from December 31, 2012 until January 31, 2014, 22.5% in the period from February 1, 2014 until December 31, 2014 and 25% thereafter; and

 

 

101


Table of Contents
   

EBITDA must exceed interest payable, any amount payable for the interest rate swaps and debt installments for the KNOT Group calculated on a four quarter rolling basis.

In addition, the following financial covenant applies to the $160 million senior secured loan facility as of December 31, 2012:

 

   

Value adjusted equity of TSSI, as guarantor, of at least one billion NOK.

The covenants under the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities that are measured at the guarantor or the KNOT Group level are not directly applicable to the Predecessor.

The borrower was not in compliance with the minimum liquidity and positive working capital covenants as of June 30, 2011. The borrower received a waiver of such covenants from the bank syndicates as of June 30, 2011. The borrower and the guarantor were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2011. As of December 6, 2012 and December 7, 2012, waivers were obtained for the $160 million secured loan facility and $19 million secured loan facility, respectively, for the KNOT Group’s compliance with the interest coverage covenant for all interim and annual periods from December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014. In addition, the minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group was reduced from 22.5% to 19.0% for all interim and annual period starting December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014. Except for the interest coverage covenant covered by the waiver, the borrower, the guarantors and the KNOT Group were in compliance with all covenants, as amended, as of December 31, 2012.

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities, and we expect to use proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our existing Fortaleza and Recife Facilities. The amended Fortaleza and Recife Facilities will be secured by substantially the same collateral as secures the existing facilities, including the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen . We currently expect that the amended Fortaleza and Recife Facilities will contain customary covenants that may limit, among other things, the ability of the borrower to change its business, sell or grant liens on its property including the applicable vessel, incur additional indebtedness or guarantee other indebtedness, make investments or acquisitions, enter into inter-company transactions and make distributions. We currently expect that the amended Fortaleza and Recife Facilities will also contain the following financial covenants:

 

   

Positive working capital for the borrower;

 

   

Minimum liquidity of the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel acquired by the Partnership above the eighth vessel and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

 

   

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

 

   

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

We currently expect that the amended Fortaleza and Recife Facilities will identify various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment, and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel, and that the facilities will contain customary events of default such as:

 

   

Change of control;

 

   

Failure to repay principal and interest;

 

   

Failure to comply with the financial or insurance covenants;

 

   

Cross-default to other indebtedness held by the Partnership and its subsidiaries;

 

   

Failure by the Partnership to remain listed on a stock exchange;

 

   

The occurrence of a material adverse change; and

 

   

Revocation, termination, or modification of any authorization, license, consent, permission, or approval as necessary to conduct operations or vessel ownership.

 

102


Table of Contents

Bodil Facility . In February 2011, KNOT’s subsidiary owning the Bodil Knutsen , as the borrower, entered into a $120 million senior secured loan facility with a syndicate of export credit agencies and banks to fund the final installment on the construction of the Bodil Knutsen and to repay bridge financing incurred during construction, which we refer to as the Bodil Facility. The Bodil Knutsen , assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds have been pledged as collateral for the Bodil Facility. KNOT is the guarantor for all outstanding amounts under the Bodil Facility.

The Bodil Facility includes two tranches. One tranche is repayable in semi-annual installments over five years with a final balloon payment of $42.7 million due at maturity in February 2016. The second tranche is repayable in semi-annual installments over twelve years assuming the balloon payment of the first tranche is refinanced in 2016. If not, the second tranche becomes repayable with a final balloon payment of $32.7 million due at maturity in February 2016. The Bodil Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.6% to 3.0%.

The primary financial covenants as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Market value of the Bodil Knutsen must be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Bodil Facility for the first four years and 120% for the fifth year;

 

   

Minimum liquidity of (i) $3 million for the borrower, (ii) $25 million for KNOT and (iii) 4% of interest bearing debt for the KNOT Group (as defined in the Bodil Facility);

 

   

Positive working capital of the borrower and of the KNOT Group;

 

   

EBITDA must exceed interest payable, any amounts payable for the interest rate swaps and debt installments for the KNOT Group calculated on a rolling four quarter basis; and

 

   

Minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group of 19% in the period from December 31, 2012 until January 31, 2014, 22.5% in the period from February 1, 2014 until December 31, 2014 and 25% thereafter.

The covenants under the Bodil Facility are measured at the borrower, guarantor or KNOT Group level and are not directly applicable to the Predecessor. The borrower and the guarantor were in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 2011. However, the guarantor was not in compliance with the minimum liquidity covenant as of September 30, 2011, and the KNOT Group was not in compliance with the EBITDA covenant as of December 31, 2011. The borrower received a waiver from the bank syndicate for the guarantor’s liquidity covenant as of September 30, 2011 until December 31, 2011, at which time the guarantor was compliant with the covenant. As of December 3, 2012, a waiver was obtained for the Bodil Facility for the KNOT Group’s compliance with the EBITDA covenant for all interim and annual periods from December 31, 2011 to January 31, 2014. In addition, the minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group was reduced from 22.5% to 19.0% for all interim and annual periods starting December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014. Except for the EBITDA covenant covered by the waiver, the borrower, the guarantors and the KNOT Group were in compliance with all covenants, as amended, as of December 31, 2012.

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the Bodil Facility, and we expect to use proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our existing Bodil Facility. The amended Bodil Facility will be a $50 million term loan facility and a $20 million revolving credit facility and will be secured by substantially the same collateral as secures the existing facility, including the Bodil Knutsen . We currently expect that the amended Bodil Facility will contain customary covenants that may limit, among other things, the ability of the borrower to change its business, sell or grant liens on its property including the Bodil Knutsen , incur additional indebtedness or guarantee other indebtedness, make investments or acquisitions, enter into inter-company transactions and make distributions. We currently expect that the amended Bodil Facility will also contain the following financial covenants:

 

   

Market value of the Bodil Knutsen must be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Bodil Facility for the first four years and 125% for the fifth year;

 

103


Table of Contents
   

Positive working capital for the borrower;

 

   

Minimum liquidity for the Partnership of $15 million plus increments of $1 million for each additional vessel acquired by the Partnership above the eighth vessel and $1.5 million for each owned vessel with less than 12 months remaining tenor on its employment contract;

 

   

Minimum book equity ratio for the Partnership of 30%; and

 

   

Minimum EBITDA to interest ratio for the Partnership of 2.50.

We currently expect that the amended Bodil Facility will identify various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment, and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel, and that the facilities will contain customary events of default such as:

 

   

Change of control;

 

   

Failure to repay principal and interest;

 

   

Failure to comply with the financial or insurance covenants;

 

   

Cross-default to other indebtedness held by the Partnership and its subsidiaries;

 

   

Failure by the Partnership to remain listed on a stock exchange;

 

   

The occurrence of a material adverse change; and

 

   

Revocation, termination, or modification of any authorization, license, consent, permission, or approval as necessary to conduct operations or vessel ownership.

Windsor Purchase Facility . In April 2007, KNOT’s subsidiary owning the Windsor Knutsen , as the borrower, entered into a $85 million senior secured loan facility with a bank to fund the purchase of the Windsor Knutsen , which we refer to as the Windsor Purchase Facility. The Windsor Knutsen , assignments of earnings and insurance proceeds, as well as certain cash accounts, have been pledged as collateral for the Windsor Purchase Facility. The Windsor Purchase Facility is repayable in semi-annual installments over eight years with a final balloon payment of $43.4 million due at maturity in May 2015. The Windsor Purchase Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.6%.

The primary financial covenants as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Market value of the Windsor Knutsen may be no less than 110% of the aggregate outstanding balance of the Windsor Purchase Facility and Windsor Conversion Facility; and

 

   

Aggregate of cash and uncalled committed capital of a minimum of $5.2 million for the borrower.

The covenants under the Windsor Purchase Facility are measured at the borrower level and are not directly applicable to the Predecessor. The borrower was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the Windsor Purchase Facility, and we expect to use proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under our existing Windsor Purchase Facility. The amended Windsor Purchase Facility will be secured by substantially the same collateral as secures the existing facility, including the Windsor Knutsen. We currently expect that the amended Windsor Purchase Facility will contain customary covenants that may limit, among other things, the ability of the borrower to change its business, sell or grant liens on its property including the Windsor Knutsen , incur additional indebtedness or guarantee other indebtedness, make investments or acquisitions, enter into inter-company transactions and make distributions. We currently expect that the amended Windsor Purchase Facility will also contain a financial covenant requiring that the market value of the Windsor Knutsen may be no less than 110% of the aggregate outstanding balance of the Windsor Purchase Facility.

 

104


Table of Contents

We currently expect that the amended Windsor Purchase Facility will identify various events that may trigger mandatory reduction, prepayment, and cancellation of the facility, including total loss or sale of a vessel, and that the facilities will contain customary events of default such as:

 

   

Change of control;

 

   

Failure to repay principal and interest;

 

   

Failure to comply with the financial or insurance covenants;

 

   

Cross-default to other indebtedness held by the Partnership and its subsidiaries;

 

   

Failure by the Partnership to remain listed on a stock exchange;

 

   

The occurrence of a material adverse change; and

 

   

Revocation, termination, or modification of any authorization, license, consent, permission, or approval as necessary to conduct operations or vessel ownership.

Windsor Conversion Facility . In February 2011, KNOT’s subsidiary owning the Windsor Knutsen , as the borrower, entered into a $27.3 million junior secured loan facility with a bank to fund the conversion of the Windsor Knutsen from a conventional crude oil tanker to a shuttle tanker, which we refer to as the Windsor Conversion Facility. The Windsor Knutsen , assignments of earnings and insurance proceeds, as well as certain cash accounts for the Windsor Knutsen and a second vessel owned by the borrower, have been pledged as second priority collateral for the Windsor Conversion Facility. KNOT is the guarantor for all outstanding amounts under the Windsor Conversion Facility.

The Windsor Conversion Facility is repayable in semi-annual installments over four years with a final balloon payment of $16.8 million due at maturity in May 2015. The Windsor Conversion Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.75%.

The primary financial covenants as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Market value of the Windsor Knutsen may be no less than 110% of the aggregate outstanding balance of the Windsor Purchase Facility and Windsor Conversion Facility;

 

   

Minimum uncalled committed capital of 45 million NOK for the borrower;

 

   

Positive working capital of the KNOT Group;

 

   

Minimum free liquidity for the KNOT Group of 4% of interest bearing debt and $25 million for the guarantor;

 

   

EBITDA must exceed interest payable, any amounts payable for the interest rate swaps and debt installments for the KNOT Group calculated on a rolling four quarter basis; and

 

   

Minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group of 19% in the period from December 31, 2012 until January 31, 2014, 22.5% in the period from February 1, 2014 until December 31, 2014 and 25% thereafter.

These covenants are measured at the borrower, guarantor or KNOT Group level and are not directly applicable to the Predecessor.

The borrower and the guarantor were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2011. However, the KNOT Group was not in compliance with the interest coverage covenant as of December 31, 2011. As of November 30, 2012, a waiver was obtained for the Windsor Conversion Facility for the guarantor’s compliance with the interest coverage covenant for all interim and annual periods from December 31, 2011 to January 31, 2014. In addition, the minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group was reduced from 22.5% to 19.0% for all interim and annual periods starting December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014. Except for the interest coverage covenant covered by the waiver, the borrower, the guarantors and the KNOT Group were in compliance with all covenants, as amended, as of December 31, 2012.

 

105


Table of Contents

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We intend to use derivative financial instruments to reduce the risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates. The existing derivative instruments entered into by KNOT in connection with the vessel financing agreements described above will not be transferred to us upon the closing of this offering.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1–3 Years      4–5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Long-term debt obligations (including interest) (1)

   $ 419,487       $ 45,350       $ 143,457       $ 189,852       $ 40,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 419,487       $ 45,350       $ 143,457       $ 189,852       $ 40,828   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The long-term debt obligation has been calculated assuming interest rates based on the 6-month LIBOR as of December 31, 2012 plus the applicable margin for all periods presented.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Currently, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other information and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Our critical accounting estimates are important to the portrayal of both our financial condition and results of operations and require us to make subjective or complex assumptions or estimates about matters that are uncertain. Significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) of the notes to the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that the following are the critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of our Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements. In addition, there are other items within the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements that require estimation.

Revenue Recognition

Description . We generate a majority of our revenues from time charters and bareboat charters. Revenues from time charters and bareboat charters are accounted for as operating leases and are recognized on a straight line basis over the periods of such charters, as service is performed.

Within the shipping industry, the two methods used to account for revenues and expenses are the percentage of completion and the completed voyage methods for spot contracts. The percentage of completion method is the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues and the method we use for spot contracts. Under the percentage of completion method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge basis. In other words, revenues are recognized ratably either from the beginning of when product is loaded for one voyage to when it is loaded for another voyage, or from when product is discharged (unloaded) at the end of one voyage to when it is discharged after the next voyage. We recognize revenues from spot contracts using the discharge-to-discharge basis.

 

106


Table of Contents

Judgments and Uncertainties . In applying the percentage of completion method for spot contracts, we believe that in most cases the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately reflects voyage results than the load-to-load basis. At the time of cargo discharge, we generally have information about the next load port and expected discharge port, whereas at the time of loading we are normally less certain what the next load port will be. We use this method of revenue recognition for all spot voyages. In all cases, we do not begin recognizing revenue for any of our vessels until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . If actual results are not consistent with our estimates in applying the percentage of completion method, our revenues for spot voyages could be overstated or understated for any given period by the amount of such difference.

Vessel Lives and Impairment

Description . The carrying value of vessels and equipment represent its historical acquisition or construction cost, including capitalized interest, supervision, technical and delivery cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Expenditures for subsequent conversions and major improvements are capitalized provided that such costs increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. We depreciate the original cost, less an estimated residual value, of our vessels on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s estimated useful life. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their market value at any point in time because the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in hire rates and the cost of newbuilds. Both hire rates and newbuild costs tend to be cyclical in nature.

We review vessels and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, which occurs when the asset’s carrying value is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate over its remaining useful life. For a vessel under charter, the discounted cash flows from that vessel may exceed its market value, as market values may assume the vessel is not employed on an existing charter. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset exceeds the asset’s carrying value, no impairment is recognized even though the fair value of the asset may be lower than its carrying value. If the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset is less than the asset’s carrying value and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value, the asset is written down to its fair value. Fair value may be determined through various valuation techniques but is generally calculated as the net present value of estimated future cash flows.

Our business model is to employ our vessels on fixed-rate charters with major energy companies. These charters typically have original terms between five to ten years in length. Consequently, while the market value of a vessel may decline below its carrying value, the carrying value of a vessel may still be recoverable based on the future undiscounted cash flows the vessel is expected to obtain from servicing its existing and future charters.

Judgments and Uncertainties . Depreciation on our shuttle tankers is calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years, commencing at the date the vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard. However, the actual life of a vessel may be different than the estimated useful life, with a shorter actual useful life resulting in an increase in the depreciation and potentially resulting in an impairment loss. The estimated useful life of our vessels takes into account design life, commercial considerations and regulatory restrictions. Our estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions about future hire rates, vessel utilization, operating expenses, drydocking expenditures, vessel residual values and the remaining estimated life of our vessels. Our estimated hire rates are based on rates under existing vessel charters and market rates at which we expect we can re-charter our vessels. Our estimates of vessel utilization, including estimated off-hire time and the estimated amount of time our shuttle tankers may spend operating in the spot tanker market when not being used in their capacity as shuttle tankers, are based on historical experience of KNOT and our projections of future shuttle tanker voyages. Our estimates of operating expenses and drydocking expenditures are based on historical operating and drydocking costs of KNOT and our expectations of future inflation and operating requirements. Vessel residual values are a product

 

107


Table of Contents

of a vessel’s lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate. The remaining estimated lives of our vessels used in our estimates of future cash flows are consistent with those used in the calculation of depreciation.

Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows are more predictable by their nature in our experience, including estimated revenue under existing charter terms, on-going operating costs and remaining vessel life. Certain assumptions relating to our estimates of future cash flows require more discretion and are inherently less predictable, such as future hire rates beyond the firm period of existing charters and vessel residual values, due to factors such as the volatility in vessel hire rates and vessel values. We believe that the assumptions used to estimate future cash flows of our vessels are reasonable at the time they are made. We can make no assurances, however, as to whether our estimates of future cash flows, particularly future vessel hire rates or vessel values, will be accurate.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . If we conclude that a vessel or equipment is impaired, we recognize a loss in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value at the date of impairment. The fair value at the date of the impairment becomes the new cost basis and will result in a lower depreciation expense than for periods before the vessel impairment.

Vessel Market Values

In “—Vessel Lives and Impairment” above, we discuss our policy for assessing impairment of the carrying values of our vessels. During the past few years, the market values of certain vessels in the worldwide fleet have experienced particular volatility, with substantial declines in many vessel classes. There is a future risk that the sale value of certain of our vessels could decline below those vessels’ carrying value, even though we would not impair those vessels’ carrying value under our accounting impairment policy, due to our belief that future undiscounted cash flows expected to be earned by such vessels over their operating lives would exceed such vessels’ carrying amounts.

In connection with monitoring compliance with our credit facilities and as a general business matter, we periodically monitor the fair market value of our vessels, including by obtaining various broker valuations as of specific dates. We generally do not include the impact of market fluctuations in vessel prices in our financial statements. We do, however, monitor our business and assets on a regular basis for potential asset impairment as described above. The total carrying value of our vessels was $497 million as of December 31, 2012.

With respect to the vessels, based on broker valuations as of December 31, 2012, and disregarding the charters attached to each of the vessels, we believe the aggregate fair market value of these vessels was less than their aggregate carrying value as of that date. We believe the aggregate amount of this deficit as of December 31, 2012 for the vessels was approximately $74   million. These vessels do, however, have long-term bareboat charter contracts with fixed rates attached. Therefore, we consider the value of the undiscounted cash flows when determining whether an impairment charge would be required. We believe that our recoverable amount for each of these vessels exceeded the applicable carrying value as of December 31, 2012, and, accordingly, have not recorded impairment charges even though the vessels have experienced a decline in charter free market value (i.e. disregarding the charter contracts attached to each of the vessels).

Drydocking

Description . We drydock each of our vessels periodically for inspection, repairs and maintenance and for any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. For vessels operating on time charters, we capitalize the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the vessels, major repairs and improvements incurred during drydocking that increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels. Drydocking cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. We expense costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of

 

108


Table of Contents

the cost of the vessel is allocated initially to a drydock component and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, we expense the remaining unamortized balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the charterer bears the cost of any drydocking.

Judgments and Uncertainties . Amortization of capitalized drydock expenditures requires us to estimate the period of the next drydocking or estimated useful life of drydock expenditures. While we typically drydock our vessels every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old and every 30 months thereafter, we may drydock the vessels at an earlier date.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . A change in our estimate of the useful life of a drydock will have a direct effect on our amortization of drydocking expenditures.

Valuation of Derivative Instruments

Description . Our risk management policies permit the use of derivative financial instruments to manage exposure related to changes in interest rates on our variable rate debt and risks for currency exchange rates on our contract obligations. We do not apply hedge accounting for derivative instruments. Therefore, the changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments are recognized in earnings.

Judgments and Uncertainties . A substantial majority of the fair value of our derivative instruments and the change in fair value of our derivative instruments from period to period result from our use of interest rate swap agreements. The fair value of our derivative instruments is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements in an arm’s length transaction under normal business conditions at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates. The estimated amount is the present value of estimated future cash flows, being equal to the difference between the LIBOR benchmark interest rate and the fixed rate in the interest rate swap agreement, multiplied by the notional principal amount of the interest rate swap agreement at each interest reset date.

The fair value of our interest rate swap agreements at the end of each period is most significantly impacted by the interest rate implied by the benchmark interest rate yield curve, including its relative steepness. Interest rates have experienced significant volatility in recent years in both the short and long term. While the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is typically more sensitive to changes in short-term rates, significant changes in the long-term benchmark interest rate also materially impact our interest rate swap agreements.

The benchmark interest rate yield curve is expected to vary over the life of the interest rate swap agreements. The larger the notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements outstanding and the longer the remaining duration of the interest rate swap agreements, the larger the impact of any variability in these factors will be on the fair value of our interest rate swaps. We economically hedge the interest rate exposure on a significant amount of our long-term debt and for long durations. As such, we have historically experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, material variations in the period-to-period fair value of our derivative instruments.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions. Although we measure the fair value of our derivative instruments utilizing the inputs and assumptions described above, if we were to terminate the agreements at the reporting date, the amount we would pay or receive to terminate the derivative instruments may differ from our estimate of fair value. If the estimated fair value differs from the actual termination amount, an adjustment to the carrying amount of the applicable derivative asset or liability would be recognized in earnings for the current period. Such adjustments could be material. See “Items You Should Consider When Evaluating Our Historical Financial Performance and Assessing Our Future Prospects—Our historical results of operations are affected by significant losses relating to derivative transactions.”

 

109


Table of Contents

Taxes

Description . We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

Judgments and Uncertainties . A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in either the carryforward period. This analysis requires, among other things, the use of estimates and projections in determining future reversals of temporary differences, forecasts of future profitability and evaluating potential tax-planning strategies. The valuation allowances as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 were related to the financial loss carry forwards and other net deferred tax assets for tonnage tax that increased between 2011 and 2012. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we considered all the positive and negative evidence available. Given our cumulative loss position for tonnage tax, we determined it was more likely than not that some of the benefit from the deferred tax assets would not be realized based on the weight of available evidence.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions . If we determined that we were able to realize a net deferred tax asset in the future, in excess of the net recorded amount, an adjustment to decrease the valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets would typically increase our net income (or decrease our loss) in the period such determination was made. Likewise, if we determined that we were not able to realize all or a part of our deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to increase the valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets would typically decrease our net income (or increase our loss) in the period such determination was made. As of December 31, 2012, we had a valuation allowance of $11.9 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities , or ASU 2011-11. ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position, and to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. We expect to implement the provisions of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013. We are evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2011-11 will have on disclosures in the financial statements of the Predecessor but we do not expect it to have a material impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate, foreign currency exchange and concentration of credit risks. Historically, we have entered into certain derivative instruments and contracts to maintain the desired level of exposure arising from interest rate and certain foreign exchange risks. Our policy is to economically hedge our exposure to risks, where possible, within boundaries deemed appropriate by management.

Interest Rate Risks

A portion of our debt obligations and surplus funds placed with financial institutions are subject to movements in interest rates. It is our policy to obtain the most favorable interest rates available without increasing our foreign currency exposure. In keeping with this, our surplus funds may in the future be placed in fixed deposits with reputable financial institutions which yield better returns than bank deposits. The deposits generally have short-term maturities so as to provide us with the flexibility to meet working capital and capital investments.

 

110


Table of Contents

We have historically used interest rate swaps to manage our exposure to interest rate risks. Interest rate swaps were used to convert floating rate debt obligations based on LIBOR to a fixed rate in order to achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating rate debt. The extent to which interest rate swaps are used is determined by reference to our net debt exposure and our views regarding future interest rates. Our interest rate swaps do not qualify for hedge accounting and movements in their fair values are reflected in the statement of operations under “gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments.” Interest rate swap agreements that have a positive fair value are recorded as “Other current assets,” while swaps with a negative fair value are recorded as “Derivative liabilities.”

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, we were party to interest rate swap agreements with a combined notional amount of approximately $129.5 million and $128.5 million, respectively. Under the terms of the interest rate swaps, we receive LIBOR based variable interest rate payments and make fixed interest rate payments at fixed rates between 3.84% per annum and 5.10% per annum for all periods. The swap agreements mature between May 2013 and December 2022. The fair values of our interest rate swaps recognized as derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  
(dollars in thousands)    Notional
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Notional
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Interest rate swap contracts

   $ 129,500       $ 27,331       $ 128,500       $ 27,880   

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, our net exposure to floating interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding debt was approximately $246.0 million and $219.4 million, respectively, based on our total net interest bearing debt of approximately $373.0 million and $346.6 million, respectively, less the notional amount of our floating to fixed interest rate swaps of approximately $129.5 million and $128.5 million, respectively. A 1% change in short-term interest rates would result in an increase or decrease to our interest expense of approximately $2.5 million and $2.2 million on an annual basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. See “—Contractual Obligations” for the expected payments by period for our interest rate swaps.

The existing interest rate swap agreements entered into by KNOT in connection with the vessel financing agreements will not be transferred to us upon the closing of this offering.

Foreign Currency Fluctuation Risks

We and our subsidiaries have the U.S. Dollar as our functional and reporting currency because all of our revenues and the majority of our expenditures, including the majority of our investments in vessels and our financing transactions, are denominated in U.S. Dollars. We could, however, earn revenue in other currencies and we currently incur a portion of our expenses in other currencies. Therefore, there is a risk that currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on the value of our cash flows.

Our foreign currency risk arises from:

 

   

the measurement of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies converted to U.S. Dollars, with the resulting gain or loss recorded as “Foreign exchange gain/(loss);” and

 

   

the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates on the reported amounts of our revenues, if any, and expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we used foreign exchange forward contracts to manage fluctuation in cash flows for future payments for certain shipyard payments in Euros. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts. All of the foreign exchange forward contracts were settled during 2011 as shipyard payments were made. There were no foreign exchange forward contracts entered into during 2012. We did not apply hedge accounting to our foreign exchange forward contracts.

 

111


Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk

The market for our services is the offshore oil transportation industry, and the customers consist primarily of major oil and gas companies, independent oil and gas producers and government-owned oil companies. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, three customers accounted for substantially all of our revenues. Ongoing credit evaluations of our customers are performed and generally do not require collateral in our business agreements. Typically, under our time charters and bareboat charters, the customer pays for the month’s charter the first day of each month, which reduces our level of credit risk. Provisions for potential credit losses are maintained when necessary.

We have bank deposits that expose us to credit risk arising from possible default by the counterparty. We manage the risk by using credit-worthy financial institutions.

Retained Risk

For a description of our insurance coverage, including the risks retained by us related to our insurance policies, please see “—Insurance” above.

 

112


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

All of the information and data presented in this section has been provided by Fearnley Consultants AS, or Fearnley Consultants. Fearnley Consultants has advised that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by Fearnley Consultants is inaccurate in any material respect. In connection therewith, Fearnley Consultants has advised that: (1) certain information in Fearnley Consultants’ database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments, (2) the information in the databases of other offshore drilling data collection agencies may differ from the information in Fearnley Consultants’ database and (3) while Fearnley Consultants has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

The Offshore Oil Industry

Oil remains one of the world’s most important sources of energy, accounting for approximately 33% of global energy consumption. Total oil consumption has increased 15% in the last ten years, reaching a daily oil consumption of 87.4 million bpd in 2011. According to the IEA—World Energy Outlook 2012, the demand for oil and oil-derived products is expected to continue to grow steadily in the coming years, reaching approximately 99.7 million bpd by 2035.

Offshore oil production started in the 1960s in the shallow waters of the Gulf of Mexico, where the oil produced was transported by pipelines to the shore for refining or export. As technology advanced and continued discoveries of offshore oil reserves were made, offshore oil production has grown to be 27% of global oil production. Today, offshore oil production occurs in the North Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, as well as off the coasts of Brazil, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, West Africa, Southeast Asia, Australia and Russia. The following chart shows historic and expected development in shallow- and deep-water oil production.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Douglas-Westwood Ltd., April 2012

Deepwater oil production is one of the fastest growing areas of the global oil industry and is replacing shallow water as the main focus of offshore oil field development. According to the IEA—World Energy Outlook 2012, deepwater production will expand from 4.8 million bpd in 2011 to 8.7 million bpd in 2035. Deeper waters, harsher environments and more marginal fields often require increased use of subsea operations, floating production storage and offloading units, or FPSOs, floating storage and offtake units, or FSOs, and shuttle tankers, as pipelines may not be economically or technologically feasible.

 

113


Table of Contents

The long-term outlook for the offshore oil transportation industry is driven by crude oil fundamentals. In particular, market expectations about the potential changes in the price of oil significantly affect the level of exploration, development and production activities in offshore areas worldwide. The outlook for oil prices is in turn impacted by the outlook for global consumption of oil and anticipated future supply, both through current production and projected increased production from the further development of existing reserves and the discovery and development of new reserves.

Shuttle Tanker Characteristics

A shuttle tanker is a specialized ship designed to transport crude oil and condensates from offshore oil field installations to onshore terminals and refineries. Shuttle tankers are equipped with sophisticated loading systems and dynamic positioning systems, or DP systems, that allow the vessels to load cargo safely and reliably from oil field installations, even in harsh weather conditions.

Shuttle tankers are often described as “floating pipelines” because these vessels typically shuttle oil from offshore installations to onshore facilities in much the same way a pipeline would transport oil along the ocean floor.

Alternative to Pipelines

Shuttle tankers were first designed in the mid-1970s for the new oil fields located in the North Sea as an alternative to pipelines because the water depth and harsh environment in the North Sea contributed to the high cost of laying pipelines.

The advantages of shuttle tankers as compared to pipelines include:

 

   

the use of shuttle tankers is a more flexible option than pipelines for the transportation of oil from the oil field to onshore terminals and provides destination flexibility for the customers;

 

   

shuttle tankers provide a more flexible solution to declining production profiles and abandonment as a pipeline has a fixed capacity, whereas the shuttle tanker capacity may be adjusted through reduced frequency of calls or reduced number of ships serving a field;

 

   

shuttle tanker operators may provide back-up capacity during times when existing transportation infrastructure is closed for maintenance or otherwise unavailable, which would enable uninterrupted production;

 

   

shuttle tankers require less significant up-front investment than pipelines; and

 

   

shuttle tankers provide customers the benefit of purchasing unblended crude qualities, whereas pipelines usually provide a blend of different crude qualities as several oilfields may be connected to the same pipeline. A shuttle tanker may load at several fields during one single voyage but oil from different fields may be kept separated in different compartments on board.

The following diagram sets forth the supply chain of offshore loading by shuttle tankers to terminals.

 

LOGO

 

114


Table of Contents

Differences From Conventional Tankers

Shuttle tankers primarily differ from conventional tankers based on two significant features. First, shuttle tankers are fitted with position-keeping equipment enabling them to remain in a position without the assistance of tugs or mooring to installations. Second, shuttle tankers are equipped with bow-loading equipment and, in some cases, also fitted with equipment for submerged turret loading. Conventional tankers load from an offshore field installation usually through a taut hawser (mooring line onboard the discharging unit) operation and/or with tug assistance. In certain cases, dedicated shuttle tanker newbuilds are required to service the specific requirements of oil fields and installations. At times, conventional tankers can be converted to shuttle tankers after a substantial upgrade and investment in equipment. Based on current market conditions, Fearnley Consultants estimates that such an upgrade would cost approximately $40 million, depending on design, size and outfitting.

Key differences between shuttle tankers and conventional tankers include:

 

   

Design. Shuttle tankers are designed with controllable pitch propellers and side thrusters, higher cargo pumping capability, DP systems, specific loading systems for loading cargo at offshore facilities, reinforced hull design for fatigue prevention and a wide range of area/customer specific equipment and systems.

 

   

Voyage Length. Shuttle tanker voyages are typically short-haul to regional terminals and refineries, while conventional tankers traditionally trade on longer-haul voyages. The short voyages, continual loading operations and unique systems give rise to far more complex technical and performance issues for shuttle tankers than conventional tankers.

 

   

Stringent Standards. The shuttle tanker industry is affected by standards and regulations applicable to the offshore industry, certain of which are more stringent than those applicable to conventional tankers.

 

   

Nature of Contracts. Shuttle tankers are an integral part of an offshore field development project and a critical part of the logistics chain of a field. Due to the technical requirements of shuttle tanker operations, cooperation between the shuttle tanker operator and the field operator is much closer than in the case of conventional tanker business, and there are usually long-term contractual arrangements between the field operator and shuttle tanker owners to lift the production from an oil field installation. By contrast, the conventional tanker market is predominantly conducted on short-term contracts, typically for one or a few voyages.

 

   

Specialized Crewing and Staff. The workload for the crew onboard and for shore-based personnel for shuttle tanker operations is higher compared to conventional shipping, given the shorter voyage lengths and additional complexity of offshore loading operations. Maneuvering and safe handling of shuttle tankers in close proximity to offshore installations, operating of the loading and dynamic positioning systems, and complying with additional offshore regulations and practices require highly skilled crew. Tailor-made training, including extensive simulator training, is an integral part of the shuttle tanker business. In addition to the normal maritime certificates for deck officers, a shuttle tanker dynamic positioning operator must qualify for a dedicated dynamic positioning certificate. Thus, the necessity of an experienced crew makes a significant barrier to entry for other operators trying to enter the shuttle tanker market.

Two of the key design attributes of a shuttle tanker include the offshore loading system and the DP system.

Offshore Loading Systems

Offshore loading involves the transfer of liquid cargo in open waters from either a fixed installation (a platform or a fixed buoy) or a floating installation (a floating loading platform, FPSO and FSO). There are two main offshore loading systems: bow loading and submerged turret loading.

The most distinguishing feature of a shuttle tanker is the sophisticated loading system located on the bow of the vessel. A bow loading system allows the shuttle tanker to load safely and reliably from a variety of offshore

 

115


Table of Contents

installations, even in extreme weather conditions. The shuttle tankers maneuver close to the loading installation, connect to a hose to the manifold and commences loading.

 

LOGO

Alternatively, or in addition, a shuttle tanker can be equipped with a submerged turret. The system consists of a submerged buoy that is pulled into a cone-shaped turret located on the keel of the shuttle tanker. The loading hose runs through the buoy to a rotating connecter allowing the shuttle tanker to weathervane freely.

 

LOGO

Dynamic Positioning Systems

A shuttle tanker is equipped with a computerized steering and positioning system, referred to as a DP system, which allows the vessel to remain in position in open seas, even in harsh environmental conditions. The DP system monitors wind, currents, swells and tide changes and controls the positioning of the vessel with controllable pitch propellers and lateral thrusters. The development of DP systems for shuttle tankers in the early 1980s significantly increased the efficiency and reliability of offshore loading. The primary advantages of DP systems versus a taut hawser or tug-assisted operation include:

 

   

wider operating range, including the capability to load in conditions up to 17 foot significant wave height (a measure of average wave height that corresponds to approximately 30 foot maximum wave height);

 

   

less risk of damage and wear and tear both to the field export system and the vessels’ loading systems since no heavy loads are introduced to the system during loading; and

 

   

enhanced safety procedures that reduce the probability of contact between shuttle tanker and offshore loading installation.

There are two classes of DP systems for shuttle tankers: DP1 and DP2. The classes are based on the shuttle tanker’s dynamic positioning equipment and system redundancy. DP1 systems have one set of maneuvering and computer systems, while DP2 systems include backup for all active systems providing redundancy according to specific requirements. The type of system employed is determined by the weather conditions at the oil field installation and specific field operator requirements. As of January 31, 2013, of the 70 shuttle tankers currently operating in the world fleet, 22 shuttle tankers were fitted with DP1 systems and 48 were fitted with

 

116


Table of Contents

DP2 systems. In addition, all the vessels on order are fitted with DP2 systems. Of the shuttle tankers with DP1 systems, 13 operate in Brazil, five in the North Sea, two in Canada, one in the Caribbean and one is laid up. Of the shuttle tankers with DP2 systems, 26 are operating in the North Sea, 19 in Brazil, two in Canada and one is temporarily idle off Singapore.

Shuttle Tanker Markets

Demand for Shuttle Tankers

As demand for oil has grown and a growing number of oil fields being discovered are in deepwater, harsh weather environments, the demand for shuttle tankers has increased. According to Fearnley Consultants, based on the past three years of North Sea oil production from shuttle tanker operated oil fields, there has been one shuttle tanker employed for every 38,000 to 43,000 bpd of production. The new fields in the Barents Sea are less transportation intensive and require only one vessel for every 65,000 bpd of production. In contrast, based on average production in the past three years and average round trip voyage time for a shuttle tanker, Brazil requires approximately one vessel for every 100,000 bpd of production.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Norwegian Petroleum Directorate, Department of Energy and Carbon Capture, Brazil National Petroleum Agency, Canadian Department of Natural Resource, Danish Energy Agency

The above chart is based on the incremental growth in Brazilian offshore production, as almost all of this growth stems from deepwater and ultra-deepwater oil fields served by shuttle tankers. Additionally, the above chart excludes production from certain U.S. Gulf of Mexico fields, such as Chinook and Cascade, because this trade is regulated by the Jones Act, which effectively prevents any non-U.S. operators from trading in those regions. Although many vessel databases include the Russian Arctic tankers operating in the Pechora Sea as shuttle tankers, this chart has excluded demand stemming from these activities as the design of these vessels disqualifies them from operations in the North Sea or Brazil unless they are significantly upgraded.

Global demand for shuttle tankers grew significantly between 2002 and 2012 due to increased average sailing distances from the offshore field to the onshore terminal. As a result, the shuttle tanker fleet rose from approximately 47 vessels in 2000 to approximately 68 vessels in 2012. Additionally, the additional demand for shuttle tankers as a result of the increased average sailing distances offset the decrease in demand that may have

 

117


Table of Contents

resulted due to declining production from shuttle tanker operated oil fields. Output from shuttle tanker operated oil fields has decreased by an average of 3.0% per year from a peak of 3.0 million bpd in 2002, mainly as a result of reduced production in the North Sea.

The global market for shuttle tankers is primarily in the North Sea (United Kingdom, Norway, and Denmark) and Brazil. Offshore oil production off the east coast of Canada also provides some employment for shuttle tankers, along with Russia, the Barents Sea and the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

 

   

The North Sea: The North Sea is the largest offshore oil producing region in the world and includes oil fields on the United Kingdom, Danish, Dutch and Norwegian continental shelves. The North Sea constituted close to 90% of shuttle tanker demand in 2002, as measured by production volumes and deployment of shuttle tankers. Due to natural depletion and relatively few new field developments in the subsequent decade, the share of shuttle tanker demand in this region fell. Today, approximately 50% of the existing world shuttle tanker fleet operates in the North Sea with operations primarily focused in the United Kingdom and Norway. The North Sea is a mature market characterized by sophisticated participants, advanced regulations and systems, an established commercial structure and vessel operations that are embedded into the offshore oil structure. Recently, there has been a high number of significant new field discoveries in the North Sea that are located in remote areas, which is believed to favor shuttle tanker solutions. Finally, the major “Johan Sverdrup” oil field discovery may be developed using a pipeline; however, no decision has yet been made and the expectation is that shuttle tankers will be used during the early development of the field.

 

   

The Barents Sea (considered part of the Greater North Sea): Following the discovery and successful start-up of the Snøhvit natural gas field, exploration in the Norwegian sector of the Barents Sea has resulted in the development of the Goliat field, which will begin production in 2013, and the discovery of the Skrugard/Havis field with more than 250 million barrels of proved reserves. Exploration activity in this area remains high and prospects are promising. It is expected that potential field developments in this area will use shuttle tankers. Very little exploration has occurred in the Russian sector of the Barents Sea and seismic data is relatively old and simple. However, since late 2011, the Russians have increased their exploration activity.

 

   

Brazil: Brazil is currently the largest shuttle tanker market, increasing from approximately 5% in 2002 to 47% in 2012, with the majority of offshore oil production located in the Campos Basin region. According to Fearnley Consultants, the number of shuttle tankers employed in Brazil will surpass the North Sea in 2013. Following the discoveries made in the pre-salt Santos Basin further off shore, several oil fields are currently being developed and it is expected that offshore production, both deepwater and ultra-deepwater, will increase significantly in the coming years making this region the leading growth area for shuttle tankers. As of January 31, 2013, 15 out of the 20 shuttle tankers on order are contracted for employment in Brazil.

 

   

Eastern Canada: Three major offshore fields off the east coast of Canada are served by shuttle tankers. The crude oil produced from these fields typically is either taken to an oil transhipment terminal located in Newfoundland or directly to market on the east coast of the United States. Output from these fields peaked in 2007 and has declined steadily since then, resulting in a reduction from six shuttle tankers to the four shuttle tankers now operating in the region. There is extensive offshore exploration in certain Eastern Canadian fields and any field developments will likely rely on shuttle tanker transportation.

 

   

Russian Arctic: The current activity in Russian Arctic is limited to three double acting tankers, or tankers designed to run forward in open waters and backwards in ice, serving the Varandey SBM loading installation in the Pechora Sea. The Prirazlomnoye oil field is expected to start production in 2013, and will be served by two double acting tankers. These five double acting tankers may theoretically be considered shuttle tankers; however, they do not meet the requirements for operation in the North Sea or Brazil. The main petroleum activity in this area is focused on natural gas and liquefied natural gas production as opposed to oil field developments in the short-to-medium term.

 

118


Table of Contents
   

Gulf of Mexico/Caribbean: Since U.S. regulators approved the use of FPSO units and FSO units, as well as shuttle tankers, in 2001, the first shuttle tanker operated oil fields, the Chinook and Cascade, have come into production in the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. From these fields that are operated by Petrobras, oil is transported by a pair of 47,000 dead weight ton, or dwt, shuttle tankers. Any further increase in shuttle tanker trade in the Gulf of Mexico will be limited by the Jones Act, which creates a significant barrier to entry for non-U.S. companies and ships built outside the United States. Offshore exploration and development in the Caribbean and other offshore areas in Mexico and Central America are outside the reach of the Jones Act and may, in the future, use shuttle tankers.

 

   

Other Regions: As of January 31, 2013, there are no shuttle tankers operating as shuttle tankers in other regions of the world, except for one vessel operating in Venezuela. The vessel that operated in Australia has been in lay-up since the end of 2011. The major offshore oil production areas in West Africa, Southeast Asia and Australia are located in shallow waters or benign environments, which enables the use of conventional tankers to load oil from the offshore production facilities. As the oil field development expands into remote areas or deeper waters, use of more shuttle tankers could become more common.

New Fields Under Development

Based on shuttle tanker operations during the period 2009 to 2011, Fearnley Consultants estimates that each shuttle tanker in Brazil and the North Sea has a transportation capacity of approximately 100,000 bpd and 40,000 bpd, respectively. For the new fields in the Barents Sea, Fearnley Consultants estimates a smaller transportation capacity due to the significantly longer distances from these oil fields to terminals in Europe. Specifically, based on the Goliath field in the Barents Sea, approximately two Suezmax-size shuttle tankers are needed for every 65,000 bpd production increase. As a result, Fearnley Consultants estimates that each shuttle tanker in the North Sea Region (including the North Sea, Barents Sea and the West of Shetland fields) will have a transportation capacity of approximately 33,000 bpd. The following table shows Fearnley Consultants’ forecast of annual production growth and demand for shuttle tankers by region and year.

 

         Annual Production Growth (bpd)          Number of Shuttle Tankers Needed  

Year

       Brazil          North  Sea
Region (1)
         Canada              Brazil          North Sea
Region
         Canada      

2013

     880,000         175,000            9         5      

2014

     970,000         181,000            10         5      

2015

     390,000         355,000            4         11      

2016

     750,000         253,000            8         8      

2017

     600,000         173,000         150,000         6         5         2   

2018

     150,000         240,000            2         7      
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  

     39         41         2   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes production in the Barents Sea and the West of Shetland fields.

Source: Norwegian Petroleum Directorate, Department of Energy and Carbon Capture, Brazil National Petroleum Agency, Canadian Department of Natural Resource, Danish Energy Agency, Oil companies, Fearnley Offshore

For the years 2012 to 2018, Fearnley Consultants estimates that 78 shuttle tankers will be needed. Of these, 20 are already on order. Adjusting for vessels becoming 20 years old, Fearnley Consultants estimates that approximately 60 additional vessels will be needed by 2020.

 

119


Table of Contents

Global Incremental Output 2013-2018

Based on projections relating to new field development and taking depletion at existing fields into account, Fearnley Consultants projects total output from shuttle tanker operated oil fields to increase by about 4.5 million bpd by 2018. While Fearnley Consultants expects that a majority of the new volumes will come from fields in Brazil, it also expects to see an increase in production in the Greater North Sea, which includes the North Sea, the Norwegian Sea and the Barents Sea.

 

LOGO

 

Sources: NPD, DECC, Various PDO’s, Fearnley Offshore, Wood Mackenzie, Oil companies

Some of the shuttle tanker operated offshore oil fields in Brazil have been producing for more than ten years. Considering typical production curves for oil fields of various sizes, Fearnley Consultants estimates that several of these fields currently in production will see declines in output towards 2020. However, these declines are considered to be relatively small compared to the expected incremental growth in production from new fields.

 

120


Table of Contents

The following chart shows expected production build up and depletion of existing fields in the North Sea.

 

LOGO

 

Sources: NPD, DECC, Various PDO’s, Fearnley Offshore, Wood Mackenzie, Oil companies

Shuttle Tanker Supply

As of January 31, 2013, the world shuttle tanker fleet consists of 70 vessels totaling 8.26 million dwt. The two vessels that are currently not trading as shuttle tankers are currently in lay-up. These two vessels are not expected to return to shuttle tanker service in the future. The current order book consists of 20 vessels scheduled for delivery between 2013 and 2015. Seven vessels, or 10% of the world fleet, are currently older than 20 years. Due to strict requirements for safe operation, Fearnley Consultants does not consider vessels built before 1993 to be competitors to more recent constructions in the global shuttle tanker fleet.

The following table shows the number of shuttle tankers in the world shuttle tanker fleet, including vessels on order, by geographic area.

 

     Operating      On Order      Total  

North Sea

     31         5         36   

Brazil

     32         15         47   

Canada

     4         —           4   

Other

     3         —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     70         20         90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Source: Fearnresearch, January 2013

 

121


Table of Contents

Based on the current age of the world shuttle tanker fleet and current newbuild order book, Fearnley Consultants estimates an additional 60 shuttle tankers will be needed by 2020 to satisfy expected demand. The following chart compares the expected supply and demand of shuttle tankers through 2020.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch, January 2013

This expected increase in demand for newbuild shuttle tankers is based on an assumption that the average shuttle tanker has a trading life of 20 years as a shuttle tanker in the two primary markets (Brazil and the North Sea Region). After 20 years, the shuttle tankers may secure short-term employment in these two areas, or short- to medium-term employment outside of these primary markets. In any case, the shuttle tankers may trade as conventional tankers throughout their economic useful life of 25 years.

Competition

As of January 31, 2013, there were 90 shuttle tankers in the world shuttle tanker fleet, including 20 newbuilds. Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. and KNOT are the dominant owners of shuttle tankers controlling more than 80% of the world fleet. Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. is the largest owner in the shuttle tanker market with 30 shuttle tankers and four newbuilds on order. KNOT is the world’s second largest owner of shuttle tankers with 23 shuttle tankers (including the vessels in our initial fleet) and three newbuilds on order, as of January 31, 2013. Petrobras, through its subsidiary Transpetro and on its own accord, is the third largest shuttle tanker owner with three shuttle tankers and seven newbuilds on order, which are expected to join the fleet by 2015. Petrobras controls, however, a total of 39 vessels (28 existing and 11 newbuilds) through long-term bareboat and time charter arrangements. Other owners are involved in the shuttle tanker market but the majority of them have a limited fleet size and have chartered vessels out for the long term.

 

122


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch, January 2013

Barriers to Entry

The shuttle tanker market is capital intensive and operational expertise is critical, creating high barriers of entry. The shuttle tanker market is viewed as an integral part of offshore oil production, which creates a market with few alternative suppliers and therefore a low threat of substitution. A company with a solid record and good knowledge of the market is preferred to a new entrant since the cost and impact of downtime is significant for the oil companies. The ability to attract and retain an expert, specialized seafaring crew is an asset. In addition, the systems in place for operational procedures, such as offshore loading and vetting, have significant value when speaking to new and existing customers regarding contracts.

Contract Structure

Shuttle tankers have three primary types of contract structures: contracts of affreightment, time charters and bareboat charters. The type of contract is determined by customer requirements for operational involvement and range of services.

Contracts of Affreightment

Pursuant to a contract of affreightment, the customer typically pays a fixed rate per day for transportation services provided and the voyage related costs. These, often long-term, fixed-rate agreements relate to designated oil fields rather than specific vessels. The customer has access to the shuttle tankers from the time when it has a cargo ready for transport at the offshore installation. The key benefits of a contract of affreightment to the customer, as compared to chartering a dedicated vessel, include: lower direct costs, as the customer pays only for the time spent lifting and transporting each individual cargo and voyage related expenses, and a transportation service aligned with production during the initial ramp-up phase as well as during tail-end production. However, under a contract of affreightment, there is an increased risk that the vessel will not be off-hire for a greater number of days than if it were operating under a time charter or bareboat charter, which would increase overall costs for the shipowner.

 

123


Table of Contents

Time charters

A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under a typical time charter, the shipowner provides crewing and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily rate, and the customer is responsible for substantially all of the vessel’s voyage related costs. When the vessel is off-hire, the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate and the owner is responsible for all costs. The customer selects a time charter if it wants a dedicated vessel. The customer is commercially responsible for the utilization of the vessel.

Bareboat Charters

Similar to a time charter, the owner provides the customer with a vessel at a specified daily rate and for a fixed period of time. However, under a bareboat charter, the customer provides crewing and all necessary services required for the vessel’s operation in addition to all voyage related costs. In practice, the customer becomes a shipowner without holding title to the ship. During the bareboat charter a customer must pay the hire rate regardless of whether or not the vessel is in service. All time and operational risk is transferred to the customer. The customer may opt for a bareboat charter in a situation where the company wants to direct all investments towards its core activities and simultaneously build up a competent organization operating shuttle tankers.

 

124


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a limited partnership formed to own, operate and acquire shuttle tankers under long-term charters, which we define as charters of five years or more. Our initial fleet of shuttle tankers will be contributed to us by Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, or KNOT, which is jointly owned by TS Shipping Invest AS, or TSSI, and Nippon Yusen Kaisha, or NYK. TSSI is controlled by our Chairman and is a private Norwegian company with ownership interests in shuttle tankers, LNG tankers and product/chemical tankers. NYK is a Japanese public company with a fleet of approximately 800 vessels, including bulk carriers, containerships, tankers and specialized vessels.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have a modern fleet of shuttle tankers that will operate under long-term charters with major oil and gas companies engaged in offshore production such as BG Group, Statoil and Transpetro. We intend to operate our vessels under long-term charters with stable cash flows and grow our position in the shuttle tanker market through acquisitions from KNOT and third parties. We also believe we can grow organically by continuing to provide reliable customer service to our charterers and leveraging KNOT’s relationships, expertise and reputation.

Upon the closing of this offering, our initial fleet will consist of:

 

   

the Fortaleza Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in March 2023 with Petrobras Transporte S.A., or Transpetro;

 

   

the Recife Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in August 2023 with Transpetro;

 

   

the Bodil Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in May 2016 with Statoil ASA, or Statoil, with options to extend until May 2019; and

 

   

the Windsor Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2007 and retrofitted from a conventional crude oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in April 2014 with BG Group Plc, or BG Group, with options to extend until April 2016.

In addition, pursuant to the omnibus agreement, with respect to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen , while we believe these vessels will be chartered through the option periods, KNOT has agreed to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under each vessel’s existing charters for a period of five years from the closing date of this offering. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Guarantees Relating to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen .”

We intend to leverage our relationship with KNOT to make accretive acquisitions of shuttle tankers with long-term charters from KNOT and third parties. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement we will enter into with KNOT at the closing of this offering, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT any shuttle tankers operating under charters of five or more years. This right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement. KNOT currently owns a fleet of 27 offshore shuttle tankers, including four that will be part of our initial fleet.

We will have the right to purchase the following five additional newbuild shuttle tankers from KNOT:

 

   

the Carmen Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built by Hyundai Heavy Industries, or HHI, that was delivered in January 2013 and is operating under a time charter that expires in January 2018 with Repsol YPF, with options to extend until January 2021.

 

125


Table of Contents
   

Hull 2531 , a shuttle tanker currently being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2013. Upon delivery, Hull 2531 will operate under a time charter that expires in the third quarter of 2018 with Ente Nazionale Indrocarburi S.p.A., or Eni, with options to extend until the third quarter of 2023.

 

   

Hull 2532 , a shuttle tanker currently being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2013. Upon delivery, Hull 2532 will operate under a time charter that expires in the third quarter of 2018 with Eni, with options to extend until the third quarter of 2023.

 

   

Hull 2575 , a shuttle tanker currently being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the fourth quarter of 2013. Upon delivery, Hull 2575 will operate under a time charter that expires in the fourth quarter of 2023 with ExxonMobil Corporation, or Exxon, with options to extend until the fourth quarter of 2028.

 

   

Hull 574 , a shuttle tanker currently being built by Cosco that is scheduled for delivery in late 2014. Upon delivery, Hull 574 will operate under a time charter that expires in late 2024 with Repsol Sinopec, with options to extend until late 2029.

We will have the right to purchase the Carmen Knutsen within 24 months after the closing of this offering and will have the right to purchase Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 within 24 months after each such vessel’s respective acceptance by its charterer, in each case subject to reaching an agreement with KNOT regarding the purchase price in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement. Acceptance by the charterer occurs after the vessel has been delivered to the charterer and the charterer completes all inspections and testing of the vessel in compliance with charter requirements.

Pursuant to a joint venture agreement, KNOT is the exclusive vehicle for TSSI’s and NYK’s shuttle tanker business. Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of a company jointly owned by TSSI and NYK, is the current party to the shipbuilding contract with Cosco for Hull 574 and in accordance with the joint venture agreement, an option has been granted to KNOT to acquire Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS. KNOT will be required under the omnibus agreement to exercise such option on or prior to acceptance of Hull 574 by Repsol Sinopec.

Our Relationship with Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

We believe that one of our principal strengths is our relationship with KNOT. We believe our relationship with KNOT will give us access to KNOT’s relationships with major international oil and gas companies, shipbuilders, financing sources and suppliers and its technical, commercial and managerial expertise, which we believe will allow us to compete more effectively when seeking additional customers. KNOT, whose predecessor was formed in 1987, is jointly issued by TSSI and NYK. TSSI is owned by Trygve Seglem, our Chairman, and his family. In December 2010, NYK made an investment in KNOT in return for a 50% equity interest. The investment by NYK helped KNOT grow strategically by continuing to expand its fleet. We believe that our operations and customer and shipyard relationships will benefit from our association with KNOT. Upon completion of this offering, KNOT will own our 2.0% general partner interest, all of our incentive distribution rights and a     % limited partner interest in us.

As of January 31, 2013, the KNOT fleet consisted of 23 shuttle tankers (including the vessels in our initial fleet) and three newbuilds on order, and one product/chemical tanker. In addition, KNOT, through its wholly owned subsidiary KNOT Management AS, or KNOT Management, owns the ship management services relating to the shuttle tankers in our fleet, which allows for a fully integrated shipping operation, providing newbuild supervision, project development, crewing, technical management and various other maritime services. The operation is certified according to International Standards Organization, or ISO, 9001:2008 and ISO 14001:2004.

 

126


Table of Contents

Business Opportunities

We believe the following factors create opportunities for us to successfully execute our business strategy and plan and grow our business.

 

   

Growing offshore oil production. According to the International Energy Agency, or IEA,—World Energy Outlook 2012, the demand for oil and oil-derived products is expected to continue to grow steadily in the coming years, reaching approximately 99.7 million barrels per day, or bpd, by 2035, up from 87.4 million bpd in 2011. In addition, offshore discoveries are expected to play an important role in the future, as IEA projects that deepwater production will expand from 4.8 million bpd in 2011 to 8.7 million bpd in 2035.

 

   

Increased demand for shuttle tanker services. We believe demand for shuttle tankers will increase from the continued growth in deepwater offshore oil production because production from deep waters and remote areas may be too expensive or technically demanding to transport via pipeline. As offshore oil production expands into harsh environments, high specification shuttle tankers will be needed to service those fields. Shuttle tankers are equipped with sophisticated loading systems and dynamic positioning systems that allow the vessels to load cargo safely and reliably from oil field installations, even in harsh weather conditions. Shuttle tankers provide a more flexible option than pipelines for the transportation of oil over long distances and from deeper waters and harsher environments where pipelines may not be economically or technologically feasible. As of January 31, 2013, the world shuttle tanker fleet consisted of 70 vessels. According to Fearnley Consultants AS, or Fearnley Consultants, 60 new shuttle tankers will be needed by 2020 to satisfy estimated demand.

 

   

Customer demand for established, high quality operators. Many offshore projects, particularly those located in deep waters or remote locations, have a heightened reliance on their shuttle tanker provider due to the long-term nature of their contracts, the stringent technical requirements of shuttle tankers and the high degree of experience and expertise required of its crew. As a result, the major oil and gas companies are highly selective in their choice of shuttle tanker providers due to the high level of capital investment in their offshore projects and the requirement for uninterrupted production from the oil fields. We believe that KNOT’s long-standing reputation for customer service and reliability will cause major oil and gas companies to favor it over less experienced operators.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that our future prospects for success are enhanced by the following aspects of our business:

 

   

Relationship with leading shuttle tanker operator. We believe we will benefit from our relationship with KNOT in the future. We believe charterers award new business to established participants in the shuttle tanker market because of their technical, commercial and managerial expertise. For example, over the past ten years, all but one new tenders and time-charter contract awards in the North Sea have been won by KNOT, the second largest shuttle tanker owner, and one other established company. We believe that KNOT’s 25-year history of providing offshore loading and transportation services to major integrated oil companies will enable it to attract additional long-term charters for shuttle tankers that will be required to be offered to us pursuant to the omnibus agreement in the event their terms equal or exceed five years.

 

   

Built-in growth opportunities. In addition to our initial fleet of four shuttle tankers, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT five newbuild shuttle tankers. These shuttle tankers will be subject to fixed-rate time charters of five to ten years with Repsol Sinopec, Repsol YPF, Eni and Exxon. Additionally, we will have the right to purchase additional shuttle tankers in KNOT fleet if they are placed under charters of five years or more. This right will continue throughout the entire term of the omnibus agreement. We believe these acquisition opportunities, as well as future acquisition opportunities, will provide us with a way to grow our distributions per unit.

 

127


Table of Contents
   

Enhanced growth opportunities through our relationship with KNOT. KNOT, with a fleet of 23 shuttle tankers (including our vessels), three newbuilds on order and one product/chemical tanker, is a joint venture between TSSI, a private company controlled by Trygve Seglem, our Chairman, and NYK, a Japanese public company that is recognized as one of the largest, most established Asian shipping companies in the world. We believe our relationship with KNOT will provide us with many benefits that we believe will drive growth in distributions per unit, including:

 

   

opportunities to acquire other vessels, including newbuilds, from KNOT fleet that are placed under charters of five years or more;

 

   

strong customer relationships;

 

   

leading operational expertise through KNOT and its predecessor’s technical management organization, which has been operating shuttle tankers since 1987, has supervised the construction of over 30 newbuilds, including 20 shuttle tankers, and currently manages 18 shuttle tankers and four shuttle tankers under construction;

 

   

enhanced shipyard relationships through KNOT extensive history with each of the leading Korean and Chinese shipyards;

 

   

access to KNOT’s relationships with leading financing providers; and

 

   

a large pool of experienced and qualified global seafarers, who have received extensive training through KNOT’s cadet and ongoing training programs.

 

   

Sustainable cash flow supported by charters with leading energy companies. Our services will be integrated with the offshore oil fields we will serve and are a critical part of our customers’ logistics solutions. Each shuttle tanker in our fleet will operate under a long-term, fixed-rate charter with leading oil and gas companies, including BG Group, Statoil and Transpetro, with an average remaining duration of 8.1 years as of December 31, 2012 (including KNOT’s guarantee of the hire rates under the charters for the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen through the option periods pursuant to the omnibus agreement). The five additional newbuild shuttle tankers that we will have the right to purchase from KNOT will operate under charters with an average term of 7.0 years, or 11.6 years if each extension option is exercised. In addition, our charters contain fixed escalation provisions to offset the effects of increases in operating expenses.

 

   

Modern fleet equipped with the latest technology. Our initial fleet will be one of the youngest shuttle tanker fleets in operation worldwide, with an average age of 2.7 years as of December 31, 2012, compared to 10.6   years for the global shuttle tanker fleet. Both our initial fleet and the five newbuild shuttle tankers that we will have the right to purchase from KNOT will be equipped with the latest advanced shuttle tanker technology, including advanced dynamic positioning technology, or DP2, and will be able to operate in the harsh weather environments in the North Sea. Two of the vessels in our initial fleet meet ICE Class 1A standards, and one of them is also prepared for Arctic conditions. Of the five vessels we will have the right to purchase from KNOT, two of the vessels will be prepared for Arctic conditions. We believe the significant investment needed to build shuttle tankers with the highly customized specifications required by our customers and train personnel to create operational efficiencies creates a significant barrier to entry for new competitors. Additionally, KNOT and its affiliates have a history of leading technological innovations in the shuttle tanker sector. For example, an affiliate of KNOT developed what has now become required equipment under Norwegian pollution regulations for handling volatile organic compound emissions during loading at offshore installations in Norway. We believe KNOT’s efforts to adapt technology to the latest customer demands will allow us to be competitive with other shuttle tanker operators in procuring new charters.

 

   

Financial flexibility to support our growth. We believe we will have access to public debt and equity markets in order to pursue expansion opportunities. We expect to have a moderate level of indebtedness at the time of our initial public offering. In addition, we expect to have access to

 

128


Table of Contents
 

approximately $         million of additional borrowings under our credit facilities following the closing of this offering that could be used for working capital and acquisitions.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to utilize our strengths described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, please read “Risk Factors.”

Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to increase quarterly distributions per unit over time by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions of shuttle tankers on long-term, fixed-rate charters. We will seek to leverage our relationship with KNOT to make strategic and accretive acquisitions. Under the omnibus agreement that we will enter into with KNOT, we will have the right to purchase five newbuild vessels, delivered or expected to be delivered to charterers during 2013 and 2014. Additionally, during the term of the omnibus agreement, we will have the right to purchase from KNOT any newbuild shuttle tanker under a long-term charter agreement or existing shuttle tanker in the KNOT fleet that enters into a long-term charter agreement of five years or more. We believe that our relationships with KNOT and its affiliates will provide us with access to newbuild and other shuttle tanker acquisition opportunities on long-term charters with high quality counterparties. We do not intend to acquire any vessels on a speculative basis.

 

   

Expand global operations in high-growth regions. As offshore exploration and production activity increases worldwide, we will seek to expand in proven areas, such as the North Sea and Brazil, and in new markets as they develop. We believe that KNOT’s leading market position, operational expertise and strong customer relationships will enable us to have early access to new projects worldwide.

 

   

Manage our fleet and deepen our customer relationships to provide a stable base of cash flows. We intend to maintain and grow our cash flows by focusing on strong customer relationships and actively seeking the extension and renewal of existing charters in addition to new opportunities to serve our customers. KNOT charters its current fleet to a number of the world’s leading energy companies. We believe the close relationships that KNOT has with these companies will provide attractive opportunities as offshore activity is expected to grow in coming years. Furthermore, historically, KNOT has had a high rate of charter renewals on existing charters as a result of its strong customer relationships and its track record of consistency, reliability and safety. We believe that KNOT’s experience, recognized position and market intelligence from continued involvement with a diversified group of counterparties will position us to serve our customers’ offshore needs in new and existing fields and expand our service offerings to additional large integrated energy companies that we do not currently serve. Further, we will continue to incorporate safety, health, security and environmental stewardship into all aspects of vessel design and operation in order to satisfy our customers and comply with national and international rules and regulations. We believe that we provide customers with superior technical service and intend to leverage KNOT’s operational expertise to maintain a competitive advantage.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to implement our business strategies described above. For further discussion of the risks that we face, please read “Risk Factors.”

Our Fleet

Prior to the closing of this offering, our partnership will not own any vessels. Upon the closing of this offering, our initial fleet will consist of four shuttle tankers, which are vessels designed to transport crude oil and condensates from offshore oil field installations to onshore terminals and refineries. Our shuttle tankers are equipped with sophisticated loading systems and dynamic positioning systems that allow the vessels to load cargo safely and reliably

 

129


Table of Contents

from oil field installations, even in harsh weather conditions. Shuttle tankers were developed in the North Sea as an alternative to pipelines. The first cargo from an offshore field in the North Sea was shipped in 1977, and the first dynamically-positioned shuttle tankers were introduced in the early 1980s. Shuttle tankers are often described as “floating pipelines” because these vessels typically shuttle oil from offshore installations to onshore facilities in much the same way a pipeline would transport oil along the ocean floor.

All of the shuttle tankers in our initial fleet are subject to either fixed-rate time charter or bareboat charter. As of December 31, 2012, the average remaining contract term on our charters was 8.1 years. All of our shuttle tankers contain DP2 systems, which include a backup for all active maneuvering and computer systems. In addition, two of the shuttle tankers in our initial fleet meet ICE Class 1A standards, and one of them is also equipped for Arctic conditions, which is referred to as winterization.

The following table provides information about the four shuttle tankers in our initial fleet:

 

                        Charter  

Shuttle Tanker

   Capacity
(dwt)
     Built      Current
Operating
Region
   Type    Charterer    Term  

Fortaleza Knutsen

     106,316         2011       Brazil    Bareboat charter    Transpetro      2023   

Recife Knutsen

     105,928         2011       Brazil    Bareboat charter    Transpetro      2023   

Bodil Knutsen

     157,644         2011       North Sea    Time Charter    Statoil      2019 (1)(2)  

Windsor Knutsen

     162,362         2007       Brazil    Time Charter    BG Group      2016 (1)(2)  
  

 

 

                

Total Capacity

     532,250                  
  

 

 

                

 

(1) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to three one-year periods. The table assumes that each extension option has been exercised.
(2) Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, KNOT has agreed in certain circumstances to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under the existing charters for a period of five years from the closing date of this offering. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Guarantees Relating to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen .”

The following table provides information about the additional newbuild shuttle tankers that we will have the right to purchase from KNOT pursuant to our omnibus agreement:

 

            Charter  

Shuttle Tanker

   Scheduled Delivery      Type      Charterer    Term  

Carmen Knutsen

     January 2013         Time Charter       Repsol YPF      2021 (1)  

Hull 2531

     Third Quarter 2013         Time Charter       Eni      2023 (2)  

Hull 2532

     Third Quarter 2013         Time Charter       Eni      2023 (2)  

Hull 2575

     Fourth Quarter 2013         Time Charter       Exxon      2028 (2)  

Hull 574

     Late 2014         Time Charter       Repsol Sinopec      2029 (3)  

 

(1) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to three one-year periods. The table assumes that each extension option has been exercised.
(2) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to five one-year periods. The table assumes that each extension option has been exercised.
(3) Customer has the option to extend the charter for up to one three-year period and one two-year period. The table assumes that each extension period has been exercised.

We believe these vessels will be well suited for our business strategy and expect to purchase each of these vessels from KNOT, in the case of the Carmen Knutsen , within 24 months of the closing of this offering, and in the case of Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 , within 24 months after KNOT notifies our board of

 

130


Table of Contents

directors of each vessel’s respective acceptances by their charterers, in each case subject to reaching an agreement with KNOT regarding their respective purchase prices in accordance with the provisions of the omnibus agreement. There are no assurances that we will purchase any of such vessels.

Customers

Our customers, BG Group, Transpetro and Statoil, accounted for 23%, 38% and 34% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively. If we exercise our right to purchase four additional newbuild shuttle tankers from KNOT, our customers would include Repsol Sinopec, Repsol YPF, Eni and Exxon, which are all large, well-capitalized oil and natural gas companies.

Charters

We generate revenues by charging customers for the loading, transportation and storage of their crude oil using the vessels in our fleet. We provide all of these services under time charters and bareboat charters.

Two of our shuttle tankers (the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen ) are chartered under time charters, and two of our shuttle tankers (the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen ) are chartered under bareboat charters. If we exercise our right to purchase the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 from KNOT, such shuttle tankers will be chartered to Repsol YPF, Eni, Eni, Exxon and Repsol Sinopec, respectively, under time charters.

A time charter is a contract for the use of a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under time charters, the shipowner is responsible for providing crewing and other vessel operating services, the cost of which is included in the daily rate, while the customer is responsible for substantially all of the voyage expenses. A bareboat charter is a contract for the use of a specified vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily or annual rate. Under bareboat charters, the shipowner is not responsible for providing crewing or other operational services, while the customer is responsible for all vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses. In addition, bareboat charters also provide that the shipowner is responsible for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the vessel existing at the time of delivery, provided such defects have manifested themselves within 18 months after delivery. However, under bareboat charters, the customer is responsible for ordinary repair and maintenance, including drydocking.

Initial Term; Extensions

The initial term for a time charter or bareboat charter commences upon the vessel’s delivery to the customer. Our time charters include options, exercisable by the customer, to extend the charter’s initial term. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, KNOT has agreed to guarantee the payments of the hire rate under the existing charters for the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen for five years from the closing of this offering. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Guarantees Relating to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen .” Under the time charters, the customer may also extend the term for periods in which the vessel is off-hire, as described below. Customers under each of our time charters and bareboat charters have rights to terminate the charter prior to expiration of the original or any extended term in specified circumstances.

Hire Rate

Hire rate refers to the basic payment from the customer for the use of the vessel. Under our time charters, hire is payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars. The hire rate payable under our time charters is fixed and increases annually based on a fixed percentage increase or fixed schedule to enable us to offset expected increases in operating costs.

 

 

131


Table of Contents

Under our time charters, hire payments may be reduced if the vessel does not perform to certain of its specifications, such as if the average vessel speed falls below a guaranteed speed or the amount of fuel consumed to power the vessel under normal circumstances exceeds a guaranteed amount.

The hire rate payable under our bareboat charters is fixed and payable monthly in advance, in U.S. Dollars. The customer is also required to maintain minimum levels of insurance to protect the interests of the customer, the shipowner and mortgagees, if any.

Off-hire

Under our time charters, when the vessel is off-hire, or not available for service, the customer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and the shipowner is responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to a termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things:

 

   

operational deficiencies; drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection; equipment breakdowns; or delays due to accidents, crewing strikes, certain vessel detentions or similar problems; or

 

   

the shipowner’s failure to maintain the vessel in compliance with its specifications and contractual standards or to provide the required crew.

Our bareboat charters do not contain provisions for off-hire.

Ship Management and Maintenance

Under our time charters, the shipowner is responsible for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. KNOT Management will provide these services to our subsidiaries for all our vessels. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.” Under our bareboat charters, the shipowner is not responsible for providing crewing or other operational services and the customer is responsible for all vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses. However, Transpetro has elected to subcontract the technical operation and management of the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen to an affiliate of KNOT.

Termination

Each of our time charters and bareboat charters terminates automatically if the applicable vessel is lost or missing. In addition, under certain circumstances, the customer may have an option to terminate the time charter if the vessel is requisitioned by any government for a period of time in excess of the time period specified in the time charter or if at any time the shipowner is in default under the time charter. Under the bareboat charters, the charter is deemed terminated as of the date of any compulsory acquisition of the vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority. In addition, the shipowner is generally entitled to suspend performance (but with the continuing accrual to its benefit of hire payments and default interest) and terminate the charter if the customer defaults in its payment obligations. Under the time charters and bareboat charters, either party may also terminate the charter in the event of war in specified countries. However, under the bareboat charters, in the event of war, hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with the charter. In addition, under the bareboat charters, the shipowner has the right to terminate the charter if the customer (1) does not take immediate steps to have the necessary repairs done within a reasonable time or (2) does not arrange and keep certain insurance.

Competition

The shuttle tanker industry is capital intensive and operational expertise is critical, which create high barriers to entry. The shuttle tanker industry is viewed as an integral part of offshore oil production creating a

 

132


Table of Contents

market with few alternative suppliers and therefore a low risk of substitution. A company with a solid track record, knowledge of the market and an experienced, well-trained crew is preferred to a new entrant since the cost and impact of vessel downtime is significant for the customer. Furthermore, the systems in place for operational procedures, such as offshore loading and vetting, have significant value when negotiating contracts with new and existing customers.

As of January 31, 2013, there were approximately 90 vessels in the world shuttle tanker fleet (including 20 newbuilds on order). Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. is the largest owner in the shuttle tanker market with 30 shuttle tankers and four newbuilds on order. KNOT is the second largest owner of shuttle tankers with 23 shuttle tankers (including the vessels in our initial fleet) and three newbuilds on order. Petrobras, through its subsidiary Transpetro and on its own accord, is the third largest shuttle tanker owner of shuttle tankers with three shuttle tankers and seven newbuilds on order. Petrobras controls, however, a total of 39 vessels (28 existing and 11 newbuilds) through long-term bareboat and time charter arrangements. There are other shuttle tanker owners in the industry, but the majority of these have a limited fleet size and have chartered vessels out for the long term.

Classification, Inspection and Maintenance

Every large, commercial seagoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society. In most cases, the classification society is authorized by the flag state to certify that the vessels also complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society may undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned. The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned. For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed by the classification society as follows:

 

   

Annual Surveys . For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

   

Intermediate Surveys . Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

   

Class Renewal Surveys . Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey, the vessel is thoroughly examined, including ultrasonic gauging, in order to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would require steel renewals. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every five years, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal and though we have not exercised this option for our existing vessels, we may do so in the future.

 

 

133


Table of Contents

All of the vessel’s areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

A vessel’s underwater parts are required to be inspected every 24 to 36 month intervals by the classification society. Drydocking of vessels is done, at the minimum, every 60 months. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a condition of class that must be rectified by the shipowner.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All of our vessels have been awarded International Safety Management certification and are certified as being “in class” by Det Norske Veritas, the Norwegian classification society. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under the standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we will have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, operates as our ship manager, and carries out inspections of the ships on a regular basis, both at sea and while the vessels are in port, as well as carrying out inspections and ship audits to verify conformity with managers’ reports. The results of these inspections result in a report containing recommendations for improvements to the overall condition of the vessel, maintenance, safety and crew welfare. Based in part on these evaluations, we create and implement a program of continual maintenance and improvement for our vessels and their systems.

Safety, Management of Ship Operations and Administration

Safety and environmental compliance is our top operational priority. Our vessels are operated in a manner intended to protect the safety and health of our employees, the general public and the environment. We actively manage the risks inherent in our business and are committed to eliminating incidents that threaten the safety and integrity of our vessels, such as groundings, fires, collisions and petroleum spills. We are also committed to reducing emissions and waste generation. We have established key performance indicators to facilitate regular monitoring of our operational performance. We set targets on an annual basis to drive continuous improvement, and we review performance indicators monthly to determine if remedial action is necessary to reach our targets. KNOT’s shore staff performs a full range of technical, commercial and business development services for us. This staff also provides administrative support to our operations in finance, accounting and human resources.

KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, assists us and our operating subsidiaries in managing our ship operations. Det Norske Veritas, the Norwegian classification society, has approved KNOT’s safety management system as complying with the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code, International Standards Organization, or ISO, 9001 for Quality Assurance and ISO 14001 for Environment Management Systems, and this system has been implemented on all our ships. As part of KNOT’s ISM Code compliance, all the vessels’ safety management certificates are being maintained through ongoing internal audits performed by KNOT’s certified internal auditors and intermediate external audits performed by Det Norske Veritas once a year. Subject to satisfactory completion of these internal and external audits, certification is valid for five years.

KNOT provides, through certain of its subsidiaries, expertise in various functions critical to the operations of our operating subsidiaries. We believe this arrangement affords a safe, efficient and cost-effective operation. KNOT’s subsidiaries also provide to us access to human resources, financial and other administrative functions pursuant to technical management agreements. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

 

134


Table of Contents

Critical ship management functions that will be provided by KNOT or its subsidiaries through various of its offices around the world include:

 

   

technical management, maintenance and dockings;

 

   

crew management;

 

   

procurement, purchasing and forwarding logistics;

 

   

marine operations;

 

   

vetting, oil major and terminal approvals;

 

   

shipyard supervision;

 

   

insurance; and

 

   

financial services.

These functions are supported by onboard and on-shore systems for maintenance, inventory, purchasing and budget management. In addition, KNOT’s day-to-day focus on cost control will be applied to our operations. We believe that the adoption of common standards should also result in operational efficiencies, including with respect to crew training and vessel management, equipment operation and repair, and spare parts ordering.

Crewing and Staff

We will directly employ one on-shore employee and no seagoing employees. As of December 31, 2012, KNOT employed (directly and through ship managers) approximately 908 seagoing staff who serve on our vessels. KNOT and its affiliates may employ additional seagoing staff to assist us as we grow. KNOT, through certain of its subsidiaries, will provide onshore advisory, commercial, technical and operational support to our operating subsidiaries pursuant to the amended technical management agreements. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

We and KNOT regard attracting and retaining motivated seagoing personnel as a top priority. KNOT offers seafarers competitive employment packages and opportunities for personal and career development, which relates to a philosophy of promoting internally. The officers operating our vessels are engaged on individual employment contracts, and we have entered into collective bargaining agreements that cover substantially all of the sailing personnel that operate the vessels in our current fleet, which are flagged in Norway, the Isle of Man or the Bahamas. We believe our relationships with these labor unions are good. Our commitment to training is fundamental to the development of the highest caliber of seafarers for our marine operations. KNOT’s cadet training approach is designed to balance academic learning with hands-on training at sea. KNOT is training personnel mainly in Norway and the Philippines and at institutions that utilize ship handling, dynamic positioning and cargo handling simulators to train our cadets. After receiving formal instruction at one of these institutions, our cadets’ training continues on board one of KNOT’s vessels. Additional vessel and equipment training and courses are arranged in accordance with our training policies and the training requirements of our charterers. We believe that high-quality crewing and training policies will play an increasingly important role in distinguishing the preferred larger and shuttle tanker experienced independent shipping companies from those that are newcomers to the shuttle tanker marine transportation services industry and lacking in-house experienced staff and established expertise on which to base their customer service and safety operations.

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

The operation of any vessel, including shuttle tankers, has inherent risks. These risks include mechanical failure, personal injury, collision, property loss, vessel or cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries or hostilities. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of

 

135


Table of Contents

marine disaster, including explosion, spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. We believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate to protect us against the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and that we maintain appropriate levels of environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage consistent with standard industry practice. However, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

We have obtained hull and machinery insurance on all our vessels to insure against marine and war risks, which include the risks of damage to our vessels, salvage or towing costs, and also insure against actual or constructive total loss of any of our vessels. However, our insurance policies contain deductible amounts for which we will be responsible. We have also arranged additional total loss coverage for each vessel. This coverage, which is called hull interest and freight interest coverage, provides us additional coverage in the event of the total loss or the constructive total loss of a vessel.

We have also obtained loss of hire insurance to protect us against loss of income in the event one of our vessels cannot be employed due to damage that is covered under the terms of our hull and machinery insurance. Under our loss of hire policies, our insurer will pay us the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of a certain number of deductible days, for the time that the vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. The number of deductible days for the vessels in our fleet is 14 days per vessel.

All of our hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest and loss of hire insurance policies are written on the NMIP, which through the hull and maintenance coverage also offers a comprehensive collision liability coverage of up to the insured hull and maintenance value of the vessel. NMIP is based on an “all risk principle” and offers what is considered to be the most comprehensive insurance obtainable in any of the world’s marine markets today. The agreed deductible on each vessel averages $150,000 for the shuttle tankers in our fleet.

Protection and indemnity insurance, which covers our third-party legal liabilities in connection with our shipping activities, is provided by a P&I club. This includes third-party liability and other expenses related to the injury or death of crew members, passengers and other third-party persons, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels or from contact with jetties or wharves and other damage to other third-party property, including pollution arising from oil or other substances, and other related costs, including wreck removal. Subject to the capping discussed below, our coverage, except for pollution, is unlimited.

Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I clubs that comprise the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Each P&I club has capped its exposure in this pooling agreement so that the maximum claim covered by the pool and its reinsurance would be approximately $1 billion per accident or occurrence. We are a member of Norwegian P&I Club Skuld. As a member of these P&I clubs, we are subject to a call for additional premiums based on the clubs’ claims record, as well as the claims record of all other members of the P&I clubs comprising the International Group. However, our P&I clubs have reinsured the risk of additional premium calls to limit our additional exposure. This reinsurance is subject to a cap, and there is the risk that the full amount of the additional call would not be covered by this reinsurance.

The insurers providing the covers for hull and machinery, hull interest and freight interest, protection and indemnity and loss of hire insurances have confirmed that they will consider the shuttle tankers as vessels for the purpose of providing insurance.

We will use in our operations KNOT’s risk management program that includes, among other things, risk analysis tools, maintenance and assessment programs, a seafarers competence training program, seafarers workshops and membership in emergency response organizations. We expect to benefit from KNOT’s commitment to safety and environmental protection as certain of its subsidiaries assist us in managing our vessel operations.

 

136


Table of Contents

KNOT has achieved certification under the standards reflected in ISO 9001 for quality assurance, ISO 14001 for environment management systems and the ISM Code on a fully integrated basis.

Environmental and Other Regulation

General

Our business and the operation of our vessels are significantly affected by international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. Because these conventions, laws and regulations change frequently, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of compliance or their impact on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. While we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the current environmental laws and regulations, there is no assurance that compliance with current laws and regulations or amended or newly adopted laws and regulations can be maintained in the future. Additional conventions, laws, and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and that may materially adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. Subject to the discussion below and to the fact that the kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required for the operations of the vessels we own will depend on a number of factors, we believe that we will be able to continue to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates material to the conduct of our operations.

International Maritime Organization

The IMO is the United Nations’ agency for maritime safety. IMO regulations relating to pollution prevention for oil tankers have been adopted by many of the jurisdictions in which our tanker fleet operates. Under IMO regulations and subject to limited exceptions, a tanker must be of double-hull construction, a mid-deck design with double-side construction or another approved design ensuring the same level of protection against oil pollution. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

Many countries, but not the United States, have ratified and follow the liability regime adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as updated by the 1992 Protocol, or CLC. Under this convention, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil (e.g. crude oil, fuel oil, heavy diesel oil or lubricating oil), subject to certain defenses. The right to limit liability to specified amounts that are periodically revised is forfeited under the CLC when the spill is caused by the owner’s actual fault or when the spill is caused by the owner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading to contracting states must provide evidence of insurance covering the limited liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative regimes or common law governs, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC.

IMO regulations also include the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS, including amendments to SOLAS implementing the International Security Code for Ports and Ships, or ISPS, the ISM Code and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. The IMO Marine Safety Committee has also published guidelines for vessels with dynamic positioning systems, which would apply to shuttle tankers. SOLAS provides rules for the construction of and equipment required for commercial vessels and includes regulations for safe operation. Flag states that have ratified the CLC generally utilize the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.

SOLAS and other IMO regulations concerning safety, including those relating to treaties on training of shipboard personnel, lifesaving appliances, radio equipment and the global maritime distress and safety system, are applicable to our operations. Non-compliance with IMO regulations, including SOLAS, the ISM Code, ISPS and the requirements for shuttle tankers under the Norwegian Maritime Directorate (Norway), or NMD, and

 

137


Table of Contents

Maritime and Coast Guard Agency (United Kingdom), or MCA, regulations, may subject us to increased liability or penalties, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to or detention in some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and European Union, or EU, authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and EU ports.

The requirements contained in the ISM Code govern our operations. Among other requirements, the ISM Code requires vessel operators to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage, evidencing the shipowner’s development and maintenance of an extensive safety management system. Each of the existing vessels in our fleet is currently ISM Code-certified, and we expect to obtain safety management certificates for each newbuilding vessel upon delivery.

The IMO has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or MARPOL, including Annex VI to MARPOL that sets limits on sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances. Annex VI applies to all ships and, among other things, imposes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for specialized areas to be established internationally with even more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. For vessels 400 gross tons and greater, platforms and drilling rigs, Annex VI imposes various survey and certification requirements. Moreover, recent amendments to Annex VI require the imposition of progressively stricter limitations on sulfur emissions from ships. These limitations require that fuels of vessels in covered Emission Control Areas, or ECAs, contain no more than 1% sulfur. The North American ECA came into force on August 1, 2012. The North American ECA includes areas subject to the exclusive sovereignty of the United States and extends up to 200 nautical miles from the coasts of the United States, which area includes parts of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In addition, the United States Caribbean ECA will come into force in January 2014. The U.S. Caribbean ECA includes areas subject to the exclusive sovereignty of the United States off the coasts of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Consequently, the sulfur limit in marine fuel is capped at 1%, which is the capped amount for all other ECA areas since July 1, 2010. These capped amounts will then decrease progressively until they reach 0.5% by January 1, 2020 for non-ECA areas and 0.1% by January 1, 2015 for ECA areas, including the North American ECA. The amendments also establish new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. All of our vessels are in compliance with these requirements.

In addition, there are several other regulatory requirements to use low sulfur fuel that are either already in force or are upcoming. The EU Directive 33/2005, or the Directive, requiring the use of low sulfur fuel came into force on January 1, 2010. Under this legislation, vessels are required to burn fuel with sulfur content below 0.1% while berthed or anchored in an EU port. The California Air Resources Board, or CARB, will require vessels to burn fuel with 0.1% sulfur content or less within 24 nautical miles of California as of January 1, 2012. As of January 1, 2015, all vessels operating within ECAs worldwide must comply with 0.1% sulfur requirements. Currently, the only grade of fuel meeting 0.1% sulfur content requirement is low sulfur marine gas oil. From July 1, 2010, the reduction of applicable sulfur content limits in the North Sea, the Baltic Sea and the English Channel Sulfur Control Areas will be 0.1%. All of our vessels are able to comply with low sulfur fuel requirements.

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions such as the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or BWM Convention. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements (beginning in 2009), to be replaced in time with a requirement for mandatory ballast water treatment. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. Though this has not occurred to-date, the IMO has passed a resolution encouraging the ratification of the BWM Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems on new ships. As referenced below, the U.S. Coast Guard issued new ballast water management rules on March 23, 2012. Under the requirements of the BWM Convention for units with ballast

 

138


Table of Contents

water capacity more than 5,000 cubic meters that were constructed in 2011 or before, ballast water management exchange or treatment will be accepted until 2016. From 2016 (or not later than the first intermediate or renewal survey after 2016), only ballast water treatment will be accepted by the BWM Convention. Installation of ballast water treatment systems will be needed on our units once the convention has been ratified. The cost to comply with IMO ballast water treatment regulations for our four vessels in the aggregate is anticipated to be approximately $2 million.

The International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution 2001, or the Bunker Convention, provides a liability, compensation and compulsory insurance system to protect and reimburse the victims of oil pollution damage caused by spills of bunker oil. The Bunker Convention requires the shipowner liable to pay compensation for certain pollution damage. Registered owners of any seagoing vessel and seaborne craft over 1,000 gross tonnage, of any type whatsoever, and registered in a signatory state, or State Party, or entering or leaving a port in the territory of a State Party, will be required to maintain insurance that meets the requirements of the Bunker Convention and to obtain a certificate issued by a State Party attesting that such insurance is in force. The state-issued certificate must be carried on board at all times. P&I clubs in the International Group issue the required Bunkers Convention “Blue Cards” to enable signatory states to issue certificates. All of our vessels have received “Blue Cards” from their P&I club and are in possession of a CLC State-issued certificate attesting that the required insurance coverage is in force.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulation may have on our operations.

European Union Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In waters of the EU, our vessels are subject to regulation EU-level directives implemented by the various nations through laws and regulations adopting these requirements. These laws and regulations prescribe measures to prevent pollution, protect the environment, support maritime safety and set out civil and criminal penalties that are being progressively incorporated into domestic legislation. For instance, the EU has adopted legislation (EU Directive 2009/16/EC) that: bans from EU waters manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as vessels that have been detained twice by EU port authorities, in the preceding two years, after July 2003); creates obligations on the part of EU member port states to inspect at least 24% of vessels using these ports annually; provides for increased surveillance of vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and provides the EU with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies. If deficiencies are found that are clearly hazardous to safety, health or the environment, the state is required to detain the vessel until the deficiencies are addressed. Member states are also required to implement a system of penalties for breaches of these standards. EU Directive 2009/16/EC introduces a new harmonized and coordinated regime for port state control inspections and from January 1, 2011 a new on-line register to make public both the poorly performing shipping companies (who will attract more intensive and coordinated inspections) and those with good records. Like the IMO, the EU has adopted regulations phasing out single-hull tankers. All of our tankers are double-hulled.

Several regulatory requirements to use low sulfur fuel are in force or upcoming. See discussion of “low sulfur fuel” regulations above.

From January 1, 2012 a voluntary ballast water management regime has been operating in the Mediterranean Sea. The regime, which effectively urges ships to undertake ballast water exchange before entering the Mediterranean Sea, is to remain in place until the BWM Convention comes into force.

The EU is currently considering other proposals to further regulate vessel operations. We cannot predict what additional legislation or regulations, if any, may be promulgated by the EU or any other country or authority. The trend, however, is towards increasing regulation and our expectation is that requirements will

 

139


Table of Contents

become more extensive and more stringent over time. If more stringent requirements are put in effect in the future, they may require, individually or in the aggregate, significant expenditures and could increase our operating costs, potentially affecting financial performance.

North Sea Environmental Regulation of Vessels

Our shuttle tankers currently operate in the North Sea and Brazil.

In addition to the regulations imposed by the IMO and the EU, countries having jurisdiction over North Sea areas impose further regulatory requirements on operations in those areas, including MCA regulations in the United Kingdom and NMD regulations in Norway. These regulatory requirements, together with additional requirements imposed by operators in North Sea oil fields, require that we make further expenditures for sophisticated equipment, reporting and redundancy systems on the shuttle tankers and for the training of seagoing staff. Additional regulations and requirements may be adopted or imposed that could limit our ability to do business or further increase the cost of doing business in the North Sea.

In Norway, the Norwegian Pollution Control Authority requires the installation of volatile organic compound emissions, or VOC equipment, on most shuttle tankers serving the Norwegian continental shelf. The license holders of the oil field are responsible for the costs to ensure that shuttle tankers operating in the field are using appropriate VOC equipment. In recent contracts, the charterers have requested owners to install such equipment against an increase in the hire rate. All of our vessels operating on the Norwegian continental shelf are equipped with the required VOC equipment. If we exercise the option to purchase the five newbuild shuttle tankers, four of the five vessels will have the required VOC equipment installed, and the cost to install the VOC equipment on the fifth vessel is expected to cost $3 million if it becomes relevant to trade this vessel on the Norwegian continental shelf.

Brazilian Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In Brazil, the environmental requirements are defined by the field operator and in most cases Petrobras where it is involved. Brazilian environmental law includes international treaties and conventions to which Brazil is a party, as well as federal, state and local laws, regulations and permit requirements related to the protection of health and the environment. Brazilian oil and gas business is subject to extensive regulations by several governmental agencies, including the National Agency for Oil and Gas, the Brazilian Navy and the Brazilian Authority for Environmental Affairs and Renewable Resources. Failure to comply may subject us to administrative, criminal and civil liability, with strict liability in administrative and civil cases.

United States Environmental Regulation of Vessels

In the United States, our operations are subject to federal and state laws and regulations that require us to obtain and maintain specified permits or governmental approvals; control the discharge of materials into the environment; remove and cleanup materials that may harm the environment; or otherwise comply with the protection of the environment. We are subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Coast Guard, the National Transportation Safety Board, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection, the Department of Interior, the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, and the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, as well as classification societies such as the American Bureau of Shipping. The United States has enacted an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills, including discharges of oil cargoes, bunker fuels or lubricants, primarily through the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA 90, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA.

Oil Pollution Act and CERCLA . OPA 90 affects all owners, bareboat charterers, and operators whose vessels trade to the United States or its territories or possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which include the U.S. territorial sea and 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. CERCLA applies to the

 

140


Table of Contents

discharge of “hazardous substances” rather than “oil” and imposes strict joint and several liability upon the owners, operators or bareboat charterers of vessels for cleanup costs and damages arising from discharges of hazardous substances. We believe that petroleum products should not be considered hazardous substances under CERCLA, but additives to oil or lubricants used on vessels might fall within its scope.

Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the oil spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war and the responsible party reports the incident and reasonably cooperates with the appropriate authorities) for all containment and cleanup costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. These other damages are defined broadly to include:

 

   

natural resources damages and the related assessment costs;

 

   

real and personal property damages;

 

   

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

 

   

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage;

 

   

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards; and

 

   

loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

OPA 90 limits the liability of responsible parties in an amount it periodically updates. The liability limits do not apply if the incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, including IMO conventions to which the United States is a signatory, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with the oil removal activities. Liability under CERCLA is also subject to limits unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations. We currently maintain for each of our vessel’s pollution liability coverage in the maximum coverage amount of $1 billion per incident. A catastrophic spill could exceed the coverage available, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under OPA 90, with limited exceptions, all newly built or converted tankers delivered after January 1, 1994 and operating in U.S. waters must be double-hulled. All of our tankers are double-hulled. OPA 90 also requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility in an amount at least equal to the relevant limitation amount for such vessels under the statute. The U.S. Coast Guard has implemented regulations requiring that an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels must demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel in the fleet having the greatest maximum limited liability under OPA 90 and CERCLA. Evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, guaranty or an alternate method subject to approval by the U.S. Coast Guard. Under the self-insurance provisions, the shipowner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility. We have complied with the U.S. Coast Guard regulations by using self-insurance for certain vessels and obtaining financial guaranties from a third party for the remaining vessels. If other vessels in our fleet trade to the United States in the future, we expect to provide guaranties through self-insurance or obtain guaranties from third-party insurers.

OPA 90 and CERCLA permit individual U.S. states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil or hazardous substance pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited strict liability for spills. Several coastal states, such as California, Washington and Alaska require state-specific evidence of financial responsibility and vessel response plans. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

141


Table of Contents

Owners or operators of vessels, including tankers operating in U.S. waters are required to file vessel response plans with the U.S. Coast Guard, and their tankers are required to operate in compliance with their U.S. Coast Guard approved plans. Such response plans must, among other things:

 

   

address a “worst case” scenario and identify and ensure, through contract or other approved means, the availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a “worst case discharge;”

 

   

describe crew training and drills; and

 

   

identify a qualified individual with full authority to implement removal actions.

We have filed vessel response plans with the U.S. Coast Guard for the Windsor Knutsen and have received its approval of such plans. In case trading plans change for our other three vessels, we expect to be able to file the required plans and receive corresponding approvals without operational delay. In addition, we conduct regular oil spill response drills in accordance with the guidelines set out in OPA 90. The U.S. Coast Guard has announced it intends to propose similar regulations requiring certain vessels to prepare response plans for the release of hazardous substances. OPA 90 and CERCLA do not preclude claimants from seeking damages resulting from the discharge of oil and hazardous substances under other applicable law, including maritime tort law. The application of this doctrine varies by jurisdiction.

Clean Water Act . The United States Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in United States navigable waters unless authorized by a permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, has enacted rules governing the regulation of ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of vessels within U.S. waters. Under the new rules, which took effect February 6, 2009, commercial vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels), or Regulated Vessels, are required to obtain a CWA permit regulating and authorizing such normal discharges. This permit, which the EPA has designated as the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels, or VGP, incorporates the current U.S. Coast Guard requirements for ballast water management as well as supplemental ballast water requirements, and includes limits applicable to 26 specific discharge streams, such as deck runoff, bilge water and gray water.

NISA . On March 23, 2012, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a final rule establishing standards for the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged in U.S. waters and requiring the phase-in of U.S. Coast Guard approved ballast water management systems. The rule went into effect on June 21, 2012 and adopts ballast water discharge standards for vessels calling on U.S. ports and intending to discharge ballast water equivalent to those set in IMO’s BWM Convention. The final rule requires that ballast water discharge have no more than ten living organisms per milliliter for organisms between ten and 50 micrometers in size. For organisms larger than 50 micrometers, the discharge can have ten living organisms per cubic meter of discharge. New ships constructed on or after December 1, 2012 must comply with these standards and some existing ships must comply by their first drydock after January 1, 2014. The U.S. Coast Guard will review the practicability of implementing a more stringent ballast water discharge standard and publish the results no later than January 1, 2016.

Clean Air Act . The United States Clean Air Act requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes in regulated port areas and emission standards for so-called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters. The marine diesel engine emission standards are currently limited to 2004 model year engines and newer and are equivalent to those adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL. Compliance with these standards may cause us to incur costs to install control equipment on our vessels in the future.

Numerous governmental agencies issue regulations to implement and enforce the laws of the applicable jurisdiction, which often involve lengthy permitting procedures, impose difficult and costly compliance

 

142


Table of Contents

measures, particularly in ecologically sensitive areas, and subject operators to substantial administrative, civil and criminal penalties or may result in injunctive relief for failure to comply. Some of these laws contain criminal sanctions in addition to civil penalties. Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and any changes that result in more stringent and costly compliance or limit contract drilling opportunities, including changes in response to a serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the April 2010 Macondo well blowout incident, could adversely affect our financial results. Although significant capital expenditures may be required to comply with these governmental laws and regulations, such compliance has not materially adversely affected our earnings or competitive position. We believe that we are currently in compliance in all material respects with the environmental regulations to which we are subject.

We may also be affected by or subject to permitting and other requirements under a variety of other environmental laws not discussed above, such as the Endangered Species Act, Marine Mammal Protection Act and National Environmental Policy Act.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the Kyoto Protocol, entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol. However, international negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States, entered into the Copenhagen Accord that is intended to pave the way for a comprehensive, international treaty on climate change.

On July 15, 2011, the IMO approved mandatory measures to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping. The amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL for the prevention of air pollution from ships add a new Chapter 4 to Annex VI on energy efficiency requiring the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or EEDI, for new ships, and the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan, or SEEMP, for all ships. The regulations apply to all ships of 400 gross tonnage and above and are expected to enter into force on January 1, 2013. When these regulations enter into force, these new rules will likely affect the operations of vessels that are registered in countries that are signatories to Annex VI to MARPOL or vessels that call upon ports located within such countries. The implementation of the EEDI and SEEMP standards could cause us to incur additional compliance costs. The IMO is also considering the development of a market-based mechanism for greenhouse gas emissions from ships, but it is impossible to predict the likelihood that such a standard might be adopted or its potential impact on our operations at this time. The EU has indicated that it intends to implement regulation in an effort to limit emissions of greenhouse gases from vessels if such emissions are not regulated through the IMO.

In the United States, the EPA issued an “endangerment finding” regarding greenhouse gases under the Clean Air Act. While this finding in itself does not impose any requirements on our industry, it authorizes the EPA to regulate directly greenhouse gas emissions through a rule-making process. A recent decision upheld this finding but is subject to further appeal and litigation. The EPA has already been petitioned by the California Attorney General to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from oceangoing vessels. In addition, climate change initiatives are being considered in the United States Congress and by individual states. Any passage of new climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the EU, the United States or other countries or states where we operate that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could have a significant financial and operational impact on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the United States, the EU, Norway, Brazil, or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant

 

143


Table of Contents

financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time. In addition, even without such regulation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change results in sea level changes or more intense weather events.

Vessel Security Regulation

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or MTSA, came into effect in the United States. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter came into effect in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the ISPS. The ISPS is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must maintain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state.

Among the various requirements are:

 

   

onboard installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

   

onboard installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

   

the development of vessel security plans;

 

   

a ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

   

a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history, including the name of the ship and of the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

   

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS. KNOT has implemented the various security measures addressed by the MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS.

Properties

Other than our vessels, we do not own any material property.

Legal Proceedings

In September 2012, the Bodil Knutsen was involved in an accident that damaged a mooring at a port of call. There was no damage to the vessel. We accrued for the probable liability for the threatened claim for damages to the mooring for the year ended December 31, 2012. The probable liability is subject to revisions as additional information becomes available and insurance claims can be submitted when damage claims are received.

Under our time charter agreements, claims to reduce hire payments can be made if the vessel does not perform to certain specifications in the agreements. An accrual for a probable claim was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012, which is subject to revisions.

From time to time we have been, and expect to continue to be, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. These claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We are not aware of any legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on us.

 

144


Table of Contents

Taxation of the Partnership

Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to taxation in the jurisdictions in which they are organized, conduct business or own assets. We intend that our business and the business of our subsidiaries will be conducted and operated in a manner designed to minimize the tax imposed on us and our subsidiaries. However, we cannot assure this result as tax laws in these or other jurisdictions may change or we may enter into new business transactions relating to such jurisdictions, which could affect our tax liability.

Marshall Islands

Because we and our subsidiaries do not conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, neither we nor our subsidiaries will be subject to income, capital gains, profits or other taxation under current Marshall Islands law, and we do not expect this to change in the future. As a result, distributions KNOT UK receives from its subsidiary, distributions that subsidiary receives from the operating subsidiaries, and distributions we receive from KNOT UK, are not expected to be subject to Marshall Islands taxation.

United States

We have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent we earn income from U.S. sources or income that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States unless such income is exempt from tax under an applicable treaty or Section 883 of the Code. Because our fleet is owned by subsidiaries resident in Norway, we expect that we will qualify for an exemption from U.S. federal income tax on any U.S. source gross transportation income we earn by virtue of the application of the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty, and we intend to take this position for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Norway

Our vessel owning subsidiaries have been organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway, and we expect them to elect to be subject to the tonnage tax regime in Norway. Pursuant to this regime, our vessel owning subsidiaries will be subject to Norwegian tax based upon the net tonnage of their available cargo space rather than income generated from operating the vessels (i.e., operating income), which is tax free. Based upon the cargo space of our current vessels and the applicable rate of taxation, we expect our Norwegian subsidiaries to be liable for approximately $107,000 of Norwegian tonnage tax each year. In addition, under the tonnage tax regime, other income such as net financial income and expense (i.e., income not generated from operating the vessels) is subject to the regular corporate income tax rate of 28%. We are treated as fiscally transparent for Norwegian tax purposes and expect to organize our affairs and conduct our business in a manner such that we, and our remaining subsidiaries that are not organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway, are not subject to a material amount of Norwegian taxes.

United Kingdom

Although we will be managed and controlled in the United Kingdom, we have obtained confirmation from HM Revenue & Customs that we will be treated as a transparent partnership for United Kingdom tax purposes. Accordingly, we will not be subject to UK tax in our own name, but rather any partners subject to UK tax will be taxed on their share of our profits.

Our general partner and KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, or KNOT UK, expect to be a resident of the United Kingdom for taxation purposes. Nonetheless, these companies are primarily expected to earn dividend income from our controlled affiliates, which should generally be exempt from United Kingdom taxation under applicable exemptions for distributions from subsidiaries.

Other Jurisdictions and Additional Information

For additional information regarding the taxation of our subsidiaries, please read Note 14 of our combined carve-out financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

145


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Management of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will irrevocably delegate to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis, and such delegation will be binding on any successor general partner of the partnership. Our general partner, KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, is wholly owned by KNOT. Our officers will manage our day-to-day activities consistent with the policies and procedures adopted by our board of directors.

Our current board of directors consists of four members, Trygve Seglem, John Costain, Yutaka Higurashi and Yoshiyuki Konuma, appointed by our general partner. Following our first annual meeting of unitholders, our board of directors will consist of seven members, three of whom will be appointed by our general partner in its sole discretion and four of whom will be elected by our common unitholders. At least three of the elected directors will meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange. Directors appointed by our general partner will serve as directors for terms determined by our general partner. Directors elected by our common unitholders are divided into four classes serving staggered four-year terms. Four of the seven directors initially appointed by our general partner will serve until our annual meeting in 2013, at which time they will be replaced by four directors elected by our common unitholders. One of the four directors elected by our common unitholders will be designated as the Class I elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2014, another of the four directors will be designated as the Class II elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2015, another of the four directors will be designated as our Class III elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2016 and the remaining director will be designated as our Class IV elected director and will serve until our annual meeting of unitholders in 2017. At each subsequent annual meeting of unitholders, directors will be elected to succeed the class of director whose term has expired by a plurality of the votes of the common unitholders. Directors elected by our common unitholders will be nominated by the board of directors or by any limited partner or group of limited partners that holds at least 10% of the outstanding common units.

Each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, to preserve our ability to claim an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code, if at any time, any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% or more of any class of units then outstanding (excluding units held by Norwegian Resident Holders in the election of the elected directors as discussed below), any such units owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors). The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of such class of units. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

In addition, common unitholders that are Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of the elected directors. The voting rights of any Norwegian Resident Holders will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the remaining common unitholders (subject to the limitation described above for 4.9% common unitholders) in these elections. For more information on voting rights and limitations, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights.”

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under SEC rules, we are permitted to follow the corporate governance practices of the Marshall Islands (the jurisdiction in which we are organized) in lieu of certain of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements that would otherwise be applicable to us. The New York Stock Exchange rules do not require a listed company that is a foreign private issuer to have a board of directors that is comprised of a majority of independent directors. Under Marshall Islands law, we are not required to have a board of directors comprised of a majority of directors meeting the independence standards

 

146


Table of Contents

described in the New York Stock Exchange rules. In addition, New York Stock Exchange rules do not require limited partnerships like us to have boards of directors comprised of a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, after this offering, our board of directors will not be comprised of a majority of independent directors.

We will have an audit committee that will, among other things, review our external financial reporting, engage our external auditors and oversee our internal audit activities and procedures and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Our audit committee will initially be comprised of one director, John Costain. Our board of directors has determined Mr. Costain satisfies the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange. Mr. Costain qualifies as an “audit committee expert” for purposes of SEC rules and regulations. In accordance with New York Stock Exchange and SEC phase-in provisions for companies listing in connection with initial public offerings, we expect to elect one additional director meeting applicable audit committee independence standards to serve as the second member of our audit committee within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and a third director meeting applicable audit committee independence standards to serve as the third member of our audit committee within one year after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We expect to elect additional independent directors to serve on our audit committee at our first annual meeting in 2013. We expect our first annual meeting to occur within 90 days after the date of this offering.

We will also have a conflicts committee ultimately comprised of at least two members of our board of directors. The conflicts committee will be available at the board of directors’ discretion to review specific matters that the board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of us or directors, officers or employees of our general partner or its affiliates, and must meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors and certain other requirements. Any matters approved by the conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our directors, our general partner or its affiliates of any duties any of them may owe us or our unitholders. Our initial conflicts committee will be comprised of Mr. Costain and one or more additional directors who will be appointed after the closing of this offering. For additional information about the conflicts committee, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties—Conflicts of Interest.”

New York Stock Exchange rules do not require foreign private issuers or limited partnerships like us to establish a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. Similarly, under Marshall Islands law, we are not required to have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee. Accordingly, we will not have a compensation committee or a nominating/corporate governance committee.

Employees of affiliates of KNOT will continue to provide services to us after the closing of this offering under the administrative services agreement. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement.”

Our officers and the other individuals providing services to us or our subsidiaries may face a conflict regarding the allocation of their time between our business and the other business interests of KNOT or its affiliates. Our officers and such other individuals providing services to us or our subsidiaries intend to devote as much time to the management of our business and affairs as is necessary for the proper conduct of our business and affairs.

 

147


Table of Contents

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table provides information about our directors and executive officers. The business address for each of our directors and executive officers is 2 Queen’s Cross Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Trygve Seglem      62       Chairman of the Board of Directors
Arild Vik      50       Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
John Costain      49       Director
Yutaka Higurashi      50       Director
Yoshiyuki Konuma      52       Director

Trygve Seglem has served as Chairman of our board of directors since February 21, 2013. Mr. Seglem is the owner of TS Shipping Invest AS, which is a 50% owner of KNOT. In addition, Mr. Seglem serves as a Member of the Council of Det Norske Veritas ASA, as a member of the board of directors of Koralfisk AS and as a member of the board of directors of Assuranceforeningen SKULD (Gjensidig). Mr. Seglem began his career at Statoil at its inception and has been involved in the development of offshore loading tankers since 1975. In 1984, Mr. Seglem became the project director and a part owner, through TSSI, of the Knutsen Group in 1984. In September 2008, Mr. Seglem became the sole owner of the shuttle tanker operations of the Knutsen Companies.

Arild Vik has served as our and KNOT UK’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer since February 22, 2013. Mr. Vik previously served as the Executive Vice President of KNOT from May 2010 until the date of our formation. Previously, Mr. Vik was the Director of Business Development in Knutsen OAS Shipping AS from April 2002 to May 2010, where he worked with long-term project development and tenders in relation to offshore loading and LNG projects and had for a period overall responsibility for Marine Personnel, Purchasing and IT systems. From 1991 to April 2002, Mr. Vik worked in the shipping department in DnB NOR Bank ASA in Bergen, Norway. Previous to his employment in DnB NOR Bank ASA, Mr. Vik held various positions in the finance and insurance group Vesta AS and in Bergen Bank AS. Mr. Vik has a degree in Business Administration from the Norwegian School of Business Administration and Economics.

John Costain has served on our board of directors since February 2013. Mr. Costain has served as Finance Director of Tankers (UK) Agencies Ltd, which acts as agents to Tankers International Pool, since April 2005. Since joining Tankers (UK) Agencies Ltd in 2004, he has been responsible for group reporting results under U.S. GAAP. From 1991 to 2004, Mr. Costain held various positions at Euronav, including Finance Director and Managing Director of the offshore holding shipping company, as well as other positions in finance. Mr. Costain is a Chartered Accountant with a degree in Civil Engineering from Manchester University.

Yutaka Higurashi has served on our board of directors since February 2013. Mr. Higurashi has served as the Managing Director of NYK Energy Transport (Atlantic) Limited since April 2012. From April 1985 to March 2012, Mr. Higurashi held various positions at Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha. Specifically, from April 2009 to March 2012, he served as the Deputy General Manager of the Corporate Planning Group, where he was in charge of fleet planning, overall NYK Group investment control, budgeting, marine policy and M&A advising. From April 2008 to March 2009, he served as Manager of the Corporate Planning Group, where he was in charge of fleet planning and overall NYK Group investment control. From April 1985 to April 2008, he served for or worked in NYK Energy Transport (Atlantic) Limited, the LNG Group, the Planning Group, the Harbor and Multimodal Transport Group and the Accounting Group.

Yoshiyuki Konuma has served on our board of directors since February 2013. Mr. Konuma has served as the Senior General Manager, Offshore Business Group, Energy Division, of Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha since April 2012. From April 2009 to April 2012, he served as Senior General Manager, LNG Group, Energy Division. From January 2006 to April 2009, he was General Manager, LNG Group, Energy Division. Mr. Konuma joined Nippon Yusen Kabushiki Kaisha in April 1983. Since January 2012, he has served a member of the board of directors of NYK Holding (Europe) B.V.

 

148


Table of Contents

Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner

Our general partner will not receive compensation from us for any services it provides on our behalf, although it will be entitled to reimbursement for expenses incurred on our behalf. In addition, our operating subsidiaries will reimburse KNOT Management for expenses incurred pursuant to the amended technical management agreements that our operating subsidiaries are party to with KNOT Management. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Technical Management Agreements.”

Executive Compensation

We have not paid any compensation to our directors or our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer nor accrued any obligations with respect to management incentive or retirement benefits for our directors and our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer prior to this offering. Pursuant to the administrative services agreement, Arild Vik, as an officer of KNOT UK, will provide executive officer functions for our benefit. Mr. Vik will be responsible for our day-to-day management subject to the direction of our board of directors. We expect that KNOT UK will enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Vik containing customary terms and provisions in connection with this offering. Our officers and employees and officers and employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates of KNOT and our general partner may participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored by KNOT, our general partner or their affiliates, including plans that may be established in the future.

Compensation of Directors

Our officers who also serve as our directors will not receive additional compensation for their service as directors but may receive director fees in lieu of other compensation paid by KNOT. We anticipate that each non-management director will receive compensation for attending meetings of our board of directors, as well as committee meetings. We expect non-management directors will each receive a director fee of between $          and $          per year. Members of the audit and conflicts committees will each receive a committee fee of between $          and $          per year. In addition, each director will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees. Each director will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the extent permitted under Marshall Islands law.

 

149


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP

OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of units of KNOT Offshore Partners LP that will be issued upon the consummation of this offering and the related transactions, beneficial owners of 5.0% or more of the units and all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

     Common Units to be  
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
    Subordinated Units to be
  Beneficially Owned After the   
Offering
    Percentage of Total
Common and
Subordinated Units to
  be  Beneficially Owned  
After the Offering
 
     Number     Percent     Number     Percent        

Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS (1)

                                % (2)  

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (5 persons)

     —          —          —          —          —     

 

(1) Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS is a joint venture between TS Shipping Invest AS and Nippon Yusen Kaisha, each of which owns a 50% interest. Excludes the 2% general partner interest held by our general partner, a wholly owned subsidiary of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS.
(2) Assumes no exercise of the option to purchase additional common units. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, KNOT’s percentage of common units to be beneficially owned after the offering will decrease to     %, and its percentage of total common and subordinated units to be beneficially owned will decrease to     %.

 

150


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

After this offering, KNOT will own our general partner and will own              common units and subordinated units, representing a     % limited partner interest in us, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, and all of our incentive distribution rights. In addition, our general partner will own              general partner units representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us. KNOT’s ability, as sole member of our general partner, to control the appointment of three of the seven members of our board of directors and to approve certain significant actions we may take, and KNOT’s common and subordinated unit ownership and its right to vote the subordinated units as a separate class on certain matters, means that it, together with its affiliates, will have the ability to exercise influence regarding our management.

Distributions and Payments to our General Partner and Its Affiliates

The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in connection with our formation, ongoing operation and any liquidation. These distributions and payments were determined by and among affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Formation Stage

 

The consideration to be received by our general partner and its affiliates in exchange for the transfer to us of the vessels in our fleet

               common units and              subordinated units to be issued to KNOT; and

 

   

             general partner units representing a 2.0% general partner interest in us.

 

  Please read “Summary—Formation Transactions” for further information about our formation and assets contributed to us in connection with the closing of this offering.

 

  The common units and subordinated units to be owned by KNOT after giving effect to this offering represent a     % limited partner interest in us, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. For more information, please read “The Partnership Agreement—Voting Rights” and “The Partnership Agreement—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

Operational Stage

 

Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its affiliates

We will generally make cash distributions of 98.0% of available cash to unitholders (including KNOT, the owner of our general partner and the holder of              common units and all of our subordinated units) and the remaining 2.0% to our general partner.

 

 

In addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and other higher target levels, KNOT, as the holder of the incentive distribution rights, will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 48% of the distributions above the highest target

 

151


Table of Contents
 

level. We refer to the rights to the increasing distributions as “incentive distribution rights.” Please read “How We Make Cash Distributions—Incentive Distribution Rights” for more information regarding the incentive distribution rights.

 

  Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for four quarters, but no distributions in excess of the full minimum quarterly distribution, our general partner would receive an annual distribution of approximately $           million on its 2.0% general partner interest and KNOT would receive an annual distribution of approximately $           million on its common and subordinated units.

 

Payments to our general partner and its affiliates

Our general partner will not receive compensation from us for any services it provides on our behalf. Our general partner and its affiliates will be entitled to reimbursement for all direct and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf. In addition, our subsidiaries will pay fees to KNOT Management for technical management services. In addition, our subsidiary KNOT UK will pay fees to certain affiliates of our general partner and reimburse certain affiliates of our general partner for expenses related to its provision of administrative services to us pursuant to the applicable subcontract to the administrative services agreement. Please read “—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Technical Management Agreements” and “—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Administrative Services Agreement.”

 

Withdrawal or removal of our general partner

If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general partner interest will either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of those interests. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner.”

Liquidation Stage

 

Liquidation

Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions as described in “The Partnership Agreement—Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds.”

Agreements Governing the Transactions

We, our general partner, our subsidiaries and certain affiliates have entered into or will enter into various documents and agreements that will effect the transactions relating to our formation and this offering, including the vesting of assets in, and the assumption of liabilities by, us and our subsidiaries. These agreements will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations and they, or any of the transactions that they provide for, may not be effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to these agreements as they could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

 

152


Table of Contents

Omnibus Agreement

Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into an omnibus agreement with KNOT, our general partner and certain of our other subsidiaries. The following discussion describes certain provisions of the omnibus agreement.

Noncompetition

Under the omnibus agreement, KNOT will agree, and will cause its controlled affiliates (other than us, our general partner and our subsidiaries) to agree, not to acquire, own, operate or charter any shuttle tanker operating under a charter for five or more years. For purposes of this section, we refer to these vessels, together with any related charters, as “Five-Year Vessels” and to all other shuttle tankers, together with any related charters, as “Non-Five-Year Vessels.” The restrictions in this paragraph will not prevent KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries) from:

 

  (1) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels;

 

  (2) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels if KNOT promptly offers to sell the vessel to us for the acquisition price plus any administrative costs (including re-flagging and reasonable legal costs) associated with the transfer to us at the time of the acquisition;

 

  (3) putting a Non-Five-Year Vessel under charter for five or more years if KNOT offers to sell the vessel to us for fair market value (x) promptly after the time it becomes a Five-Year Vessel and (y) at each renewal or extension of that charter for five or more years;

 

  (4) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those vessels; provided, however, that:

 

  (a) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, KNOT must offer to sell such vessels to us for their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that KNOT incurs in connection with the acquisition and the transfer of such vessels to us separate from the acquired business; and

 

  (b) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, KNOT must notify us of the proposed acquisition in advance. Not later than 30 days following receipt of such notice, we will notify KNOT if we wish to acquire such vessels in cooperation and simultaneously with KNOT acquiring the Non-Five-Year Vessels. If we do not notify KNOT of our intent to pursue the acquisition within 30 days, KNOT may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to us as provided in (a) above;

 

  (5) acquiring up to a 9.9% equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in any company, business or pool of assets;

 

  (6) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if we do not fulfill our obligation to purchase such vessel in accordance with the terms of any existing or future agreement;

 

  (7) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel subject to the offers to us described in paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) above pending our determination whether to accept such offers and pending the closing of any offers we accept;

 

  (8) providing ship management services relating to any vessel;

 

  (9) owning or operating any Five-Year Vessel that KNOT owns on the closing date of this offering and that is not part of our initial fleet as of such date; or

 

  (10) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering a Five-Year Vessel if we have previously advised KNOT that we consent to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

 

153


Table of Contents

If KNOT or any of its controlled affiliates (other than us or our subsidiaries) acquires, owns, operates or charters Five-Year Vessels pursuant to any of the exceptions described above, it may not subsequently expand that portion of its business other than pursuant to those exceptions. However, such Five-Year Vessels could eventually compete with our vessels upon their re-chartering.

In addition, under the omnibus agreement we will agree, and will cause our subsidiaries to agree, to acquire, own, operate or charter Five-Year Vessels only. The restrictions in this paragraph will not:

 

  (1) prevent us from owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that was previously a Five-Year Vessel while owned by us;

 

  (2) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring Non-Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those vessels; provided, however, that:

 

  (a) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by us, we must offer to sell such vessels to KNOT for their fair market value plus any additional tax or other similar costs that we incur in connection with the acquisition and the transfer of such vessels to KNOT separate from the acquired business; and

 

  (b) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by us, we must notify KNOT of the proposed acquisition in advance. Not later than 30   days following receipt of such notice, KNOT must notify us if it wishes to acquire the Non-Five-Year Vessels in cooperation and simultaneously with us acquiring the Five-Year Vessels. If KNOT does not notify us of its intent to pursue the acquisition within 30   days, we may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to KNOT as provided in (a) above;

 

  (3) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessels subject to the offer to KNOT described in paragraph (2) above, pending its determination whether to accept such offer and pending the closing of any offer it accepts; or

 

  (4) prevent us or any of our subsidiaries from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels if KNOT has previously advised us that it consents to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

If we or any of our subsidiaries acquires, owns, operates or charters Non-Five-Year Vessels pursuant to any of the exceptions described above, neither we nor such subsidiary may subsequently expand that portion of our business other than pursuant to those exceptions.

Upon a change of control of us or our general partner, the noncompetition provisions of the omnibus agreement will terminate immediately. Upon a change of control of KNOT, the noncompetition provisions of the omnibus agreement applicable to KNOT will terminate at the time that is the later of the date of the change of control and the date on which all of our outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units. On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the noncompetition provisions applicable to KNOT shall terminate immediately.

Shuttle Tanker Purchase Options

Under the omnibus agreement, we will have the right to purchase any of the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 from KNOT at the respective purchase prices to be agreed upon by us and KNOT, (i) in the case of the Carmen Knutsen , at any time within 24 months after the closing of this offering, and (ii) in the case of Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 , at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies our board of directors of their respective acceptances by their charterers. If we and KNOT are unable to agree upon the fair market value of any of the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 or Hull 574 , the

 

154


Table of Contents

respective fair market values will be determined by a mutually acceptable investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, and we will have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the vessel at such price.

Pursuant to a joint venture, KNOT is the exclusive vehicle for TSSI’s and NYK’s shuttle tanker business. Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of a company jointly owned by TSSI and NYK, is the current party to the shipbuilding contract with Cosco for Hull 574 . TSSI and NYK have granted KNOT an option to acquire Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 AS. KNOT will be required under the omnibus agreement to exercise such option on or prior to acceptance of Hull 574 by Repsol Sinopec.

On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the shuttle tanker purchase options shall terminate immediately.

Rights of First Offer on Shuttle Tankers

Under the omnibus agreement, we and our subsidiaries will grant to KNOT a right of first offer on any proposed sale, transfer or other disposition of any Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels owned by us. Under the omnibus agreement, KNOT will agree (and will cause its subsidiaries to agree) to grant a similar right of first offer to us for any Five-Year Vessels they might own. These rights of first offer will not apply to a (1) sale, transfer or other disposition of vessels between any affiliated subsidiaries or pursuant to the terms of any current or future charter or other agreement with a charter party or (2) merger with or into, or sale of substantially all of the assets to, an unaffiliated third party.

Prior to engaging in any negotiation regarding any vessel disposition with respect to a Five-Year Vessel with a unaffiliated third party or any Non-Five-Year Vessel, we or KNOT, as the case may be, will deliver a written notice to the other relevant party setting forth the material terms and conditions of the proposed transaction. During the 30-day period after the delivery of such notice, we and KNOT, as the case may be, will negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement on the transaction. If we do not reach an agreement within such 30-day period, we or KNOT, as the case may be, will be able within the next 180 calendar days to sell, transfer, dispose or re-charter the vessel to a third party (or to agree in writing to undertake such transaction with a third party) on terms generally no less favorable to us or KNOT, as the case may be, than those offered pursuant to the written notice.

Upon a change of control of us or our general partner, the right of first offer provisions of the omnibus agreement will terminate immediately. Upon a change of control of KNOT, the right of first offer provisions applicable to KNOT under the omnibus agreement will terminate at the time that is the later of the date of the change of control and the date on which all of our outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units. On the date on which a majority of our directors ceases to consist of directors that were (1) appointed by our general partner prior to our first annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election by a majority of our appointed directors, the provisions related to the rights of first offer granted to us by KNOT shall terminate immediately.

Indemnification

Under the omnibus agreement, KNOT will indemnify us after the closing of this offering for a period of five years (and KNOT will indemnify us for a period of at least three years after our purchase of any of the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 , if applicable) against certain environmental and toxic tort liabilities with respect to the assets contributed or sold to us to the extent arising prior to the time they were contributed or sold to us. Liabilities resulting from a change in law after the closing of this offering are excluded from the environmental indemnity. There is an aggregate cap of $5 million on the amount of indemnity coverage provided by KNOT for environmental and toxic tort liabilities. No claim may be made unless the aggregate dollar amount of all claims exceeds $500,000, in which case KNOT is liable for claims only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds $500,000.

 

155


Table of Contents

KNOT will also indemnify us for liabilities related to:

 

   

certain defects in title to the assets contributed or sold to us and any failure to obtain, prior to the time they were contributed to us, certain consents and permits necessary to conduct our business, which liabilities arise within five years after the closing of this offering (or, in the case of the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 , within three years after our purchase of the Carmen Knutsen , Hull 2531 , Hull 2532 , Hull 2575 and Hull 574 , if applicable); and

 

   

certain tax liabilities attributable to the operation of the assets contributed or sold to us prior to the time they were contributed or sold.

Guarantees Relating to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen

If at any time during the five years following the closing date of this offering the Bodil Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a rate of hire that is equal to or greater than the rate of hire then in effect and payable under the existing Bodil Knutsen charter, then KNOT shall pay us such rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Bodil Knutsen charter; provided, however, that in the event that for any period during such five years the Bodil Knutsen is chartered to a charterer other than Statoil under a charter other than the existing Bodil Knutsen charter and the rate of hire being paid by such charterer is lower than the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Bodil Knutsen charter during any such period, then KNOT shall pay us the difference between the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Bodil Knutsen charter during such period and the rate of hire that is then in effect and payable under the charter agreement with such other charterer.

If at any time during the five years following the closing date of this offering the Windsor Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a rate of hire that is equal to or greater than the rate of hire then in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter, then KNOT shall pay us such rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter; provided, however, that in the event that for any period during such five years the Windsor Knutsen is chartered to a charterer other than BG Group under a charter other than the existing Windsor Knutsen charter and the rate of hire being paid by such charterer is lower than the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter during any such period, then KNOT shall pay us the difference between the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter during such period and the rate of hire that is then in effect and payable under the charter agreement with such other charterer; provided, further, that the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter during the period between the final termination date of the existing Windsor Knutsen charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised) and the last day of the five-year period following the closing date of this offering shall be deemed to have been the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable during the last option extension period under the existing Windsor Knutsen charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised).

Amendments

The omnibus agreement may not be amended without the prior approval of the conflicts committee of our board of directors if the proposed amendment will, in the reasonable discretion of our board of directors, adversely affect holders of our common units.

Administrative Services Agreement

Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into an administrative services agreement with KNOT UK, pursuant to which KNOT UK (which will be one of our wholly owned subsidiaries) will provide certain management and administrative services to us. The agreement has an initial term of five years from the closing date of this offering. The services provided under the administrative services agreement will be provided in a

 

156


Table of Contents

diligent manner, as we may reasonably direct. KNOT UK will be permitted to subcontract certain of the administrative services provided under this agreement to Knutsen OAS (UK) Ltd., or KOAS UK, and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, or KOAS, each of which is a wholly owned subsidiary of TSSI.

The administrative services agreement may be terminated prior to the end of its term by us upon 90 days’ notice for any reason in the sole discretion of our board of directors. In addition, the administrative services agreement may be terminated by KNOT UK upon 90 days’ notice if:

 

   

there is a change of control of us or our general partner;

 

   

a receiver is appointed for all or substantially all of our property;

 

   

an order is made to wind up our partnership;

 

   

a final judgment or order that materially and adversely affects our ability to perform the agreement is obtained or entered and not vacated or discharged; or

 

   

we make a general assignment for the benefit of our creditors, file a petition in bankruptcy or liquidation or commence any reorganization proceedings.

Under the administrative services agreement, Arild Vik, as an officer of KNOT UK, will provide executive officer functions for our benefit. Mr. Vik will be responsible for our day-to-day management subject to the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors will have the ability to terminate the arrangement with KNOT UK regarding the provision of executive officer services to us with respect to Mr. Vik at any time in its sole discretion.

The administrative services provided by KNOT UK will include:

 

   

commercial management services : assistance with our commercial management and the execution of our business strategies, although KNOT UK will not make any strategic decisions;

 

   

bookkeeping, audit and accounting services : assistance with the maintenance of our corporate books and records, assistance with the preparation of our tax returns and arranging for the provision of audit and accounting services;

 

   

legal and insurance services : arranging for the provision of legal, insurance and other professional services and maintaining our existence and good standing in necessary jurisdictions;

 

   

administrative and clerical services : assistance with office space, arranging meetings for our common unitholders pursuant to the partnership agreement, arranging the provision of IT services, providing all administrative services required for subsequent debt and equity financings and attending to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of our business;

 

   

banking and financial services : providing cash management including assistance with preparation of budgets, overseeing banking services and bank accounts, arranging for the deposit of funds and monitoring and maintaining compliance therewith;

 

   

advisory services : assistance in complying with United States and other relevant securities laws;

 

   

client and investor relations : arranging for the provision of, advisory, clerical and investor relations services to assist and support us in our communications with our common unitholders; and

 

   

assistance with the integration of any acquired businesses.

We expect that KNOT UK will subcontract the bookkeeping, audit and accounting services described above to KOAS, while the remaining administrative services will be subcontracted to KOAS UK.

Each month, we will reimburse KNOT UK, and KNOT UK will reimburse KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, for their reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of the services

 

157


Table of Contents

under the administrative services agreement. In addition, KNOT UK, KOAS UK and KOAS, as applicable, will receive a service fee in U.S. Dollars equal to 5% of the costs and expenses incurred by them in connection with providing services. Amounts payable by us under the administrative services agreement must be paid on a monthly basis within 60 days after receipt of an invoice for such costs and expenses, together with any supporting detail that may be reasonably required. We expect that KNOT UK will pay KOAS UK and KOAS, collectively, approximately $1.0 million in total for the services subcontracted to them under the administrative services agreement for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014.

Under the administrative services agreement, we will indemnify KNOT UK’s subcontractors against all actions which may be brought against them as a result of their performance of the administrative services including, without limitation, all actions brought under the environmental laws of any jurisdiction, and against and in respect of all costs and expenses they may suffer or incur due to defending or settling such actions; provided, however, that such indemnity excludes any or all losses to the extent that they are caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the subcontractor or its officers, employees and agents.

Technical Management Agreements

After the closing of this offering, the agreements governing the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessels in our fleet will remain in place. Each of the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen , which operate under time charters, is subject to amended technical management agreements pursuant to which certain crew, technical and commercial management services are provided by KNOT Management. Under these amended technical management agreements, our operating subsidiaries pay fees to and reimburse the costs and expenses of the managers as described below. We expect that the aggregate amount of fees and expenses to be paid by our operating subsidiaries under these management agreements for the twelve months ending March 31, 2014 will be approximately $0.9 million. The Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen operate under bareboat charters and, as a result, the customer is responsible with providing for the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel.

Bodil Knutsen and Windsor Knutsen. The Bodil Knutsen is subject to a technical management agreement with KNOT Management, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, that provides for the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel, as well as accounting services and insurance arrangements. We refer to this technical management agreement as the Bodil Management Agreement. The Windsor Knutsen is subject to a technical management agreement with KNOT Management that provides for the crew, technical and commercial management of the vessel, as well as accounting services and insurance arrangements. We refer to this technical management agreement as the Windsor Management Agreement.

Management services. Each of the Bodil Management Agreement and the Windsor Management Agreement requires that KNOT Management and its subcontractors use their best endeavors to perform the following management services:

 

   

the provision of suitably qualified crew in accordance with International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended, and the attendance to all matters pertaining to discipline, labor relations, welfare and amenities of the crew;

 

   

the provision of technical management, including arranging and supervising drydockings, maintenance and repairs of the vessel, arranging for the supply of stores, spares and lubricating oil, appointing surveyors and technical consultants and developing, implementing and maintaining a Safety Management System in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

   

the provision of applicable documentation and compliance with applicable regulations;

 

   

the establishment of an accounting system that meets the requirements of the owner, provides regular accounting services and supplies reports and records and the maintenance of records of costs and expenditures incurred, as well as data necessary for the settlement of accounts between the parties;

 

158


Table of Contents
   

the arrangement for the supply of provisions and necessary stores;

 

   

the handling and settlement of claims arising out of the management services;

 

   

the commercial operations, including arranging payment to the owner’s account of all hire and/or freight revenues, calculating hire, freight and other money due from or to the charterer, issuing voyage instructions, appointing agents and stevedores and arranging surveys associated with the commercial operations;

 

   

the arrangement for the provision of bunker;

 

   

the arrangement of the loading and discharging and all related matters, subject to the provisions of the time charters;

 

   

the arrangement of all insurances;

 

   

the giving of instructions to the master and officers, subject to the provisions of the time charters; and

 

   

the arrangement of the lay-up of each vessel.

Annual management fee. Pursuant to each of the Bodil Management Agreement and the Windsor Management Agreement, collectively, the Management Agreements, each of KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS or KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, as owners, currently pays a fee of $0.41 million per year to KNOT Management, as manager, as applicable, payable in equal monthly installments. For the Bodil Management Agreement and the Windsor Management Agreement, this annual rate is subject to an adjustment on January 1 of each year pursuant to a procedure set forth in the agreement. Any dispute relating to the annual rate adjustment would be settled by dispute resolution provisions set forth in the applicable Management Agreement.

Term. Each Management Agreement continues indefinitely until terminated by either party after giving three months’ written notice.

Automatic termination and termination by either party. Each Management Agreement will terminate or be deemed to be terminated if:

 

   

the vessel is sold, requisitioned, declared a constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or becomes a total loss; or

 

   

an order is made or a resolution is passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation), a receiver is appointed or either party suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

Termination by the manager. Under each Management Agreement, the manager may terminate the Management Agreement with immediate effect by written notice if:

 

   

any money payable to the manager pursuant to the agreement has not been paid within 60 days of a demand by the manager for payment or the vessel is repossessed by the mortgagees; or

 

   

the owner proceeds with the employment of or continues to employ the vessel (i) in the carriage of contraband, blockade running or an unlawful trade or (ii) on a voyage that in the reasonable opinion of the applicable manager is unduly hazardous or improper. The manager may only terminate if the owner is given notice of such default and fails to cure within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the manager.

KNOT Management also may terminate each Management Agreement if the applicable owner elects to provide officers and, for any reason within its control, fails to (i) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by it or on its behalf comply with the requirements of the STCW 95 or (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of KNOT Management in connection with the operation of KNOT Management’s safety management system. The manager may only terminate if the owner is given notice of such default and fails to cure within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the manager.

 

159


Table of Contents

Termination by the owner. Under each Management Agreement, the owner may terminate the applicable agreement with immediate effect by written notice to the manager if the manager, for any reason is in default under the applicable Management Agreement and fails to cure within a reasonable time.

Additional fees and provisions. In addition to the fees payable under each Management Agreement, the agreement also provides that the owner must make available to the manager each month within 60 days of a demand by the manager for payment an amount equal to the working capital required to run the vessel for the ensuing quarter. Further, under each Management Agreement, the manager and its employees, agents and subcontractors will be indemnified by the owner against all actions that may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with their performance under such agreement in an amount not to exceed ten times the annual management fee payable under such agreement; provided, however, that such indemnity excludes any or all losses that may be caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the manager or its employees, agents and subcontractors.

Contribution Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a contribution agreement with KNOT and certain of its subsidiaries that will effect the transactions described under “Summary—Formation Transactions,” including the transfer of the ownership interests in the vessels, and the use of the net proceeds of this offering. This agreement will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations, and it, or any of the transactions that it provides for, may not be effected on terms at least as favorable to the parties to this agreement as could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All of the transaction expenses incurred in connection with these transactions will be paid from the proceeds of this offering.

Other Related Party Transactions

Historically, we have operated as an integrated part of KNOT. As such, the Norwegian office of KNOT has provided general and corporate management services for us, as well as KNOT. As described in Note 16 to the combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus, we have been charged for or allocated commercial services related to the charters, technical and operational support related to the operation of the vessels, certain administrative costs of KNOT, finance fees and guarantee commissions, as well as fees for shipyard supervision for vessels under construction. Time charter and bareboat revenues are recorded net of the commission for commercial services based on a fixed percentage of charter revenue. Operating expenses include fees for technical and operational support based upon a fixed charge per day per vessel and allocated administrative expenses based on the number of vessels in our fleet. Our finance income (expense) includes (1) allocated interest expense based upon the outstanding balances of payables to related parties and the historical interest rates charged, (2) finance fees based on a fixed percentage of principal of new or renegotiated debt and (3) guarantee commissions based on a fixed percentage of outstanding balances of debt that is guaranteed. Our vessels include related party charges under construction that are capitalized for shipyard supervision, licensing fees for emissions technology and capitalized interest on payables from related parties. Upon closing of this offering, certain of our historic operating expenses will be replaced by fees payable pursuant to our administrative services agreement and technical management agreements.

 

160


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes by the caption in the combined carve-out financial statements the related party expenses charged or allocated to us for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
            2011                    2012         
     (dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

  

Time charter and bareboat revenues

   $ 544       $ 775   

Operating expenses

     802         2,115   

Finance income (expense)

     3,587         3,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,933       $ 6,753   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

     

Vessels

   $ 3,666       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,666       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Payables to KNOT were $33.8 million and $12.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The applicable interest rates on the outstanding balances were 4.91% and 5.24%, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.

As a result of our relationships with KNOT and its affiliates, we, our general partner and our subsidiaries have entered into or will enter into various agreements that will not be the result of arm’s length negotiations. We generally refer to these agreements and the transactions that they provide for as “affiliated transactions” or “related party transactions.”

Our partnership agreement sets forth procedures by which future related party transactions may be approved or resolved by our board of directors. Pursuant to our partnership agreement, our board of directors may, but is not required to, seek the approval of a related party transaction from the conflicts committee of our board of directors or from the common unitholders. Affiliated transactions that are not approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors and that do not involve a vote of unitholders must be on terms no less favorable to us than those generally provided to or available from unrelated third parties or be “fair and reasonable” to us. In determining whether a transaction or resolution is “fair and reasonable,” our board of directors may consider the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or beneficial to us. If the above procedures are followed, it will be presumed that, in making its decision, our board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. When our partnership agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires that person to reasonably believe that he is acting in the best interests of the partnership, unless the context otherwise requires. Please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.”

Our conflicts committee will be comprised of at least two members of our board of directors. The conflicts committee will be available at the board of directors’ discretion to review specific matters that the board of directors believes may involve conflicts of interest. The conflicts committee will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is fair and reasonable to us. The members of the conflicts committee may not be officers or employees of us or directors, officers or employees of our general partner or its affiliates, and must meet the independence standards established by the New York Stock Exchange to serve on an audit committee of a board of directors and certain other requirements.

 

161


Table of Contents

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a result of the relationships between our general partner and its affiliates, including KNOT, on the one hand, and us and our unaffiliated limited partners, on the other hand. Our general partner, which is managed by its board of directors, has a fiduciary duty to make any decisions relating to our management in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders. Similarly, our board of directors has fiduciary duties to manage us in a manner beneficial to us, our general partner and our limited partners. We expect that certain of our officers and directors will also be officers and directors of KNOT or its affiliates and will have fiduciary duties to KNOT or its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit KNOT or its affiliates or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders. As a result of these relationships, conflicts of interest may arise between us and our unaffiliated limited partners on the one hand, and KNOT and its affiliates, including our general partner, on the other hand. The resolution of these conflicts may not be in the best interest of us or our unitholders.

Our partnership affairs are governed by our partnership agreement and the Marshall Islands Act. The provisions of the Marshall Islands Act resemble provisions of the limited partnership laws of a number of states in the United States, most notably Delaware. We are not aware of any material difference in unitholder rights between the Marshall Islands Act and the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act. The Marshall Islands Act also provides that it is to be applied and construed to make it uniform with the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act and, so long as it does not conflict with the Marshall Islands Act or decisions of the Marshall Islands courts, interpreted according to the non-statutory law or “case law” of the courts of the State of Delaware. There have been, however, few, if any, court cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the Marshall Islands Act, in contrast to Delaware, which has a fairly well-developed body of case law interpreting its limited partnership statute. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as courts in Delaware. For example, the rights of our unitholders and fiduciary responsibilities of our general partner and its affiliates under Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as under judicial precedent in existence in Delaware. Due to the less-developed nature of Marshall Islands law, our public unitholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests or seeking remedies in the face of actions by our general partner, its affiliates or our controlling unitholders than would unitholders of a limited partnership organized in the United States.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and limit the fiduciary duties of our general partner and our directors to the unitholders under Marshall Islands law. Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our general partner or our directors that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty.

Neither our general partner nor our board of directors will be in breach of their obligations under the partnership agreement or their duties to us or the unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:

 

   

approved by the conflicts committee, although neither our general partner nor our board of directors are obligated to seek such approval;

 

   

approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner or any of its affiliates, although neither our general partner nor our board of directors is obligated to seek such approval;

 

   

on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties, but neither our general partner nor our board of directors is required to obtain confirmation to such effect from an independent third party; or

 

   

“fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved, including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us.

 

162


Table of Contents

Our general partner or our board of directors may, but are not required to, seek the approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of our board of directors or from the common unitholders. If neither our general partner nor our board of directors seeks approval from the conflicts committee, and our board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, our board of directors, including the board members affected by the conflict, acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. When our partnership agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires that person to reasonably believe that he is acting in the best interests of the partnership, unless the context otherwise requires. Please read “Management—Management of KNOT Offshore Partners LP” for information about the composition and formation of the conflicts committee of our board of directors.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described below, among others.

Actions taken by our board of directors may affect the amount of cash available for distribution to unitholders or accelerate the right to convert subordinated units.

The amount of cash that is available for distribution to unitholders is affected by decisions of our board of directors regarding such matters as:

 

   

the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;

 

   

cash expenditures;

 

   

borrowings;

 

   

estimates of maintenance and replacement capital expenditures;

 

   

the issuance of additional units; and

 

   

the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.

In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner or our directors to our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or effect of:

 

   

enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the incentive distribution rights; or

 

   

hastening the expiration of the subordination period.

For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this distribution on all outstanding units. Please read “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates. Our general partner and its affiliates may not borrow funds from us or our subsidiaries.

Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires KNOT to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our assets or dictates what markets to pursue or grow. KNOT’s directors and executive officers have a fiduciary duty to make these decisions in the best interests of the shareholders of KNOT, which may be contrary to our interests.

Because we expect that certain of our directors will also be directors of KNOT and its affiliates, such directors have fiduciary duties to KNOT and its affiliates that may cause them to pursue business strategies that disproportionately benefit KNOT, or which otherwise are not in the best interests of us or our unitholders.

 

163


Table of Contents

Our general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of parties other than us, such as KNOT.

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the standards to which our general partner would otherwise be held by Marshall Islands fiduciary duty law. For example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, and it has no duty or obligations to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting us, our affiliates or any unitholder. Decisions made by our general partner in its individual capacity will be made by its board of directors, which will be appointed by KNOT. Specifically, our general partner will be considered to be acting in its individual capacity if it exercises its call right, pre-emptive rights or registration rights, consents or withholds consent to any merger or consolidation of the partnership, appoints any directors or votes for the election of any director, votes or refrains from voting on amendments to our partnership agreement that require a vote of the outstanding units, voluntarily withdraws from the partnership, transfers (to the extent permitted under our partnership agreement) or refrains from transferring its units or general partner interest or votes upon the dissolution of the partnership.

We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for expenses.

We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for costs incurred, if any, in managing and operating us. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us in good faith. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Management—Reimbursement of Expenses of Our General Partner.”

Common unitholders will have no right to enforce obligations of our general partner and its affiliates under agreements with us.

Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our favor.

Contracts between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not be the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

Neither our partnership agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts and arrangements between us and our general partner and its affiliates are or will be the result of arm’s-length negotiations. Our partnership agreement generally provides that any affiliated transaction, such as an agreement, contract or arrangement between us and our general partner and its affiliates, must be:

 

   

on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

   

“fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

KNOT Management, which will provide certain technical management services to our subsidiaries, may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any of its affiliates on our behalf; however, there is no obligation of any affiliate of KNOT Management to enter into any contracts of this kind.

Common units are subject to our general partner’s limited call right.

Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase common units as provided in the partnership agreement or assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right. As a result, a common unitholder may have common units purchased from the unitholder at an undesirable time or price. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Limited Call Right.”

 

164


Table of Contents

We may choose not to retain separate counsel for ourselves or for the holders of common units.

The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us have been retained by our board of directors. Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform services for us are selected by our board of directors or the conflicts committee and may perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.

Our general partner’s affiliates, including KNOT, may compete with us.

Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will be restricted from engaging in any business activities other than acting as our general partner and those activities incidental to its ownership of interests in us. In addition, our partnership agreement provides that our general partner, for so long as it is general partner of our partnership, will not engage in, by acquisition or otherwise, the businesses described above under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Noncompetition.” Similarly, under the omnibus agreement, KNOT will agree and will cause its controlled affiliates to agree, for so long as KNOT controls our partnership, not to engage in the businesses described above under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Governing the Transactions—Omnibus Agreement—Noncompetition.” Except as provided in our partnership agreement and the omnibus agreement, affiliates of our general partner are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities, including those that might be in direct competition with us.

Fiduciary Duties

Our general partner and its affiliates are accountable to us and our unitholders as fiduciaries. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general partner and its affiliates are prescribed by law and the partnership agreement. The Marshall Islands Act provides that Marshall Islands limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements, expand or restrict the fiduciary duties otherwise owed by our general partner and its affiliates to the limited partners and the partnership. Our directors are subject to the same fiduciary duties as our general partner, as expanded or restricted by the partnership agreement.

In addition, in connection with this offering, our subsidiaries will enter into services agreements, and may enter into additional agreements with KNOT and certain of its subsidiaries, including KNOT Management. In the performance of their obligations under these agreements, KNOT and its subsidiaries are not held to a fiduciary standard of care but rather to the standards of care specified in the relevant agreement.

Our partnership agreement contains various provisions restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by our general partner or by our directors. We have adopted these provisions to allow our general partner and our directors to take into account the interests of other parties in addition to our interests when resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate and necessary because our officers and directors have fiduciary duties to KNOT, as well as to you. These modifications disadvantage the common unitholders because they restrict the rights and remedies that would otherwise be available to unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below. The following is a summary of:

 

   

the fiduciary duties imposed on our general partner and our directors by the Marshall Islands Act;

 

   

material modifications of these duties contained in our partnership agreement; and

 

   

certain rights and remedies of unitholders contained in the Marshall Islands Act.

 

165


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands law fiduciary duty standards

Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty. The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general partner and the directors of a Marshall Islands limited partnership to refrain from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. The duty of loyalty, in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement providing otherwise, would generally require that a partner refrain from dealing with the partnership in the conduct or winding up of the partnership business or affairs as or on behalf of a party having an interest adverse to the partnership, refrain from competing with the partnership in the conduct of the partnership business or affairs before the dissolution of the partnership, and to account to the partnership and hold as trustee for it any property, profit or benefit derived by the partner in the conduct or winding up of the partnership business or affairs or derived from a use by the partner of partnership property, including the appropriation of a partnership opportunity. In addition, although not a fiduciary duty, a partner shall discharge the duties to the partnership and exercise any rights consistently with the obligation of good faith and fair dealing.

 

Partnership agreement modified standards

Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates and our directors that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with fiduciary duties under the laws of the Marshall Islands. For example, our partnership agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its individual capacity, it must act in “good faith” and will not be subject to any other standard under the laws of the Marshall Islands to the extent permitted by law. Such standards, such as the duty of care and duty of loyalty, are described in the immediately preceding paragraph under “—Marshall Islands law fiduciary duty standards.” In addition, when our general partner is acting in its individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner and our board of directors would otherwise be held. Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not involving a vote of unitholders and that are not approved by the conflicts committee of our board of directors must be:

 

   

on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or

 

   

“fair and reasonable” to us, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to us).

 

 

If our board of directors does not seek approval from the conflicts committee, and our board of directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to the conflict of interest

 

166


Table of Contents
 

satisfies either of the standards set forth in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, our board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to which our board of directors would otherwise be held.

 

  In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the obligations of our general partner and our directors, our partnership agreement further provides that our general partner and our officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or our officers or directors engaged in actual fraud or willful misconduct. In the absence of these specific provisions contained in our partnership agreement, our general partner and our directors would be subject to the fiduciary duty standards set forth under “—Marshall Islands law fiduciary duty standards.”

 

Rights and remedies of unitholders

The provisions of the Marshall Islands Act resemble the provisions of the limited partnership act of Delaware. For example, like Delaware, the Marshall Islands Act favors the principles of freedom of contract and enforceability of partnership agreements and allows the partnership agreement to contain terms governing the rights of the unitholders. The rights of our unitholders, including voting and approval rights and the ability of the partnership to issue additional units, are governed by the terms of our partnership agreement. Please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

 

  As to remedies of unitholders, the Marshall Islands Act permits a limited partner to institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover damages from a third party where a general partner or a board of directors has refused to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general partner or a board of directors to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include actions against a general partner for breach of its fiduciary duties or of the partnership agreement.

In becoming one of our limited partners, a common unitholder effectively agrees to be bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above. The failure of a limited partner or transferee to sign a partnership agreement does not render the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.

Under the partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general partner and our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that these persons engaged in actual fraud or willful misconduct. We also must provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings when our general partner or these other persons acted with no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general partner and our directors and officers could be indemnified for their negligent acts if they met the requirements set forth above. To the extent that these provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or the Securities Act), in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and therefore unenforceable. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification.”

 

167


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON UNITS

The Units

The common units and the subordinated units represent limited partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights and privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. No certificates will be issued to the unitholders in respect of the common units or subordinated units. For a description of the relative rights and privileges of holders of common units and subordinated units in and to partnership distributions, please read this section and “How We Make Cash Distributions.” For a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please read “The Partnership Agreement.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Duties

                    will serve as registrar and transfer agent for the common units. We pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units, except the following, which must be paid by unitholders:

 

   

surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, taxes and other governmental charges;

 

   

special charges for services requested by a holder of a common unit; and

 

   

other similar fees or charges.

There is no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Resignation or Removal

The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If a successor has not been appointed or has not accepted its appointment within 30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, our general partner may, at the direction of our board of directors, act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is appointed.

Transfer of Common Units

By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records. Each transferee:

 

   

represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;

 

   

automatically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of, and is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement; and

 

   

gives the consents and approvals contained in our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions and agreements we are entering into in connection with our formation and this offering.

A transferee will become a substituted limited partner of our partnership for the transferred common units automatically upon the recording of the transfer on our books and records. Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.

 

168


Table of Contents

We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holder’s rights are limited solely to those that it has against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.

Common units are securities and are transferable according to the laws governing transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to become a limited partner in our partnership for the transferred common units.

Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or stock exchange regulations.

 

169


Table of Contents

THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement upon request at no charge.

We summarize the following provisions of our partnership agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

with regard to distributions of available cash, please read “How We Make Cash Distributions;”

 

   

with regard to the fiduciary duties of our general partner and our directors, please read “Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties;” and

 

   

with regard to the transfer of common units, please read “Description of the Common Units—Transfer of Common Units.”

Organization and Duration

We were organized on February 21, 2013 and have perpetual existence.

Purpose

Our purpose under the partnership agreement is to engage in any business activities that may lawfully be engaged in by a limited partnership pursuant to the Marshall Islands Act.

Although our board of directors has the ability to cause us or our subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the provision of marine transportation services, it has no current plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. Our general partner will irrevocably delegate to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, management and policies on an exclusive basis.

Cash Distributions

Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other partnership interests, including to the holders of our incentive distribution rights, as well as to our general partner in respect of its general partner interest. For a description of these cash distribution provisions, please read “How We Make Cash Distributions.”

Capital Contributions

Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital contributions, except as described below under “—Limited Liability.” For a discussion of our general partner’s right to contribute capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest if we issue additional units, please read “—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

Voting Rights

The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for the approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require the approval of a “unit majority” require:

 

   

during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding those common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, voting as a single class and a majority of the subordinated units voting as a single class; and

 

   

after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of the common units voting as a single class.

 

170


Table of Contents

In voting their common units and subordinated units our general partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners.

Each outstanding common unit is entitled to one vote on matters subject to a vote of common unitholders. However, to preserve our ability to claim an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code, if at any time any person or group owns beneficially more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding (excluding units held by Norwegian Resident Holders in the election of the elected directors as discussed below), any units beneficially owned by that person or group in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement, unless otherwise required by law. The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

In addition, common unitholders that are Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of the elected directors. The voting rights of any Norwegian Resident Holders will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the remaining common unitholders (subject to the limitation described above for 4.9% common unitholders) in these elections.

We will hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Our general partner has the right to appoint three of the seven members of our board of directors with the remaining four directors being elected by our common unitholders beginning with the annual meeting of unitholders following the closing of this offering. Subordinated units will not be voted in the election of the four directors.

 

Action

  

Unitholder Approval Required and Voting Rights

Issuance of additional units

   No approval rights; general partner approval required for all issuances not reasonably expected to be accretive within 12 months of issuance or which would otherwise have a material adverse impact on the general partner or its interest in our partnership.

Amendment of the partnership agreement

   Certain amendments may be made by our board of directors without the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally require the approval of a unit majority. Please read “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement.”

Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets

  

 

Unit majority and approval of our general partner and our board of directors. Please read “—Merger, Sale, Conversion or Other Disposition of Assets.”

Dissolution of our partnership

   Unit majority and approval of our general partner and our board of directors. Please read “—Termination and Dissolution.”

Reconstitution of our partnership upon dissolution

   Unit majority. Please read “—Termination and Dissolution.”

 

171


Table of Contents

Action

  

Unitholder Approval Required and Voting Rights

Election of four of the seven members of our board of directors

  

 

A plurality of the votes of the holders of the common units.

Withdrawal of our general partner

   Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our general partner prior to March 31, 2023 in a manner that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner.”

Removal of our general partner

   Not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding units, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class. Please read “—Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner.”

Transfer of our general partner interest in us

   Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us without a vote of our unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to a third party prior to March 31, 2023. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest.”

Transfer of incentive distribution rights

   Except for transfers to an affiliate or another person as part of a merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets to, such person, the approval of a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, voting separately as a class, is required in most circumstances for a transfer of the incentive distribution rights to a third party prior to March 31, 2018. Please read “—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner

   No approval required at any time. Please read “—Transfer of Ownership Interests in General Partner.”

Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction

Our partnership agreement is governed by Marshall Islands law. Our partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:

 

   

arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the limited partners or us);

 

   

brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;

 

172


Table of Contents
   

asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our general partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited partners;

 

   

asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Marshall Islands Act; and

 

   

asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine;

shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings arise under laws relating to contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings; however, a court could rule that such provisions are inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limited Liability

Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Marshall Islands Act and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of our partnership agreement, his liability under the Marshall Islands Act will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets. If it were determined, however, that the right, or exercise of the right, by the limited partners as a group:

 

   

to remove or replace our general partner;

 

   

to elect four of our seven directors;

 

   

to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or

 

   

to take other action under our partnership agreement;

constituted “participation in the control” of our business for the purposes of the Marshall Islands Act, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the laws of the Marshall Islands, to the same extent as our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact business with us who reasonably believe that the limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the Marshall Islands Act specifically provides for legal recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited liability through any fault of our general partner. While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim in Marshall Islands case law.

Under the Marshall Islands Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Marshall Islands Act provides that the fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the non-recourse liability. The Marshall Islands Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Marshall Islands Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years. Under the Marshall Islands Act, a purchaser of units who becomes a limited partner of a limited partnership is liable for the obligations of the transferor to make contributions to the partnership, except that the transferee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time he became a limited partner and that could not be ascertained from the partnership agreement.

Maintenance of our limited liability may require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries conduct business, which may include qualifying to do business in those jurisdictions. Limitations on the liability of limited partners for the obligations of a limited partnership or limited liability

 

173


Table of Contents

company have not been clearly established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our membership interest in an operating subsidiary or otherwise, it was determined that we were conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or replace the general partner, to approve some amendments to the partnership agreement or to take other action under the partnership agreement constituted “participation in the control” of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our board of directors considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.

Issuance of Additional Interests

The partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited amount of additional partnership interests and rights to buy partnership interests for the consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our board of directors without the approval of the unitholders. However, our general partner will be required to approve all issuances of additional partnership interests that are not reasonably expected to be accretive within 12 months of issuance or which would otherwise have a material adverse impact on the general partner or its interest in us.

We intend to fund acquisitions through borrowings and the issuance of additional common units or other equity securities and the issuance of debt securities. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common units or other equity securities may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

In accordance with Marshall Islands law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, as determined by our board of directors, have special voting rights to which the common units are not entitled.

Upon issuance of additional partnership interests (other than the issuance of common units upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, the issuance of common units in connection with a reset of the incentive distribution target levels or the issuance of partnership interests upon conversion of outstanding partnership interests), our general partner will have the right, but not the obligation, to make additional capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us. Our general partner’s interest in us will thus be reduced if we issue additional partnership interests in the future and our general partner does not elect to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us. Our general partner and its affiliates will have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units, subordinated units or other equity securities whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those securities to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain its and its affiliates’ percentage interest, including its interest represented by common units and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. Other holders of common units will not have similar pre-emptive rights to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests.

Tax Status

The partnership agreement provides that the partnership will elect to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. It is anticipated that the partnership will be treated as a transparent partnership for United Kingdom tax purposes.

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

General

Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our board of directors. However, our board of directors will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any

 

174


Table of Contents

duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed below, approval of our board of directors is required, as well as written approval of the holders of the number of units required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as we describe below, an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.

Prohibited Amendments

No amendment may be made that would:

 

  (1) increase the obligations of any limited partner without its consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests so affected;

 

  (2) increase the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner or any of its affiliates without the consent of the general partner, which may be given or withheld at its option;

 

  (3) change the term of our partnership;

 

  (4) provide that our partnership is not dissolved upon an election to dissolve our partnership by our general partner and our board of directors that is approved by the holders of a unit majority; or

 

  (5) give any person the right to dissolve our partnership other than the right of our general partner and our board of directors to dissolve our partnership with the approval of the holders of a unit majority.

The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the amendments having the effects described in clauses (1) through (5) above can be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting together as a single class (including units owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon completion of this offering, the owner of our general partner will own     % of our outstanding common and subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units.

No Unitholder Approval

Our board of directors may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:

 

  (1) a change in our name, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;

 

  (2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with our partnership agreement;

 

  (3) a change that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for us to qualify or to continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability under the Marshall Islands Act;

 

  (4) an amendment that is necessary, upon the advice of our counsel, to prevent us or our officers or directors or our general partner or their or its agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, the U.S. Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or plan asset regulations adopted under the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;

 

  (5) an amendment that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization of additional partnership interests or rights to acquire partnership interests, including any amendment that our board of directors determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with:

 

   

the adjustments of the minimum quarterly distribution, first target distribution, second target distribution and third target distribution in connection with the reset of our incentive distribution rights as described under “How We Make Cash Distributions—KNOT’s Right to Reset Incentive Distribution Levels;”

 

175


Table of Contents
   

the implementation of the provisions relating to KNOT’s right to reset the incentive distribution rights in exchange for common units;

 

   

any modification of the incentive distribution rights made in connection with the issuance of additional partnership interests or rights to acquire partnership interests, provided that, any such modifications and related issuance of partnership interests have received approval by a majority of the members of the conflicts committee of our board of directors; or

 

   

any amendment expressly permitted in the partnership agreement to be made by our board of directors acting alone;

 

  (6) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of the partnership agreement;

 

  (7) any amendment that our board of directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the partnership agreement;

 

  (8) a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;

 

  (9) certain mergers or conveyances as set forth in our partnership agreement; or

 

  (10) any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described in (1) through (10) above.

In addition, our board of directors may make amendments to the partnership agreement without the approval of any limited partner or our general partner if our board of directors determines that those amendments:

 

  (1) do not adversely affect the limited partners (or any particular class of limited partners) or our general partner in any material respect;

 

  (2) are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any Marshall Islands authority or statute;

 

  (3) are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of limited partner interests or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

 

  (4) are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our board of directors relating to splits or combinations of units under the provisions of the partnership agreement; or

 

  (5) are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus or the intent of the provisions of the partnership agreement or are otherwise contemplated by the partnership agreement.

Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder Approval

Our board of directors will not be required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited liability to the limited partners if one of the amendments described above under “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement—No Unitholder Approval” should occur. No other amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the outstanding units voting as a single class unless we obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.

In addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or privileges of any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take any action must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

 

176


Table of Contents

Merger, Sale, Conversion or Other Disposition of Assets

A merger or consolidation of us requires the approval of our board of directors and the prior consent of our general partner. However, to the fullest extent permitted by law, our board of directors and our general partner will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited partners. In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our board of directors, without the prior approval of our general partner and the holders of units representing a unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our subsidiaries taken as a whole. Our board of directors may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without the prior approval of the holders of units representing a unit majority. Our general partner and our board of directors may also determine to sell all or substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances without the approval of the holders of units representing a unit majority.

If conditions specified in our partnership agreement are satisfied, our board of directors, with the consent of our general partner, may convert us or any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey some or all of our assets to, a newly formed entity if the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal form into another limited liability entity. The unitholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or applicable law in the event of a conversion, merger or consolidation, sale of substantially all of our assets or any other transaction or event.

Termination and Dissolution

We will continue as a limited partnership until terminated or converted under our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:

 

  (1) the election of our general partner and our board of directors to dissolve us, if approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority;

 

  (2) at any time there are no limited partners, unless we continue without dissolution in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act;

 

  (3) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of us; or

 

  (4) the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner interest in accordance with the partnership agreement or withdrawal or removal following approval and admission of a successor.

Upon a dissolution under clause (4), the holders of a unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and conditions described in the partnership agreement by appointing as general partner an entity approved by the holders of units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of any limited partner.

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

Upon our dissolution, unless we are continued as a new limited partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with all of the powers of our board of directors that are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the liquidation as provided in “How We Make Cash Distributions—Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation.” The liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period or distribute assets to partners in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners.

 

177


Table of Contents

Withdrawal or Removal of our General Partner

Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to March 31, 2023 without obtaining the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability. On or after March 31, 2023, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of the partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ written notice to the limited partners if at least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than our general partner and its affiliates. In addition, the partnership agreement permits our general partner in some instances to sell or otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please read “—Transfer of General Partner Interest” and “—Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.”

Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances, other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as separate classes, may select a successor to that withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within a specified period of time after that withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner. Please read “—Termination and Dissolution.”

Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single class, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability. The ownership of more than 33  1 / 3 % of the outstanding units by our general partner and its affiliates or the control of our board of directors by our general partner and its affiliates would provide the practical ability to prevent our general partner’s removal. At the closing of this offering, our general partner and its affiliates will own     % of the outstanding common and subordinated units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units. Any removal of our general partner is also subject to the successor general partner being approved by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common units and subordinated units, voting as a single class.

Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

 

   

the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;

 

   

any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

 

   

our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest and the holder of the incentive distribution rights will have the right to convert such incentive distribution rights into common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests based on the fair market value of those interests at the time.

In the event of removal of our general partner under circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general partner where that withdrawal violates the partnership agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to purchase the general partner interest owned by the departing general partner for a cash payment equal to the fair market value of that interest. Under all other circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have the option to require the successor

 

178


Table of Contents

general partner to purchase the general partner interest of the departing general partner for its fair market value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined by agreement between the departing general partner and the successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the departing general partner and the successor general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.

If the option described above is not exercised by either the departing general partner or the successor general partner, the departing general partner’s general partner interest and the incentive distribution rights of any holder thereof will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair market value of those interests as determined by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.

In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing general partner for all amounts due the departing general partner, including, without limitation, any employee-related liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred for the termination of any employees employed by the departing general partner or its affiliates for our benefit.

Transfer of General Partner Interest

Except for the transfer by our general partner of all, but not less than all, of its general partner interest in us to:

 

   

an affiliate of our general partner (other than an individual); or

 

   

another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity,

our general partner may not transfer all or any part of its general partner interest in us to another person prior to March 31, 2023, without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the rights and duties of the general partner, agree to be bound by the provisions of the partnership agreement and furnish an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability.

Our general partner and its affiliates may at any time transfer units to one or more persons, without unitholder approval.

Transfer of Ownership Interests in General Partner

At any time, the members of our general partner may sell or transfer all or part of their respective membership interests in our general partner to an affiliate or a third party without the approval of our unitholders.

Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights

KNOT or its affiliates, or a subsequent holder, may transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate of the holder (other than an individual) or another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of such holder with or into another entity, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to that entity, without the prior approval of the unitholders. Prior to March 31, 2018, other transfers of the incentive distribution rights will require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by KNOT and its affiliates. On or after March 31, 2018, the incentive distribution rights will be freely transferable.

 

179


Table of Contents

Change of Management Provisions

The partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC as our general partner or otherwise change management. If any person or group acquires beneficial ownership of more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group loses voting rights on all of its units in excess of 4.9% of all such units. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors.

The partnership agreement also provides that if our general partner is removed under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:

 

   

the subordination period will end and all outstanding subordinated units will immediately convert into common units on a one-for-one basis;

 

   

any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and

 

   

our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest into common units or to receive cash in exchange for that interest.

Limited Call Right

If at any time our general partner and its affiliates hold more than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding partnership interests of any class, our general partner will have the right, which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the remaining partnership interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by the general partner, on at least ten but not more than 60 days’ written notice at a price equal to the greater of (x) the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership interests of such class over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days before the notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and (y) the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for partnership interests of such class during the 90-day period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Our general partner is not obligated to obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common units to be repurchased by it upon the exercise of this limited call right and has no fiduciary duty in determining whether to exercise this limited call right.

As a result of the general partner’s right to purchase outstanding partnership interests, a holder of partnership interests may have the holder’s partnership interests purchased at an undesirable time or price. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of common units in the market. Please read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Units” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders—Disposition of Units.”

At the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units, KNOT, the sole member of our general partner, will own     % of our common units. At the end of the subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of common units, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units and conversion of all of our subordinated units into common units, KNOT will own     % of our common units.

Board of Directors

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has irrevocably delegated to our board of directors the authority to oversee and direct our operations, policies and management on an exclusive basis, and such delegation will be binding on any successor general partner of the partnership. Immediately following this

 

180


Table of Contents

offering our board of directors will be comprised of four persons appointed by KNOT in its sole discretion. Following our first annual meeting of unitholders, our board of directors will consist of seven members, three of whom will be appointed by our general partner in its sole discretion and four of whom will be elected by our common unitholders.

Our board of directors nominates individuals to stand for election as elected board members on a staggered basis at an annual meeting of our limited partners. In addition, any limited partner or group of limited partners that holds beneficially 10% or more of the outstanding common units is entitled to nominate one or more individuals to stand for election as elected board members at the annual meeting by providing written notice to our board of directors not more than 120 days nor less than 90 days prior to the meeting. However, if the date of the annual meeting is not publicly announced by us at least 100 days prior to the date of the meeting, the notice must be delivered to our board of directors not later than ten days following the public announcement of the meeting date. The notice must set forth:

 

   

the name and address of the limited partner or limited partners making the nomination or nominations;

 

   

the number of common units beneficially owned by the limited partner or limited partners;

 

   

the information regarding the nominee(s) proposed by the limited partner or limited partners as required to be included in a proxy statement relating to the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC;

 

   

the written consent of the nominee(s) to serve as a member of our board of directors if so elected; and

 

   

a certification that the nominee(s) qualify as elected board members.

Our general partner may remove an appointed board member with or without cause at any time. “Cause” generally means a court’s finding a person liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in his or its capacity as a director. Any and all of the board members may be removed at any time for cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other board members. Any and all of the board members appointed by our general partner may be removed for cause at a properly called meeting of the limited partners by a majority vote of the outstanding units, voting as a single class. If any appointed board member is removed, resigns or is otherwise unable to serve as a board member, our general partner may fill the vacancy. Any and all of the board members elected by the common unitholders may be removed for cause at a properly called meeting of the limited partners by a majority vote of the outstanding common units. If any elected board member is removed, resigns or is otherwise unable to serve as a board member, the vacancy may be filled by a majority of the other elected board members then serving.

Meetings; Voting

Except as described below regarding a person or group owning more than 4.9% of any class of units then outstanding, unitholders who are record holders of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may be solicited.

We will hold a meeting of the limited partners every year to elect one or more members of our board of directors and to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the meeting. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the unitholders may be called by our board of directors or by unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of 33  1 / 3 % of the outstanding units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater percentage.

 

181


Table of Contents

Each record holder of a unit may vote according to the holder’s percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please read “—Issuance of Additional Interests.” However, to preserve our ability to claim an exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code, if at any time any person or group acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of more than 4.9% of all units then outstanding (excluding units held by Norwegian Resident Holders in the election of the elected directors as discussed below), that person or group will lose voting rights on all of its units in excess of 4.9% of all such units and those units in excess of 4.9% may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders, calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a person for election to our board of directors), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes. The voting rights of any such unitholders in excess of 4.9% will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the other common unitholders holding less than 4.9% of the voting power of all classes of units entitled to vote. Our general partner, its affiliates and persons who acquired common units with the prior approval of our board of directors will not be subject to this 4.9% limitation except with respect to voting their common units in the election of the elected directors. Units held in nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his nominee provides otherwise. Except as the partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with common units as a single class.

In addition, common unitholders that are Norwegian Resident Holders will not be eligible to vote in the election of the elected directors. The voting rights of any Norwegian Resident Holders will effectively be redistributed pro rata among the remaining common unitholders (subject to the limitation described above for 4.9% common unitholders) in these elections.

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common units under the partnership agreement will be delivered to the record holder by us or by the transfer agent.

Status as Limited Partner or Assignee

Except as described above under “—Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional contributions. By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and records.

Indemnification

Under the partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:

 

  (1) our general partner;

 

  (2) any departing general partner;

 

  (3) any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or any departing general partner;

 

  (4) any person who is or was an officer, director, member, fiduciary or trustee of any entity described in (1), (2) or (3) above;

 

  (5) any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, member, fiduciary or trustee of another person at the request of our board of directors, our general partner or any departing general partner;

 

  (6) our officers;

 

  (7) any person designated by our board of directors; and

 

  (8) the members of our board of directors.

 

182


Table of Contents

Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. We may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under the partnership agreement.

Reimbursement of Expenses

Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse the members of our board of directors for their out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of their service to us. Our partnership agreement also requires us to reimburse our general partner for all expenses it incurs or payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection with operating our business. These expenses include salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who perform services for us or on our behalf, and expenses allocated to us or our general partner by our board of directors.

Books and Reports

Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books and records of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For tax and financial reporting purposes, our fiscal year is the calendar year.

We will furnish or make available to record holders of common units, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an annual report containing audited financial statements and a report on those financial statements by our independent registered public accounting firm. Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary financial information within 90 days after the close of each quarter.

Right to Inspect Our Books and Records

The partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at the limited partner’s own expense, have furnished to the limited partner:

 

  (1) a current list of the name and last known address of each partner;

 

  (2) information as to the amount of cash, and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner;

 

  (3) copies of the partnership agreement, the certificate of limited partnership of the partnership and related amendments;

 

  (4) information regarding the status of our business and financial position; and

 

  (5) any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable.

Our board of directors may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which our board of directors believes in good faith is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Registration Rights

Under the partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units, subordinated units or other partnership interests proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available or advisable. These registration rights continue for two years following any withdrawal or removal of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC as our general partner. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. In connection with these registration rights, we will not be required to pay any damages or penalties related to any delay or failure to file a registration statement or to cause a registration statement to become effective. Please read “Units Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

183


Table of Contents

UNITS ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus, our general partner and its affiliates will hold an aggregate of              common units and              subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of the subordination period. The sale of these common and subordinated units could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any trading market that may develop.

The common units sold in this offering will generally be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. However, any common units held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an affiliate of ours to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

1% of the total number of the class of securities outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned common units for at least six months (provided we are in compliance with the current public information requirement) or one year (regardless of whether we are in compliance with the current public information requirement), would be entitled to sell those common units under Rule 144 without regard to the public information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements of Rule 144.

Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type without a vote of the unitholders. Any issuance of additional common units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the cash distributions to and market price of, common units then outstanding. Please read “The Partnership Agreement—Issuance of Additional Interests.”

Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its affiliates have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and sale of any common units that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement, these registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any common units to require registration of any of these common units and to include any of these common units in a registration by us of other common units, including common units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner and its affiliates will continue to have these registration rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our general partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions. Except as described below, our general partner and its affiliates may sell their common units in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable laws.

We, our directors and executive officers, our subsidiaries and our general partner and its affiliates, including KNOT, have agreed not to sell any common units for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and extensions. Please read “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up provisions.

 

184


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective unitholders and, unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., our U.S. counsel, insofar as it contains legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law. The opinion of our counsel is dependent on the accuracy of factual representations made by us to them, including descriptions of our operations contained herein.

This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect or existence on the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences of unit ownership to vary substantially from the consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of common units that own the common units as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code ( i.e. , generally, for investment purposes) and is not intended to be applicable to all categories of investors, such as unitholders subject to special tax rules ( e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans or individual retirement accounts or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States), persons who will hold the units as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar, each of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common units, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common units, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common units.

No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding any matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. The opinions and statements made herein may be challenged by the IRS and, if so challenged, may not be sustained upon review in a court. This discussion does not contain information regarding any U.S. state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of common units. This discussion does not comment on all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular unitholders in light of their individual circumstances, and each prospective unitholder is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of common units.

Election to be Treated as a Corporation

We have elected to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. Holders (as defined below) will not be directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of units as described below.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common units that owns (actually or constructively) less than 10.0% of our equity and that is:

 

   

an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes),

 

   

a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions,

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

 

185


Table of Contents
   

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to PFICs, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our common units generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common units and thereafter as capital gain. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us because we are not a U.S. corporation. Dividends received with respect to our common units generally will be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Dividends received with respect to our common units by a U.S. Holder that is an individual, trust or estate (a “U.S. Individual Holder”) generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holder at preferential tax rates provided that: (i) our common units are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange on which we expect our common units to be traded); (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below under “—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”); (iii) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common units for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common units become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such common units); and (iv) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common units will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder, and any dividends paid on our common units that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our common units that are treated as “extraordinary dividends.” In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to a common unit that is equal to or in excess of 10.0% of a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the unitholder’s election) in such common unit. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20.0% of a unitholder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value). If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common units that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common units will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.

Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions

The amount of distributions we pay on our common units that is treated as dividend income will depend upon the amount of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. We will compute our earnings and profits for each taxable year in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Based upon various assumptions and estimates regarding our expected earnings and profits, we estimate that approximately     % of the total cash distributions received by a purchaser of common units in this offering that holds such common units through December 31, 2016 will constitute dividend income. The remaining portion of these distributions will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the purchaser’s tax basis in its common units and thereafter as capital gain. These estimates are based upon the assumption that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit on our common units during the referenced period and on other assumptions with

 

186


Table of Contents

respect to our earnings, capital expenditures and cash flow for this period. These estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory, competitive and political uncertainties that are beyond our control. Further, these estimates are based on current U.S. federal income tax law and tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of total cash distributions that will constitute dividend income could be higher or lower, and any differences could be material or could materially affect the value of the common units.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Units

Subject to the discussion of PFIC status below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our units in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such units. The U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in its units generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the units and that tax basis will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any distributions on the units that are treated as non-taxable returns of capital (as discussed above under “—Distributions” and “—Ratio of Dividend Income to Distributions”). Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Certain U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations. Such capital gain or loss generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, will be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on, among other things, dividends and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of equity interests for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. For individuals, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by deductions that are allocable to such income. Unitholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from their ownership and disposition of our common units.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the holder held our units, either:

 

   

at least 75.0% of our gross income (including the gross income of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) for such taxable year consists of passive income ( e.g. , dividends, interest, capital gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

 

   

at least 50.0% of the average value of the assets held by us (including the assets of our vessel-owning subsidiaries) during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

Income earned, or treated as earned (for U.S. federal income tax purposes), by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute “passive income” unless we were treated as deriving that rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules.

 

187


Table of Contents

Based on our current and projected methods of operation, and an opinion of counsel, we do not believe that we are or will be a PFIC for our current or any future taxable year. We have received an opinion of our U.S. counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., in support of this position that concludes that the income our subsidiaries earn from certain of our present time-chartering activities should not constitute passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. In addition, we have represented to our U.S. counsel that we expect that more than 25.0% of our gross income for our current taxable year and each future year will arise from such time-chartering activities, and more than 50.0% of the average value of our assets for each such year will be held for the production of such nonpassive income. Assuming the composition of our income and assets is consistent with these expectations, and assuming the accuracy of other representations we have made to our U.S. counsel for purposes of their opinion, our U.S. counsel is of the opinion that we should not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future year.

Our counsel has indicated to us that the conclusions described above are not free from doubt. While there is legal authority supporting our conclusions, including IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income, the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (or the Fifth Circuit) held in Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009) that income derived from certain marine time charter agreements should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a “foreign sales corporation” provision of the Code. In that case, the Fifth Circuit did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time-chartering activities may be treated as rental income, and we would likely be treated as a PFIC. The IRS has announced its nonacquiescence with the court’s holding in the Tidewater case and, at the same time, announced the position of the IRS that the marine time charter agreements at issue in that case should be treated as service contracts.

Distinguishing between arrangements treated as generating rental income and those treated as generating services income involves weighing and balancing competing factual considerations, and there is no legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our specific method of operation. Conclusions in this area therefore remain matters of interpretation. We are not seeking a ruling from the IRS on the treatment of income generated from our time-chartering operations, and the opinion of our counsel is not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, while we have received an opinion of counsel in support of our position, it is possible that the IRS or a court could disagree with this position and the opinion of our counsel. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure unitholders that the nature of our operations will not change in the future and that we will not become a PFIC in any future taxable year.

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common units, as discussed below. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns our common units during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such holder must file an annual report with the IRS.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election (or an Electing Holder), then, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that holder must report as income for its taxable year its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for our taxable years that end with or within the taxable year for which that holder is reporting, regardless of whether or not the Electing Holder received distributions from us in that year. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that were previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in common units and will not be taxed again

 

188


Table of Contents

once distributed. An Electing Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common units. A U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing IRS Form 8621 with its U.S. federal income tax return. If contrary to our expectations, we determine that we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide each U.S. Holder with the information necessary to make the QEF election described above. Although the QEF election is available with respect to subsidiaries, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, no assurances can be made that we will be able to provide U.S. Holders with the necessary information to make the QEF election with respect to such subsidiary.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate, our units were treated as “marketable stock,” then, as an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common units, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s common units at the end of the taxable year over the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common units over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its common units would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common units would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common units would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. The mark-to-market election generally will not be available with respect to subsidiaries. Accordingly, in the event we acquire or own a subsidiary in the future that is treated as a PFIC, the mark-to-market election generally will not be available with respect to such subsidiary.

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder that does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year (or a Non-Electing Holder) would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution ( i.e. , the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common units in a taxable year in excess of 125.0% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common units) and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the units. Under these special rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common units;

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the taxable year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

   

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

These penalties would not apply to a qualified pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow money or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common units. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our common units, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such units.

 

189


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our common units (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to as a Non-U.S. Holder. If you are a partner in a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding our common units, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our common units.

Distributions

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business. However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

Disposition of Units

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our common units provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of units is effectively connected with the conduct of such U.S. trade or business (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our common units if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those units are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of common units will be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

   

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

   

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

   

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a unitholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by timely filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

U.S. Holders purchasing more than $100,000 of our common units in this offering generally will be required to file IRS Form 926 reporting such payment. For purposes of determining the total dollar value of common units purchased by a U.S. Holder in this offering, units purchased by certain related parties (including family members) are included. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting obligation. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 926.

 

190


Table of Contents

In addition, individual citizens or residents of the United States holding certain “foreign financial assets” (which generally includes stock and other securities issued by a foreign person unless held in an account maintained by a financial institution) that exceed certain thresholds (the lowest being holding foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of: (1) $50,000 on the last day of the tax year or (2) $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are required to report information relating to such assets. Significant penalties may apply for failure to satisfy the reporting obligations described above. Unitholders should consult their tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations, if any, that would result from their purchase, ownership or disposition of our units.

 

191


Table of Contents

NON-UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

Marshall Islands Tax Consequences

The following discussion is based upon the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands applicable to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Because we and our subsidiaries do not and do not expect to conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to this offering will be executed outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law you will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions, including upon distribution treated as a return of capital, we make to you as a unitholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of common units, and you will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file  a tax return relating to your ownership of common units.

Norwegian Tax Consequences

The following discussion is based upon the opinion of Advokatfirmaet Thommessen AS, our counsel as to taxation matters under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are persons not resident in Norway for taxation purposes (hereinafter referred to as “Non-Norwegian Holders”).

Prospective unitholders who are resident in Norway for taxation purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential Norwegian tax consequences to them of an investment in our common units. For this purpose, a company incorporated outside of Norway will be treated as resident in Norway in the event its central management and control is carried out in Norway.

The discussion that follows is based upon existing Norwegian legislation and current Norwegian Tax Administration practice as of the date of this prospectus. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences of unit ownership described below. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “we,” “our” or “us” are references to KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

Taxation of Non-Norwegian Holders

Under the Tax Act on Income and Wealth, Non-Norwegian Holders will not be subject to any taxes in Norway on income or profits in respect of the acquisition, holding, disposition or redemption of the common units, provided that:

 

   

we are not treated as carrying on business in Norway; and

 

   

either of the following conditions is met:

 

   

if such holders are resident in a country that does not have an income tax treaty with Norway, such holders are not engaged in a Norwegian trade or business to which the common units are effectively connected; or

 

   

if such holders are resident in a country that has an income tax treaty with Norway, such holders do not have a permanent establishment in Norway to which the common units are effectively connected.

 

192


Table of Contents

A Non-Norwegian Holder that carries on a business in Norway through a partnership is subject to Norwegian tax on income derived from the business if managed from Norway or carried on by the partnership in Norway.

While we expect to conduct our affairs in such a manner that our business will not be treated as managed from or carried on in Norway at any time in the future, this determination is dependent upon the facts existing at such time, including (but not limited to) the place where our board of directors meets and the place where our management makes decisions or takes certain actions affecting our business. Our Norwegian tax counsel has advised us regarding certain measures we can take to limit the risk that our business may be treated as managed from or carried on in Norway and has concluded that, provided we adopt these measures and otherwise conduct our affairs in a manner consistent with our Norwegian tax counsel’s advice, which we intend to do, our business should not be treated as managed from or carried on in Norway for taxation purposes, and consequently, Non-Norwegian Holders should not be subject to tax in Norway solely by reason of the acquisition, holding, disposition or redemption of their common units. Nonetheless, there is no legal authority addressing our specific circumstances, and conclusions in this area remain matters of interpretation. Thus, it is possible that the Norwegian taxation authority could challenge, or a court could disagree with, our position.

While we do not expect it to be the case, if the arrangements we propose to enter into result in our being considered to carry on business in Norway for the purposes of the Tax Act on Income and Wealth, unitholders would be considered to be carrying on business in Norway and would be required to file tax returns with the Norwegian Tax Administration and, subject to any relief provided in any relevant double taxation treaty (including, in the case of holders resident in the United States, the U.S.-Norway Tax Treaty), would be subject to taxation in Norway on any income considered to be attributable to the business carried on in Norway.

United Kingdom Tax Consequences

The following is a discussion of the material United Kingdom tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are persons not resident, not ordinarily resident and not domiciled in the United Kingdom for taxation purposes and who do not acquire their units as part of a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the United Kingdom, which we refer to as “Non-UK Holders.”

Prospective unitholders who are resident, ordinarily resident or domiciled in the United Kingdom for taxation purposes, or who hold their units through a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential United Kingdom tax consequences to them of an investment in our common units and are responsible for filing their own UK tax returns and paying any applicable UK taxes (which may be due on amounts received by us but not distributed). The discussion that follows is based upon current United Kingdom tax law and what is understood to be the current practice of HMRC as at the date of this document, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

Taxation of income and disposals . We expect to conduct our affairs so that non-UK Holders should not be subject to United Kingdom income tax, capital gains tax or corporation tax on income or gains arising from our partnership. Distributions may be made to Non-UK Holders without withholding or deduction for or on account of United Kingdom income tax.

Stamp taxes . No liability to United Kingdom stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax should arise in connection with the issue of units to unitholders or the transfer of units in our partnership.

EACH PROSPECTIVE UNITHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX COUNSEL OR OTHER ADVISOR WITH REGARD TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF UNIT OWNERSHIP UNDER ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

193


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of common units set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Common

Units

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

  

                       Incorporated

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the common units sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these common units are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the common units, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the common units, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer some of the common units directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the common units to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $         per common unit. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common units from us, as described below.

 

     Paid by KNOT Offshore Partners LP  
         No Exercise              Full Exercise      

Per common unit

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

 

194


Table of Contents

The expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $         million and are payable by us.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us up to              additional common units at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional common units approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any common units issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other common units that are the subject of this offering.

We, all of our directors and executive officers, our subsidiaries and our general partner and its affiliates, have agreed that we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, including the filing with the SEC of a registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any common units or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common units or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, in each case without the prior written consent of the representatives, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common units. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the common units was determined by negotiations among us, KNOT and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our record of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to us. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the common units will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common units will develop and continue after this offering.

We intend to apply to list the common units on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “KNOP.”

Until the distribution of the common units is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common units. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common units, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common units in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of common units than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common units as described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common units or purchasing common units in the open market. In determining the source of common units to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common units through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common units in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common units made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common units or preventing or retarding a

 

195


Table of Contents

decline in the market price of our common units. As a result, the price of our common units may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common units. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any common units which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the “Securities”) may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Securities may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (1) to legal entities which are qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (2) by the underwriters to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (3) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of Securities shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The sellers of the securities have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

While we do not expect that we will constitute a “collective investment scheme” as defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”), if we were to constitute such a

 

196


Table of Contents

collective investment scheme, we would not be a “recognized collective investment scheme” for the purposes of FSMA and would not have been authorized or otherwise approved. In such circumstances, as an unregulated scheme, we could not be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed in the United Kingdom to, and is only directed at:

 

  (1) if we are a CIS and are marketed by a person who is an authorized person under FSMA, (a) investment professionals falling within Article 14(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective Investment Schemes) Order 2001, as amended (the “CIS Promotion Order”) or (b) high net worth companies and other persons falling within Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of the CIS Promotion Order; or

 

  (2) otherwise, if marketed by a person who is not an authorized person under FSMA, (a) persons who fall within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Financial Promotion Order”) or (b) Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial Promotion Order; and

 

  (3) in both cases (1) and (2) to any other person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Our common units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of common units which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Germany

This prospectus has not been prepared in accordance with the requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz), the German Sales Prospectus Act (Verkaufsprospektgesetz), or the German Investment Act (Investmentgesetz). Neither the German Federal Financial Services Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht-BaFin) nor any other German authority has been notified of the intention to distribute our common units in Germany. Consequently, our common units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this prospectus and any other document relating to this offering, as well as information or statements contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any offer for subscription of the common units to the public in Germany or any other means of public marketing. Our common units are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act, Section 8f paragraph 2 no. 4 of the German Sales Prospectus Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11 sentence 2 no. 1 of the German Investment Act. This prospectus is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

This offering of our common units does not constitute an offer to buy or the solicitation or an offer to sell our common units in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Netherlands

Our common units may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified investors (gekwalificeerde beleggers) within the meaning of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht).

 

197


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties. Our common units are not being offered to the public in Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to our common units may be distributed in connection with any such public offering.

We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment Schemes Act of June 23, 2006, or CISA. Accordingly, our common units may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering materials relating to our common units may be made available through a public offering in or from Switzerland. Our common units may only be offered and this prospectus may only be distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private placement exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is defined in the CISA and its implementing ordinance).

 

198


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a limited partnership. Our general partner is organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a limited liability company. The Marshall Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent.

Most of our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries are residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets and a substantial portion of the assets of our directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for United States investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us, our directors or officers, our general partner or our subsidiaries or to realize against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. However, we have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, and we have appointed The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc., Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, to accept service of process on our behalf in any such action.

Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, our counsel as to Marshall Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Marshall Islands would (1) recognize or enforce against us, our general partner or our directors or officers judgments of courts of the United States based on civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (2) impose liabilities against us, our general partner or our directors and officers in original actions brought in the Marshall Islands, based on these laws.

 

199


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common units and certain other legal matters, including tax matters, with respect to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands will be passed upon for us by our counsel as to Marshall Islands law, Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, New York, New York. Certain other legal matters, including tax matters with respect to U.S. law, will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Washington, D.C. Certain matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young AS, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The balance sheet of KNOT Offshore Partners LP as of February 21, 2013 appearing in this prospectus has been audited by Ernst & Young AS, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and is included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

200


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

The following table sets forth the main costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions and structuring fees, in connection with this offering, which we will be required to pay.

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 13,640   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee

     15,500   

The New York Stock Exchange listing fee

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Printing and engraving costs

  

Transfer agent fees and other

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

All amounts are estimated, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 regarding the common units. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common units offered in this prospectus, you may wish to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC’s website on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov free of charge. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. Our registration statement can also be inspected and copied at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, we will be required to file with the SEC annual reports on Form 20-F within four months of our fiscal year-end, and provide to the SEC other material information on Form 6-K. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, which will be operational after this offering, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, certain rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal unitholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly reports or current reports on Form 8-K. However, we intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual reports containing our audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Our annual report will contain a detailed statement of any transactions with our general partner or its affiliates, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid or accrued to our general partner or its affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

 

201


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Fearnley Consultants has provided us certain statistical and graphical information contained in this prospectus and relating to the offshore oil transportation industry. We do not have any knowledge that the information provided by Fearnley Consultants is inaccurate in any material respect. Fearnley Consultants has advised us that this information is drawn from its database and other sources and that: (1) some information in Fearnley Consultants’ database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments, (2) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Fearnley Consultants’ database and (3) while Fearnley Consultants has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures. We believe that, notwithstanding any such qualification by Fearnley Consultants, the industry data provided by Fearnley Consultants is accurate in all material respects.

 

202


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Page  

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

 

Introduction to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet

    P-1   

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012

    P-3   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet

    P-4   

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

 

COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-1   

Combined Carve-Out Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012

    F-2   

Combined Carve-Out Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

    F-3   

Combined Carve-Out Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December  31, 2011 and 2012

    F-3   

Combined Carve-Out Statements of Owner’s Equity for the Years ended December  31, 2011 and 2012

    F-4   

Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

    F-5   

Notes to Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements

    F-6   

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

AUDITED BALANCE SHEET

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-35   

Balance Sheet as of February 21, 2013 (Date of Inception)

    F-36   

Notes to Balance Sheet

    F-37   

 

203


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “Partnership”) was formed on February 21, 2013 as a limited partnership under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “Marshall Islands”) in connection with the Partnership’s proposed initial public offering of its common units (the “IPO”). The Partnership’s unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2012 has been prepared based on the unaudited condensed combined carve-out balance sheet of the Predecessor (as defined below) as of June 30, 2012. The Partnership’s unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet assumes that the IPO and related transactions occurred on June 30, 2012 for the purpose of this pro forma presentation.

The combined net assets and results of operations of each of the vessels in our initial fleet, are collectively referred to as the “Predecessor.”

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2012 assumes the following transactions occurred on such date:

 

   

the acquisition by the Partnership of the equity interests in the subsidiary (and its general partner) of KNOT that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen ;

 

   

the acquisition of the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen including the third-party charter contracts for these vessels, lubricating oils inventories and the assumption of third party debt facilities relating to these vessels;

 

   

the conversion of certain payables to owners and affiliates to equity;

 

   

the reversal of certain balances included in the combined carve-out balance sheet not transferred to the Partnership;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to KNOT of              common units and              subordinated units representing a     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, and all of the Partnership’s incentive distribution rights;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to KNOT Offshore GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (the “General Partner”), of a 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to the public of             common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership;

 

   

the payment of approximately $         million in offering fees and expenses from the IPO proceeds;

 

   

the repayment of $         million of debt with the net proceeds of the IPO;

 

   

the assumption by KNOT of liabilities relating to certain interest rate swaps associated with the Windsor Knutsen , the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen ;

 

   

the conversion by KNOT of the Predecessor’s receivable from /payable to owners and affiliates to equity; and

 

   

our amendment to our existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we acquire our initial fleet and to include a $20 million revolving credit facility, which revolving credit facility will have no borrowings outstanding immediately following the completion of the IPO.

The historical unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements have been adjusted to give effect to pro forma items that are: (1) directly attributable to the IPO and the related transactions, (2) expected to have a continuing impact on the Partnership and (3) factually supportable. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally acceptable in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, and should be read together with the Predecessor’s historical combined carve-out financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information was derived by adjusting the historical unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor. The adjustments reflected in the

 

P-1


Table of Contents

unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual results may differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions used provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the IPO and the related transactions, and that the pro forma adjustments in the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet give appropriate effect to the assumptions.

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet does not purport to represent the Partnership’s financial position had the IPO and related transactions actually been completed on the date indicated. In addition, it does not project the Partnership’s financial position for any future date or period.

 

P-2


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

(In US $ thousands)

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     KNOT Offshore
Partners LP

Predecessor
     Adjustments     KNOT Offshore
Partners LP

Pro Forma
 

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,287       $              (a)     $     

Restricted cash

     830        

Trade accounts receivable, net

     99        

Inventories

     541        

Deferred tax asset

     290        

Other current assets

     6,898        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,945        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

       

Vessels and equipment, net

     496,768        

Goodwill

     5,750        

Deferred debt issuance cost

     2,787        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     505,305        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 515,250       $        $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Trade accounts payable

     370        

Accrued expenses

     1,803        

Current installments of long-term debt

     28,833        

Derivative liabilities

     5,258        

Contract liabilities

     1,518        

Prepaid charter and deferred revenue

     4,369        

Payables to owners and affiliates

     12,423        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     54,574        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

       

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

     319,017        

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

     —          

Derivative liabilities

     22,622        

Contract liabilities

     14,311        

Deferred tax liabilities

     3,097        

Other long-term liabilities

     996        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     360,043        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

       

Owner’s/partners’ equity

     100,633                      (a),(c)    

General partner

     —          

Common unitholders

     —                        (a),(c)    

Subordinated unitholders

     —                        (a),(c)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ equity

   $ 100,633       $              (a),(c)     $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and owner’s/partners’ equity

   $ 515,250       $              (a),(c)     $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the balance sheet.

 

P-3


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

1. Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 assumes that the following transactions occurred on such date:

 

   

the acquisition by the Partnership of the equity interests in the subsidiary (and its general partner) of KNOT that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen ;

 

   

the acquisition of the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen including the third-party charter contracts for these vessels, lubricating oils inventories and the assumption of third party debt facilities relating to these vessels;

   

the conversion of certain payables to owners and affiliates to equity;

 

   

the reversal of certain balances included in the combined carve-out balance sheet not transferred to the Partnership;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to KNOT of              common units and              subordinated units representing a     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, and all of the Partnership’s incentive distribution rights;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to KNOT Offshore GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (the “General Partner”), of a 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to the public of              common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership;

 

   

the payment of approximately $         million in offering fees and expenses from the IPO proceeds;

 

   

the repayment of $         million of debt with the net proceeds of the IPO;

 

   

the assumption by KNOT of liabilities relating to certain interest rate swaps associated with the Windsor Knutsen , the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Receife Knutsen ;

 

   

the conversion by KNOT of the Predecessor’s receivable from /payable to owners and affiliates to equity; and

 

   

our amendment to our existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet and to include a $20 million revolving credit facility, which revolving credit facility will have no borrowings outstanding immediately following the completion of the IPO.

The effect on the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of certain of the transactions described above is more fully described in Note 3. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet includes the net assets of the Predecessor.

No working capital adjustments have been reflected in this pro forma combined balance sheet, except for the conversion by KNOT of the Predecessor’s receivable from/payable to owners and affiliates to equity.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information was derived by adjusting the historical unaudited condensed combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor. The adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet are based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions; therefore, actual results may differ from the pro forma adjustments. However, management believes that the assumptions used provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the IPO and related transactions, and that the pro forma adjustments in the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet give appropriate effect to the assumptions.

 

P-4


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet does not purport to represent the Partnership’s financial position had the IPO and related transactions actually been completed on the date indicated. In addition, it does not project the Partnership’s financial position for any future date or period. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and should be read together with the Predecessor’s historical combined carve-out financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In the opinion of management, this unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet contains all the adjustments necessary for a fair presentation.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting policies followed in preparing the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet are those used by the Predecessor as set forth in its historical combined carve-out financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

3. Pro Forma Adjustments and Assumptions

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet gives pro forma effect to the following adjustments:

 

  (a) Formation and initial public offering of KNOT Offshore Partners LP

 

   

the acquisition by the Partnership of the equity interests in the subsidiary (and its general partner) of KNOT that owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen ;

 

   

the acquisition of the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen including the third-party charter contracts for these vessels, lubricating oils inventories and the assumption of third party debt facilities relating to these vessels;

 

   

the conversion of certain payables to owners and affiliates to equity;

 

   

the reversal of certain balances included in the combined carve-out balance sheet not transferred to the Partnership;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to KNOT of             common units and              subordinated units representing a     % limited partner interest in the Partnership, and all of the Partnership’s incentive distribution rights;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to the KNOT Offshore GP, LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (the “General Partner”), of a 2.0% general partner interest in the Partnership;

 

   

the issuance by the Partnership to the public of              common units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership;

 

   

the payment of approximately $         million in offering fees and expenses from the IPO proceeds;

 

   

the repayment of $         million of debt with the net proceeds of the IPO;

 

   

the assumption by KNOT of liabilities relating to certain interest rate swaps associated with the Windsor Knutsen , the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Receife Knutsen ;

 

   

the conversion by KNOT of the Predecessor’s receivable from /payable to owners and affiliates to equity;

 

P-5


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

  (b) Financing

 

   

our amendment to our existing vessel financing agreements to permit the transactions pursuant to which we will acquire our initial fleet and to include a $20 million revolving credit facility, which revolving credit facility will have no borrowings outstanding immediately following the completion of the IPO; and

 

  (c) Assignment of equity

 

   

the conversion of the adjusted equity of the Predecessor of $         million from owner’s equity to general partner units, common units and subordinated units of the Partnership, as follows:

 

   

$         million for              general partner units;

 

   

$         million for              common units; and

 

   

$         million for              subordinated units.

After such conversion, the partners’ equity amounts of the general partner and the common and subordinated unitholders would be     %,     % and     % of total equity.

Common units accrue cumulative cash distributions for any period during the subordination period in which the available cash is not adequate to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $         per unit.

The subordinated units may convert to common units should certain performance milestones be reached. The subordination period also will end upon the removal of the General Partner other than for cause if the units held by the General Partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal. When the subordination period ends, all remaining subordinated units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and the common units will no longer be entitled to arrearages. See “How We Make Cash Distributions—Subordination Period.”

The discussion of the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common units in full, the Partnership would receive approximately $         million of net proceeds from the sale of these common units but would use those net proceeds to make a cash distribution to KNOT.

 

4. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and contingencies are set out in the Predecessor’s historical combined carve-out financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

P-6


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

We have audited the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheets of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, as described in Note 2 (a), and the related combined carve-out statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), owner’s equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These combined carve-out financial statements are the responsibility of the Predecessor’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined carve-out financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Predecessor’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the combined results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young AS

Bergen, Norway

February 28, 2013

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

Combined Carve-Out Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012

(In US $ thousands)

 

     2011     2012  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents (notes 2(f) and 9)

   $ 3,189      $ 1,287   

Restricted cash (notes 2(g) and 9)

     852        830   

Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 in 2012 and $0 in 2011 (notes 2(h) and 10(a))

     93        99   

Receivables from owners and affiliates (note 16(d))

     —          —     

Inventories (note 2(i))

     469        541   

Deferred tax asset (notes 2(q) and 15)

     732        290   

Other current assets (notes 2(j) and 10(b))

     1,852        6,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     7,187        9,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term assets:

    

Vessels and equipment (notes 2(k), 2(l), 2(m), 11 and 16(a)):

    

Vessels

     548,989        548,141   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (31,092     (51,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net property, plant, and equipment

     517,897        496,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill (notes 2(n) and 12)

     5,750        5,750   

Deferred debt issuance cost (note 2(o))

     3,769        2,787   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 534,603      $ 515,250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Trade accounts payable

   $ 704      $ 370   

Accrued expenses (note 13)

     2,146        1,803   

Current installments of long-term debt (notes 8 and 14)

     28,084        28,833   

Derivative liabilities (notes 2(p), 8 and 9)

     5,457        5,258   

Income taxes payable (notes 2(q) and 15)

     —          —     

Contract liabilities (notes 2(n) and 12(b))

     1,518        1,518   

Prepaid charter and deferred revenue (note 2(r))

     6,054        4,369   

Payables to owners and affiliates (note 16(d))

     34,017        12,423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     77,980        54,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

    

Long-term debt, excluding current installments (notes 9 and 14)

     347,849        319,017   

Derivative liabilities (notes 2(p), 8 and 9)

     21,874        22,622   

Contract liabilities (notes 2(n) and 12(b))

     15,829        14,311   

Deferred tax liabilities (notes 2(q) and 15)

     2,279        3,097   

Other long-term liabilities

     1,422        996   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     467,233        414,617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (notes 2(s) and 17)

    

Owner’s equity:

    

Owner’s equity

     67,370        100,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     67,370        100,633   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 534,603      $ 515,250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

Combined Carve-Out Statements of Operations

For the Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

(In US $ thousands)

 

     2011     2012  

Time charter and bareboat revenues

   $ 41,809      $ 62,078   

Voyage revenues

     2,100        —     

Loss of hire insurance recoveries

       3,575   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues (notes 2(d), 3, 4, 6 and 16)

     43,909        65,653   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses: (note 16)

    

Voyage expenses (note 2(d))

     2,653        —     

Vessel operating expenses (note 2(d))

     10,795        13,000   

Depreciation and amortization (note 11)

     16,229        21,181   

General and administrative expenses

     927        1,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,604        35,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     13,305        30,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income (expense): (notes 2(e) and 16)

    

Interest income

     34        19   

Interest expense (note 7 (a))

     (9,650     (13,471

Other finance expense (note 7 (b))

     (2,741     (3,378

Realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments (note 8)

     (15,489     (6,031

Net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     (3,037     (1,771
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finance income (expense)

     (30,883     (24,632
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (17,578     5,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense) (notes 2(q) and 15)

     1,240        (1,261
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

Combined Carve-Out Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

(In US $ thousands)

 

     2011     2012  

Net income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

Combined Carve-Out Statements of Owner’s Equity

For the Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

(In US $ thousands)

 

     Owner’s
Invested Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 45,669   

Net loss

     (16,338

Other comprehensive income

     —     

Contribution from / distribution to owner, net (note 2(a))

     38,040   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     67,370   
  

 

 

 

Net income

     4,184   

Other comprehensive income

     —     

Contribution from / distribution to owner, net (notes 2(a) and 16(d))

     29,079   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 100,633   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

(In US $ thousands)

 

     2011     2012  

Cash flows provided by operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (16,338   $ 4,184   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     16,229        21,181   

Amortization of contract intangibles / liabilities

     (868     (1,518

Amortization of deferred debt issuance cost

     658        982   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (1,240     1,261   

Unrealized loss on derivative instruments

     8,923        549   

Unrealized loss on foreign currency transactions

     3,056        579   

Other items

     2,677        (426

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    

Decrease (increase) in trade accounts receivable

     (93     (6

Decrease (increase) in receivables from owner and affiliates

     386        —     

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     218        (71

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

     (211     (5,048

Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable

     (7,874     (334

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses

     324        (342

Increase (decrease) prepaid revenue

     5,626        (1,684
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities (note 18)

     11,473        19,307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures, including interest capitalized

     (137,276     (52

Settlement of foreign exchange forward contracts

     (828     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (138,104     (52
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     176,299        —     

Repayment of long-term debt

     (17,166     (28,083

Repayment of short-term debt

     (20,000     —     

Payments of debt issuance cost

     (2,536     —     

Changes in payables to owners and affiliates (notes 16(d) and 18)

     (47,846     3,491   

Contributions from / distribution to owner, net (notes 16(d) and 18)

     38,040        3,414   

Change in restricted cash

     (346     22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     126,445        (21,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (186     (1,902

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     3,375        3,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 3,189      $ 1,287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

(1) Description of Business

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands and will be a majority-owned subsidiary of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS (“KNOT”) for the purpose of acquiring 100% ownership interests in four shuttle tankers in connection with the Partnership’s proposed initial public offering of its common units (the “IPO”). In connection with the IPO, the Partnership will acquire 100% ownership interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of KNOT, which as of February 27, 2013 directly or indirectly owned (1) 100% ownership of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, the owner of the M/T Recife Knutsen (“Recife Knutsen”) and the M/T Fortaleza Knutsen (“Fortaleza Knutsen”), (2) 100% ownership of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, the general partner of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and (3) the M/T Windsor Knutsen (“Windsor Knutsen”) and the M/T Bodil Knutsen (“Bodil Knutsen”) and all of their related charter contracts, inventory and long-term debt. In establishing the new KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS structure, KNOT formed three new Norwegian subsidiaries, which acquired 90% of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, 100% ownership of the Bodil Knutsen and 100% ownership of the Windsor Knutsen, respectively. Each of the Windsor Knutsen, the Bodil Knutsen, the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen are referred to as a “Vessel” and, collectively, as the “Vessels.” The Partnership, its subsidiaries and other related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows are, collectively, referred to as the “Predecessor,” and are presented in the combined carve-out financial statements.

KNOT controls a fleet of 22 shuttle tankers (including the Vessels), four newbuilds on order and one product/chemical tankers (the “KNOT Group”) as of December 31, 2012. KNOT is owned 50% by NYK Logistics Holding (Europe) B.V. (“NYK”) and 50% by TS Shipping Invest AS (“TSSI”). NYK acquired 50% shares of KNOT from TS Shipping Invest AS in December 2010.

The Vessels operate under fixed long-term charter contracts to charterers. As of December 31, 2012, the time charters for the Windsor Knutsen and the Bodil Knutsen expire in 2013 and 2016, respectively, and contain customer options for extension through 2016 and 2019, respectively. The Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen are under bareboat charter contracts that expire in 2023.

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, a subsidiary of TSSI, was responsible for the commercial and technical operation of the Vessels and has provided the building supervision for vessels under construction until June 30, 2012. KNOT Management AS, a subsidiary of KNOT, has provided finance and general administration services to the Predecessor and, effective July 1, 2012, was responsible for the commercial and technical operation of the Vessels. See Note 16 – Related Party Transactions.

The following table lists the entities that compose KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and include the activities that are included in the combined carve-out financial statements of the Predecessor.

 

Name

   Jurisdiction of
Formation
  

Purpose

KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS (1)

   Norway    Holding Company

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS (2)

   Norway    Majority owner of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS (3)

   Norway    Owner of Bodil Knutsen

KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS (3)

   Norway    Owner of Windsor Knutsen

Knutsen Shuttle Tanker XII KS (4)

   Norway    Owner of Fortaleza Knutsen and Recife Knutsen

Knutsen Shuttle Tanker XII AS (4)

   Norway    General Partner of Knutsen Shuttle Tanker XII KS

 

F-6


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

  (1) KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS was established and 100% owned by KNOT as of December 19, 2012. As of February 27, 2013, the 100% ownership in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS were transferred to KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in a reorganization under common control. The Partnership was be established and will be majority owned by KNOT prior to the closing of the IPO. KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and its subsidiaries, which will be 100% owned by the Partnership, will be transferred to the Partnership in connection with the IPO.

 

  (2) KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS was acquired and 100% owned by KNOT as of January 30, 2013. As of February 27, 2013, the 90% ownership of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS was transferred to KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS in a reorganization under common control. The remaining 10% ownership of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS is held by its general partner, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS.

 

  (3) These companies were established and owned 100% by KNOT as of December 19, 2012. As of February 27, 2013, the respective Vessel and its related charter contracts, inventory and long-term debt were transferred to each of these entities in a reorganization under common control. All of the Vessels and related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows related to these entities are included in the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

  (4) These companies have been owned 100% by KNOT since August 2008 and are included in the combined carve-out financial statements.

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

  (a) Basis of Preparation

The combined carve-out financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated.

The combined carve-out financial statements include the financial statements of the Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS (the owner of the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen), Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS, the Bodil Knutsen and its related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows and the Windsor Knutsen and its related assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows. As of February 27, 2013, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS acquired the 100% ownership in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS, and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS in a reorganization under common control. As of February 27, 2013, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS owned a 90% and 10% ownership interest, respectively, in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS; and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS owned a 100% interest in Bodil Knutsen and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS owned a 100% interest in Windsor Knutsen. As a reorganization of entities under common control, the transfer of the subsidiaries and other net assets has been recorded at KNOT’s historical book value.

The Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen were not operated as discrete units or included in single purpose legal entities. Accordingly, these Vessels have been “carved-out” of KNOT’s assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows as they relate to the Predecessor’s business through the use of the information system of KNOT. Specific information is recorded and coded by vessel for each accounting transaction for certain line items in the combined carve-out financial statements. Therefore,

 

F-7


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

amounts for such Vessels were specifically identified for revenues, vessel expenses, vessel operating expenses, depreciation and amortization, interest expense and related debt issuance cost for long-term debt and realized and unrealized losses on derivative instruments; and related balances for such Vessels were specifically identified for trade accounts receivable, inventories, prepaid expenses, vessels and equipment, intangible assets, trade accounts payable, certain accrued expenses, prepaid charter revenues, long-term debt, derivative liabilities and contract liabilities.

Vessels operating expenses includes ship management fees for the provision of technical and commercial management of Vessels and are based on intercompany charges invoiced by KNOT. All long-term debt is specifically related to financing of the individual Vessels. Derivatives are composed of interest rate swap derivatives and foreign exchange forward contracts. The interest rate swaps were entered into in conjunction with the individual Vessel financing to secure fixed interest rates. The interest rate swaps are included in the combined carve-out financial statements to reflect all of the historical cost of doing business even though they will not be transferred to the Partnership. The foreign exchange forward contracts were entered into in conjunction with the construction of certain of the individual Vessels to secure the amounts payable in foreign currencies. Since these Vessels were delivered in 2011, there were no outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

The following items, which are not directly attributable to the Vessels, have been allocated to the combined carve-out financial statements as set forth below:

 

   

General and administrative expenses of KNOT were invoiced to its subsidiaries based upon certain transfer pricing principles by type of cost. See to Note 16 – Related Party Transactions. The invoiced amounts that cannot be attributed to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen have been allocated pro rata based on the number of vessels in KNOT’s fleet.

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents for general purposes at the legal entity level have not been allocated. The cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash balances are only included in the combined carve-out balance sheets to the extent they are specifically related to the Bodil Knutsen’s and the Windsor Knutsen’s petty cash or provisions of the loan agreements. Interest income cannot be attributed to the specific Vessels and has only been included in the combined carve-out financial statements to the extent it relates to an interesting bearing cash account included in the combined carve-out balance sheets.

 

   

Payables to owners and affiliates (“owner balances”) are not tracked on an individual Vessel basis for the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen but at the legal entity level. General allocations of owner balances based on the number of vessels within a legal entity would be inherently arbitrary. Therefore, the Predecessor has identified specific payments made by owners to shipyards on Vessels under construction or conversion on behalf of the legal entity owning the Vessel and reflected these balances as payable to owners and affiliates, adjusted for subsequent external bank refinancing or settlements of payables at the legal entity level, in the combined carve-out balance sheet. Interest expense has been allocated on the basis of these owner balances and the historical intercompany interest rates charged by the owners to its subsidiaries on owner balances.

 

   

Net gain (loss) of foreign currency transactions cannot be attributed directly to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen and has been allocated based upon specifically identified or allocated balances included on the combined carve-out balance sheets.

 

   

Goodwill arose in 2008 when TSSI acquired the remaining 50% interest in the majority of KNOT’s vessels, including the Windsor Knutsen and the three other Vessels of the Predecessor under construction, in a transaction that was accounted for as a step acquisition. This transaction resulted in goodwill for KNOT. KNOT’s goodwill was allocated to the Predecessor based upon

 

F-8


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

the Predecessor’s percentage of fair value of the Vessel, the Vessels under construction and the favorable or unfavorable charter contract rights acquired at the acquisition date to the total fair value acquired by KNOT for all vessels, vessels under construction and favorable or unfavorable charter contract rights. See Note 2(n) – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Goodwill and Intangibles and Note 12 – Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Contract Liabilities.

The Predecessor activities included in the combined carve-out financial statements contain Norwegian entities or activities that were organized as non-taxable partnerships or were without tax status. To reflect the historical cost of doing business, the income tax expense and related deferred tax assets and liabilities arising for the Predecessor activities included in the historical parent entities have been included in the combined carve-out financial statements calculated on a separate return basis.

The Vessels of the Predecessor were not historically owned by a separate legal entity or operated as a discrete group. Therefore, no separate share capital exists in owner’s equity. Further, certain Vessels had cash accounts shared with other vessels of the KNOT Group that were not allocated to the Predecessor. As a result, certain cash flows from financing activities are reflected as contribution from / distributions to the owner, net, in the combined carve-out statement of owner’s equity.

Management believes that the allocations included in the combined carve-out financial statements are reasonable to present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor on a stand-alone basis. However, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor may differ from those that would have been achieved had the Predecessor operated autonomously for all years presented as the Predecessor would have had additional general and administrative expenses, including legal, accounting, treasury and regulatory compliance and other costs normally incurred by a stand-alone entity. Management has estimated these additional general and administrative expenses to be $2.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. Accordingly, the combined consolidated carve-out financial statements do not purport to be indicative of the future financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Partnership.

 

  (b) Reporting Currency

The combined carve-out financial statements are prepared in the reporting currency of U.S. Dollars. The functional currency of the vessel-owning Predecessor subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar, because the subsidiaries operate in the international shipping market all revenues are U.S. Dollars denominated and the majority of the expenditures are made in U.S. Dollars. Transactions involving other currencies during the year are converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. As of the balance sheet dates, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are translated to reflect the year-end exchange rates. Resulting gains or losses are reflected separately in the accompanying combined carve-out statements of operations.

 

  (c) Use of Estimates

The preparation of combined carve-out financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives and impairment of Vessels, drydocking, the valuation of derivatives and income taxes.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

  (d) Revenues and Operating Expenses

The Predecessor recognizes revenues from time charters and bareboat charters as operating leases on a straight line basis over the term of the charter, net of any commissions. Under time charters, revenue is not recognized during days the Vessel is off-hire. Revenue is recognized from delivery of the Vessel to the charterer, until the end of the lease term. Under time charters, the Predecessor is responsible for providing the crewing and other services related to the Vessel’s operations, the cost of which is included in the daily hire rate, except when off-hire. Fees received from customers for customized equipment are deferred and recognized over the contract period. Under bareboat charters, the Predecessor provides a specified Vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified day rate. The Predecessor recognizes revenues from spot contracts as voyage revenues using the percentage of completion method on a discharge-to-discharge basis.

Voyage expenses are all expenses unique to a particular voyage, including bunker fuel expenses, port fees, cargo loading and unloading expenses, canal tolls and agency fees. Voyage expenses are paid by the customer under time charter and bareboat charters. Voyage expenses are paid by the Predecessor for spot contracts and during periods of off-hire and are recognized when incurred.

Vessel operating expenses include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses. Vessel operating expenses are paid by the Predecessor for time charters, spot contracts and during off-hire and are recognized when incurred.

As further discussed in Note 16 – Related Party Transactions, related parties have provided the management services for the Vessels and employ the crews that work on the Vessels. The Predecessor has no direct employees and, accordingly, is not liable for any pension or post retirement benefits.

 

  (e) Financial Income (Expense)

Interest expenses incurred on the Predecessor’s debt incurred during the construction of Vessels exceeding one year are capitalized during the construction period.

 

  (f) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Predecessor considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

  (g) Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of bank deposits, which may only be used to settle principal payments under one of the Predecessor’s Vessels financing arrangements.

 

  (h) Trade Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Under terms of the current time charters and bareboat charters, the customers are committed to pay for the full month’s charter the first day of each month, see Note 2(r) – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Prepaid Charter and Deferred Revenue. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Predecessor’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Predecessor establishes provisions for doubtful accounts on a case-by-case basis when it is unlikely that required payments of specific amounts will occur. In establishing these provisions, the Predecessor considers

 

F-10


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

the financial condition of the customer as well as specific circumstances related to the receivable. Receivable amounts determined to be unrecoverable are written off. There were no provisions as allowance for doubtful accounts or amounts written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2011 and 2012. The Predecessor does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

 

  (i) Inventories

Inventories, which are comprised principally of lubricating oils, are stated at the lower of cost or market. For vessels on time charters or bareboat charters, there are no bunkers, as the charterer supplies the bunkers, which principally consist of fuel oil. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method (“FIFO”) for all inventories.

 

  (j) Other Current Assets

Other current assets principally consist of prepaid expenses, the current portion of deferred cost and other receivables.

 

  (k) Vessels and Equipment

Vessels and equipment are stated at the historical acquisition or construction cost, including capitalized interest, supervision, technical and delivery cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Expenditures for subsequent conversions and major improvements are capitalized provided that such costs increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels.

Generally, the Predecessor drydocks each vessel every 60 months until the vessel is 15 years old and every 30 months, thereafter as required for the renewal of certifications issued by classification societies. For vessels operating on time charters, the Predecessor capitalizes the costs directly associated with the classification and regulatory requirements for inspection of the vessels, major repairs and improvements incurred during drydocking. Drydock cost is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking takes place. The Predecessor expenses costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking or as otherwise incurred. For vessels that are newly built or acquired, an element of the cost of the vessel is initially allocated to a drydock component and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period until the next planned drydocking. When significant drydocking expenditures occur prior to the expiration of this period, the Predecessor expenses the remaining unamortized balance of the original drydocking cost in the month of the subsequent drydocking. For vessels operating on bareboat charters, the charter party bears the cost of any drydocking.

Depreciation on vessels and equipment is calculated on a straight line basis over the assets estimated useful life, less an estimated residual value, as follows:

 

    Useful life

Hull

  25 years

Anchor-handling, loading and unloading equipment

  25 years

Main/auxiliary engine

  25 years

Thruster, dynamic positioning systems, cranes and other equipment

  25 years

Drydock costs

  2.5 - 5 years

 

F-11


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Vessels are depreciated to their estimated residual value, which is calculated based on the weight of the ship and estimated steel price. Any cost related to the disposal is deducted from the residual value.

 

  (l) Capitalized Interest

Interest expenses incurred on the Predecessor’s debt incurred during the construction of the Vessels exceeding one year is capitalized during the construction period.

 

  (m) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Vessels and equipment, vessels under construction and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Predecessor first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

 

  (n) Goodwill and Intangibles

Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment on annual basis or more frequently if impairment indicators are identified.

The Predecessor tests goodwill for impairment using a two-step analysis, with the option of performing a qualitative assessment before performing the first step of the two-step analysis, whereby the carrying value of the reporting unit is compared to its fair value in the first step. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than its fair value, the second step is performed, where the implied fair value of goodwill is compared to its carrying value. An impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its fair value. The fair value is estimated using the net present value of discounted cash flows of the reporting unit. The Predecessor has only one reporting unit.

Other intangible assets represent contractual rights for charter contracts obtained in connection with a step acquisition that had favorable contractual terms relative to market as of the acquisition date. Contractual rights for charter contracts obtained in connection with a step acquisition that had unfavorable contractual terms are classified as contract liabilities in the combined carve-out balance sheet. The favorable and unfavorable contract rights are amortized to revenues over the period of the contract.

 

  (o) Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs, including fees, commissions and legal expenses, are deferred. Debt issuance costs of term loans are amortized over the term of the relevant loan. Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense.

 

  (p) Derivative Instruments

All derivative instruments are initially recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheet and subsequently remeasured to fair value. The

 

F-12


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Predecessor does not apply hedge accounting to its derivative instruments. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized in earnings. Gains and losses from the Predecessor’s interest rate swaps related to long-term mortgage debt and foreign currency forward contracts are recorded in realized and unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments in the combined carve-out statements of operations. Cash flows related to interest rate swaps are presented as cash flows provided by operating activities and cash flows related to foreign currency forward contracts are presented as cash flows used in investing activities in the combined carve-out statements of cash flows.

 

  (q) Income Taxes

Historically, part of the Predecessor activities were subject to ordinary taxation and taxes were paid on taxable income (including operating income and net financial income and expense), while part of the activities were subject the Norwegian Tonnage Tax regime (“the tonnage tax regime”). Under the tonnage tax regime, the tax is based on the tonnage of the vessel and operating income is tax free.The net financial income and expense remains taxable as ordinary income tax for entities subject to the tonnage tax regime. Income taxes arising from the part of activities subject to ordinary taxation are included in income tax expense in the combined carve-out statement of operations. For the portion of activities subject to the tonnage tax regime, tonnage taxes are classified as vessel operating expenses while the current and deferred taxes arising on net financial income and expense are reflected as income tax expense in the combined carve-out statements of operations. The amount of tonnage tax included in operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $48 and $66, respectively.

The Predecessor accounts for deferred income taxes using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the anticipated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and the tax basis of the Predecessor’s assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Recognition of uncertain tax positions is dependent upon whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements based on U.S. GAAP guidance. The Predecessor recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

 

  (r) Prepaid Charter and Deferred Revenue

Under terms of the time charters and bareboat charters, the customer pays for the month’s charter the first day of each month which is recorded as prepaid charter revenues. Deferred revenues for fees received from customers for customized equipment are classified as prepaid charter and deferred revenue for the current portion and as other long-term liabilities for the non-current portion.

 

  (s) Commitments, Contingencies and Insurance Proceeds

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can

 

F-13


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. See Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies.

Insurance claims for property damage for recoveries up to the amount of loss recognized are recorded when the claims submitted to insurance carriers are probable of recovery. Claims for property damage in excess of the loss recognized and for loss off-hire are considered gain contingencies, which are generally recognized when the proceeds are received.

 

  (t) Fair Value Measurements

The Predecessor utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Predecessor determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

 

   

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

 

  (u) Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”). Under ASU 2011-08, an entity is permitted to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. The amendments in ASU 2011-08 include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The amendments in ASU 2011-08 are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Predecessor adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-08 as of January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2010-08 did not have an impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve out financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (“ASU 2011-04”) . The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provide guidance about how fair value should be applied where it already is required or permitted under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS. A public entity is required to apply ASU 2011-04 prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Predecessor adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-08 as of January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 did not have a material impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

New Accounting Standards not yet Adopted

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities (“ASU 2011-11”). ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position, and to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under IFRS. The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The Predecessor will implement the provisions of ASU 2011-11 as of January 1, 2013. The Predecessor is evaluating the impact the adoption of ASU 2011-11 will have on disclosures in the financial statements of the Predecessor but does not expect it to have a material impact on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial statements.

 

(3) Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations

Each of the Vessels is employed under long-term fixed charters, which mitigates earnings risk. The Predecessor’s operational results are dependent on the world-wide market for shuttle tankers and timing of entrance into long-term charters. Market conditions for shipping activities are typically volatile and, as a consequence, the hire rates may vary from year to year. The market is mainly dependent upon two factors: the supply of vessels and the overall growth in the world economy. The general supply of vessels is a combination of newbuildings, demolition activity of older vessels and legislation that limits the use of older vessels or new standards for vessels used in specific trades.

As of December 31, 2012, all of the Predecessor’s Vessel crews, which are employed through Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, were represented by collective bargaining agreements that are renegotiated annually, or bi-annually.

The Predecessor did not incur any loss relating to its customers during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.

The following table presents revenues and percentage of combined revenues for customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Predecessor’s combined revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. All of these customers are major international oil companies.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2011      2012  
(US $ in thousands, except percentages)    $      %      $      %  

Brazil Shipping I Limited, a subsidiary of BG Oil Services ltd

     13,172         30         14,905         23   

Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of Transpetro

     14,540         33         24,980         38   

Statoil ASA

     14,096         32         22,193         34   

The Predecessor has financial assets that expose it to credit risk arising from possible default by a counterparty. The Predecessor considers the counterparties to be creditworthy financial institutions and does not expect any significant loss to result from non-performance by such counterparties. The maximum loss due to credit risk that the Predecessor would incur if counterparties failed completely to perform would be the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and trade accounts receivable. The Predecessor, in the normal course of business, does not demand collateral from its counterparties.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

(4) Operating Leases

The time charters and bareboat charters of the Vessels to third parties are accounted for as operating leases. The minimum contractual future revenues to be received from time charters and bareboat charters as of December 31, 2012, were as follows:

 

(US $ in thousands)       

2013

   $ 51,463   

2014

     45,736   

2015

     45,956   

2016

     31,707   

2017

     23,701   

2018 and thereafter

     127,402   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 325,965   
  

 

 

 

The Predecessor’s fleet as of December 31, 2012 consisted of:

 

   

the Fortaleza Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in March 2023 with Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of Petrobras Transporte S.A, or Transpetro;

 

   

the Recife Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a bareboat charter that expires in August 2023 with Fronape International Company, a subsidiary of Transpetro;

 

   

the Bodil Knutsen , a shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in May 2016 with Statoil ASA, with options to extend until May 2019; and

 

   

the Windsor Knutsen , a conventional oil tanker built in 2007 and retrofitted to shuttle tanker in 2011 that is currently operating under a time charter that expires in April 2013 with Brazil Shipping I Limited, a subsidiary of BG Oil Services Ltd., with options to extend until April 2016 (see Note 19— Subsequent Events).

 

(5) Segment Information

The Predecessor has not presented segment information as it considers its operations to occur in one reportable segment, the shuttle tanker market. During 2011 and 2012, the Predecessor’s fleet of four vessels operated under two time charters and two bareboat charters. See Note 3 – Significant Risks and Uncertainties Including Business and Credit Concentrations for revenues from customers accounting for over 10% of the Predecessor’s combined revenues. In both time charters and bareboat charters, the charterer, not the Predecessor, controls the choice of which trading areas the Predecessor’s vessel will serve. Accordingly, the Predecessor’s management, including the chief operating decision makers, do not evaluate performance according to geographical region.

 

(6) Insurance Proceeds

In March 2012, the Windsor Knutsen damaged its propeller. As a result, the Vessel was off-hire from April 1, 2012 to June 24, 2012 for repairs. Under the Predecessor’s loss of hire policies, its insurer will pay the Predecessor the hire rate agreed in respect of each vessel for each day, in excess of 14 deductible days, for the time that the Vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Predecessor received payments for loss of hire insurance of $3.6 million which was recorded as a component of total revenues since day rates are recovered under terms of the policy.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

In addition, the Predecessor recorded $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 for probable recoveries up to the amount of loss under hull and machinery insurance for the repairs as a result of the propeller damage to the Windsor Knutsen. This is classified under vessel operating expense along with the cost of the repairs of $4.1 million for the period.

 

(7) Finance Income (Expense)

 

  (a) Interest Expense

A reconciliation of total interest cost to interest expense as reported in the combined carve-out statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 is as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
(US $ in thousands)    2011      2012  

Interest cost capitalized

   $ 3,525       $ —     

Interest expense

     9,650         13,471   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest cost

   $ 13,175       $ 13,471   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Other Finance Expense

The following table presents the other finance expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
(US $ in thousands)    2011      2012  

Bank fees, charges and external guarantee costs

   $ 918       $ 1,169   

Related party guarantee commissions (note 16)

     1,455         2,206   

Related party financing service fee (note 16)

     368         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other finance expense

   $ 2,741       $ 3,378   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(8) Derivative Instruments

The combined carve-out financial statements include the results of interest rate swap contracts to manage the Predecessor’s exposure related to changes in interest rates on its variable rate debt instruments and the results of foreign exchange forward contracts to manage its exposure related to changes in currency exchange rates on its contract obligations. The Predecessor does not apply hedge accounting for derivative instruments. The Predecessor does not speculate using derivative instruments.

By using derivative financial instruments to economically hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Predecessor exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Derivative instruments that economically hedge exposures are used for risk management purposes, but these instruments are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Predecessor, which creates credit risk for the Predecessor. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Predecessor owes the counterparty and, therefore, the Predecessor is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. The Predecessor minimizes counterparty credit risk in

 

F-17


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

derivative instruments by entering into transactions with major banking and financial institutions. The derivative instruments entered into by the Predecessor do not contain credit risk related contingent features.

Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices. The market risk associated with interest rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

The Predecessor assesses interest rate risk by monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating economical hedging opportunities.

The Predecessor has historically used variable interest rate mortgage debt to finance its vessel construction or conversions. The variable interest rate mortgage debt obligations expose the Predecessor to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. The Predecessor believed that it was prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its interest payments. To meet this objective, the Predecessor entered into LIBOR based interest rate swap contracts to manage fluctuations in cash flow resulting from changes in the benchmark interest rate of LIBOR. These swaps change the variable rate cash flow exposure on the mortgage debt obligations to fixed cash flows. Under the terms of the interest rate swaps, the Predecessor received LIBOR based variable interest rate payments and makes fixed interest rate payments, thereby creating the equivalent of fixed rate debt for the notional amount of its debt hedged. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the total notional amount of the Predecessor’s outstanding interest rate swap contracts that were entered into in order to hedge outstanding or forecasted debt obligations were $129,500 and $128,500, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the carrying amounts of the interest rate swaps contracts were liabilities of $27,331 and $27,880, respectively. See Note 9 – Fair Value Measurements.

Changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps are reported in realized and unrealized loss on derivative instruments in the same period in which the related interest affects earnings.

The Predecessor has also, from time to time, contracted vessels with contractual obligation to pay the yard in currencies other than the functional currency of U.S. Dollar of the vessel-owning Predecessor subsidiaries. Payments obligations in currencies other than U.S. Dollar expose the Predecessor to variability in currency exchange rates. The Predecessor believes that it is prudent to limit the variability of a portion of its currency exchange exposure. To meet this objective, the Predecessor entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the exchange rates towards the U.S. Dollar. The agreements change the variable exchange rate to fixed exchange rates at agreed dates. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no outstanding foreign exchange contracts.

The following table presents the realized and unrealized gains and losses that are recognized in earnings as net gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
(US $ in thousands)    2011     2012  

Realized gain (loss)

    

Interest rate swap contracts

   $ (5,738   $ (5,482

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     (828     —     

Unrealized gain (loss)

    

Interest rate swap contracts

     (11,407     (549

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     2,484        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (15,489   $ (6,031
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

(9) Fair Value Measurements

 

  (a) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Predecessor’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2012. Fair value is defined as the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  
(US $ in thousands)    Carrying
Amount
     Fair value      Carrying
amount
     Fair value  

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,189       $ 3,189       $ 1,287       $ 1,287   

Restricted cash

     852         852         830         830   

Financial liabilities:

           

Current derivative liabilities :

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     5,457         5,457         5,258         5,258   

Non-current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     21,874         21,874         22,622         22,622   

Long-term debt, current and non current

     375,933         373,508         347,850         342,655   

The carrying amounts shown in the table are included in the combined carve-out balance sheets under the indicated captions. The carrying values of trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and receivables/payables to owners and affiliates approximate their fair value.

The fair values of the financial instruments shown in the above table as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 represent the amounts that would be received to sell those assets or that would be paid to transfer those liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at that date. Those fair value measurements maximize the use of observable inputs. However, in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date, the fair value measurement reflects the Predecessor’s own judgment about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Those judgments are developed by the Predecessor based on the best information available in the circumstances, including expected cash flows and appropriately risk-adjusted discount rates, available observable and unobservable inputs.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash: The fair value of the Predecessor’s cash balances approximate the carrying amounts due to the current nature of the amounts.

 

   

Interest rate swap contracts: The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined using an income approach using the following significant inputs: (1) the term of the swap (weighted average of 6.9 years and 5.9 years, respectively), (2) the notional amount of the swap (ranging from $10,000 to $20,000), discount rates interpolated based on relevant LIBOR swap curves; and (3) the rate on the fixed leg of the swap (rates ranging from 3.84% to 5.10%).

 

   

Long-term debt: With respect to long-term debt measurements, the Predecessor uses market interest rates and adjusts that rate for all necessary risks, including its own credit risk. In determining an appropriate spread to reflect its credit standing, the Predecessor considered interest

 

F-19


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

 

rates currently offered to the KNOT group for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by KNOT’s and the Predecessor’s bankers as well as other banks that regularly compete to provide financing to the Predecessor.

 

  (b) Fair Value Hierarchy

The following table presents the placement in the fair value hierarchy of assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value or for which fair value is required to be disclosed) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

            Fair Value Measurements At
Reporting Date Using
 
(US $ in thousands)    December 31,
2011
     Quoted
prices in
active
markets
for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,189       $ 3,189       $ —         $ —     

Restricted cash

     852         852         —           —     

Financial liabilities:

           

Current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     5,457         —           5,457         —     

Non-current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     21,874         —           21,874         —     

Long-term debt, current and non current

     373,508         —           373,508         —     

 

            Fair Value Measurements At
Reporting Date Using
 
(US $ in thousands)    December 31,
2012
     Quoted
prices in
active
markets
for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,287       $ 1,287       $ —         $ —     

Restricted cash

     830         830         —           —     

Financial liabilities:

           

Current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     5,258         —           5,258         —     

Non-current derivative liabilities:

           

Interest rate swap contracts

     22,622         —           22,622         —     

Long-term debt, current and non current

     342,655         —           342,655         —     

The Predecessor’s accounting policy is to recognize transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy on the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. There were no transfers into or out of Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

(10) Current Assets

 

  (a) Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are presented net of provisions for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, there was no provision for doubtful accounts.

 

  (b) Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)    2011      2012  

Insurance claims for recoveries

   $ 259       $ 1,000   

Refund of value added tax

     169         —     

Prepaid expenses

     442         191   

Current portion of deferred debt issuance cost

     982         982   

Deferred incremental costs of MLP offering

     —           4,517   

Other receivable

     —           208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current assets

   $ 1,852       $ 6,898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred incremental cost of MLP offering include specific incremental costs directly attributable to the proposed offering of the Partnership units in the IPO, such as legal fees, auditor fees, printing costs, travel costs and similar items. These costs are deferred and will be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering at the close of the IPO.

 

(11) Vessels and Equipment

 

(US $ in thousands)    Vessel &
equipment
    Vessels under
construction
    Accumulated
depreciation
    Net
Vessels
 

Balance December 31, 2010

   $ 112,935      $ 298,534      $ (14,863   $ 396,606   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     —          133,781        —          133,781   

Drydock costs

     3,739        —          —          3,739   

Transfer from vessels under construction

     432,315        (432,315     —          —     

Disposals

     —          —          —          —     

Depreciation

     —          —          (16,229     (16,229
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2011

   $ 548,989      $ —        $ (31,092   $ 517,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     52        —          —          52   

Drydock costs

     —          —          —          —     

Transfer from vessels under construction

     —          —          —          —     

Disposals

     (900     —          900        —     

Depreciation

     —          —          (21,181     (21,181
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2012

   $ 548,141      $ —        $ (51,373   $ 496,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, Vessels with a book value of $517,897 and $496,768, respectively, are pledged as security held as a guarantee for the Predecessor’s long-term debt. See Note 14 Short-Term and Long-Term Debt.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

Drydocking activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, is summarized as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
(US $ in thousands)        2011             2012      

Balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 240      $ 3,228   

Costs incurred for dry docking

     3,739        —     

Drydock amortization

     (751     (756
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   $ 3,228      $ 2,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(12) Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Contract Liabilities

 

  (a) Goodwill

Goodwill arose in 2008 when TSSI acquired the remaining 50% interest in the majority of KNOT’s vessels, including the Windsor Knutsen and the three other Vessels of the Predecessor under construction, in a transaction that was accounted for as a step acquisition. See Note 2 (a) – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of preparation for a discussion on the allocation method. The carrying amount of goodwill that was allocated to the Predecessor was $5,750 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

 

  (b) Intangible Assets and Contract Liabilities

The Predecessor’s identified finite-lived intangible assets associated with contractual rights for a charter contract of a Vessel obtained in connection with a step acquisition in 2008 that had favorable contractual terms relative to market as of the acquisition date. The finite-lived intangible assets of $533 were fully amortized as of December 31, 2010. In addition, as part of that transaction, unfavorable contractual rights for charter contracts of two of the Vessels that had unfavorable contractual terms. The unfavorable contract rights are amortized over the period of the contract to time charter and bareboat revenues as follows:

 

(US $ in thousands)    Balance as of
December 31,
2010
    Amortization
for the year
ended
December 31,
2011
     Balance as of
December 31,
2011
    Amortization
for the year
ended
December 31,
2012
     Balance as of
December 31,
2012
 

Contract liabilities:

            

Unfavorable contract rights

   $ (18,215   $ 868       $ (17,347   $ 1,518       $ (15,829
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total amortization income

       868           1,518      
    

 

 

      

 

 

    

Accumulated amortization for contract liabilities was $868 and $2,386 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The amortization of contract liabilities that is classified under time charter and bareboat revenues on the combined carve-out income statement for the next five years is expected to be as follows:

 

     Amortization Schedule  
(US $ in thousands)    2013     2014     2015     2016     2017 and
thereafter
 

Contract liabilities:

          

Unfavorable contract rights

   $ (1,518   $ (1,518   $ (1,518   $ (1,518   $ (9,757

 

F-22


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

(13) Accrued Expenses

The following table presents accrued expenses as of December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)    2011      2012  

Operating expenses

   $ 629       $ 460   

Interest expenses

     1,186         1,045   

Other finance expenses

     331         298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 2,146       $ 1,803   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(14) Short-term and Long-term Debt

Short-term debt was fully repaid as of December 31, 2011.

Two $10 Million Bridge Loan Facilities

In December 2007 and September 2008, KNOT’s subsidiary owning Bodil Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into two short-term $10 million unsecured bridge loan facilities with a syndicate of banks to fund the first and second installments on the construction of Bodil Knutsen. TSSI was the guarantor for the bridge loan facilities which were each repaid in 2011 from proceeds of the Bodil Facility. The bridge loan facilities paid interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3%.

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 consisted of the following:

 

          December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)    Vessel    2011      2012  

$160 million Loan facility

   Fortaleza Knutsen &
Recife Knutsen
   $ 154,700       $ 144,100   

$ 19 million Loan facility

   Fortaleza Knutsen &
Recife Knutsen
     18,900         18,350   

$120 million Loan facility

   Bodil Knutsen      115,533         106,600   

$ 85 million Loan facility

   Windsor Knutsen      61,600         56,400   

$ 27 million Loan facility

   Windsor Knutsen      25,200         22,400   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

        375,933         347,850   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less current installments

        28,084         28,833   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current installment

      $ 347,849       $ 319,017   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

$160 Million Secured Loan Facility and $19 Million Secured Loan Facility

In December 2009, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, as the borrower, entered into a $160 million senior secured loan facility and a $19 million junior secured loan facility with syndicates of banks to fund the installment payments on the construction of the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen (collectively, the “Fortaleza and Recife Facilities”). The Fortaleza Knutsen, the Recife Knutsen, assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds, as well as certain cash accounts, have been pledged as first and second priority collateral for the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

TSSI was originally the guarantor for all outstanding amounts under the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities. In January 2012, KNOT entered into a guarantee agreement with the agent of the $160 million secured loan facility for the full amount of that loan. In addition, there was a request that the syndicate banks release TSSI from the existing guarantor agreement for the senior secured loan, which is pending. In September 2012, KNOT entered into a guarantee agreement and TSSI was released from the guarantee obligation for the $19 million junior secured loan for the full amount of that junior secured loan. As of December 31, 2012, KNOT is a guarantor for all outstanding amounts under the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities and TSSI remains a guarantor of the $160 million secured loan facility.

The $160 million senior secured loan facility includes two tranches. Each tranche is repayable in quarterly installments over five years with final balloon payments due at maturity of $54.9 million in March 2016 and $54.9 million in August 2016. The $160 million senior secured facility bears interest at floating London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin of 3.0%.

The $19 million junior secured loan facility includes two tranches. Each tranche is repayable in quarterly installments over five years with final balloon payments due at maturity of $5.5 million in March 2016 and $5.5 million in August 2016. The $19 million junior secured facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 4.5%.

The primary financial covenants as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Minimum liquidity of the borrower of $1 million;

 

   

Positive working capital of the borrower;

 

   

Minimum liquidity of $25 million for KNOT and of 4% of interest bearing debt for the KNOT Group;

 

   

Positive working capital of the KNOT Group;

 

   

Minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group of 19% in the period from December 31, 2012 until January 31, 2014, 22.5% in the period from February 1, 2014 until December 31, 2014 and 25% thereafter; and

 

   

EBITDA must exceed interest payable, any amount payable for the interest rate swaps and debt installments for the KNOT Group calculated on a four quarter rolling basis.

In addition, the following financial covenant applies to the $160 million senior secured loan facility as of December 31, 2012:

 

   

Value adjusted equity of TSSI, as guarantor, of at least one billion Norwegian kroner (“NOK”).

The covenants under the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities that are measured at the guarantor or KNOT Group level are not directly applicable to the Predecessor.

The borrower was not in compliance with the minimum liquidity and positive working capital covenants as of June 30, 2011. The borrower received a waiver of the covenants from the bank syndicates as of June 30, 2011. The borrower and the guarantor were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2011. As of December 6, 2012 and December 7, 2012, waivers were obtained for the $160 million secured loan facility and $19 million secured loan facility, respectively, for KNOT Group’s compliance with the EBITDA covenant for all interim and annual periods from December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014. In addition, the minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group was reduced from 22.5% to 19% for all interim and annual periods starting December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014. Except for the EBITDA covenant covered by the waiver, the borrower, the guarantors and KNOT Group were in compliance with all covenants, as amended, as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

$120 Million Secured Loan Facility

In February 2011, KNOT’s subsidiary owning the Bodil Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a $120 million senior secured loan facility with a syndicate of export credit agents and banks to fund the final installment on the construction of the Bodil Knutsen and to repay bridge financing incurred during construction (the “Bodil Facility”). The Bodil Knutsen, assignments of earnings, charterparty contracts and insurance proceeds have been pledged as collateral for the Bodil Facility. KNOT is the guarantor for all outstanding amounts under the Bodil Facility.

The Bodil Facility includes two tranches. One tranche is repayable in semi-annual installments over five years with a final balloon payment due at maturity of $42.7 million in February 2016. The second tranche is repayable in semi-annual installments over twelve years assuming the balloon payment of the first tranche is refinanced in 2016. If not, the second tranche becomes repayable with a final balloon payment due at maturity of $32.7 million in February 2016. The Bodil Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 0.6% to 3.0%.

The primary financial covenants as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Market value of the Bodil Knutsen must be no less than 100% of the outstanding balance under the Bodil Facility for the first 4 years and 120% for the 5 th year;

 

   

Minimum liquidity of (i) $3 million for the borrower (ii) $25 million for KNOT and (iii) 4% of interest bearing debt for the KNOT Group;

 

   

Positive working capital of the borrower and of KNOT Group;

 

   

EBITDA must exceed interest payable, any amounts payable for the interest rate swaps and debt installments for the KNOT Group calculated on a four quarter rolling basis; and

 

   

Minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group of 19% in the period from December, 2012 until January 31, 2014, 22.5% in the period from February 1, 2014 until December 31, 2014 and 25% thereafter.

The covenants under the Bodil Facility are measured at the borrower, guarantor or KNOT Group level and are not directly applicable to the Predecessor.

The borrower and the guarantor were in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 2011. However, the guarantor was not in compliance with the minimum liquidity covenant as of September 30, 2011, and the KNOT Group was not in compliance with the EBITDA covenant as of December 31, 2011. The borrower received a waiver from the bank syndicate for the guarantor’s liquidity covenant as of September 30, 2011 until December 31, 2011, at which time the guarantor was compliant with the covenant. As of December 3, 2012, a waiver was obtained for the Bodil Facility for KNOT Group’s compliance with the EBITDA covenant for all interim and annual periods from December 31, 2011 to January 31, 2014. In addition, the minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group was reduced from 22.5% to 19% for all interim and annual periods starting December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014. Except for the EBITDA covenant covered by the waiver, the borrower, the guarantor and KNOT Group were in compliance with all covenants, as amended, as of December 31, 2012.

$85 Million Secured Loan Facility

In April 2007, KNOT’s subsidiary owning the Windsor Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a $85 million senior secured loan facility with a bank to fund the purchase of the Windsor Knutsen (the “Windsor Purchase Facility”). The Windsor Knutsen, assignments of earnings, and insurance proceeds, as

 

F-25


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

well as certain cash accounts, have been pledged as collateral for the loan facility. The Windsor Purchase Facility is repayable in semi-annual installments over eight years with a final balloon payment due at maturity of $43.4 million in May 2015. The Windsor Purchase Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.6%.

The primary financial covenants as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Market value of the Windsor Knutsen may be no less than 110% of the aggregate outstanding balance of the Windsor Purchase Facility and Windsor Conversion Facility; and

 

   

Aggregate of cash and uncalled committed capital of a minimum of $5.2 million for the borrower.

The covenants under the Windsor Purchase Facility are measured at the borrower level and are not directly applicable to the Predecessor. The borrower was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

$27.3 Million Secured Loan Facility

In February 2011, KNOT’s subsidiary owning the Windsor Knutsen, as the borrower, entered into a $27.3 million junior secured loan facility with a bank to fund the conversion of the Windsor Knutsen from a conventional oil tanker to a shuttle tanker (the “Windsor Conversion Facility”). The Windsor Knutsen, assignments of earnings, and insurance proceeds, as well as certain cash accounts for the Windsor Knutsen and a second vessel owned by the borrower have been pledged as second priority collateral for the Windsor Conversion Facility. KNOT is the guarantor for all outstanding amounts under the Windsor Conversion Facility.

The Windsor Conversion Facility is repayable in semi-annual installments over four years with a final balloon payment due at maturity of $16.8 million in May 2015. The Windsor Conversion Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.75%.

The primary financial covenants as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

   

Market value of the Windsor Knutsen may be no less than 110% of the aggregate outstanding balance of the Windsor Purchase Facility and Windsor Conversion Facility;

 

   

Minimum uncalled committed capital of NOK 45 million for the borrower;

 

   

Positive working capital of the KNOT Group;

 

   

Minimum free liquidity for the KNOT Group of 4% of interest bearing debt and $ 25 million for the guarantor;

 

   

EBITDA must exceed interest payable, any amounts payable for the interest rate swaps and debt installments for the KNOT Group calculated on a four quarter rolling basis; and

 

   

Minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group of 19% in the period from December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014, 22.5% in the period from February 1, 2014 until December 31, 2014 and 25% thereafter.

These covenants are measured at the borrower, guarantor or KNOT Group level and are not directly applicable to the Predecessor.

The borrower and the guarantor were in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2011. However, the KNOT Group was not in compliance with the EBITDA covenant as of December 31, 2011. As of November 30, 2012, a waiver was obtained for the Windsor Conversion Facility for KNOT Group’s compliance with the EBITDA covenant for all interim and annual periods from December 31, 2011 to

 

F-26


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

January 31, 2014. In addition, the minimum book equity ratio for the KNOT Group was reduced from 22.5% to 19% for all interim and annual periods starting December 31, 2012 to January 31, 2014. Except for the EBITDA covenant covered by the waiver, the borrower, the guarantor and KNOT Group were in compliance with all covenants, as amended, as of December 31, 2012.

The LIBOR interest rates for the individual loans do not include the effect of the Predecessor’s interest rate swaps. See Note 8 – Derivative Instruments and Note 9 – Fair Value Measurements.

The Predecessor does not have any unused commitments for long-term financing arrangements. Each of the Predecessor’s loan facilities contain cross-default provisions that would be triggered if KNOT or one of its subsidiaries defaults under their respective loan agreements. In addition, each of the Predecessor’s loan facilities contains material adverse change clauses that allow the lenders to accelerate debt repayments under conditions not objectively determinable. The Partnership intends to amend each of the loan facilities in connection with its IPO such that (1) subsidiaries of the Partnership will become the borrowers, where applicable, under the loan facilities, (2) the outstanding balances on certain of the loans will be reduced or fully repaid and (3) all loan facilities will be guaranteed solely by the Partnership and secured solely by the Partnership’s assets. In addition, following the amendments to the loan facilities, the cross default provisions will only relate to the Partnership’s loan facilities and not to the loan agreements of KNOT or other related parties.

The total outstanding debt as of December 31, 2012 is repayable as follows:

 

(US $ in thousands)       

2013

   $ 28,833   

2014

     29,683   

2015

     85,433   

2016

     173,567   

2017 and thereafter

     30,334   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 347,850   
  

 

 

 

 

(15) Income Taxes

 

  (a) Components of Current and Deferred Tax Expense (Benefit)

All of the loss from continuing operations before income taxes was taxable to Norway for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 are all taxable to Norway as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)        2011             2012      

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (17,578   $ 5,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of current and deferred income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)        2011             2012      

Current tax expense

   $ —        $ —     

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

     (1,240     1,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (1,240   $ 1,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

  (b) Tax Rate Reconciliation

Income taxes attributable to income or loss from continuing operations was an income tax benefit of $1,240 and an income tax expense of $1,261 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the Norwegian ordinary income tax rate of 28% to pretax net income as a result of the following:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)        2011             2012      

Income tax expense (benefit) at Norwegian ordinary tax rate

   $ (4,922   $ 1,524   

Adjustments for amounts not taxable under tonnage tax regime

     (125     (3,154

Adjustments due to permanent differences

     103        1,266   

Translation differences

     (15     (605

Reduction in income tax benefit resulting from a change in valuation allowance

     3,719        2,230   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ (1,240   $ 1,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     7     23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (c) Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities:

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2012 are presented below.

 

     December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)    2011     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued guarantee commission

   $ 93      $ 83   

Contracts liabilities

     830        814   

Interest rate swaps

     7,570        7,806   

Prepaid charter and deferred revenue

     —          49   

Tax loss carry forward for ordinary tax

     12,126        13,963   

Financial loss carry forwards for tonnage tax

     3,818        5,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     24,437        28,503   

Less valuation allowance

     (9,692     (11,922
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     14,745        16,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Vessels and equipment

     13,368        17,999   

Long-term debt

     2,434        1,003   

Contract liabilities

     35        9   

Deferred debt issuance cost

     454        377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     16,291        19,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 1,546      $ 2,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

The net deferred tax liability is classified in the combined carve-out balance sheet as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)        2011             2012      

Current deferred tax asset

   $ 732      $ 290   

Non-current deferred tax liabilities

     (2,279     (3,097
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 1,546      $ 2,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in the net deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2012 are presented below:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)        2011             2012      

Net deferred tax liabilities at January 1

   $ 2,787      $ 1,546   

Change in temporary differences

     4,018        2,257   

Benefit of loss carried forward ordinary tax

     (7,292     (935

Benefit of loss carried forward tonnage tax

     (1,671     (1,686

Change in valuation allowance

     3,719        2,230   

Translation differences

     (15     (605
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities at December 31

   $ 1,546      $ 2,807   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the benefit from the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowances were $9,692 and $11,922, respectively, as of December 31, 2011 and 2012. The valuation allowances relate to the financial loss carry forwards and other deferred tax assets for tonnage tax that, in the judgment of the Predecessor, are not more-likely-than-not to be realized reflecting the Predecessor’s cumulative loss position for tonnage tax. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Predecessor considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized taking into account all the positive and negative evidence available.

The tax loss carry forwards from ordinary taxation and financial loss carry forwards for tonnage tax have no expiration dates.

The Predecessor’s Norwegian income tax returns are subject to examination by Norwegian tax authorities going back ten years from 2012. The Predecessor had no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2011 and 2012. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Predecessor did not incur any interest or penalties on its tax returns.

 

(16) Related Party Transactions

 

  (a) Related Parties

The Predecessor is owned 100% by KNOT. KNOT is owned 50% by TSSI and 50% by NYK. TSSI also controls 99% of Knutsen OAS Shipping AS (“KOAS”), which subcontracts services from Knutsen OAS Management AS, which served as the vessel management companies for KNOT and its subsidiaries until June 30, 2012. As of July 1, 2012, KNOT Management AS, a 100% owned subsidiary of KNOT, assumed responsibility for the commercial and technical management of the Vessels.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

The Predecessor has been charged by KNOT, KOAS and TSSI for commercial services related to the charters, technical and operational support related to the operation of the Vessels, certain administrative costs and finance fees, as well as fees for shipyard supervision for Vessels under construction. Amounts included in the combined carve-out statements of operations or capitalized in the combined carve-out balance sheets as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 are as follows:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)       2011             2012      

Statements of operations:

 

Time charter and bareboat revenues:

   

Commercial commission fee from KNOT to Vessels (I)

  $ 544      $ 775   

Operating expenses:

   

Technical and operational management fee from KOAS to Vessels (II)

    742        436   

Technical and operational management fee from KNOT to Vessels (II)

    —          426   

Administration fee from KNOT to Vessels (III)

    52        359   

Accounting service fee from KNOT to subsidiaries (IV)

    8        17   

IPO administration cost from KNOT to subsidiaries (V)

    —          877   

Finance income (expense):

   

Financing service fee from KNOT to Vessels (VI)

    368        3   

Interest expense charged from KNOT to subsidiaries (VII)

    1,764        1,654   

Guarantee commission from TSSI to Vessels (VIII)

    860        818   

Guarantee commission from KNOT to Vessels (VIII)

    595        1,388   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 4,933      $ 6,753   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Balance sheets:

     

Vessels

     

New building supervision fee from KOAS to Vessels (IX)

   $ 2,003       $ —     

Licensing of technology fees from KOAS to Vessel (X)

     1,118         —     

Interest capitalized charged from KNOT to subsidiaries (XI)

     545         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,666       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

I) Commercial commission from KNOT to Vessels: KNOT provides commercial services related to negotiating and maintaining the charters. KNOT invoices a fixed percentage of revenue as a commercial commission for these services.
II)

Technical and operational management fee from KOAS and KNOT to Vessels: KOAS and KNOT provides technical and operational management of the vessels on time charter including crewing, purchasing, maintenance and other operational, bookkeeping and administrative support. For bareboat charters, KOAS provides bookkeeping and administrative support. KOAS invoices a fixed amount per day per vessel based upon providing either time charter or bareboat services. In addition, there is also a charge for 24 hour

 

F-30


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

  emergency response services provided by KOAS for all vessels managed by KOAS and KNOT. The direct cost for the response services is allocated to all vessels without a mark-up based upon the number of vessels in managed by KOAS and KNOT.
III) Administration fee from KNOT to Vessels: Administration costs include the compensation and benefits of KNOT management and administrative staff as well as other general and administration expenses. The net administration costs were invoiced to vessels based upon the number of vessels in KNOT’s fleet. Net administration costs are total administration cost plus a 5% margin, reduced for the total fees for services delivered by the administration staffs (the accounting service fees (see IV) below) and the financing service fees (see (VI) below) and the estimated shareholder costs for KNOT which are not allocated. As such, the level of net administration costs as a basis for the allocation can vary from year to year based on the administration and financing services offered by KNOT to all the vessels in its fleet each year.
IV) Accounting service fee from KNOT to subsidiaries : KNOT invoiced each subsidiary a fixed fee for the preparation of the statutory financial statements (including Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, which owns the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS). Such charges were allocated to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen based on the number of vessels in the legal entity.
V) IPO administration cost from KNOT to subsidiaries: In connection with the preparation of the financial statements and the prospectus for the IPO, KNOT has invoiced actual cost for internal resources, including salaries and administration cost, plus a 5% margin. Since the costs are not incremental cost directly attributable to the offering in the IPO, they are expensed as incurred.
VI) Financing service fee from KNOT to Vessels: KNOT invoiced each vessel for a fixed percentage of the principal of any new loan facilities for vessel financing as compensation for the time and costs of loan negotiations with external banks.
VII) Interest expense charged from KNOT to subsidiaries: KNOT invoiced interest expense (income) for any outstanding payables to (receivable from) owners and affiliates to the vessel owning subsidiaries (including Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, which owns the Recife Knutsen and the Fortaleza Knutsen and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS). Since payables to (receivables from) owners and affiliates are not tracked by vessel, balances based upon payments by owners to the shipyard were allocated to the Bodil Knutsen and the Windsor Knutsen (see Note 2(a) – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: Basis of preparation, for a description of the allocation principles applied). Interest expense was allocated based upon the allocated payables to owners and affiliates and the historical interest rates charged.
VIII) Guarantee commission from TSSI/KNOT to Vessels: TSSI and KNOT are guarantors for the Predecessor’s loan facilities (see Note 14 – Short-term and Long-term Debt and (b) Guarantees below). TSSI and KNOT invoice an annual commission to each of the Vessels as a fixed percentage of the outstanding balance as compensation for the guarantee.
IX) New building supervision fee from KOAS to Vessels : KOAS charges a fixed fee for supervision of each vessel under construction that is invoiced on a straight-line basis over the period of construction. Such fees, along with direct and incremental supervision costs incurred, are capitalized as part of the Vessels under construction.
X) Licensing of technology fees from TSSI to Vessel : TSSI has developed technology for a pollution prevention system that reduces VOC (volatile organic compounds) emissions into the air during loading and transit of the vessels, which was installed on the Vessels under construction. TSSI invoices a licensing fee for the technology which is capitalized as part of the Vessels under construction.
XI) Interest capitalized charged from KNOT to subsidiaries : KNOT invoiced interest expense for outstanding payables to owners and affiliates to the vessel owning subsidiaries as explained in (VII) above. Such interest expense is capitalized for qualifying Vessels under construction.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

  (b) Guarantees

TSSI has issued guarantees as security for charter parties entered into by the vessel owning subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, TSSI was also the guarantor for the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities. As of December 31, 2012, KNOT is a guarantor for the Fortaleza and Recife Facilities and TSSI also guarantees the $160 million secured loan facility. KNOT is also guarantor for the Bodil Facility as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

 

  (c) Transactions with Management

The Predecessor had no Board of Directors, CEO or personnel during 2011 and 2012 and, accordingly, has paid no direct remuneration to any management or members of the Board of Directors. Trygve Seglem, the President and CEO of KNOT has received $312 and $427, respectively, in salary from KNOT Management AS during 2011 and 2012. He also controls Seglem Holding AS, which has a 100% equity interest of TSSI, which controls KOAS. TSSI owns 50% in KNOT. Trygve Seglem owns 70% of the equity interests in Seglem Holding AS, and each of his daughters, Synnøve Seglem and Jorunn Seglem, each owns 15% of the equity interests.

In 2011 and 2012, all remuneration and cost related to the members of the Board of Directors in KNOT was paid directly by the respective owners of KNOT.

NYK, which own 50% of KNOT, has management and administrative personnel on secondment to KNOT starting in March 2011. The cost for such services was $583 in 2011 and $639 in 2012. NYK has no other related party transactions with KNOT.

See this Note 16- Related Party Transactions Items III and IV for a discussion of the allocation principles for KNOT’s administrative costs, including management and administrative staff, included in the combined carve-out statements of operations.

 

  (d) Payable to Owners and Affiliates

The following table presents amounts payable to owners and affiliates as of December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     December 31,  
(US $ in thousands)    2011      2012  

KOAS

   $ 252       $ —     

KNOT

     33,765         12,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,017       $ 12,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts due to owners and affiliates are unsecured, and intended to be settled in the ordinary course of business. They primarily relate to financing of certain payments to shipyards, vessel management and other fees due to KNOT and KOAS. As of November 16, 2012, KNOT converted payable to owners and affiliates of $25,664 to equity.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

(17) Commitments and Contingencies

Claims and Legal Proceedings

In September, 2012, the Bodil Knutsen was involved in an accident which damaged a mooring at a port of call. There was no damage to the Vessel. The Predecessor accrued for the probable liability for the threatened claim for damages to the mooring for the year ended December 31, 2012. The probable liability is subject to revisions as additional information becomes available and insurance claims can be submitted when damage claims are received.

Under the Predecessor’s time charter agreements, claims to reduce hire payments can be made if the Vessel does not perform to certain specifications in the agreements. An accrual for a probable claim was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012 which is subject to revisions.

The Predecessor is involved in various claims and legal actions from time to time arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Predecessor’s combined carve-out financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Insurance

The Predecessor maintains insurance on all the Vessels to insure against marine and war risks, which include damage to or total loss of the Vessels, subject to deductible amounts which averages $150,000 per Vessel, and loss of hire. Under the loss of hire policies, the insurer will pay the hire rate agreed in respect of each Vessel for each day, in excess of a 14 deductible days, for the time that the Vessel is out of service as a result of damage, for a maximum of 180 days. In addition, the Predecessor maintains protection and indemnity insurance, which covers third-party legal liabilities arising in connection with the Vessel’s activities, including, among other things, the injury or death of third-party persons, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels and other damage to other third-party property, including pollution arising from oil or other substances. This insurance is unlimited, except for pollution, which is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident.The protection and indemnity insurance is maintained through a protection and indemnity association, and as a member of the association, the Predecessor may be required to pay amounts above budgeted premiums if the member claims exceed association reserves, subject to certain reinsured amounts. If the Predecessor experiences multiple claims each with individual deductibles, losses due to risks that are not insured or claims for insured risks that are not paid, it could have a material adverse effect on the Predecessor’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

(18) Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The following supplemental information is provided related to the Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
(US $ in thousands)    2011      2012  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

     

Payable to owner and affiliates converted to equity

   $ —         $ 25,664   

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Interest paid

     8,926         13,612   

Income taxes paid

     —           —     

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP PREDECESSOR

NOTES TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In US $ thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

 

(19) Subsequent Events

The Predecessor has evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through February 28, 2013, the date at which the combined carve-out financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there are no other items to disclose except as follows.

In January 2013, BG Oil Services Ltd declared its option to extend the Windsor Knutsen time charter contract for one year from April 19, 2013 to April 19, 2014. The charterers have remaining options to extend this charter for up to two additional one year periods until April 2016.

As of February 27, 2013, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS had acquired the 100% ownership in KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS in a reorganization under common control. As of that date, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 12 AS owned a 90% ownership of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, which owns the Fortaleza Knutsen and the Recife Knutsen. The remaining 10% ownership of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS is held by its general partner, Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII AS. In addition, as of February 27, 2013, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS was the owner of the Bodil Knutsen and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS was the owner of the Windsor Knutsen.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of KNOT Offshore Partners LP as of February 21, 2013. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of KNOT Offshore Partners LP at February 21, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young AS

Bergen, Norway

February 28, 2013

 

F-35


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

BALANCE SHEET AS OF FEBRUARY 21, 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION)

(In US $)

 

     February 21, 2013  

Assets

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Partners’ Equity:

  

Limited Partner

   $ 980   

General Partner

     20   

Receivables from partners

     (1,000
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Partners’ Equity

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the balance sheet.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

NOTES TO THE BALANCE SHEET AS OF FEBRUARY 21, 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION)

1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “Partnership”) is a Marshall Islands limited partnership formed on February 21, 2013 to own, operate and acquire shuttle tankers. The Partnership intends to acquire interests in four shuttle tankers from Knutsen NYK Tankers AS which will be accounted for as a transaction under common control.

The Partnership intends to offer common units, representing limited partner interests in the Partnership, pursuant to a public offering. In addition, the Partnership will issue to Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS (1) common units and subordinated units, representing additional limited partner interests in the Partnership and (2) the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing percentages (up to a maximum of 50.0% ) of the distributions the Partnership makes above the highest target level. KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company formed on February 19, 2013, owns the 2% general partner interest in the Partnership.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

This statement of financial position has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Separate Statements of Income, Changes in Partners’ Equity and of Cash Flows have not been presented in the financial statement because there have been no activities of the Partnership.

3. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated from the balance sheet date through February 28, 2013 and it has been determined that there are no other items to disclose.

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

 

 

 

FORM OF

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

 

 

 

A-i


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

   DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION      A-1   

Section 1.1

   Definitions      A-1   

Section 1.2

   Construction      A-15   

ARTICLE II

   ORGANIZATION      A-15   

Section 2.1

   Formation      A-15   

Section 2.2

   Name      A-16   

Section 2.3

   Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices      A-16   

Section 2.4

   Purpose and Business      A-16   

Section 2.5

   Powers      A-16   

Section 2.6

   Term      A-16   

Section 2.7

   Title to Partnership Assets      A-16   

ARTICLE III

   RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS      A-17   

Section 3.1

   Limitation of Liability      A-17   

Section 3.2

   Management of Business      A-17   

Section 3.3

   Outside Activities of the Limited Partners      A-17   

Section 3.4

   Rights of Limited Partners      A-17   

ARTICLE IV

   CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS      A-18   

Section 4.1

   Certificates      A-18   

Section 4.2

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates      A-18   

Section 4.3

   Record Holders      A-19   

Section 4.4

   Transfer Generally      A-19   

Section 4.5

   Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests      A-19   

Section 4.6

   Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest      A-20   

Section 4.7

   Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights      A-21   

Section 4.8

   Restrictions on Transfers      A-21   

ARTICLE V

   CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS      A-21   

Section 5.1

   Contributions Prior to the Closing Date      A-21   

Section 5.2

   Initial Unit Issuances; Tax Election; Initial Contributions and Redemption of Common Units      A-22   

Section 5.3

   Interest and Withdrawal      A-22   

Section 5.4

   Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests      A-22   

Section 5.5

   Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests      A-23   

Section 5.6

   Conversion of Subordinated Units to Common Units      A-23   

Section 5.7

   Limited Preemptive Right      A-23   

Section 5.8

   Splits and Combinations      A-23   

Section 5.9

   Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests      A-24   

Section 5.10

   Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights      A-24   

ARTICLE VI

   DISTRIBUTIONS      A-26   

Section 6.1

   Allocations      A-26   

Section 6.2

   Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders      A-26   

Section 6.3

   Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus      A-26   

Section 6.4

   Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus      A-28   

Section 6.5

   Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels      A-28   

Section 6.6

   Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units      A-28   

Section 6.7

   Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights      A-28   

ARTICLE VII

   MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS      A-29   

Section 7.1

   Management      A-29   

 

A-ii


Table of Contents

Section 7.2

   The Board of Directors; Election and Appointment; Term; Manner of Acting      A-29   

Section 7.3

   Nominations of Elected Directors      A-30   

Section 7.4

   Removal of Members of Board of Directors      A-30   

Section 7.5

   Resignations of Members of the Board of Directors      A-31   

Section 7.6

   Vacancies on the Board of Directors      A-31   

Section 7.7

   Meetings; Committees; Chairman      A-31   

Section 7.8

   Officers      A-32   

Section 7.9

   Compensation of Directors      A-32   

Section 7.10

   Certificate of Limited Partnership      A-32   

Section 7.11

   Restrictions on the Authority of the Board of Directors and the General Partner      A-33   

Section 7.12

   Reimbursement of the General Partner      A-33   

Section 7.13

   Outside Activities      A-34   

Section 7.14

   Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members      A-35   

Section 7.15

   Indemnification      A-35   

Section 7.16

   Liability of Indemnitees      A-36   

Section 7.17

   Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties      A-37   

Section 7.18

   Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and the Board of Directors      A-39   

Section 7.19

   Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests      A-39   

Section 7.20

   Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates      A-39   

Section 7.21

   Reliance by Third Parties      A-41   

ARTICLE VIII

   BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS      A-42   

Section 8.1

   Records and Accounting      A-42   

Section 8.2

   Fiscal Year      A-42   

Section 8.3

   Reports      A-42   

ARTICLE IX

   TAX MATTERS      A-42   

Section 9.1

   Tax Elections and Information      A-42   

Section 9.2

   Tax Withholding      A-42   

Section 9.3

   Conduct of Operations      A-43   

ARTICLE X

   ADMISSION OF PARTNERS      A-43   

Section 10.1

   Admission of Initial Limited Partners      A-43   

Section 10.2

   Admission of Additional Limited Partners      A-43   

Section 10.3

   Admission of Successor General Partner      A-43   

Section 10.4

   Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership      A-44   

ARTICLE XI

   WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS      A-44   

Section 11.1

   Withdrawal of the General Partner      A-44   

Section 11.2

   Removal of the General Partner      A-45   

Section 11.3

   Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner      A-45   

Section 11.4

   Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages      A-47   

Section 11.5

   Withdrawal of Limited Partners      A-47   

ARTICLE XII

   DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION      A-47   

Section 12.1

   Dissolution      A-47   

Section 12.2

   Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution      A-48   

Section 12.3

   Liquidating Trustee      A-48   

Section 12.4

   Liquidation      A-48   

Section 12.5

   Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership      A-50   

Section 12.6

   Return of Contributions      A-50   

Section 12.7

   Waiver of Partition      A-50   

 

A-iii


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XIII

   AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE      A-50   

Section 13.1

   Amendments to be Adopted Without Approval of the Limited Partners or the General Partner      A-50   

Section 13.2

   Amendment Procedures      A-51   

Section 13.3

   Amendment Requirements      A-51   

Section 13.4

   Special Meetings      A-52   

Section 13.5

   Notice of a Meeting      A-52   

Section 13.6

   Record Date      A-53   

Section 13.7

   Adjournment      A-53   

Section 13.8

   Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes      A-53   

Section 13.9

   Quorum and Voting      A-53   

Section 13.10

   Conduct of a Meeting      A-53   

Section 13.11

   Action Without a Meeting      A-54   

Section 13.12

   Right to Vote and Related Matters      A-54   

ARTICLE XIV

   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION      A-55   

Section 14.1

   Authority      A-55   

Section 14.2

   Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion      A-55   

Section 14.3

   Approval by Limited Partners of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion      A-56   

Section 14.4

   Certificate of Merger or Conversion      A-57   

Section 14.5

   Amendment of Partnership Agreement      A-57   

Section 14.6

   Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion      A-57   

ARTICLE XV

   RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS      A-58   

Section 15.1

   Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests      A-58   

ARTICLE XVI

   GENERAL PROVISIONS      A-59   

Section 16.1

   Addresses and Notices      A-59   

Section 16.2

   Further Action      A-59   

Section 16.3

   Binding Effect      A-59   

Section 16.4

   Integration      A-60   

Section 16.5

   Creditors      A-60   

Section 16.6

   Waiver      A-60   

Section 16.7

   Counterparts      A-60   

Section 16.8

   Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction      A-60   

Section 16.9

   Invalidity of Provisions      A-61   

Section 16.10

   Consent of Partners      A-61   

Section 16.11

   Facsimile Signatures      A-61   

Section 16.12

   Third-Party Beneficiaries      A-61   

 

A-iv


Table of Contents

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP, dated as of                     , 2013, is entered into by and between KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, as the General Partner and Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1     Definitions .    The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Acquisition ” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction; provided , however , that any acquisition of properties or assets of another Person that is made solely for investment purposes shall not constitute an Acquisition under this Agreement.

Adjusted Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period, Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period (a) less (i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) with respect to such period and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) over such period to the extent such reduction does not relate to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and (b) plus (i) the amount of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) with respect to such period; (ii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) for Operating Expenditures over such period to the extent such reserve is required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and (iii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus. Adjusted Operating Surplus includes that portion of Operating Surplus in clause (a)(ii) of the definition of Operating Surplus only to the extent that cash is received by the Partnership Group.

Affiliate ” or “ Affiliates ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “ control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

Agreed Value ” means the fair market value of the applicable property or other consideration at the time of contribution or distribution, as the case may be, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Agreement ” means this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Annual Meeting ” means the meeting of Limited Partners to be held every year, commencing in 2013, to elect the Elected Directors as provided in Section 7.2 and to vote on any other matters brought before the meeting in accordance with this Agreement.

Appointed Directors ” means the members of the Board of Directors appointed by the General Partner in accordance with the provisions of Article VII .

Associate ” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person: (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

Audit Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors composed of a minimum of three members of the Board of Directors then serving who meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and meet the standards for audit committee composition established by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.

Available Cash ” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

(a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter, (ii) all additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, and (iii) all cash and cash equivalents on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash resulting from cash distributions received after the end of such Quarter from any Group Member’s equity interest in any Person (other than a Subsidiary), which distributions are paid by such Person in respect of operations conducted by such Person during such Quarter, less

(b) the amount of any cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) established by the Board of Directors to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject and/or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.3 or Section   6.4 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may not establish cash reserves pursuant to (iii)  above if the effect of establishing such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided, further , that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the Board of Directors so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Available Cash ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Partnership, composed of Appointed Directors and Elected Directors appointed or elected, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Article VII and a majority of whom are not United States citizens or residents, which, pursuant to Section 7.1 , and subject to Section 7.11 , oversees and directs the operations, management and policies of the Partnership. The Board of Directors shall constitute a committee within the meaning of Section 30(2)(g) of the Marshall Islands Act.

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Capital Contribution ” means (a) with respect to any Partner, any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting discounts or commissions) or (b) with respect to the General Partner only, (i) distributions of cash that the General Partner is entitled to receive but otherwise waives such that the Partnership retains such cash or (ii) Common Units that the General Partner contributes to the Partnership.

Capital Improvement ” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, construction of new or improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets by any Group Member or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which a Group Member has, or after such capital contribution will have, an equity interest, to fund the Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the addition or improvement to or the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, or the improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets by such Person, in each case if such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction is made to increase the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, replacement, acquisition or construction; provided, however , that any such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction that is made solely for investment purposes shall not constitute a Capital Improvement.

Capital Surplus ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.2(a) .

Cause ” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding a Person liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership or as a member of the Board of Directors, as the case may be.

Certificate ” means a certificate (a) substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, (b) issued in global or book entry form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depositary or (c) in such other form as may be adopted by the Board of Directors, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the Board of Directors, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Interests.

Certificate of Limited Partnership ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Registrar of Corporations of The Marshall Islands as referenced in Section 7.10 as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

claim ” (as used in Section 7.20(c) ) has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(c) .

Closing Date ” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

Closing Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the

 

A-3


Table of Contents

average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the respective Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by any quotation system then in use with respect to such Limited Partner Interests, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the Board of Directors, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the Board of Directors.

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

Combined Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.3(a) .

Commences Commercial Service ” and “ Commenced Commercial Service ” shall mean the date a Capital Improvement is first put into commercial service by a Group Member following, if applicable, completion of construction, acquisition, development and testing.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Unit ” means a Partnership Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “ Common Unit ” does not refer to a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.3(a)(i) .

Conflicts Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors composed entirely of two or more directors who are not any of the following: (a) security holders, officers or employees of the General Partner, (b) officers, directors or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the Partnership Group (other than Common Units or awards granted to such director under any long-term incentive plan of any Group Member) and who also meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.

Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership.

Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution and Conveyance Agreement, dated as of                     , 2013, among the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Company, KNOT and the other parties named therein, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder or entered into in connection therewith.

Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the Common Unit Arrearage with respect to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day

 

A-4


Table of Contents

of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.3(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.4 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

Current Market Price ” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.

Deferred Issuance and Distribution ” means both (a) the issuance by the Partnership of additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x) minus (y) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option on the Option Closing Date(s), and (b) distributions of cash pursuant to the Contribution Agreement in an amount equal to the total amount of cash contributed by the Underwriters to the Partnership on or in connection with any Option Closing Date with respect to Common Units issued by the Partnership upon the applicable exercise of the Over-Allotment Option in accordance with Section 5.2 , if any.

Departing General Partner ” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section   11.2 .

Depositary ” means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.

Elected Directors ” means the members of the Board of Directors who are elected as such in accordance with the provisions of Article VII and at least three of whom are not any of the following: (a) security holders, officers or employees of the General Partner, (b) officers or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner, (c) holders of any ownership interest in the Partnership Group (other than Common Units or awards granted to such director under any long-term incentive plan of any Group Member) and who also meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading or (d) United States citizens or residents.

Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means an estimate made in good faith by the Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) of the average quarterly Maintenance Capital Expenditures that the Partnership will need to incur to maintain over the long-term the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group (including the Partnership’s proportionate share of the average quarterly Maintenance Capital Expenditures of its Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) existing at the time the estimate is made. The Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) will be permitted to make such estimate in any manner it determines reasonable. Beginning after the Closing Date, the estimate will be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of Maintenance Capital Expenditures on a long-term basis. The Partnership shall disclose to its Partners any change in the amount of Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures in its reports made in accordance with Section 8.3 to the extent not previously disclosed. Any adjustments to Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall be prospective only.

Event of Withdrawal ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a) .

Expansion Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall not include Maintenance Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued, in each case, to fund the construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a binding

 

A-5


Table of Contents

obligation to commence construction of the Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service or the date that such Capital Improvement is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred or equity issued to fund any such construction period interest payments, or such construction period distributions on equity paid in respect of such period shall also be deemed to be debt incurred or equity issued, as the case may be, to fund the construction of a Capital Improvement, and the Incremental Incentive Distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity shall be deemed to be distributions paid on equity issued to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement.

First Target Distribution ” means $         per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2013, it means the product of $          multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis ” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes (a) the weighted average number of Outstanding Units plus (b) all Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership (i) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, in each case, that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (ii) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (iii) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (iv) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, however , that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended, such Partnership Interests, options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; and provided, further , that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (y) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (z) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.

General Partner ” means KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

General Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner and without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), which is evidenced by General Partner Units and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

General Partner Unit ” means a fractional part of the General Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the General Partner Interest. A General Partner Unit is not a Unit.

Group ” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power over or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

 

A-6


Table of Contents

Group Member ” means a member of the Partnership Group.

Group Member Agreement ” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, in each case as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Hedge Contract ” means any exchange, swap, forward, future, cap, floor, collar or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of hedging the Partnership Group’s exposure to fluctuations in the price of interest rates, currencies or commodities in their operations and not for speculative purposes.

Holder ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(a) .

IDR Reset Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

IDR Reset Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(a) .

Incentive Distribution Right ” means a non-voting Limited Partner Interest, which Partnership Interest will confer upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations specifically provided in this Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law.

Incentive Distributions ” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.3 .

Incremental Incentive Distributions ” means, with respect to any newly issued equity securities of the Partnership, the incremental amount of any Incentive Distributions payable under Section 6.3 based solely upon the amount of distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity securities.

Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.20(c) .

Indemnitee ” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of any Person which any of the preceding clauses of this definition describes, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner as an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person ( provided, however , that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services), (f) the members of the Board of Directors, (g) the Officers, and (h) any other Person the Board of Directors designates as an “ Indemnitee ” for purposes of this Agreement.

Initial Common Units ” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.

Initial General Partner Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

 

A-7


Table of Contents

Initial Limited Partner Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

Initial Limited Partners ” means KNOT and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted as Partners to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1 .

Initial Offering ” means the initial public offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement, including any Common Units sold pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Initial Unit Price ” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters first offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the Board of Directors, in each case adjusted as the Board of Directors determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

Interim Capital Transactions ” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters in the Initial Offering or pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option); (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member (including assets acquired using Investment Capital Expenditures) other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements; (d) capital contributions received; and (e) corporate reorganizations or restructurings.

Investment Capital Expenditures ” means capital expenditures other than Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures.

KNOT ” means Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS.

Limited Partner ” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Organizational Limited Partner, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3 , in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership; provided, however , that when the term “ Limited Partner ” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV , such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of an Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law. Limited Partners may include custodians, nominees or any other individual or entity in its own or any representative capacity.

Limited Partner Interest ” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that when the term “ Limited Partner Interest ” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Articles XIII and XIV , such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.

Liquidation Date ” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b)  of the first sentence of Section 12.2 , the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the

 

A-8


Table of Contents

Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

Liquidating Trustee ” means one or more Persons selected by the Board of Directors to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 .

Maintenance Capital Expenditures ” means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to, or the replacement of, the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets) if such expenditure is made to maintain, including over the long term, the operating capacity and/or asset base of the Partnership Group. Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall not include Expansion Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall include interest payments (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions in respect of equity issued, in each case, to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such replacement asset Commences Commercial Service or the date that such replacement asset is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or equity issued to fund the construction or development period interest payments, or such construction or development period distributions on equity shall also be deemed to be debt incurred or equity issued, as the case may be, to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset, and the Incremental Incentive Distributions paid in respect of such newly issued equity shall be deemed to be distributions paid on equity issued to finance the construction or development of a replacement asset.

Marshall Islands Act ” means the Limited Partnership Act of The Republic of the Marshall Islands, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1 .

Minimum Quarterly Distribution ” means $            per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June   30, 2013, it means the product of $            multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

National Securities Exchange ” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Net Agreed Value ” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Agreed Value of such property, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.

Norwegian Resident Holders ” means all persons (including individuals, entities, partnerships, trusts and estates) that are residents of Norway for purposes of the Tax Act on Income and Wealth.

Notice of Election to Purchase ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(b) .

Officers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.8(a) .

 

A-9


Table of Contents

Omnibus Agreement ” means that Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among KNOT, the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company and KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS.

Operating Company ” means KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

Operating Company Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Operating Company, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Operating Expenditures ” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned), including taxes, employee and director compensation, reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt service payments, capital expenditures, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts ( provided, (y) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the initial purchase of any Hedge Contract, such amounts shall be amortized over the life of the Hedge Contract and (z) that payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in Operating Expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract), subject to the following:

(a) deemed repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;

(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures; and

(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include any of (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, Investment Capital Expenditures or actual Maintenance Capital Expenditures, but shall include Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures, (ii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions or (iii) distributions to Partners,

where capital expenditures consist of both (y) Maintenance Capital Expenditures and (z) Expansion Capital Expenditures and/or Investment Capital Expenditures, the Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.

Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication:

(a) the sum of (i) $            million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, other than cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions (excluding return on capital from Investment Capital Expenditures); provided , that cash receipts from the termination of a Hedge Contract prior to its specified termination date shall be included in Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract, (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid on equity issued (including Incremental Incentive Distributions) in connection with the construction of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence the construction of such Capital Improvement or replacement of such capital asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement or replacement capital asset Commences Commercial Service or the date that it is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued to fund the construction period interest payments on debt incurred (including periodic net

 

A-10


Table of Contents

payments under related Hedge Contracts), or construction period distributions on equity issued (including Incremental Incentive Distributions), to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset shall also be deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement or replacement of such capital asset for purposes of this clause (iv) ), less

(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning immediately after the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, (ii) the amount of cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned) established by the Board of Directors to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures, (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within 12 months after having been incurred and (iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an Investment Capital Expenditure; provided, however , that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the Board of Directors so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Operating Surplus ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero. Cash receipts from Investment Capital Expenditures shall be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return on capital, but in no event shall a return of capital be treated as cash receipts.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the Board of Directors.

Option Closing Date ” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Organizational Limited Partner ” means Mr. Andrew Beveridge, in his capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership.

Outstanding ” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however , that if at any time any Person or Group beneficially owns more than 4.9% of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding (or would own such percentage in the event this limitation were applied to other Persons or Groups), all Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group in excess of such limitation shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes (except for purposes of nominating a Person for election to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.3 ), determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement); provided, further , that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (a) the General Partner or its Affiliates or (b) any Person or Group who acquired more than 4.9% of any Partnership Interests with the prior approval of the Board of Directors after considering the potential effects of such approval on the Partnership, except, in each case, such limitation shall remain applicable with respect to the voting of Common Units in the election of the Elected Directors as provided in Section 7.2(a)(ii) ; and provided , further, that Common Units held by Norwegian Resident Holders shall not be considered to be Outstanding with respect to the voting of Common Units in the election of the Elected Directors.

Over-Allotment Option ” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

Partnership ” means KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

Partnership Group ” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries, including the Operating Company, treated as a single consolidated entity.

Partnership Interest ” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants, restricted units and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.

Percentage Interest ” means as of any date of determination (a) as to the General Partner with respect to General Partner Units and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder or the number of General Partner Units held by the General Partner, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of all Outstanding Units and General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.4 , the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero.

Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

Plan of Conversion ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1 .

Pro Rata ” means (a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.

Purchase Date ” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV .

Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter, or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter including the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date, of the Partnership.

Record Date ” means the date established by the Board of Directors or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

Record Holder ” means (a) the Person in whose name a Common Unit is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the closing of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the Board of Directors has caused to be kept as of the closing of business on such Business Day (which books may be kept, at the Board of Directors’ option, by the Transfer Agent).

 

A-12


Table of Contents

Registration Statement ” means the Partnership’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-              ) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.

Reset MQD ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(e) .

Reset Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10(b) .

Second Target Distribution ” means $           per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2013, it means the product of $            multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

Special Approval ” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.

Subordinated Unit ” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “ Subordinated Unit ” does not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

Subordination Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) the second Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(a) in respect of any Quarter ending on or after March 31, 2016, in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units, General Partner Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis with respect to each such period and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; and

(b) the date on which the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist and no Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are voted in favor of such removal.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such

 

A-13


Table of Contents

Person or a Subsidiary (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person, or (d) any other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding this subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) less than a majority ownership interest or (ii) less than the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person, provided , that (A) such Person, one or more Subsidiaries (as defined, but excluding this subsection (d) of this definition) of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of the determination, has at least a 20% ownership interest in such other Person, (B) such Person accounts for such other Person (under U.S. GAAP, as in effect on the later of the date of investment in such other Person or material expansion of the operations of such other Person) on a consolidated or equity accounting basis, (C) such Person has directly or indirectly material negative control rights regarding such other Person including over such other Person’s ability to materially expand its operations beyond that contemplated at the date of investment in such other Person, and (D) such other Person is (i) other than with respect to the Operating Company, formed and maintained for the sole purpose of owning or leasing, operating and chartering vessels and (ii) obligated under its constituent documents, or as a result of a unanimous agreement of its owners, to distribute to its owners all of its income on at least an annual basis (less any cash reserves that are approved by such Person).

Surviving Business Entity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.2(b)(ii) .

Third Target Distribution ” means $           per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2013, it means the product of $            multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is the total number of days in the Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10 and Section 6.5 .

Trading Day ” means, for the purpose of determining the Current Market Price of any class of Limited Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

transfer ” or “ transfers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a) .

Transfer Agent ” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Common Units; provided , however , that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any other Partnership Interests, the Partnership shall act in such capacity.

Underwriter ” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

Underwriting Agreement ” means the Underwriting Agreement dated , 2013 among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company, KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS and KNOT, providing for the purchase of Common Units from the Partnership by such Underwriters in connection with the Initial Offering.

 

A-14


Table of Contents

Unit ” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “ Unit ” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units, but shall not include (a) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (b) the Incentive Distribution Rights.

Unitholders ” means the holders of Units.

Unit Majority ” means (a) during the Subordination Period, at least (i) a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class and (ii) a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a single class, and (b) after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, voting as a single class.

Unit Register ” means the register of the Partnership for the registration and transfer of Limited Partnership Interests as provided in Section 4.5 .

Unrecovered Capital ” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the Board of Directors determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.

U.S. GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

Volume-Weighted Average Market Price ” means, for a specified period of consecutive Trading Days for the Common Units, an amount equal to (a) the cumulative sum of the products of (x) the sale price for each trade of Common Units occurring during such period multiplied by (y) the number of Common Units sold at such price, divided by (b) the total number of Common Units so traded during such period.

Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(b)(i) .

Working Capital Borrowings ” means borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to Partners made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or similar financing arrangement available to a Group Member, provided , that when such borrowing is incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from sources other than additional Working Capital Borrowings.

Section 1.2     Construction .    Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1     Formation .    The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Marshall Islands Act. The Organizational Limited Partner previously sold its Initial Limited Partner Interest to KNOT. The General Partner

 

A-15


Table of Contents

and KNOT hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Marshall Islands Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Partner has no interest in specific Partnership property.

Section 2.2     Name .    The name of the Partnership shall be “KNOT Offshore Partners LP”. The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the Board of Directors. The words “Limited Partnership” or the letters “LP” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The Board of Directors may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time in compliance with the requirements of the Marshall Islands Act and shall notify the General Partner and the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.3     Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices .    Unless and until changed by the Board of Directors, the registered office of the Partnership in The Marshall Islands shall be located at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in The Marshall Islands at such registered office shall be The Trust Company of The Marshall Islands, Inc. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, or such other place as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate by notice to the General Partner and the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside The Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.4     Purpose and Business .    The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Marshall Islands Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member.

Section 2.5     Powers .    The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary and appropriate for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6     Term .    The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII . The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Marshall Islands Act.

Section 2.7     Title to Partnership Assets .    Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the Board of Directors may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General

 

A-16


Table of Contents

Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however , that the General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the Board of Directors determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; and, provided, further , that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the Board of Directors. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1     Limitation of Liability .    The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Marshall Islands Act. The General Partner shall be liable for the obligations of the Partnership.

Section 3.2     Management of Business .    No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Marshall Islands Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 30 of the Marshall Islands Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.

Section 3.3     Outside Activities of the Limited Partners .    Subject to the provisions of Section 7.13 and the Omnibus Agreement, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, each Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

Section 3.4     Rights of Limited Partners .

(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Marshall Islands Act, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b) , each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense, to:

(i) have furnished to him a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

(ii) obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner;

(iii) have furnished to him a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto;

 

A-17


Table of Contents

(iv) obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership Group; and

(v) obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

(b) The Board of Directors may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the Board of Directors deems reasonable, (i) any information that the Board of Directors reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the Board of Directors in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4 ).

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1     Certificates .    Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Chief Executive Officer or any Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. If a Transfer Agent has been appointed for a class of Partnership Interests, no Certificate for such class of Partnership Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however , that if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. If Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.6 , the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units (a) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units or (b) if the Subordinated Units are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates evidencing Common Units.

Section 4.2     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates .

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) or the Partnership (for Partnership Interests other than Common Units), the appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units), as applicable, shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, or issue uncertificated Units, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate or the issuance of uncertificated Units before the Partnership has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the Partnership, delivers to the Partnership a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the Board of Directors may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board of Directors.

 

A-18


Table of Contents

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the Partnership within a reasonable period of time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate or uncertificated Units.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate or uncertificated Units under this Section 4.2 , the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

Section 4.3     Record Holders .    The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person (a) shall be the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) shall be bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder and as, and to the extent, provided for herein.

Section 4.4     Transfer Generally .

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Units to another Person or by which a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights assigns its Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest (other than an Incentive Distribution Right) assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage, but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV . Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner, and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.

Section 4.5     Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests .

(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b) , the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Common Units and transfers of such Common Units as herein provided. The Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5 . Upon

 

A-19


Table of Contents

surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b) , the appropriate Officers on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Common Units, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the Partnership for such transfer; provided, however , that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5 , the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.

(c) By acceptance of the transfer of a Limited Partner Interest in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as otherwise provided in Section 4.8 , each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgments and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

(d) Subject to the provisions set forth in this Article IV and applicable securities laws, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.

(e) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.

Section 4.6     Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest .

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to March 31, 2023, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (y) the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or (z) the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person.

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after March 31, 2023, the General Partner may transfer all or any of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or of any limited partner or member of any other Group Member under the laws of any such entity’s jurisdiction of formation and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest of the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6 , the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of

 

A-20


Table of Contents

Section 10.3 , be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

Section 4.7     Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights .    Prior to March 31, 2018, a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by such holder without any consent of the Unitholders to (a) an Affiliate of such holder (other than an individual) or (b) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (i) the merger or consolidation of such holder of Incentive Distribution Rights with or into such other Person or (ii) the transfer by such holder of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person. Any other transfer of the Incentive Distribution Rights prior to March 31, 2018, shall require the prior approval of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by KNOT and its Affiliates). On or after March 31, 2018, any holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (a) the transfer of Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.10 shall not be treated as a transfer of all or any part of the Incentive Distribution Rights and (b) no transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person shall be permitted unless the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner and any transferee or transferees of the Incentive Distribution Rights may agree in a separate instrument as to the General Partner’s exercise of its rights with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights under Section 11.3 .

Section 4.8     Restrictions on Transfers .

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(b) below, but notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV , no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws, laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer or (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership or any Group Member under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

(b) Nothing contained in this Article IV , or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1     Contributions Prior to the Closing Date .

(a) In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Marshall Islands Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution in the amount of $20, for a 2% General Partner Interest in the Partnership (the “ Initial General Partner Interest ”) and was admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution in the amount of $980 for a 98% limited partner interest in the Partnership (the “ Initial Limited Partner Interest ”) and was admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.

(b) Prior to the date hereof, KNOT purchased from the Organizational Limited Partner the Initial Limited Partner Interest.

(c) As of the Closing Date, the Initial Limited Partner Interest shall be redeemed as provided in the Contribution Agreement and the initial Capital Contributions of (i) the Organizational Limited Partner and (ii) the General Partner will be refunded.

 

A-21


Table of Contents

Section 5.2     Initial Unit Issuances; Tax Election; Initial Contributors and Redemption of Common Units .

(a) On the Closing Date, automatically pursuant to this Agreement and the Contribution Agreement (i) KNOT will contribute to the Partnership 98% of its interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in exchange for (A)  Common Units, representing a         % limited partner interest in the Partnership, (B)  Subordinated Units, representing a         % limited partner interest in the Partnership, (C) all of the Incentive Distribution Rights and (D) the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, KNOT will contribute to the General Partner 2.0% of its interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS in exchange for LLC interests therein and (iii) the General Partner will contribute the interest in KNOT Shuttle Tankers AS it received in item (ii) to the Partnership in exchange for the continuation of its General Partner Interest equal to a 2.0% Percentage Interest (after giving effect to the Over-Allotment Option and the Deferred Issuance and Distribution).

(b) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(c) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

(d) Effective on or before the Closing Date, the Partnership shall elect to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(e) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) the                      Common Units and                      Subordinated Units issuable pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , (ii) any Common Units issued pursuant to the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, (iii) the Common Units issued to the Underwriters as described in subparagraphs (b) and (c)  hereof and (iv) the Incentive Distribution Rights.

Section 5.3     Interest and Withdrawal .    No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution of the Partnership may be considered and permitted as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

Section 5.4     Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests .

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Interests for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall determine, all without the approval of any Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.4(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, including (i) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (ii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iii) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (iv) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (v) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vi) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (vii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Interest.

(c) The Board of Directors shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights

 

A-22


Table of Contents

relating to Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.4 , including Common Units issued in connection with the Deferred Issuance and Distribution, (ii) the conversion of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10 , (iv) the admission of additional Limited Partners and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership Interests. The Board of Directors shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The Board of Directors shall do all things necessary to comply with the Marshall Islands Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the General Partner Interest or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

Section 5.5     Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests .    The Partnership may issue an unlimited number of Partnership Interests (or options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights related thereto) pursuant to Section 5.4 without the approval of the Partners; provided, however , that no fractional units shall be issued by the Partnership; and provided, further , that without the approval of the General Partner, the Partnership shall not issue any equity where such issuance (as determined by the Board of Directors) (a) is not reasonably expected to be accretive to equity within 12 months of issuance or (b) would otherwise have a material adverse impact on the General Partner, the General Partner Interest or the ability of the Partnership to satisfy the tests set forth in the definition of Subordination Period.

Section 5.6     Conversion of Subordinated Units to Common Units .

(a) The Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis upon the expiration of the Subordination Period.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Subordinated Units will automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 11.4 .

Section 5.7     Limited Preemptive Right .

(a) Except as provided in this Section 5.7 , no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.

(b) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership (other than Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.2(a) , Section 5.2(b) and Section 5.2(c) and Common Units issued in connection with a reset of the Incentive Distribution target levels or the issuance of Limited Partner Interests upon conversion of outstanding Limited Partner Interests), the General Partner may, in exchange for a proportionate number of General Partner Units, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest immediately prior to such issuance by (B) 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest immediately prior to such issuance by (ii) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. The General Partner shall not be obligated to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

Section 5.8     Splits and Combinations .

(a) Subject to Section 5.8(d) and Section 6.5 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may effect a

 

A-23


Table of Contents

subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units are proportionately adjusted.

(b) Whenever such a Pro Rata distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the Board of Directors shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The Board of Directors also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The Board of Directors shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the Board of Directors may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate or uncertificated Partnership Interest, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of this Section 5.8(d) , each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).

Section 5.9     Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests .    All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by the Marshall Islands Act.

Section 5.10     Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights .

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.10 , the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no Subordinated Units Outstanding and the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.3(b)(v) for each of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “ IDR Reset Election ”) to cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate shares of a number of Common Units (“ IDR Reset Common Units ”) derived by dividing (i) the average of the aggregate amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership for each of the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for each of the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “ Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units ”). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election the General Partner and its Affiliates are not the holders of a majority interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior approval of the Board of Directors that the conditions described in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. Upon the issuance of such IDR Reset Common Units, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner that number of additional General Partner Units equal to the product of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage

 

A-24


Table of Contents

Interest of the General Partner immediately prior to such issuance by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less such Percentage Interest and (ii) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units, and the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for such issuance. The making of the IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in Section 5.10(b) shall cause the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(c) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive General Partner Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.10(c) , unless the IDR Reset Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.10(d) .

(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.10(a) , the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s determination of the aggregate number of Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.

(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner will become entitled to receive the related additional General Partner Units on the 15 th  Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice, and the Partnership may issue Certificates for the Common Units or uncertificated Partnership Interests to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights.

(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.10 on or before the 30 th  calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion (on terms acceptable to the National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded) of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).

(e) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution shall be adjusted at the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.10 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal to the average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two Quarters immediately prior to the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice (the “ Reset MQD ”), (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal to 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.

 

A-25


Table of Contents

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1     Allocations.     The Partnership shall determine its profit or loss and allocate such profit or loss among the Partners in a manner determined appropriate so as to cause, to the extent possible, a capital account maintained with respect to each Partnership Interest to equal the excess of (a) the hypothetical distribution that would be paid with respect to such Partnership Interest in the event the Partnership sold all of its assets for their respective book values (as determined for such purpose), satisfied all outstanding liabilities (limited, with respect to nonrecourse liabilities, to the book value of the assets securing such liabilities) and distributed the remaining proceeds in accordance with Section 12.4 , over (b) the sum of the outstanding balance of any nonrecourse liabilities not required to be repaid in the event of such a hypothetical liquidation that are properly allocable to losses or distributions with respect to such Partnership Interest and the amount (if any) that would be required to be contributed to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest upon such a hypothetical liquidation; provided that the Partnership may deviate from the foregoing, as determined necessary or appropriate, for proper administration of the Partnership or otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof).

Section 6.2     Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders .

(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on June 30, 2013, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the Board of Directors. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date following the Closing Date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners following the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.3 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 , be deemed to be “ Capital Surplus .” Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not make a distribution to any Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership if such distribution would violate the Marshall Islands Act or any other applicable law.

(b) Notwithstanding the first three sentences of Section 6.2(a) , in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from borrowings described in (a)(ii) of the definition of Available Cash, shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4 .

(c) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

Section 6.3     Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus .

(a) During Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter or portion thereof within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2 or Section 6.4 shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.4 in respect of other Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 

A-26


Table of Contents

(ii) Second , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third , (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth , to the General Partner and all Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this clause (v) until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(vi) Sixth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this subclause (vi) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vii) Thereafter , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this clause (vii);

provided, however , that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 , the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.3(a)(vii) .

(b) After Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2 or Section 6.4 , shall subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.4(b) in respect of additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First , 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter

(ii) Second , 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iii) Third , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B)  of this clause (iii) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

 

A-27


Table of Contents

(iv) Fourth , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (A) and (B) of this clause (iv) , until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(v) Thereafter , (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A)  and (B)  of this clause (v) ;

provided, however , that if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 , the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.3(b)(v) .

Section 6.4     Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus .    Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.2(a) shall, subject to Section 51 of the Marshall Islands Act, be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.2 require otherwise, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution is reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.5 . Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed (a) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (b) to all Unitholders holding Common Units their Pro Rata share of a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.3 .

Section 6.5     Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels .    The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Third Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 5.8 . In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market value of the Common Units prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.6     Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units .    Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however , that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in distributions made with respect to Common Units.

Section 6.7     Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (a) shall possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Articles III and VII and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, or (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as

 

A-28


Table of Contents

provided in Section 6.3(a)(v) , 6.3(a)(vi) and 6.3(a)(vii) , 6.3(b)(iii) , Section 6.3(b)(iv) and 6.3(b)(v) , and Section 12.4 .

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1     Management .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the Board of Directors and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.8 , the Officers. No Limited Partner shall have any management power or control over the business and affairs of the Partnership. Thus, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, and the day-to-day activities of the Partnership shall be conducted on the Partnership’s behalf by the Officers. In order to enable the Board of Directors to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership, the General Partner, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, hereby irrevocably delegates to the Board of Directors all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership that it may now or hereafter possess under applicable law. The General Partner further agrees to take any and all action necessary and appropriate, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, to effect any duly authorized actions by the Board of Directors, including executing or filing any agreements, instruments or certificates, delivering all documents, providing all information and taking or refraining from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the effective delegation of power described in this Section 7.1(a) . Each of the Partners and each Person who may acquire an interest in a Partnership Interest hereby approves, consents to, ratifies and confirms such delegation. The delegation by the General Partner to the Board of Directors of management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall not cause the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership nor shall it cause the Board of Directors or any member thereof to be a general partner of the Partnership or to have or be subject to the liabilities of a general partner of the Partnership.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Marshall Islands Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests hereby (i) approves, consents to, ratifies and confirms the General Partner’s delegation of management powers to the Board of Directors pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7.1 ; (ii) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, any Group Member Agreement of any other Group Member and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement; (iii) agrees that the General Partner (on behalf of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (ii) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement or described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, in each case, on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests; and (iv) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the Board of Directors, the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV ) shall not constitute a breach by the Board of Directors or the General Partner of any duty that the Board of Directors or the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

Section 7.2     The Board of Directors; Election and Appointment; Term; Manner of Acting .

(a) The initial Board of Directors shall consist of the following four individuals, all of whom shall be Appointed Directors and serve until the 2013 Annual Meeting: Trygve Seglem, John Costain, Yutaka Higurashi and Yoshiyuki Konuma. Following the 2013 Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall consist of seven

 

A-29


Table of Contents

individuals, three of whom shall be Appointed Directors and four of whom shall be Elected Directors. The Elected Directors shall be divided into four classes: Class I, comprising one Elected Director, Class II, comprising one Elected Director, Class III, comprising one Elected Director and Class IV, comprising one Elected Director. Any vacancy among the Appointed Directors shall be filled as if an Appointed Director had resigned, in accordance with Section 7.6 . The successors of the initial members of the Board of Directors shall be appointed or elected, as the case may be, as follows:

(i) The Appointed Directors shall be appointed by the General Partner on the date of the 2013 Annual Meeting, and each Appointed Director shall hold office until his successor is duly appointed by the General Partner and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; and

(ii) The Class I Elected Director shall be elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting for a one-year term expiring on the date of the first succeeding Annual Meeting, the Class II Elected Director shall be elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting for a two-year term expiring on the second succeeding Annual Meeting, the Class III Elected Director shall be elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting for a three-year term expiring on the third succeeding Annual Meeting and the Class IV Director shall be elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting for a four-year term expiring on the fourth succeeding Annual Meeting, in each case by a plurality of the votes of the Outstanding Common Units present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting with each Outstanding Common Unit having one vote.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(ii) above with respect to the Elected Directors elected at the 2013 Annual Meeting, each member of the Board of Directors appointed or elected, as the case may be, at an Annual Meeting shall hold office until the fourth succeeding Annual Meeting and until his successor is duly elected or appointed, as the case may be, and qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

(c) Each member of the Board of Directors shall have one vote. The vote of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. A majority of the number of members of the Board of Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7.3     Nominations of Elected Directors .    The Board of Directors shall be entitled to nominate individuals to stand for election as Elected Directors at an Annual Meeting. In addition, any Limited Partner or Group of Limited Partners that beneficially owns 10% or more of the Outstanding Common Units shall be entitled to nominate one or more individuals to stand for election as Elected Directors at an Annual Meeting by providing written notice thereof to the Board of Directors not more than 120 days and not less than 90 days prior to the date of such Annual Meeting; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the Annual Meeting was not publicly announced by the Partnership by mail, press release or otherwise more than 100 days prior to the date of such meeting, such notice, to be timely, must be delivered to the Board of Directors not later than the close of business on the 10 th  day following the date on which the date of the Annual Meeting was announced. Such notice shall set forth (a) the name and address of the Limited Partner or Limited Partners making the nomination or nominations, (b) the number of Common Units beneficially owned by such Limited Partner or Limited Partners, (c) such information regarding the nominee(s) proposed by the Limited Partner or Limited Partners as would be required to be included in a proxy statement relating to the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Commission had the nominee(s) been nominated or intended to be nominated to the Board of Directors, (d) the written consent of each nominee to serve as a member of the Board of Directors if so elected and (e) a certification that such nominee(s) qualify as Elected Directors.

Section 7.4     Removal of Members of Board of Directors .    Members of the Board of Directors may only be removed as follows:

(a) Any Appointed Director may be removed at any time, (i) without Cause, only by the General Partner and, (ii) with Cause, by (x) the General Partner, (y) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units at a properly called meeting of the Limited Partners or (z) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other members of the Board of Directors.

 

A-30


Table of Contents

(b) Any Elected Director may be removed at any time, with Cause, only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the other members of the Board of Directors or at a properly called meeting of the Limited Partners only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

Section 7.5     Resignations of Members of the Board of Directors .    Any member of the Board of Directors may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein.

Section 7.6     Vacancies on the Board of Directors .    Vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only as follows:

(a) If any Appointed Director is removed, resigns or is otherwise unable to serve as a member of the Board of Directors, the General Partner shall, in its individual capacity, appoint an individual to fill the vacancy.

(b) If any Elected Director is removed, resigns or is unable to serve as a member of the Board of Directors, the vacancy shall be filled by a majority of the Elected Directors then serving.

(c) A director appointed or elected pursuant to this Section 7.6 to fill a vacancy shall be appointed or elected, as the case may be, for no more than the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.

Section 7.7     Meetings; Committees; Chairman .

(a) Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Notice of such regular meetings shall not be required. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors and shall be called by the Secretary upon the written request of two members of the Board of Directors, on at least 48 hours prior written notice to the other members. Any such notice, or waiver thereof, need not state the purpose of such meeting except as may otherwise be required by law. Attendance of a member of the Board of Directors at a meeting (including pursuant to the penultimate sentence of this Section 7.7(a) ) shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such member attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the members of the Board of Directors. Members of the Board of Directors may participate in and hold meetings by means of conference telephone, videoconference or similar communications equipment by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such meetings shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. The Board of Directors may establish any additional rules governing the conduct of its meetings that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) The Board of Directors shall appoint the members of the Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee. The Audit Committee and the Conflicts Committee shall, in each case, perform the functions delegated to it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and such other matters as may be delegated to it from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, may appoint one or more additional committees of the Board of Directors to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors, which committee(s) shall have and may exercise such of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors (including in respect of Section 7.1 ) with respect to the management of the business and affairs of the Partnership as may be provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors. Any committee designated pursuant to this Section 7.7(b) shall choose its own chairman, shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when requested, shall fix its own rules or procedures and shall meet at such times and at such place or places as may be provided by such rules or by resolution of such committee or resolution of the Board of Directors. At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the taking of any action. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the

 

A-31


Table of Contents

members of the committee of the Board of Directors. Subject to the first sentence of this Section 7.7(b) , the Board of Directors may designate one or more members of the Board of Directors as alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Subject to the first sentence of this Section 7.7(b) , in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

(c) The Appointed Directors may designate one of the members of the Board of Directors as Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Initial Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be Trygve Seglem. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, another member of the Board of Directors chosen by the Appointed Directors shall preside. If, at any time, the Board of Directors consists solely of Elected Directors, the Board of Directors may designate one of its members as Chairman of the Board of Directors and shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board of Directors, designate another member of the Board of Directors to preside at the meeting.

Section 7.8 Officers .

(a) The Board of Directors, as set forth below, shall appoint or designate agents of the Partnership, referred to as “ Officers ” of the Partnership as described in this Section 7.8 . Such Officers may be employed by any Group Member directly or may be employed by one or more third parties, including KNOT and its Affiliates, and designated by the Board of Directors to perform officer functions for the benefit of the Partnership.

(b) The Board of Directors shall appoint or designate such Officers and agents as may from time to time appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Partnership, who shall hold such titles, exercise such powers and authority and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Officers may include a Chairman of the Board of Directors, an Executive Vice Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, any and all Vice Presidents, a Secretary, any and all Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, any and all Assistant Treasurers and any other Officers appointed or designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 7.8 . Any person may hold two or more offices.

(c) The Officers, including any Officer employed by a third party and designated by the Board of Directors to perform officer services for the benefit of the Partnership, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors at such time and for such terms as the Board of Directors shall determine. Any Officer may be removed, with or without Cause, only by the Board of Directors. Vacancies in any office may be filled only by the Board of Directors.

(d) The Board of Directors may grant powers of attorney or other authority as appropriate to establish and evidence the authority of the Officers and other Persons.

(e) Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, no Officer shall have the power or authority to delegate to any Person such Officer’s rights and powers as an Officer to manage the business and affairs of the Partnership.

Section 7.9     Compensation of Directors .    The members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Partnership, the General Partner or its Affiliates shall receive such compensation for their services as members of the Board of Directors or members of a committee of the Board of Directors shall determine. In addition, the members of the Board of Directors shall be entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of their service hereunder.

Section 7.10     Certificate of Limited Partnership .    The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Registrar of Corporations of The Marshall Islands as required by the

 

A-32


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands Act. The General Partner shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) in The Marshall Islands or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the Board of Directors determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file or cause to be filed amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of The Marshall Islands or of any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a) , the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

Section 7.11     Restrictions on the Authority of the Board of Directors and the General Partner .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither the Board of Directors nor the General Partner may, without written approval of the specific act by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or by other written instrument executed and delivered by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests subsequent to the date of this Agreement, take any action in contravention of this Agreement.

(b) Except as provided in Articles XII and XIV , the Board of Directors may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, other combination or sale of ownership interests in the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority and the General Partner; provided, however , that this provision shall not preclude or limit the ability of the Board of Directors to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance. The transfer of the General Partner Interest to and the election of a successor general partner of the Partnership shall be made in accordance with Section 4.6 , Section 11.1 and Section 11.2 .

Section 7.12     Reimbursement of the General Partner .

(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.12 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.

(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the Board of Directors may determine, for any direct and indirect expenses it incurs that are allocable to the Partnership Group or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General Partner, to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group, which amounts shall also include reimbursement for any Common Units purchased to satisfy obligations of the Partnership under any of its equity compensation plans). The Board of Directors shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.15 .

(c) Subject to the applicable rules and regulations of the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed, the Board of Directors, without the approval of the Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests or options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights or phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the Partnership, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees and directors of the Partnership, the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate thereof, or any of them, in respect of

 

A-33


Table of Contents

services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees and directors pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership or otherwise to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.12(b) . Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.12(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 .

Section 7.13     Outside Activities .

(a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it is the general partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited partner in the Partnership), (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities in any Group Member and (iii) except to the extent permitted in the Omnibus Agreement, shall not acquire or own any Five-Year Vessels (as such term is defined in the Omnibus Agreement).

(b) KNOT, the Partnership, the General Partner and the Operating Company have entered into the Omnibus Agreement, which agreement sets forth certain restrictions on the ability of KNOT and certain of its Affiliates to acquire or own any Five-Year Vessels (as such term is defined in the Omnibus Agreement).

(c) Except as specifically restricted by Section 7.13(a) or the Omnibus Agreement, each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty expressed or implied by law to any Group Member or any Partner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the possessing of competitive interests and engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.13 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners and (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner or of any Indemnitee for the Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to an Indemnitee (including the General Partner) and, subject to the terms of Section 7.13(a) , Section 7.13(b) , Section 7.13(c) and the Omnibus Agreement, no Indemnitee (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and, subject to the terms of Section 7.13(a) , Section 7.13(b) , Section 7.13(c) and the Omnibus Agreement, such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to

 

A-34


Table of Contents

another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership; provided , that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) does not engage in such business or activity as a result of using confidential or proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Indemnitee (including the General Partner).

(e) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may own and acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “ Affiliates ” as used in this Section 7.13(e) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.

Section 7.14     Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members .

(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner and the Board of Directors may determine; provided, however , that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arms’ length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner and the Board of Directors. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.14(a) and Section 7.14(b) , the term “ Group Member ” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the Board of Directors. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner or the Board of Directors shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates or the Board of Directors to the Partnership or the Limited Partners if the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.

Section 7.15     Indemnification .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided, however , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 , the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; and, provided, further , that no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 shall be available to the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than a Group Member) with respect to its or their obligations incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement or the Contribution Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership).

 

A-35


Table of Contents

Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.15 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.15(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.15 .

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.15 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the Board of Directors and the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the Board of Directors shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or law.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.15 , the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by the Indemnitee of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.15(a) ; and action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.15 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.15 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.15 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.15 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.16     Liability of Indemnitees .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners or any other Persons who have acquired

 

A-36


Table of Contents

Partnership Interests or are otherwise bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) Subject to their obligations and duties as members of the Board of Directors or as the General Partner, respectively, set forth in Section 7.1(a) , members of the Board of Directors and the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to them and perform any of the duties imposed upon them hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the members of the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the Board of Directors or the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.16 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.16 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.17     Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties .

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any member of the Board of Directors, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner and the Board of Directors may but shall not be required in connection with the resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution, and the General Partner or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval. If Special Approval is sought, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or law that would otherwise apply, (x) the Conflicts Committee will be authorized in connection with its determination of whether to provide Special Approval to consider any and all factors as it determines to be relevant or appropriate under the circumstances and (y) it will be presumed that, in making its decision, the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if Special Approval is not sought and the Board of Directors determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv)  above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision the Board of Directors, acted in good faith, and, in either case, in any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

A-37


Table of Contents

(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must reasonably believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, any Record Holder or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “at the option of the General Partner,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Units, General Partner Interest or Incentive Distribution Rights, if any, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, or refrains from voting or transferring its Units, General Partner Units or Incentive Distribution Rights, as appropriate, it shall be acting in its individual capacity. The General Partner’s organizational documents may provide that determinations to take or decline to take any action in its individual, rather than representative, capacity may or shall be determined by its members, if the General Partner is a limited liability company, stockholders, if the General Partner is a corporation, or the members or stockholders of the General Partner’s general partner, if the General Partner is a limited partnership.

(d) Whenever the Board of Directors makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the Board of Directors, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must reasonably believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) approve the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Partnership Group (if such approval is required pursuant to Section 7.11(b )) or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall, in each case, be at their option.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor the Board of Directors or any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the Board of Directors or the General

 

A-38


Table of Contents

Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Board of Directors or the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

(g) The Unitholders hereby authorize the Board of Directors, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 7.17 .

Section 7.18     Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and the Board of Directors .

(a) The General Partner and the Board of Directors may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner and the Board of Directors may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by either of them, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner or the Board of Directors reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership.

Section 7.19     Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests .    The Board of Directors may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Interests; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X .

Section 7.20     Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates .

(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.20 , any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Interests that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Interests (the “ Holder ”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Interests it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Interests covered by such registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Interests specified by the Holder; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations in total pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) , no more than one of which shall be required to be made at any time that the Partnership is not eligible to use Form F-3 (or a comparable form) for the registration under the Securities Act of its securities; and, provided, further , that if the Conflicts Committee determines in good faith that the requested registration would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such registration would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, merger, disposition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws,

 

A-39


Table of Contents

then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone such requested registration for a period of not more than six months after receipt of the Holder’s request, such right pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) not to be utilized more than once in any 12-month period. The Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any deferral with respect to any such registration and/or filing. Except as provided in the first sentence of this Section 7.20(a) , the Partnership shall be deemed not to have used all its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective during the applicable period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Partnership Interests covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Partnership Interests at any time during such period, unless such action is required by applicable law or regulations. In connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 7.20(a) , the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request ( provided, however , that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration), and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Interests subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Interests in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.20(c) , all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of equity interests of the Partnership for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan), the Partnership shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided, however , that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership Interests of the Holder once the registration statement becomes or is declared effective by the Commission, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of Partnership Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.20(b) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Interests would adversely and materially affect the success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership Interests held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.20(c) , all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.20 , the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.15 , the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, actions, causes of action, assessments, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs and expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), resulting to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Indemnified Persons, directly or indirectly, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.20(c) as a “ claim ” and in the plural as “ claims ”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Interests were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary, free writing or final prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the

 

A-40


Table of Contents

period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary, free writing or final prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(d) The provisions of Section 7.20(a) and Section 7.20(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided, however , that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Interests for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.20(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.

(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.20 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interests, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Interests with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.20 .

(f) Any request to register Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.20 shall (i) specify the Partnership Interests intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Interests for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Interests, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Interests.

Section 7.21     Reliance by Third Parties .    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the Board of Directors, the General Partner and any Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Board of Directors, the General Partner or any such Officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Board of Directors, the General Partner, the Officers or representatives of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner or the Board of Directors shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

A-41


Table of Contents

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1     Records and Accounting .    The Partnership shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a) . Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, however , that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Section 8.2     Fiscal Year .    The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 8.3     Reports .

(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the Partnership shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website), to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the Board of Directors, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board of Directors.

(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the Partnership shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means (including posting on or accessible through the Partnership’s or the Commission’s website), to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the Board of Directors, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate.

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1     Tax Elections and Information .

(a) The Partnership is authorized and has elected to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Board of Directors shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by any applicable tax law.

(b) The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for U.S. federal income tax reporting purposes with respect to a calendar taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of each calendar year.

(c) Each Partner shall provide the Partnership with all information reasonably requested by the Partnership to enable the Partnership to claim the exemption from U.S. federal income tax under Section 883 of the Code.

Section 9.2     Tax Withholding .    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Board of Directors is authorized to take any action that may be required or advisable to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements with respect to any tax established under any U.S. federal, state or local or any non-U.S. law. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and

 

A-42


Table of Contents

pay over to any taxing authority any amount with respect to a distribution or payment to or for the benefit of any Partner, the Board of Directors may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash to such Partner in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

Section 9.3     Conduct of Operations .    The Board of Directors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct the business of the Partnership and its Affiliates in a manner that does not require a holder of Common Units to file a tax return in any jurisdiction with which the holder has no contact other than through ownership of Common Units.

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1     Admission of Initial Limited Partners .    Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, KNOT and the Underwriters as described in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 , the Board of Directors shall admit such parties to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them.

Section 10.2     Admission of Additional Limited Partners .

(a) From and after the Closing Date, by acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger, consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV , each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer, issuance or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee or other recipient has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner until such Person acquires a Limited Partner Interest and until such Person is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest.

(b) The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1 .

(c) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to receive distributions or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.2(a) .

Section 10.3     Admission of Successor General Partner .    A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all or part of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 ; provided, however , that no such Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a successor or additional General Partner until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such Person has

 

A-43


Table of Contents

executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor or additional General Partner is hereby authorized to and shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

Section 10.4     Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership .    To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the Board of Directors shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Marshall Islands Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the Board of Directors shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1     Withdrawal of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “ Event of Withdrawal ”):

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner pursuant to Section 4.6 ;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy; (C) files a voluntary petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A) , (B)  or (C)  of this Section 11.1(a)(iv) ; or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor in possession), receiver or liquidating trustee of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) The General Partner is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding;

(vi)(A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter and the expiration of 90 days after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation without a reinstatement of its charter; (B) in the event the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv) , 11.1(a)(v) or 11.1(a)(vi)(A) , 11.1(a)(vi)(B) , 11.1(a)(vi)(C) or 11.1(a)(vi)(E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, prevailing Eastern Time, on March 31, 2023, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to

 

A-44


Table of Contents

take effect on the date specified in the notice; provided, however , that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“ Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or any Group Member;

(ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, prevailing Eastern Time, on March 31, 2023, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice ( provided , that, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the General Partner delivers to the Partnership a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel);

(iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2 ; or

(iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this Section 11.1(b) , at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i) , the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or, if applicable, the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 . Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3 .

Section 11.2     Removal of the General Partner .    The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66  2 / 3 % of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders or the Board of Directors for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the majority vote of the outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting together as a single class. Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.3 . The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 , such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.3 , automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3 .

Section 11.3     Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner .

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under

 

A-45


Table of Contents

circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , (A) the Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and its Incentive Distribution Rights, if any, (collectively, the “ Combined Interest ”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its departure and (B) the other holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner, to require such successor to purchase such holders’ Incentive Distribution Rights in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Incentive Distribution Rights, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of the Departing General Partner’s departure. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest in exchange for an amount in cash equal to such fair market value of such Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.12 , including any employee related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a) , the fair market value of the Departing General Partner’s Combined Interest and the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by holders other than the Departing General Partner shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s departure, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such departure, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner and the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by holders other than the Departing General Partner. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a) , the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a) , without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest of the Departing General Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

 

A-46


Table of Contents

(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (i) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and (ii) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

Section 11.4     Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages .    Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and no Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are voted in favor of such removal, (a) the Subordination Period will end and all Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, (b) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished, (c) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor, as provided in Section 11.3 and (d) the other holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will have the right to convert their Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor, as provided in Section 11.3 .

Section 11.5     Withdrawal of Limited Partners .    No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however , that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1     Dissolution .    The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor or additional General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , the Partnership shall not be dissolved and the Board of Directors shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2 ) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner and our Board of Directors that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

(b) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Marshall Islands Act;

(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Marshall Islands Act; or

(d) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a ) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii) ), unless a successor is elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or Section 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3 .

 

A-47


Table of Contents

Section 12.2     Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution .    Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or 11.1(a)(iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 , then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv) , 11.1(a)(v) or 11.1(a)(vi) , then, to the maximum extent permitted by the Marshall Islands Act, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect in writing to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing, effective as of the date of the Event of Withdrawal, as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall dissolve and conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII ;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3 ; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided, however , that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to reconstitute and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner.

Section 12.3     Liquidating Trustee .    Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 , the Board of Directors shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidating Trustee. The Liquidating Trustee (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. The Liquidating Trustee (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidating Trustee, a successor and substitute Liquidating Trustee (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidating Trustee) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidating Trustee in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidating Trustee approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII , the Liquidating Trustee approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the Board of Directors and the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.11(b) ) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidating Trustee hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

Section 12.4     Liquidation .    The Liquidating Trustee shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidating Trustee, subject to the Marshall Islands Act and the following:

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidating Trustee and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value, and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions

 

A-48


Table of Contents

must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidating Trustee may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidating Trustee may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) The Liquidating Trustee shall first satisfy the liabilities of the Partnership. Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidating Trustee as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3 ) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI . With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidating Trustee shall either settle such claim for such amount as it deems appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in this Section 12.4 shall be distributed as follows:

(i) If the Current Market Price of the Common Units as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation exceeds the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit plus the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage:

(A) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to such Current Market Price of a Common Unit;

(B) Second (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to such Current Market Price of a Common Unit; and

(C) Thereafter (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y)  of this clause (i)(C) ;

(ii) If the Current Market Price of the Common Units as of the date three trading days prior to the announcement of the proposed liquidation is equal to or less than the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit plus the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage:

(A) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit;

(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

(C) Third, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Unrecovered Capital for a Common Unit (as calculated prior to the distribution specified in clause (ii)(A) above); and

(D) Thereafter, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro

 

A-49


Table of Contents

Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and (y)  of this clause (ii)(D) ;

Section 12.5     Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership .    Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the Marshall Islands shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 12.6     Return of Contributions .    The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

Section 12.7     Waiver of Partition .    To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1     Amendments to be Adopted Without Approval of the Limited Partners or the General Partner .    The General Partner and each Limited Partner agree that the Board of Directors, without the approval of any Limited Partner or, subject to Section 5.5 , the General Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the Marshall Islands Act;

(d) a change that the Board of Directors determines (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any Marshall Islands authority (including the Marshall Islands Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed, or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.8 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including, if the Board of Directors shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, the members of the Board of Directors, or the General Partner or its or their directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the U.S. Employee

 

A-50


Table of Contents

Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such regulations are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the Board of Directors, and if required by Section 5.5 , the General Partner, determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 5.4 ;

(h) an amendment that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate for the authorization of additional Partnership Interests or rights to acquire Partnership Interests, including any amendment that the Board of Directors determines is necessary or appropriate in connection with:

(i) the adjustments of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution in connection with the IDR Reset Election in accordance with Section 5.10 ;

(ii) the implementation of the provisions relating to KNOT’s right to reset its Incentive Distribution Rights in exchange for Common Units;

(iii) any modification of the Incentive Distribution Rights made in connection with the issuance of additional Partnership Interests or rights to acquire Partnership Interests, provided , that, with respect to this clause (iii) , any such modifications to the Incentive Distribution Rights and the related issuance of Partnership Interests have received Special Approval; or

(iv) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the Board of Directors acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3 ;

(j) an amendment that the Board of Directors determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other Person, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4 ;

(k) a conversion, merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d) ; or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 13.2     Amendment Procedures .    Except as provided in Section 13.1 and Section 13.3 , all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by, or with the written consent of, the Board of Directors; provided, however , that the Board of Directors shall have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, any Record Holder or any other Person and, in declining to propose an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the Board of Directors and, if applicable, the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by the Marshall Islands Act. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the Board of Directors shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The Board of Directors shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.

Section 13.3     Amendment Requirements .

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2 , no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its

 

A-51


Table of Contents

Affiliates) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of (i) in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or Section 13.4 , reducing such percentage or (ii) in the case of Section 11.2 or Section 13.4 , increasing such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such enlargement shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c) or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at the General Partner’s option.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 , and without limitation of the Board of Directors’ authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1 , any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected. If the General Partner determines an amendment does not satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1(d)(i) because it adversely affects one or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely affected class or classes.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b) , no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable law.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1 , this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

Section 13.4     Special Meetings .    All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII . Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner, the Board of Directors or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the Board of Directors one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called, it being understood that the purposes of such special meeting may only be to vote on matters that require the vote of the Unitholders pursuant to this Agreement. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the Board of Directors shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the Board of Directors on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Marshall Islands Act or the law of any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5     Notice of a Meeting .    Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1 at least 10 days in advance of such meeting. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

 

A-52


Table of Contents

Section 13.6     Record Date .    For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 , the Board of Directors may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the Board of Directors to give such approvals. If the Board of Directors does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 13.11 .

Section 13.7     Adjournment .    When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII .

Section 13.8     Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes .    The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

Section 13.9     Quorum and Voting .    The holders of 33  1 / 3 % of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates). In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7 .

Section 13.10     Conduct of a Meeting .    The Board of Directors shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing,

 

A-53


Table of Contents

including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4 , the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

Section 13.11     Action Without a Meeting .    If authorized by the Board of Directors, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved the action in writing. The Board of Directors may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the Board of Directors. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the Board of Directors, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the Board of Directors to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the applicable statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

Section 13.12     Right to Vote and Related Matters .

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3 .

 

A-54


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION

Section 14.1     Authority .    The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) or a written plan of conversion (“ Plan of Conversion ”), as the case may be, in accordance with this Article XIV .

Section 14.2     Procedure for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) Merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the approval of the Board of Directors and the prior consent of the General Partner; provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the Board of Directors nor the General Partner shall have a duty or obligation to consent to any merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger, consolidation or conversion, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Marshall Islands Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.

(b) If the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger, consolidation or conversion, the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(i) the names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity ”);

(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (A) if any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other Person (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (B) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other Person (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement ( provided , that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and

 

A-55


Table of Contents

(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the Board of Directors and the General Partner determine to be necessary or appropriate.

(c) If the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall determine to consent to the conversion the Board of Directors and the General Partner shall approve the Plan of Conversion, which shall set forth:

(i) the name of the converting entity and the converted entity;

(ii) a statement that the Partnership is continuing its existence in the organizational form of the converted entity;

(iii) a statement as to the type of entity that the converted entity is to be and the state or country under the laws of which the converted entity is to be incorporated, formed or organized;

(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the converted entity or another entity, or for the cancellation of such equity securities;

(v) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership;

(vi) in an attachment or exhibit, the certificate of limited partnership, certificate of formation, articles of incorporation, or other organizational documents of the converted entity;

(vii) the effective time of the conversion, which may be the date of the filing of the articles of conversion or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Plan of Conversion ( provided , that if the effective time of the conversion is to be later than the date of the filing of such articles of conversion, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in such articles of conversion); and

(viii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed conversion the Board of Directors and the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3     Approval by Limited Partners of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , the Board of Directors, upon its and the General Partner’s approval of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall direct that the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion and the merger, consolidation or conversion contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII . A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement or the Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) and 14.3(e) , after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger or certificate of conversion pursuant to Section 14.4 , the merger, consolidation or conversion may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be.

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the Board of Directors is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity which shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the Board of Directors has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner, (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new

 

A-56


Table of Contents

entity provide the Limited Partners, the General Partner and the Board of Directors with the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the Board of Directors, with the prior consent of the General Partner, is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (i) the Board of Directors has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner, (ii) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1 , (iii) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (iv) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (v) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

Section 14.4     Certificate of Merger or Conversion .    Upon the required approval by the Board of Directors, the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement or Plan of Conversion, as the case may be, a certificate of merger or conversion, as applicable, shall be executed and filed in conformity with the requirements of the Marshall Islands Act.

Section 14.5     Amendment of Partnership Agreement .    Pursuant to Section 20(2) of the Marshall Islands Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with Section 20(2) of the Marshall Islands Act may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for a limited partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.5 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

Section 14.6     Effect of Merger, Consolidation or Conversion .

(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

(b) At the effective time of the certificate of conversion, for all purposes of the laws of the Marshall Islands:

(i) the Partnership shall continue to exist, without interruption, but in the organizational form of the converted entity rather than in its prior organizational form;

(ii) all rights, title, and interests to all real estate and other property owned by the Partnership shall remain vested in the converted entity in its new organizational form without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens or other encumbrances thereon;

 

A-57


Table of Contents

(iii) all liabilities and obligations of the Partnership shall continue to be liabilities and obligations of the converted entity in its new organizational form without impairment or diminution by reason of the conversion;

(iv) all rights of creditors or other parties with respect to or against the prior interest holders or other owners of the Partnership in their capacities as such in existence as of the effective time of the conversion will continue in existence as to those liabilities and obligations and are enforceable against the converted entity by such creditors and obligees to the same extent as if the liabilities and obligations had originally been incurred or contracted by the converted entity; and

(v) the Partnership Interests that are to be converted into partnership interests, shares, evidences of ownership, or other rights or securities in the converted entity or cash as provided in the Plan of Conversion shall be so converted, and Partners shall be entitled only to the rights provided in the Plan of Conversion.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1     Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time from and after the Closing Date the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a) , the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “ Notice of Election to Purchase ”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class or classes (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a) ) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, if any, in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1 . If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date to the extent Certificates for the Limited Partner Interests are outstanding, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all

 

A-58


Table of Contents

rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Articles IV , V , VI and XII ) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the applicable purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a) ) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Articles IV , V , VI and XII ).

(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a) , without interest thereon.

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1     Addresses and Notices .

(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by a member of the Board of Directors, the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner or the Board of Directors at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3 . The General Partner and the Board of Directors may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

(b) The terms “in writing,” “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic communication.

Section 16.2     Further Action .    The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3     Binding Effect .    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

A-59


Table of Contents

Section 16.4     Integration .    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5     Creditors .    None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

Section 16.6     Waiver .    No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7     Counterparts .    This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.2(a) , immediately upon the acquisition of such Limited Partner Interests without execution hereof.

Section 16.8     Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction .

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of The Republic of the Marshall Islands, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):

(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Marshall Islands Act or (E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;

(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, unless otherwise provided for by Marshall Islands law, in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;

(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;

(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding; and

(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided , nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

A-60


Table of Contents

Section 16.9     Invalidity of Provisions .    If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and part thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 16.10     Consent of Partners .    Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners (including any amendment to this Agreement), such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action (including any amendment to this Agreement).

Section 16.11     Facsimile Signatures .    The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

Section 16.12     Third-Party Beneficiaries .    Each Partner agrees that any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

A-61


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership as a Deed as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

LIMITED PARTNER:
Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

S IGNATURE P AGE T O

F IRST A MENDED AND R ESTATED

A GREEMENT OF L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP

 

A-62


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A

to the First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership of

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

Certificate Evidencing Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

 

No.                                   Common Units

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), KNOT Offshore Partners LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby certifies that                      (the “ Holder ”) is the registered owner of the above designated number of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (a) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (b) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement and (c) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. This Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Marshall Islands.

 

Dated:          
Countersigned and Registered by:       KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
        By:    
as Transfer Agent and Registrar         Title:
By:           By:    
  Authorized Signature         Secretary

 

A-63


Table of Contents

[Reverse of Certificate]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM

           as tenants in common   

UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT

                           Custodian                           

(Cust) (Minor)

TEN ENT

           as tenants by the entireties   

JT TEN

          

as joint tenants with right of

survivorship and not as tenants

in common

   under Uniform Gifts /Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS

in

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                      hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address of Assignee)       (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of Assignee)

                     Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of KNOT Offshore Partners LP.

 

A-64


Table of Contents

Date:

   NOTE:    The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15

     
     

(Signature)

 

 

 

      (Signature)

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

 

A-65


Table of Contents

 

 

KNOT Offshore Partners LP

Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests

LOGO

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                    , 2013

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Citigroup

Until                     , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The section of the prospectus entitled “The Partnership Agreement—Indemnification” discloses that we will generally indemnify our directors, officers and the affiliates of our general partner to the fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims, damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this reference. Reference is also made to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement in which KNOT Offshore Partners LP and certain of its affiliates will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to contribute to payments that may be required to be made in respect of these liabilities.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Certificate of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP
  3.2    Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
  3.3    Certificate of Formation of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC
  3.4    Limited Liability Company Agreement of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC
  5.1*    Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8.1*    Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters
  8.2*    Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP relating to tax matters
  8.3*    Opinion of Advokatfirmaet Thommessen AS relating to tax matters
10.1*    Form of Contribution Agreement
10.2    Form of Omnibus Agreement
10.3*    Form of Administrative Services Agreement
10.4    Ship Management Agreement for the M/T Bodil Knutsen, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended
10.5    Ship Management Agreement for the Windsor Knutsen, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended
10.6*    Revolving Credit Agreement dated                     , by and among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as borrower, and a syndicate of banks
10.7*    Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement dated                     , by and among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as borrower, and a syndicate of banks
10.8*    Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated                     , by and among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as borrower, and a syndicate of banks

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

10.9*    Amended and Restated Senior Term Loan Agreement dated                     , by and among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as borrower, and a syndicate of banks
10.10*    Employment Agreement dated                      between KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and Arild Vik
10.11†    Fortaleza Knutsen Standard Bareboat Charter Party, dated November 14, 2007, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and Fronape International Company/Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated June 27, 2012, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Fronape International Company, Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro and Fronape International Company B.V.
10.12†    Recife Knutsen Standard Bareboat Charter Party, dated November 14, 2007, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and Fronape International Company/Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated June 29, 2012, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Fronape International Company, Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro and Fronape International Company B.V.
10.13†    Windsor Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated April 6, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated May 3, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited and further novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 20, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited
10.14†    Bodil Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated October 7, 2010, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA, amended by Addendum No. 1, dated March 29, 2011, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA and novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 18, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and Statoil ASA
21.1*    List of Subsidiaries of KNOT Offshore Partners LP
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young AS
23.2    Consent of Fearnley Consultants AS
23.3*    Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP (contained in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.2)
23.4*    Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature page)

 

* To be provided by amendment.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 9. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a

 

II-2


Table of Contents

claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The registrant undertakes to send to each limited partner at least on an annual basis a detailed statement of any transactions with the general partner or its affiliates and of fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to the general partner or its affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.

The registrant undertakes to provide to the limited partners the financial statements required by Form 20-F for the first full fiscal year of operations of the partnership.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire, United Kingdom on the 28 th day of February, 2013.

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

/s/    ARILD VIK

      Name:       Arild Vik
      Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Arild Vik as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any registration statement (including any amendments thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    ARILD VIK

   Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting Officer)
 

February 28, 2013

Arild Vik     
    

/s/    TRYGVE SEGLEM

    
Trygve Seglem    Chairman of the Board of Directors   February 28, 2013

/s/    JOHN COSTAIN

    
John Costain    Director   February 28, 2013

/s/    YUTAKA HIGURASHI

    
Yutaka Higurashi    Director   February 28, 2013

/s/    YOSHIYUKI KONUMA

    
Yoshiyuki Konuma    Director   February 28, 2013

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REGISTRANT

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, a duly authorized representative of KNOT Offshore Partners LP in the United States, has signed the Registration Statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware on the 28 th day of February, 2013.

 

PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES
By:      

/s/    DONALD J. PUGLISI

  Name:           Donald J. Puglisi
  Title:   Managing Director
    Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Certificate of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP
  3.2    Form of First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (included as Appendix A to the Prospectus)
  3.3    Certificate of Formation of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC
  3.4    Limited Liability Company Agreement of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC
  5.1*    Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered
  8.1*    Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax matters
  8.2*    Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP relating to tax matters
  8.3*    Opinion of Advokatfirmaet Thommessen AS relating to tax matters
10.1*    Form of Contribution Agreement
10.2    Form of Omnibus Agreement
10.3*    Form of Administrative Services Agreement
10.4    Ship Management Agreement for the M/T Bodil Knutsen, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended
10.5    Ship Management Agreement for the Windsor Knutsen, between KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and KNOT Management AS, as amended
10.6*    Revolving Credit Agreement dated                     , by and among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as borrower, and a syndicate of banks
10.7*    Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement dated                     , by and among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as borrower, and a syndicate of banks
10.8*    Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated                     , by and among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as borrower, and a syndicate of banks
10.9*    Amended and Restated Senior Term Loan Agreement dated                     , by and among KNOT Offshore Partners LP, as borrower, and a syndicate of banks
10.10*    Employment Agreement dated                      between KNOT Offshore Partners UK LLC and Arild Vik
10.11†    Fortaleza Knutsen Standard Bareboat Charter Party, dated November 14, 2007, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and Fronape International Company/Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated June 27, 2012, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Fronape International Company, Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro and Fronape International Company B.V.
10.12†    Recife Knutsen Standard Bareboat Charter Party, dated November 14, 2007, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS and Fronape International Company/Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated June 29, 2012, between Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Fronape International Company, Petrobras Transporte S.A.-Transpetro and Fronape International Company B.V.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

10.13†    Windsor Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated April 6, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited, novated by the Novation Agreement, dated May 3, 2010, between Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS and Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited and further novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 20, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS and Brazil Shipping I Limited
10.14†    Bodil Knutsen Time Charter Party, dated October 7, 2010, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA, amended by Addendum No. 1, dated March 29, 2011, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS and Statoil ASA and novated by the Novation Agreement, dated February 18, 2013, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS and Statoil ASA
21.1*    List of Subsidiaries of KNOT Offshore Partners LP
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young AS
23.2    Consent of Fearnley Consultants AS
23.3*    Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP (contained in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.2)
23.4*    Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature page)

 

* To be provided by amendment.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

PURSUANT TO SECTION 10 OF PART III, DIVISION 2, OF THE

ASSOCIATIONS LAW OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS

(LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ACT)

Pursuant to the provisions of the Marshall Islands Limited Partnership Act, the undersigned desires to form a limited partnership and certifies the following:

 

1.

The name of the limited partnership is KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “ Limited Partnership ”).

 

2.

The registered address of the Limited Partnership in the Marshall Islands is: Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Limited Partnership’s registered agent in the Marshall Islands upon whom process may be served at such address is: The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

 

3.

The name and the business, residence or mailing address of the sole general partner is:

 

Name:      KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC
Address:      2 Queen’s Cross
     Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire
     AB15 4YB, United Kingdom

 

4.

The name and title of the person authorized to sign this Certificate of Limited Partnership for the general partner is:

 

Daniel C. Rodgers
Attorney-in-Fact

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Limited Partnership on this 21 st day of February, 2013, and the undersigned hereby affirms and acknowledges, under penalty of perjury, that this Certificate of Limited Partnership is the act and deed of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC and that the facts stated herein are true.

 

KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC
By:  

/s/ D ANIEL C. R ODGERS

  Daniel C. Rodgers
  Attorney-in-Fact

Exhibit 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC

Under Section 9 of The Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act

The undersigned, Daniel C. Rodgers, authorized person of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, for the purpose of forming a Marshall Islands limited liability company, hereby certifies:

 

  1.

The name of the limited liability company is: KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC (the “ Company ”).

 

  2.

The registered address of the Company in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Company’s registered agent in the Marshall Islands upon whom process may be served at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

 

  3.

The formation date of the Company is the date of the filing of this Certificate of Formation with the Registrar of Corporations.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on the 20 th  day of February, 2013.

 

/s/ D ANIEL C. R ODGERS

Daniel C. Rodgers
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC

A Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company

Dated as of February 20, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS      1   

Section 1.1

  

Defined Terms

     1   

Section 1.2

  

Number and Gender

     2   
ARTICLE II   

ORGANIZATION

     2   

Section 2.1

  

Formation

     2   

Section 2.2

  

Name

     2   

Section 2.3

  

Purposes

     2   

Section 2.4

  

Registered Office; Registered Agent

     2   

Section 2.5

  

Principal Office

     3   

Section 2.6

  

Term

     3   

Section 2.7

  

Liability to Third Parties

     3   

Section 2.8

  

LLC Certificate

     3   

Section 2.9

  

Issuances of Additional Units

     3   

Section 2.10

  

Transfer of Ownership Interest; Pledge of Ownership Interest

     4   
ARTICLE III   

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     4   

Section 3.1

  

Initial Capital Contributions

     4   

Section 3.2

  

Additional Capital Contributions

     4   

Section 3.3

  

Liability Limited to Capital Contributions

     4   

Section 3.4

  

No Interest on Capital Contributions

     4   
ARTICLE IV   

MANAGEMENT

     5   

Section 4.1

  

Board of Directors

     5   

Section 4.2

  

Board Membership

     6   

Section 4.3

  

Meetings, Quorum, Voting, etc

     6   

Section 4.4

  

Delegation of Authority and Duties

     7   

Section 4.5

  

Execution of Documents

     8   

Section 4.6

  

Compensation of Directors and Officers

     8   

Section 4.7

  

Indemnification

     8   

Section 4.8

  

Liability of Indemnitees

     10   
ARTICLE V   

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     10   

Section 5.1

  

Allocations

     10   

Section 5.2

  

Distributions/Available Cash

     10   
ARTICLE VI   

BOOKS AND RECORDS; FISCAL YEAR; BANK ACCOUNTS

     11   

Section 6.1

  

Books and Records

     11   

Section 6.2

  

Fiscal Year

     11   

Section 6.3

  

Bank Accounts

     11   
ARTICLE VII   

MISCELLANEOUS

     11   

Section 7.1

  

Complete Agreement

     11   

Section 7.2

  

Governing Law

     11   

Section 7.3

  

Headings

     11   

 

i


Section 7.4

  

Severability

     11   

Section 7.5

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

     12   

Section 7.6

  

Amendment

     12   

 

Exhibit 1:    Form of Certificate of Formation
Exhibit 2:    Form of LLC Certificate

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

This Limited Liability Company Agreement of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is made and entered into effective as of the 20 th  day of February, 2013, by Andrew Beveridge, an individual resident of the United Kingdom (the “ Initial Member ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Initial Member desires to form the Company pursuant to the Act; and

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, it is intended that that Company may engage in any lawful activity permitted by the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Act ” means the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act of 1996 (of the Republic of the Marshall Islands Associations Law), as the same may be amended from time to time.

(b) “ Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from to time in accordance with its terms.

(c) “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company composed of directors appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1 , which, pursuant to Section 4.1 , oversees and directs the operations, management and policies of the Company.

(d) “ Capital Contributions ” means the total amount of cash and/or assets which a Member contributes to the Company as capital pursuant to this Agreement.

(e) “ Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto to be filed pursuant to the Act with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Registrar of Corporations pursuant to which the Company shall be formed as a Marshall Islands limited liability company.

(f) “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

(g) “ Initial Directors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 .

(h) “ Initial Member ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble to this Agreement.

 

1


(i) “ LLC Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 of this Agreement.

(j) “ Member ” means the Initial Member and any Transferee of the Initial Member, as the case may be, and shall have the same meaning as the term “Member” under the Act.

(k) “ Officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a) of this Agreement.

(l) “ Person ” means a natural person, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, estate, unincorporated association, limited liability company, or any other juridical entity.

(m) “ Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) of this Agreement.

(n) “ Units ” means the units representing the limited liability company interests in the Company.

Section 1.2 Number and Gender. As the context requires, all words used herein in the singular number shall extend to and include the plural, all words used in the plural number shall extend to and include the singular, and all words used in any gender shall extend to and include the other gender or be neutral.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation. By its execution of this Agreement, each of the Members authorizes each of Steven J. Hollander and Daniel C. Rodgers, each acting singularly, of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP to file the Certificate of Formation pursuant to the Act with the Republic of the Marshall Islands Registrar of Corporations and, upon such filing, the Company will be formed as a Marshall Islands limited liability company.

Section 2.2 Name. The name of the Company shall be “KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC” and all Company business shall be conducted in that name or such other names that comply with applicable law as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 2.3 Purposes. The purposes for which the Company is established is to engage in any lawful activity permitted by the Act.

Section 2.4 Registered Office; Registered Agent. The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the Republic of the Marshall Islands shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate of Formation or such other office as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The registered agent of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the Republic of the Marshall Islands shall be the initial registered agent named in the Certificate of Formation or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law.

 

2


Section 2.5 Principal Office. The principal office of the Company shall be 2 Queen’s Cross, Aberdeen, Aberdeenshire AB15 4YB, United Kingdom, except as may otherwise be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.6 Term. The Company shall commence on the date the Certificate of Formation is accepted for filing by the Republic of the Marshall Islands Registrar of Corporations and shall have perpetual existence, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Act.

Section 2.7 Liability to Third Parties. Neither the Member nor the Board of Directors shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company, including, without limitation, under a judgment, decree or order of a court.

Section 2.8 LLC Certificate. The limited liability company interests of the Company shall be represented by Units. The Member’s ownership of its limited liability company interest in the Company shall be evidenced by a certificate of 1,000 Units initially representing a 100% limited liability company interest in the Company (the “ LLC Certificate ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto.

Section 2.9 Issuances of Additional Units.

(a) The Company may issue additional Units and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to such Units for any Company purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall determine, all without the approval of any Members.

(b) Each additional Unit authorized to be issued by the Company pursuant to Section 2.9(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of limited liability company interests), as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, including (i) the right to share in Company distributions; (ii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company; (iii) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Company may or shall be required to redeem the Unit (including sinking fund provisions); (iv) whether such Unit is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (v) the terms and conditions upon which each Unit will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vi) the method for determining the percentage of the total limited liability company interests represented by the Units; and (vii) the right, if any, of each such Unit to vote on Company matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Units.

(c) The Board of Directors shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with each issuance of Units and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to such Units pursuant to this Section 2.9 , reflecting the admission of such additional Members in the books and records of the Company as the Record Holder of such Units. The Board of Directors shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other limited liability company interests being so issued. The Board of Directors shall do all things necessary to comply with the Marshall Islands Act and

 

3


is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of limited liability company interests, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency.

Section 2.10 Transfer of Ownership Interest; Pledge of Ownership Interest.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b) herein, upon the endorsement by a Member on its LLC Certificate (or on a separate transfer power) in favor of a third party (a “ Transferee ”) and the delivery of such LLC Certificate (and such separate power, if applicable) to the Company for registration and issuance of a new LLC Certificate to such Transferee, such Member shall be deemed to have assigned and transferred all its right, title and interest in the Company and in this Agreement to such Transferee and all references in this Agreement to such Member shall be deemed to refer to such Transferee, in each case effective as of the date of such LLC Certificate delivery. A Member’s right, title and interest in the Company shall not be transferred other than as provided in this Section 2.10(a) .

(b) The pledge of, or granting of a security interest, lien or other encumbrance in or against, any or all of the limited liability company interest of the Member in the Company shall not cause the Member to cease to be a Member until the secured party shall have lawfully exercised its remedies under the security agreement and completed the endorsement in favor of a Transferee. Until the exercise of such remedies, the secured party shall not have the power to exercise any rights or powers of the Members.

(c) The instrument of transfer of any ownership interest in the Company shall be executed outside of the United Kingdom.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Initial Capital Contributions. The Initial Member shall make an initial capital contribution of U.S. $1,000 to the Company, and upon the Company’s receipt and in consideration thereof, an LLC Certificate shall be issued in favor of the Initial Member as provided for in Section 2.8 above.

Section 3.2 Additional Capital Contributions. The Member may contribute such additional sums and/or assets, if any, as it shall determine in its sole discretion.

Section 3.3 Liability Limited to Capital Contributions. The Member shall not have any obligation to contribute money to the Company or any personal liability with respect to any liability or obligation of the Company.

Section 3.4 No Interest on Capital Contributions. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Member shall not receive any interest on its Capital Contributions to the Company.

 

4


ARTICLE IV

MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Board of Directors. Except for decisions or actions requiring the approval of the Members or by non-waivable provisions of the Act or applicable law, all of the management and control of the Company shall be vested in a board of directors and the powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively managed in the United Kingdom under the direction of, a board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) comprised of no less than three and no more than seven Directors. Subject to such limitations, the exact number of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and such number may be increased or decreased from time to time by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office; provided , however , that the Board of Directors initially shall be comprised of three Directors (the “ Initial Directors ”). No decrease in the number of Directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director. Each member of the Board of Directors is deemed a “manager” under the Act. The Board of Directors may make all decisions and take all actions for the Company as in its sole discretion it shall deem necessary or appropriate to enable the Company to carry out the purposes for which the Company was formed and to further the interests of the Members, including, without limitation, the following:

(a) adopting, by written consent or otherwise, resolutions in the name and on behalf of the Company authorizing any decisions or actions taken pursuant to this Section 4.1 ;

(b) entering into, making and performing such contracts, agreements, undertakings and financial guarantees in the name and on behalf of the Company;

(c) setting aside reserves, opening and maintaining bank and investment accounts and arrangements, drawing checks and other orders for the payment of money, and designating individuals with authority to sign or give instructions with respect to those accounts and arrangements;

(d) collecting sums due to the Company;

(e) selecting, removing, and changing the authority and responsibility of lawyers, auditors and other advisers and consultants;

(f) (i) creating such committees of the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, appropriate or advisable, in its sole discretion, to carry on the affairs of the Company, (ii) selecting and removing (with or without cause, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the Directors then in office) the members of such committees ( provided , however , that such committees shall be comprised only of Directors and shall have only as many members as the Board of Directors deems appropriate), and (iii) changing the authority and responsibilities of such committees; and

(g) granting signatory authority to and issuing Powers of Attorney in favor of such persons as they may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out and implement any decisions or actions taken pursuant to this Section 4.1 .

 

5


Section 4.2 Board Membership.

(a) The Members shall have full authority unilaterally to appoint, by majority vote, such individuals to be Directors as they shall choose in their sole discretion, and to remove and replace, by majority vote, any Director they appoint to the Board of Directors, with or without cause, at any time and for any reason, and to fill, by majority vote, any positions created on the Board of Directors as a result of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors.

(b) Each Director shall be appointed to serve until his or her successor shall be appointed and shall qualify or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

(c) The Members shall designate one Director to hold the title of Chairman.

Section 4.3 Meetings, Quorum, Voting, etc .

(a) Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held in the United Kingdom, shall be held at least four times every fiscal year and shall be called by the Secretary of the Company, or in the absence of the Secretary, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, upon request of any Director. Notice of the date, time and place of each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director at least 48 hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or delivered in person, in which case it shall be given at least 24 hours prior to such meeting. For the purpose of this Section 4.3(a) , notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if given to him or her personally (including by telephone) or if such notice be delivered to such Director by courier service, mail, email, telegraph, cable, telex, or facsimile, to his or her last known address. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to the conduct of any voting thereat, the lack of notice to him or her.

(b) At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a quorum for the transaction of business shall be a majority of the Directors then in office.

(c) Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or a meeting of any committee of the Board of Directors by means of conference call or any similar communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other (from within or outside the United Kingdom), and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, provided , that a majority of the Directors then in office must be present in the United Kingdom (whether in person or by conference call or any similar communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other) for a meeting to be validly convened.

(d) All decisions to be made and actions to be taken by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the Directors in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

(e) Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a meeting of any committee of the Board of Directors at least a majority of whom take such action from the United Kingdom may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth

 

6


the action so taken, is signed by all of the Directors or committee members then in office. The action taken by any unanimous consent in writing shall be deemed to have occurred when the last Director executing such consent shall have signed the consent.

(f) Meetings of the any committee of the Board of Directors shall be held in the United Kingdom. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, any committee of the Board of Directors may make rules for the conduct of its business as such committee shall from time to time deem necessary. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required. No committee shall have the power to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors, or to change the membership of or to fill vacancies in, any other committee created by the Board of Directors, or to amend or repeal this Agreement or adopt a new limited liability company agreement, or to submit to the Member any action requiring its authorization, or to amend or repeal any resolution of the Board of Directors which by its terms shall not be amendable or repealable. Directors may participate in a meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors by means of conference call or any similar communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, provided, that a majority of the participants must be present in the United Kingdom (whether in person or by conference call or any similar communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other) for a meeting to be validly convened.

Section 4.4 Delegation of Authority and Duties .

(a) The Board of Directors may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint and elect (as well as remove or replace at any time with or without cause for any reason) (i) a Chief Executive Officer, (ii) a Chief Financial Officer, (iii) a Secretary and (iv) such other officer positions assigned to individuals (collectively, the “ Officers ”). Each Officer shall be a natural person. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. If so appointed by the Board of Directors, the Officers shall have the authority and duties as may from time to time be assigned to them.

(b) In addition, the Board of Directors may, from time to time as it deems advisable, delegate to one or more natural persons (inclusive of any Director) such authority and duties as the Board of Directors is granted under this Agreement and not made subject to the approval of the Members by this Agreement, and the Board of Directors may assign in writing such titles to any such person as it deems appropriate. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 4.4(b) may be revoked at any time by the Board of Directors with or without cause for any reason.

(c) Unless the Board of Directors decides otherwise, if the title of any person authorized to act on behalf of the Company under this Section 4.4 is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Marshall Islands Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authority and duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific delegation of, or restriction on, authority and duties made pursuant to this Section 4.4 . Any delegation or restriction pursuant to this Section 4.4(c) may be revoked at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause for any reason; provided , that the Board of Directors will not be entitled to revoke any restriction relating to the residence of any person as set out in this Section 4.4 .

(d) Unless authorized to do so by this Agreement or by the Board of Directors, no Director, Officer, agent or employee of the Company shall have any power or authority to bind the Company in any way, to pledge its credit, or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose. However, the Company may act by an attorney in fact authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

7


Section 4.5 Execution of Documents. Any agreements, contracts or other documents or correspondence executed by the Company, including an LLC Certificate, shall be signed by the individual executing same as follows:

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Section 4.6 Compensation of Directors and Officers .

(a) Members of the Board of Directors shall receive compensation for their services to the Company as the Board of Directors or any compensation committee appointed by the Board of Directors. Such compensation shall be based on market terms as determined by the Board of Directors or any compensation committee appointed by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Board of Directors or any compensation committee appointed by the Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize the reimbursement by the Company of such expenses (including travel expenses) as may be incurred by Directors in the performance of their duties hereunder (including attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors).

(b) The Officers shall serve with or without such compensation for their services to the Company as the Board of Directors or any compensation committee appointed by the Board of Directors thereof shall determine.

Section 4.7 Indemnification .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided , that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in

 

8


respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.7 , the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company, it being agreed that the Members shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to this Section 4.7 in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Company of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 4.7 .

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 4.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Company may purchase and maintain (or reimburse any Member or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of any Member, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the Board of Directors shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Company’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Company, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 4.7 , the Company shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Company also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 4.7(a) ; and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Company.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Members to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 4.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

9


(h) The provisions of this Section 4.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 4.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, nor the obligations of the Company to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 4.8 Liability of Indemnitees .

(a) No Indemnitee shall be personally liable for the debts and obligations of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(c) To the full extent that the Act permits the limitation or elimination of liability of Directors, a Director shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 4.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 4.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1 Allocations. Profits of the Company shall not be allocated to members until a distribution is declared by the Board or upon a winding up.

Section 5.2 Distributions/Available Cash. The Board of Directors shall in its sole discretion determine from time to time to what extent (if any) the Company’s cash on hand exceeds the current and anticipated needs of the Company. To the extent any such excess exists, the Board of Directors may make distributions to the Member, subject to Section 40 of the Act.

 

10


ARTICLE VI

BOOKS AND RECORDS; FISCAL YEAR; BANK ACCOUNTS

Section 6.1 Books and Records. The books and records of the Company shall, at the cost and expense of the Company, be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other location as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, provided such location is in the United Kingdom, but in no circumstances shall any register of members be brought into the United Kingdom.

Section 6.2 Fiscal Year. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Company’s books and records shall be kept on a December 31 calendar year basis and shall reflect all Company transactions and be appropriate and adequate for conducting the Company’s affairs.

Section 6.3 Bank Accounts. All funds of the Company will be deposited in its name in an account or accounts maintained with such bank or banks selected by the Board of Directors. Checks shall be drawn upon the Company account or accounts only for the purposes of the Company and may be signed by such persons as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Complete Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement regarding the operation of the Company and replace and supersede all prior agreements regarding the operation of the Company.

Section 7.2 Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, without giving regard to principles of conflicts of law.

Section 7.3 Headings. All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

11


Section 7.5 No Third Party Beneficiary. This Agreement is made solely and specifically for the benefit of the Member and its successors and Transferees and no other Persons shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 7.6 Amendment. All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Member.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12


WHEREFORE, this Agreement has been executed by a duly authorized representative of the Member as of the date first set forth above.

 

INITIAL MEMBER:
By:  

/ S / A NDREW B EVERIDGE

  Andrew Beveridge

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

L IMITED L IABILITY C OMPANY A GREEMENT

OF

KNOT O FFSHORE P ARTNERS  GP LLC


Exhibit 1

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC

Under Section 9 of The Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act

The undersigned, [ ], authorized person of KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC, for the purpose of forming a Marshall Islands limited liability company, hereby certifies:

 

  1.

The name of the limited liability company is: KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC (the “ Company ”).

 

  2.

The registered address of the Company in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Company’s registered agent in the Marshall Islands upon whom process may be served at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

 

  3.

The formation date of the Company is the date of the filing of this Certificate of Formation with the Registrar of Corporations.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on the      day of             , 2013.

 

 

[ ]
Authorized Person

 

Exhibit 1


Exhibit 2

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTEREST

OF

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC

ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE

REPUBLIC OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS

This Certificate evidences the ownership by [ ] of [ ] units representing [ ]% of the limited liability company interests in KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC (the “ Company ”), which interests are subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Formation and the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as each may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

Witness, the signature of the Company by its duly authorized officer.

 

Date:  

 

   

 

      Name:
      Title:

 

Exhibit 2


For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                          a total of              units representing a     % limited liability company ownership interests in KNOT Offshore Partners GP LLC represented by this Certificate.

 

Date:  

 

    [                                         ]
      By:  

 

        Name:
        Title:

 

Exhibit 2

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

FORM OF OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

AMONG

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS UK LLC

AND

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  ARTICLE I   
  DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     2   
  ARTICLE II   
  FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES   

Section 2.1

 

Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses

     8   

Section 2.2

 

Permitted Exceptions

     8   
  ARTICLE III   
  NON-FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES   

Section 3.1

 

Non-Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses

     10   

Section 3.2

 

Permitted Exceptions

     10   
  ARTICLE IV   
  BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES PROCEDURES   

Section 4.1

 

Procedures

     11   

Section 4.2

 

Scope of Prohibition

     13   

Section 4.3

 

Enforcement

     13   
  ARTICLE V   
  RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER   

Section 5.1

 

Rights of First Offer

     14   

Section 5.2

 

Procedures for Rights of First Offer

     14   
  ARTICLE VI   
  CARMEN KNUTSEN INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 6.1

 

Option to Purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests

     13   

Section 6.2

 

Procedures

     13   
  ARTICLE VII   
  HULL 574 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 7.1

 

Option to Purchase the Hull 574 Interests

     17   

Section 7.2

 

Procedures

     18   
  ARTICLE VIII   
  HULL 2531 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 8.1

 

Option to Purchase the Hull 2531 Interests

     20   

Section 8.2

 

Procedures

     20   
  ARTICLE IX   
  HULL 2532 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 9.1

 

Option to Purchase the Hull 2532 Interests

     22   

Section 9.2

 

Procedures

     22   

 

i


  ARTICLE X   
  HULL 2575 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION   

Section 10.1

 

Option to Purchase Hull 2575 Interests

     24   

Section 10.2

 

Procedures

     25   
  ARTICLE XI   
  GUARANTEES BY KNOT   

Section 11.1

 

Guarantee Relating to the Bodil Knutsen

     27   

Section 11.2

 

Guarantee Relating to the Windsor Knutsen

     27   
  ARTICLE XII   
  KNOT OPTION TO PURCHASE KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 19 INTERESTS   

Section 12.1

 

Exercise of KNOT Option to Purchase Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 Interests

     28   
  ARTICLE XIII   
  INDEMNIFICATION   

Section 13.1

 

KNOT Indemnification

     28   

Section 13.2

 

Limitation Regarding Indemnification

     28   

Section 13.3

 

Indemnification Procedures

     29   
  ARTICLE XIV   
  MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 14.1

 

Choice of Law; Submission To Jurisdiction

     30   

Section 14.2

 

Notice

     30   

Section 14.3

 

Entire Agreement

     30   

Section 14.4

 

Termination

     30   

Section 14.5

 

Waiver; Effect of Waiver or Consent

     31   

 

 

ii


Section 14.6

 

Amendment or Modification

     31   

Section 14.7

 

Assignment

     31   

Section 14.8

 

Counterparts

     32   

Section 14.9

 

Severability

     32   

Section 14.10

 

Gender, Parts, Articles and Sections

     32   

Section 14.11

 

Further Assurances

     32   

Section 14.12

 

Withholding or Granting of Consent

     32   

Section 14.13

 

Laws and Regulations

     32   

Section 14.14

 

Negotiation of Rights of KNOT, Limited Partners, Assignees and Third Parties

     32   

 

iii


FORM OF OMNIBUS AGREEMENT

THIS OMNIBUS AGREEMENT is entered into on, and effective as of, the Closing Date (as defined herein), among KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS, a company organized under the laws of Norway (“ KNOT ”), KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP, a Marshall Islands limited partnership (the “ MLP ”), KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company (including any permitted successors and assigns under the MLP Agreement (as defined herein)) (the “ General Partner ”), KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS UK LLC, a Marshall Islands limited liability company, and KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS, a company organized under the laws of Norway.

RECITALS:

1. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles II and IV , with respect to (a) those business opportunities that the KNOT Entities (as defined herein) will not pursue during the term of this Agreement and (b) the procedures whereby such business opportunities are to be offered to the Partnership Group (as defined herein) and accepted or declined.

2. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles III and IV , with respect to (a) those business opportunities that the Partnership Group (as defined herein) will not pursue during the term of this Agreement and (b) the procedures whereby such business opportunities are to be offered to KNOT and accepted or declined.

3. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article V , with respect to (a) KNOT’s right of first offer relating to Five-Year Vessels (as defined herein) or Non-Five-Year Vessels (as defined herein) owned by the MLP and (b) the MLP’s right of first offer relating to Five-Year Vessels that KNOT might own.

4. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Articles VI , VII , VIII , IX and X, with respect to the rights of the MLP to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests, Hull 574 Interests, Hull 2531 Interests, Hull 2532 Interests and Hull 2575 Interests (in each case, as defined herein) from KNOT.

5. The Parties desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Section 6.2(b)(ii) , Section 7.2(c)(ii) , Section 8.2(c)(ii) , Section 9.2(c)(ii) , Section 10.2(c)(ii) and Article XI II, with respect to certain indemnification obligations of KNOT.

 

1


In consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Acquiring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” means this Omnibus Agreement, as it may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with Section 14.6 hereof.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the MLP.

Bodil Knutsen ” means the shuttle tanker built in 2011 that is currently operating under the Bodil Knutsen Charter.

Bodil Knutsen Charter ” means the time charter agreement, Statoiltime 1, dated as of November 2, 2009, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, Organization number 971 585 579, and Statoil, relating to the Bodil Knutsen.

Brazil Shipping ” means Brazil Shipping I Limited, formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited.

Break-up Costs ” means the aggregate amount of any and all additional taxes, flag administration, financing, legal and other similar costs (except with respect to Section 2.2(b) where Break-up Costs shall be deemed to include only administrative costs associated with transfer and re-flagging, including related legal costs) to (a) the KNOT Entities that would be required to transfer Five-Year Vessels acquired by the KNOT Entities as part of a larger transaction to a Partnership Group Member pursuant to Sections 2.2(b) or 2.2(d)(i) , or (b) the Partnership Group that would be required to transfer Non-Five-Year Vessels acquired by the Partnership Group as part of a larger transaction to a KNOT Entity pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(i) .

Carmen Knutsen ” means the shuttle tanker being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the first quarter of 2013.

Carmen Knutsen Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Carmen Knutsen, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Carmen Knutsen and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Carmen Knutsen then in effect.

 

2


Change of Control ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ Applicable Person ”), any of the following events: (a) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the Applicable Person’s assets to any other Person, unless immediately following such sale, lease, exchange or other transfer such assets are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Applicable Person; (b) the consolidation or merger of the Applicable Person with or into another Person pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (i) the outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person are changed into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent and (ii) the holders of the Voting Securities of the Applicable Person immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving Person or its parent immediately after such transaction; and (c) a “ person ” or “ group ” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than KNOT or its Affiliates with respect to the General Partner, being or becoming the “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the Applicable Person, except in a merger or consolidation which would not constitute a Change of Control under clause (b) above.

Closing Date ” means             , 2013, the date of the closing of the initial public offering of common units representing limited partner interests in the MLP.

Conflicts Committee ” means the Conflicts Committee of the Board.

Contribution Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 13.1 .

Co sco ” means Cosco (Zhoushan Shipyard Co., Ltd.), which is building the newbuild the Hull 574.

Covered Environmental Losses ” means all Losses suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group by reason of, arising out of or resulting from:

(a) any violation or correction of violation of Environmental Laws; or

(b) any event or condition relating to environmental or human health and safety matters, in each case, associated with the ownership or operation by the Partnership Group or the KNOT Entities of the Contribution Assets (including, without limitation, the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Contribution Assets or the disposal or release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Substances generated by or otherwise related to operation of the Contribution Assets), including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented cost and expense of (i) any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws, (ii) the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws and (iii) any environmental

 

3


or toxic tort (including, without limitation, personal injury or property damage claims) pre-trial, trial or appellate legal or litigation support work;

but only to the extent that such violation complained of under clause (a) , or such events or conditions included in clause (b) , occurred before the Closing Date; and, provided, that in no event shall Losses to the extent arising from a change in any Environmental Law after the Closing Date be deemed “ Covered Environmental Losses .”

Eni ” means Eni Trading and Shipping S.p.A., the charterer of the Hull 2531 and the Hull 2532 after their respective completion and delivery by HHI.

Environmental Laws ” means all international, federal, state, foreign and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations, treaties, conventions, orders, judgments and ordinances having the force and effect of law and relating to protection of natural resources, health and safety and the environment, each in effect and as amended through the Closing Date.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

First Offer Negotiation Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(c) .

Five-Year Vessel ” means any shuttle tanker operating under a charter for five or more years, together with the related charter.

General Partner ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

Hazardous Substances ” means (a) each substance defined, designated or classified as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, hazardous material, solid waste, contaminant or toxic substance under Environmental Laws; (b) petroleum and petroleum products, including crude oil and any fractions thereof; (c) natural gas, synthetic gas and any mixtures thereof; (d) any radioactive material; and (e) any asbestos-containing materials in a friable condition.

HHI ” means Hyundai Heavy Industries, which is building the newbuilds the Carmen Knutsen, the Hull 2531, the Hull 2532 and the Hull 2575.

Hull 574 ” means the shuttle tanker being built by Cosco that is scheduled for delivery in 2014.

Hull 574 Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Hull 574, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Hull 574 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Hull 574 then in effect.

Hull 2531 ” means the shuttle tanker being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2013.

Hull 2531 Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Hull 2531, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Hull 2531 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Hull 2531 then in effect.

Hull 2532 ” means the shuttle tanker being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2013.

 

4


Hull 2532 Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Hull 2532, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Hull 2532 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Hull 2532 then in effect.

Hull 2575 ” means the shuttle tanker being built by HHI that is scheduled for delivery in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Hull 2575 Interests ” means all of KNOT’s rights, title and interests in the Hull 2575, including the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in any KNOT Entity holding interests in the Hull 2575 and including any charters or other agreements relating to the operation of the Hull 2575 then in effect.

KNOT ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

KNOT Entities ” means KNOT and any Person controlled, directly or indirectly, by KNOT, other than the Partnership Entities.

KNOT Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

KNOT Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

KNOT Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

KNOT Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 ” means Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19, AS, the current party to the ship-building contract with Cosco for the Hull 574 and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Knutsen NYK Shuttle Tankers AS, a company jointly owned by TS Shipping Invest AS and Nippon Yusen Kaisha.

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 Interests ” means all of ownership interests in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19, including all of the shares of capital stock, limited liability company interests, limited partnership interests or any other interests in Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19.

Losses ” means losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees) of any and every kind or character; provided , however , that such term shall not include any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages.

MLP ” is defined in the introduction to this Agreement.

MLP Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the MLP, dated as of            , 2013, as such agreement is in effect on the Closing Date, to which reference is hereby made for all purposes of this Agreement. No amendment or modification to the MLP Agreement subsequent to the Closing Date shall be given effect for purposes of this Agreement unless consented to by each of the Parties to this Agreement.

Non-Five-Year Vessel ” means any shuttle tanker that is not a Five-Year Vessel.

 

5


Offer ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

Offered Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

Offeree ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1 .

Offer Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4.1(b)(i) .

Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement and their successors and permitted assigns.

Partnership Entities ” means the General Partner, the MLP and any Person controlled by the General Partner or the MLP.

Partnership Group ” means the MLP and any Person controlled by the MLP.

Partnership Group Member ” means any Person in the Partnership Group.

Partnership Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

Partnership Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

Partnership Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

Partnership Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(a) .

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or any other entity.

Potential Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Repsol ” means Repsol YPF Trading y Transporte, S.A., the charterer of the Carmen Knutsen.

Repsol Sinopec ” means Repsol Sinopec Brasil BV, the charterer of the Hull 574 after its completion and delivery from Cosco.

Sale Assets ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Standard Marine ” means Standard Marine Tønsberg AS, the charterer of the Hull 2575 after its completion and delivery from HHI.

Statoil ” means Statoil ASA.

Transfer ” means any transfer, assignment, sale or other disposition of any Non-Five-Year Vessel by a KNOT Entity or of any Five-Year Vessel or Non-Five-Year

 

6


Vessel by a Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that such term shall not include: (a) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions from a KNOT Entity to another KNOT Entity, or from a Partnership Group Member to another Partnership Group Member; (b) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions pursuant to the terms of any related charter or other agreement with a charter party; (c) transfers, assignments, sales or other dispositions pursuant to Articles II or III of this Agreement; or (d) grants of security interests in or mortgages or liens on such Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels in favor of a bona fide third party lender (but not the foreclosing of any such security interest, mortgage or lien).

Transfer Notice ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Transferring Party ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.2(b) .

Voting Securities ” means securities of any class of Person entitling the holders thereof to vote in the election of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of the Person.

Windsor Knutsen ” means the vessel built in 2007 and retrofitted from a conventional crude oil tanker to a shuttle tanker in 2001, and that is currently operating under the Windsor Knutsen Charter.

Windsor Knutsen Charter ” means the Time Charter of Windsor Knutsen, dated as of April 6, 2010, between Knutsen OAS and Brazil Shipping, relating to the Windsor Knutsen.

ARTICLE II

FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

Section 2.1 Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses . Subject to Section 14.4 and except as permitted by Section 2.2 , each of the KNOT Entities shall be prohibited from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Five-Year Vessels.

Section 2.2 Permitted Exceptions . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 2.1 to the contrary, the restrictions in this Agreement shall not prevent any KNOT Entity from:

(a) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel;

(b) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels if such KNOT Entity offers to sell to the vessel to the MLP for the acquisition price plus any Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ;

(c) putting a Non-Five-Year Vessel under charter for five or more years if such KNOT Entity offers to sell the vessel to the MLP for fair market value (x) after the time it becomes a Five-Year Vessel and (y) at each renewal or extension of that charter for five or more years, in each case in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ;

 

7


(d) acquiring one or more Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering such Five-Year Vessel(s); provided , however , that:

(i) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, the KNOT Entity must offer to sell such Five-Year Vessel(s) to the MLP for their fair market value plus any Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ; and

(ii) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by KNOT’s board of directors, KNOT shall notify the MLP of the proposed acquisition in writing. The MLP shall, not later than the 30 th calendar day following receipt of such notice, notify KNOT if it or any other Partnership Group Member wishes to acquire any Five-Year Vessel forming part of that business or package of assets in cooperation and simultaneously with the KNOT Entity acquiring the Non-Five-Year Vessels forming part of that business or package of assets. If the MLP does not notify KNOT of its intent to pursue the acquisition within such 30 calendar days, the KNOT Entity may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such vessels to the MLP as provided in subsection (i) above;

(e) acquiring up to a 9.9% equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in any company, business or pool of assets;

(f) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if the MLP does not fulfill its obligation to purchase such Five-Year Vessel in accordance with the terms of any existing or future agreement;

(g) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel that is subject to an offer to purchase by a Partnership Group Member as described in paragraphs (b) , (c)  and (d)  above, in each case pending the offer of such Five-Year Vessel to the MLP and the MLP’s determination pursuant to Section 4.1 whether to purchase the Five-Year Vessel and, if the MLP has determined to purchase or to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase such Five-Year Vessel, pending the closing of such purchase;

(h) providing ship management services relating to any vessel;

(i) owning or operating any Five-Year Vessel that KNOT owns on the Closing Date and that is not part of the Partnership Group’s initial fleet on the Closing Date; or

(j) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Five-Year Vessel if the MLP has previously advised KNOT that it consents to such acquisition, operation or charter.

 

8


ARTICLE III

NON-FIVE-YEAR VESSEL RESTRICTED BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES

Section 3.1 Non-Five-Year Vessel Restricted Businesses . Subject to Section 14.4 and except as permitted by Section 3.2 , each Partnership Group Member shall be prohibited from acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels.

Section 3.2 Permitted Exceptions . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.1 to the contrary, the restrictions in this Agreement shall not prevent any Partnership Group Member from:

(a) owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that was previously a Five-Year Vessel while owned by any Partnership Group Member;

(b) acquiring one or more Non-Five-Year Vessels as part of the acquisition of a controlling interest in a business or package of assets and owning, operating or chartering those Non-Five-Year Vessels; provided , however , that:

(i) if less than a majority of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by the Board, such Partnership Group Member must offer to sell such Non-Five-Year Vessels to KNOT for their fair market value plus any applicable Break-up Costs in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.1 ; and

(ii) if a majority or more of the value of the business or assets acquired is attributable to Non-Five-Year Vessels, as determined in good faith by the Board, the MLP shall notify KNOT of the proposed acquisition in writing. KNOT shall, not later than the 30 th  calendar day following receipt of such notice, notify the MLP if it or any other KNOT Entity wishes to acquire any Non-Five-Year Vessel forming part of that business or package of assets in cooperation and simultaneously with the Partnership Group Member acquiring the Five-Year Vessels forming part of that business or package of assets. If KNOT does not notify the MLP of its intent to pursue the acquisition within such 30   calendar days, the Partnership Group Member may proceed with the acquisition and then offer to sell such Non-Five-Year Vessels to KNOT as provided in subsection (i) above;

(c) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering any Non-Five-Year Vessel that is subject to an offer to purchase by a KNOT Entity as described in paragraph (b) above pending the offer of such Non-Five-Year Vessel to KNOT and KNOT’s determination pursuant to Section 4.1 whether to purchase the Five-Year Vessel and, if KNOT has determined to purchase or cause any KNOT Entity to purchase such Five-Year Vessel, pending the closing of such purchase; or

(d) acquiring, owning, operating or chartering Non-Five-Year Vessels if KNOT has previously advised the MLP that it consents to such acquisition, ownership, operation or charter.

 

9


ARTICLE IV

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES PROCEDURES

Section 4.1 Procedures . In the event that (a) a Partnership Group Member acquires, operates or puts under charter Non-Five-Year Vessels in accordance with Section 3.2(b)(i) , or (b) a KNOT Entity acquires, operates or puts under charter Five-Year Vessels in accordance with Section 2.2(b) , (c)  or (d)(i) , then simultaneously or in any event not later than 30 calendar days after the consummation of the acquisition or the commencement of operations or charter, such acquiring Party (the “ Acquiring Party ”) shall notify (i) KNOT, in the case of an acquisition by a Partnership Group Member or (ii) the Board, in the case of an acquisition by a KNOT Entity, and offer such party to be notified (each an “ Offeree ”) the opportunity for any KNOT Entity or Partnership Group Member, as applicable, to purchase such Non-Five-Year Vessels or Five-Year Vessels, as applicable (the “ Offered Assets ”), for their fair market value (or, in the case of an acquisition in accordance with Section 2.2(b) , the acquisition price) plus, in the case of an acquisition in accordance with Sections 2.2(b) , 2.2(d)(i) or 3.2(b)(i) , any applicable Break-up Costs, in each case on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with this Section 4.1 (the “ Offer ”). The Offer shall set forth the Acquiring Party’s proposed terms relating to the purchase of the Offered Assets by the applicable KNOT Entity or Partnership Group Member, including any liabilities to be assumed by the applicable KNOT Entity or Partnership Group Member as part of the Offer. As soon as practicable after the Offer is made, the Acquiring Party will deliver to the Offeree all information prepared by or on behalf of or in the possession of such Acquiring Party relating to the Offered Assets and reasonably requested by the Offeree. As soon as practicable, but in any event, within 30 calendar days after receipt of the Offer, the Offeree shall notify the Acquiring Party in writing that either:

(a) KNOT has elected not to purchase (or not to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board has elected not to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, such Offered Assets, in which event the Acquiring Party and its Affiliates shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement (including Section 2.2(b) ), be forever free, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to continue to own, operate and charter such Offered Assets; or

(b) KNOT has elected to purchase (or to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board has elected to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, such Offered Assets, in which event the following procedures shall be followed:

(i) After the receipt of the Offer by the Offeree, the Acquiring Party and the Offeree shall negotiate in good faith regarding the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer on which the Offered Assets will be sold to the applicable KNOT Entity or Partnership Group Member. If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree agree on the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer and the other terms of the Offer during the 30-day period (the “ Offer Period ”) after receipt by the Acquiring Party of KNOT’s election to purchase (or election to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or of the Board’s election to cause any

 

10


Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, the Offered Assets, KNOT shall purchase (or cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase) or the Board shall cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase, as applicable, the Offered Assets on such terms as soon as commercially practicable after such agreement has been reached.

(ii) If the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree on the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets that are subject to the Offer or on any other terms of the Offer during the Offer Period, the Acquiring Party and the Offeree will engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor prior to the end of the Offer Period to determine the fair market value of the Offered Assets and/or the other terms on which the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Offered Assets and other terms on which the Offered Assets are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the Offer submitted by the Acquiring Party and the Offeree, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Acquiring Party relating to the Offered Assets and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs) of the Offered Assets and/or the other terms on which the Acquiring Party and the Offeree are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Acquiring Party and the Offeree its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Acquiring Party and the Offeree. Upon receipt of such determination, the Offeree will have the option, but not the obligation:

(A) in the case that the Offeree is KNOT, to purchase or cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase, or in the case that the Offeree is the Board, to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Offered Assets for the fair market value (and any applicable Break-up Costs), and on the other terms determined by the ship broker or investment banking firm, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made; or

(B) in the case that the Offeree is KNOT, to elect not to cause any of its permitted Affiliates to purchase, or in the case that the Offeree is the Board, not to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase such Offered Assets, in which event the Acquiring Party and its Affiliates shall, subject to the other terms of this Agreement, be forever free to continue to own and operate such Offered Assets.

 

11


Section 4.2 Scope of Prohibition . If any Party or its Affiliates engages in the ownership or operation of Five-Year Vessels in the case of a KNOT Entity, or Non-Five-Year Vessels in the case of a Partnership Group Member, pursuant to any of the exceptions described in Sections 2.2 or 3.2 , as applicable, the Party and its Affiliates may not subsequently expand that portion of their business other than pursuant to the exceptions contained in such Sections 2.2 or 3.2 . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the MLP Agreement, each Party and its Affiliates shall be free to engage in any business activity whatsoever, including those that may be in direct competition with the KNOT Entities or the Partnership Group Members.

Section 4.3 Enforcement . Each Party agrees and acknowledges that the other Parties do not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in this Article IV , and that any breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in this Article IV would result in irreparable injury to such other Parties. Each Party further agrees and acknowledges that any other Party may, in addition to the other remedies which may be available to such other Party, file a suit in equity to enjoin such Party from such breach, and consent to the issuance of injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of Article IV of this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER

Section 5.1 Rights of First Offer .

(a) The Partnership Group hereby grants KNOT a right of first offer on any proposed Transfer by any Partnership Group Member of any Five-Year Vessels or any Non-Five-Year Vessels owned or acquired by any Partnership Group Member.

(b) The KNOT Entities hereby grant the MLP a right of first offer on any proposed Transfer of any Five-Year Vessels owned or acquired by any KNOT Entity.

(c) The Parties acknowledge that all potential Transfers of Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels pursuant to this Article V are subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other non-affiliated third parties and to the terms of all existing agreements in respect of such Five-Year Vessels or Non-Five-Year Vessels, as applicable.

Section 5.2 Procedures for Rights of First Offer .

(a) In the event that a Partnership Group Member (a “ Partnership Transferring Party ”) proposes to Transfer any Non-Five-Year Vessels (the “ Partnership Sale Assets ”), prior to engaging in any negotiation for such Transfer with any non-affiliated third party or otherwise offering to Transfer the Partnership Sale Assets to any non-affiliated third party, such Partnership Transferring Party shall give KNOT (a “ Partnership Potential Transferee ”), written notice setting forth all material terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price or the terms of the charter agreement and a description of the Partnership Sale Asset(s) on which such Partnership Transferring Party desires to Transfer the Partnership Sale Assets) (a “ Partnership Transfer Notice ”).

 

12


(b) In the event that a KNOT Entity (a “ KNOT Transferring Party ” and, together with a Partnership Transferring Party, a “ Transferring Party ”) proposes to Transfer any Five-Year Vessels (the “ KNOT Sale Assets ” and, together with the Partnership Sale Assets, the “ Sale Assets ”), prior to engaging in any negotiation for such Transfer with any non-affiliated third party or otherwise offering to Transfer the KNOT Sale Assets to any non-affiliated third party, such KNOT Transferring Party shall give the MLP (a “ KNOT Potential Transferee ” and, together with a Partnership Potential Transferee, a “ Potential Transferee ”), written notice setting forth all material terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the purchase price or the terms of the charter agreement and a description of the KNOT Sale Asset(s) on which such KNOT Transferring Party desires to Transfer the KNOT Sale Assets) (a “ KNOT Transfer Notice ” and, together with a Partnership Transfer Notice, each a “ Transfer Notice ”).

(c) After delivery of a Transfer Notice, the Transferring Party then shall be obligated to negotiate in good faith for a 30-day period following the delivery by the Transferring Party of the Transfer Notice (the “ First Offer Negotiation Period ”) to reach an agreement for the Transfer of such Sale Assets to the Potential Transferee or any of its Affiliates on the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice. If no such agreement with respect to the Sale Assets is reached during the First Offer Negotiation Period, and the Transferring Party has not Transferred, or agreed in writing to Transfer, such Sale Assets to a third party within 180 calendar days after the end of the First Offer Negotiation Period on terms generally no less favorable to the Transferring Party than those included in the Transfer Notice, then the Transferring Party shall not thereafter Transfer any of the Sale Assets without first offering such assets to the applicable Potential Transferee in the manner provided above.

ARTICLE VI

CARMEN KNUTSEN INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 6.1 Option to Purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after the Closing Date, all of the Carmen Knutsen Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Carmen Knutsen Interests pursuant to this Article VI is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Carmen Knutsen Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Carmen Knutsen Interests pursuant to this Article VI .

Section 6.2 Procedures .

(a) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of the Closing Date, written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Carmen

 

13


Knutsen Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Carmen Knutsen Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Carmen Knutsen Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Carmen Knutsen Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Carmen Knutsen Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(b) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests, the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Carmen Knutsen Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Carmen Knutsen Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XI II of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Carmen Knutsen and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Carmen Knutsen Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Carmen Knutsen Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

 

14


(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Carmen Knutsen as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Carmen Knutsen or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Repsol thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Carmen Knutsen under this Article VI and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iv) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Carmen Knutsen if any of the consents referred to in Section 6.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Carmen Knutsen at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 6.2 (a) , all future rights to purchase the Carmen Knutsen Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

ARTICLE VII

HULL 574 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 7.1 Option to Purchase the Hull 574 Interests.

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Board pursuant to Section 8.2(a) that the Hull 574 has been accepted by Repsol Sinopec, all of the Hull 574 Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Hull 574 Interests pursuant to this Article VII is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Hull 574 Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Hull 574 Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Hull 574 Interests pursuant to this Article VII.

Section 7.2 Procedures.

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance of the Hull 574 by Repsol Sinopec, KNOT shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Hull 574 Interests for fair market value pursuant to Section 7.1(a).

(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Hull 574 Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of receipt of notice pursuant to Section 7.2(a), written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Hull 574 Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Hull 574 Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Hull 574 Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Hull 574 Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Hull 574 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Hull 574 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Hull 574 Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Hull 574 Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Hull 574 Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Hull 574 Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 574 Interests under Section 7.2(b), the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Hull 574 Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Hull 574 Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Hull 574 Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Hull 574 and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Hull 574 Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided, however, that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Hull 574 shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Hull 574 Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Hull 574 Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Hull 574 as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Hull 574 or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Repsol Sinopec thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Hull 574 under this Article VII and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Hull 574 if any of the consents referred to in Section 7.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 574 Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 7.1(b), all future rights to purchase the Hull 574 Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

ARTICLE VIII

HULL 2531 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 8.1 Option to Purchase the Hull 2531 Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Board pursuant to Section 8.2(a) that the Hull 2531 has been accepted by Eni, all of the Hull 2531 Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Hull 2531 Interests pursuant to this Article VIII is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Hull 2531 Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Hull 2531 Interests pursuant to this Article VIII .

Section 8.2 Procedures .

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance of the Hull 2531 by Eni, KNOT shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests for fair market value pursuant to Section 8.1(a) .

 

15


(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of receipt of notice pursuant to Section 8.2(a) , written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Hull 2531 Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Hull 2531 Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Hull 2531 Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Hull 2531 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Hull 2531 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Hull 2531 Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Hull 2531 Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Hull 2531 Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests under Section 8.2(b) , the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Hull 2531 Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Hull 2531 Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Hull 2531 and occurring before the date of acquisition of the

 

16


Hull 2531 Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Hull 2531 shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Hull 2531 Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Hull 2531 Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Hull 2531 as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Hull 2531 or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Eni thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Hull 2531 under this Article VIII and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Hull 2531 if any of the consents referred to in Section 8.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 8.2(b) , all future rights to purchase the Hull 2531 Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

ARTICLE IX

HULL 2532 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 9.1 Option to Purchase the Hull 2532 Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Board pursuant to Section 9.2(a) that the Hull 2532 has been accepted by Eni, all of the Hull 2532 Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Hull 2532 Interests pursuant to this Article IX is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Hull 2532 Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests. KNOT hereby

 

17


covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Hull 2532 Interests pursuant to this Article IX .

Section 9.2 Procedures .

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance of the Hull 2532 by Eni, KNOT shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests for fair market value pursuant to Section 9.1(a) .

(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of receipt of notice pursuant to Section 9.2(a) , written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Hull 2532 Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Hull 2532 Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Hull 2532 Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Hull 2532 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Hull 2532 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Hull 2532 Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Hull 2532 Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Hull 2532 Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests under Section 9.2(b) , the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Hull 2532 Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Hull 2532 Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

 

18


(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Hull 2532 and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Hull 2532 Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Hull 2532 shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Hull 2532 Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Hull 2532 Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Hull 2532 as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Hull 2532 or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Eni thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Hull 2532 under this Article VIII and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Hull 2532 if any of the consents referred to in Section 8.1(b) above have not been obtained.

(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 9.2(b) , all future rights to purchase the Hull 2532 Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

 

19


ARTICLE X

HULL 2575 INTERESTS PURCHASE OPTION

Section 10.1 Option to Purchase the Hull 2575 Interests .

(a) KNOT hereby grants to the Partnership Group the unconditional right and option to purchase for fair market value at any time within 24 months after KNOT notifies the Board pursuant to Section 10.2(a) that the Hull 2575 has been accepted by Standard Marine, all of the Hull 2575 Interests.

(b) The Parties acknowledge that the potential transfer of the Hull 2575 Interests pursuant to this Article X is subject to obtaining any and all written consents of governmental authorities and other third parties and to the terms of all agreements existing as of the date hereof in respect of the Hull 2575 Interests including, without limitation, any rights of first refusal of the parties to such agreements to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests. KNOT hereby covenants and agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain any such consents required to be obtained by it in connection with the transfer of the Hull 2575 Interests pursuant to this Article X .

Section 10.2 Procedures .

(a) Not later than 30 calendar days after the date of acceptance of the Hull 2575 by Standard Marine, KNOT shall notify the Board and offer the Board the opportunity to cause any Partnership Group Member to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests for fair market value pursuant to Section 10.1(a) .

(b) If a Partnership Group Member decides to exercise the option to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests, it will provide, within 24 months of receipt of notice pursuant to Section 10.2(a) , written notice to KNOT of such exercise, the fair market value it proposes to pay for the Hull 2575 Interests, and the other material terms of the purchase. The decision to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests, the fair market value to be paid for the Hull 2575 Interests, and the other terms of the purchase shall be approved by the Conflicts Committee. If the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree on the fair market value of the Hull 2575 Interests and/or the other material terms, the Partnership Group Member and KNOT shall engage a mutually-agreed-upon investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor to determine the fair market value of the Hull 2575 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree. In determining the fair market value of the Hull 2575 Interests and/or the other material terms on which the Hull 2575 Interests are to be sold, the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will have access to the proposed sale and purchase values and terms for the offer submitted by the Partnership Group Member and KNOT, respectively, and to all information prepared by or on behalf of the Partnership Group Member and KNOT with respect to the Hull 2575 Interests and reasonably requested by such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor. Such investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor will determine the fair market value of the Hull 2575 Interests and/or the other terms on which the Partnership Group Member and KNOT are unable to agree within 30 calendar days of its engagement and furnish the Partnership Group Member and KNOT its determination. The fees

 

20


and expenses of the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as applicable, will be divided equally between the Partnership Group Member and KNOT. Upon receipt of such determination, the Partnership Group Member will have the option, but not the obligation in to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests for the fair market value and on the other terms determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor, as soon as commercially practicable after determinations have been made.

(c) If a Partnership Group Member chooses to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests under Section 10.2(b) , the applicable parties shall enter into a purchase and sale agreement for the purchase and sale of the Hull 2575 Interests pursuant to which KNOT shall be obligated to sell the Hull 2575 Interests to the Partnership Group Member and the Partnership Group Member shall be obligated to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests from KNOT. The terms of the purchase and sale agreement will include the following:

(i) the Partnership Group Member will deliver a cash purchase price (unless the Partnership Group Member and KNOT agree that the consideration will be paid by means of equity of the MLP, an interest-bearing promissory note or other form of consideration);

(ii) the Partnership Group will be entitled to the benefit of the indemnification contained in Article XIII of this Agreement for the remaining term of such indemnification with respect to events or conditions associated with the operation of the Hull 2575 and occurring before the date of acquisition of the Hull 2575 Interests by the Partnership Group Member; provided , however , that the remaining term of any such indemnification with respect to the Hull 2575 shall be deemed to be not less than three years from the closing date of the acquisition of the Hull 2575 Interests by the Partnership Group Member;

(iii) KNOT will provide customary representations and warranties with respect to title to the Hull 2575 Interests and any other such matters as the Partnership Group Member may approve, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld;

(iv) KNOT will grant to the Partnership Group Member the right, exercisable at the Partnership Group Member’s risk and expense, to make such surveys, tests and inspections of the Hull 2575 as the Partnership Group Member may deem desirable, so long as such surveys, tests or inspections do not damage the Hull 2575 or interfere with the activities of the KNOT Entities or Standard Marine thereon and so long as the Partnership Group Member has furnished KNOT with evidence that adequate liability insurance is in full force and effect;

(v) the Partnership Group Member will have the right to terminate its obligation to purchase the Hull 2575 under this Article X and the related purchase and sale agreement if the results of any searches, surveys, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph (iii) above are, in the reasonable opinion of the Partnership Group, unsatisfactory; and

(vi) neither KNOT nor the applicable Partnership Group Member shall have any obligation to sell or buy the Hull 2575 if any of the consents referred to in Section 10.1(b) above have not been obtained.

 

21


(d) If a Partnership Group Member chooses or is deemed to have chosen not to exercise its option to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests at the price determined by the investment banking firm, ship broker or other expert advisor under Section 10.2(b) , all future rights to purchase the Hull 2575 Interests by the Partnership Group will be extinguished.

ARTICLE XI

GUARANTEES BY KNOT

Section 11.1 Guarantee Relating to the Bodil Knutsen . If at any time during the five years following the Closing Date, the Bodil Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a rate of hire that is equal to or greater than the rate of hire then in effect and payable under the Bodil Knutsen Charter, then KNOT shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the owner of the Bodil Knutsen such rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Bodil Knutsen Charter; provided , however , that in the event that for any period during such five years following the Closing Date the Bodil Knutsen is chartered to a charterer other than Statoil under a charter other than the Bodil Knutsen Charter and the rate of hire being paid by such charterer is lower than the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Bodil Knutsen Charter during any such period, then KNOT shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the owner of the Bodil Knutsen, the difference between the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Bodil Knutsen Charter during such period and the rate of hire that is then in effect and payable under the charter agreement with such other charterer.

Section 11.2 Guarantee Relating to the Windsor Knutsen . If at any time during the five years following the Closing Date, the Windsor Knutsen is not receiving from any charterer a rate of hire that is equal to or greater than the rate of hire then in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter, then KNOT shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the owner of the Windsor Knutsen such rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter; provided , however , that in the event that for any period during such five years following the Closing Date the Windsor Knutsen is chartered to a charterer other than BG under a charter other than the Windsor Knutsen Charter and the rate of hire being paid by such charterer is lower than the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter during any such period, then KNOT shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the owner of the Windsor Knutsen, the difference between the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter during such period and the rate of hire that is then in effect and payable under the charter agreement with such other charterer; provided , further , that for purposes of this Section 11.2 , the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable under the Windsor Knutsen Charter during the period between the final termination date of the Windsor Knutsen Charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised) and the last day of the five-year period following the Closing Date (inclusive) shall be deemed to have been the rate of hire that would have been in effect and payable during the last option extension period under the Windsor Knutsen Charter (assuming that all extension options thereunder would have been exercised).

 

22


ARTICLE XII

KNOT OPTION TO PURCHASE KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS 19 INTERESTS

Section 12.1 Exercise of KNOT Option to Purchase Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 Interests . Knot shall exercise its option to purchase the Knutsen Shuttle Tankers 19 Interests from TS Shipping Invest AS and Nippon Yusen Kaisha, on, or prior to, the date of acceptance of the Hull 574 by Repsol Sinopec.

ARTICLE XIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 13.1 KNOT Indemnification . Subject to the provisions of Section 13.2 and Section 13.3 , KNOT shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Group from and against: (a) any Covered Environmental Losses relating to the assets contributed by the KNOT Entities to the Partnership Group prior to or on the Closing Date (the “ Contribution Assets ”) to the extent that KNOT is notified by the MLP of any such Covered Environmental Losses within five years after the Closing Date; (b) Losses to the Partnership Group arising from (i) the failure of the Partnership Group, immediately after the Closing Date, to be the owner of such valid leasehold interests or fee ownership interests in and to the Contribution Assets as are necessary to enable the Partnership Entities to own and operate the Contribution Assets in substantially the same manner that the Contribution Assets were owned and operated by the KNOT Entities immediately prior to the respective dates on which each such Contribution Asset was acquired by the Partnership Entities or (ii) the failure of the Partnership Entities to have by the Closing Date any consent or governmental permit necessary to allow the Partnership Entities to own or operate the Contribution Assets in substantially the same manner that the Contribution Assets were owned and operated by the KNOT Entities immediately prior to the respective dates on which each such Contribution Asset was acquired by the Partnership Entities, in each of clauses (i) and (ii)  above, to the extent that KNOT is notified by the MLP of such Losses within three years after the Closing Date; and (c) all federal, state, foreign and local income tax liabilities attributable to the operation of the Contribution Assets prior to the Closing Date, including any such income tax liabilities of the KNOT Entities that may result from the consummation of the formation transactions for the Partnership Group and the MLP, but excluding any federal, state, foreign and local income taxes reserved on the books of the Partnership Group on the Closing Date or any taxes occurred upon the entrance of any of the Contribution Assets into the Norwegian tonnage tax regime.

Section 13.2 Limitation Regarding Indemnification . The aggregate liability of KNOT under Section 13.1(a ) above shall not exceed $5,000,000. Furthermore, no claim may be made against KNOT for indemnification pursuant to Section 13.1(a ), unless the aggregate dollar amount of all claims for indemnification pursuant to such section shall exceed $500,000, in which case KNOT shall be liable for claims for indemnification only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds $500,000.

Section 13.3 Indemnification Procedures .

(a) The Partnership Group Members agree that within a reasonable period of time after they become aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 13.1 , they will provide notice thereof in writing to KNOT specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim.

(b) KNOT shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims brought against the Partnership Group that are covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 13.1 , including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such matter or any

 

23


issues relating thereto; provided , however , that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) of the Partnership Group unless it includes a full release of the Partnership Group from such matter or issues, as the case may be.

(c) The Partnership Group Members agree to cooperate fully with KNOT with respect to all aspects of the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 13.1 , including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to KNOT of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Partnership Group may receive, permitting the names of the members of the Partnership Group to be utilized in connection with such defense, the making available to KNOT of any files, records or other information of the Partnership Group that KNOT considers relevant to such defense and the making available to KNOT of any employees of the Partnership Group; provided , however , that in connection therewith KNOT agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Partnership Group and further agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records and other information furnished by a Partnership Group Member pursuant to this Section 13.3 . In no event shall the obligation of the Partnership Group to cooperate with KNOT as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the Partnership Group an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Article III ; provided , however , that the Partnership Group Members may, at their own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense. KNOT agrees to keep any such counsel hired by the Partnership Group reasonably informed as to the status of any such defense (including providing such counsel with such information related to any such defense as such counsel may reasonably request) but KNOT shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense.

In determining the amount of any Loss for which any of the members of the Partnership Group is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, the gross amount of the indemnification will be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Partnership Group, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any incremental insurance premium that becomes due and payable by the Partnership Group as a result of such claim, and (ii) all amounts recovered by the Partnership Group under contractual indemnities from third Persons. The Partnership Group hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to realize any applicable insurance proceeds or amounts recoverable under such contractual indemnities; provided , however , that the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) of the Partnership Group in connection with such efforts shall be promptly reimbursed by KNOT in advance of any determination of whether such insurance proceeds or other amounts will be recoverable.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1 Choice of Law; Submission To Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York. Each party hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York and to venue in New York, New York .

 

24


Section 14.2 Notice . All notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by depositing the same in the mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by private-courier, prepaid, or by telecopier to such party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Couriered notices shall be deemed delivered on the date the courier represents that delivery will occur. Notice given by telecopier shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during the recipient’s normal business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below such party’s signature to this Agreement, or at such other address as such party may stipulate to the other parties in the manner provided in this Section 14.2 .

Section 14.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

Section 14.4 Termination . Upon a Change of Control of the General Partner or of the MLP, the provisions of Articles II, III , IV and V of this Agreement (but not less than all of such Articles) shall terminate immediately. Upon a Change of Control of KNOT, the provisions of Articles II , III , IV and V of this Agreement applicable to KNOT (but not less than all of such Articles) shall terminate at the time that is the later of (a) the date on which all of the MLP’s outstanding subordinated units have converted to common units of the MLP and (b) the date of the Change of Control of KNOT. On the date on which a majority of the members of the Board ceases to consist of members of the Board that were (1) appointed by the General Partner prior to the 2013 annual meeting of unitholders and (2) recommended for election to the Board by a majority of the Appointed Directors (as defined in the MLP Agreement), the provisions of Articles II , VI , VII , VIII , IX and X and, to the extent applicable to any KNOT Entity, Sections 5.1(b) and 5.2(b) of this Agreement shall terminate immediately.

Section 14.5 Waiver; Effect of Waiver or Consent . Any party hereto may (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other act of any other party hereto or (b) waive compliance with any agreement or condition contained herein. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument duly executed by the party or parties to be bound thereby; provided , however , that the MLP may not, without the prior approval of the Conflicts Committee, agree to any extension or waiver of this Agreement that, in the reasonable discretion of the Board, will adversely affect the holders of common units of the MLP. No waiver or consent, express or implied, by any party of or to any breach or default by any Person in the performance by such Person of its obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver or consent of or to any other breach or default in the performance by such Person of the same or any other obligations of such Person hereunder. Failure on the part of a party to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its rights hereunder until the applicable statute of limitations period has run.

Section 14.6 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the parties hereto; provided ,

 

25


however , that the MLP may not, without the prior approval of the Conflicts Committee, agree to any amendment or modification of this Agreement that, in the reasonable discretion of the Board, will adversely affect the holders of common units of the MLP.

Section 14.7 Assignment . No party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other parties hereto.

Section 14.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 14.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 14.10 Gender, Parts, Articles and Sections . Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural. All references to Article numbers and Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

Section 14.11 Further Assurances . In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

Section 14.12 Withholding or Granting of Consent . Each party may, with respect to any consent or approval that it is entitled to grant pursuant to this Agreement, grant or withhold such consent or approval in its sole and uncontrolled discretion, with or without cause, and subject to such conditions as it shall deem appropriate.

Section 14.13 Laws and Regulations . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no party to this Agreement shall be required to take any act, or fail to take any act, under this Agreement if the effect thereof would be to cause such party to be in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation.

Section 14.14 Negotiation of Rights of KNOT, Limited Partners, Assignees and Third Parties . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder of KNOT and no limited partner, member, assignee or other Person of the MLP shall have the right, separate and apart from KNOT or the MLP, as applicable, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Closing Date.

 

KNUTSEN NYK OFFSHORE TANKERS AS
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notice:
[ ]  
[ ]  
[ ]  
Telephone:   (               -         
Fax:   (               -         
Attention:  

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS LP
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notice:
[ ]  
[ ]  
[ ]  
Telephone:   (               -         
Fax:   (               -         
Attention:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

O MNIBUS A GREEMENT


KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS GP LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notice:
[ ]  
[ ]  
[ ]  
Telephone:   (               -         
Fax:   (               -         
Attention:  

 

KNOT OFFSHORE PARTNERS UK LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notice:
[ ]  
[ ]  
[ ]  
Telephone:   (               -         
Fax:   (               -         
Attention:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

O MNIBUS A GREEMENT


KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS AS
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notice:
[ ]  
[ ]  
[ ]  
Telephone:   (               -         
Fax:   (               -         
Attention:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO

O MNIBUS A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.4

 

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO) STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

  CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”   PART  I

 

1. Date of Agreement

 

    28.10.2010 (Agreement started from 12.09.2007)

 

 

Name of Vessel

 

    M/T Bodil Knutsen

2. Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl. 1 )  

3. Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl. 1 )

 

             
    Name     Name
     
    Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS      

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

    Place of registered office     Place of registered office
     
    Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund      

Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund

    Law of registry     Law of registry
     
    Norway       Norway

4. Day and year of commencement of Agreement (Cl. 2)

 

    12.09.2007

 

   
5. Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.1)   6. Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.2)
   

 

Yes

 

     

 

Yes

 

7. Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.3)   8. Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.4)
   

 

Yes

 

     

 

No (Attachment 1)

 

9. Accounting Services (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.5)   10. Sale or purchase of the Vessel (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.6)
   

 

Yes

 

     

 

No (Attachment 1)

 

11. Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.7)   12. Bunkering (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.8)
   

 

Yes

 

     

 

Yes

 

13. Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) (Cl. 3.3(i))   14. Owners’ Insurance (state alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) of Cl. 6.3)
   

 

No (attachment 1)

 

     

 

No (attachment 1)

 

15. Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) (Cl. 8.1)   16. Severance Costs (state maximum amount) (Cl. 8.4(ii))
   

 

NOK 2.340.000 to be escalated by 4% first time 01.01.2012. See new clause 21.

 

       
17. Day and year of termination of Agreement (Cl. 17)   18. Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1, 19.2 or 19.3; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) (Cl. 19)
           

 

        

 

19. Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners ) (Cl. 20)   20. Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers ) (Cl. 20)
   

 

Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS

Smedasundet 40, Postbox 2017

5504 Haugesund

Tlf 52 70 40 00 Fax 52 70 40 40

 

     

 

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

Smedasundet 40, Postbox 2017

5504 Haugesund

Tlf 52 70 40 00 Fax 52 70 40 40

 

 

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget) and “D” (Associated vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

 

Signature(s) (Owners)   Signature(s) (Managers)
    Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS     Knutsen OAS Shipping AS
     
   

 

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

 

     

 

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

1. Definitions

In this Agreement, save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

Owners ” means the party identified in Box 2.

Managers ” means the party identified in Box 3.

Vessel ” means the vessel or vessels, details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

Crew ” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

Crew Support Costs ” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

Severance Costs ” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel.

Crew Insurances ” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

Management Services ” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12.

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

STCW 95 ” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers, and the Managers hereby agree to act, as the Managers of the Vessel.

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5)

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i)

selecting and engaging the Vessel’s Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6;

 

  (ii)

ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

 

  (iii)

ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit

 

 

for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

  (iv)

ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v)

arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi)

training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii)

conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii)

operating the Managers’ drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6)

The Managers shall provide technical management, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i)

provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii)

arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners, provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society.

 

  (iii)

arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv)

appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v)

development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3).

3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7)

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i)

providing chartering services in accordance with the Owners’ instructions which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the period stated in Box 13, consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners.

 

  (ii)

arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii)

providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch moneys due from or due to the charterers passengers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv)

issuing of voyage instructions;

 

  (v)

appointing agents;

 

  (vi)

appointing stevedores;

 

  (vii)

arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

3.4 Insurance Arrangements

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8)

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

3.5 Accounting Services

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 9)

The Managers shall:

 

  (i)

establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and provide regular accounting services, supply regular reports and records,

 

  (ii)

maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 10)

The Managers shall, in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same.

3.7 Provisions (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11)

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

3.8 Bunkering (only applicable if agreed according to Box 12)

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker, of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade.

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

5. Owners’ Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, the Owners shall:

 

  (i)

procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95;

 

  (ii)

instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they, or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i)

usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii)

protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances); and

 

  (iii)

war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks) in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners’ Insurances”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid promptly by their due date,

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-clause 6.1:

 

  (i)

on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii)

if reasonably obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (iii)

on such other terms as may be agreed in writing.

Indicate alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) in Box 14. If Box 14 is left blank then (i) applies

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 All moneys collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

8. Management Fee

8.1 The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement an annual management fee as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable, by equal monthly instalments in advance, the first instalment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4) and subsequent instalments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub-clause 9.1.

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1, shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1:

 

  (i)

the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii)

the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16.

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay-up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay-up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

9. Budgets and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners by 15 November each year not less than three months before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4).

9.2 The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month update this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9.4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel, in such form as required by the Owners, monthly or at such other intervals as mutually agreed.

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

10. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1, without the prior written consent of the Owners, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a sub-contract, the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure - Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners - (i)  Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed; a total of ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub-clause 3.1, in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11.

11.3 Indemnity - Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under sub-clause 11.2, the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” - It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1, they shall make available, upon

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties.

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement.

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel.

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades.

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day and year stated in Box 4 and shall continue until the date stated in Box 17. Thereafter it shall continue until terminated by either party giving to the other notice in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of three months from the date upon which such notice was given.

18. Termination

18.1 Owners’ Default

 

  (i)

The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D”, shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Manager’s written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii)

If the Owners:

 

  (a) fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b) proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade
 

running, or an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper,

the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.2 Managers’ Default

If the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i)

the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

  (ii)

the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

19. Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of €50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 19.1 of this Clause shall apply.

Note: 19.1, 19.2 and 19.3 are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 18.

20. Notices

20.1 Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20, respectively.

 


KNUTSEN BØYELASTER VI KS

New clause 21.

The Manager shall provide administration service and technical supervision during the construction of the NB 5316 from this day until delivery from Daewoo, Korea.

The Owner shall pay the Manager for the services rendered as follows:

 

01.01.2010

   NOK     2.000.000   

01.04.2010

   NOK     2.000.000   

01.07.2010

   NOK     4.000.000   

01.10.2010

   NOK     4.000.000   

01.01.2011

   NOK     2.000.000   

Total

   NOK     14.000.000   

All capital and direct expenditures shall be at Owners cost.


Date of Agreement 12.09.2007 - Re.: NB 5316 Daewoo, Korea

Clauses

Clause 17

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day stated in Box 4 and shall continue until terminated by either party giving to the other notice in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of six moth from the date upon which such notice was given.

The Owner may only terminate this Agreement if so decided in the Company meeting in accordance with the Company Agreement. Documentation for such decision shall be presented to Manager along with the termination letter.

Clause 19

The Ship Management Agreement shall be governed by Norwegian Law and the parties accept Haugesund City Court as proper legal venue for the settlement of any controversy or dispute that may arise in connection with, or as a result of this contract that cannot be resolved by mutual agreement between the parties hereto.


ANNEX “A” (DETAILS OF VESSEL OR VESSELS) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT - CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

Date of Agreement:    12.09.2007
Name of Vessel(s):    NB 5316 Daewoo, Korea
Particulars of Vessel(s):    Shuttle Tanker


Addendum number 1 to the Standard Ship Management Agreement dated 28.10.2010

Re.: M/T Bodil Knutsen

With effect from January 1 st 2011 a New Box 15 have been agreed to be:

USD 365 000 annual to be escalated by 6% annual, first time 01.01.2012

With effect from July 1 st 2012 KNOT Management AS will become new manager and a New Box 3 have been agreed to be:

Managers:

Name: KNOT Management AS

Place of registered office: Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway

Law of registry: Haugesund, Norway

Haugesund, July 1 st 2012

 

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS    KNOT Management AS
Old Managers    New Managers
/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM    /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM
By CEO Trygve Seglem    By CEO Trygve Seglem

 

Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS
Owners
/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM
By Chairman of the Board Trygve Seglem


ADDENDUM NO. 2

TO

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Addendum No. 2 (this “ Addendum ”) to the Ship Management Agreement, dated October 28, 2010, between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, a Norwegian limited partnership (the “ Prior Owners ”), and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (the “ Prior Managers ”), as amended by Addendum Number 1 to the Standard Ship Management Agreement, dated July 1, 2012, between the Prior Owners, the Prior Managers and KNOT Management AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (the “ Managers ” and such agreement, as amended, the “ Agreement ”), is made as of February 21, 2013, between the Prior Owners, the Managers and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 17 AS (the “ Owners ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Prior Owners, the Managers and the Owners desire that as of the date on which the Vessel (as defined in the Agreement) is registered in the name of the Owners in the appropriate registry (the “ Effective Date ”), the Owners shall be substituted for the Prior Owners under the Agreement, where upon the Prior Owners shall be relieved of their rights, obligations and liabilities thereunder, and the Owners shall assume the same; and

WHEREAS, the Owners and the Managers wish to amend certain provisions of the Agreement and agree that such amendments shall take effect as of the Effective Date.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties’ execution and delivery hereof, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Substitution for Prior Owners . With effect as of the Effective Date, each party to this Addendum agrees that: (a) the Owners shall be substituted for the Prior Owners as the “Owners” in the Agreement, and the Agreement shall be construed and treated in all respects as if the Owners were named therein instead of the Prior Owners, including, for the avoidance of doubt, in Box 2 of the Agreement; (b) the Owners shall assume all rights, obligations and liabilities of the Prior Owners under the Agreement, including payment of all costs and fees calculated from the Effective Date and (c) the Managers shall be released from all rights, obligations and liabilities owed to the Prior Owners under the Agreement, and the Managers shall release the Owners from all obligations and liabilities under the Agreement (save for payment of costs and fees accrued up to the Effective Date).

Section 2. Amendments to the Agreement . With effect as of the Effective Date, the Agreement shall be modified as follows:

2.1 Box 8 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Yes”


2.2 Box 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“No”

2.3 Box 13 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Until the Agreement is terminated”

2.4 Box 14 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(ii)”

2.5 Box 17 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“One year after commencement”

2.6 Box 18 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“19.3 Norwegian law, Haugesund as place of arbitration”

2.7 The paragraph located above the signature block on page 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II, as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew) and “C” (Budget) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A”, “B” and “C” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.”

2.8 Sub-clause 3.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Managers shall provide technical management, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i)

provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii)

arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners, provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society;

 

2


  (iii)

arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv)

appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v)

development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3);

 

  (vi)

arrangement of the lay-up of the Vessel; and

 

  (vii)

arrangement of the loading and discharging and all related matters, subject to the provisions of the time charter.

2.9 Sub-clause 9.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each quarter update this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each quarter request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing quarter, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within 60 running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.”

2.10 Sub-clause 11.2(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, including, but not limited to, loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services (such loss, damage, delay or expense, a “ Loss ”); provided, however, that if such Loss is proved to be caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Managers, the Managers shall be liable for any claim or claims in connection with such Loss in an amount not to exceed ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.”

2.11 Sub-clause 18.1(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within 60 running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.”

 

3


2.12 The document titled “Date of Agreement 12.09.2007 – Re.: NB 5316 Daewoo, Korea” of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

2.13 Annex “A” of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

2.14 The Agreement is hereby amended by adding Annex “B,” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , and Annex “C,” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , at the end thereof.

Section 3. No Other Changes . Except as specifically set forth in this Addendum, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain unmodified, and the Agreement is hereby confirmed by the parties in full force and effect as amended herein. The Agreement (as amended by this Addendum) constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof, and no other covenants have been made by either party to the other.

Section 4. Counterparts . This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

Section 5. Severability . If any provision of this Addendum is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Addendum and the balance of this Addendum shall be interpreted as if such provision was so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

[ Signature Page Follows. ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum as of the date first above written.

 

PRIOR OWNERS
KNUTSEN BØYELASTER VI KS
By:  

/ S / T RYGVE S EGLEM

Name:  

Trygve Seglem

Title:  

Chairman of the Board

MANAGERS
KNOT MANAGEMENT AS
By:  

/ S / T RYGVE S EGLEM

Name:  

Trygve Seglem

Title:  

Chairman of the Board

OWNERS
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS
By:  

/ S / T RYGVE S EGLEM

Name:  

Trygve Seglem

Title:  

Chairman of the Board

Signature Page to

Addendum No. 2 to Ship Management Agreement


Exhibit A

Annex “A”

[ See Attached. ]

Exhibit A


ANNEX “A” (DETAILS OF VESSEL OR VESSELS) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

M/T Bodil Knutsen

 

Main Particulars

 

    

Owner

 

   Knutsen Bøyelaster VI K/S

Operator

 

   KNOT management AS
Classification / Notation   

+1A1, Tanker for Oil ESP, CSR, PLUS-2, E0, DYNPOS-AUTR, DAT(- 30), ICE-1A, VCS-2, SPM. TMON. BIS. OPP-F, BOW LOADING, HELDK- SH, NAUT-AW, CLEAN-DESIGN, COMF-V(3) C(2), F-AMC, ESV-P (HIL)

 

Flag / Register   

Isle of Man / IOM

 

-

 

Home Port

 

   Douglas

IMO Number/Call sign

 

   9472529/ 2EPZ5

Service Speed

 

   14,88 knots (ballast)/ 15,78 knots (loaded)

    

 

    

Main Dimensions

 

    

Length overall

 

   284,95 mtr

Length between Perpendiculars

 

   270,00 mtr

Breadth (Moulded)

 

   50,00 mtr

Depth (Moulded)

 

   23,00 mtr

Keel to masthead

 

   54,30 mtr

Ballast parallel body length Total/ Bow-mid manifold/stern-mid. manifold

 

   127,00 mtr/ 74,0 mtr/ 53,0 mtr

Summer deadweight (SDWT) parallel body length Total/ Bow-mid manifold,/stern-mid. manifold

 

   146,00 mtr/ 74,0 mtr/ 72,0 mtr
Manifold arrangement   

Arrangement: OCIMF Standard (Steel)

 

    

3 x 650 mm (16”)

 

    

Max. load rate of 4000 m3 pr. hr x 3.

 

Draft/Displacement/Deadweight    Summer    15,92mtr/  180299mt/  149.999mt
     Winter    15,92mtr/  180299mt/  149.999mt
     Tropical    15,92mtr/  180299mt/  149.999mt
     Lightship      3,27mtr/    30300mt/              0mt
     Normal ballast      7,84mtr/    82098mt/    51.798mt
     Seg. Ballast      8,53mtr/    84117mt/    53.818mt
   
     Vessel carry Mulitiple Load Line Certificate up to 157.644mt


Gross tonnage

 

   93 147

Net Tonnage

 

   50 197

    

 

    

Machinery

 

         

Main Engine

 

   B&W 7S70ME-C, 21.770 KW

Propeller

 

   Rolls Royce Controllable Pitch propeller

Boilers (Maker / Type / Pressure / Capacity)

 

   2 x Aalborg/ Mission OL/ 9 kg pr. cm2/ 30.000 kg pr hr.
Alternators   

STX MAN Holeby, 4-stroke, trunk piston, in line type

 

2 x 2.300 KW

 

3 X 4.500 KW

 

Steering gear (Maker / Type)   

Rolls Royce/ Electro-Hydraulic rotary vane type with electric pump control

 

Bow Thrusters   

Brunvoll 1 x 2.200 KW + 1 X AZIMUT 2.200 KW

 

Stern Thrusters   

Brunvoll 2 X AZIMUT 2.200 KW

 

    

 

    

Cargo Equipment

 

         
Cargo tanks   

No. of tanks : 12 + 2 slops.

 

No. of grades: 3

 

98% capacity, cargo tanks: 171.333 cbm.

 

98% slop tanks capacity    :    4.012 cbm.

 

Total 98% capacity           : 175.345 cbm

 

Cargo pumps (Type / Maker / capacity / head)   

12 x Centrifugal, vertical, submerged, hydraulic motor driven / Framo/ 1.800 m3 pr. hr./ 130 mtr

 

2 x Centrifugal, vertical, submerged, hydraulic motor driven Deep well/ Framo/ 500 m3 pr. hr./ 130 mtr

 

Spray/stripping pumps (Maker /Capacity /head)   

1 x Centrifugal, vertical, submerged, hydraulic motor driven Deep well /Framo SD100/ 100 m3 pr.hr/ 130 mtr

 

Ballast pumps (Type/ Maker/ Capacity / head)   

2 x Centrifugal, vertical, submerged, hydraulic motor driven Deep well /Framo / 2.500m3 pr.hrs/ 30 mtr

 

High duty Compressors (Type / Maker / Capacity)   

N/A

 

    
Low Duty Compressor (Type / maker / Capacity)   

N/A

 

    

    

 

         

Mooring Equipment

 

         

Mooring Winches (Type / maker / Heaving power / break capacity)

 

   Hydraulic Double drum/ Rolls Royce/ 25 t/ 75t

Mooring ropes on drums (No. / diameter / material / length / Breaking strength)

 

   8 pcs/ 36mm/ Wire+(rope tails)/ 275mtrs +(11 mtr)/ 90t(124t)


Exhibit B

Annex “B”

[ See Attached. ]

Exhibit B


ANNEX “B” (DETAILS OF CREW) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

Details of Crew:

For BODIL KNUTSEN

MANNING

 

POSITION

  

NO. OF CREW

  

NATIONALITY

Master

   1    Norwegian

Chief Officer

   1    Norwegian

2 nd Officer

   1    Norwegian

3 rd Officer

   2    Filipino

Bosun

   1    Filipino

AB

   3    Filipino

OS

   2    Filipino

Chief Cook

   1    Filipino

Messman

   1    Filipino

Chief Engineer

   1    Norwegian (Polish/EU)

2 nd Engineer

   1    Filipino

3 rd Engineer

   1    Filipino

Electrician

   1    Polish

Motorman

   1    Filipino

Oiler

   1    Filipino

Fitter

   1    Filipino


Exhibit C

Annex “C”

[ See Attached. ]

Exhibit C


ANNEX “C” ( BUDGET) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

Manager’s Budget for the 2013:

BODIL KNUTSEN

 

DESCRIPTION    USD PER DAY      USD PER YEAR  

1.

 

Technical Expenses

     3 391         1 237 716   

2.

 

Victually

     330         120 450   

3.

 

Lubrication oils

     411         150 000   

4.

 

Manning

     10 197         3 722 055   

5.

 

Insurance

     1 502         548 302   

6.

 

Management fee

     1 156         422 114   
 

Total

     16 987         6 200 637   

Exhibit 10.5

 

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO) STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

  CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”   PART  I

 

1. Date of Agreement

 

    10th November 2010

 

 

Name of Vessel

 

    Windsor Knutsen

2. Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl. 1 )  

3. Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl. 1 )

 

             
    Name     Name
     
   

Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS

     

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

    Place of registered office     Place of registered office
     
   

Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund

     

Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund

    Law of registry     Law of registry
     
    Norwegian       Norwegian

4. Day and year of commencement of Agreement (Cl. 2)

 

    10th November 2010

 

   
5. Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.1)   6. Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.2)
   

 

Yes

 

     

 

Yes

 

7. Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.3)   8. Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.4)
   

 

No

 

     

 

Yes

 

9. Accounting Services (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.5)   10. Sale or purchase of the Vessel (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.6)
   

 

Yes

 

     

 

No

 

11. Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.7)   12. Bunkering (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (Cl. 3.8)
   

 

Yes

 

     

 

No

 

13. Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) (Cl. 3.3(i))   14. Owners’ Insurance (state alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) of Cl. 6.3)
           

 

ii

 

15. Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) (Cl. 8.1)   16. Severance Costs (state maximum amount) (Cl. 8.4(ii))
   

 

USD 365.000

 

     

 

To cower all crewing expenses - maximum of USD 50.000

 

17. Day and year of termination of Agreement (Cl. 17)   18. Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1, 19.2 or 19.3; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) (Cl. 19)
   

 

One year after commencement

 

 

     

 

19.3 Norwegian

 

 

19. Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners (Cl. 20)   20. Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers ) (Cl. 20)
   

 

The CEO

Knutsen Offshore Tankers ASA

Tel: +47 52 70 40 00

Email: operation@knutsenoas.com

 

     

 

The Managing Director

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

Tel: +47 52 70 40 00

Email: operation@knutsenoas.com

 

 

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget) and “D” (Associated vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

 

Signature(s) (Owners)   Signature(s) (Managers)
    Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS     Knutsen OAS Shipping AS
     
   

 

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

 

     

 

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

1. Definitions

In this Agreement, save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

Owners ” means the party identified in Box 2.

Managers ” means the party identified in Box 3.

Vessel ” means the vessel or vessels, details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

Crew ” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

Crew Support Costs ” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

Severance Costs ” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel.

Crew Insurances ” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

Management Services ” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12.

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

STCW 95 ” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers, and the Managers hereby agree to act, as the Managers of the Vessel.

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5)

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i)

selecting and engaging the Vessel’s Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6;

 

  (ii)

ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

 

  (iii)

ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit

 

for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

  (iv)

ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v)

arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi)

training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii)

conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii)

operating the Managers’ drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6)

The Managers shall provide technical management, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i)

provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii)

arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners, provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society.

 

  (iii)

arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv)

appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v)

development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3).

3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7)

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i)

providing chartering services in accordance with the Owners’ instructions which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the period stated in Box 13, consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners.

 

  (ii)

arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii)

providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch moneys due from or due to the charterers passengers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv)

issuing of voyage instructions;

 

  (v)

appointing agents;

 

  (vi)

appointing stevedores;

 

  (vii)

arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

3.4 Insurance Arrangements

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8)

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

3.5 Accounting Services

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 9)

The Managers shall:

 

  (i)

establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and provide regular accounting services, supply regular reports and records,

 

  (ii)

maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 10)

The Managers shall, in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same.

3.7 Provisions (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11)

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

3.8 Bunkering (only applicable if agreed according to Box 12)

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker, of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade.

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder.

Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

5. Owners’ Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, the Owners shall:

 

  (i)

procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95;

 

  (ii)

instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they, or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i)

usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii)

protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances); and

 

  (iii)

war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks) in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners’ Insurances”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid promptly by their due date,

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-clause 6.1:

 

  (i)

on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii)

if reasonably obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (iii)

on such other terms as may be agreed in writing.

Indicate alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) in Box 14. If Box 14 is left blank then (i) applies

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 All moneys collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

8. Management Fee

8.1 The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement an annual management fee as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable, by equal monthly instalments in advance, the first instalment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4) and subsequent instalments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub-clause 9.1.

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1, shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1:

 

  (i)

the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii)

the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16.

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay-up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay-up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

9. Budgets and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners by 15 November each year not less than three months before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4).

9.2 The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month update this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions, Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9.4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel, in such form as required by the Owners, monthly or at such other intervals as mutually agreed.

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

10. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1, without the prior written consent of the Owners, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a sub-contract, the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure - Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners - (i)  Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed; a total of ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub-clause 3.1, in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11.

11.3 Indemnity - Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under subclause 11.2, the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” - It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1, they shall make available, upon

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties.

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement.

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel.

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades.

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day and year stated in Box 4 and shall continue until the date stated in Box 17. Thereafter it shall continue until terminated by either party giving to the other notice in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of three months from the date upon which such notice was given.

18. Termination

18.1 Owners’ Default

 

  (i)

The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D”, shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Manager’s written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii )

If the Owners:

 

  (a)

fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b)

proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade

 

running, or an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper,

the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.2 Managers’ Default

If the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i)

the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

 

  (ii)

the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

19. Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice

 


PART II

“Shipman 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of €50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 19.1 of this Clause shall apply.

Note: 19.1, 19.2 and 19.3 are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 18.

20. Notices

20.1 Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20, respectively.

 


Addendum number 1 to the Standard Ship Management Agreement dated 10.11.2010

Re.: M/T Windsor Knutsen

With effect from January 1 st 2011 a New Box 15 have been agreed to be:

USD 365 000 annual to be escalated by 6% annual, first time 01.01.2012

With effect from July 1 st 2012 KNOT Management AS will become new manager and a New Box 3 have been agreed to be:

Managers:

Name: KNOT Management AS

Place of registered office: Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway

Law of registry: Haugesund, Norway

 

Haugesund, July 1 st 2012    
Knutsen OAS Shipping AS     KNOT Management AS
Old Managers     New Managers
/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM     /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM
By CEO Trygve Seglem     By CEO Trygve Seglem
Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS    
Owners    
/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM    
By Chairman of the Board Trygve Seglem    


ADDENDUM NO. 2

TO

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Addendum No. 2 (this “ Addendum ”) to the Ship Management Agreement, dated November 10, 2010, between Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS, a Norwegian limited partnership (the “ Prior Owners ”), and Knutsen OAS Shipping AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (the “ Prior Managers ”), as amended by Addendum Number 1 to the Standard Ship Management Agreement, dated July 1, 2012, between the Prior Owners, the Prior Managers and KNOT Management AS, a Norwegian private limited liability company (the “ Managers ” and such agreement, as amended, the “ Agreement ”), is made as of February 21, 2013, between the Prior Owners, the Managers and KNOT Shuttle Tankers 18 AS (the “ Owners ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Prior Owners, the Managers and the Owners desire that as of the date on which the Vessel (as defined in the Agreement) is registered in the name of the Owners in the appropriate registry (the “ Effective Date ”), the Owners shall be substituted for the Prior Owners under the Agreement, where upon the Prior Owners shall be relieved of their rights, obligations and liabilities thereunder, and the Owners shall assume the same; and

WHEREAS, the Owners and the Managers wish to amend certain provisions of the Agreement and agree that such amendments shall take effect as of the Effective Date.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties’ execution and delivery hereof, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Substitution for Prior Owners . With effect as of the Effective Date, each party to this Addendum agrees that: (a) the Owners shall be substituted for the Prior Owners as the “Owners” in the Agreement, and the Agreement shall be construed and treated in all respects as if the Owners were named therein instead of the Prior Owners, including, for the avoidance of doubt, in Box 2 of the Agreement; (b) the Owners shall assume all rights, obligations and liabilities of the Prior Owners under the Agreement, including payment of all costs and fees calculated from the Effective Date and (c) the Managers shall be released from all rights, obligations and liabilities owed to the Prior Owners under the Agreement, and the Managers shall release the Owners from all obligations and liabilities under the Agreement (save for payment of costs and fees accrued up to the Effective Date).

Section 2. Amendments to the Agreement . With effect as of the Effective Date, the Agreement shall be modified as follows:

2.1 Box 7 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Yes”


2.2 Box 12 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Yes”

2.3 Box 13 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Until the Agreement is terminated”

2.4 Box 18 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“19.3 Norwegian law, Haugesund as place of arbitration”

2.5 The paragraph located above the signature block on page 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II, as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew) and “C” (Budget) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A”, “B” and “C” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.”

2.6 Sub-clause 3.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Managers shall provide technical management, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i)

provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii)

arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners, provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades and all requirements and recommendations of the classification society;

 

  (iii)

arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv)

appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v)

development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3);

 

  (vi)

arrangement of the lay-up of the Vessel; and

 

  (vii)

arrangement of the loading and discharging and all related matters, subject to the provisions of the time charter.

 

2


2.7 Sub-clause 9.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each quarter update this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each quarter request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing quarter, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within 60 running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.”

2.8 Sub-clause 11.2(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, including, but not limited to, loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services (such loss, damage, delay or expense, a “ Loss ”); provided, however, that if such Loss is proved to be caused by or due to the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Managers, the Managers shall be liable for any claim or claims in connection with such Loss in an amount not to exceed ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.”

2.9 Sub-clause 18.1(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within 60 running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.”

2.10 The Agreement is hereby amended by adding Annex “A,” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , Annex “B,” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , and Annex “C,” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , at the end thereof.

Section 3. No Other Changes . Except as specifically set forth in this Addendum, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain unmodified, and the Agreement is hereby confirmed by the parties in full force and effect as amended herein. The Agreement (as amended by this Addendum) constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof, and no other covenants have been made by either party to the other.

Section 4. Counterparts . This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

 

3


Section 5. Severability . If any provision of this Addendum is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Addendum and the balance of this Addendum shall be interpreted as if such provision was so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

[ Signature Page Follows. ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum as of the date first above written.

 

PRIOR OWNERS
KNUTSEN BØYELASTER XI KS
By:  

/ S / T RYGVE S EGLEM

Name:  

Trygve Seglem

Title:  

Chairman of the Board

MANAGERS
KNOT MANAGEMENT AS
By:  

/ S / T RYGVE S EGLEM

Name:  

Trygve Seglem

Title:  

Chairman of the Board

OWNERS
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS
By:  

/ S / T RYGVE S EGLEM

Name:  

Trygve Seglem

Title:  

Chairman of the Board

Signature Page to

Addendum No. 2 to Ship Management Agreement


Exhibit A

Annex “A”

[ See Attached .]

 

Exhibit A


ANNEX “A” (DETAILS OF VESSEL OR VESSELS) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

Windsor Knutsen 162,000 DWT Crude tanker

 

Vessel Particular
Owner;   

Knutsen Bøyelaster XI KS

 

Manager;   

KNOT Management AS

 

Built;   

2007 DSME

 

Class   

DNV: + 1A1 Tanker for oil ESP, NAUTICUS (Newbuilding) E0, SPM, TMON, VCS-2, DAT(-30), ICE-1A, DYNPOS-AUTR, BOW LOADING, F-AMC,

 

 

Tonnage

Deadweight

 

  162,258 ton       LOA    284,7 m

GRT

 

  88,704 ton       LBP    271,2 m

NRT

 

  51,210 ton       Breadth    50,0 m

Displacement (Summer)

 

  175,880 ton       Depth    23,0 m

Lightship weight

 

  27,638 ton       Draught    16,5 m

 

Tanks

Cargo tanks 3 segregations

 

  12 + 2 slop tanks       Fuel oil capacity    4,385 m 3

Cargo tank capacity 98%

 

  176,118 m 3       Diesel oil capacity    295 m 3

Slop tank capacity

 

  2,662 m 3       Fresh water capacity    428 m 3

Cargo heating

 

  Heating coil in tanks       Ballast    56,574 m 3

Coating

 

  Fully coated             


Pumps

Cargo pumps

 

   3 x 3.700 m 3 /h (cargo manifold design rate 14.400 m 3 /h)

Offloading capacity

 

   11.100 m 3 /h

Ballast pumps

 

   2 x 2.500 m 3 /h

 

Propulsion and power generation

Main engine

 

   Man B&W 7S70 ME-C 21,770 kW at 91 rpm

Thrusters (Bow)

 

   One (1) 1.800 kW & One (1) 2.200 kW

Azimuths (retractable)

 

   One (1) 2.200 kW in bow area, Two (2) 2.200 kW in aft area
Auxiliaries   

Three (3) 980 kW at 900 rpm

 

Four (4) 2.800 kW at 720 rpm

 

Electrical   

440 V and 6,6 kV

 

Emergency generator   

220 kW at 1200 rpm

 

  
Auxiliaries

Boilers

 

   Two (2) 40,000 kg/h 16 bar

Inert gas system

 

   Flue gas system 13,900 m3/h

Fresh water generator

 

   1 x 30 ton /day
   
      
Material handling

Hose handling cranes

 

   Two (2) x 20 ton

Provision cranes

 

   Two (2) x 7 ton

BLS Crane

 

   One (1) x 5 ton
  
Accommodation and lifesaving

Accommodation capacity

 

   32 single cabins w/ toilets + 6 Suez crew

Lifeboats

 

   2 x 36 pers
Life rafts    4 x 20 persons and 1 x 6 persons


Exhibit B

Annex “B”

[ See Attached. ]

 

Exhibit B


ANNEX “B” (DETAILS OF CREW) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

Details of Crew:

For WINDSOR KNUTSEN

MANNING

 

POSITION

  

NO. OF CREW

  

NATIONALITY

Master    1    Norwegian
Chief Officer    1    Norwegian
2 nd Officer    1    Norwegian
3 rd Officer    2    Filipino
Bosun    1    Filipino
AB    3    Filipino
OS    2    Filipino
Chief Cook    1    Filipino
Messman    1    Filipino
Chief Engineer    1    Norwegian (Polish/EU)
2 nd Engineer    1    Filipino
3 rd Engineer    1    Filipino
Electrician    1    Polish
Motorman    1    Filipino
Oiler    1    Filipino
Fitter    1    Filipino


Exhibit C

Annex “C”

[ See Attached. ]

 

Exhibit C


ANNEX “C” (BUDGET) TO

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT-CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

 

Manager’s Budget for the 2013:

WINDSOR KNUTSEN

 

DESCRIPTION    USD PER DAY      USD PER YEAR  

1.      Technical Expenses

     4 581         1 672 050   

2.      Victually

     330         120 450   

3.      Lubrication oils

     575         210 000   

4.      Manning

     9 674         3 531 008   

5.      Insurance

     1 410         514 655   

6.      Management fee

     1 192         435 114   

Total

     17 762         6 483 277   

Exhibit 10.11

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

 

 

LOGO

 

 

1.   Shipbroker

Brazilship Scanbrasil Comércio Marítimo Ltda.

Rio de Janeiro

  

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER

CODE NAME: “BARECON 89”

   LOGO
    

2.   Place and date

14.11.2007

 

3.   Owners/Place of business

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Smedasundet 40, 5519 Haugesund, Norway

  

4.   Bareboat charterers (Charterers) Place of business

Fronape International Company

PO Box 714

Georgetown, Grand Cayman

Cayman Islands

or

Petrobras Transporte S.A. – Transpetro

Av. Presidente Vargas, 328

20091-060 Rio de Janeiro, RJ

Brazil

 

5.   Vessel’s name, Call Sign and Flag ( Cl. 9(c) )

Vessel data to be informed – Flag: Isle of Man – N255

 

6.   Type of vessel

MOTORTANKER/SHUTTLE TANKER

  

7.   GRT/NRT

To be informed

 

8.   When/Where built

Cosco (Nantong) Shipyard Ltd. Co.

  

9.   Total DWT (abt.) in metric tons on summer freeboard

105.000 dwt.

 

10. Class ( Cl.9 )

DNV 1A1 “tanker for oil ESP”, CSR, NAUTICUS (new building), DYNPOS- AUTR, OPP-F, ISC, BOW LOADING, SPM, F-AMC

  

11. Date of last special survey by the Vessel’s classification society

DELETED

 

12. Further particulars of Vessel (also indicate minimum number of months’ validity of class certificates agreed acc. to Cl. 14 )

SEE CLAUSE 33 AND ATTACHMENT A.

ON REDELIVERY CLASS CERTIFICATES TO BE VALID FOR AT LEAST 6 MONTHS.

 

13. Port or Place of delivery ( Cl.2 )

COSCO (NANTONG) SHIPYARD, Nantung, CHINA

  

14. Time for delivery ( Cl.3 )

1 qtr 2011

SEE CLAUSE 32.

  

15. Cancelling date ( Cl.4 )

3 qtr 2011

SEE ALSO CLAUSE 34.

      

16. Port or Place of redelivery ( Cl. 14 )

IN CHARTERERS OPTION ONE SAFE PORT BRAZIL, USGULF, UKC, MED.

 

17. Running days’ notice if other than stated in Cl. 3

N/A

  

18. Frequency of dry-docking if other than stated in Cl. 9(f)

ACCORDING TO CLASS REQUIREMENTS.

 

19. Trading Limits ( Cl.5 )

WORLD WIDE WITHIN IWL, EXCLUDING COUNTRIES UNDER EMBARGO BY U.N. AND U.S.A. THE VESSEL SHALL NOT BREAK ICE OR FOLLOW ICEBREAKER.

 

20. Charter period

12 YEARS

  

21. Charter hire ( Cl.10 )

US DOLLAR ***** PER DAY. SEE ALSO CLAUSE 29.

 

22. Rate of interest payable acc. to Cl. 10(f) and, if applicable, acc. to
PART IV

N/A

  

23. Currency and method of payment ( Cl.10 )

U.S. DOLLAR PAYABLE MONTHLY IN ADVANVE.

 

24. Place of payment; also state beneficiary and bank account ( Cl.10 )

Bank account number (to be advised) in DnBNor ASA in favour of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS.

  

25. Bank guarantee/bond (sum and place) ( Cl.22 ) (optional)

SEE CLAUSE 30.

 

26. Mortgage(s), if any, (state whether Cl.11(a) or (b)  applies; if 11(b) applies state date of Deed(s) of Covenant and name of Mortgagee(s)/Place of business)( Cl.11 )

SEE CLAUSE 11.

  

27. Insurance (marine and war risks) (state value acc. to Cl.12(f) or, if applicable, acc. to Cl. 13(k) ) (also state if Cl.13 applies)

USD 130.000.000, clause 12 to apply.

 

28. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Owners’ account limited to ( Cl.12(b) ) or, if applicable, ( Cl 13(g) )

N/A

  

29. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Charterers’ account limited to ( Cl.12(b) ) or, if applicable, ( Cl.13(g) )

N/A

 

30. Latent defects (only to be filled in if period other than stated in Cl. 2 )

N/A

  

31. War cancellation (indicate countries agreed) ( Cl.24 )

Brazil, Norway and USA.

 

32. Brokerage commission and to whom payable ( Cl.25 )

AS PER AGREEMENT.

 

33. Law and arbitration (state 26.1 , 26.2 , or 26.3 of Cl.26 as agreed; if 26.3 , agreed, also state place of arbitration) ( Cl.26 )

AS PER CLAUSE 26.1

  

34. Number of additional clauses covering special provisions, if agreed

ADDITIONAL CLUSES CL. 27 - 38 AND ATTACHMENT “A” ARE DEEMED PART OF THIS CHARTER PARTY.

 

35. Newbuilding Vessel (indicate with “yes” or “no” whether Part III applies) (optional)

N/A

  

36. Name and place of Builders (only to be filled in if Part III applies)

N/A

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


37. Vessel’s Yard Building No. (only to be filled in if Part III applies)

N/A

  

38. Date of Building Contract (only to be filled in if Part III applies)

N/A

39  Hire/Purchase agreement (indicate with “yes” or “no” whether Part IV applies) (optional)

N/A

  

40. Bareboat Charter Registry (indicate with “yes” or “no” whether Part V applies) (optional)

YES

41. Flag and Country of the Bareboat Charter Registry (only to be filled in if Part V applies)

REGISTRO ESPECIAL BRASILEIRO – BRAZIL

  

42. Country of the Underlying Registry (only to be filled in if Part V applies)

Isle of Man.

PREAMBLE.—It is mutually agreed that this Contract shall be performed subject to the conditions contained in this Charter which shall include PART I and PART II . In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further. It is further mutually agreed that PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V shall only apply and shall only form part of this Charter if expressly agreed and stated in Boxes 35 , 39 and 40 . If PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V apply, it is further mutually agreed that in the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and PART II shall prevail over those of PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V to the extent of such conflict but no further.

 

Signature (Owners)

 

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM                                                         

Trygve Seglem

Managing Director

  

Signature (Charterers)

 

/s/ JOSE SERGIO DE OLIVEIRA MACHADO                                    

Jose Sergio de Oliveira Machado

President

Fronape International Company

 

/s/ AGENOR CESAR JUNQUEIRA LEITE                                           

Agenor Cesar Junqueira Leite

Director

Petrobras Transporte, S.A.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter

 

1. Definitions

In this Charter, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

The Owners ” shall mean the person or company registered as Owners of the Vessel . Mentioned in Box 3.

The Charterers ” shall mean the Bareboat charterers and shall not be construed to mean a time charterer or a voyage charterer.

 

2. Delivery ( not applicable to newbuilding vessels)

The Vessel shall be delivered and taken over by the Charterers at the port or place indicated in Box 13 , in such ready berth as the Charterers may direct . See Clause 32.

The Owners shall before and at the time of delivery exercise due diligence to make the Vessel seaworthy and in every respect ready in hull, machinery and equipment for service under this Charter. The Vessel shall be properly documented at time of delivery.

The delivery to the Charterers of the Vessel and the taking over of the Vessel by the Charterers shall constitute a full performance by the Owners of all the Owners’ obligations under Clause 2 , and thereafter the Charterers shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim against the Owners on account of any conditions, representations or warranties expressed or implied with respect to the Vessel but the Owners shall be responsible for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the Vessel, her machinery or appurtenances, existing at the time of delivery under the Charter, provided such defects have manifested themselves within 18 months after delivery unless otherwise provided in Box 30 .

 

3. Time for Delivery ( not applicable to newbuilding vessels)

The Vessel to be delivered not before the date indicated in Box 14 unless with the Charterers’ consent.

Unless otherwise agreed in Box 17 , the Owners to give the Charterers not less than 30 running days’ preliminary and not less than 14 days’ definite notice of the date on which the Vessel is expected to be ready for delivery.

The Owners to keep the Charterers closely advised of possible changes in the Vessel’s position.

 

4. Cancelling ( not applicable to newbuilding vessels)

Should the Vessel not be delivered latest by the cancelling date indicated in Box 15 , the Charterers to have the option of cancelling this Charter without prejudice to any claim the Charterers may otherwise have on the Owners under the Charter.

If it appears that the Vessel will be delayed beyond the cancelling date, the Owners shall, as soon as they are in a position to state with reasonable certainty the day on which the Vessel should be ready, give notice thereof to the Charterers asking whether they will exercise their option of cancelling, and the option must then be declared within one hundred and sixty-eight (168) hours of the receipt by the Charterers of such notice. If the Charterers do not then exercise their option of cancelling, the seventh day after the readiness date stated in the Owners’ notice shall be regarded as a new cancelling date for the purpose of this Clause. See also Clause 34.

 

5. Trading Limits

The Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades for the carriage of suitable lawful merchandise within the trading limits indicated in Box 19. The Charterers undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer the Vessel to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of the instruments of insurance (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) without first obtaining the consent to such employment of the Insurers and complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the Insurers may prescribe. If required, the Charterers shall keep the Owners and the Mortgagees advised of the intended employment of the Vessel.

The Charterers also undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer her employment in any trade or business which is forbidden by the law of any country to which the Vessel may sail or is otherwise illicit or in carrying illicit or prohibited goods or in any manner whatsoever which may render her liable to condemnation, destruction, seizure or confiscation.

Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Charter it is agreed that nuclear fuels or radioactive products or waste are specifically excluded from the cargo permitted to be loaded or carried under this Charter. This exclusion does not apply to radio-isotopes used or intended to be used for any industrial, commercial, agricultural, medical or scientific purposes provided the Owners’ prior approval has been obtained to loading thereof.

 

6. Surveys ( not applicable to newbuilding vessels)

Survey on Delivery and Redelivery . - The Owners and Charterers shall each appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of delivery and redelivery hereunder. The Owners shall bear all expenses of the On-Survey including loss of time, if any, and the Charterers shall bear all expenses of the Off-Survey including loss of

time, if any, at the rate of hire per day or pro rata, also including in each case the cost of any docking and undocking, if required, in connection herewith. As per Clause 27, Clause 6 to apply only at Redelivery.

 

7. Inspection

Inspection . - The Owners shall have the right at any time to inspect or survey the Vessel or instruct a duly authorised surveyor to carry out such survey on their behalf to ascertain the condition of the Vessel and satisfy themselves that the Vessel is being properly repaired and maintained. Inspection or survey in dry-dock shall be made only when the Vessel shall be in dry-dock for the Charterers’ purpose. However, the Owners shall have the right to require the Vessel to be dry-docked for inspection if the Charterers are not docking her at normal classification intervals. The fees for such inspection or survey shall in the event of the Vessel being found to be in the condition provided in Clause 9 of this Charter be payable by the Owners and shall be paid by the Charterers only in the event of the Vessel being found to require repairs or maintenance in order to achieve the condition so provided. All time taken in respect of inspection, survey or repairs shall count as time on hire and shall form part of the Charter period.

The Charterers shall also permit the Owners to inspect the Vessel’s log books whenever requested and shall whenever required by the Owners furnish them with full information regarding any casualties or other accidents or damage to the Vessel. For the purpose of this Clause, the Charterers shall keep the Owners advised of the intended employment of the Vessel.

 

8. Inventories and Consumable Oil and Stores

A complete inventory of the Vessel’s entire equipment, outfit, appliances and of all consumable stores on board the Vessel shall be made by the Charterers in conjunction with the Owners on delivery and again on redelivery of the Vessel. The Charterers and the Owners, respectively, shall at the time of delivery and redelivery take over and pay for all bunkers, lubricating oil, water and unbroached provisions, paints, oils, ropes and other consumable stores in the said Vessel at actual documented cost. The Charterers shall redeliver the vessel with about the same quantity and quality of unbroached provisions, paints, oils, ropes and other consumable stores as the vessel had onboard at delivery. the then current market prices at the ports of delivery and redelivery, respectively.

 

9. Maintenance and Operation

(a) The Vessel shall during the Charter period be in the full possession and at the absolute disposal for all purposes of the Charterers and under their complete control in every respect. The Charterers shall maintain the Vessel, her machinery, boilers, appurtenances and spare parts in a good state of repair, in efficient operating condition and in accordance with good commercial maintenance practice and, except as provided for in Clause 13 (I) , they shall keep the Vessel with unexpired classification of the class indicated in Box 10 and with other required certificates in force at all times.

The Charterers to take immediate steps to have the necessary repairs done within a reasonable time failing which the Owners shall have the right of withdrawing the Vessel from the service of the Charterers without noting any protest and without prejudice to any claim the Owners may otherwise have against the Charterers under the Charter.

Unless otherwise agreed, in the event of any improvement, structural changes or expensive new equipment becoming necessary for the continued operation of the Vessel by reason of new class requirements or by compulsory IMO legislation costing more than 5 per cent. of the Vessel’s marine insurance value as stated in Box 27 , then the extent, if any, to which the rate of hire shall be varied and the ratio in which the cost of compliance shall be shared between the parties concerned in order to achieve a reasonable distribution thereof as between the Owners and the Charterers having regard, inter alia, to the length of the period remaining under the Charter, shall in the absence of agreement, be referred to arbitration according to Clause 26 . The Charterers are required to establish and maintain financial security or responsibility in respect of oil or other pollution damage as required by any government, including Federal, state or municipal or other division or authority thereof, to enable the Vessel, without penalty or charge, lawfully to enter, remain at, or leave any port, place, territorial or contiguous waters of any country, state or municipality in performance of this Charter without any delay. This obligation shall apply whether or not such requirements have been lawfully imposed by such government or division or authority thereof. The Charterers shall make and maintain all arrangements by bond or otherwise as may be necessary to satisfy such requirements at the Charterers’ sole expense and the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against all consequences whatsoever (including loss of time) for any failure or inability to do so.

TOVALOP SCHEME . ( Applicable to oil tank vessels only ). - The Charterers are required to enter the Vessel under the TOVALOP SCHEME or under any similar compulsory scheme upon delivery under this Charter and to maintain her so during the currency of this Charter.

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter

 

(b) The Charterers shall at their own expense and by their own procurement man, victual, navigate, operate, supply, fuel and repair the Vessel whenever required during the Charter period and they shall pay all charges and expenses of every kind and nature whatsoever incidental to their use and operation of the Vessel under this Charter, including any foreign general municipality and/or state taxes. The Master, officers and crew of the Vessel shall be the servants of the Charterers for all purposes whatsoever, even if for any reason appointed by the Owners.

Charterers shall comply with the regulations regarding officers and crew in force in the country of the Vessel’s flag or any other applicable law.

(c) During the currency of this Charter, the Vessel shall retain her present name as indicated in Box 5 and shall remain under and fly the flag as indicated in Box 5 , until provisions of Part V applies. Provided, however, that the Charterers shall have the

liberty to paint the Vessel in their own colours, install and display their funnel insignia and fly their own house flag. Painting and re-painting, instalment and re-instalment and change of flag to be for the Charterers’ account and time used thereby to

count as time on hire.

(d) The Charterers shall make no structural changes in the Vessel or changes in the machinery, boilers, appurtenances or spare parts thereof without in each instance first securing the Owners’ approval thereof. If the Owners so agree, the Charterers shall, if the Owners so require, restore the Vessel to its former condition before the termination of the Charter.

(e) The Charterers shall have the use of all outfit, equipment, and appliances on board the Vessel at the time of delivery, provided the same or their substantial equivalent shall be returned to the Owners on redelivery in the same good order and condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Charterers shall from time to time during the Charter period replace such items of equipment as shall be so damaged or worn as to be unfit for use. The Charterers are to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment be effected in such manner (both as regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of the Vessel. The Charterers have the right to fit additional equipment at their expense and risk but the Charterers shall remove such equipment at the end of the period if requested by the Owners.

Any equipment including radio equipment on hire on the Vessel at time of delivery shall be kept and maintained by the Charterers and the Charterers shall assume the obligations and liabilities of the Owners under any lease contracts in connection therewith and shall reimburse the Owners for all expenses incurred in connection therewith, also for any new equipment required in order to comply with radio regulations.

(f) The Charterers shall dry-dock the Vessel and clean and paint her underwater parts whenever the same may be necessary, but not less than once in every eighteen calendar months after delivery unless otherwise agreed in Box 18 .

 

10. Hire

(a) The Charterers shall pay to the Owners for the hire of the Vessel at the lump sum per calendar month as indicated in Box 21 commencing on and from the date and hour of her delivery to the Charterers and at and after the agreed lump sum for any part of a month. Hire to continue until the date and hour when the Vessel is redelivered by the Charterers to her Owners.

(b) Payment of Hire, except for the first and last month’s Hire, if sub-clause

(c) of this Clause is applicable, shall be made in cash without discount every month in advance on the first day of each month in the currency and in the manner indicated in Box 23 and at the place mentioned in Box 24 .

(c) Payment of Hire for the first and last month’s Hire if less than a full month shall be calculated proportionally according to the number of days in the particular calendar month and advance payment to be effected accordingly.

(d) Should the Vessel be lost or missing, Hire to cease from the date and time when she was lost or last heard of. Any Hire paid in advance to be adjusted accordingly.

(e) Time shall be of the essence in relation to payment of Hire hereunder. In default of payment beyond a period of seven running days, the Owners shall have the right to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers without noting any protest and without interference by any court or any other formality whatsoever, and shall, without prejudice to any other claim the Owners may otherwise have against the Charterers under the Charter, be entitled to damages in respect of all costs and losses incurred as a result of the Charterers’ default and the ensuing withdrawal of the Vessel.

(f) Any delay in payment of Hire shall entitle the Owners to an interest at the rate per annum as agreed in Box 22 . If Box 22 has not been filled in the current market rate in the country where the Owners have their Principal

Place of Business shall apply.

 

11. Mortgage

*) (a) Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage of the Vessel. At the time of entering into this charter party the Owners have not effected any mortgage over the Vessel. However, Owners may prior to delivery hereunder finance the vessel and a mortgage (s). and the relevant Deed(s) of Covenant and Quiet Enjoyment Letter, the terms of which shall not adversely affect the Charterers right to quite enjoyment of the vessel or which shall not be otherwise unreasonably onerous for Charterers, will be submitted to the Charterers for their approval prior to delivery of the Vessel. Charterers shall give their approval or reasonable rejection of the proposed mortgage within 15 working days of receipt of relevant wording. If Charterers do not revert within the said period then approval shall be deemed to have been given and Charterers are obliged to sign the Dee (s) of Covenant and accept the Quiet Enjoyment Letter as set out below.

The following is subject to Charterers approval, which shall be given after the Charterers have reviewed the Deed(s) of Covenant and Quiet Enjoyment Letter, but prior to delivery of the Vessel hereunder, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld:

By their counter-signature on the Deed(s) of Covenant prior to delivery of the Vessel hereunder, the Charterers undertake to have acquainted themselves with all terms, conditions and provisions of the said Deed(s) of Covenant. The Charterers undertake that they will comply with all such instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurance, repairs and maintenance of the Vessel, etc., as laid down in the Deed(s) of Covenant or as may be directed from time to time during the currency of the Charter by the Mortgagee(s) in conformity with the Deed(s) of Covenant.

Charterers counter-signature on the Deed(s) of Covenant is conditioned to Mortgagee providing the Quiet Enjoyment Letter signed and valid.

The Oners warrant that they will not effect any mortgagee(s) other than in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11.

 

*)(b) The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage according to the Deed(s) of Covenant annexed to this Charter and as stated in Box 26. By their counter-signature on the Deed(s) of Covenant, the Charterers undertake to have acquainted themselves with all terms, conditions and provisions of the said Deed(s) of Covenant. The Charterers undertake that they will comply with all such instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurances, repairs and maintenance of the Vessel, etc., as laid down in the Deed(s) of Covenant or as may be directed from time to time during the currency of the Charter by the Mortgagee(s) in conformity with the Deed(s) of Covenant. (c) The Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage(s) other than stated in Box 26 and that they will not effect any other mortgage(s) without the prior consent of the Charterers.
*) (Optional Clauses 11(a) and 11(b) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 26).

 

12. Insurance and Repairs

(a) During the Charter period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against marine, war and Protection and Indemnity risks in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such marine war and P. and I. insurances shall be arranged by the Charterers to protect the interests of both the Owners and the Charterers and mortgagees (if any), and the Charterers shall be at liberty to protect under such insurances the interests of any managers they may appoint. All insurance policies shall be in the joint names of the Owners and the Charterers as their interests may appear.

If the Charterers fail to arrange and keep any of the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause (a) above in the manner described therein, the Owners shall notify the Charterers whereupon the Charterers shall rectify the position within seven running days, failing which Owners shall have the right to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers without prejudice to any claim the Owners may otherwise have against the Charterers.

The Charterers shall, subject to the approval of the Owners and the Underwriters, effect all insured repairs and shall undertake settlement of all costs in connection with such repairs as well as insured charges, expenses and liabilities (reimbursement to be secured by the Charterers from the Underwriters) to the extent of coverage under the insurances herein provided for.

The Charterers also to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of all other repairs not covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances.

All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this Clause

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter

 

and for repairs of latent defects according to Clause 2 above including any deviation shall count as time on hire and shall form part of the Charter period. (b) If the conditions of the above insurances permit additional insurance to be placed by the parties, such cover shall be limited to the amount for each party set out in Box 28 and Box 29 , respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.

(c) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances required under sub-clause (a) of Clause 12 , all insurance payments for such loss shall be paid to the Mortgagee, if any, in the manner described in the Deed(s) of Covenant, who shall distribute the moneys between themselves, the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests. The Charterers undertake to notify the Owners and the Mortgagee, if any, of any occurrences in consequence of which the Vessel is likely to become a Total Loss as defined in this Clause.

(d) If the Vessel becomes an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances arranged by the Charterers in accordance with sub-clause (a) of this Clause , this Charter shall terminate as of the date of such loss.

(e) The Owners shall upon the request of the Charterers, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Charterers to abandon the Vessel to insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

(f) For the purpose of insurance coverage against marine and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this Clause , the value of the Vessel is the value indicated in Box 27 or the average values as assessed by three independent brokers (Fearnleys, Oslo, and Clarkson, London, and Poten, New York). The assessments to be done annually unless required more frequently by the Deed of Covenants, reference clause 11. sum indicated in Box 27 .

 

13. Insurance, Repairs and Classification

(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 27, in which event Clause 12 shall be considered deleted).

(a) During the Charter period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Owners at their expense against marine and war risks under the form of policy or policies attached hereto. The Owners and/or insurers shall not have any right of recovery or subrogation against the Charterers on account of loss of or any damage to the Vessel or her machinery or appurtenances covered by such insurance, or on account of payments made to discharge claims against or liabilities of the Vessel or the Owners covered by such insurance. All insurance policies shall be in the joint names of the Owners and the Charterers as their interests may appear.

(b) During the Charter period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against Protection and Indemnity risks in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Charterers fail to arrange and keep any of the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause (b) in the manner described therein, the Owners shall notify the Charterers whereupon the Charterers shall rectify the position within seven running days, failing which the Owners shall have the right to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers without prejudice to any claim the Owners may otherwise have against the Charterers.

(c) In the event that any act or negligence of the Charterers shall vitiate any of the insurance herein provided, the Charterers shall pay to the Owners all losses and indemnify the Owners against all claims and demands which would otherwise have been covered by such insurance.

(d)The Charterers shall, subject to the approval of the Owners or Owners’ Underwriters, effect all insured repairs, and the Charterers shall undertake settlement of all miscellaneous expenses in connection with such repairs as well as all insured charges, expenses and liabilities, to the extent of coverage under the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this Clause. The Charterers to be secured reimbursement through the Owners’ Underwriters for such expenditures upon presentation of accounts.

(e) The Charterers to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of all other repairs not covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances.

(f) All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clause (d) and (e) of this Clause and for repairs of latent defects according to Clause 2 above, including any deviation, shall count as time on hire and shall form part of the Charter period.

The Owners shall not be responsible for any expenses as are incident to the use and operation of the Vessel for such time as may be required to make such repairs.

(g) If the conditions of the above insurances permit additional insurance to be placed by the parties such cover shall be limited to the amount for each party

set out in Box 28 and Box 29, respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the Insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such Insurers is necessary.

(h) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances required under sub-clause (a) of this Clause, all insurance payments for such loss shall be paid to the Owners, who shall distribute the moneys between themselves and the Charterers according to their respective interests.

(i) If the Vessel becomes an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances arranged by the Owners in accordance with sub-clause (a) of this Clause, this Charter shall terminate as of the date of such loss.

(j) The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Owners to abandon the Vessel to Insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

(k) For the purpose of insurance coverage against marine and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this Clause, the value of the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 27.

(l) Notwithstanding anything contained in Clause 9 (a), it is agreed that under the provisions of Clause 13, if applicable, the Owners shall keep the Vessel with unexpired classification in force at all times during the Charter period.

 

14. Redelivery

The Charterers shall at the expiration of the Charter period redeliver the Vessel at a safe and ice-free port or place as indicated in Box 16 . The Charterers shall give the Owners not less than 30 running days’ preliminary and not less than 14 days’ definite notice of expected date, range of ports of redelivery or port or place of redelivery. Any changes thereafter in Vessel’s position shall be notified immediately to the Owners.

Should the Vessel be ordered on a voyage by which the Charter period may be exceeded the Charterers to have the use of the Vessel to enable them to complete the voyage, provided it could be reasonably calculated that the voyage would allow redelivery about the time fixed for the termination of the Charter.

The Vessel shall be redelivered to the Owners in the same or as good structure, state, condition and class as that in which she was delivered, fair wear and tear not affecting class excepted.

The Vessel upon redelivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 12. The Vessel shall be dry-docked less than 12 (twelve) months prior to redelivery to the Owners.

 

15. Non-Lien and Indemnity

The Charterers will not suffer, nor permit to be continued, any lien or encumbrance incurred by them or their agents, which might have priority over the title and interest of the Owners in the Vessel.

The Charterers further agree to fasten to the Vessel in a conspicuous place and to keep so fastened during the Charter period a notice reading as follows:-

“This Vessel is the property of (name of Owners). It is under charter to (name of Charterers) and by the terms of the Charter Party neither the Charterers nor the Master have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed on the Vessel any lien whatsoever.”

The Charterers shall indemnify and hold the Owners harmless against any lien of whatsoever nature arising upon the Vessel during the Charter period while she is under the control of the Charterers, and against any claims against the Owners arising out of or in relation to the operation of the Vessel by the Charterers. Should the Vessel be arrested by reason of claims or liens arising out of her operation hereunder by the Charterers, the Charterers shall at their own expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released and at their own expense put up bail to secure release of the Vessel.

 

16. Lien

The Owners to have a lien upon all cargoes and sub-freights belonging to the Charterers and any Bill of Lading freight for all claims under this Charter, and the Charterers to have a lien on the Vessel for all moneys paid in advance and not earned.

 

17. Salvage

All salvage and towage performed by the Vessel shall be for the Charterers’ benefit and the cost of repairing damage occasioned thereby shall be borne by the Charterers.

 

18. Wreck Removal

In the event of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any sums whatsoever which the Owners shall become liable to pay and shall pay in consequence of the

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter

 

Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation.

 

19. General Average

General Average, if any, shall be adjusted according to the York-Antwerp Rules 1974 or any subsequent modification thereof current at the time of the casualty. The Charter Hire not to contribute to General Average.

 

20. Assignment and Sub-Demise

The Charterers shall not assign this Charter nor sub-demise the Vessel except with the prior consent in writing of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld and subject to such terms and conditions as the Owners shall approve.

 

21. Bills of Lading

The Charterers are to procure that all Bills of Lading issued for carriage of goods under this Charter shall contain a Paramount Clause incorporating any legislation relating to Carrier’s liability for cargo compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the Bills of Lading shall incorporate the British Carriage of Goods by Sea Act. The Bills of Lading shall also contain the amended New Jason Clause and the Both-to-Blame Collision Clause.

The Charterers agree to indemnify the Owners against all consequences or liabilities arising from the Master, officers or agents signing Bills of Lading or other documents.

 

22. Bank Guarantee

The Charterers undertake to furnish, before delivery of the Vessel, a first class bank guarantee or bond in the sum and at the place as indicated in Box 25 as guarantee for full performance of their obligations under this Charter. (Optional, only to apply if Box 25 filled in). See Clause 30.

 

23. Requisition/Acquisition

(a) In the event of the Requisition for Hire of the Vessel by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Requisition for Hire”) irrespective of the date during the Charter period when “Requisition for Hire” may occur and irrespective of the length thereof and whether or not it be for an indefinite or a limited period of time, and irrespective of whether it may or will remain in force for the remainder of the Charter period, this Charter shall not be deemed thereby or thereupon to be frustrated or otherwise terminated and the Charterers shall continue to pay the stipulated hire in the manner provided by this Charter until the time when the Charter would have terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof always provided however that in the event of “Requisition for Hire” any Requisition Hire or compensation received or receivable by the Owners shall be payable to the Charterers during the remainder of the Charter period or the period of the “Requisition for Hire” whichever be the shorter.

The Hire under this Charter shall be payable to the Owners from the same time as the Requisition Hire is payable to the Charterers.

(b) In the event of the Owners being deprived of their ownership in the Vessel by any Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Compulsory Acquisition”), then, irrespective of the date during the Charter period when “Compulsory Acquisition” may occur, this Charter shall be deemed terminated as of the date of such “Compulsory Acquisition”. In such event Charter Hire to be considered as earned and to be paid up to the date and time of such “Compulsory Acquisition”.

 

24. War

(a) The Vessel unless the consent of the Owners be first obtained not to be ordered nor continue to any place or on any voyage nor be used on any service which will bring her within a zone which is dangerous as the result of any actual or threatened act of war, war, hostilities, warlike operations, acts of piracy or of hostility or malicious damage against this or any other vessel or its cargo by any person, body or State whatsoever revolution, civil war, civil

commotion or the operation of international law, nor be exposed in any way to any risks or penalties whatsoever consequent upon the imposition of Sanctions, nor carry any goods that may in any way expose her to any risks of seizure, capture, penalties or any other interference of any kind whatsoever by the belligerent or fighting powers or parties or by any Government or Ruler.

(b) The Vessel to have liberty to comply with any orders or directions as to departure, arrival, routes, ports of call, stoppages, destination, delivery or in any other wise whatsoever given by the Government of the nation under whose flag the Vessel sails or any other Government or any person (or body) acting or purporting to act with the authority of such Government or by any committee or person having under the terms of the war risks insurance on the Vessel the right to give any such orders or directions.

(c) In the event of outbreak of war (whether there be a declaration of war or not) between any two or more of the countries as stated in Box 31 , both the Owners and the Charterers shall have the night to cancel this Charter, whereupon the Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to the Owners in accordance with Clause 14 , if she has cargo on board after discharge thereof at destination or if debarred under this Clause from reaching or entering it at

a near open and safe port as directed by the Owners or if she has no cargo on board, at the port at which she then is or if at sea at a near open and safe port as directed by the Owners. In all cases hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with Clause 10 and except as aforesaid all other provisions of this Charter shall apply until redelivery.

 

25. Commission

The Owners to pay a commission at the rate indicated in Box 32 to the Brokers named in Box 32 on any Hire paid under the Charter but in no case less than is necessary to cover the actual expenses of the Brokers and a reasonable fee for their work If the full Hire is not paid owing to breach of Charter by either of the parties the party liable therefor to indemnify the Brokers against their loss of commission.

Should the parties agree to cancel the Charter, the Owners to indemnify the Brokers against any loss of commission but in such case the commission not to exceed the brokerage on one year’s Hire. See Box 32.

 

26. Law and Arbitration

 

*) 26.1. This Charter shall be governed by English law and any dispute arising out of this Charter shall be referred to arbitration in London, one arbitrator being appointed by each party, in accordance with the Arbitration Acts 1996 1950

And 1979 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force. On the receipt by one party of the nomination in writing of the other party’s arbitrator, that party shall appoint their arbitrator within fourteen days, failing which the decision of the single Arbitrator appointed shall apply. If two Arbitrators properly appointed shall not agree they shall appoint an umpire whose decision shall be final.

*) 26.2. Should any dispute arise out of this Charter, the matter in dispute shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for purpose of enforcing any award, this agreement may be made a rule of the Court. The arbitrators shall be members of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. of New York and the proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society.
*) 26.3. Any dispute arising out of this Charter shall be referred to arbitration at the place indicated in Box 33, subject to the law and procedures applicable there. 26.4. If Box 33 in Part I is not filled in, sub-clause 26.1 of this Clause shall apply.
*) 26.1., 26.2. and 26.3. are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 33 .
 

 

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES:

 

27. Surveys

The Owners and Charterers shall jointly appoint a surveyor for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of re-delivery. A Class approved diver video inspection of the vessel hull below water line and of the thrusters may be included in the survey report. Without prejudice of Clause 14 the Charterers shall bear all survey expenses and all other costs, if any, as well as all repair costs included.

The Charterers shall also bear all loss of time spent in connection with any repairs, which shall be paid at the rate of Hire per day or pro rata.

 

28. Technical Management

Reference Clause 9. The vessel shall be technically operated and managed by Transpetro. Charterers shall not change the technical operation or management without Owners’ consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


                

OPTIONAL

PART

PART III

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 35)

29. Brazilian Tax

Any Brazilian tax on Charter Hire is for Charterers account. If any new or additional taxes or changes to existing taxes become applicable after the date of this Charter Party then this will be for the account of the Charterers. If during this charter there are any import tax (permanent or temporary) imposed on the Vessel, or a withholding tax is imposed on the hire payments then these will be for Charterers account.

30. Additional Security

Charterers are a 100% subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of Petroleo Brasileiro S.A. Petrobras. If Petrobras should give up control of Charterers; i.e. reduce their holding in Charterers to less than 50%, then Owners have the right to have established security assuring the full and complete accomplishment of all the duties and obligations set forth in this contract in a form satisfactory to the Owners. Charterers have the obligation to provide such collateral security.

Transpetro undertake and Fronape International Company (FIC) hereby agrees that should FIC fail to fulfil any of its obligations under this charterparty as they fall due, then upon written notice by the Owners to Transpetro and FIC, Transpetro shall be substituted as the Charterers herein and become liable for all past and future obligations as if they had been the Charterers ab initio.

Notwithstanding the same FIC shall remain jointly liable for all and any obligations it may have had up to the date of any Owners’ notice given pursuant to this clause. Any delay or impossibility in Transpetro obtaining official or other consents to become Charterers and to fulfil obligations hereunder shall not render void or voidable their liability to Owners in damages, as per Clause 10.

Owners recognize that obtaining such consent may take time and Owners therefore undertake not to terminate the charter or take other action which may interrupt service to Charterers within 60 days of giving this notice provided that the sole reason for delay in timely payment is caused by absence of such consents. Transpetro shall use its best endeavours to expedite the obtaining of such necessary consents and agree to pay interest at LIBOR with montly rests on any outstanding sums until payment.

31. Construction

The Vessel shall be built as a dynamically positioned (DP) shuttle tanker as per the specification in Attachment A. The newbuilding specification and shipyard execution schedule shall be submitted to Charterers for their information. Charterers shall have the right to have full insight into the planning and implementation of the building of the vessel. This right of insight into the planning and implementation of the construction shall not give cause to interference by Charterers into the planning and implementation process. Owners shall keep Charterers advised of all significant changes to the shipyard execution schedule and of any significant issues regarding Classification of the vessel. Charterers shall be invited to attend as an observer to significant technical meetings (makers and shipyard interface meetings) and major factory acceptance tests. Charterers shall have the right to have an observer present at the shipyard during the building, and Owners to provide office (desk) and communication facilities for same. Charterers shall have the right to attend at dock and sea trials. Charterers shall not have the right to direct or communicate directly with the shipyard. Charterers shall have the right to participate, as observers only, together with the Owners representative at meetings with the shiyard during the building of the vessel.

32. Delivery

Reference of Box 13, 14 and 15 and clause 2 and clause 3. Owners shall deliver and Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel at the shipyard/safe anchorage (reference clause 31) upon completion of shipyard sea trials and DPPS test.

The intention is to deliver the Vessel between 1 Jan - 30 March 2011 / 1 April - 30 June 2011.

33. Outline Specification

The Vessel outline specification, attached hereto as Attachment A shall consist of the following:

 

   

Vessel outline specification.

 

   

Makers list of major items.

Telemetry system as described in Vessel Outline Specification shall be provided by Charterers.

34. Force Majeure

Clause 4 shall not apply in case of force majeure under the Shipbuilding Contract defined as follows:

If, at any time before actual delivery, either the construction of the VESSEL, or any performance required hereunder as a prerequisite of delivery of the VESSEL, is delayed due to war, blockade, revolution, insurrection, mobilization, civil commotions, riots, strikes, sabotage, lockouts, acts of God or the public enemy, terrorism, plague or other epidemics, quarantines, prolonged failure or restriction of electric current from an outside source, freight embargoes, if any, earthquakes, tidal waves, typhoons, hurricanes, storms or other causes beyond the control of the BUILDER or of its sub-contractors, as the case may be, or by force majeure of any description, whether of the nature indicated by the forgoing or not, or by destruction of the BUILDER or works of the BUILDER or its sub-contractors, or of the VESSEL or any part thereof, by fire, flood, or other causes beyond the control of the BUILDER or its sub-contractors as the case may be, or due to the bankruptcy of the equipment and/or material supplier or suppliers of long lead equipment with delivery time more than 18 months, or due to the delay caused by acts of God in the supply of parts essential to the construction of the VESSEL, then, in the envent of delay due to the happening of any of the aforementioned contingencies, the BUILDER shall not be liable for such delay and the time for delivery of the VESSEL under this Contract shall be extended without any reduction in the Contract Price for a period of time which shall not exceed the total accumulated time of all such delays, subject nevertheless to the BUYER’s right of cancellation and subject however to all relevant provisions of this Contract which authorize and permit extension of the time of delivery of the VESSEL.

The Owners undertake to promptly notify the Charterers of any occurrences of Force Majeure in consequence of which the delivery of the Vessel is likely to be delayed and shall take any and all possible measures to minimize the effects of such occurance in the delivery of the Vessel.

35. Guarantee Clause

In respect of any repairs of defects which appears within the scope of Clause 2 and within the time established in Clause 2 the Owners and Charterers shall cooperate and use their best endeavours to recover any expenditure incurred in remedying such defects from the Builders, but the Owners shall be liable to the Charterers to the full amount of the expenditure, as established on Clause 2. The Charterers shall cooperate with the Owners to prepare the guarantee claims to be presented to the Builder according to the guarantee clause of the Building Contract (which terms and conditions shall be informed to the Charterers in due time).

The Owners authorize the Charterers to arrange for the guarantee works to be performed in accordance with the conditions established on the Building Contract. Hire to continue during the period of guarantee works.

36. Bareboat Charter Registry

Reference PART V and Boxes 40-41. Any costs due to flagging the Vessel in and out of the Bareboat Charter Registry and/or into the Underlying Registry shall be for Charterers account.

37. Confidentiality

All details of this agreement to be kept strictly private and confidential by all parties involved.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


OPTIONAL

PART     

PART III

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 35)

 

38. Notices and Correspondence

Every notice or demand under this contract, including notice of Arbitration, shall be in writing, but may be given or made by fax which shall be sent to the Owners and the Charterers at their respective addresses.

In respect of the Charterers at:

Fronape International company

c/o Transpetro / DTM / TM / Getran 5

Av. Presidente Vargas, 328 - 4 th floor

Rio de Janeiro - RJ

20091-060

Brazil

Fax no.: +55 21 3211 7400

In respect of the Owners at:

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

Smedasundet 40

P.O. Box 2017

5504 Haugesund

Norway

Fax no.: +47 52704040

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


                

OPTIONAL

PART

PART III

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 35)

 

Specifications and Building Contract

 

(a) The Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the Building Contract (hereafter called “the Building Contract”) as annexed to this Charter, made between the Builders and the Owners and in accordance with the specifications and plans annexed thereto, such Building Contract, specifications and plans having been counter-signed as approved by the Charterers.

 

(b) No change shall be made in the Building Contract or in the specifications or plans of the Vessel as approved by the Charterers as aforesaid, without the Charterers’ consent.

 

(c) The Charterers shall have the right to send their representative to the Builders’ Yard to inspect the Vessel during the course of her construction to satisfy themselves that construction is in accordance with such approved specifications and plans as referred to under sub-clause (a) of this Clause.

 

(d) The Vessel shall be built in accordance with the Building Contract and shall be of the description set out therein provided nevertheless that the Charterers shall be bound to accept the Vessel from the Owners on the date of delivery by the Builders as having been completed and constructed in accordance with the Building Contract and the Charterers undertake that after having so accepted the Vessel they will not thereafter raise any claims against the Owners in respect of the Vessel’s performance or specification or defects if any except that in respect of any repair or replacement of any defects which appear within the first 12 months from delivery the Owners shall use their best endeavours to recover any expenditure incurred in remedying such defects from the Builders, but shall only be liable to the Charterers to the extent the Owners have a valid claim against the Builders under the guarantee clause of the Building Contract (a copy whereof has been supplied to the Charterers) provided that the Charterers shall be bound to accept such sums as the Owners are able to recover under this clause and shall make no claim upon the Owners for any difference between the amounts so recovered and the actual expenditure incurred on repairs or replacements or for any loss of time incurred thereby.

 

Time and Place of Delivery

 

(a) Subject to the Vessel having completed her acceptance trials including trials of cargo equipment in accordance with the Building Contract and specifications to the satisfaction of the Charterers, the Owners shall give and the Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel afloat when ready for delivery at the Builders’ Yard or some other safe and readily accessible dock, wharf or place as may be agreed between the parties hereto and the Builders. Under the Building Contract the Builders have estimated that the Vessel will be ready for delivery to the Owners as therein provided but the delivery date for the purpose of this Charter shall be the date when the Vessel is in fact ready for delivery by the Builders after completion of trials whether that be before or after as indicated in the Building Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Charterers shall not be obliged to take delivery of the Vessel until she has been classed and documented as provided in this Charter and free for transfer to the flag she has to fly. Subject as aforesaid the Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel and upon and after such acceptance the Charterers shall not be entitled to make any claim against the Owners in respect of any conditions, representations or warranties, whether express or implied, as to the seaworthiness of the Vessel or in respect of delay in delivery or otherwise howsoever.

  

(b) If for any reason other than a default by the Owners under the Building Contract, the Builders become entitled under that Contract not to deliver the Vessel to the Owners, the Owners shall upon giving to the Charterers written notice of Builders becoming so entitled, be excused from giving delivery of the Vessel to the Charterers and upon receipt of such notice by the Charterers this Charter shall cease to have effect.

 

(c) If for any reason the Owners become entitled under the Building Contract to reject the Vessel the Owners shall, before exercising such right of rejection, consult the Charterers and thereupon

 

i)       if the Charterers do not wish to take delivery of the vessel they shall inform the Owners within seven (7) days by notice in writing and upon receipt by the Owners of such notice this Charter shall cease to have effect; or

 

ii)     if the Charterers wish to take delivery of the Vessel they may by notice in writing within seven (7) days require the Owners to negotiate with the Builders as to the terms on which delivery should be taken and/or refrain from exercising their right to rejection and upon receipt of such notice the Owners shall commence such negotiations and/or take delivery of the Vessel from the Builders and deliver her to the Charterers;

 

iii)    in no circumstances shall the Charterers be entitled to reject the Vessel unless the Owners are able to reject the Vessel from the Builders;

 

iv)    if this Charter terminates under sub-clause (b) or (c) of this Clause, the Owners shall thereafter not be liable to the Charterers for any claim under or arising out of this Charter or its termination.

 

Guarantee Works

 

If not otherwise agreed, the Owners authorize the Charterers to arrange for the guarantee works to be performed in accordance with the building contract terms, and hire to continue during the period of guarantee works. The Charterers have to advise the Owners about the performance to the extent the Owners may request.

 

Name of Vessel

 

The name of the Vessel shall be mutually agreed between the Owners and the Charterers and the Vessel shall be painted in the colours, display the funnel insignia and fly the house flag as required by the Charterers.

 

Survey on Redelivery

 

The Owners and the Charterers shall appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of redelivery.

 

Without prejudice to Clause 14 (Part II), the Charterers shall bear all survey expenses and all other costs, if any, including the cost of docking and undocking, if required, as well as all repair costs incurred.

 

The Charterers shall also bear all loss of time spent in connection with any docking and undocking as well as repairs, which shall be paid at the rate of Hire per day or pro rata.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART IV

HIRE/PURCHASE AGREEMENT

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 39)

 

On expiration of this Charter and provided the Charterers have fulfilled their obligations according to Part I and II as well as Part III, if applicable, it is agreed, that on payment of the last month’s hire instalment as per Clause 10 the Charterers have purchased the Vessel with everything belonging to her and the Vessel is fully paid for.

 

If the payment of the instalment due is delayed for less than 7 running days or for reason beyond the Charterers’ control, the right of withdrawal under the terms of Clause 10(e) of Part II shall not be exercised. However, any delay in payment of the instalment due shall entitle the Owners to an interest at the rate per annum as agreed in Box 22 . If Box 22 has not been filled in the current market rate in the country where the Owners have their Principal Place of Business shall apply.

 

In the following paragraphs the Owners are referred to as the Sellers and the Charterers as the Buyers.

 

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Sellers and taken over by the Buyers on expiration of the Charter.

 

The Sellers guarantee that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all encumbrances and maritime liens or any debts whatsoever other than those arising from anything done or not done by the Buyers or any existing mortgage agreed not to be paid off by the time of delivery. Should any claims, which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery be made against the Vessel, the Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of such claims to the extent it can be proved that the Sellers are responsible for such claims. Any taxes, notarial, consular and other charges and expenses

  

connected with the purchase and registration under Buyers’ flag, shall be for Buyers’ account. Any taxes, consular and other charges and expenses connected with closing of the Sellers’ register, shall be for Sellers’ account.

 

In exchange for payment of the last month’s hire instalment the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers with a Bill of Sale duly attested and legalized, together with a certificate setting out the registered encumbrances, if any. On delivery of the Vessel the Sellers shall provide for deletion of the Vessel from the Ship’s Register and deliver a certificate of deletion to the Buyers.

 

The Sellers shall, at the time of delivery, hand to the Buyers all classification certificates (for hull, engines, anchors, chains, etc.), as well as all plans which may be in Sellers’ possession.

 

The Wireless Installation and Nautical Instruments, unless on hire, shall be included in the sale without any extra payment.

 

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at Sellers’ risk and expense until she is delivered to the Buyers, subject to the conditions of this Contract and the Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be delivered and taken over as she is at the time of delivery, after which the Sellers shall have no responsibility for possible faults or deficiencies of any description.

 

The Buyers undertake to pay for the repatriation of the Captain, officers and other personnel if appointed by the Sellers to the port where the Vessel entered the Bareboat Charter as per Clause 2 (Part II) or to pay the equivalent cost for their journey to any other place.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART V

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR VESSELS REGISTERED IN A BAREBOAT CHARTER REGISTRY

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 40)

 

Definitions

 

For the purpose of this PART V, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

 

The Bareboat Charter Registry ” shall mean the registry of the State whose flag the Vessel will fly and in which the Charterers are registered as the bareboat charterers during the period of the Bareboat Charter.

 

The Underlying Registry ” shall mean the registry of the State in which the Owners of the Vessel are registered as Owners and to which jurisdiction and control of the Vessel will revert upon termination of the Bareboat Charter Registration.

 

Mortgage

 

The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage and the provisions of Clause 11(b) Part II) shall apply.

  

Termination of Charter by Default

 

It the Vessel chartered under this Charter is registered in a Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 41 , and if the Owners shall default in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s) specified in Box 26 , the Charterers shall, if so required by the mortgagee, direct the Owners to re-register the Vessel in the Underlying Registry as shown in Box 42 .

 

In the event of the Vessel being deleted from the Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 41 , due to a default by the Owners in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s), the Charterers shall have the right to terminate this Charter forthwith and without prejudice to any other claim they may have against the Owners under this Charter.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

OUTLINE SPECIFICATION

(Doc. No. T0184-000-01 Rev. hrt1)

105,000 DWT SHUTTLE TANKER

COSCO SHIPYARD GROUP LTD

18 October 2007

Q:\TEKNISK\Technical file\Newbuilding, projects\N255\105K Shuttle Tanker Outline-20071018 (incl stern tunnel thruster)revhrt.doc


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

INDEX

 

010 General Description

     5   

020 Principal Particulars

     6   

030 Classification, Rules and Regulations

     7   

040 Standards and Workmanship

     9   

050 Plans and Documents

     9   

060 Spare Parts and Tools

     9   

100 Hull Structure

     9   

200 Paint Scheme

     10   

310 Cargo Pumping System

     11   

320 Cargo Tank Vent and Inert Gas System

     12   

330 Cargo Oil Tank Cleaning System

     12   

340 Cargo Oil Heating System

     13   

350 Other Cargo Equipment

     13   

360 Bow Loading System

     13   

410 Maneuvering Equipment

     15   

420 Anchoring and Mooring Equipment

     15   

430 Deck Equipment and Outfitting

     16   

440 Lifesaving Equipment

     17   

450 Fire Fighting System

     18   

460 Hull Piping System

     19   

500 Accommodation Arrangement

     20   

510 Panel System

     21   

520 Deck Covering

     21   

530 Accommodation Equipment and Material

     22   

540 Provision Stores and Refrigerating Plant

     23   

550 Sanitary Equipment

     23   

560 Air Condition System

     23   

600 Engine Room Machinery General

     25   

601 Propeller and Shafting

     25   

 

Page 2 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

602 Steam Generating Plant

     25   

603 Electric Generating Plants

     25   

604 Purifier

     25   

605 Centrifugal Pump

     26   

606 Rotary Pump

     26   

607 Tubular Type Heat Exchanger

     26   

608 Plate Type Heat Exchanger

     26   

609 Piping

     26   

610 Fuel Oil System

     27   

611 Lubrication Oil System

     28   

612 Cooling System

     28   

613 Compressed Air System

     28   

614 Steam, Condensate & Feed Water System

     28   

615 F.W Sanitary System

     29   

616 Engine Room Bilge System

     29   

617 Maintenance Equipment, Workshop Machinery

     29   

618 Engine Room Ventilation

     29   

619 Waste Disposal System

     29   

700 Automation System

     30   

710 Control Space

     30   

720 Automation System for Machinery

     30   

730 Integrated Control and Monitoring System (ICMS)

     30   

740 Cargo and Ballast Monitoring System

     30   

750 Alarm and Calling System

     31   

760 Dynamic Positioning System

     32   

770 Miscellaneous

     34   

800 Electric System

     36   

810 Electric Source

     36   

820 Switchboard

     37   

830 Electric Motor and Starter

     38   

 

Page 3 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

840 Lighting System

     38   

850 Navigation Equipment

     39   

860 Radio Equipment

     39   

870 Communication Equipment

     40   

880 Entertainment Equipment

     40   

890 Instrumentation

     40   

 

Page 4 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

010 General Description

General arrangement

The vessel shall be an ocean going single screw diesel engine driven shuttle tanker with a protruded bulbous bow, a transom stern and one(1) continuous deck with a forecastle deck. The Bow Loading System (BLS) will be installed on main deck forward as outlined on the general arrangement (hereinafter called as the G.A.).

The vessel shall follow the latest Guidelines for the DESIGN AND OPERATION OF DYNAMICALLY POSITIONED VESSELS (IMCA) and shall comply with all relevant rules, regulations and requirements to ensure a safe and cost effective operation as an Offshore Shuttle Tanker.

In addition the vessel must comply with the Petrobras Campos Basin Offshore Loading Guidelines for DP Shuttle Tankers Operations. (subject to detailed requirements provide by Owner)

Accommodation including navigation bridge shall be located aft as outlined on the G.A.

The vessel shall have fore and aft peak tanks, cargo oil tanks, segregated water ballast tanks, fuel oil tanks, a pump room, a bow thruster room and an engine room as outlined on the G.A.

The cargo area shall be constructed with double bottom and double shell and shall consist of six (6) pairs cargo oil tanks, two (2) slop tanks and six (6) pairs of wing and double bottom water ballast tanks.

The transverse and one (1) longitudinal bulkhead below the upper deck shall be of plane type.

Peak tanks and six (6) pairs of wing and double bottom water ballast in way of the cargo area shall be designed as segregated water ballast tanks.

A cooling water tank for stern tube shall be provided under the aft peak tank.

The vessel shall be equipped with one (1) tunnel and one (1) retractable azimuth bow thrusters, one (1) tunnel and one (1) retractable azimuth stem thrusters, one (1) mariner type schilling rudder and one (1) controllable pitch propeller.

One (1) set of jib crane shall be provided near the midship for handling the cargo oil hose.

One (1) combined signal and radar mast on the top of wheelhouse and one (1) fore mast shall be fitted.

 

Page 5 of 40


LOGO

 

 

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

Heavy fuel oil tank and diesel oil tank in engine room side shall be constructed with double shell and outer space of those tanks shall be void space.

The width of the outer void space shall be minimum 1.0 meter from shell.

Thruster room and access trunks shall have enough space for removing the biggest part of the electric motors for maintenance purpose (removal of stair shall be allowed in this operation).

Intended cargo

Crude oil having a flash point below 60°C (closed cup test) as compatible with the specification.

020 Principal Particulars

 

Dimensions

   Length over all    Apprx 246.80 m
   Length between perpendiculars    Apprx 233.00 m
   Breadth , moulded    Apprx 42.00 m
   Depth, moulded    Apprx 22.50 m
   Design draft, moulded    Apprx 15.00 m
   Scantling draught, moulded    Apprx 15.30 m

Deadweight

   At design draught    Apprx 103,000 DWT
   At scantling draught    Apprx 105,000 DWT

Capacity (100%)

   Cargo tanks including slop tanks    Apprx 122,000 m 3
   Water ballast tanks    Apprx 41,000 m 3
   Fresh water tanks    Apprx 300 m 3
   Heavy fuel oil tanks    Apprx 2,400m 3
   Diesel oil tanks    Apprx 500 m 3

Main engine

   Type    MAN-B&W 7S60MC-C
licensee made
   MCR x rpm    15820 kW x105rpm
   NCR(90%MCR)    14238 kW x 105rpm
   Turbo charger    High efficiency
   

Service speed at design draught

   Apprx 14.3 knots

Fuel oil consumption of main engine

(H.C.V.=10,200kcal/kg)

   Specific F.O.C. at NCR at shop test   

Apprx 170g/kW h

+ 5% toleranse

   Daily ME F.O.C. at Service speed    Apprx 55,6MT/day
   

Cruising range (L.C.V=9800kcal/kg)

   Apprx 12,600NM

 

Page 6 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

030 Classification, Rules and Regulations

Classification society & flag :

DNV LOGO 1A1, “tanker for oil ESP”, CSR, , E0, DYNPOS-AUTR, OPP-F, ICS, BOW LOADING, SPM, F-AMC, T-MON, VCS-2

The vessel to be registered in NIS by the Buyer.

Rules and Regulations

The vessel shall comply with following rules, regulations and requirement of the authorities in force at the date of contract signing.

 

   

Maritime regulation of the registered country

 

   

International convention for the safety of life at sea (SOLAS), 1974 with protocol, and the amendments

 

   

International convention on load lines 1966 with protocol

 

   

International convention for preventing collisions at sea, 1972 and amendments

 

   

International telecommunication (ITU) radio regulations, 1982 and 1998.

 

   

International convention for the prevention of pollution from ships (MARPOL), 1973 (annexes I, V and VI (regulation 12,13 and 16) with protocol of 1978 and amendment to annex I &V

 

   

International convention on tonnage measurement of ship

 

   

Suez canal navigation regulations and tonnage measurement of ship

 

   

IMO resolution A.468(XII), “code of noise level on board ship”

 

   

ISO 6954-1984(E) “guidelines for the overall evaluation of vibration in merchant ships”

 

   

U.S. coast guide’ s regulations for foreign flag vessels operating in navigable waters of the united states:

 

Page 7 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

CFR title 33-part 155: oil or hazardous material pollution prevention regulations for vessels

CFR title 33-part 156: oil or hazardous material transfer operations

CFR title 33-part 157: rules for the protection of the marine environment relating to tank vessels carrying oil in bulk

CFR title 33-part 159: marine sanitation devices

CFR title 33-part 164: navigation safety rules

CFR title 46- part 32.53: inert gas system

CFR title 46- part 34.05: fire fighting system, where required

CFR title 46- part 35.30: general safety rules

CFR title 46- part 35.35: cargo handling

CFR title 46- part 39 : vapor control system

 

   

OCIMF recommendations for oil tanker manifolds and associated equipment, 1991

 

   

OCIMF guidelines and recommendations for the safe mooring of large ships at piers and sea islands

 

   

OCIMF recommendations on equipment for the towing of disable tankers , September 1981

 

   

OCIMF ship to ship transfer guide,1988 and 1997(for fixed mooring fitting)

 

   

OCIMF mooring equipment guidelines(1 st edition, 1992)

 

   

OCIMF an information paper on pump room safety-section 3

 

   

Recommendations for equipment and fittings — new ships and section 4 issues for future considerations

 

   

OCIMF guideline for the prevention of oil spillages through cargo pump room sea valves(2an edition,1991)

 

   

OCIMF recommendation for equipment employed in mooring of ships at single point mooring, 1993( for fixed fitting only)

 

Page 8 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

   

ILO crew accommodation on board ships, convention NO. 92 and 133 (except swimming pool)

 

   

International electro technical commission publication 92- electrical installation in ships

 

   

IMO recommendation on access in cargo and ballast tanks A272(VIII) and A(330)(IX)

 

   

Canadian for foreign flagged vessels

 

   

IMO A 751(18) interim standards for ship maneuverability

040 Standards and Workmanship

The following standards to be applied to the construction of the vessel, as far as practicable except the fittings specially described hereinafter.

 

   

ISO standard

 

   

Chinese industrial standards (GB, CSQS, CB, YB, etc)

 

   

Builder’s standards, and Builder’s standard practice

All workmanship entering into the construction of the vessel shall be in accordance with the Chinese Shipbuilding Standards and/or Builder’s standard practice, applicable to this kind of vessel, subject to the approval of the Classification Society where necessary.

050 Plans and Documents

All documents and name plates to be in English. Copies and deliver time to be discussed later

060 Spare Parts and Tools

Spare parts and tools shall be provided based on standard.

Spare Parts Storage: The closed room shall be prepared for storage purpose.

100 Hull Structure

 

Material

  

High tensile steel and mild steel

application of higher tensile steel:

upper and lower parts of longitudinal material

plating of centerline bulkhead

high stressed local structures in cargo tank region

Main hull

   longitudinal framing system

Cargo tank structure:

   double skin arrangement in way of bottom and wing tank

Bulkheads walkway:

   one(1) access platform at the upper part of side longitudinal bulkhead in water ballast tanks

Rudder:

   schilling mariner rudder

 

Page 9 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

200 Paint Scheme

 

Area    system   

        No. of        

coat

  

        Total        
DFT

(mic.)

Flat bottom(up to bilge keel level)

  

Epoxy A/C

Epoxy tie

Tin-free SPCA/F*

   1

1

2

   150

100

300

Side bottom and bottom (from bilge keel to
scantling draught)

  

Epoxy A/C

Epoxy tie

Tin-free SPCA/F*

   1

1

2

   150

100

300

topside

   epoxy    2    300

Exposed weather deck

   epoxy    2    300

Deckhouse external

  

Epoxy

polyurethane

   1

2

   125

100

Cargo tanks

   **          

Slop tanks

   Tar free epoxy    2    300

Water ballast tanks

   Tar free epoxy    2    300

Fresh water tanks

  

Epoxy primer

Pure epoxy

   1

2

   50

250

Accommodation

and engine room

   Bare steel   

Ceramic zinc

alkyd

   1

1

   35

50

   Under lining     Accommodation     No coating          
          E/R    Ceramic zinc    1    35

Hull Painting

        ***          

 

Note*)   design lifetime of A/F is based on three (3) years. The final paint scheme may have alteration in number of coats and dry film thickness in accordance with the specification of the paint manufacturer selected.

 

Page 10 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

Note**)   The vessel shall have one (1) segregation with cargo tanks fully coated with two (02) coats of Low VOC (S/V 82%) epoxy paint (2 x 150 microns d.f.t.). On the remaining cargo tanks all areas under the main deck, up to 3.0 m below (but including all deck transverses) and all bottom areas up to 1.5 m high shall be coated with two (02) coats of Low VOC (S/V 82%) epoxy paint (2 x 150 microns d.f.t.).
Note ***)   Vessel hull and funnel shall be coated according to Charterers standard. Underwater part (bottom and bootop) shall be coated for 30 months period between drydockings and topside shall be painted in black colour. Accommodations shall be coated in white colour and funnel marking details shall be supplied on due time to be included on the shipyard specification. Details for paint specification shall be discussed in due time to take into account the drydocking cycle of the vessel.

Flame cut edges of structural members in water ballast tanks and fresh water tanks shall be ground off to “1C”-one(1) pass grinding.

Two (2) stripe coats shall be applied to cut free edge of structural members in water ballast tanks and fresh water tanks.

Two (2) stripe coats shall be applied for Cargo Tanks.

Bolted type sacrificial zinc anodes in water ballast tanks based on 5 years lifetime.

5mA/m 2 and 50% ballast ratio.

 

ICCP system

  35mA/m 2 for underwater hull  
  600mA/m 2 for propeller  

310 Cargo Pumping System

 

Cargo segregation

   three (3) groups

Cargo oil pump

   three (3) 2,800m 3 /h × 130mlc (S.G. 1.025) Vertical, single stages, centrifugal, double suction, Electric motor driven, two (2) speeds

Cargo striping pump

   one (1), 200m 3 /h × 130mlc (S.G. 1.025) Vertical, twin screw pump, single speed, el. Motor driven

Cargo auto loading

   vacuum pump type auto-striping/priming system connected to three (3) Cargo pumps (three (3) air separators and vacuum pump unit)

Stripping eductor

   one (1), 400m 3 /h

 

Page 11 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

Cargo valve

   wafer type butterfly valve with NBR seat in general Cast steel body for cargo manifold and shipside Cast iron body for others

Valve control

   hydraulic remote control through the ICMS for suction & main Discharge valves Manual for other valves in pump room and upper deck

320 Cargo Tank Vent and Inert Gas System

 

Cargo tank vent

   one (1) independent high velocity P/V valve per each cargo tank and slop tank, and one (1) common vent & inert gas main line with a vent mast

Portable gas free fan

   buyer’s supply

Pump room ventilation

   Two (2) electrical motor driven axial flow fan with mushroom ventilator for exhaust (20 air changes/hour)

Inert gas system

   one (1) 10,500m 3 /h, multi type Two (2) electrical motor driven blowers, 100% each

Hydrocarbon gas sampling system

   for pump room: total four (4) sampling points for ballast tanks: each one (1) point per tank

I/G pressure indicator on the Wheel House shall be easily readable from the Cargo Control Station place.

330 Cargo Oil Tank Cleaning System

 

Tank cleaning system

   C.O.W and sea water washing

Tank cleaning heater

   one (1), 200m 3 /h, shell & tube type Heating up from 20°C to 70°C

Tank cleaning machine

   single nozzle, programmable type Ductile cast iron body

Portable T.C machine

   buyer’s supply

Tank cleaning hatch

   320mm dia. Bolted manhole
   - Two (2) for each C.O.T
   - One (1) for each slop tank

ODM system

   one (1) set as per IMO requirements

 

Page 12 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

340 Cargo Oil Heating System

 

Heating coil

   Al-brass, DN40mm dia. 2.0mm thickness

Heating media

   7kg/cm 2 steam

Heating up temp.

   cargo oil tank & slop tank (starboard) 50°C to 60°C within 96 hours at 5°C S.W/2°C air temp Slop tank (port) 44°C to 66°C within 24 hours at 5°C S.W/2°C air temp

Piping

   one (1) steam supply and one (1) drain main line

350 Other Cargo Equipment

 

Hand dipping device

   one (1), portable type

-1” deck seal valve

   three (3) for each C.O.T & one (1) for each slop tank

-2” deck seal valve

   one (1) for each C.O.T & slop tank

360 Bow Loading System

One (1) set of bow loading system (BLS), allowing loading from a submerged offshore loading system (OLS) at rated of 8,000m 3 /h shall be provided on the bow at ship’s center.

BLS - BOW LOADING SYSTEM - All the equipments of this system shall be supplied by one maker. The loading manifold shall be located on the forecastle deck at the ship’s center line and the mooring equipments (Roller Fair Lead and Chain Stopper) shall be located on a new platform over the load manifold. The loading manifold shall operate with a 20 inch North Sea Standard Valve connected to the extremity of a cargo hose 20 inch diameter and 110 m length, received from the F(P)SOs. Attention must be paid to the fact that at Campos Basin the mooring and cargo hose connections are made separately: the Hawser is pulled in and connected first and the cargo hose is pulled in and connected afterwards. The arrangement of the BLS equipments must be adequate for this operation.

The traction winch shall have a minimum pulling capacity of 70 t (0-15 m/min × 70 t; 0-40 m/min × 16.5 t; roper diam. = 20 - 120 mm; braking disc in stainless steel).

The BLS line valves (except coupler valve and crude oil valve) shall be of the same maker and type of the vessel cargo system.

 

Page 13 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

The space between the main deck and the new platform shall be closed by two longitudinal bulkheads and one fwd transverse bulkhead, in which shall be installed one bow door hydraulically operated, swing type (up and down) sliding type will not be accepted. Safe access shall be provided in order to allow a crew member to reach and disconnect/connect the bridle from/to the cargo hose, so as to keep it free for an ESD II request. Safety devices shall be fitted at bow area in order to allow the safeguard of crew (rail for safety belt, etc).

Two complete BLS operation stations must be provided; one at bow area and one in wheelhouse.

A drip tray must be provided to avoid small leakages from ball valve.

The bow loading system shall be designed also with the possibility to discharge the vessel through the BLS (requirement for operation at Single Buoy Mooring discharging terminals).

 

Page 14 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

410 Maneuvering Equipment

 

Steering gear

   one (1), electrical-hydraulic vane type (2×100% pump)

Schilling Rudder

   High performance Schilling Rudder shall be installed.

Bow thruster

  

one (1), tunnel type, CPP, 2,000kW

one (1), Retractable azimuth type, CPP, 2,200kW

Stern thruster

  

one (1), tunnel type, CPP, about 1,100kW

one (1), Retractable azimuth type, CPP, 2,200kW

Thruster safety margin:

   Under the Operational Weather Condition any one of the thrusters shall work continuously within the maximum limit of 85% of its maximum power.

If CPP thrusters are used, each thruster shall have one independent hydraulic unit, with two hydraulic pumps and auto-changeover.

If the vessel is fitted with M/E bridge wing control consoles, it shall be upgraded to have manual tunnel thrusters control as well.

Rope Cutters shall be installed at the main propeller shaft and at each thruster in order to protect the propeller blades against damage during mooring operations (as advised from Buyer that Rope Cutter is included in the thruster and propeller package).

420 Anchoring and Mooring Equipment

 

Windlass & Winch

   Two (2), combined with mooring winch
   El.-hydraulic (high press) with non-auto-tension
   1C/L + 2M/D + 1W/H, each
   Manual band brake, local control
   El.-hydraulic (high press) with non-auto-tension
   16MT × 15m/min
   Six (6), 2M/D + 1W/H, each
   Manual band brake, local control
   A brake test kit shall be provided

Power pack for deck machinery

   BLS power pack located at bosun’s store shall be commonly used to operate forward deck machinery. One (1) power pack capable of operating two (2) mooring Winches by two (2) hydraulic pumps at rated capacity shall Be provided at steering gear room

 

Page 15 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

Anchor

   two (2), high holding power type (no spare anchor)

Anchor chain cable

   one (1), butt welded stud link type, grade 3

Chain stopper

   two (2), roller dog type

Mooring rope

  

sixteen (16), steel wire type

30mm dia. × 200mm, each

Mooring fitting

   mooring chock shall be provided

Emergency towing/SPM

  

-on aft deck

-on forward deck

  

one (1), drum or box storage type, as per SOLAS

two (2), chain stopper, and one (10 chafe chain (8m)

BLS fitting excluding chafing chain shall be commonly

Used for emergency towing

Fore wire

  

two (2), galvanized wore (IRWC)

38mm dia. × 60m, each with manual storage reel

Mooring Arrangement

   The arrangement shall enable at least 6 mooring lines to be used on each area (4 head lines, 2 stern lines and/or breast lines). One strong point of 200t shall be provided on the main deck aft to comply with Petrobras offshore standard.

430 Deck Equipment and Outfitting

 

Cargo slop tank

 

one (1) per tank

& ballast tank access

 

700×1, 250mm, oval type, horizontal swivel type hatch

Sludge handing manhole

 

one (1) per tank, coamingless manhole, 800×600mm

For cargo and slop tank

 

Ballast tank access

 

One (1) per tank, coamingless manhole, 800×600mm

Engine room hatch

 

one (1), bolted type for provision crane, 1.5m × 2.0m

Pump room hatch

 

one (1), bolted type by pump room davit, 1.8m × 1.8m

 

Page 16 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

Accommodation ladder

   two (2), Al-alloy, vertical stowage type, fixed air motor driven

Wharf ladder

   buyer’s supply

Pilot ladder

   two (2), rope type without reel, each to be rigged on The lower platform of the accommodation ladder

Cargo tank ladder

   one (1) inclined ladder with upper vertical ladder for each tank

Ballast tank ladder

   two (2) vertical ladder for each tank in cargo area

Cargo hose handing Crane

   one (1), 15MT SWL, high pressure, hydraulic Single jib type hydraulic oil from power for mooring winches shall be Commonly used. (3.0m outreach from extreme breadth)

Provision crane

   two (2), 10m/min, hoisting speed, 3.0m outreach from Extreme breadth, single jib type(3.2MT SWL, each)

BLS service crane

   one (1), 5MT SWL, high pressure, hydraulic Single jib type 10m/min. hoisting speed, 8.0m working radius

Pump room davit

   one (1), 0.9MT SWL, el. Motor driven

Sludge handing davit

   one (1), 0.2MT SWL, el. Motor driven

Helicopter deck

   steel helicopter deck with winch mark as per ICS shall be Provided on upper deck

440 Lifesaving Equipment

 

Life boat

   one (1), F.R.P., totally enclosed freefall type, 40 persons fresh water Cooled diesel engine with electrical starting

Lifeboat davit

   one (1), freefall type davit made of fabricated steel

Rescue boat and davit

   one (1), high speed rescue boat (25knots with 3 persons on board)
   Six (6) persons capacity with one (1) single point hinged type davit

Life raft

   Two (2) × 20p, davit launchable type
   Two (2) × 20p Inflatable throw overboard type
   One (1) × 6p Inflatable throw overboard type on forward area

 

Page 17 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

Life raft davit

   one (1), single point hinged type davit

Pneumatic Line Thrower

   Following items shall be supplied:

(Supplied by Buyer)

   Two units, PLT Rescue 230 set, maker: Restech.
   Two units Art no. 1502 (Pivot Support) and two units Art no. 1503 (tube for Pivot Support). The tubes shall be installed in a permanent way at chain stopper deck and poop deck
   Two units Art no. 7004 (Heavy duty projectile with rubber tip)
   One unit Art no. 3303 (Short launching tube)
   Three units Art no. 6101 (Ball projectile)
   One unit Art no. 6303 (ball launching tube)
   Vessel shall have compressor to fill-up air cylinders.

PORTABLE VHF

   6 (six) units, with following characteristics shall be supplied:

(Supplied by Buyer)

   Maritime mobile standard and Intrinsically safe With leather carrying case, spare batteries and desktop charger Minimum channels: 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 71, 72, 73, 74 and 77

One spot emergency light for ETA main deck aft shall be installed.

450 Fire Fighting System

 

Engine room

   high expansion foam system and sea water system

Cargo pump room

   high expansion foam system and sea water system

Local application fire fighting fresh water spray system for engine room space

Cargo tank deck

   low expansion foam system and sea water system

Others

   sea water and/or portable fire extinguisher

Bow Loading Area

   One unit of Remote Controlled Fire Monitor shall be installed for BLS (Bow Loading System) area fire fighting (especially Coupling Valve) with remote control at wheelhouse.

 

Page 18 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

Smoke and Fire Detectors shall be installed at AZ Thruster rooms.

460 Hull Piping System

 

Water ballast pump

   two (2), 2,000m 3 /h×25mwc, centrifugal, el. Motor driven

Ballast piping

   two (2) main line system

Valve control

  

- Valve for main

   remote hydraulic Controlled butterfly valves

- others

   manual butterfly valves

Ballast eductor

   one (1), 300m 3 /h, ductile cast iron body

Water ballast pipe

   STPY400 or STPG370 12.7mm or sch80, ERW, T/E coating

Cargo oil pipe

   STPY400 or STPG370 12.7mm or sch80, ERW, T/E coating inside

Inert gas system

   STPG370 sch40, ERW, T/E coating inside

Fire & wash deck pipe

   STPG370 sch40, ERW, aluminizing for weather deck

Hot/cold water pipe

   copper or CPVC

In accommodation

  

Refrigerant pipe

   copper

Hydraulic Pipe for valve control

   multi-core (max. 4 cores, sus3161 ERW, sheath)

Hydraulic Pipe for deck machinery

  

- Pressure line

   carbon steel, SMLS

- return

   STPG370 sch80, ERW

Oil spill/bilge line

   at accommodation front with space valve and “U”

On weather deck

   trap drains to slop tank (P&S)

 

Page 19 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

500 Accommodation Arrangement

Complement

Vessel shall have accommodations and life-saving appliances for at least 40 people, as follows: 26 crew members in individual cabins with private bathroom, 2 cabins for cadets (4 places in each cabin) plus one cabin for repair team (6 men). Vessel shall have one mess room serving all crew, one smoking recreation room and one non-smoking recreation room and a gymnasium.

Lay out

Spaces in accommodation, each with about 2,100mm free height, shall be grouped as follow:

 

Public space

  

Common mess room

Duty mess room

Recreation room (smokers)

Recreation room (non-smokers)

Hospital

Gymnasium

Officer space

  

Deck office

Engine office

Sanitary space

  

Private shower/toilet

Common W.C

Hospital bath room

Officer laundry

Crew’s laundry with drying room

Officer’s changing room

Crew’s changing room

Catering space

  

Galley

Scullery area

Navigation space

  

Wheelhouse (incl. radio space and chart space)

Computer Server Room (near Navigation Bridge)

Corridor space

  

Corridor

Stairway

Control space

  

Cargo control room

Engine control room in engine room

Machinery space

  

Air handling unit room

Emergency generator room

Hydraulic Power unit room for valve control

Foam room & fire control station (emergency head quarter)

Provision space

  

Dry provision store

Refrigerated provision store

Sundry space

  

Converter room

Paint store

Deck store

Garbage store

Bonded store

Pipe/duct & electric cable trunk

Oxygen/acetylene bottle store

Other sundry stores and lockers

 

Page 20 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

510 Panel System

 

- partition wall

   total 50mm thick mineral wool board finished with 0.6mm thick gal. Steel coated with decorated PVC film on both sides

- lining wall

   total 25mm thick mineral wool board finished with 0.6mm thick gal. Steel coated with decorated PVC film on the visible side and gal. Steel on the other side.

- ceiling

   total 25mm thick mineral wool board finished with 0.6mm thick Steel coated with baked enamel paint
Lining & ceiling For catering space    SUS sheet (0.6mm thick) on visible side instead of galvanized steel Sheet with PVC film or enamel paint

520 Deck Covering

 

Underlay

   latex approximately. 10mm thick

Carpet

   captain class cabin, senior officer class cabins

Vinyl sheet (2mm thick)

   other cabins and public spaces except for spaces with carpet office space, control space, navigation space, recreation rooms Gymnasium & corridor space

Tile on cement

  

- mosaic tile

   sanitary space except laundry with drying room and changing room

- quarry tile

   catering space, laundry with drying room and changing room

 

Page 21 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

530 Accommodation Equipment and Material

 

Electric heated glass

   three (3), for wheel house front window

Window wiper

   three (3), electric single blade straight type

Clear view screen

   two (2), powered clear view screen (350mm dia.)

Wooden furniture

   melamine plastic laminate

Elevator

   shall not be provided

One (1) galley shall be furnished with following equipment:

One (1)-electric galley range with 4 plates and 1 oven (approximately 15kw)

One (1)-electric microwave oven (approximately 2.8kw)

One (1)-electric mixing machine (approximately 30L)

One (1)-electric refrigerator (approximately 400L)

One (1)-electric waste dispenser (approximately 0.75kw)

One (1)-electric frying pan (approximately 5.0kw)

One (1)-electric deep fat frier (approximately 7.0kw)

One (1)-electric potato peeler (approximately 3.6kg)

One (1)-electric meat slicer (portable, approximately 0.15kw)

One (1)-stainless steel hood with grease filter

One (1)-working table with drawer

Two (2)-dresser with double sinks, stainless steel top with drawer

One (1)-locker with 3 shelves, stainless steel

Two (2)-plate rack with cup hook

One (1)-cup board

One (1)-connection oven for bakery

One (1) common scullery area shall be provided.

Scullery area shall be furnished with following equipment:

One (1)-electric dish washer (about 25 racks/h, front loading type)

One (1)-electric hot plate (about 1.0kw)

One (1)-electric toaster (4 slicers)

One (1)-electric water boiler (approximately 9.0L)

Three (3)-electric coffee machine (approximately 1.8L)

One (1)-electric refrigerator approximately 200L)

One (1)-stainless steel dresser with double sink

One (1)-plate rack and cupboard

 

Page 22 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

One (1)-jug and cup hook

One (1)-working table with drawer (for utensil and cutlery)

One (1)-electric microwave oven (approximately 2.8kw)

Two (2) laundries shall be provided with following equipment:

Laundry equipment (1-officer’s laundry, 1-crew’s laundry) with follows:

Two (2)-automatic washing machine (about 7.0kg)

One (1)-electric drying tumble (about 5.0kg)

One (1)-electric hand iron (approximately 1.0kw)

One (1)-ironing board with working table

One (1)-laundry tub (stainless steel) with hot and cold fresh water faucets

One (1)-steel shelf

One (1)-stainless steel locker

One (1) drying room with one (1) 1.5kw electric heater and four (4) hanging rails with hook (crew’s laundry only)

540 Provision Stores and Refrigerating Plant

Refrigerated provision stores volume and temperature of compartment shall be as follows.

 

Compartment    Volume(m 3 )    Temperature(°C)

Meat room

   ~20    -23

Fish room

   ~10    -23

Vegetable room

   ~20    +4

Lobby

   ~10     

Dry provision store

   ~40    Air conditioned

Volume of each compartment may be adjusted in accordance with detail design of the accommodation arrangement.

550 Sanitary Equipment

 

Toilet system    vacuum type
Drinking water fountain    three (3), self contained deck mounting type

560 Air Condition System

Central, high pressure, single duct with heating system, R-407C, direct expansion type

 

Page 23 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

              Temperature(°C)
Dry bulb
  

Relative

humidity (%)

Summer season

   Outside air    +35    70
     Inside air    +27    50

Winter season

   Outside air    -15     
     Inside air    +21    50

 

Fresh air ratio:    50%
Air handling unit:    two (2), 50%
Condensing unit:    two (2), 50%
Heating medium:    7kg/cm2, saturated steam

Air changing rate (according to the rules /regulations)

 

compartment   

Air change

per hour

   Remarks
Private space    6     
Public space    8     
Office space    8     
Catering space    8    Spot air cooling/heating
Changing room    3    Spot air cooling/heating
Wheelhouse/radio space/chart space    10    Spot air cooling/heating
Dry provision store    5    Spot air cooling/heating
Laundry& drying room    8    Spot air cooling/heating
Cargo control room    10     

Remark: a fan coil unit for galley, one (1) set × 20,000kcal/h

 

Page 24 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

600 Engine Room Machinery General

 

H.F.O.    600cst at 50°C
Cooling    centralized F.W. cooling

Common F.O. system shall be applied for M/E & G/E.

601 Propeller and Shafting

 

Propeller    one (1), controllable pitch, Ni-Al-Br
Stern tube seal    compact lip seal (subject to discussion with Maker), 3-aft and 2-forward
Stern tube bush    cast iron with white metal lining
Inter shaft bearing    self lubricated, F.W cooling

602 Steam Generating Plant

 

Auxiliary boiler    one (1), 20 ton/h × 7 kg/cm2
Exhaust gas economizer    one (1), 1.2 ton/h × 7 kg/cm2 at M/E NCR

603 Electric Generating Plants

 

Main generator set    four (4), 2500kw × 720rpm, IP23, 4-stroke, inline
Emergency generator set    one (1), 700kW × 1800rpm, IP23 (MDO)

604 Purifier

 

H.F.O purifier    two (2), 3100L/h, automatic, self cleaning, sg=1.01
Main L.O. purifier    two (2), 2100L/h, automatic, self cleaning
D.O purifier    one (1), 600 L/h, automatic, self cleaning

 

Page 25 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

605 Centrifugal Pump

 

   Casing    impeller    shaft
F.W and feed W    cast iron    bronze    stainless steel
S.W (Ballast, Fire & Cooling)    bronze    stainless steel    stainless steel
S.W    bronze    phosphor bronze    stainless steel

606 Rotary Pump

 

   Gear pump    screw pump    single rotor pump
Casing    cast iron    cast iron    cast iron
Power rotor    —      carbon steel    stainless steel
Idle rotor    —      nodular cast iron    —  
Gear    carbon steel    —      —  
Shaft    carbon steel    —      —  
Stator    —      —      synthetic rubber

607 Tubular Type Heat Exchanger

 

Shell    steel plate or steel pipe
Water box    cast iron or steel fabricated
   Neoprene lining internally for S.W box
Tube plate    naval brass
Tube    Aluminum brass

608 Plate Type Heat Exchanger

 

Plate    titanium for S.W
   Stainless steel for F.W/L.O
Frame    mild steel

609 Piping

 

Cooling S.W    65mm and above    SPP or STPY, polyethylene coating inside
   50mm and below    STPG370E, sch. 80, galv.
Cooling F.W    all size    SPP
Compressed air      

 

Page 26 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

 

starting air       STPG370S, sch40
Control air       copper or STPG370E, sch.40
General Service       STPG370E, sch.40
Lubrication oil    all size    SPP
Fuel oil      
F.O circulating       STPG370S, sch.40
Purifier       STPG370E, sch.40
Feed water and    feed water delivery    STPG370S, sch.40
Condensate    other    SPP
Steam    supply 16kg/cm2    STPG370S, sch.40
   other    SPP
E/R bilge    all size    STPY or STPG370E, sch.40, galv.
Sanitary F.W    all size    copper or SPP, galv.
Sewage discharge    all size    STPG370E, sch.40, galv.
Heating coil*    all size    STPG370s, sch.80
Exhaust pipe    all size    welded steel plate or SPP

 

* drum type heating unit shall be provided.

610 Fuel Oil System

 

1- Fuel oil transfer pump

 

1- Diesel oil transfer pump

 

2- M.E & G.E fuel oil supply pump

 

2- M.E & G.E fuel oil circulating pump

 

1- Auxiliary boiler F.O. boost pump

 

1- M.E. & G.E viscorator

 

2- M.E. & G.E fuel oil heater

 

2- Auxiliary boiler fuel oil heater

 

1- M.E. & G.E. fuel oil auto filter

 

3- Fuel oil flow meter

 

Page 27 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

611 Lubrication Oil System

Uni-lubrication oil system shall be applied for main engine according to the main engine manufacture’s latest design

 

1- lubrication oil transfer pump

 

2- main lubrication oil pump

 

1- M.E. L.O cooler, plate type

 

1- M.E. L.O auto. Filter

612 Cooling System

Central cooling fresh water system shall be provided

 

2- main cooling sea water pump

 

2- Low temperature fresh water pump

 

1- I.G scrubber C.S.W pump

 

2- Deck water seal C.S.W pump

 

2- M.E. J. C. F. W. pump

 

2- Central F.W. cooler, each 50%, plate type

 

1- M.E. air cooler cleaning pump

 

1- anti-fouling device for cooling S.W

613 Compressed Air System

 

2- Main air compressor, reciprocating, water cooled

 

1- General service air compressor, screw, air cooled

 

1- Control air compressor, screw, air cooled

 

2- Main air reservoir

 

1- General Service air reservoir

 

1- Control air reservoir

 

2- Control air dryer

614 Steam, Condensate & Feed Water System

 

2- Auxiliary boiler feed pump

 

2- Boiler water circulating pump

 

1- Atmospheric dump drain condenser

 

Page 28 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

615 F.W Sanitary System

 

1- F.W. generator, 30 ton/day, plate type

 

1- F.W. hydrophore unit

 

1- calorifier

 

2- Hot water circulating pump

 

1- F.W sterilizer

616 Engine Room Bilge System

 

2- Fire, bilge & G.S. pump

 

1-

Oily water separator, 5m 3 /h

 

1- Sludge pump

 

1- Engine room bilge pump

617 Maintenance Equipment, Workshop Machinery

 

1- Engine room crane, overhead type

 

1- Lathe

 

1- Drilling machine

 

1- Grinder

 

1- Gas welder

 

1- Electric arc welder

618 Engine Room Ventilation

 

4- Engine room supply fan, two (2) sets reversible, and axial flow type

 

1- Purifier room exhaust fan. Mushroom header type

 

1- Exhaust fan for welding space

 

1- Unit cooler for engine control room, package type

619 Waste Disposal System

 

1- Incinerator, 500,000kcal/h

 

1- Sewage treatment, biological, vacuum device combined type

 

Page 29 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

700 Automation System

Remote and automatic controls and instrumentation shall be provided for the propulsion plant and auxiliary according to the requirements of the class for unattended machinery space.

710 Control Space

Engine control room (ECR)

Cargo control room (CCR)

Wheelhouse

720 Automation System for Machinery

 

Main engine remote control system    wheelhouse, bridge wings and ECR
Auxiliary equipment control system   

Steam generating plant

   local manual/automatic control

Electric generating plant

   remote manual/ automatic control

730 Integrated Control and Monitoring System (ICMS)

Redundant process station

Man-machine interface

2×20” CRT, 2 × keyboard, 2 × printer in ECR

2×20” CRT, 2 × keyboard, l × printer in CCR

2×20” CRT, 2 × keyboard in wheelhouse

1× UPS

Alarm and monitoring for engine room operation

Binary signal: approximately 150 points

Analog signal: approximately 100 points

Stand-by start of essential pumps in engine room

Control and monitoring for cargo/ballast system

740 Cargo and Ballast Monitoring System

Remote sounding and draught measuring system:

Air purge type, for each water ballast tank, peak tank and draught (4)

Electric pressure transducer type, for each H.F.O & D.O. storage, settling, service tank

Draught measurement

Cargo monitoring system:

Integrated into ICMS

Cargo tanks and slop tanks level (radar beam type) and temperature (2 points/tank)

Remote operation and indication of cargo valve and ballast valve

Cargo manifold pressure indication

Remote control reading of liquid pressure/temperature

 

Page 30 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

Cargo Control System:

Cargo Control System shall be installed with two (2) control stations located in the Wheel House. The system shall allow the supervision and control of cargo load and discharge operations from either CCR or Wheel House. All the information and controls necessary for a safe cargo loading operation shall be available at both sites, including start/stop/control of cargo and ballast pumps, open/close of the cargo and ballast valves needed for those operations, cargo and ballast tanks level and temperature measurement and inert gas. Cargo tanks level measurement system shall be of Radar Type with readings at Wheelhouse and CCR.

Ballast Monitoring System:

Ballast tanks and peak tanks level

 

Independent overfill alarm system    to be provided
Loading calculator    one (1), on-line

750 Alarm and Calling System

 

1- emergency general alarm system

 

1- fire detection system

 

1- foam release alarm system

 

1- emergency engineer alarm system

 

1- hospital calling system

 

1- ref. chamber alarm system

 

1- engine room dead man alarm system

 

1- engine room patrol man call alarm

The alarm and monitoring system shall have one Operator Station at Wheel House and one at ECR. Bilge Alarm for Thrusters rooms shall generate audio and visual indication on ECR, CCR and Wheel House. All pitch command and feed back signals as well the power consumption and trip signals to have failsafe (wire break) and out-of-range monitoring functions.

Alarms shall be provided for redundant power supplies and UPS.

 

Page 31 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

760 Dynamic Positioning System

DPS - DYNAMIC POSITIONING SYSTEM A dual system, SDP21 with two (02) SDP-OS Operator Station, one Joystick Station and a Dual Redundant Controller Unit, type DPC-22 shall be fitted.

DP sensors to be included in the system are: 2 MRUs, 2 Wind Sensors with separated displays and 2 Gyros (one can be the vessels Gyro), both being capable to be used in DP System and navigation, as well.

DP system shall be interfaced to the thrusters, CPP, Rudder, ME, Power Management System, Vessel Monitoring and Control System and Vessels draft. The system shall incorporate the following softwares: “Tandem Mode”, Weather Vane Mode, “On Line Capability Plot”, “On Line Consequence Analysis” and “Motion Prediction”. One wheelhouse display for Hawser Tension, with large digits shall be provided (Simrad/London Electronics Ltd P1754 or equivalent).

One (1) DP Operator chair installed over rails that enable the chair to access all control consoles to be provided.

PRS - Position Reference Systems: The vessel shall be fitted with: one ARTEMIS MK5, one DARPS 700 and one Fanbeam MK4. The antennas of the Artemis, the Fanbeam and one DARPS GPS shall be installed on the forward mast. Receivers for GPS corrections to be included: IALA, Petrobras UHF465, Fugro (Spot Beam and Inmarsat).

PMS - POSITION MONITORING SYSTEM - An independent system capable of logging all reference systems and to evaluate the function of same systems in parallel with DP systems (BLOM Logger or similar) shall be fitted. All logged data shall be available for retrieval as open files (excel or similar).

THRUSTERS (Can be hydraulic CPP or fixed pitch with variable frequency driver)

ZERO PITCH SYSTEM: M/E Controlled Pitch Propeller shall be fitted with a Zero Pitch System.

ME shall be prepared for DP operation with close attention for slow speed operation.

New auxiliary thrusters to be installed as follows:

 

   

one (1) bow tunnel thruster with 2,000 kW;

 

   

one (1) stern tunnel thruster with 1,100 kW;

 

   

one bow azimuth thruster (retractable or swing-up type) with 2,200kW;

 

   

one stern azimuth thruster (retractable or swing-up type) with 2,200 kW;

 

Page 32 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

The vessel shall load at F(P)SO’s equipped either with turret system or spread moored system. The entire integrated DP system, including power units, shall have the following Operating Weather Conditions for mooring / loading operations / unmooring:

 

Wave:        Hs = 3.5 m      Tp = 9.0 s      
Wind        Vv = 15,0 m/s      
Current        Vc =1.10 m/s      

DP Capability Plots shall be calculated considering:

 

   

Turret type F(P)SO’s: waves and wind in the same direction of the shuttle tanker (0 degree with bow) and the current rotating.

 

   

Spread Moored type F(P)SO’s: waves and wind in the same direction of the shuttle tanker (0 degree with bow) and the current rotating, as well as current in the same direction of the shuttle tanker (0 degree with bow) and wind/waves rotating.

The Capability Plots shall be calculated both for normal ballast condition and for full load condition. For each condition, the following sub-conditions shall be considered:

all thrusters available (bow tunnel thruster, bow azimuth thruster, stern azimuth thruster, stern tunnel thruster and main propeller × rudder);

all thrusters available except the bow tunnel thruster;

all thrusters available except the bow azimuth thruster;

all thrusters available except the stern tunnel thruster;

all thrusters available except the stern azimuth thruster;

all thrusters available except the set main propeller × rudder.

Each Load Condition × Thruster Availability shall be plotted considering current velocities of 0.5 knot, 1.0 knot, 1.5 knots and 2.0 knots and wind velocities of 6.0 m/s, 10.0 m/s, 14.0 m/s and 16.0 m/s.

There shall be presented 96 Capability Plots. In earlier design stage, five (5) cases with 2.0 knots current and 16.0m/s wind shall be presented.

Although not required by class, redundancy at control and supervision level shall be extensively implemented.

 

Page 33 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

FMEA (FAILURE MODE AND EFFECT ANALYSIS) shall be performed by a third party, and shall include a theoretical study and proving trials. It shall be performed to determine the suitability and reliability of vital system and to identify any failures that may lead to a loss of position, loss of power generation or a loss of main propulsion while the vessel is operating in DP mode. After the conversion works a FMEA proving trial shall be carried out on board in order to verify the theoretical analysis. A final report shall be issued and critical findings shall be properly corrected.

770 Miscellaneous

CCTV system

CCTV - Close Circuit Color Television Monitoring System One full matrix switched system with PTZ (pan, tilt and zoon) cameras shall be installed.

Recommended minimum system:

Camera:

1- for Coupling Valve,

1- for BLS Winch,

1- at fwd Mast,

1- at each Thruster room,

2- at amidships mast — manifolds supervision,

1- at Main Deck aft and 2 for Engine Room.

Monitors and Control Panel at Bridge — (3 monitors and 1 Control Panel),

Engine Room (2 monitors and 1 Control Panel) and

Cargo Control Room (1 monitor and 1 Control Panel)

Location of the cameras shall be discussed according to the project and vessels particulars.

Local area network

LAN cables (CAT.5) and wall sockets for nine (9) locations: builder’s scope

All hardware (PCs, hub and server): buyer’s scope

TELEMETRY

TELEMETRY shall be provided by the Buyer. Details of the system will be supplied in due time.

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS

Hydraulic power systems shall have dedicated oil filter CJC type or equivalent per system. The following systems, if fitted, must have their own CJC filter:

M/E CPP

Thrusters CPP

BLS winch

 

Page 34 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES AND REDUNDANT POWER SUPPLIES

UPSs shall be provided for DP System equipments, sensors and controllers. At least two UPSs shall be used to provide full redundancy for DP System equipments, sensors and PRS. Control System of new engines and thrusters shall have a redundant power supply. Signal splitter units shall have power supply from same source that feeds the signal generator equipment.

 

Page 35 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

800 Electric System

Applied voltage: AC440V, AC220V, 60Hz and/or DC 24V

Electric cable: the cable throughout vessel shall be compliance with IEC60332-1 (flame retardant)

Engine room:

Ethylene propylene rubber insulated PVC sheathed and steel and/or copper wire braided

Weather deck:

E.P rubber insulated PVC sheathed and steel and/or copper wire braided with PVC covering

Accommodation:

Ethylene propylene rubber insulated PVC sheathed

810 Electric Source

The generators shall serve under various conditions as follows:

 

Normal see going:

  lx D/G    

Maneuvering with 1-bow thruster

  2x D/G    

Cargo loading in DP mode

  4x D/G with open bus-tie    

Cargo discharging

  3x D/G    

Rest in port

  lx D/G or lx E/G    

Transformers:

 

2- 1500KVA 6600V/445V three phase for 440V general service

 

2- 160KVA 440V/225V three phase for 220V general service

 

2- 60KVA 440V/225V three phase for emergency

 

3- 5KVA 440V/225V single phase for ship’s forward service

Storage battery

1-220AH, DC24V maintenance free sealed lead-acid type for general use

1-maintenance free sealed lead-acid type for radio plant

Each battery set shall have separate battery charger

 

Page 36 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

820 Switchboard

6600V main switchboard

Four (4) diesel generator panels, one (1) bus tie panel, two (2) transformer feeders, four (4) thruster feeder/starters (both feeder for stern thruster), three (3) cargo pump feeder/starters

440V switchboard

one (1) bus tie panel, two (2) 440V feeder panels, two (2) 220V feeder panels and two (2) group starter panels (fixed type)

Emergency switchboard

one (1) emergency generator panel, one (1) 440V emergency feeder panel, one (1) 220V emergency feeder panel, one (1) group starter panels (fixed type) and shore connection facility (AC440V, 60Hz, 3Ph, 500A)

 

Distribution boards

   to be provided in accordance with detail design

Test panel

   not to be provided

The following functions are required on the Power Management System (to be integrated in Automation System):

load dependent start/stop

start blocking of heavy consumers

blackout recovery

load sharing with options: symmetric/asymmetric load sharing,

fixed load and manual load sharing

power limitation / thruster pitch reduction

load shedding

mimic graphics - showing power consumption of thrusters, load of gensets, etc., to provide a quick view of status and safety margins during DP operations.

 

Page 37 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

830 Electric Motor and Starter

Motor

High voltage motors shall be supplied in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard and IEC. Squirrel cage induction type and insulation class B or F.

 

Motors in E/R floor deck      

and below

   totally enclosed type (IP44)   

Motors in E/R others

   drip proof (IP23)   

Accommodation and other space

   drip proof (IP23)   

Exposed to weather

   water proof type (IP56)   

Motors installed on weather deck, steering gear motor, emergency fire pump motor, hydraulic Oil pump motor for deck machinery/thrusters, ballast pump motors and high voltage motors shall be provided with space heater.

Starter

Over current protection by thermal two-element type over current relay shall be applied. Ammeter shall be provided for motors with capacity 15kw and above.

Running meters for the duplicated motors.

840 Lighting System

The lighting shall be fed from the 220V, 60Hz, 1Ph, normal & emergency supply system.

 

Machinery space

   halogen lamp, fluorescent lamp, incandescent lamp   

Accommodation

   fluorescent lamp, incandescent lamp   

Space exposed to weather

   high pressure sodium flood lamp, incandescent lamp   

3kw Suez Canal search light

   buyer’s supply   

2kw search light

   buyer’s supply. One search light shall be installed at bow (fwd mast), with remote control on wheelhouse. Minimum capacities: 2,000W, 250 meters range   

Navigation & signal lights to be connected to a panel with control switches and indication lamps graphically arranged, audible and visible signal alarm, and the panel to be installed in bridge control console.

Lighting on wheelhouse shall be compliance with the requirements for DP and Cargo Operation.

 

Page 38 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

850 Navigation Equipment

1-magnetic compass (transmitting type)

1-Auto pilot with a course recorder and 3 gyro compass with five (5) gyro repeater

1-rudder angle indicator (4-indicators)

1-echo sounder with one (1) transducer, 1-digital depth indicator

1-doppler speed log (2-axis type) with two (2) remote indicators

2-radar

S-band 17” CRT with ARPA

X-band, 17” CRT with ARPA

1-integrated navigation system

1 set, navigation information display

2 sets, ECDIS (21”)

2-anemometer and anemoscope (a part of DP system)

2-DGPS navigator

1-automtic identification system

1-voyage data recorder

860 Radio Equipment

Radio equipment to comply with the GMDSS requirement for A3.area

1-radio station (250W)

MF/HF transceiver with DSC control unit

DSC watch keeping receiver

2-VHF radio telephone with one (1) DSC watch receiver

1-INMARSAT B

1-INMARSAT C

1-satellite E.P.I.R.B

1-navtex receiver

1-weather facsimile

3-Portable VHF transceiver

2-Radar transponder

8-portable UHF transceiver (walkie-talkie)

1-telemetry system for shuttle tanker

External communication equipment shall comply with GMDSS area 3 requirement.

 

Page 39 of 40


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

 

870 Communication Equipment

1-auto telephone (56 lines)

1-sound powered telephone (9 stations)

1-public address (dual 400w amp.) & talk-back system (4 stations)

1-whistle (each one air horn and electric horn)

1-electric clock system (13 slave clocks)

1-ship security alert system

880 Entertainment Equipment

1-broadcast & television receiving communal aerial system

TV SET, Hi-Fi stereo sets etc. recreation equipment no to be supplied by the builder.

890 Instrumentation

The instrumentation used on power and distribution panels, the main circuit breaks and protective devices shall have valid certificates of calibration. If these certificates are not available, or if they are out of date, calibration to be performed (preferably during conversion time) and new certificates to be issued by a company recognized by a major class society. The following instruments must have calibration certificates:

Instruments of Main and Emergency Switchboard Voltmeters, Ammeters, Power meters, etc.

Main circuit breaks (generators, bus ties, thrusters and heavy consumers) Overhaul revision and trip levels verified.

Protective devices of M/E, D/Gs and most important equipment (thermostats, pressure switches, sensors, etc.)

 

Page 40 of 40


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

1

 

 

 

 

ORIGINAL

 

Note on Status:

 

A      Submitted for Owner Review.

B      Owner’s comments incorporated.

C      Submitted for Class Society Review.

D      Class Society’s comments incorporated.

E       Issued for Construction.

F       As-built Drawings.

   
                     
                          
                          
                          
                          
           
25-Oct-07    1    Revised as per Owner Comments.    F. B. Liu     S. Y. Wang     W. J. Zhu
6-Oct-07    0    Issued for review.    F. B. Liu     S. Y. Wang     W. J. Zhu
Date    Rev. No.    Description    Designed     Checked     Approved
STATUS        A B C D E F
       
BUILDER    COSCO SHIPYARD GROUP CO. LTD    HULL NO.    TBA
      CLASS    DNV
OWNER    LOGO    Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

Smedasundet 40, N-5529 Haugesund, Norway

Tel +47 52 70 40 00 Fax +47 52 70 40 40 Website: www.knutsenoas.com

   
PROJECT    105,000DWT Afrmax DP Shuttle Tanker
MAKER LIST    DWG. NO.    T0184-000-04
   SFI NO.    N/A
   SCALE    SHEET    DATE
   N/A    1 of 12    25-Oct-07

LOGO

   COSCO SHIPYARD GROUP CO. LTD
   No. 37 Dongbei Road, E.T.D.Z District, Dalian, China    Email: offshore@cosco-shipyard.com
   Tel: +86 411 3922 9421 Fax: +86 411 3922 9420    Website: www.cosco-shipyard.com
 
This drawing or document is the intellectual property of COSCO shipyard group Co., Ltd and may not be reproduced, sold or use in whole or in parts for any propurse without the written approval of COSCO shipyard group Co. Ltd.


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

2

 

 

 

1. MATERIAL PROTECTION & CARGO HANDLING & OUTFITTING

 

No.    ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

1

   PAINT    INTERNATIONAL PAINT      China
      HEMPEL      Ditto
      SIGMA      Ditto
      JOTUN      Ditto

2

   ICCP    ACG      Italy
      CATHELCO      UK
      KC LTD      Korea
      WILSON WALTON      UK

3

   CARGO OIL & BALLAST PUMP    HAMWORTHY KSE      Singapore
      SHINKO      Japan

4

   REMOTE CONTROL VALVES FOR CARGO & BALLAST SYSTEM    DANFOSS       
      PLEIGER      Germany
      NAKAKITA      Japan
      SCANA HYDRAULIC      Norway

5

   INERT GAS PLANT    HAMWORTHY KSE      Norway
      AIR PRODUCT      Norway
      AALBORG /SMIT      Denmark

6

   ODMS    SEIL SERES      Korea
      JOWA      Sweden
      VAFKO      Korea

7

   P/V VALVE    TANK TECHEIL SERES      Korea
      SEWON      Korea
      PRESS-VAC      Denmark

8

   TANK CLEAN MACHINE    CONSILIUM TOFTEJORG      Sweden
      POLAR MARINE      Norway
      ALVA LAVAL      Sweden
      SCANJET      Sweden

9

   BOW LOADING SYSTEM    PUSNES      Norway
      APL      Norway

10

   GRE PIPE    AMERON      Singapore
      EDO (FIBERBOND)      U.S.A

11

   HAND DIPPING DEVICE    MMC ASIA      Japan
      TANK SYSTEM      Switzerland
      TANK TECH      Korea

12

   STEERING GEAR    PORSGRUND      Norway
      HATLAPA      China
      ROLLS ROYCE / ULSTEIN      Norway
      KAWASAKI WUHAN      China


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

3

 

 

 

No.    ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

13

   THRUSTER    BRUNVOLL      Norway
      ROLLS ROYCE / ULSTEIN      Norway
      LIPS      Holland
      KAWASAKI      Japan

14

  

WINDLASS AND

MOORING WINCH

   HATLAPA      China
      ROLLS- ROYCE      Norway/China
      IHI      China
      KAWASAKI WUHAN      China
      PUSNES      Norway

15

   ANCHOR    WUZHOU MARINE CASTING PLANT      China
      ZHENJIANG ZHENGMAO GROUP      China
      RUGAO HAIYANG      China
      JIANGSU YUANYANG      China

16

   CHAIN CABLE    CHINA       

17

   CHAIN CABLE STOPPER    CHINA       

18

   EMERGENCY TOWING    TANK TECH      USA

19

   ACCOMMODATION LADDER & WINCH    ZHENGJIANG LISHENG      China
      JIANGYAN MARINE EQUIPMENT PLANT      China
      HUANGSHAN XINGHAI MARINE EQUIPMENT PLANT      China
      JIANGSU VICTOR MARINE AUX. C/L      China

20

   LIFEBOAT & RESCUE BOAT    JIANGYIN NORSAFE      China
      HARDING      China
      JIANGYIN XINJIANG      China
      HATECKE      Germany

21

   LIFEBOAT & RESCUE DAVIT    BEIHAI S/Y (CHINA)      China
      JIANGSU VICTOR MARINE AUX. C/L (CHINA)      China
      JIANGYIN NORSAFE      China
      HADING      China
      HATECKE      Germany


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

4

 

 

 

No.    ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

22

   LIFERAFT    HYGRAPHA      Germany
      DSB      Germany
      VIKING      Denmark
      RFD      U.K
      CHINA-MADE       

23

   PROVISION CRANE    JIANGYIN HUADONG      China
      DREGGEN      Norway/China
      TTS      China

24

   CO2 FIRE EXTINGISHING    UNITOR      Norway
      NK      Korea
      SEAPLUS      Korea
      TYCO      U.K

25

   FOAM FIRE EXTINGISHING    UNITOR      Norway
      NK      Korea
      SEAPLUS      Korea
      TYCO      U.K

26

   SURVIVAL SUITS    VIKING      Denmark
      RFD      U.K

27

   FIREMAN’S OUTFIT (LOOSE PARTS)    UNITOR      Norway
      NK      Korea

28

   LOOSE LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT    COSCO      Korea
      UNITOR      Norway

29

   CARGO CONTROL SYSTEM    BJORGE STEINCO      Norway
      LYNGSO MARINE      Denmark
      KONGSBERG      Norway
      MOLAND       

30

   LOADING COMPUTER    TECHMARINE      Korea
      NAPA      Finland
      CONSULTAS      Norway
      MARINE ALIGNMENT      Denmark


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

5

 

 

 

2. ACCOMMODATION

 

NO.    ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

1

   INSULATION    CHINA       

2

   DECK COVERING    CHINA       

3

   PARTITION WALL, CEILING    CHAO YANG MACHINERY PLANT      China
      HUANAN BUILDING MATERIALS CO., LTD      China
      JIANG SU HAI LU (CHINA)      China

4

   LAVATORY UNIT    CHAO YANG MACHINERY PLANT      China
      SHANGHAI HUI HE      China
      NORAC-SUZHOU      China

5

   GRP DOOR    LIBRA      Norway/China

6

   FURNITURE    CHINA       

7

   GALLEY AND LAUNDRY    ELECTROLUX      Sweden
      AROX      Singapore
      SAMJOO      Korea
      METOS      Finland
      BEHA HEDO      Norway

8

   TOILET UNIT    BULL      Korea
      WARTSILA      Korea

9

   VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM    JETS      Norway
      EVAC      Finland

10

   AIR CONDITIONING PLANT, PROVISION REFRIGERATING, PLANT    HEINEN & HOPMAN      Holland
      SABROE      Denmark
      NAMIREI/DAIKIN      Japan
      VIKING      Singapore
      HI-PRESS       

11

   WINDOW WIPER    JUNG-A      Korea
      WYNE      U.K


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

6

 

 

 

3. MACHINERY PART

 

No.     ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

1

   MAIN ENGINE    MAN B&W      China
      WARTSILA      Finland
      MAN B&W      Japan

2

   PROPELLER    ROLLS-ROYCE      Sweden
      LIPS      Holland
      KAWASAKI      Japan

3

   AUXILIARY BOILER    AALBORG      China
      SAACKE      China
      MITSUBISHI      Japan

4

   EXHAUST GAS ECONONIZER    AALBORG      China
      SAACKE      China
      MITSUBISHI      Japan
      KANGRIM      Korea

5

   AUXILIARY ENGINE    WARTSILA      Korea
      DAIHATSHU      China
      MAN B&W HOLEBY      Denmark
      Mak      German

6

   EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATING SET    NORHAVN      Denmark
      CUMMINS      China
      LINDEBERG +ANLAGEN      Germany
      CARTEPILLAR      USA

7

   PURIFIER    ALFA-LAVAL      Sweden
      WESTFALIA      Germany

8

   F.O SUPPLY MODULER UNIT    KUPER+WOLF      Germany
      AURAMARINE ASIA LTD (CHINA)      China
      ALFA LAVAL      Sweden

9

   CENTRIFUGAL PUMP    ALLWEILER      Germany
      SHINKO      Japan
      HAMWORTHY      Norway
   GEAR PUMP    ALLWEILER      Germany
      HAMWORTHY      Norway
   EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP    SHINKO      Japan
      ALLWEILER      Germany
      HAMWORTHY      Norway

10

   AIR COMPRESSOR    HATLAPA      Germany
      NK      Germany
      SPERRE      Norway


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

7

 

 

 

No.     ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

11 

   F.W. GENERATOR    SERCK      Germany
      ALFA-LAVAL      Sweden
      JOWA      Sweden
      SONDEX      Denmark
      APV      Denmark

12 

   PLATE COOLER    GEA      Germany
      APV      Denmark
      DONGHWA      Korea
      SONDEX      Denmark
      DHP      Korea
      LHE      Korea
      ALFA-LAVAL      Sweden

13 

   TUBULAR COOLER / CONDENSER    DONG HEA      Korea

14 

   OIL HEATER    DONG HEA      Korea

15 

   INCINERATOR    TEAMTEC      Norway/China
      KANGRIM      Korea
      ATLAS      Germany

16 

   OILY WATER SEPARATOR    MARINFLOC      Sweden
      JOWA      Sweden
      B+V      Germany
      RWO      Germany
      HAMWORTHY      Norway

17 

   MARINE GROWTH PREVENTION SYSTEM    ACG      Italy
      CATHELCO      UK
      CWC      Holland
      WILSON WALTON      UK

18 

   SHELL-TUBE TYPE HEAT EXCHENGER    NANTONG MACHINERY WORKS      China
      NANTONG SHENTONG MACHINICAL FACTORY      China
      NANTONG CSEMC MACHINERY MANUFACTURE      China

19 

   STERNTUBE SEAL    B+V      Germany
      JMT      Japan
      KOBELCO      Japan
      CEDERVAL      Sweden
      IHC      Holland


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

8

 

 

 

No.     ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

20 

   FANS    HENGYUAN (CHINA)      China
      QINGDAO MARINE EQUIPMENT CO. (CHINA)      China
      JIANGSU ZHAOSHENG (CHINA)      China

21 

   SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT    HAMWORTHY      Sweden
      JONGHAP      Korea
      CHANGWON      Korea
      TAIKO      China
      JOWA      Sweden

22 

   FIXED WATER MIST FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM    YORK REFRIERATION       
      UNITOR      Norway
      TYCO      Japan
      CHINA-MADE       

23 

   TEMPERATURE REGULATING, VALVE ONLY THREE WAY    AMOT      U.K
      ODIN      Denmark
      NAKAKITA      Japan
      FISCHER(USA)      USA

24 

   ENGINE ROOM CRANE    CHINA       

25 

   COMPRESSED AIR DRYER    BOGE      Germany
      SABROE      Germany
      NIPPON CONTROL      Japan
      BEKO      Germany

26 

   AUTO. CLEANING FILTER    ALFA – LAVAL      Sweden
      B&K      Germany/China
      AMEROID      Japan
      KUP-WOLF      Germany

27 

   OTHER FILTER    CHINA       

28 

   AIR RESERVOIR    SHAZHOU MARINE BOILER FACTORY      China
      JIUJIANG MARINE MACHINERY PLANT      China
      TAIZHOU YONG TAI      China

29 

   F.W. HYDROPHORE TANK AND CALORIFIER    NANTONG MARINE MACHINERY PLANT      China
      TAIXIN MARINE MACHINERY PLANT      China
      JIANGSU NANJI      China


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

9

 

 

 

No.     ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

30 

   POTABLE WATER STERILIZER    JOWA      Sweden
      SERCK      Germany
      RENKEN      Germany
      NIPPON CONTROL      Japan
      SAFETEC      Singapore


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

10

 

 

 

4. ELECTRIC PART

 

No.     ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

1

   DP SYSTEM    KONGSBERG      Norway
      ALSTOM      UK

2

   ICMS    LYNGSOE MARINE      Norway
      KONGSBERG      Norway

3

   CARGO TANK LEVEL GAUGE SYSTEM (RADAR BEAM TYPE)    AUXITROL      France
      SAAB      Sweden
      AUTRONICA      Norway

4

   BALLAST & FO TANK LEVEL GAUGE SYSTEM (AIR PURGE TYPE)    HANLA      Korea
      AUXITROL      France

5

   INDEPENDENT HIGH LEVEL ALARM SYSTEM    HANLA      Korea
      AUXITROL      France

6

   GAS SAMPLING & DETECTION SYSTEM    HANLA      Korea
      CONSILIUM      Sweden
      RIKEN      Japan
      KYOMO      Japan

7

   VAPOUR RECOVERY SYSTEM    HANLA      Korea

8

   CCTV    HERNIS      Norway
      OCEANOR      Norway
      CMR      Korea

9

   FIRE DETECTING SYSTEM    UNITOR      Norway
      CONSILIUM      Sweden
      THORN      U.K
      OKI-NHE      Japan
      APOLLO      U.K
      AUTRONICA      Norway

10

   ELECTRIC GENERATOR (HIGH/LOW VOLTAGE)    ABB      Sweden
      SIEMENS      Germany
      WEG      Brazil/China

11

   ELECTRIC MOTOR (HIGH/LOW VOLTAGE)    ABB      Sweden
      SIEMENS      Germany
      WEG      Brazil/China

12

   SWITCHBOARD / STARTER / DISTRIBUTION BOARD (LOW VOLTAGE)    SCHNEIDER      China
      ABB      China
      WEG      Brazil/China
      HDW      China


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

11

 

 

 

No.     ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

13 

   SWITCHBOARD / STARTER (HIGH VOLTAGE)    TERASAKI      Japan
      IMTECH      Holland
      ABB      Sweden
      WEG      Brazil/China
      HDW      Germany

14 

   IBS / NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT    KONGSBERG NORCONTROL      Norway
      JRC      Japan
      FURUNO      Japan
      TOKIMEC INC.      Japan

15 

   CYRO COMPASS / AUTO PILOT / MAGNETIC COMPASS    C-PLATH      Germany
      IBS MARKER       

16 

   RADIO PLANT (GMDSS )    FURUNO      Japan
      TOKIMEC INC.      Japan
      JRC      Japan
      IBS MARKER       

17 

   AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE SYSTEM / SOUND POWER TELEPHONE/PA    GITIESSE      Italy
      VINGTOR      Norway
      PHONTECH      Norway
      OKI-NHE      Japan
      KC      Korea
      MRC      Korea

18 

   SPEED LOG    C.PLATH      Germany
      YOKOGAWA      Japan
      FURUNO      Japan

19 

   SSAS    FURUNO      Japan
      TOKIMEC INC.      Japan
      JRC      Japan

20 

   VDR    FURUNO      Japan
      TOKIMEC INC.      Japan
      CONSILIUM      Sweden
      HAILAND      China
      JRC      Japan

21 

   AIS    FURUNO      Japan
      TOKIMEC INC.      Japan
      JRC      Japan

22 

   AIR HORN (TYFON)    ZOLLER      Germany
      KOCKUMS      Sweden
      SARACOM      Korea
      IBUKI      Japan


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

Page

12

 

 

 

No.   ITEM    MANUFACTURER      REMARKS

23

  NAVIGATION AND SIGNAL LIGHTS    AQUA      Germany
     PERERS & BEY      Germany
     SANSHIN      Japan
     GLAMOX      Norway
     KUKDONG      Korea
     HAI XING      China

24

  LIGHTING FIXTURES    HAIXING      China
     GLAMOX      Norway/China
     HULE      China
     TIANCHANG      China
     DALIAN      China

25

  STORAGE BATTERY & CHARGING & DISTRIBUTION PANEL    SWITCHBOARD MAKER       

26

  CABLE    YANG ZHOU YUANYANG CABLE FACTORY      China
     CHANGZHOU MARINE CABLE FACTORY      China
     SHANGSHANG      China

27

  MONITORING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT    LYNGSOE MARINE      Denmark
     KONGSBERG      Norway

28

  MAIN ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM    LYNGSOE MARINE      Denmark
     KONGSBERG      Norway

29

  CONSOLE    MADE IN CHINA       


   LOGO

 

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

and

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

and

Fronape International Company

and

Petrobras Transporte SA—Transpetro

and

Fronape International Company B.V.

Novation Agreement

in respect of

the Bareboat Charter of FORTALEZA KNUTSEN and the Management Agreement of

FORTALEZA KNUTSEN

 

 


Agreement

Dated: June, 27 th , 2012.

Between:

 

(1) KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS a company incorporated in Norway, and having its registered place of business at Smedasundet 40, 5519 Haugesund, Norway (the Owner );

 

(2) KNUTSEN OAS SHIPPING AS a company incorporated in Norway, and having its registered place of business at Smedasundet 40, 5519 Haugesund, Norway (the Manager );

 

(3) FRONAPE INTERNATIONAL COMPANY a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is at P.O. Box 714, Georgetown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands (the Old Charterer );

 

(4) PETROBRAS TRANSPORTE S.A.—TRANSPETRO a company incorporated in Brazil whose registered office is at Av Presidente Vargas, 328, 20091-060, Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil ( Transpetro ); and

 

(5) FRONAPE INTERNATIONAL COMPANY B.V. a company incorporated in the Netherlands, whose registered office is at Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097jbm, Amsterdam, The Netherlands (the New Charterer ).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) This Agreement is supplemental to:

 

  (i) a bareboat charter in respect of the Vessel dated 14 November 2007 and made between the Owner (as registered owner of the Vessel), the Old Charterer and Transpetro (the Bareboat Charter ), a copy of which is annexed to this Agreement for reference; and

 

  (ii) a management agreement in respect of the Vessel dated 8 December 2010 and made between the Old Charterer (as disponent owner of the Vessel) and the Manager (the Management Agreement ), a copy of which is annexed to this Agreement for reference.

 

(B) Pursuant to a corporate restructuring the Old Charterer, with the consent of the Owner, the Manager and Transpetro, wishes to novate the Bareboat Charter and the Management Agreement to the New Charterer.

 

2

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1


1 Definitions

Words and expressions defined in the Bareboat Charter and or, as the case may be, the Management Agreement shall, unless the context requires otherwise, have the same meaning when used in this Agreement and in addition:

 

1.1 Effective Date shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 2;

 

1.2 Mortgagee means DNB Bank ASA (formerly known as DnB NOR Bank ASA) acting in its capacity as mortgagee of the Vessel;

 

1.3 Novation Documents means the Bareboat Charter and the Management Agreement;

 

1.4 Quiet Enjoyment Letter or QE Letter means the letter agreement to be made between the Mortgagee, Transpetro and the New Charterer regulating their respective rights regarding use and possession of the Vessel in form and substance equivalent to the quiet enjoyment letter dated 28 February 2011 in respect of the Vessel from the Mortgagee to Transpetro and the Old Charterer; and

 

1.5 Vessel means the motor tanker FORTALEZA KNUTSEN as more particularly described in the Bareboat Charter.

 

1.6 References in this Agreement to “the Bareboat Charter” and “the Management Agreement” shall, from the Effective Date and unless the context otherwise requires, be references to the Bareboat Charter and the Management Agreement as novated and amended by this Agreement and words shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.7 A reference to a Clause is to a Clause of this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise.

 

1.8 Clause and paragraph headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2 Effective Date

 

2.1 The Effective Date shall be the date of this Agreement.

 

3 Novation

 

3.1 As from the Effective Date:

 

3.1.1  the Owner and the Old Charterer hereby mutually release each other from their obligations under the Bareboat Charter; and

 

3.1.2  the Manager and the Old Charterer hereby mutually release each other from their obligations under the Management Agreement.

 

3

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1


3.2 As from the Effective Date the New Charterer undertakes to perform:

 

3.2.1 the Bareboat Charter and be bound by its terms in every way as if the New Charterer had originally entered into the Bareboat Charter with the Owner and Transpetro instead of the Old Charterer; and

 

3.2.2 the Management Agreement and be bound by its terms in every way as if the New Charterer had originally entered into the Management Agreement with the Manager instead of the Old Charterer.

 

3.3 From the Effective Date:

 

3.3.1 the Owner releases and discharges the Old Charterer from all claims and demands whatsoever in respect of the Bareboat Charter and accepts the liability of the New Charterer under the Bareboat Charter, and hereby grants the New Charterer the same rights under the Bareboat Charter as if the New Charterer had originally entered into the Bareboat Charter instead of the Old Charterer; and

 

3.3.2 the Manager releases and discharges the Old Charterer from all claims and demands whatsoever in respect of the Management Agreement and accepts the liability of the New Charterer under the Management Agreement, and hereby grants the New Charterer the same rights under the Management Agreement as if the New Charterer had originally entered into the Management Agreement instead of the Old Charterer.

 

3.4 Each of the Owner, the Manager and the New Charterer will have the right to enforce the relevant Novation Document and pursue any claims and demands under that Novation Document against the other with respect to matters arising before, on or after the Effective Date as if the New Charterer had originally entered into that Novation Document instead of the Old Charterer.

 

3.5 Transpetro hereby consents to the novation of the Bareboat Charter and agrees to continue to be bound by the terms of the Bareboat Charter (as novated hereby).

 

3.6 From the Effective Date, subject to the Mortgagee (i) indicating its consent and acknowledgment by counter-signing this Agreement and (ii) signing the QE Letter, Transpetro and the New Charterer shall agree to be bound by the terms of the QE Letter and shall promptly execute in favour of the Mortgagee such acknowledgements and undertakings in a form acceptable to (or reasonably required by) the Mortgagee pursuant to the QE Letter.

 

4 Amendments to the Novation Documents

With effect on and from the Effective Date, the Novation Documents shall be amended so that references to the Old Charterer are deemed to be references to the New Charterer.

 

4

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1


5 Continued force and effect

 

5.1 Save as amended by this Agreement, the provisions of the Novation Documents shall continue in full force and effect.

 

5.2 The Bareboat Charter and this Agreement shall be read and construed as one instrument.

 

5.3 The Management Agreement and this Agreement shall be read and construed as one instrument.

 

6 Notices

 

6.1 Any notice or other communication hereunder (a “ Communication ”) shall be in the English language and be addressed as follows (or as the intended recipient shall have notified the sender in accordance with this Clause):

 

  (a) if to Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS :

Attn: Trygve Seglem

Smedasundet 40

5529 Haugesund

Norway

Fax: +47 52 70 40 40

 

  (b) if to Knutsen OAS Shipping AS:

Attn: Trygve Seglem

Smedasundet 40

5529 Haugesund

Norway

Fax: +47 52 70 40 40

 

  (c) if to Fronape International Company

Attn: Fronape International Company

Av Presidente Vargas 328, 5th Floor

20091-060

Rio de Janeiro

RJ

Brazil

Fax: +55 21 3211 7106

 

  (d) if to Transpetro:

Attn: Transpetro/DTM/TM

Av Presidente Vargas 328, 5 th Floor

20091-060

Rio de Janeiro

RJ

Brazil

Fax: +55 21 3211 7106

 

5

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1


  (e) if to Fronape International Company B.V.

Attn: Fronape International Company B.V.

Weena, 722. Weena pt. Toren A

3rd Floor

Rotterdam

The Netherlands

Fax: +31 10 206 7027

 

7 Third party rights

 

7.1 Other than the Mortgagee, a person who is not a party to this Agreement has no rights under it and may not enforce a right to, or enjoy the benefit of, any term of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

8 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of which is an original and which together have the same effect as if each party had signed the same document.

 

9 Governing Law and jurisdiction

 

9.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

 

9.1.1 Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the provisions of Part II, clause 26 of the Bareboat Charter or clause 19 of the Management Agreement (as applicable) (which shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with any necessary adaptation)

This document has been entered into by the Parties or their duly authorised representatives on the date set out at the beginning of this document.

 

6

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1


Signed by

  )  
  )  

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )   sign here: /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS

  )   print name: Trygve Seglem

 

Signed by

  )  
  )  

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )   sign here: /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

KNUTSEN OAS SHIPPING AS

  )   print name: Trygve Seglem

 

Signed by

  )  
  )  

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )   sign here: /s/ EDUARDO DA CUNHA BASTOS

FRONAPE INTERNATIONAL COMPANY

  )   print name: Eduardo Da Cunha Bastos

 

Signed by

  )  
  )  

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )   sign here: /s/ JOSE SERGIO DE OLIVEIRA MACHADO

PETROBRAS TRANSPORTE S.A.

  )   print name: Jose Sergio De Oliveira Machado

 

Signed by

  )  
  )  

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )   sign here: /s/ AGENOR CESAR JUNQUEIRA LEITE

FRONAPE INTERNATIONAL COMPANY B.V.

  )   print name: Agenor Cesar Junqueira Leite

 

7

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1


Consent and acknowledgment of Mortgagee

The Mortgagee hereby confirms its consent to the novation of the Novation Documents on the terms set out above and agrees to be bound by the terms of the QE Letter.

 

/s/ HELGE ÅDNE LIEN     /S/ ANNE BERIT LANGELAND
Helge Ådne Lien, First Vice President       Anne Berit Langeland, Assistant Vice President
DNB BANK ASA (formerly known as DnB NOR Bank ASA)

Date: 25/2-12, 2012

 

8

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1

Exhibit 10.12

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

 

LOGO   

1.   Shipbroker

Brazilship Scanbrasil Comércio Marítimo Ltda,

Rio de Janeiro

  

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER

CODE NAME: “BARECON 89”

   LOGO  
     

2.   Place and date

14.11.2007

  

3.   Owners/Place of business

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS, Smedasundet 40, 5519 Haugesund, Norway

  

4.   Bareboat charterers (Charterers)/Place of business

Fronape International Company

PO Box 714

Georgetown, Grand Cayman

Cayman Islands

or

Petrobras Transporte S.A. – Transpetro

Av. Presidente Vargas, 328

20091-060 Rio de Janeiro, RJ

Brazil

  

5.   Vessel’s name, Call Sign and Flag ( Cl. 9(c) )

Vessel data to be informed – Flag: Isle of Man – N256

  

6.   Type of vessel

MOTORTANKER / SHUTTLE TANKER

  

7.   GRT/NRT

To be informed

  

8.   When/Where built

Cosco (Nantong) Shipyard Ltd. Co.

  

9.   Total DWT (abt.) in metric tons on summer freeboard

105.000 dwt.

  

10. Class ( Cl. 9 )

DNV 1A1 “tanker for oil ESP”, CSR, NAUTICUS (new building), DYNPOS-AUTR, OPP-F, ISC, BOW LOADING, SPM, F-AMC

  

11. Date of last special survey by the Vessel’s classification society

DELETED

 
LOGO   

12. Further particulars of Vessel (also indicate minimum number of months’ validity of class certificates agreed acc. to Cl. 14 )

SEE CLAUSE 33 AND ATTACHMENT A.

ON REDELIVERY CLASS CERTIFICATES TO BE VALID FOR AT LEAST 6 MONTHS.

  

13. Port or Place of delivery ( Cl. 2 )

COSCO (NANTONG) SHIPYARD, Nantung, CHINA

  

14. Time for delivery ( Cl. 3 )

2 qtr 2011

SEE CLAUSE 32.

   15  Cancelling date ( Cl. 4 )

           4 qtr 2011

           SEE ALSO  CLAUSE 34 .

     

16. Port or Place of redelivery ( Cl. 14 )

IN CHARTERERS OPTION ONE SAFE PORT BRAZIL, USGULF, UKC, MED.

   
  

17. Running days’ notice if other than stated in Cl. 3

N/A

  

18. Frequency of dry-docking if other than stated in Cl. 9(f)

ACCORDING TO CLASS REQUIREMENTS.

 
LOGO   

19. Trading Limits ( Cl. 5 )

WORLD WIDE WITHIN IWL, EXCLUDING COUNTRIES UNDER EMBARGO BY U.N. AND U.S.A. THE VESSEL SHALL NOT BREAK ICE OR FOLLOW ICEBREAKER.

  

20. Charter period

12 YEARS

  

21. Charter hire ( Cl. 10 )

US DOLLAR ***** PER DAY. SEE ALSO CLAUSE 29.

  

22. Rate of interest payable acc. to Cl. 10(f) and, if applicable, acc. to PART IV

N/A

  

23. Currency and method of payment ( Cl. 10 )

U.S. DOLLAR PAYABLE MONTHLY IN ADVANVE.

  

24. Place of payment; also state beneficiary and bank account ( Cl. 10 )

Bank account number(to be advised) in DnBNor ASA in favour of Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS.

  

25. Bank guarantee/bond (sum and place) ( Cl. 22 ) (optional)

SEE CLAUSE 30.

   
LOGO   

26. Mortgage(s), if any, (state whether Cl. 11(a) or (b) applies; if 11(b) applies state date of Deed(s) of Covenant and name of Mortgagee(s)/Place of business) ( Cl. 11 )

SEE CLAUSE 11.

  

27. Insurance (marine and war risks) (state value acc. to Cl. 12(f) or, if applicable, acc. to Cl. 13(k) ) (also state if Cl. 13 applies)

USD 130.000.000, clause 12 to apply.

  

28. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Owners’ account limited to ( Cl. 12(b) ) or, if applicable, ( Cl. 13(g) )

N/A

  

29. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Charterers’ account limited to ( Cl. 12(b) ) or, if applicable, ( Cl. 13(g) )

N/A

  

30. Latent defects (only to be filled in if period other than stated in Cl. 2 )

N/A

  

31. War cancellation (indicate countries agreed) ( Cl. 24 )

Brazil, Norway and USA.

  

32. Brokerage commission and to whom payable ( Cl. 25 )

AS PER AGREEMENT.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


 

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter                                                                      PART I

 

   

33. Law and arbitration (state 26.1 ., 26.2 ., or 26.3 . of Cl. 26 as agreed; if 26.3 . agreed, also state place of arbitration) ( Cl. 26 )

AS PER CLAUSE 26.1.

  

34. Number of additional clauses covering special provisions, if agreed

ADDITIONAL CLUSES CL.27 - 38 AND ATTACHMENT “A” ARE DEEMED PART OF THIS CHARTER PARTY.

   

35. Newbuilding Vessel (indicate with “yes” or “no” whether Part III applies) (optional)

N/A

  

36. Name and place of Builders (only to be filled in if Part III applies)

N/A

   

37. Vessel’s Yard Building No. (only to be filled in if Part III applies)

N/A

  

38. Date of Building Contract (only to be filled in if Part III applies)

N/A

   

39. Hire/Purchase agreement (indicate with “yes” or “no” whether Part IV applies) (optional)

N/A

  

40. Bareboat Charter Registry (indicate with “yes” or “no” whether Part V applies) (optional)

YES

   

41. Flag and Country of the Bareboat Charter Registry (only to be filled in if Part V applies)

REGISTRO ESPECIAL BRASILEIRO – BRAZIL.

  

42. Country of the Underlying Registry (only to be filled in if Part V applies)

Isle of Man.

PREAMBLE. – It is mutually agreed that this Contract shall be performed subject to the conditions contained in this Charter which shall include PART I and PART II . In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further. It is further agreed that PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V shall only apply and shall only form part of this Charter if expressly agreed and stated in the Boxes 35 , 39 and 40 . If PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V apply, it is further mutually agreed that in the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and PART II shall prevail over those of PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V to the extent of such conflict but no further.

 

Signature (Owners)

 

/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

  

Signature (Charterers)

 

/s/ JOSE SERGIO DE OLIVEIRA MACHADO

        Trygve Seglem

        Managing Director

  

        Jose Sergio de Oliveira Machado

        President

        Fronape International Company

 

 

        /S/ AGENOR CESAR JUNQUEIRA LEITE

        Agenor Cesar Junqueira Leite

        Director

        Petrobras Transporte S.A.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter

 

1. Definitions

In this Charter, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

The Owners ” shall mean the company . Mentioned in Box 3.

The Charterers ” shall mean the Bareboat charterers and shall not be construed to mean a time charterer or a voyage charterer.

 

2. Delivery ( not applicable to newbuilding vessels )

The Vessel shall be delivered and taken over by the Charterers at the port or place indicated in Box 13 , in such ready berth as the Charterers may direct. See

Clause 32.

The Owners shall before and at the time of delivery exercise due diligence to make the Vessel seaworthy and in every respect ready in hull, machinery and equipment for service under this Charter. The Vessel shall be properly documented at time of delivery.

The delivery to the Charterers of the Vessel and the taking over of the Vessel by the Charterers shall constitute a full performance by the Owners of all the Owners’ obligations under Clause 2 , and thereafter the Charterers shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim against the Owners on account of any conditions, representations or warranties expressed or implied with respect to the Vessel but the Owners shall be responsible for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the Vessel, her machinery or appurtenances, existing at the time of delivery under the Charter, provided such defects have manifested themselves within 18 months after delivery unless otherwise provided in Box 30 .

 

3. Time for Delivery ( not applicable to newbuilding vessels )

The Vessel to be delivered not before the date indicated in Box 14 unless with the Charterers’ consent.

Unless otherwise agreed in Box 17 , the Owners to give the Charterers not less than 30 running days’ preliminary and not less than 14 days’ definite notice of the date on which the Vessel is expected to be ready for delivery.

The Owners to keep the Charterers closely advised of possible changes in the Vessel’s position.

 

4. Cancelling ( not applicable to newbuilding vessels )

Should the Vessel not be delivered latest by the cancelling date indicated in Box 15 , the Charterers to have the option of cancelling this Charter without prejudice to any claim the Charterers may otherwise have on the Owners under the Charter.

If it appears that the Vessel will be delayed beyond the cancelling date, the Owners shall, as soon as they are in a position to state with reasonable certainty the day on which the Vessel should be ready, give notice thereof to the Charterers asking whether they will exercise their option of cancelling, and the option must then be declared within one hundred and sixty-eight (168) hours of the receipt by the Charterers of such notice. If the Charterers do not then exercise their option of cancelling, the seventh day after the readiness date stated in the Owners’ notice shall be regarded as a new cancelling date for the purpose of this Clause. See also Clause 34.

 

5. Trading Limits

The Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades for the carriage of suitable lawful merchandise within the trading limits indicated in Box 19 .

The Charterers undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer the Vessel to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of the instruments of insurance (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) without first obtaining the consent to such employment of the Insurers and complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the Insurers may prescribe. If required, the Charterers shall keep the Owners and the Mortgagees advised of the intended employment of the Vessel.

The Charterers also undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer her employment in any trade or business which is forbidden by the law of any country to which the Vessel may sail or is otherwise illicit or in carrying illicit or prohibited goods or in any manner whatsoever which may render her liable to condemnation, destruction, seizure or confiscation.

Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Charter it is agreed that nuclear fuels or radioactive products or waste are specifically excluded from the cargo permitted to be loaded or carried under this Charter. This exclusion does not apply to radio-isotopes used or intended to be used for any industrial, commercial, agricultural, medical or scientific purposes provided the Owners’ prior approval has been obtained to loading thereof.

 

6. Surveys ( not applicable to newbuilding vessels )

Survey on Delivery and Redelivery .—The Owners and Charterers shall each appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of delivery and redelivery hereunder. The Owners shall bear all expenses of the On-Surveyincluding loss of

time, if any, and the Charterers shall bear all expenses of the Off-Survey including loss of time, if any, at the rate of hire per day or pro rata, also including in each case the cost of any docking and undocking, if required, in connection herewith. As per

Clause 27, Clause 6 to apply only at Redelivery.

 

7. Inspection

Inspection . -The Owners shall have the right at any time to inspect or survey the Vessel or instruct a duly authorised surveyor to carry out such survey on their behalf to ascertain the condition of the Vessel and satisfy themselves that the Vessel is being properly repaired and maintained. Inspection or survey in dry-dock shall be made only when the Vessel shall be in dry-dock for the Charterers’ purpose. However, the Owners shall have the right to require the Vessel to be dry-docked for inspection if the Charterers are not docking her at normal classification intervals. The fees for such inspection or survey shall in the event of the Vessel being found to be in the condition provided in Clause 9 of this Charter be payable by the Owners and shall be paid by the Charterers only in the event of the Vessel being found to require repairs or maintenance in order to achieve the condition so provided. All time taken in respect of inspection, survey or repairs shall count as time on hire and shall form part of the Charter period.

The Charterers shall also permit the Owners to inspect the Vessel’s log books whenever requested and shall whenever required by the Owners furnish them with full information regarding any casualties or other accidents or damage to the Vessel. For the purpose of this Clause, the Charterers shall keep the Owners advised of the intended employment of the Vessel.

 

8. Inventories and Consumable Oil and Stores

A complete inventory of the Vessel’s entire equipment, outfit, appliances and of all consumable stores on board the Vessel shall be made by the Charterers in conjunction with the Owners on delivery and again on redelivery of the Vessel. The Charterers and the Owners, respectively, shall at the time of delivery and redelivery take over and pay for all bunkers, lubricating oil, water and unbroached provisions, paints, oils, ropes and other consumable stores in the said Vessel at actual documented cost. The Charterers shall redeliver the vessel with about the same quantity and quality of unbroached provisions, paints, oils, ropes and other consumable stores as the vessel had onboard at delivery. the then current market prices at the ports of delivery and redelivery, respectively.

 

9. Maintenance and Operation

(a) The Vessel shall during the Charter period be in the full possession and at the absolute disposal for all purposes of the Charterers and under their complete control in every respect. The Charterers shall maintain the Vessel, her machinery, boilers, appurtenances and spare parts in a good state of repair, in efficient operating condition and in accordance with good commercial maintenance practice and, except as provided for in Clause 13(l) , they shall keep the Vessel with unexpired classification of the class indicated in Box 10 and with other required certificates in force at all times. The Charterers to take immediate steps to have the necessary repairs done within a reasonable time failing which the Owners shall have the right of withdrawing the Vessel from the service of the Charterers without noting any protest and without prejudice to any claim the Owners may otherwise have against the Charterers under the Charter.

Unless otherwise agreed, in the event of any improvement, structural changes or expensive new equipment becoming necessary for the continued operation of the Vessel by reason of new class requirements or by compulsory IMO legislation costing more than 5 per cent. of the Vessel’s marine insurance value as stated in Box 27 , then the extent, if any, to which the rate of hire shall be varied and the ratio in which the cost of compliance shall be shared between the parties concerned in order to achieve a reasonable distribution thereof as between the Owners and the Charterers having regard, inter alia, to the length of the period remaining under the Charter, shall in the absence of agreement, be referred to arbitration according to Clause 26 .

The Charterers are required to establish and maintain financial security or responsibility in respect of oil or other pollution damage as required by any government, including Federal, state or municipal or other division or authority thereof, to enable the Vessel, without penalty or charge, lawfully to enter, remain at, or leave any port, place, territorial or contiguous waters of any country, state or municipality in performance of this Charter without any delay. This obligation shall apply whether or not such requirements have been lawfully imposed by such government or division or authority thereof. The Charterers shall make and maintain all arrangements by bond or otherwise as may be necessary to satisfy such requirements at the Charterers’ sole expense and the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against all consequences whatsoever (including loss of time) for any failure or inability to do so.

TOVALOP SCHEME. ( Applicable to oil tank vessels only ).—The Charterers are required to enter the Vessel under the TOVALOP SCHEME or under any similar compulsory scheme upon delivery under this Charter and to maintain her so during the currency of this Charter.

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter

 

(b) The Charterers shall at their own expense and by their own procurement man, victual, navigate, operate, supply, fuel and repair the Vessel whenever

required during the Charter period and they shall pay all charges and expenses of every kind and nature whatsoever incidental to their use and operation of the Vessel under this Charter, including any foreign general municipality and/or state taxes. The Master, officers and crew of the Vessel shall be the servants of the Charterers for all purposes whatsoever, even if for any reason appointed by the Owners.

Charterers shall comply with the regulations regarding officers and crew in force in the country of the Vessel’s flag or any other applicable law.

(c) During the currency of this Charter, the Vessel shall retain her present name as indicated in Box 5 and shall remain under and fly the flag as indicated in Box 5 , until provisions of Part V applies. Provided, however, that

the Charterers shall have the

liberty to paint the Vessel in their own colours, install and display their funnel insignia and fly their own house flag. Painting and re-painting, instalment and re-instalment and change of flag to be for the Charterers’ account and time

used thereby to

count as time on hire.

(d) The Charterers shall make no structural changes in the Vessel or changes in the machinery, boilers, appurtenances or spare parts thereof without in each instance first securing the Owners’ approval thereof. If the Owners so agree, the Charterers shall, if the Owners so require, restore the Vessel to its former condition before the termination of the Charter.

(e) The Charterers shall have the use of all outfit, equipment, and appliances on board the Vessel at the time of delivery, provided the same or their substantial equivalent shall be returned to the Owners on redelivery in the same good order and condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Charterers shall from time to time during the Charter period replace such items of equipment as shall be so damaged or worn as to be unfit for use. The Charterers are to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment be effected in such manner (both as regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of the Vessel. The Charterers have the right to fit additional equipment at their expense and risk but the Charterers shall remove such equipment at the end of the period if requested by the Owners.

Any equipment including radio equipment on hire on the Vessel at time of delivery shall be kept and maintained by the Charterers and the Charterers shall assume the obligations and liabilities of the Owners under any lease contracts in connection therewith and shall reimburse the Owners for all expenses incurred in connection therewith, also for any new equipment required in order to comply with radio regulations.

(f) The Charterers shall dry-dock the Vessel and clean and paint her underwater parts whenever the same may be necessary, but not less than once in every eighteen calendar months after delivery unless otherwise agreed in Box 18 .

 

10. Hire

(a) The Charterers shall pay to the Owners for the hire of the Vessel at the lump sum per calendar month as indicated in Box 21 commencing on and from the date and hour of her delivery to the Charterers and at and after the agreed lump sum for any part of a month. Hire to continue until the date and hour when the Vessel is redelivered by the Charterers to her Owners.

(b) Payment of Hire, except for the first and last month’s Hire, if sub-clause (c) of this Clause is applicable, shall be made in cash without discount every month in advance on the first day of each month in the currency and in the

manner indicated in Box 23 and at the place mentioned in Box 24 .

(c) Payment of Hire for the first and last month’s Hire if less than a full month shall be calculated proportionally according to the number of days in the particular calendar month and advance payment to be effected accordingly.

(d) Should the Vessel be lost or missing, Hire to cease from the date and time when she was lost or last heard of. Any Hire paid in advance to be adjusted accordingly.

(e) Time shall be of the essence in relation to payment of Hire hereunder. In default of payment beyond a period of seven running days, the Owners shall have the right to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers without noting any protest and without interference by any court or any other formality whatsoever, and shall, without prejudice to any other claim the Owners may otherwise have against the Charterers under the Charter, be entitled to damages in respect of all costs and losses incurred as a result of the Charterers’ default and the ensuing withdrawal of the Vessel.

(f) Any delay in payment of Hire shall entitle the Owners to an interest at the rate per annum as agreed in Box 22 . If Box 22 has not been filled in the current market rate in the country where the Owners have their Principal Place of

Business shall apply.

 

11. Mortgage

*) (a) Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage of the Vessel. At the time of entering into this charter party the Owners have not effected any mortgage over the Vessel. However, Owners may prior to delivery hereunder finance the vessel and a mortgage (s), and the relevant Deed(s) of Covenant and Quiet Enjoyment Letter, the terms of which shall not adversely affect the Charterers right to quite enjoyment of the vessel or which shall not be otherwise unreasonably onerous for Charterers, will be submitted to the Charterers for their approval prior to delivery of the Vessel. Charterers shall give their approval or reasonable rejection of the proposed mortgage within 15 working days of receipt of relevant wording. If Charterers do not revert within the said period then approval shall be deemed to have been given and Charterers are obliged to sign the Dee (s) of Covenant and accept the Quiet Enjoyment Letter as set out below.

The following is subject to Charterers approval, which shall be given after the Charterers have reviewed the Deed(s) of Covenant and Quiet Enjoyment Letter, but prior to delivery of the Vessel hereunder, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld:

By their counter-signature on the Deed(s) of Covenant prior to delivery of the Vessel hereunder, the Charterers undertake to have acquainted themselves with all terms, conditions and provisions of the said Deed(s) of Covenant. The Charterers undertake that they will comply with all such instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurance, repairs and maintenance of the Vessel, etc., as laid down in the Deed(s) of Covenant or as may be directed from time to time during the currency of the Charter by the Mortgagee(s) in conformity with the Deed(s) of Covenant.

Charterers counter-signature on the Deed(s) of Covenant is conditioned to Mortgagee providing the Quiet Enjoyment Letter signed and valid.

The Oners warrant that they will not effect any mortgagee(s) other than in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11.

 

*) (b) The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage according to the Deed(s) of Covenant annexed to this Charter and as stated in Box 26. By their counter-signature on the Deed(s) of Covenant, the Charterers undertake to have acquainted themselves with all terms, conditions and provisions of the said Deed(s) of Covenant. The Charterers undertake that they will comply with all such instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurances, repairs and maintenance of the Vessel, etc., as laid down in the Deed(s) of Covenant or as may be directed from time to time during the currency of the Charter by the Mortgagee(s) in conformity with the Deed(s) of Covenant.

(c) The Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage(s) other than stated in Box 26 and that they will not effect any other mortgage(s) without the prior consent of the Charterers.

 

*) ( Optional Clauses 11(a) and 11(b) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 26 ).

 

12. Insurance and Repairs

(a) During the Charter period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against marine, war and Protection and Indemnity risks in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such marine, war and P. and I. insurances shall be arranged by the Charterers to protect the interests of both the Owners and the Charterers and mortgagees (if any), and the Charterers shall be at liberty to protect under such insurances the interests of any managers they may appoint. All insurance policies shall be in the joint names of the Owners and the Charterers as their interests may appear.

If the Charterers fail to arrange and keep any of the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause (a) above in the manner described therein, the Owners shall notify the Charterers whereupon the Charterers shall rectify the position within seven running days, failing which Owners shall have the right to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers without prejudice to any claim the Owners may otherwise have against the Charterers.

The Charterers shall, subject to the approval of the Owners and the Underwriters, effect all insured repairs and shall undertake settlement of all costs in connection with such repairs as well as insured charges, expenses and liabilities (reimbursement to be secured by the Charterers from the Underwriters) to the extent of coverage under the insurances herein provided for.

The Charterers also to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of all other repairs not covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances.

All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this Clause

 

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter

 

and for repairs of latent defects according to Clause 2 above including any deviation shall count as time on hire and shall form part of the Charter period.

(b) If the conditions of the above insurances permit additional insurance to be placed by the parties, such cover shall be limited to the amount for each party set out in Box 28 and Box 29 , respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.

(c) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances required under sub-clause ( a)  of Clause 12 , all insurance payments for such loss shall be paid to the Mortgagee, if any, in the manner described in the Deed(s) of Covenant, who shall distribute the moneys between themselves, the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests. The Charterers undertake to notify the Owners and the Mortgagee, if any, of any occurrences in consequence of which the Vessel is likely to become a Total Loss as defined in this Clause.

(d) If the Vessel becomes an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances arranged by the Charterers in accordance with sub-clause (a) of this Clause , this Charter shall terminate as of the date of such loss.

(e) The Owners shall upon the request of the Charterers, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Charterers to abandon the Vessel to insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

(f) For the purpose of insurance coverage against marine and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this Clause , the value of the Vessel is the

value indicated in Box 27 or the average values as assessed by three independent brokers (Fearnleys, Oslo, and Clarkson, London, and Poten, New York). The assessments to be done annually unless required more frequently by the Deed of Covenants, reference clause 11. sum indicated in Box 27.

 

13. Insurance, Repairs and Classification

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 27 , in which event Clause 12 shall be considered deleted).

(a) During the Charter period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Owners at their expense against marine and war risks under the form of policy or policies attached hereto. The Owners and/or insurers shall not have any right of recovery or subrogation against the Charterers on account of loss of or any damage to the Vessel or her machinery or appurtenances covered by such insurance, or on account of payments made to discharge claims against or liabilities of the Vessel or the Owners covered by such insurance. All insurance policies shall be in the joint names of the Owners and the Charterers as their interests may appear.

(b) During the Charter period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against Protection and Indemnity risks in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Charterers fail to arrange and keep any of the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause (b) in the manner described therein, the Owners shall notify the Charterers whereupon the Charterers shall rectify the position within seven running days, failing which the Owners shall have the right to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers without prejudice to any claim the Owners may otherwise have against the Charterers.

(c) In the event that any act or negligence of the Charterers shall vitiate any of the insurance herein provided, the Charterers shall pay to the Owners all losses and indemnify the Owners against all claims and demands which would otherwise have been covered by such insurance.

(d) The Charterers shall, subject to the approval of the Owners or Owners’ Underwriters, effect all insured repairs, and the Charterers shall undertake settlement of all miscellaneous expenses in connection with such repairs as well as all insured charges, expenses and liabilities, to the extent of coverage under the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this Clause. The Charterers to be secured reimbursement through the Owners’ Underwriters for such expenditures upon presentation of accounts.

(e) The Charterers to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of all other repairs not covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances.

(f) All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clause (d)  and (e)  of this Clause and for repairs of latent defects according to Clause 2 above, including any deviation, shall count as time on hire and shall form part of the Charter period.

The Owners shall not be responsible for any expenses as are incident to the use and operation of the Vessel for such time as may be required to make such repairs.

(g) If the conditions of the above insurances permit additional insurance to be placed by the parties such cover shall be limited to the amount for each party

set out in Box 28 and Box 29 , respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the Insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such Insurers is necessary.

(h) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances required under sub-clause (a) of this Clause , all insurance payments for such loss shall be paid to the Owners, who shall distribute the moneys between themselves and the Charterers according to their respective interests.

(i) If the Vessel becomes an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances arranged by the Owners in accordance with sub-clause (a) of this Clause , this Charter shall terminate as of the date of such loss.

(j) The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Owners to abandon the Vessel to Insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

(k) For the purpose of insurance coverage against marine and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause (a) of this Clause , the value of the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 27 .

(l) Notwithstanding anything contained in Clause 9 (a), it is agreed that under the provisions of Clause 13, if applicable, the Owners shall keep the Vessel with unexpired classification in force at all times during the Charter period.

 

14. Redelivery

The Charterers shall at the expiration of the Charter period redeliver the Vessel at a safe and ice-free port or place as indicated in Box 16 . The Charterers shall give the Owners not less than 30 running days’ preliminary and not less than 14 days’ definite notice of expected date, range of ports of redelivery or port or place of redelivery. Any changes thereafter in Vessel’s position shall be notified immediately to the Owners.

Should the Vessel be ordered on a voyage by which the Charter period may be exceeded the Charterers to have the use of the Vessel to enable them to complete the voyage, provided it could be reasonably calculated that the voyage would allow redelivery about the time fixed for the termination of the Charter.

The Vessel shall be redelivered to the Owners in the same or as good structure, state, condition and class as that in which she was delivered, fair wear and tear not affecting class excepted.

The Vessel upon redelivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 12 .

The Vessel shall be dry-docked less than 12 (twelve) months prior to redelivery to the Owners.

 

15. Non-Lien and Indemnity

The Charterers will not suffer, nor permit to be continued, any lien or encumbrance incurred by them or their agents, which might have priority over the title and interest of the Owners in the Vessel.

The Charterers further agree to fasten to the Vessel in a conspicuous place and to keep so fastened during the Charter period a notice reading as follows:-

“This Vessel is the property of (name of Owners). It is under charter to (name of Charterers) and by the terms of the Charter Party neither the Charterers nor the Master have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed on the Vessel any lien whatsoever.”

The Charterers shall indemnify and hold the Owners harmless against any lien of whatsoever nature arising upon the Vessel during the Charter period while she is under the control of the Charterers, and against any claims against the Owners arising out of or in relation to the operation of the Vessel by the Charterers. Should the Vessel be arrested by reason of claims or liens arising out of her operation hereunder by the Charterers, the Charterers shall at their own expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released and at their own expense put up bail to secure release of the Vessel.

 

16. Lien

The Owners to have a lien upon all cargoes and sub-freights belonging to the Charterers and any Bill of Lading freight for all claims under this Charter, and the Charterers to have a lien on the Vessel for all moneys paid in advance and not earned.

 

17. Salvage

All salvage and towage performed by the Vessel shall be for the Charterers’ benefit and the cost of repairing damage occasioned thereby shall be borne by the Charterers.

 

18. Wreck Removal

In the event of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any sums whatsoever which the Owners shall become liable to pay and shall pay in consequence of the

 

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“BARECON 89” Standard Bareboat Charter

 

Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation.

 

19. General Average

General Average, if any, shall be adjusted according to the York-Antwerp Rules 1974 or any subsequent modification thereof current at the time of the casualty.

The Charter Hire not to contribute to General Average.

 

20. Assignment and Sub-Demise

The Charterers shall not assign this Charter nor sub-demise the Vessel except with the prior consent in writing of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld and subject to such terms and conditions as the Owners shall approve.

 

21. Bills of Lading

The Charterers are to procure that all Bills of Lading issued for carriage of goods under this Charter shall contain a Paramount Clause incorporating any legislation relating to Carrier’s liability for cargo compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the Bills of Lading shall incorporate the British Carriage of Goods by Sea Act. The Bills of Lading shall also contain the amended New Jason Clause and the Both-to-Blame Collision Clause.

The Charterers agree to indemnify the Owners against all consequences or liabilities arising from the Master, officers or agents signing Bills of Lading or other documents.

 

22. Bank Guarantee

The Charterers undertake to furnish, before delivery of the Vessel, a first class bank guarantee or bond in the sum and at the place as indicated in Box 25 as guarantee for full performance of their obligations under this Charter.

( Optional , only to apply if Box 25 filled in). See Clause 30.

 

23. Requisition/Acquisition

(a) In the event of the Requisition for Hire of the Vessel by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Requisition for Hire”) irrespective of the date during the Charter period when “Requisition for Hire” may occur and irrespective of the length thereof and whether or not it be for an indefinite or a limited period of time, and irrespective of whether it may or will remain in force for the remainder of the Charter period, this Charter shall not be deemed thereby or thereupon to be frustrated or otherwise terminated and the Charterers shall continue to pay the stipulated hire in the manner provided by this Charter until the time when the Charter would have terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof always provided however that in the event of “Requisition for Hire” any Requisition Hire or compensation received or receivable by the Owners shall be payable to the Charterers during the remainder of the Charter period or the period of the “Requisition for Hire” whichever be the shorter.

The Hire under this Charter shall be payable to the Owners from the same time as the Requisition Hire is payable to the Charterers.

(b) In the event of the Owners being deprived of their ownership in the Vessel by any Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Compulsory Acquisition”), then, irrespective of the date during the Charter period when “Compulsory Acquisition” may occur, this Charter shall be deemed terminated as of the date of such “Compulsory Acquisition”. In such event Charter Hire to be considered as earned and to be paid up to the date and time of such “Compulsory Acquisition”.

 

24. War

(a) The Vessel unless the consent of the Owners be first obtained not to be ordered nor continue to any place or on any voyage nor be used on any service which will bring her within a zone which is dangerous as the result of any actual or threatened act of war, war, hostilities, warlike operations, acts of piracy or of hostility or malicious damage against this or any other vessel or its cargo by any person, body or State whatsoever, revolution, civil war, civil

commotion or the operation of international law, nor be exposed in any way to any risks or penalties whatsoever consequent upon the imposition of Sanctions, nor carry any goods that may in any way expose her to any risks of seizure, capture, penalties or any other interference of any kind whatsoever by the belligerent or fighting powers or parties or by any Government or Ruler.

(b) The Vessel to have liberty to comply with any orders or directions as to departure, arrival, routes, ports of call, stoppages, destination, delivery or in any other wise whatsoever given by the Government of the nation under whose flag the Vessel sails or any other Government or any person (or body) acting or purporting to act with the authority of such Government or by any committee or person having under the terms of the war risks insurance on the Vessel the right to give any such orders or directions.

(c) In the event of outbreak of war (whether there be a declaration at war or not) between any two or more of the countries as stated in Box 31 , both the Owners and the Charterers shall have the right to cancel this Charter, whereupon the Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to the Owners in accordance with Clause 14 , if she has cargo on board after discharge thereof at destination, or if debarred under this Clause from reaching or entering it at a near open and safe port as directed by the Owners, or if she has no cargo on board, at the port at which she then is or if at sea at a near open and safe port as directed by the Owners. In all cases hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with Clause 10 and except as aforesaid all other provisions of this Charter shall apply until redelivery.

 

25. Commission

The Owners to pay a commission at the rate indicated in Box 32 to the Brokers named in Box 32 on any Hire paid under the Charter but in no case less than is necessary to cover the actual expenses of the Brokers and a reasonable fee for their work. If the full Hire is not paid owing to breach of Charter by either of the parties the party liable therefor to indemnify the Brokers against their loss of commission.

Should the parties agree to cancel the Charter, the Owners to indemnify the Brokers against any loss of commission but in such case the commission not to exceed the brokerage on one year’s Hire . See Box 32.

 

26. Law and Arbitration

 

*) 26.1. This Charter shall be governed by English law and any dispute arising out of this Charter shall be referred to arbitration in London, one arbitrator being appointed by each party, in accordance with the Arbitration Acts 1996

1950

And 1979 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force. On the receipt by one party of the nomination in writing of the other party’s arbitrator, that party shall appoint their arbitrator within fourteen days, failing which the decision of the single Arbitrator appointed shall apply. If two Arbitrators properly appointed shall not agree they shall appoint an umpire whose decision shall be final.

 

*) 26.2. Should any dispute arise out of this Charter, the matter in dispute shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for purpose of enforcing any award, this agreement may be made a rule of the Court.

The arbitrators shall be members of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. of New York and the proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society.

 

*) 26.3. Any dispute arising out of this Charter shall be referred to arbitration at the place indicated in Box 33, subject to the law and procedures applicable there.

26.4. If Box 33 in Part I is not filled in, sub-clause 26.1 of this Clause shall apply.

 

*) 26.1., 26.2. and 26.3. are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 33 .

 

 

 

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES:

 

27. Surveys

 

The Owners and Charterers shall jointly appoint a surveyor for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of re-delivery. A Class approved diver video inspection of the vessel hull below water line and of the thrusters may be included in the survey report. Without prejudice of Clause 14 the Charterers shall bear all survey expenses and all other costs, if any, as well as all repair costs included.

 

The Charterers shall also bear all loss of time spent in connection with any repairs, which shall be paid at the rate of Hire per day or pro rata.

 

28.Technical Management

 

Reference Clause 9. The vessel shall be technically operated and managed by Transpetro. Charterers shall not change the technical operation or management without Owners’ consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


OPTIONAL

PART     

PART III

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 35)

29. Brazilian Tax

Any Brazilian tax on Charter Hire is for Charterers account. If any new or additional taxes or changes to existing taxes become applicable after the date of this Charter Party then this will be for the account of the Charterers. If during this charter there are any import tax (permanent or temporary) imposed on the Vessel, or a withholding tax is imposed on the hire payments then these will be for Charterers account.

30. Additional Security

Charterers are a 100% subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of Petroleo Brasileiro S.A. Petrobras. If Petrobras should give up control of Charterers; i.e. reduce their holding in Charterers to less than 50%, then Owners have the right to have established security assuring the full and complete accomplishment of all the duties and obligations set forth in this contract in a form satisfactory to the Owners. Charterers have the obligation to provide such collateral security.

Transpetro undertake and Fronape International Company (FIC) hereby agrees that should FIC fail to fulfil any of its obligations under this charterparty as they fall due, then upon written notice by the Owners to Transpetro and FIC, Transpetro shall be substituted as the Charterers herein and become liable for all past and future obligations as if they had been the Charterers ab initio.

Notwithstanding the same FIC shall remain jointly liable for all and any obligations it may have had up to the date of any Owners’ notice given pursuant to this clause. Any delay or impossibility in Transpetro obtaining official or other consents to become Charterers and to fulfil obligations hereunder shall not render void or voidable their liability to Owners in damages, as per Clause 10.

Owners recognize that obtaining such consent may take time and Owners therefore undertake not to terminate the charter or take other action which may interrupt service to Charterers within 60 days of giving this notice provided that the sole reason for delay in timely payment is caused by absence of such consents. Transpetro shall use its best endeavours to expedite the obtaining of such necessary consents and agree to pay interest at LIBOR with montly rests on any outstanding sums until payment.

31. Construction

The Vessel shall be built as a dynamically positioned (DP) shuttle tanker as per the specification in Attachment A. The newbuilding specification and shipyard execution schedule shall be submitted to Charterers for their information. Charterers shall have the right to have full insight into the planning and implementation of the building of the vessel. This right of insight into the planning and implementation of the construction shall not give cause to interference by Charterers into the planning and implementation process. Owners shall keep Charterers advised of all significant changes to the shipyard execution schedule and of any significant issues regarding Classification of the vessel. Charterers shall be invited to attend as an observer to significant technical meetings (makers and shipyard interface meetings) and major factory acceptance tests. Charterers shall have the right to have an observer present at the shipyard during the building, and Owners to provide office (desk) and communication facilities for same. Charterers shall have the right to attend at dock and sea trials. Charterers shall not have the right to direct or communicate directly with the shipyard. Charterers shall have the right to participate, as observers only, together with the Owners representative at meetings with the shiyard during the building of the vessel.

32. Delivery

Reference of Box 13, 14 and 15 and clause 2 and clause 3. Owners shall deliver and Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel at the shipyard/safe anchorage (reference clause 31) upon completion of shipyard sea trials and DPPS test.

The intention is to deliver the Vessel between 1 Jan—30 March 2011 / 1 April—30 June 2011.

33. Outline Specification

The Vessel outline specification, attached hereto as Attachment A shall consist of the following:

 

- Vessel outline specification.

 

- Makers list of major items.

Telemetry system as described in Vessel Outline Specification shall be provided by Charterers.

34. Force Majeure

Clause 4 shall not apply in case of force majeure under the Shipbuilding Contract defined as follows:

If, at any time before actual delivery, either the construction of the VESSEL, or any performance required hereunder as a prerequisite of delivery of the VESSEL, is delayed due to war, blockade, revolution, insurrection, mobilization, civil commotions, riots, strikes, sabotage, lockouts, acts of God or the public enemy, terrorism, plague or other epidemics, quarantines, prolonged failure or restriction of electric current from an outside source, freight embargoes, if any, earthquakes, tidal waves, typhoons, hurricanes, storms or other causes beyond the control of the BUILDER or of its sub-contractors, as the case may be, or by force majeure of any description, whether of the nature indicated by the forgoing or not, or by destruction of the BUILDER or works of the BUILDER or its sub-contractors, or of the VESSEL or any part thereof, by fire, flood, or other causes beyond the control of the BUILDER or its sub-contractors as the case may be, or due to the bankruptcy of the equipment and/or material supplier or suppliers of long lead equipment with delivery time more than 18 months, or due to the delay caused by acts of God in the supply of parts essential to the construction of the VESSEL, then, in the envent of delay due to the happening of any of the aforementioned contingencies, the BUILDER shall not be liable for such delay and the time for delivery of the VESSEL under this Contract shall be extended without any reduction in the Contract Price for a period of time which shall not exceed the total accumulated time of all such delays, subject nevertheless to the BUYER’s right of cancellation and subject however to all relevant provisions of this Contract which authorize and permit extension of the time of delivery of the VESSEL.

The Owners undertake to promptly notify the Charterers of any occurrences of Force Majeure in consequence of which the delivery of the Vessel is likely to be delayed and shall take any and all possible measures to minimize the effects of such occurance in the delivery of the Vessel.

35. Guarantee Clause

In respect of any repairs of defects which appears within the scope of Clause 2 and within the time established in Clause 2 the Owners and Charterers shall cooperate and use their best endeavours to recover any expenditure incurred in remedying such defects from the Builders, but the Owners shall be liable to the Charterers to the full amount of the expenditure, as established on Clause 2. The Charterers shall cooperate with the Owners to prepare the guarantee claims to be presented to the Builder according to the guarantee clause of the Building Contract (which terms and conditions shall be informed to the Charterers in due time).

The Owners authorize the Charterers to arrange for the guarantee works to be performed in accordance with the conditions established on the Building Contract. Hire to continue during the period of guarantee works.

36. Bareboat Charter Registry

Reference PART V and Boxes 40-41. Any costs due to flagging the Vessel in and out of the Bareboat Charter Registry and/or into the Underlying Registry shall be for Charterers account.

37. Confidentiality

All details of this agreement to be kept strictly private and confidential by all parties involved.

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


OPTIONAL

PART     

PART III

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 35)

38. Notices and Correspondence

Every notice or demand under this contract, including notice of Arbitration, shall be in writing, but may be given or made by fax which shall be sent to the Owners and the Charterers at their respective addresses.

In respect of the Charterers at:

Fronape International company

c/o Transpetro / DTM / TM / Getran 5

Av. Presidente Vargas, 328 – 4 th floor

Rio de Janeiro - RJ

20091-060

Brazil

Fax no.: +55 21 3211 7400

In respect of the Owners at:

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

Smedasundet 40

P.O.Box 2017

5504 Haugesund

Norway

Fax no.: +47 52704040

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


OPTIONAL

PART     

PART III

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 35)

 

Specifications and Building Contract

(a) The Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the Building Contract (hereafter called “the Building Contract”) as annexed to this Charter, made between the Builders and the Owners and in accordance with the specifications and plans annexed thereto, such Building Contract, specifications and plans having been counter-signed as approved by the Charterers.

(b) No change shall be made in the Building Contract or in the specifications or plans of the Vessel as approved by the Charterers as aforesaid, without the Charterers’ consent.

(c) The Charterers shall have the right to send their representative to the Builders’ Yard to inspect the Vessel during the course of her construction to satisfy themselves that construction is in accordance with such approved specifications and plans as referred to under sub-clause (a) of this Clause.

(d) The Vessel shall be built in accordance with the Building Contract and shall be of the description set out therein provided nevertheless that the Charterers shall be bound to accept the Vessel from the Owners on the date of delivery by the Builders as having been completed and constructed in accordance with the Building Contract and the Charterers undertake that after having so accepted the Vessel they will not thereafter raise any claims against the Owners in respect of the Vessel’s performance or specification or defects if any except that in respect of any repair or replacement of any defects which appear within the first 12 months from delivery the Owners shall use their best endeavours to recover any expenditure incurred in remedying such defects from the Builders, but shall only be liable to the Charterers to the extent the Owners have a valid claim against the Builders under the guarantee clause of the Building Contract (a copy whereof has been supplied to the Charterers) provided that the Charterers shall be bound to accept such sums as the Owners are able to recover under this clause and shall make no claim upon the Owners for any difference between the amounts so recovered and the actual expenditure incurred on repairs or replacements or for any loss of time incurred thereby.

Time and Place of Delivery

(a) Subject to the Vessel having completed her acceptance trials including trials of cargo equipment in accordance with the Building Contract and specifications to the satisfaction of the Charterers, the Owners shall give and the Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel afloat when ready for delivery at the Builders’ Yard or some other safe and readily accessible dock, wharf or place as may be agreed between the parties hereto and the Builders. Under the Building Contract the Builders have estimated that the Vessel will be ready for delivery to the Owners as therein provided but the delivery date for the purpose of this Charter shall be the date when the Vessel is in fact ready for delivery by the Builders after completion of trials whether that be before or after as indicated in the Building Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Charterers shall not be obliged to take delivery of the Vessel until she has been classed and documented as provided in this Charter and free for transfer to the flag she has to fly. Subject as aforesaid the Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel and upon and after such acceptance the Charterers shall not be entitled to make any claim against the Owners in respect of any conditions, representations or

warranties, whether express or implied, as to the seaworthiness of the Vessel or in respect of delay in delivery or otherwise howsoever.

(b) If for any reason other than a default by the Owners under the Building Contract, the Builders become entitled under that Contract not to deliver the Vessel to the Owners, the Owners shall upon giving to the Charterers written notice of Builders becoming so entitled, be excused from giving delivery of the Vessel to the Charterers and upon receipt of such notice by the Charterers this Charter shall cease to have effect.

(c) If for any reason the Owners become entitled under the Building Contract to reject the Vessel the Owners shall, before exercising such right of rejection, consult the Charterers and thereupon

 

i) if the Charterers do not wish to take delivery of the vessel they shall inform the Owners within seven (7) days by notice in writing and upon receipt by the Owners of such notice this Charter shall cease to have effect; or

 

ii) if the Charterers wish to take delivery of the Vessel they may by notice in writing within seven (7) days require the Owners to negotiate with the Builders as to the terms on which delivery should be taken and/or refrain from exercising their right to rejection and upon receipt of such notice the Owners shall commence such negotiations and/or take delivery of the Vessel from the Builders and deliver her to the Charterers;

 

iii) in no circumstances shall the Charterers be entitled to reject the Vessel unless the Owners are able to reject the Vessel from the Builders;

 

iv) if this Charter terminates under sub-clause (b) or (c) of this Clause, the Owners shall thereafter not be liable to the Charterers for any claim under or arising out of this Charter or its termination.

Guarantee Works

If not otherwise agreed, the Owners authorize the Charterers to arrange for the guarantee works to be performed in accordance with the building contract terms, and hire to continue during the period of guarantee works. The Charterers have to advise the Owners about the performance to the extent the Owners may request.

Name of Vessel

The name of the Vessel shall be mutually agreed between the Owners and the Charterers and the Vessel shall be painted in the colours, display the funnel insignia and fly the house flag as required by the Charterers.

Survey on Redelivery

The Owners and the Charterers shall appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of redelivery.

Without prejudice to Clause 14 (Part II), the Charterers shall bear all survey expenses and all other costs, if any, including the cost of docking and undocking, if required, as well as all repair costs incurred.

The Charterers shall also bear all loss of time spent in connection with any docking and undocking as well as repairs, which shall be paid at the rate of Hire per day or pro rata.

 

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART IV

HIRE/PURCHASE AGREEMENT

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 39)

 

On expiration of this Charter and provided the Charterers have fulfilled their obligations according to Part I and II as well as Part III, if applicable, it is agreed, that on payment of the last month’s hire instalment as per Clause 10 the Charterers have purchased the Vessel with everything belonging to her and the Vessel is fully paid for.

If the payment of the instalment due is delayed for less than 7 running days or for reason beyond the Charterers’ control, the right of withdrawal under the terms of Clause 10(e) of Part II shall not be exercised. However, any delay in payment of the instalment due shall entitle the Owners to an interest at the rate per annum as agreed in Box 22. If Box 22 has not been filled in the current market rate in the country where the Owners have their Principal Place of Business shall apply.

In the following paragraphs the Owners are referred to as the Sellers and the Charterers as the Buyers.

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Sellers and taken over by the Buyers on expiration of the Charter.

The Sellers guarantee that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all encumbrances and maritime liens or any debts whatsoever other than those arising from anything done or not done by the Buyers or any existing mortgage agreed not to be paid off by the time of delivery. Should any claims, which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery be made against the Vessel, the Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of such claims to the extent it can be proved that the Sellers are responsible for such claims. Any taxes, notarial, consular and other charges and expenses connected

with the purchase and registration under Buyers’ flag, shall be for Buyers’ account. Any taxes, consular and other charges and expenses connected with closing of the Sellers’ register, shall be for Sellers’ account.

In exchange for payment of the last month’s hire instalment the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers with a Bill of Sale duly attested and legalized, together with a certificate setting out the registered encumbrances, if any. On delivery of the Vessel the Sellers shall provide for deletion of the Vessel from the Ship’s Register and deliver a certificate of deletion to the Buyers.

The Sellers shall, at the time of delivery, hand to the Buyers all classification certificates (for hull, engines, anchors, chains, etc.), as well as all plans which may be in Sellers’ possession.

The Wireless Installation and Nautical Instruments, unless on hire, shall be included in the sale without any extra payment.

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at Sellers’ risk and expense until she is delivered to the Buyers, subject to the conditions of this Contract and the Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be delivered and taken over as she is at the time of delivery, after which the Sellers shall have no responsibility for possible faults or deficiencies of any description.

The Buyers undertake to pay for the repatriation of the Captain, officers and other personnel if appointed by the Sellers to the port where the Vessel entered the Bareboat Charter as per Clause 2 (Part II) or to pay the equivalent cost for their journey to any other place.

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART V

PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR VESSELS REGISTERED IN A BAREBOAT CHARTER REGISTRY

( Optional , only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 40)

Definitions

For the purpose of this PART V, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

The Bareboat Charter Registry ” shall mean the registry of the State whose flag the Vessel will fly and in which the Charterers are registered as the bareboat charterers during the period of the Bareboat Charter.

The Underlying Registry ” shall mean the registry of the State in which the Owners of the Vessel are registered as Owners and to which jurisdiction and control of the Vessel will revert upon termination of the Bareboat Charter Registration.

Mortgage

The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage and the

provisions of Clause 11 (b) (Part II) shall apply.

Termination of Charter by Default

It the Vessel chartered under this Charter is registered in a Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 41 , and if the Owners shall default in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s) specified in Box 26 , the Charterers shall, if so required by the mortgagee, direct the Owners to re-register the Vessel in the Underlying Registry as shown in Box 42 .

In the event of the Vessel being deleted from the Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 41 , due to a default by the Owners in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s), the Charterers shall have the right to terminate this Charter forthwith and without prejudice to any other claim they may have against the Owners under this Charter.

 

 

This document is a computer generated BARECON 89 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


ORIGINAL

 

 

 

LOGO

OUTLINE SPECIFICATION

(Doc. No. T0184-000-01 Rev. hrt1)

105,000 DWT SHUTTLE TANKER

COSCO SHIPYARD GROUP LTD

18 October 2007

Q:\TEKNISK\Technical file\Newbuilding, projects\N255\105K Shuttle Tanker Outline-20071018 (incl stern tunnel thruster)revhrt.doc


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

INDEX

 

010       General Description    4
020       Principal Particulars    5
030       Classification, Rules and Regulations    5
040       Registration    7
050       Plans and Documents    7
060       Spare Parts and Tools    7
100       Hull Structure    8
200       Paint Scheme    9
310       Cargo Pumping System    11
320       Cargo Tank Vent and Inert Gas System    11
330       Cargo Oil Tank Cleaning System    11
340       Cargo Oil Heating System    12
350       Other Cargo Equipment    12
360       Bow Loading System    12
410       Maneuvering Equipment    14
420       Anchoring and Mooring Equipment    14
430       Deck Equipment and Outfitting    15
440       Lifesaving Equipment    16
450       Fire Fighting System    16
460       Hull Piping System    17
500       Accommodation Arrangement    18
510       Panel System    19
520       Deck Covering    19
530       Accommodation Equipment and Material    19
540       Provision Stores and Refrigerating Plant    20
550       Sanitary Equipment    21
560       Air Condition System    21
600       Engine Room Machinery General    22
601       Propeller and Shafting    22
602       Steam Generating Plant    22
603       Electric Generating Plants    22
604       Purifier    22
605       Centrifugal Pump    22

 

Page 2 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

606       Rotary Pump    22
607       Tubular Type Heat Exchanger    23
608       Plate Type Heat Exchanger    23
609       Piping    23
610       Fuel Oil System    24
611       Lubrication Oil System    24
612       Cooling System    24
613       Compressed Air System    24
614       Steam, Condensate & Feed Water System    25
615       F.W. Sanitary System    25
616       Engine Room Bilge System    25
617       Maintenance Equipment, Workshop Machinery    25
618       Engine Room Ventilation    25
619       Waste Disposal System    25
700       Automation System    26
710       Control Space    26
720       Automation System for Machinery    26
730       Integrated Control and Monitoring System (ICMS)    26
740       Cargo and Ballast Monitoring System    26
750       Alarm and Calling System    27
760       Dynamic Positioning System    27
770       Miscellaneous    29
800       Electric System    30
810       Electric Source    30
820       Switchboard    30
830       Electric Motor and Starter    31
840       Lighting System    31
850       Navigation Equipment    32
860       Radio Equipment    32
870       Communication Equipment    32
880       Entertainment Equipment    33
890       Instrumentation    33

 

Page 3 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

010 General Description

General arrangement

The vessel shall be an ocean going single screw diesel engine driven shuttle tanker with a protruded bulbous bow, a transom stern and one(1) continuous deck with a forecastle deck. The Bow Loading System (BLS) will be installed on main deck forward as outlined on the general arrangement (hereinafter called as the G.A.).

The vessel shall follow the latest Guidelines for the DESIGN AND OPERATION OF DYNAMICALLY POSITIONED VESSELS (IMCA) and shall comply with all relevant rules, regulations and requirements to ensure a safe and cost effective operation as an Offshore Shuttle Tanker.

In addition the vessel must comply with the Petrobras Campos Basin Offshore Loading Guidelines for DP Shuttle Tankers Operations. (subject to detailed requirements provide by Owner)

Accommodation including navigation bridge shall be located aft as outlined on the G.A.

The vessel shall have fore and aft peak tanks, cargo oil tanks, segregated water ballast tanks, fuel oil tanks, a pump room, a bow thruster room and an engine room as outlined on the G.A.

The cargo area shall be constructed with double bottom and double shell and shall consist of six (6) pairs cargo oil tanks, two (2) slop tanks and six (6) pairs of wing and double bottom water ballast tanks.

The transverse and one (1) longitudinal bulkhead below the upper deck shall be of plane type.

Peak tanks and six (6) pairs of wing and double bottom water ballast in way of the cargo area shall be designed as segregated water ballast tanks.

A cooling water tank for stern tube shall be provided under the aft peak tank.

The vessel shall be equipped with one (1) tunnel and one (1) retractable azimuth bow thrusters, one (1) tunnel and one (1) retractable azimuth stem thrusters, one (1) mariner type schilling rudder and one (1) controllable pitch propeller.

One (1) set of jib crane shall be provided near the midship for handling the cargo oil hose.

One (1) combined signal and radar mast on the top of wheelhouse and one (1) fore mast shall be fitted.

Heavy fuel oil tank and diesel oil tank in engine room side shall be constructed with double shell and outer space of those tanks shall be void space.

The width of the outer void space shall be minimum 1.0 meter from shell.

Thruster room and access trunks shall have enough space for removing the biggest part of the electric motors for maintenance purpose (removal of stair shall be allowed in this operation).

Intended cargo

Crude oil having a flash point below 60°C (closed cup test) as compatible with the specification.

 

Page 4 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

020 Principal Particulars

 

Dimensions

  

Length over all

   Apprx 246.80 m
   Length between perpendiculars    Apprx 233.00 m
   Breadth, moulded    Apprx 42.00 m
   Depth, moulded    Apprx 22.50 m
   Design draft, moulded    Apprx 15.00 m
   Scantling draught, moulded    Apprx 15.30 m

Deadweight

   At design draught    Apprx 103,000 DWT
   At scantling draught    Apprx 105,000 DWT

Capacity (100%)

   Cargo tanks including slop tanks    Apprx 122,000 m 3
   Water ballast tanks    Apprx 41,000 m 3
   Fresh water tanks    Apprx 300 m 3
   Heavy fuel oil tanks    Apprx 2,400 m 3
   Diesel oil tanks    Apprx 500 m 3

Main engine

   Type   

MAN-B&W 7860MC-C

licensee made

   MCR x rpm    15820 kW x105rpm
   NCR(90%MCR)    14238 kW x 105rpm
   Turbo charger    High efficiency

Service speed at design draught

   Apprx 14.3 knots
Fuel oil consumption of main engine (H.C.V=10,200kcal/kg)    Specific F.O.C. at NCR at shop test   

Apprx 170g/kW h +

5 % toleranse

   Daily ME F.O.C. at Service speed    Apprx 55,6MT/day
   

Cruising range(L.C.V=9800kcal/kg)

   Apprx 12,600NM

030 Classification, Rules and Regulations

Classification society & flag :

DNV LOGO 1A1, “tanker for oil ESP”, CSR, E0, DYNPOS-AUTR, OPP-F, ICS, BOW LOADING, SPM, F-AMC, T-MON, VCS-2

The vessel to be registered in NIS by the Buyer.

Rules and Regulations

The vessel shall comply with following rules, regulations and requirement of the authorities in force at the date of contract signing.

 

   

Maritime regulation of the registered country

 

   

International convention for the safety of life at sea (SOLAS), 1974 with protocol, and the amendments

 

   

International convention on load lines 1966 with protocol

 

Page 5 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

   

International convention for preventing collisions at sea, 1972 and amendments

 

   

International telecommunication (ITU) radio regulations, 1982 and 1998.

 

   

International convention for the prevention of pollution from ships (MARPOL), 1973 (annexes I, V and VI (regulation 12,13 and 16) with protocol of 1978 and amendment to annex I &V

 

   

International convention on tonnage measurement of ship

 

   

Suez canal navigation regulations and tonnage measurement of ship

 

   

IMO resolution A.468(XII), “code of noise level on board ship”

 

   

ISO 6954-1984(E) “ guidelines for the overall evaluation of vibration in merchant ships”

 

   

U.S. coast guide’ s regulations for foreign flag vessels operating in navigable waters of the united states:

CFR title 33-part 155: oil or hazardous material pollution prevention regulations for vessels

CFR title 33-part 156: oil or hazardous material transfer operations

CFR title 33-part 157: rules for the protection of the marine environment relating to tank vessels carrying oil in bulk

CFR title 33-part 159: marine sanitation devices

CFR title 33-part 164: navigation safety rules

CFR title 46- part 32.53: inert gas system

CFR title 46- part 34.05: fire fighting system, where required

CFR title 46- part 35.30: general safety rules

CFR title 46- part 35.35: cargo handling

CFR title 46- part 39 : vapor control system

 

   

OCIMF recommendations for oil tanker manifolds and associated equipment,1991

 

   

OCIMF guidelines and recommendations for the safe mooring of large ships at piers and sea islands

 

   

OCIMF recommendations on equipment for the towing of disable tankers , September 1981

 

   

OCIMF ship to ship transfer guide,1988 and 1997(for fixed mooring fitting)

 

   

OCIMF mooring equipment guidelines(1 st edition, 1992)

 

   

OCIMF an information paper on pump room safety-section 3

Recommendations for equipment and fittings - new ships and section 4 issues for future considerations

 

Page 6 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

   

OCIMF guideline for the prevention of oil spillages through cargo pump room sea valves(2an edition,1991)

 

   

OCIMF recommendation for equipment employed in mooring of ships at single point mooring, 1993(for fixed fitting only)

 

   

ILO crew accommodation on board ships, convention NO. 92 and 133 (except swimming pool)

 

   

International electro technical commission publication 92- electrical installation in ships

 

   

IMO recommendation on access in cargo and ballast tanks A272(VIII) and A(330)(IX)

 

   

Canadian for foreign flagged vessels

 

   

IMO A 751(18) interim standards for ship maneuverability

040 Standards and Workmanship

The following standards to be applied to the construction of the vessel, as far as practicable except the fittings specially described hereinafter.

 

   

ISO standard

 

   

Chinese industrial standards (GB, CSQS, CB, YB, etc)

 

   

Builder’s standards, and Builder’s standard practice

All workmanship entering into the construction of the vessel shall be in accordance with the Chinese Shipbuilding Standards and/or Builder’s standard practice, applicable to this kind of vessel, subject to the approval of the Classification Society where necessary.

050 Plans and Documents

All documents and name plates to be in English. Copies and deliver time to be discussed later

060 Spare Parts and Tools

Spare parts and tools shall be provided based on standard.

Spare Parts Storage: The closed room shall be prepared for storage purpose.

 

Page 7 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

100 Hull Structure

 

Material

  

High tensile steel and mild steel

application of higher tensile steel:

upper and lower parts of longitudinal material

plating of centerline bulkhead

high stressed local structures in cargo tank region

Main hull

   longitudinal framing system

Cargo tank structure:

   double skin arrangement in way of bottom and wing tank

Bulkheads walkway:

  

one(1) access platform at the upper part of side longitudinal bulkhead in

water ballast tanks

Rudder:

   schilling mariner rudder

 

Page 8 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

200 Paint Scheme

 

Area    system   

No. of

coat

  

Total DFT

(mic.)

Flat bottom(up to bilge keel level)

  

Epoxy A/C

Epoxy tie

Tin-free SPCA/F*

  

1

1

2

  

150

100

300

Side bottom and bottom (from bilge keel to scantling draught)

  

Epoxy A/C

Epoxy tie

Tin-free SPCA/F*

  

1

1

2

  

150

100

300

topside

   epoxy    2    300

Exposed weather deck

   epoxy    2    300

Deckhouse external

  

Epoxy

polyurethane

  

1

2

  

125

100

Cargo tanks

        **          

Slop tanks

   Tar free epoxy    2    300

Water ballast tanks

   Tar free epoxy    2    300

Fresh water tanks

  

Epoxy primer

Pure epoxy

  

1

2

  

50

250

Accommodation and engine room    Bare steel   

Ceramic zinc

alkyd

  

1

1

  

35

50

   Under lining    Accommodation    No coating          
      E/R    Ceramic zinc    1    35

Hull Painting

   ***          

 

Note*) design lifetime of A/F is based on three (3) years. The final paint scheme may have alteration in number of coats and dry film thickness in accordance with the specification of the paint manufacturer selected.

 

Note**) The vessel shall have one (1) segregation with cargo tanks fully coated with two (02) coats of Low VOC (S/V 82%) epoxy paint (2 x 150 microns d.f.t.). On the remaining cargo tanks all areas under the main deck, up to 3.0 m below (but including all deck transverses) and all bottom areas up to 1.5 m high shall be coated with two (02) coats of Low VOC (S/V 82%) epoxy paint (2 x 150 microns d.f.t.).

 

Note***) Vessel hull and funnel shall be coated according to Charterers standard. Underwater part (bottom and bootop) shall be coated for 30 months period between drydockings and topside shall be painted in black colour. Accommodations shall be coated in white colour and funnel marking details shall be supplied on due time to be included on the shipyard specification. Details for paint specification shall be discussed in due time to take into account the drydocking cycle of the vessel.

Flame cut edges of structural members in water ballast tanks and fresh water tanks shall be ground off to “1C”-one(1) pass grinding.

Two (2) stripe coats shall be applied to cut free edge of structural members in water ballast tanks and fresh water tanks.

Two (2) stripe coats shall be applied for Cargo Tanks.

 

Page 9 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

Bolted type sacrificial zinc anodes in water ballast tanks based on 5 years lifetime. 5mA/m 2 and 50% ballast ratio.

 

ICCP system   

35mA/m 2 for underwater hull

600mA/m 2 for propeller

 

Page 10 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

310 Cargo Pumping System

 

Cargo segregation    three (3) groups
Cargo oil pump    three (3) 2,800m 3 /h x 130mlc (S.G. 1.025) Vertical, single stages, centrifugal, double suction, Electric motor driven, two (2) speeds
Cargo striping
pump
   one (1), 200m3/h x 130mlc (S.G. 1.025) Vertical, twin screw pump, single speed, el. Motor driven
Cargo auto loading   

vacuum pump type auto-striping/priming system connected to three (3)

Cargo pumps (three (3) air separators and vacuum pump unit)

Stripping eductor    one (1), 400m 3 /h
Cargo valve   

wafer type butterfly valve with NBR seat in general

Cast steel body for cargo manifold and shipside

Cast iron body for others

Valve control   

hydraulic remote control through the ICMS for suction & main Discharge valves

Manual for other valves in pump room and upper deck

320 Cargo Tank Vent and Inert Gas System
Cargo tank vent    one (1) independent high velocity P/V valve per each cargo tank and slop tank, and one(1) common vent & inert gas main line with a vent mast
Portable gas free
fan
   buyer’s supply
Pump room
ventilation
   Two (2) electrical motor driven axial flow fan with mushroom ventilator for exhaust (20 air changes/hour)
Inert gas system   

one (1) 10,500m3/h, multi type

Two (2) electrical motor driven blowers, 100% each

Hydrocarbon gas
sampling system
  

for pump room: total four (4) sampling points

for ballast tanks: each one(1) point per tank

I/G pressure indicator on the Wheel House shall be easily readable from the Cargo Control Station place.
330 Cargo Oil Tank Cleaning System
Tank cleaning
system
   C.O.W and sea water washing
Tank cleaning
heater
  

one (1), 200m3/h, shell & tube type

Heating up from 20°C to 70°C

Tank cleaning machine   

single nozzle, programmable type

Ductile cast iron body

Portable T.C.
machine
   buyer’s supply

 

Page 11 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

Tank cleaning hatch    320mm dia. Bolted manhole
  

- Two (2) for each C.O.T

- One (1) for each slop tank

ODM system    one (1) set as per IMO requirements
340 Cargo Oil Heating System
Heating coil    Al-brass, DN40mm dia. 2.0mm thickness
Heating media    7kg/cm 2 steam
Heating up temp.   

cargo oil tank & slop tank ( starboard)

50°C to 60°C within 96 hours at 5°C S.W/2°C air temp

Slop tank (port)

44°C to 66°C within 24 hours at 5°C S.W/2°C air temp

Piping    one (1) steam supply and one (1) drain main line
350 Other Cargo Equipment
Hand dipping device    one (1), portable type
        -1” deck seal valve    three (3) for each C.O.T &one (1) for each slop tank
        -2” deck seal valve    one (1) for each C.O.T & slop tank

360 Bow Loading System

One (1) set of bow loading system (BLS), allowing loading from a submerged offshore loading system (OLS) at rated of 8,000m3/h shall be provided on the bow at ship’s center.

BLS - BOW LOADING SYSTEM - All the equipments of this system shall be supplied by one maker. The loading manifold shall be located on the forecastle deck at the ship’s center line and the mooring equipments (Roller Fair Lead and Chain Stopper) shall be located on a new platform over the load manifold. The loading manifold shall operate with a 20 inch North Sea Standard Valve connected to the extremity of a cargo hose 20 inch diameter and 110 m length, received from the F(P)SOs. Attention must be paid to the fact that at Campos Basin the mooring and cargo hose connections are made separately; the Hawser is pulled in and connected first and the cargo hose is pulled in and connected afterwards. The arrangement of the BLS equipments must be adequate for this operation.

The traction winch shall have a minimum pulling capacity of 70 t (0-15 m/min x 70 t; 0-40 m/min x 16.5 t; roper diam.= 20 - 120 mm; braking disc in stainless steel).

The BLS line valves (except coupler valve and crude oil valve) shall be of the same maker and type of the vessel cargo system.

The space between the main deck and the new platform shall be closed by two longitudinal bulkheads and one fwd transverse bulkhead, in which shall be installed one bow door hydraulically operated, swing type (up and down) sliding type will not be accepted. Safe access shall be provided in order to allow a crew member to reach and disconnect/connect the bridle from/to the cargo hose, so as to keep it free for an ESD II request. Safety devices shall be fitted at bow area in order to allow the safeguard of crew (rail for safety belt, etc).

Two complete BLS operation stations must be provided; one at bow area and one in wheelhouse.

 

Page 12 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

A drip tray must be provided to avoid small leakages from ball valve.

The bow loading system shall be designed also with the possibility to discharge the vessel through the BLS (requirement for operation at Single Buoy Mooring discharging terminals).

 

Page 13 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

410 Maneuvering Equipment

 

Steering gear    one (1), electrical-hydraulic vane type (2x100% pump)
Schilling Rudder    High performance Schilling Rudder shall be installed.
Bow thruster    one (1), tunnel type, CPP, 2,000kW
   one (1), Retractable azimuth type, CPP, 2,200kW
Stern thruster    one (1), tunnel type, CPP, about 1,100kW
   one (1), Retractable azimuth type, CPP, 2,200kW
Thruster safety margin:    Under the Operational Weather Condition any one of the thrusters shall work continuously within the maximum limit of 85% of its maximum power.

If CPP thrusters are used, each thruster shall have one independent hydraulic unit, with two hydraulic pumps and auto-changeover.

If the vessel is fitted with M/E bridge wing control consoles, it shall be upgraded to have manual tunnel thrusters control as well.

Rope Cutters shall be installed at the main propeller shaft and at each thruster in order to protect the propeller blades against damage during mooring operations (as advised from Buyer that Rope Cutter is included in the thruster and propeller package).

420 Anchoring and Mooring Equipment

 

Windlass & Winch    Two (2), combined with mooring winch
   El.-hydraulic (high press) with non-auto-tension 1C/L+2M/D+1W/H, each Manual band brake, local control El.-hydraulic (high press) with non-auto-tension 16MT x 15m/min Six (6), 2M/D+1W/H, each Manual band brake, local control A brake test kit shall be provided

Power pack for

deck machinery

   BLS power pack located at bosun’s store shall be commonly used to operate forward deck machinery. One (1) power pack capable of operating two (2) mooring Winches by two (2) hydraulic pumps at rated capacity shall Be provided at steering gear room
Anchor    two (2), high holding power type(no spare anchor)
Anchor chain cable    one (1), butt welded stud link type, grade 3
Chain stopper    two (2), roller dog type
Mooring rope    sixteen (16), steel wire type
   30mm dia. x 200mm, each
Mooring fitting    mooring chock shall be provided

 

Page 14 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

Emergency towing/SPM   
-on aft deck    one (1), drum or box storage type, as per SOLAS
-on forward deck    two (2), chain stopper, and one (10 chafe chain (8m) BLS fitting excluding chafing chain shall be commonly Used for emergency towing
Fore wire    two (2), galvanized wore (IRWC)
   38mm dia. x 60m, each with manual storage reel
Mooring Arrangement    The arrangement shall enable at least 6 mooring lines to be used on each area (4 head lines, 2 stern lines and/or breast lines). One strong point of 200t shall be provided on the main deck aft to comply with Petrobras offshore standard.

430 Deck Equipment and Outfitting

 

Cargo slop tank    one (1) per tank
& ballast tank access    700x1, 250mm, oval type, horizontal swivel type hatch
Sludge handing manhole    one (1) per tank, coamingless manhole, 800x600mm
For cargo and slop tank   
Ballast tank access    One (1) per tank, coamingless manhole, 800x600mm
Engine room hatch    one (1), bolted type for provision crane, 1.5m x2.0m
Pump room hatch    one (1), bolted type by pump room davit, 1.8m x1.8m
Accommodation ladder    two (2), Al-alloy, vertical stowage type, fixed air motor driven
Wharf ladder    buyer’s supply
Pilot ladder    two (2), rope type without reel, each to be rigged on The lower platform of the accommodation ladder
Cargo tank ladder    one (1) inclined ladder with upper vertical ladder for each tank
Ballast tank ladder    two (2) vertical ladder for each tank in cargo area
Cargo hose handling    one (1), 15MT SWL, high pressure, hydraulic Single jib type
Crane    hydraulic oil from power for mooring winches shall be
   Commonly used. (3.0m outreach from extreme breadth)
Provision crane    two (2), 10m/min, hoisting speed, 3.0m outreach from
   Extreme breadth, single jib type(3.2MT SWL, each)
BLS service crane    one (1), 5MT SWL, high pressure, hydraulic Single jib type
   10m/min. hoisting speed, 8.0m working radius
Pump room davit    one (1), 0.9MT SWL, el. Motor driven
Sludge handing davit    one (1), 0.2MT SWL, el. Motor driven
Helicopter deck    steel helicopter deck with winch mark as per ICS shall be Provided on upper deck

 

Page 15 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

440 Lifesaving Equipment

 

Life boat    one (1), F.R.P., totally enclosed freefall type, 40 persons fresh water Cooled diesel engine with electrical starting
Lifeboat davit    one (1), freefall type davit made of fabricated steel
Rescue boat and davit    one (1), high speed rescue boat (25knots with 3 persons on board) Six (6) persons capacity with one (1) single point hinged type davit
Life raft   

Two (2) x 20p, davit launchable type

Two (2) x 20p Inflatable throw overboard type

One (1) x 6p Inflatable throw overboard type on forward area

Life raft davit    one (1), single point hinged type davit
Pneumatic Line Thrower    Following items shall be supplied:
(Supplied by Buyer)    Two units, PLT Rescue 230 set, maker: Restech. Two units Art no. 1502 (Pivot Support) and two units Art no. 1503 (tube for Pivot Support). The tubes shall be installed in a permanent way at chain stopper deck and poop deck Two units Art no. 7004 (Heavy duty projectile with rubber tip) One unit Art no. 3303 (Short launching tube) Three units Art no. 6101 (Ball projectile) One unit Art no. 6303 (ball launching tube) Vessel shall have compressor to fill-up air cylinders.
PORTABLE VHF    6 (six) units, with following characteristics shall be supplied:
(Supplied by Buyer)    Maritime mobile standard and Intrinsically safe With leather carrying case, spare batteries and desktop charger Minimum channels: 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 71, 72, 73, 74 and 77

One spot emergency light for ETA main deck aft shall be installed.

450 Fire Fighting System

 

Engine room    high expansion foam system and sea water system
Cargo pump room    high expansion foam system and sea water system

Local application fire fighting fresh water spray system for engine room space

 

Cargo tank deck    low expansion foam system and sea water system
Others    sea water and/or portable fire extinguisher

 

Page 16 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

 

Bow Loading Area    One unit of Remote Controlled Fire Monitor shall be installed for BLS (Bow Loading System) area fire fighting (especially Coupling Valve) with remote control at wheelhouse.

Smoke and Fire Detectors shall be installed at AZ Thruster rooms.

460 Hull Piping System

 

Water ballast pump    two (2), 2,000m3/h x25mwc, centrifugal, el. Motor driven
Ballast piping    two (2) main line system
Valve control   
- Valve for main    remote hydraulic Controlled butterfly valves
-others    manual butterfly valves
Ballast eductor    one (1), 300m 3 /h, ductile cast iron body
Water ballast pipe    STPY400 or STPG370 12.7mm or sch80, ERW, T/E coating
Cargo oil pipe    STPY400 or STPG370 12.7mm or sch80, ERW, T/E coating inside
Inert gas system    STPG370 sch40, ERW, T/E coating inside
Fire & wash deck pipe    STPG370 sch40, ERW, aluminizing for weather deck
Hot/cold water pipe    copper or CPVC
In accommodation   
Refrigerant pipe    copper
Hydraulic Pipe for valve control    multi-core (max. 4 cores, sus3161ERW, sheath)
Hydraulic Pipe for deck machinery
- Pressure line    carbon steel, SMLS
- return    STPG370 sch80, ERW
Oil spill/bilge line    at accommodation front with space valve and “U”
On weather deck    trap drains to slop tank (P&S)

 

Page 17 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

500 Accommodation Arrangement

Complement

Vessel shall have accommodations and life-saving appliances for at least 40 people, as follows: 26 crew members in individual cabins with private bathroom, 2 cabins for cadets (4 places in each cabin) plus one cabin for repair team (6 men). Vessel shall have one mess room serving all crew, one smoking recreation room and one non-smoking recreation room and a gymnasium.

Lay out

Spaces in accommodation, each with about 2,100mm free height, shall be grouped as follow:

 

Public space   

Common mess room

Duty mess room

Recreation room(smokers)

Recreation room(non-smokers)

Hospital

Gymnasium

Officer space   

Deck office

Engine office

Sanitary space   

Private shower/toilet

Common W.C

Hospital bath room

Officer laundry

Crew’s laundry with drying room

Officer’s changing room

Crew’s changing room

Catering space   

Galley

Scullery area

Navigation space    Wheelhouse(incl. radio space and chart space) Computer Server Room (near Navigation Bridge)
Corridor space   

Corridor

Stairway

Control space   

Cargo control room

Engine control room in engine room

Machinery space   

Air handling unit room

Emergency generator room

Hydraulic Power unit room for valve control

Foam room & fire control station(emergency head quarter)

Provision space   

Dry provision store

Refrigerated provision store

Sundry space   

Converter room

Paint store

Deck store

Garbage store

Bonded store

Pipe/duct & electric cable trunk

Oxygen/acetylene bottle store

Other sundry stores and lockers

 

Page 18 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

510 Panel System

 

- partition wall    total 50mm thick mineral wool board finished with 0.6mm thick gal. Steel coated with decorated PVC film on both sides
-lining wall    total 25mm thick mineral wool board finished with 0.6mm thick gal. Steel coated with decorated PVC film on the visible side and gal. Steel on the other side.
-ceiling    total 25mm thick mineral wool board finished with 0.6mm thick Steel coated with baked enamel paint
Lining & ceiling    SUS sheet (0.6mm thick) on visible side instead of galvanized steel
For catering space    Sheet with PVC film or enamel paint

520 Deck Covering

 

Underlay    latex approximately. 10mm thick
Carpet    captain class cabin, senior officer class cabins
Vinyl sheet    other cabins and public spaces except for spaces with carpet
(2mm thick)    office space, control space, navigation space, recreation rooms
   Gymnasium & corridor space
Tile on cement   
-mosaic tile    sanitary space except laundry with drying room and changing room
-quarry tile    catering space, laundry with drying room and changing room

530 Accommodation Equipment and Material

 

Electric heated glass    three (3), for wheel house front window
Window wiper    three (3), electric single blade straight type
Clear view screen    two (2), powered clear view screen (350mm dia.)
Wooden furniture    melamine plastic laminate
Elevator    shall not be provided

One (1) galley shall be furnished with following equipment:

One (1)-electric galley range with 4 plates and 1 oven (approximately 15kw)

One (1)-electric microwave oven (approximately 2.8kw)

One (1)-electric mixing machine (approximately 30L)

One (1)-electric refrigerator (approximately 400L)

One (1)-electric waste dispenser (approximately 0.75kw)

One (1)-electric frying pan (approximately 5.0kw)

One (1)-electric deep fat frier (approximately 7.0kw)

One (1)-electric potato peeler (approximately 3.6kg)

One (1)-electric meat slicer (portable, approximately 0.15kw)

One (1)-stainless steel hood with grease filter

One (1)-working table with drawer

 

Page 19 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

Two (2)-dresser with double sinks, stainless steel top with drawer

One (1)-locker with 3 shelves, stainless steel

Two (2)-plate rack with cup hook

One (1)-cup board

One (1)-connection oven for bakery

One (1) common scullery area shall be provided.

Scullery area shall be furnished with following equipment:

One (1)-electric dish washer (about 25 racks/h, front loading type)

One (1)-electric hot plate (about 1.0kw)

One (1)-electric toaster (4 slicers)

One (1)-electric water boiler (approximately 9.0L)

Three (3)-electric coffee machine (approximately 1.8L)

One(1)-electric refrigerator approximately 200L )

One (1)-stainless steel dresser with double sink

One (1)-plate rack and cupboard

One (1)-jug and cup hook

One (1)-working table with drawer (for utensil and cutlery)

One (1)-electric microwave oven (approximately 2.8kw)

Two (2) laundries shall be provided with following equipment:

Laundry equipment (1- officer’s laundry, 1-crew’s laundry) with follows:

Two (2)—automatic washing machine (about 7.0kg)

One (1)-electric drying tumble (about 5.0kg)

One (1)-electric hand iron (approximately 1.0kw)

One (1)-ironing board with working table

One (1)-laundry tub (stainless steel) with hot and cold fresh water faucets

One (1)-steel shelf

One (1)-stainless steel locker

One (1) drying room with one (1) 1.5kw electric heater and four (4) hanging rails with hook (crew’s laundry only)

540 Provision Stores and Refrigerating Plant

Refrigerated provision stores volume and temperature of compartment shall be as follows.

 

                                                       
Compartment   Volume(m 3 )                   Temperature( 0 C)            

Meat room

  ~20   -23

Fish room

  ~10   -23

Vegetable room

  ~20   +4

Lobby

  ~10    

Dry provision store

  ~40   Air conditioned

Volume of each compartment may be adjusted in accordance with detail design of the accommodation arrangement.

 

Page 20 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

550 Sanitary Equipment

 

Toilet system    vacuum type
Drinking water fountain    three (3), self contained deck mounting type

560 Air Condition System

Central, high pressure, single duct with heating system, R-407C, direct expansion type

 

             Temperature( 0 C)
Dry bulb
   Relative
humidity (%)

Summer season

  Outside air    +35    70
    Inside air    +27    50

Winter season

  Outside air    -15     
    Inside air    +21    50

 

Fresh air ratio:    50%
Air handling unit:    two (2), 50%
Condensing unit:    two (2), 50%
Heating medium:    7kg/cm2, saturated steam
Air changing rate (according to the rules /regulations)

 

compartment    Air change
per hour
   Remarks

Private space

   6     

Public space

   8     

Office space

   8     

Catering space

   8    Spot air cooling/heating  

Changing room

   3    Spot air cooling/heating

Wheelhouse/radio space/chart space

   10    Spot air cooling/heating

Dry provision store

   5    Spot air cooling/heating

Laundry& drying room

   8    Spot air cooling/heating

Cargo control room

   10     

Remark: a fan coil unit for galley, one (1) set x20,000kcal/h

 

Page 21 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

600 Engine Room Machinery General

 

H.F.O.    600cst at 50°C
Cooling    centralized F.W. cooling
Common F.O. system shall be applied for M/E &G/E.

601 Propeller and Shafting

 

Propeller    one (1), controllable pitch, Ni-Al-Br
Stern tube seal    compact lip seal (subject to discussion with Maker), 3-aft and 2-
forward   
Stern tube bush    cast iron with white metal lining
Inter shaft bearing    self lubricated, F.W cooling

602 Steam Generating Plant

 

Auxiliary boiler    one (1), 20ton/h x 7kg/cm2
Exhaust gas economizer    one (1), 1.2ton/h x 7kg/cm2 at M/E NCR

603 Electric Generating Plants

 

Main generator set    four (4), 2500kw x720rpm, IP23, 4-stroke, inline
Emergency generator set    one (1), 700kW x1800rpm, IP23 (MDO)

604 Purifier

 

H.F.O purifier    two (2), 3100L/h, automatic, self cleaning, sg=1.01
Main L.O. purifier    two (2), 2100L/h, automatic, self cleaning
D.O purifier    one (1), 600 L/h, automatic, self cleaning

605 Centrifugal Pump

 

   Casing    impeller    shaft
F.W and feed W    cast iron    bronze    stainless steel
S.W (Ballast,         
Fire & Cooling)    bronze    stainless steel    stainless steel
S.W    bronze    phosphor bronze    stainless steel

606 Rotary Pump

 

   Gear pump    screw pump    single rotor pump
Casing    cast iron    cast iron    cast iron
Power rotor    —      carbon steel    stainless steel
Idle rotor    —      nodular cast iron    —  
Gear    carbon steel    —      —  
Shaft    carbon steel    —      —  
Stator    —      —      synthetic rubber

 

Page 22 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

607 Tubular Type Heat Exchanger

 

Shell    steel plate or steel pipe
Water box    cast iron or steel fabricated
   Neoprene lining internally for S.W box
Tube plate    naval brass
Tube    Aluminum brass

608 Plate Type Heat Exchanger

 

Plate    titanium for S.W
   Stainless steel for F.W/L.O
Frame    mild steel

609 Piping

 

Cooling S.W    65mm and above    SPP or STPY, polyethylene coating inside
   50mm and blow    STPG370E, sch.80, galv.
Cooling F.W    all size    SPP
Compressed air      
starting air       STPG370S, sch40
Control air       copper or STPG370E, sch.40
General Service       STPG370E, sch.40
Lubrication oil    all size    SPP
Fuel oil      
F.O circulating       STPG370S, sch40
Purifier       STPG370E, sch.40
Feed water and    feed water delivery    STPG370S, sch40
Condensate    other    SPP
Steam    supply 16kg/cm2    STPG370S, sch40
   Other    SPP
E/R bilge    all size    STPY or STPG370E, sch.40, galv.
Sanitary F.W    all size    copper or SPP, galv.
Sewage discharge    all size    STPG370E, sch.40, galv.
Heating coil*    all size    STPG370s, sch.80
Exhaust pipe    all size    welded steel plate or SPP

 

* drum type heating unit shall be provided.

 

Page 23 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

610 Fuel Oil System

 

1- Fuel oil transfer pump

 

1- Diesel oil transfer pump

 

2- M.E & G.E fuel oil supply pump

 

2- M.E & G.E fuel oil circulating pump

 

1- Auxiliary boiler F.O. boost pump

 

1- M.E. & G.E viscorator

 

2- M.E. & G.E fuel oil heater

 

2- Auxiliary boiler fuel oil heater

 

1- M.E. & G.E. fuel oil auto filter

 

3- Fuel oil flow meter

611 Lubrication Oil System

Uni-lubrication oil system shall be applied for main engine according to the main engine manufacture’s latest design

 

1- lubrication oil transfer pump

 

2- main lubrication oil pump

 

1- M.E. L.O cooler, plate type

 

1- M.E. L.O auto. Filter

612 Cooling System

Central cooling fresh water system shall be provided

 

2- main cooling sea water pump

 

2- Low temperature fresh water pump

 

1- I.G scrubber C.S.W pump

 

2- Deck water seal C.S.W pump

 

2- M.E. J. C. F. W. pump

 

2- Central F.W. cooler, each 50%, plate type

 

1- M.E. air cooler cleaning pump

 

1- anti-fouling device for cooling S.W

613 Compressed Air System

 

2- Main air compressor, reciprocating, water cooled

 

1- General service air compressor, screw, air cooled

 

1- Control air compressor, screw, air cooled

 

2- Main air reservoir

 

1- General Service air reservoir

 

1- Control air reservoir

 

2- Control air dryer

 

Page 24 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

614 Steam,, Condensate & Feed Water System

 

2- Auxiliary boiler feed pump

 

2- Boiler water circulating pump

 

1- Atmospheric dump drain condenser

615 F.W Sanitary System

 

1- F.W. generator, 30ton/day, plate type

 

1- F.W. hydrophore unit

 

1- calorifier

 

2- Hot water circulating pump

 

1- F.W sterilizer

616 Engine Room Bilge System

 

2- Fire, bilge & G.S. pump

 

1-

Oily water separator, 5m 3 /h

 

1- Sludge pump

 

1- Engine room bilge pump

617 Maintenance Equipment, Workshop Machinery

 

1- Engine room crane, overhead type

 

1- Lathe

 

1- Drilling machine

 

1- Grinder

 

1- Gas welder

 

1- Electric arc welder

618 Engine Room Ventilation

 

4- Engine room supply fan, two (2) sets reversible, and axial flow type

 

1- Purifier room exhaust fan. Mushroom header type

 

1- Exhaust fan for welding space

 

1- Unit cooler for engine control room, package type

619 Waste Disposal System

 

1- Incinerator, 500,000kcal/h

 

1- Sewage treatment, biological, vacuum device combined type

 

Page 25 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

700 Automation System

Remote and automatic controls and instrumentation shall be provided for the propulsion plant and auxiliary according to the requirements of the class for unattended machinery space.

710 Control Space

Engine control room (ECR)

Cargo control room (CCR)

Wheelhouse

720 Automation System for Machinery

 

Main engine remote control system    wheelhouse, bridge wings and ECR
Auxiliary equipment control system   
Steam generating plant    local manual/automatic control
Electric generating plant    remote manual/ automatic control

730 Integrated Control and Monitoring System (ICMS)

Redundant process station

Man-machine interface

2x20” CRT, 2 x keyboard, 2 x printer in ECR

2x20” CRT, 2 x keyboard, lx printer in CCR

2x20” CRT, 2 x keyboard in wheelhouse

lx UPS

Alarm and monitoring for engine room operation

Binary signal: approximately 150 points

Analog signal: approximately 100 points

Stand-by start of essential pumps in engine room

Control and monitoring for cargo/ballast system

740 Cargo and Ballast Monitoring System

Remote sounding and draught measuring system:

Air purge type, for each water ballast tank, peak tank and draught (4)

Electric pressure transducer type, for each H.F.O & D.O. storage, settling, service tank

Draught measurement

Cargo monitoring system:

Integrated into ICMS

Cargo tanks and slop tanks level (radar beam type) and temperature (2 points/tank)

Remote operation and indication of cargo valve and ballast valve

Cargo manifold pressure indication

Remote control reading of liquid pressure/temperature

Cargo Control System:

Cargo Control System shall be installed with two (2) control stations located in the Wheel House. The system shall allow the supervision and control of cargo load and discharge operations from either CCR or Wheel House. All the information and controls necessary for a safe cargo loading operation shall be available at both sites, including start/stop/control of cargo and ballast pumps, open/close of the cargo and ballast valves needed for those operations, cargo and ballast tanks level and temperature measurement and inert gas. Cargo tanks level measurement system shall be of Radar Type with readings at Wheelhouse and CCR.

 

Page 26 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

Ballast Monitoring System:

Ballast tanks and peak tanks level

 

Independent overfill alarm system    to be provided
Loading calculator    one (1), on-line

750 Alarm and Calling System

 

1- emergency general alarm system

 

1- fire detection system

 

1- foam release alarm system

 

1- emergency engineer alarm system

 

1- hospital calling system

 

1- ref. chamber alarm system

 

1- engine room dead man alarm system

 

1- engine room patrol man call alarm

The alarm and monitoring system shall have one Operator Station at Wheel House and one at ECR. Bilge Alarm for Thrusters rooms shall generate audio and visual indication on ECR, CCR and Wheel House. All pitch command and feed back signals as well the power consumption and trip signals to have failsafe (wire break) and out-of-range monitoring functions.

Alarms shall be provided for redundant power supplies and UPS.

760 Dynamic Positioning System

DPS - DYNAMIC POSITIONING SYSTEM A dual system, SDP21 with two (02) SDP-OS Operator Station, one Joystick Station and a Dual Redundant Controller Unit, type DPC-22 shall be fitted.

DP sensors to be included in the system are: 2 MRUs, 2 Wind Sensors with separated displays and 2 Gyros (one can be the vessels Gyro), both being capable to be used in DP System and navigation, as well.

DP system shall be interfaced to the thrusters, CPP, Rudder, ME, Power Management System, Vessel Monitoring and Control System and Vessels draft. The system shall incorporate the following softwares: “Tandem Mode”, Weather Vane Mode, “On Line Capability Plot”, “On Line Consequence Analysis” and “Motion Prediction.” One wheelhouse display for Hawser Tension, with large digits shall be provided (Simrad/London Electronics Ltd P1754 or equivalent).

One (1) DP Operator chair installed over rails that enable the chair to access all control consoles to be provided.

PRS - Position Reference Systems: The vessel shall be fitted with: one ARTEMIS MK5, one DARPS 700 and one Fanbeam MK4. The antennas of the Artemis, the Fanbeam and one DARPS GPS shall be installed on the forward mast. Receivers for GPS corrections to be included: IALA, Petrobras UHF465, Fugro (Spot Beam and Inmarsat).

PMS - POSITION MONITORING SYSTEM - An independent system capable of logging all reference systems and to evaluate the function of same systems in parallel with DP systems (BLOM Logger or similar) shall be fitted. All logged data shall be available for retrieval as open files (excel or similar).

THRUSTERS (Can be hydraulic CPP or fixed pitch with variable frequency driver)

ZERO PITCH SYSTEM: M/E Controlled Pitch Propeller shall be fitted with a Zero Pitch System.

 

Page 27 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

ME shall be prepared for DP operation with close attention for slow speed operation.

New auxiliary thrusters to be installed as follows:

 

   

one (1) bow tunnel thruster with 2,000 kW;

 

   

one (1) stern tunnel thruster with 1,100 kW;

 

   

one bow azimuth thruster (retractable or swing-up type) with 2,200kW;

 

   

one stern azimuth thruster (retractable or swing-up type) with 2,200 kW;

The vessel shall load at F(P)SO’s equipped either with turret system or spread moored system. The entire integrated DP system, including power units, shall have the following Operating Weather Conditions for mooring / loading operations / unmooring:

 

Wave:    Hs= 3.5 m    Tp = 9.0 s
Wind    Vv = 15,0 m/s   
Current    Vc =1.10 m/s   

DP Capability Plots shall be calculated considering:

 

   

Turret type F(P)SO’s: waves and wind in the same direction of the shuttle tanker (0 degree with bow) and the current rotating.

 

   

Spread Moored type F(P)SO’s: waves and wind in the same direction of the shuttle tanker (0 degree with bow) and the current rotating, as well as current in the same direction of the shuttle tanker (0 degree with bow) and wind/waves rotating.

The Capability Plots shall be calculated both for normal ballast condition and for full load condition. For each condition, the following sub-conditions shall be considered:

all thrusters available (bow tunnel thruster, bow azimuth thruster, stern azimuth thruster, stern tunnel thruster and main propeller x rudder);

all thrusters available except the bow tunnel thruster;

all thrusters available except the bow azimuth thruster;

all thrusters available except the stern tunnel thruster;

all thrusters available except the stern azimuth thruster;

all thrusters available except the set main propeller x rudder.

Each Load Condition x Thruster Availability shall be plotted considering current velocities of 0.5 knot, 1.0 knot, 1.5 knots and 2.0 knots and wind velocities of 6.0 m/s, 10.0 m/s, 14.0 m/s and 16.0 m/s.

There shall be presented 96 Capability Plots. In earlier design stage, five (5) cases with 2.0 knots current and 16.0m/s wind shall be presented.

Although not required by class, redundancy at control and supervision level shall be extensively implemented.

FMEA (FAILURE MODE AND EFFECT ANALYSIS) shall be performed by a third party, and shall include a theoretical study and proving trials. It shall be performed to determine the suitability and reliability of vital system and to identify any failures that may lead to a loss of position, loss of power generation or a loss of main propulsion while the vessel is operating in DP mode. After the conversion works a FMEA proving trial shall be carried out on board in order to verify the theoretical analysis. A final report shall be issued and critical findings shall be properly corrected.

 

Page 28 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

770 Miscellaneous

CCTV system

CCTV - Close Circuit Color Television Monitoring System One full matrix switched system with PTZ (pan, tilt and zoon) cameras shall be installed.

Recommended minimum system:

Camera:

1-for Coupling Valve,

1- for BLS Winch,

1- at fwd Mast,

1- at each Thruster room,

2- at amidships mast - manifolds supervision,

1- at Main Deck aft and 2 for Engine Room.

Monitors and Control Panel at Bridge - (3 monitors and 1 Control Panel),

Engine Room (2 monitors and 1 Control Panel) and

Cargo Control Room (1 monitor and 1 Control Panel)

Location of the cameras shall be discussed according to the project and vessels particulars.

Local area network

LAN cables (CAT.5) and wall sockets for nine (9) locations: builder’s scope

All hardware (PCs, hub and server): buyer’s scope

TELEMETRY

TELEMETRY shall be provided by the Buyer. Details of the system will be supplied in due time.

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS

Hydraulic power systems shall have dedicated oil filter CJC type or equivalent per system. The following systems, if fitted, must have their own CJC filter:

M/E CPP

Thrusters CPP

BLS winch

UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLIES AND REDUNDANT POWER SUPPLIES

UPSs shall be provided for DP System equipments, sensors and controllers. At least two UPSs shall be used to provide full redundancy for DP System equipments, sensors and PRS. Control System of new engines and thrusters shall have a redundant power supply. Signal splitter units shall have power supply from same source that feeds the signal generator equipment.

 

Page 29 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

800 Electric System

Applied voltage: AC440V, AC220V, 60Hz and/or DC 24V

Electric cable: the cable throughout vessel shall be compliance with IEC60332-1(flame retardant)

Engine room:

Ethylene propylene rubber insulated PVC sheathed and steel and/or copper wire braided

Weather deck:

E.P rubber insulated PVC sheathed and steel and/or copper wire braided with PVC covering

Accommodation:

Ethylene propylene rubber insulated PVC sheathed

810 Electric Source

The generators shall serve under various conditions as follows:

 

Normal see going:    lx D/G
Maneuvering with 1-bow thruster    2x D/G
Cargo loading in DP mode    4x D/G with open bus-tie
Cargo discharging    3x D/G
Rest in port    1x D/G or 1x E/G

Transformers:

 

2- 1500KVA 6600V/445V three phase for 440V general service

 

2- 160KVA 440V/225V three phase for 220V general service

 

2- 60KVA 440V/225V three phase for emergency

 

3- 5KVA 440V/225V single phase for ship’s forward service

Storage battery

1-220AH, DC24V maintenance free sealed lead-acid type for general use

1-maintenance free sealed lead-acid type for radio plant

Each battery set shall have separate battery charger

820 Switchboard

6600V main switchboard

Four (4) diesel generator panels, one (1) bus tie panel, two (2) transformer feeders, four (4) thruster feeder/starters(both feeder for stern thruster), three (3) cargo pump feeder/starters

440V switchboard

one (1) bus tie panel, two (2) 440V feeder panels, two (2) 220V feeder panels and two (2) group starter panels(fixed type)

Emergency switchboard

one (1) emergency generator panel, one (1) 440V emergency feeder panel, one (1) 220V emergency feeder panel, one (1) group starter panels(fixed type) and shore connection facility (AC440V, 60Hz, 3Ph, 500A)

 

Page 30 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

Distribution boards    to be provided in accordance with detail design
Test panel    not to be provided

The following functions are required on the Power Management System (to be integrated in Automation System):

load dependent start/stop

start blocking of heavy consumers

blackout recovery

load sharing with options: symmetric/ asymmetric load sharing,

fixed load and manual load sharing

power limitation /thruster pitch reduction

load shedding

mimic graphics—showing power consumption of thrusters, load of gensets, etc., to provide a quick view of status and safety margins during DP operations.

830 Electric Motor and Starter

Motor

High voltage motors shall be supplied in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard and IEC.

Squirrel cage induction type and insulation class B or F.

Motors in E/R floor deck and below totally enclosed type (IP44)

 

Motors in E/R others    drip proof (IP23)
Accommodation and other space    drip proof (IP23)
Exposed to weather    water proof type (IP56)

Motors installed on weather deck, steering gear motor, emergency fire pump motor, hydraulic Oil pump motor for deck machinery/thrusters, ballast pump motors and high voltage motors shall be provided with space heater.

Starter

Over current protection by thermal two-element type over current relay shall be applied.

Ammeter shall be provided for motors with capacity 15kw and above.

Running meters for the duplicated motors.

840 Lighting System

The lighting shall be fed from the 220V, 60Hz, 1Ph, normal & emergency supply system.

 

Machinery space    halogen lamp, fluorescent lamp, incandescent lamp
Accommodation    fluorescent lamp, incandescent lamp
Space exposed to weather    high pressure sodium flood lamp, incandescent lamp
3kw Suez Canal search light    buyer’s supply

 

Page 31 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

2kw search light    buyer’s supply. One search light shall be installed at bow (fwd mast), with remote control on wheelhouse. Minimum capacities: 2,000W, 250 meters range

Navigation & signal lights to be connected to a panel with control switches and indication lamps graphically arranged, audible and visible signal alarm, and the panel to be installed in bridge control console.

Lighting on wheelhouse shall be compliance with the requirements for DP and Cargo Operation.

850 Navigation Equipment

1-magnetic compass (transmitting type)

1-Auto pilot with a course recorder and 3 gyro compass with five (5) gyro repeater

1-rudder angle indicator (4-indicators)

1-echo sounder with one (1) transducer, 1-digital depth indicator

1-doppler speed log (2-axis type) with two (2) remote indicators

2-radar

S-band 17” CRT with ARPA

X-band, 17” CRT with ARPA

1-integrated navigation system

1 set, navigation information display

2 sets, ECDIS (21”)

2-anemometer and anemoscope (a part of DP system)

2-DGPS navigator

1-automtic identification system

1-voyage data recorder

860 Radio Equipment

Radio equipment to comply with the GMDSS requirement for A3.area

1-radio station (250W)

MF/HF transceiver with DSC control unit

DSC watch keeping receiver

2-VHF radio telephone with one (1) DSC watch receiver

1-INMARSAT B

1-INMARSAT C

1-satellite E.P.I.R.B

1-navtex receiver

1-weather facsimile

3-Portable VHF transceiver

2-Radar transponder

8-portable UHF transceiver (walkie-talkie)

1-telemetry system for shuttle tanker

External communication equipment shall comply with GMDSS area 3 requirement.

870 Communication Equipment

1-auto telephone (56 lines)

1-sound powered telephone (9 stations)

 

Page 32 of 33


LOGO  

Outline Specification

105,000 DWT Shuttle Tanker

 

T0184-000-01

Rev. 1 (2007-10-18)

 

1-public address (dual 400w amp.) & talk-back system (4 stations)

1- whistle (each one air horn and electric horn)

1-electric clock system (13 slave clocks)

1-ship security alert system

880 Entertainment Equipment

1-broadcast & television receiving communal aerial system

TV SET, Hi-Fi stereo sets etc. recreation equipment no to be supplied by the builder.

890 Instrumentation

The instrumentation used on power and distribution panels, the main circuit breaks and protective devices shall have valid certificates of calibration. If these certificates are not available, or if they are out of date, calibration to be performed (preferably during conversion time) and new certificates to be issued by a company recognized by a major class society. The following instruments must have calibration certificates:

Instruments of Main and Emergency Switchboard Voltmeters, Ammeters, Power meters, etc.

Main circuit breaks (generators, bus ties, thrusters and heavy consumers) Overhaul revision and trip levels verified.

Protective devices of M/E, D/Gs and most important equipment (thermostats, pressure switches, sensors, etc.)

 

Page 33 of 33


ORIGINAL

 

Note on Status

A      Submitted for Owner Review.

B      Owner’s comments incorporated.

C      Submitted for Class Society Review.

D      Class Society’s comments incorporated.

E       Issued for Construction.

F       As-built Drawings.

 

 

         
                          
         
                          
         
                          
         
                          
25-Oct-07    1    Revised as per Owner Comments.    F. B. Liu    S. Y. Wang        W. J. Zhu
6-Oct-07    0    Issued for review.    F. B. Liu    S. Y. Wang    W. J. Zhu
Date    Rev. No.    Description    Designed        Checked    Approved    
STATUS    A   B   C   D   E   F
BUILDER    COSCO SHIPYARD GROUP CO. LTD    HULL NO.    TBA
      CLASS    DNV
        OWNER    LOGO    Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

Smedasundet 40, N-5529 Haugesund, Norway

Tel +47 52 70 40 00 Fax +47 52 70 40 40 Website: www.knutsenoas.com

         PROJECT                             105,000DWT Afrmax DP Shuttle Tanker
MAKER LIST    DWG. NO.    T0184-000-04
   SFI NO.    N/A
   SCALE    SHEET    DATE
   N/A    1 of 12    25-Oct-07
   

LOGO

                           COSCO SHIPYARD GROUP CO. LTD
  No. 37 Dongbei Road, E.T.D.Z District, Dalian, China    Email:  offshore@cosco-shipyard.com
  Tel: +86 411 3922 9421 Fax: +86 411 3922 9420    Website:  www.cosco-shipyard.com
 
This drawing or document is the intellectual property of COSCO shipyard group Co., Ltd and may not be reproduced, sold or use in whole or in parts for any propurse without the written approval of COSCO shipyard group Co. Ltd.


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

2

 

1. MATERIAL PROTECTION & CARGO HANDLING & OUTFITTING

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER          

REMARKS

1    PAINT         INTERNATIONAL PAINT         China
           HEMPEL         Ditto
           SIGMA         Ditto
           JOTUN         Ditto
2    ICCP         ACG         Italy
           CATHELCO         UK
           KC LTD         Korea
           WILSON WALTON         UK
3    CARGO OIL & BALLAST PUMP         HAMWORTHY KSE         Singapore
           SHINKO         Japan
4    REMOTE CONTROL VALVES FOR CARGO & BALLAST SYSTEM         DANFOSS          
           PLEIGER         Germany
           NAKAKITA         Japan

5

   INERT GAS PLANT         SCANA HYDRAULIC         Norway
           HAMWORTHY KSE         Norway
           AIR PRODUCT         Norway
           AALBORG /SMIT         Denmark
6    ODMS         SEIL SERES         Korea
           JOWA         Sweden
           VAFKO         Korea
7    P/V VALVE         TANK TECHEIL SERES         Korea
           SEWON         Korea
           PRESS-VAC         Denmark
8    TANK CLEAN MACHINE         CONSILIUM TOFTEJORG         Sweden
           POLAR MARINE         Norway
           ALVA LAVAL         Sweden
           SCANJET         Sweden
9    BOW LOADING SYSTEM         PUSNES         Norway
           APL         Norway
10    GRE PIPE         AMERON         Singapore
           EDO (FIBERBOND)         U.S.A
11    HAND DIPPING DEVICE         MMC ASIA         Japan
           TANK SYSTEM         Switzerland
           TANK TECH         Korea


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

3

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
12    STEERING GEAR         PORSGRUND         Norway
         HATLAPA         China
         ROLLS ROYCE / ULSTEIN         Norway
         KAWASAKI WUHAN         China
13    THRUSTER         BRUNVOLL         Norway
         ROLLS ROYCE / ULSTEIN         Norway
         LIPS         Holland
         KAWASAKI         Japan
14    WINDLASS AND
MOORING WINCH
        HATLAPA         China
         ROLLS- ROYCE         Norway/China
         IHI         China
         KAWASAKI WUHAN         China
         PUSNES         Norway
15    ANCHOR         WUZHOU MARINE CASTING PLANT         China
         ZHENJIANG ZHENGMAO GROUP         China
         RUGAO HAIYANG         China
         JIANGSU YUANYANG         China
16    CHAIN CABLE         CHINA          
17    CHAIN CABLE STOPPER         CHINA          
18    EMERGENCY TOWING         TANK TECH         USA
19    ACCOMMODATION LADDER & WINCH         ZHENGJIANG LISHENG         China
         JIANGYAN MARINE EQUIPMENT PLANT         China
         HUANGSHAN XINGHAI MARINE EQUIPMENT PLANT         China
         JIANGSU VICTOR MARINE AUX. C/L         China
20    LIFEBOAT & RESCUE BOAT         JIANGYIN NORSAFE         China
         HARDING         China
         JIANGYIN XINJIANG         China
         HATECKE         Germany
21    LIFEBOAT & RESCUE DAVIT         BEIHAI S/Y (CHINA)         China
         JIANGSU VICTOR MARINE AUX. C/L (CHINA)         China
         JIANGYIN NORSAFE         China
         HADING         China
         HATECKE         Germany


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

4

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
22    LIFERAFT         HYGRAPHA         Germany
         DSB         Germany
         VIKING         Denmark
         RFD         U.K
               CHINA-MADE          
23    PROVISION CRANE                    
         JIANGYIN HUADONG         China
         DREGGEN         Norway/China
         TTS         China
24    CO2 FIRE EXTINGISHING         UNITOR         Norway
         NK         Korea
         SEAPLUS         Korea
         TYCO         U.K
25    FOAM FIRE EXTINGISHING         UNITOR         Norway
         NK         Korea
         SEAPLUS         Korea
         TYCO         U.K
26    SURVIVAL SUITS         VIKING         Denmark
         RFD         U.K
27    FIREMAN’S OUTFIT (LOOSE PARTS)         UNITOR         Norway
         NK         Korea
28    LOOSE LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT         COSCO         Korea
           UNITOR         Norway
29    CARGO CONTROL SYSTEM         BJORGE STEINCO         Norway
         LYNGSO MARINE         Denmark
         KONGSBERG         Norway
         MOLAND          
30    LOADING COMPUTER         TECHMARINE         Korea
           NAPA         Finland
           CONSULTAS         Norway
           MARINE ALIGNMENT         Denmark


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

5

 

2. ACCOMMODATION

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
1    INSULATION         CHINA          
2    DECK COVERING         CHINA          
3    PARTITION WALL, CEILING         CHAO YANG MACHINERY PLANT         China
         HUANAN BUILDING MATERIALS CO., LTD         China
         JIANG SU HAI LU (CHINA)         China
4    LAVATORY UNIT         CHAO YANG MACHINERY PLANT         China
         SHANGHAI HUI HE         China
         NORAC-SUZHOU         China
5    GRP DOOR         LIBRA         Norway/China
6    FURNITURE         CHINA          
7    GALLEY AND LAUNDRY         ELECTROLUX         Sweden
         AROX         Singapore
         SAMJOO         Korea
         METOS         Finland
         BEHA HEDO         Norway
8    TOILET UNIT         BULL         Korea
         WARTSILA         Korea
9    VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM         JETS         Norway
         EVAC         Finland
10    AIR CONDITIONING PLANT, PROVISION REFRIGERATING, PLANT         HEINEN & HOPMAN         Holland
         SABROE         Denmark
         NAMIREI/DAIKIN         Japan
         VIKING         Singapore
         HI-PRESS          
11    WINDOW WIPER         JUNG-A         Korea
         WYNE         U.K


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

6

 

3. MACHINERY PART

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
1    MAIN ENGINE         MAN B&W         China
         WARTSILA         Finland
         MAN B&W         Japan
2    PROPELLER         ROLLS-ROYCE         Sweden
         LIPS         Holland
         KAWASAKI         Japan
3    AUXILIARY BOILER         AALBORG         China
         SAACKE         China
         MITSUBISHI         Japan
4    EXHAUST GAS ECONONIZER         AALBORG         China
         SAACKE         China
         MITSUBISHI         Japan
         KANGRIM         Korea
5    AUXILIARY ENGINE         WARTSILA         Korea
         DAIHATSHU         China
         MAN B&W HOLEBY         Denmark
         Mak         German
6    EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATING SET         NORHAVN         Denmark
         CUMMINS         China
         LINDEBERG +ANLAGEN         Germany
         CARTEPILLAR         USA
7    PURIFIER         ALFA-LAVAL         Sweden
         WESTFALIA         Germany
8    F.O SUPPLY MODULER UNIT         KUPER+WOLF         Germany
         AURAMARINE ASIA LTD (CHINA)         China
         ALFA LAVAL         Sweden


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

7

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
9    CENTRIFUGAL PUMP         ALLWEILER         Germany
         SHINKO         Japan
         HAMWORTHY         Norway
   GEAR PUMP         ALLWEILER         Germany
         HAMWORTHY         Norway
   EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP         SHINKO         Japan
         ALLWEILER         Germany
         HAMWORTHY         Norway
10    AIR COMPRESSOR         HATLAPA         Germany
         NK         Germany
         SPERRE         Norway
11    F.W. GENERATOR         SERCK         Germany
         ALFA-LAVAL         Sweden
         JOWA         Sweden
         SONDEX         Denmark
         APV         Denmark
12    PLATE COOLER         GEA         Germany
         APV         Denmark
         DONGHWA         Korea
         SONDEX         Denmark
         DHP         Korea
         LHE         Korea
         ALFA-LAVAL         Sweden
13    TUBULAR COOLER / CONDENSER         DONG HEA         Korea
14    OIL HEATER         DONG HEA         Korea
15    INCINERATOR         TEAMTEC         Norway/China
         KANGRIM         Korea
         ATLAS         Germany


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

8

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
16    OILY WATER SEPARATOR         MARINFLOC         Sweden
         JOWA         Sweden
         B+V         Germany
         RWO         Germany
         HAMWORTHY         Norway
17    MARINE GROWTH PREVENTION SYSTEM         ACG         Italy
         CATHELCO         UK
         CWC         Holland
         WILSON WALTON         UK
18    SHELL-TUBE TYPE HEAT EXCHENGER         NANTONG MACHINERY WORKS         China
         NANTONG SHENTONG MACHINICAL FACTORY         China
         NANTONG CSEMC MACHINERY MANUFACTURE         China
19    STERNTUBE SEAL         B+V         Germany
         JMT         Japan
         KOBELCO         Japan
         CEDERVAL         Sweden
         IHC         Holland
20    FANS         HENGYUAN (CHINA)         China
         QINGDAO MARINE EQUIPMENT CO. (CHINA)         China
         JIANGSU ZHAOSHENG (CHINA)         China
21    SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT         HAMWORTHY         Sweden
         JONGHAP         Korea
         CHANGWON         Korea
         TAIKO         China
         JOWA         Sweden
22    FIXED WATER MIST FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM         YORK REFRIERATION          
         UNITOR         Norway
         TYCO         Japan
         CHINA-MADE          
23    TEMPERATURE REGULATING, VALVE ONLY THREE WAY         AMOT         U.K
         ODIN         Denmark
         NAKAKITA         Japan
         FISCHER(USA)         USA
24    ENGINE ROOM CRANE         CHINA          
25   

COMPRESSED AIR

DRYER

        BOGE         Germany
         SABROE         Germany
         NIPPON CONTROL         Japan
         BEKO         Germany


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

9

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
26    AUTO. CLEANING FILTER         ALFA — LAVAL         Sweden
         B&K         Germany/China
         AMEROID         Japan
         KUP-WOLF         Germany
27    OTHER FILTER         CHINA          
28    AIR RESERVOIR         SHAZHOU MARINE BOILER FACTORY         China
         JIUJIANG MARINE MACHINERY PLANT         China
         TAIZHOU YONG TAI         China
29    F.W. HYDROPHORE TANK AND CALORIFIER         NANTONG MARINE MACHINERY PLANT         China
         TAIXIN MARINE MACHINERY PLANT         China
         JIANGSU NANJI         China
30    POTABLE WATER STERILIZER         JOWA         Sweden
         SERCK         Germany
         RENKEN         Germany
         NIPPON CONTROL         Japan
         SAFETEC         Singapore


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

10

 

4. ELECTRIC PART

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
1    DP SYSTEM         KONGSBERG         Norway
         ALSTOM         UK
2    ICMS         LYNGSOE MARINE         Norway
         KONGSBERG         Norway
3    CARGO TANK LEVEL GAUGE SYSTEM (RADAR BEAM TYPE)         AUXITROL         France
         SAAB         Sweden
         AUTRONICA         Norway
4    BALLAST & FO TANK LEVEL GAUGE SYSTEM (AIR PURGE TYPE)         HANLA         Korea
         AUXITROL         France
5    INDEPENDENT HIGH LEVEL ALARM SYSTEM         HANLA         Korea
         AUXITROL         France
6    GAS SAMPLING & DETECTION SYSTEM         HANLA         Korea
         CONSILIUM         Sweden
         RIKEN         Japan
         KYOMO         Japan
7    VAPOUR RECOVERY SYSTEM         HANLA         Korea
8    CCTV         HERNIS         Norway
         OCEANOR         Norway
         CMR         Korea
9    FIRE DETECTING SYSTEM         UNITOR         Norway
         CONSILIUM         Sweden
         THORN         U.K
         OKI-NHE         Japan
         APOLLO         U.K
         AUTRONICA         Norway
10   

ELECTRIC GENERATOR

(HIGH/LOW VOLTAGE)

        ABB         Sweden
         SIEMENS         Germany
         WEG         Brazil/China
11    ELECTRIC MOTOR (HIGH/LOW VOLTAGE)         ABB         Sweden
         SIEMENS         Germany
         WEG         Brazil/China
12   

SWITCHBOARD/ STARTER/ DISTRIBUTION BOARD

(LOW VOLTAGE)

        SCHNEIDER         China
         ABB         China
         WEG         Brazil/China
         HDW         China


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

11

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
13    SWITCHBOARD / STARTER (HIGH VOLTAGE)         TERASAKI         Japan
         IMTECH         Holland
         ABB         Sweden
         WEG         Brazil/China
         HDW         Germany
14    IBS / NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT         KONGSBERG NORCONTROL         Norway
         JRC         Japan
         FURUNO         Japan
         TOKIMEC INC.         Japan
15    CYRO COMPASS / AUTO PILOT / MAGNETIC COMPASS         C-PLATH         Germany
         IBS MARKER          
16    RADIO PLANT (GMDSS )         FURUNO         Japan
         TOKIMEC INC.         Japan
         JRC         Japan
         IBS MARKER          
17    AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE SYSTEM / SOUND POWER TELEPHONE/PA         GITIESSE         Italy
         VINGTOR         Norway
         PHONTECH         Norway
         OKI-NHE         Japan
         KC         Korea
         MRC         Korea
18    SPEED LOG         C.PLATH         Germany
         YOKOGAWA         Japan
         FURUNO         Japan
19    SSAS         FURUNO         Japan
         TOKIMEC INC.         Japan
         JRC         Japan
20    VDR         FURUNO         Japan
         TOKIMEC INC.         Japan
         CONSILIUM         Sweden
         HAILAND         China
         JRC         Japan
21    AIS         FURUNO         Japan
         TOKIMEC INC.         Japan
         JRC         Japan
22    AIR HORN (TYFON)         ZOLLER         Germany
         KOCKUMS         Sweden
         SARACOM         Korea
         IBUKI         Japan


LOGO  

MAKER LIST

T0184-000-04 Rev. 1

 

PAGE

12

 

No.    ITEM           MANUFACTURER           REMARKS
23    NAVIGATION AND SIGNAL LIGHTS         AQUA         Germany
         PERERS & BEY         Germany
         SANSHIN         Japan
         GLAMOX         Norway
         KUKDONG         Korea
         HAI XING         China
24    LIGHTING FIXTURES         HAIXING         China
         GLAMOX         Norway/China
         HULE         China
         TIANCHANG         China
         DALIAN         China
25    STORAGE BATTERY & CHARGING & DISTRIBUTION PANEL         SWITCHBOARD MAKER          
26    CABLE         YANG ZHOU YUANYANG CABLE FACTORY         China
         CHANGZHOU MARINE CABLE FACTORY         China
         SHANGSHANG         China
27    MONITORING AND ALARM EQUIPMENT         LYNGSOE MARINE         Denmark
         KONGSBERG         Norway
28    MAIN ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM         LYNGSOE MARINE         Denmark
         KONGSBERG         Norway
29    CONSOLE         MADE IN CHINA          


C LYDE  & C O

 

 

Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS

and

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

and

Fronape International Company

and

Petrobras Transporte SA – Transpetro

and

Fronape International Company B.V.

Novation Agreement

in respect of

the Bareboat Charter of RECIFE KNUTSEN and the Management Agreement of RECIFE KNUTSEN

 

 


Agreement

Dated: June, 29th, 2012.

Between:

 

(1) KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS a company incorporated in Norway, and having its registered place of business at Smedasundet 40, 5519 Haugesund, Norway (the Owner );

 

(2) KNUTSEN OAS SHIPPING AS a company incorporated in Norway, and having its registered place of business at Smedasundet 40, 5519 Haugesund, Norway (the Manager );

 

(3) FRONAPE INTERNATIONAL COMPANY a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands whose registered office is at P.O. Box 714, Georgetown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands (the Old Charterer );

 

(4) PETROBRAS TRANSPORTE S.A. — TRANSPETRO a company incorporated in Brazil whose registered office is at Av Presidente Vargas, 328, 20091-060, Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil ( Transpetro ); and

 

(5) FRONAPE INTERNATIONAL COMPANY B.V. a company incorporated in the Netherlands, whose registered office is at Prins Bernhardplein 200, 1097jbm, Amsterdam, The Netherlands (the New Charterer ).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) This Agreement is supplemental to:

 

  (i) a bareboat charter in respect of the Vessel dated 14 November 2007 and made between the Owner (as registered owner of the Vessel), the Old Charterer and Transpetro (the Bareboat Charter ), a copy of which is annexed to this Agreement for reference; and

 

  (ii) a management agreement in respect of the Vessel dated 8 December 2010 and made between the Old Charterer (as disponent owner of the Vessel) and the Manager (the Management Agreement ), a copy of which is annexed to this Agreement for reference.

 

(B) Pursuant to a corporate restructuring the Old Charterer, with the consent of the Owner, the Manager and Transpetro, wishes to novate the Bareboat Charter and the Management Agreement to the New Charterer.

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1

 

2


1 Definitions

Words and expressions defined in the Bareboat Charter and or, as the case may be, the Management Agreement shall, unless the context requires otherwise, have the same meaning when used in this Agreement and in addition:

 

1.1 Effective Date shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 2;

 

1.2 Mortgagee means DNB Bank ASA (formerly known as DnB NOR Bank ASA) acting in its capacity as mortgagee of the Vessel;

 

1.3 Novation Documents means the Bareboat Charter and the Management Agreement;

 

1.4 Quiet Enjoyment Letter or QE Letter means the letter agreement to be made between the Mortgagee, Transpetro and the New Charterer regulating their respective rights regarding use and possession of the Vessel in form and substance equivalent to the quiet enjoyment letter dated 3 August 2011 in respect of the Vessel from the Mortgagee to Transpetro and the Old Charterer; and

 

1.5 Vessel means the motor tanker RECIFE KNUTSEN as more particularly described in the Bareboat Charter.

 

1.6 References in this Agreement to “the Bareboat Charter” and “the Management Agreement” shall, from the Effective Date and unless the context otherwise requires, be references to the Bareboat Charter and the Management Agreement as novated and amended by this Agreement and words shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.7 A reference to a Clause is to a Clause of this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise.

 

1.8 Clause and paragraph headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

2 Effective Date

 

2.1 The Effective Date shall be the date of this Agreement.

3 Novation

 

3.1 As from the Effective Date:

 

3.1.1 the Owner and the Old Charterer hereby mutually release each other from their obligations under the Bareboat Charter; and

 

3.1.2 the Manager and the Old Charterer hereby mutually release each other from their obligations under the Management Agreement.

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1

 

3


3.2 As from the Effective Date the New Charterer undertakes to perform:

 

3.2.1 the Bareboat Charter and be bound by its terms in every way as if the New Charterer had originally entered into the Bareboat Charter with the Owner and Transpetro instead of the Old Charterer; and

 

3.2.2 the Management Agreement and be bound by its terms in every way as if the New Charterer had originally entered into the Management Agreement with the Manager instead of the Old Charterer.

 

3.3 From the Effective Date:

 

3.3.1 the Owner releases and discharges the Old Charterer from all claims and demands whatsoever in respect of the Bareboat Charter and accepts the liability of the New Charterer under the Bareboat Charter, and hereby grants the New Charterer the same rights under the Bareboat Charter as if the New Charterer had originally entered into the Bareboat Charter instead of the Old Charterer; and

 

3.3.2 the Manager releases and discharges the Old Charterer from all claims and demands whatsoever in respect of the Management Agreement and accepts the liability of the New Charterer under the Management Agreement, and hereby grants the New Charterer the same rights under the Management Agreement as if the New Charterer had originally entered into the Management Agreement instead of the Old Charterer.

 

3.4 Each of the Owner, the Manager and the New Charterer will have the right to enforce the relevant Novation Document and pursue any claims and demands under that Novation Document against the other with respect to matters arising before, on or after the Effective Date as if the New Charterer had originally entered into that Novation Document instead of the Old Charterer.

 

3.5 Transpetro hereby consents to the novation of the Bareboat Charter and agrees to continue to be bound by the terms of the Bareboat Charter (as novated hereby).

 

3.6 From the Effective Date, subject to the Mortgagee (i) indicating its consent and acknowledgment by counter-signing this Agreement and (ii) signing the QE Letter, Transpetro and the New Charterer shall agree to be bound by the terms of the QE Letter and shall promptly execute in favour of the Mortgagee such acknowledgements and undertakings in a form acceptable to (or reasonably required by) the Mortgagee pursuant to the QE Letter.

4 Amendments to the Novation Documents

With effect on and from the Effective Date, the Novation Documents shall be amended so that references to the Old Charterer are deemed to be references to the New Charterer.

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1

 

4


5 Continued force and effect

 

5.1 Save as amended by this Agreement, the provisions of the Novation Documents shall continue in full force and effect.

 

5.2 The Bareboat Charter and this Agreement shall be read and construed as one instrument.

 

5.3 The Management Agreement and this Agreement shall be read and construed as one instrument.

6 Notices

 

6.1 Any notice or other communication hereunder (a “ Communication ”) shall be in the English language and be addressed as follows (or as the intended recipient shall have notified the sender in accordance with this Clause):

 

  (a) if to Knutsen Shuttle Tankers XII KS :

Attn: Trygve Seglem

Smedasundet 40

5529 Haugesund

Norway

Fax: +47 52 70 40 40

 

  (b) if to Knutsen OAS Shipping AS:

Attn: Trygve Seglem

Smedasundet 40

5529 Haugesund

Norway

Fax: +47 52 70 40 40

 

  (c) if to Fronape International Company

Attn: Fronape International Company

Av Presidente Vargas 328, 5th Floor

20091-060

Rio de Janeiro

RJ

Brazil

Fax: +55 21 3211 7106

 

  (d) if to Transpetro:

Attn: Transpetro/DTM/TM

Av Presidente Vargas 328, 5th Floor

20091-060

Rio de Janeiro

RJ

Brazil

Fax: +55 21 3211 7106

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1

 

5


  (e) if to Fronape International Company B.V.

Attn: Fronape International Company B.V.

Weena, 722. Weena pt. Toren A

3rd Floor

Rotterdam

The Netherlands

Fax: +31 10 206 7027

7 Third party rights

 

7.1 Other than the Mortgagee, a person who is not a party to this Agreement has no rights under it and may not enforce a right to, or enjoy the benefit of, any term of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

8 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, each of which is an original and which together have the same effect as if each party had signed the same document.

9 Governing Law and jurisdiction

 

9.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

 

9.1.1 Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the provisions of Part II, clause 26 of the Bareboat Charter or clause 19 of the Management Agreement (as applicable) (which shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with any necessary adaptation)

This document has been entered into by the Parties or their duly authorised representatives on the date set out at the beginning of this document.

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1

 

6


Signed by

  )     
  )      sign here: /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )     

KNUTSEN SHUTTLE TANKERS XII KS

  )      print name: Trygve Seglem
      
      

 

Signed by

  )     
  )      sign here: /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )     

KNUTSEN OAS SHIPPING AS

 

)

     print name: Trygve Seglem
      
      

 

Signed by

  )     
  )      sign here: /s/ EDUARDO DA CUNHA BASTOS

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )     

FRONAPE INTERNATIONAL

COMPANY

 

)

     print name: Eduardo Da Cunha Bastos
      
      

 

Signed by

  )     
  )      sign here: /s/ JOSE SERGIO DE OLIVEIRA MACHADO

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )     

PETROBRAS TRANSPORTE S.A.

 

)

     print name: Jose Sergio De Oliveira Machado
      
      

 

Signed by

  )     
  )      sign here: /s/ AGENOR CESAR JUNQUEIRA LEITE

duly authorised for and on behalf of

  )     

FRONAPE INTERNATIONAL

COMPANY B.V.

 

)

     print name: Agenor Cesar Junqueira Leite
      
      

 

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1

 

7


Consent and acknowledgment of Mortgagee

The Mortgagee hereby confirms its consent to the novation of the Novation Documents on the terms set out above and agrees to be bound by the terms of the QE Letter.

 

/s/ HELGE ÅDNE LIEN    /S/ ANNE BERIT LANGELAND   
Helge Ådne Lien, First Vice President    Anne Berit Langeland, Assistant Vice President   

DNB BANK ASA (formerly known as DnB NOR Bank ASA)

Date: 25/2-12     , 2012

1110319/001

24376371.2\LONLIVE\14418462.l1012123/001

23737723.1

 

8

Exhibit 10.13

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

TIME CHARTER

OF

Windsor Knutsen

Between

KNUTSEN OAS

And

BG OIL SERVICES LIMITED

06 APR 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

           Page  

1.

  DESCRIPTION AND CONDITION OF VESSEL      1   

2.

  SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL AND THEIR DUTIES      1   

3.

  DUTY TO MAINTAIN      2   

4.

  PERIOD AND TRADING LIMITS      3   

5.

  LAYDAYS / CANCELLING      4   

6.

  OWNERS TO PROVIDE      4   

7.

  CHARTERERS TO PROVIDE      5   

8.

  RATE OF HIRE      5   

9.

  PAYMENT OF HIRE      6   

10.

  SPACE AVAILABLE TO CHARTERERS      7   

11.

  OVERTIME      7   

12.

  INSTRUCTIONS AND LOGS      7   

13.

  BILLS OF LADING      7   

14.

  CONDUCT OF VESSEL’S PERSONNEL      8   

15.

  BUNKERS AT DELIVERY AND REDELIVERY      8   

16.

  STEVEDORES, PILOTS AND TUGS      8   

17.

  SUPER-NUMERARIES      8   

18.

  SUB-LETTING/ASSIGNMENT/NOVATION      9   

19.

  FINAL VOYAGE      9   

20.

  LOSS OF VESSEL      9   

21.

  OFF-HIRE      10   

22.

  PERIODICAL DRYDOCKING      11   

23.

  SHIP INSPECTION      12   

24.

  DETAILED DESCRIPTION AND PERFORMANCE      12   

25.

  SALVAGE      12   

26.

  LIEN      13   

27.

  EXCEPTIONS      13   

28.

  INJURIOUS CARGOES      14   

29.

  GRADE OF BUNKERS      14   

30.

  DISBURSEMENTS      15   

31.

  LAYING-UP      15   

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 2 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


32.

  REQUISITION      15   

33.

  OUTBREAK OF WAR      15   

34.

  ADDITIONAL WAR EXPENSES      15   

35.

  WAR RISKS      16   

36.

  BOTH TO BLAME COLLISION CLAUSE      16   

37.

  NEW JASON CLAUSE      17   

38.

  CLAUSE PARAMOUNT      17   

39.

  TOVALOP      17   

40.

  EXPORT RESTRICTIONS      18   

41.

  LAW AND LITIGATION      19   

42.

  CONSTRUCTION      19   

43.

  GENERAL PERFORMANCE CLAUSE      19   

44.

  PROTECTIVE AGENT      23   

45.

  P & I / OTHER INSURANCES      24   

46.

  F.M.C./C.F.R. CERTIFICATE      24   

47.

  FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY IN RESPECT OF POLLUTION      24   

48.

  OIL POLLUTION CLAUSE FOR CALLING USA PORTS      25   

49.

  U.S. ANTI-DRUG ABUSE ACT      25   

50.

  IMO / U.S. COAST GUARD REGULATIONS      25   

51.

  IMO ROUTING      25   

52.

  TRADING CERTIFICATES      26   

53.

  ISM CLAUSE      26   

54.

  WAR RISK      26   

55.

  BILL OF LADING      26   

56.

  LETTER OF INDEMNITY      26   

57.

  CARGO RETENTION      27   

58.

  CLAIMS      27   

59.

  SIGNATURE      27   

60.

  BANKING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HIRE PAYMENT      28   

61.

  LMAA ARBITRATION      28   

62.

  GENERAL AVERAGE AND NEW JASON CLAUSE      28   

63.

  LIGHTERAGE      29   

64.

  BOTH TO BLAME COLLISION CLAUSE      29   

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 3 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


65.    FLAG / OWNERSHIP / MANAGEMENT / CLASS      29   
66.    BALLAST / DEBALLAST      30   
67.    TEMPORARY VISA TYPE V      30   
68.    IMIGRATIONS REQUIREMENT OF BRAZILIAN CREW      30   
69.    VESSEL TRACKING SYSTEM CLAUSE      30   
70.    CARGO LOSS      31   
71.    INCIDENT REPORTING      31   
72.    OIL COMPANY ACCEPTANCE      31   
73.    NON ASSIGNMENT      32   
74.    VESSEL’S DOCUMENTATION      32   
75.    LIFE SAFETY MEASUREMENT      32   
76.    BREACH OF WARRANTY      33   
77.    U.S. CUSTOMS ADVANCE NOTIFICATION/AMS CLAUSE FOR TIME CHARTER PARTIES      33   
78.    PENALTY CLAUSE — HIRE DEDUCTION CAUSED BY UNAVAILABILITY OF DP AND/OR BLS SYSTEMS      34   
79.    VESSEL DRY DOCKING      35   
80.    BUNKERS AT DELIVERY AND REDELIVERY      36   
81.    BUNKERS IN GENERAL      36   
82.    USE AS FLOATING STORAGE      37   
83.    REDELIVERY SURVEY      37   
84.    SUPREMECY OF VOYAGE INSTRUCTIONS      37   
85.    GENERAL AVERAGE CARGO RELEASE      37   
86.    TRANSFER OF BILGE LIQUIDS      37   
87.    CANCELLATION FOR CRIMINAL ACTS      37   
88.    DELETED      38   
89.    HEATING      38   
90.    CARGO MANIFOLDS      38   
91.    CRUDE OIL WASH (COW)      38   
92.    INERT GAS SYSTEM      38   
93.    CHARTERER’S RIGHT TO SURVEY AND SAMPLE      39   
94.    COMMINGLING/BLENDING      39   
95.    DELETED      39   

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 4 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


96.

  DEADWEIGHT REMEASUREMENT      39   

97.

  CBM MOORING EQUIPMENT      40   

98.

  MANNING      41   

99.

  INSTRUCTIONS AND LOGS      41   

100.

  BUSINESS PRINCIPLES      41   

103.

  ISPS CODE / USMTSA      42   

104.

  CONFIDENTIALITY      43   

105.

  NOTICES      43   

106.

  VESSEL CONTACT DETAILS      45   

107.

  COMPLIANCE      45   

108.

  DELETED      47   

109.

  THIRD PARTY VETTING      47   

110.

  TAXES      47   

111.

  U.S. COMPLIANCE      47   

112.

  OWNERS’ DEFAULTS      47   

113.

  CHARTERERS’ DEFAULTS      49   

114.

  QUIET ENJOYMENT      49   

115.

  RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES      50   

116.

  HSSE      50   

APPENDIX A – Q-88 Vessel Details

     52   

APPENDIX B – Health, Safety, Security and Environment Exhibit (HSSE)

     70   

APPENDIX C – Safety and Environmental Monthly Reporting Template

     86   

APPENDIX D – Unused

     92   

APPENDIX E – Crew Experience Matrix

     93   

APPENDIX F – Letter of Quiet Enjoyment

     94   

APPENDIX G – BG Group Business Principles

     99   

APPENDIX H – Group Policy on Security

     100   

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 5 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


IT IS THIS DAY AGREED between Knutsen OAS of Haugesund, Norway (hereinafter referred to as “Owners” ), being owners of the good motor vessel called Windsor Knutsen (hereinafter referred to as “the vessel” ) described as per Clause 1 hereof and BG Oil Services Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales and having its registered office at 100 Thames Valley Park Drive, Reading, Berkshire RG6 1PT, United Kingdom (hereinafter referred to as “Charterers”):

1. DESCRIPTION AND CONDITION OF VESSEL

At the date of delivery of the vessel under this charter

(a) she shall be classed: + 1A1, “Tanker for Oil ESP”, Nauticus (Newbuilding) E0, DAT(-30), ICE-1A, VCS-2 SPM, T-MON, F-AMC, DYNPOS (AUTR), Bow Loading.

(b) she shall be in every way fit to carry crude petroleum and/or its products;

(c) she shall be tight, staunch, strong, in good order and condition, and in every way fit for the service, with her machinery, boilers, hull and other equipment (including but not limited to hull stress calculator and radar) in a good and efficient state;

(d) her tanks, valves and pipelines shall be oil-tight;

(e) she shall be in every way fitted for burning at sea - fueloil with a maximum viscosity of 380 Centistokes at 50 degrees Centigrade/any commercial grade of fuel oil (“ACGFO”) for main propulsion, marine diesel oil/ACGFO for auxiliaries in port - marine diesel oil/ACGFO for auxiliaries;

(f) she shall comply with the regulations in force so as to enable her to pass through the Suez Canal by day and night without delay;

(g) she shall have on board all certificates, documents and equipment required from time to time by any applicable law to enable her to perform the charter service without delay;

(h) she shall comply with the description in “Form Q-88 Vessel Details” (“Q-88”) appended hereto, provided however that if there is any conflict between the provisions of Q-88 and any other provision, including this Clause 1, of this charter such other provision shall govern.

2. SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL AND THEIR DUTIES

(a) At the date of delivery of the vessel under this charter

(i) she shall have a full and efficient complement of master, officers and crew for a vessel of her tonnage, who shall in any event be not less than the number required by the laws of the flag state and who shall be trained to operate the vessel and her equipment competently and safely;

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 1 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(ii) all shipboard personnel shall hold valid certificates of competence in accordance with the requirements of the law of the flag state;

(iii) all shipboard personnel shall be trained in accordance with the relevant provisions of the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1995;

(iv) there shall be on board sufficient personnel with a good working knowledge of the English language to enable cargo operations at loading and discharging places to be carried out efficiently and safely and to enable communications between the vessel and those loading the vessel or accepting discharge therefrom to be carried out quickly and efficiently.

(b) Owners guarantee that throughout the charter service the master shall with the vessel’s officers and crew, unless otherwise ordered by Charterers,

(i) prosecute all voyages with the utmost despatch;

(ii) render all customary assistance; and

(iii) load and discharge cargo as rapidly as possible when required by Charterers or their agents to do so, by night or by day, but always in accordance with the laws of the place of loading or discharging (as the case may be) and in each case in accordance with any applicable laws of the flag state. Duty to Maintain

3. DUTY TO MAINTAIN

(i) Throughout the charter service Owners shall, whenever the passage of time, wear and tear or any event (whether or not coming within Clause 27 hereof) requires steps to be taken to maintain or restore the conditions stipulated in Clauses 1 and 2(a), exercise due diligence so to maintain or restore the vessel.

(ii) If at any time whilst the vessel is on hire under this charter the vessel fails to comply with any of the requirements of Clauses 1.2 (a) or 10, then, whether or not such failure to comply existed at the date of delivery of the vessel or arose thereafter, hire shall be reduced to the extent necessary to indemnify Charterers for such failure. If and to the extent that such failure affects the time taken by the vessel to perform any services under this charter, hire shall be reduced by an amount equal to the value, calculated at the rate of hire, of the time so lost.

Any reduction of hire under this sub-Clause (ii) shall be without prejudice to any other remedy available to Charterers, but where such reduction of hire is in respect of time lost, such time shall be excluded from any calculation under Clause 24, as amended by the Riders.

(iii) If Owners are in breach of their obligation under Clause 3(i) Charterers may so notify Owners in writing; and if, after the expiry of 30 days following the receipt by Owners of any such notice, Owners have failed to demonstrate to Charterer’s that the vessel meets all requirements of Clauses 1 and 2(a), the vessel shall be off-hire, and no further hire payments shall be due, until Owners have so demonstrated that the vessel meets such requirements.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 2 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Furthermore, at any time while the vessel is off-hire under this Clause 3 Charterers have the option to terminate this charter by giving notice in writing with effect from the date on which such notice of termination is received by Owners or from any later date stated in such notice. This sub-Clause (iii) is without prejudice to any rights of Charterers or obligations of Owners under this charter or otherwise (including without limitation Charterers rights under Clause 21 hereof).

4. PERIOD AND TRADING LIMITS

Owners agree to let and Charterers agree to hire the vessel for a period of Two (2) years commencing from the time and date of delivery of the vessel, for the purpose of carrying all lawful merchandise (subject always to Clause 28) including in particular crude oil and refined products suitable for the vessel, its equipment, tank coatings and cargo tanks (“Original Period”).

Charterers shall have the option to extend this charter for up to three (3) one (1) year periods (“Extension Period”) upon at least 90 days notice in writing to Owners prior to the expiry of the Original Period or of any Extension Period (as the case may be).

Charterer shall provide 60, 15,7,5,4,3,2,1 days notice of Redelivery.

The vessel shall be redelivered up to sixty (60) days after or up to thirty (30) days before the end of the Original Period or any Extension Period, as the case may be, at Charterers’ option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Clause 35. Charterers may order the vessel to ice-bound waters or to any part of the world outside such limits provided that Owners consent thereto (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and that Charterers pay for any insurance premium required by the vessel’s underwriters as a consequence of such order.

Charterers shall use due diligence to ensure that the vessel is only employed between and at safe places (which expression when used in this charter shall include ports, berths, wharves, docks, anchorages, submarine lines, alongside vessels or lighters, and other locations including locations at sea) where she can safely lie always afloat. Notwithstanding anything contained in this or any other clause of this charter, Charterers do not warrant the safety of any place to which they order the vessel and shall be under no liability in respect thereof except for loss or damage caused by their failure to exercise due diligence as aforesaid. Subject as above, the vessel shall be loaded and discharged at any places as Charterers may direct, provided that Charterers shall exercise due diligence to ensure that any ship-to-ship transfer operations shall conform to standards not less than those set out in the latest published edition of the ICS/OCIMF Ship-to-Ship Transfer Guide.

The vessel shall be delivered by Owners at a port in Europe within a range extending from Gdansk, Poland to Augusta Italy or DLOP conversion yard in Dubai at Owners’ option and redelivered to Owners at a port in the Atlantic basins or Mediterranean at Charterers’ option, subject to the limits of the current British Institute Warranties and any subsequent amendments thereof.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 3 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


5. LAYDAYS / CANCELLING

The vessel shall not be delivered to Charterers before Feb 1, 2011 and Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this charter if the vessel is not ready and at their disposal on or before May 15, 2011

Owner will narrow the Delivery Lay/Can to a 15 day period no later than 12 Noon GMT 01-JAN-2011. Owner will narrow the Delivery Lay/Can to a 10 day period no later than 12 Noon GMT 01-FEB-2011. Owner will narrow the Delivery Lay/Can to a 5 day period no later than 12 Noon GMT 15-FEB-2011.

Should delivery be delayed beyond March 1, 2011 the Owners will, if requested by charterers, provide a substitute tanker able to tandem load in the Santos basin with or without tug support. Such substitute tanker would be paid at market rates for the vessel provided but shall not exceed the hire rate of the Windsor Knutsen under this Charter. Charterers shall compensate Owners for actual positioning costs for the substitute tanker, which costs shall not exceed the cost of positioning from Windsor Knutsen’s original delivery location to the Santos basin in Brazil, and the substitute tanker shall be redelivered in the same range as described for the Windsor Knutsen in this Charter. In the event of Owners providing a substitute tanker, the delivery date and location shall be revised to accommodate the Owners’ new schedule and to minimize any overlap of vessels hired under this Charter.

If delivery is delayed beyond March 31, 2011 then Charterers shall receive as liquidated damages the amount of United States Dollars Twenty Thousand (USD $20,000) for each day (or part thereof) by which delivery of the Vessel is delayed and if delayed subsequently beyond May 15, 2011, Charterers shall have the option of canceling this Charter by giving notice thereof to the Owners. Owners will provide to Charterers monthly updates of the expected delivery date from Builder, and will immediately inform Charterers of any event that would likely cause a delivery delay in excess of 10 days.

Upon arrival of the vessel to Brazilian waters, it is agreed that the vessel shall go off-hire to conduct FMEA, Brazilian Authority and Petrobras inspection. The vessel shall be back on-hire upon successful conclusion of FMEA testing and approval by Petrobras for tandem loadings in the Santos basin from FPSO’s.

6. OWNERS TO PROVIDE

Owners undertake to provide and to pay for all provisions, wages, and shipping and discharging fees and all other expenses of the master, officers and crew; also, except as provided in Clause 4 and 34 hereof, for all insurance on the vessel, for all deck, cabin and engine-room stores including lubricating oils, and for water; for all drydocking, overhaul, maintenance and repairs to the vessel; and for all fumigation expenses and de-rat certificates. Owners’ obligations under this Clause 6 extend to all liabilities for customs or import duties arising at any time during the performance of this charter in relation to the personal effects of the master, officers and crew, and in relation to the stores, provisions and other matters aforesaid which Owners are to provide and pay for and Owners shall refund to Charterers any sums Charterers or their agents may have paid or been compelled to pay in respect of any such liability. Any amounts allowable in general

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 4 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

average for wages and provisions and stores shall be credited to Charterers insofar as such amounts are in respect of a period when the vessel is on-hire. Owners are to provide and pay for all fees, services and other expenses necessary to ensure that the vessel complies with all requirements of the Brazilian Port Captaincy and Brazilian Harbour and Coast Directorate in force at the time of contract award. All time used to attend such Brazilian authorities’ requirements will be for Owners’ account.

7. CHARTERERS TO PROVIDE

Charterers shall provide and pay for all fuel (except fuel used for domestic services), towage and pilotage and shall pay agency fees, port charges, commissions, expenses of loading and unloading cargoes, canal dues and all charges other than those payable by Owners in accordance with Clause 6 hereof, provided that all charges for the said items shall be for Owners’ account when such items are consumed, employed or incurred for Owners’ purposes or while the vessel is off-hire (unless such items reasonably relate to any service given or distance made good and taken into account under Clause 21 or 22); and provided further that any fuel used in connection with a general average sacrifice or expenditure shall be paid for by Owners.

8. RATE OF HIRE

Subject as herein provided, Charterers shall pay for the use and hire of the vessel at the rate of

 

From Delivery

  To Dec 31, 2011   USD ***** per day

From Jan 1, 2012

  To Dec 31, 2012   USD ***** per day

From Jan 1, 2013

  To Dec 31, 2013   USD ***** per day

From Jan 1, 2014

  To Dec 31, 2014   USD ***** per day

From Jan 1, 2015

  To Dec 31, 2015   USD ***** per day

From Jan 1, 2016

  To redelivery   USD ***** per day

per day, and pro rata for any part of a day, from the time and date of her delivery (GMT) until the time and date of her redelivery (GMT) to Owners.

Charterers have the option declarable by 01-May-2010 to have a CAP 437 compliant helicopter deck installed in consideration of an increase to the daily hire of USD ***** per day for the first 2 years of charter.

Charterers have the option declarable by 01-May-2010 to have Personnel cranes installed in consideration of an increase to the daily hire of USD ***** per day for the first 2 years of charter.

Charterers have the option declarable by 01-May-2010 to have a Transducer trunk installed in consideration of an increase to the daily hire of USD ***** per day for the first 2 years of charter.

Charterers have the option declarable by 30-July-2011 to change the “Original Period” of charter from:

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 5 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

two (2) years plus up to three (3) one (1) year periods to

five (5) years plus up to two (2) five (5) year periods or to

ten (10) years plus up to five (5) one (1) year periods at adjusted rates and terms as listed below

The rates applicable to longer “Original Periods” to apply only to hire days following such declaration.

The rate for the 5+5+5 years will start at USD ***** per day and will escalate *****% annually with first adjustment on Jan 1, 2012.

The rate for the 10 + 5 x 1 years will start at USD ***** per day and will escalate *****% annually with first adjustment on Jan 1, 2012.

9. PAYMENT OF HIRE

Subject to Clause 3 (iii), payment of hire shall be made in immediately available funds to:

Account            (See Clause 60)

from delivery date and time (GMT) until the end of the month thereafter from first to the last day of each month, in advance, less:

(i) any hire paid or due which Charterers reasonably estimate to relate to off-hire periods, and

(ii) any amounts disbursed on Owners’ behalf, any advances and commission thereon, and

(iii) any amounts due or reasonably estimated to become due to Charterers under Clause 3(ii) or 24 hereof,

any such adjustments to be made at the due date for the next monthly payment after the facts have been ascertained. Charterers shall not be responsible for any delay or error by Owners’ bank in crediting Owners’ account provided that Charterers have made proper and timely payment.

In default of such proper and timely payment,

(a) Owners shall immediately notify Charterers of such default and Charterers shall within seven Brazilian banking days of receipt of such notice pay to Owners the amount due including interest, failing which Owners may withdraw the vessel from the service of Charterers without prejudice to any other rights Owners may have under this charter or otherwise;

and

(b) Interest on any amount due but not paid on the due date shall accrue from the day after that date up to and including the day when payment is made, at a rate per annum which shall be 1% above the U.S. Prime Interest Rate as published by the Chase Manhattan Bank in

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 6 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


New York at 12.00 New York time on the due date, or, if no such interest rate is published on that day, the interest rate published on the next preceding day on which such a rate was so published, computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months, compounded semi-annually.

10. SPACE AVAILABLE TO CHARTERERS

The whole reach, burthen and decks of the vessel and any passenger accommodation (including Owner’s suite) shall be at Charterers’ disposal, reserving only proper and sufficient space for the vessel’s master, officers, crew, tackle, apparel, furniture, provisions and stores, provided that the weight of stores on board shall not, unless specially agreed, exceed 500 tonnes at any time during the charter period.

11. OVERTIME

Overtime pay of the master, officers and crew in accordance with ship’s articles shall be for Owners’ account when incurred, as a result of complying with the request of Charterers of their agents, for loading, discharging, heating of cargo, bunkering or tank cleaning.

12. INSTRUCTIONS AND LOGS

Charterers shall from time to time give the master all requisite instructions and sailing directions, and he shall keep a full and correct log of the voyage or voyages, which Charterers or their agents may inspect as required. The master shall when required furnish Charterers or their agents with a true copy of such log and with properly completed loading and discharging port sheets and voyage reports for each voyage and other returns as Charterers may require. Charterers shall be entitled to take copies at Owners’ expense of any such documents which are not provided by the master. Master shall transmit, with necessary despatch, all messages or updates required or reasonably requested by Charterers from time to time or as stated in Charterers’ systems handbook.

13. BILLS OF LADING

(a) The master (although appointed by Owners) shall be under the orders and direction of Charterers as regards employment of the vessel, agency and other arrangements, and shall sign bills of lading as Charterers or their agents may direct (subject always to Clauses 35(a) and 40) without prejudice to this charter. Charterers hereby indemnify Owners against all consequences or liabilities that may arise

(i) from signing bills of lading in accordance with the directions of Charterers, or their agents, to the extent that the terms of such bills of lading fail to conform to the requirements of this charter, or (except as provided in Clause 13(b)) from the master otherwise complying with Charterers or their agents orders:

(ii) from any irregularities in papers supplied by Charterers or their agents.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 7 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owners shall not be obliged to comply with any orders from Charterers to discharge all or part of the cargo

(i) at any place other than that shown on the bill of lading and/or

(ii) without presentation of an original bill of lading

unless they have received from Charterers both written confirmation of such orders and an indemnity in a form acceptable to Owners.

14. CONDUCT OF VESSEL’S PERSONNEL

If Charterers complain of the conduct of the master or any of the officers or crew, Owners shall immediately investigate the complaint. If the complaint proves to be well founded, Owners shall, without delay, make a change in the appointments and Owners shall in any event communicate the result of their investigations to Charterers as soon as possible.

15. BUNKERS AT DELIVERY AND REDELIVERY

See rider clause 80

16. STEVEDORES, PILOTS AND TUGS

Stevedores when required shall be employed and paid by Charterers, but this shall not relieve Owners from responsibility at all times for proper stowage, which must be controlled by the master who shall keep a strict account of all cargo loaded and discharged. Owners hereby indemnify Charterers, their servants and agents against all losses, claims, responsibilities and liabilities arising in any way whatsoever from the employment of pilots, tugboats or stevedores, who although employed by Charterers shall be deemed to be the servants of and in the service of Owners and under their instructions (even if such pilots, tugboat personnel or stevedores are in fact the servants of Charterers their agents or any affiliated company); provided, however, that

(i) the foregoing indemnity shall not exceed the amount to which Owners would have been entitled to limit their liability if they had themselves employed such pilots, tugboats or stevedores, and

(ii) Charterers shall be liable for any damage to the vessel caused by or arising out of the use of stevedores, fair wear and tear excepted, to the extent that Owners are unable by the exercise of due diligence to obtain redress therefor from stevedores.

Charterers shall not in any circumstances be liable for any damages or losses caused to the vessel or Owners by any act, default, or neglect, or breach of duty of tugboats, pilots or mooring masters.

17. SUPER-NUMERARIES

Charterers may send representatives in the vessel’s available accommodation upon any voyage made under this charter. Owners finding provisions and all requisites as supplied to officers, except liquors. Charterers paying at the rate of 50 per day for each representative while on board the vessel.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 8 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Charterer may place 1-2 employees onboard as junior officers for training. All expenses, including salaries, to be for Charterers account. The experience level shall be in line with the requirement for corresponding Knutsen positions.

18. SUB-LETTING/ASSIGNMENT/NOVATION

Charterers may sub-let the vessel, but shall always remain responsible to Owners for due fulfilment of this charter.

19. FINAL VOYAGE

If when a payment of hire is due hereunder Charterers reasonably expect to redeliver the vessel before the next payment of hire would fall due, the hire to be paid shall be assessed on Charterers’ reasonable estimate of the time necessary to complete Charterers’ programme up to redelivery, and from which estimate Charterers may deduct amounts due or reasonably expected to become due for

(i) disbursements on Owners’ behalf or charges for Owners’ account pursuant to any provision hereof, and

(ii) bunkers on board at redelivery pursuant to Clause 80.

Promptly after redelivery any overpayment shall be refunded by Owners or any underpayment made good by Charterers.

If at the time this charter would otherwise terminate in accordance with Clause 4 or any other clause under which this charter has been extended, and the vessel is on a ballast voyage to a port of redelivery or is upon a laden voyage, Charterers shall continue to have the use of the vessel at the same rate and conditions as stand herein for as long as necessary to complete such ballast voyage, or to complete such laden voyage and return to a port of redelivery as provided by this charter, as the case may be.

20. LOSS OF VESSEL

Should the vessel be lost, this charter shall terminate and hire shall cease at noon on the day of her loss; should the vessel be a constructive total loss, this charter shall terminate and hire shall cease at noon on the day on which the vessel’s underwriters agree that the vessel is a constructive total loss; should the vessel be missing, this charter shall terminate and hire shall cease at noon on the day on which she was last heard of. Any hire paid in advance and not earned shall be returned to Charterers and Owners shall reimburse Charterers for the value of the estimated quantity of bunkers on board at the time of termination, at the price paid by Charterers at the last bunkering port.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 9 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


21. OFF-HIRE

(a) On each and every occasion that there is loss of time (whether by way of interruption in the vessel’s service or, from reduction in the vessel’s performance, or in any other manner)

(i) due to deficiency of personnel or stores; repairs; gas-freeing for repairs; time in and waiting to enter dry dock for repairs; breakdown (whether partial or total) of machinery, boilers or other parts of the vessel or her equipment (including without limitation tank coatings); overhaul, maintenance or survey, collision, stranding, accident or damage to the vessel; or any other similar cause preventing the efficient working of the vessel; and such loss continues for more than three consecutive hours(if resulting from interruption in the vessel’s service) or cumulates to more than three hours (if resulting from partial loss of service); or

(ii) due to industrial action, refusal to sail, breach of orders or neglect of duty on the part of the master, officers or crew; or

(iii) for the purpose of obtaining medical advice or treatment for or landing any sick or injured person (other than a Charterers’ representative carried under Clause 17 hereof) or for the purpose of landing the body of any person (other than a Charterers’ representative), and such loss continues for more than three consecutive hours; or

(iv) due to any delay in quarantine arising from the master, officers or crew having had communication with the shore at any infected area without the written consent or instructions of Charterers or their agents, or to any detention by customs or other authorities caused by smuggling or other infraction of local law on the part of the master, officers, or crew; or

(v) due to detention of the vessel by authorities at home or abroad attributable to legal action against or breach of regulations by the vessel, the vessel’s owners, or Owners (unless brought about by the act or neglect of Charterers);then

without prejudice to Charterers’ rights under Clause 3 or to any other rights of Charterers hereunder or otherwise the vessel shall be off-hire from the commencement of such loss of time until she is again ready and in an efficient state to resume her service from a position not less favourable to Charterers than that at which such loss of time commenced; provided, however, that any service given or distance made good by the vessel whilst off-hire shall be taken into account in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire.

(b) If the vessel fails to proceed at any guaranteed speed pursuant to Clause 24 (as amended by the Riders), and such failure arises wholly or partly from any of the causes set out in Clause 21(a) above, then the period for which the vessel shall be off-hire under this Clause 21 shall be the difference between

(i) the time the vessel would have required to perform the relevant service at such guaranteed speed, and

(ii) the time actually taken to perform such service (including any loss of time arising from interruption in the performance of such service).

For the avoidance of doubt, all time included under (ii) above shall be excluded from any computation under Clause 24, as amended by the Riders.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 10 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(c) Further and without prejudice to the foregoing, in the event of the vessel deviating (which expression includes without limitation putting back, or putting into any port other than that to which she is bound under the instructions of Charterers) for any cause or purpose mentioned in Clause 21( a ), the vessel shall be off—hire from the commencement of such deviation until the time when she is again ready and in an efficient state to resume her service from a position not less favourable to Charterers than that at which the deviation commenced, provided, however, that any service given or distance made good by the vessel whilst so off-hire shall be taken into account in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire. If the vessel, for any cause or purpose mentioned on Clause 21 (a), puts into any port other than the port to which she is bound on the instructions of Charterers, the port charges, pilotage and other expenses at such port shall be borne by Owners. Should the Vessel be driven into any port or anchorage by stress of weather hire shall continue to be due and payable during any time lost thereby.

(d) If the vessel’s flag state becomes engaged in hostilities, and Charterers in consequence of such hostilities find it commercially impracticable to employ the vessel and have given Owners written notice thereof then from the date of receipt by Owners of such notice until the termination of such commercial impracticability the vessel shall be off-hire and Owners shall have the right to employ the vessel on their own account.

(e) Time during which the vessel is off-hire under this charter shall count as part of charter period. However, the Charterers shall have the option to add any or all of the time during which the vessel is off-hire to the period of the Charter as an extension of the Charter period. Such option shall be declared in writing not less than one month before the expiry of the original Charter period, or promptly in respect of any off-hire period occurring less than one month before the expiry of the original Charter period.

(f) During any period in which the vessel does not provide all the cargo volume stated in the appended Form Q88, Charterers have the option to place the vessel off-hire or to continue to use the vessel in such a reduced condition. If the vessel is employed in such a condition, the rate of hire is to be proportionally reduced during all of the period during which the vessel does not offer the cargo volume stated in the appended Form Q88.

22. PERIODICAL DRYDOCKING

(a) Owners have the right and obligation to drydock the vessel as necessary. Owners’ intention to drydock is as follows: (date — estimated duration of repairs, including required gas freeing and tank cleaning).

On each occasion Owners shall propose to Charterers a date on which they wish to drydock the vessel, not less than three (3) months before such date, and Charterers shall offer a port for such periodical drydocking and shall take all reasonable steps to make the vessel available as near to such date as practicable.

Owners shall put the vessel in drydock at their expense as soon as practicable after Charterers place the vessel at Owners’ disposal clear of cargo other than tank washings and residues. Owners shall be responsible for and pay for the disposal into reception facilities of such tank washings and residues and shall have the right to retain any monies received therefor, without prejudice to any claim for loss of cargo under any bill of lading or this charter.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 11 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(b) If a periodical drydocking is carried out in the port offered by Charterers (which must have suitable accommodation for the purpose and reception facilities for tank washings and residues), the vessel shall be off-hire from the time she arrives at such port until drydocking is completed and she is in every way ready to resume Charterers’ service and is at the position at which she went off-hire or a position no less favourable to Charterers , whichever she first attains.

The expenses of gas-freeing, including without limitation the cost of bunkers, shall be for Owners’ account.

(c) If Owners require the vessel, instead of proceeding to the offered port, to carry out periodical drydocking at a special port selected by them, the vessel shall be off-hire from the time when she is released to proceed to the special port until she next presents for loading in accordance with Charterers’ instructions, provided, however, that Charterers shall credit Owners with the time which would have been taken on passage at the service speed had the vessel not proceeded to drydock. All fuel consumed shall be paid for by Owners but Charterers shall credit Owners with the value of the fuel which would have been used on such notional passage calculated at the guaranteed daily consumption for the service speed, and shall further credit Owners with any benefit they may gain in purchasing bunkers at the special port.

23. SHIP INSPECTION

Charterers shall have the right at any time during the charter period to make such inspection of the vessel as they may consider necessary. This right may be exercised as often and at such intervals as Charterers in their absolute discretion may determine and whether the vessel is in port or on passage. Owners affording all necessary co-operation and accommodation on board provided, however,

(i) that neither the exercise nor the non-exercise, nor anything done or not done in the exercise or non-exercise, by Charterers of such right shall in any way reduce the master’s or Owners’ authority over, or responsibility to Charterers or third parties for, the vessel and every aspect of her operation, nor increase Charterers’ responsibilities to Owners or third parties for the same; and

(ii) that Charterers shall not be liable for any act, neglect or default by themselves, their servants or agents in the exercise or non-exercise of the aforesaid right.

24. DETAILED DESCRIPTION AND PERFORMANCE

See Rider Clause 43.

25. SALVAGE

Subject to the provisions of Clause 21 hereof, all loss of time and all expenses (excluding any damage to or loss of the vessel or tortious liabilities to third parties) incurred in saving or

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 12 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


attempting to save life or in successful or unsuccessful attempts at reasonable salvage shall be borne equally by Owners and Charterers provided that Charterers shall not be liable to contribute towards any salvage payable by Owners arising in any way out of services rendered under this Clause 25.

All salvage and all proceeds from derelicts shall be divided equally between Owners and Charterers after deducting the master’s, officers’ and crew’s share.

26. LIEN

Owners shall have a lien upon all cargoes and all freights, sub-freights and demurrage for any amounts due under this charter; and Charterers shall have a lien on the vessel for all monies paid in advance and not earned, and for all claims for damages arising from any breach by Owners of this charter.

27. EXCEPTIONS

(a) The vessel, her master and Owners shall not, unless otherwise in this charter expressly provided, be liable for any loss or damage or delay or failure arising or resulting from any act, neglect or default of the master, pilots, mariners or other servants of Owners in the navigation or management of the vessel; fire, unless caused by the actual fault or privity of Owners; collision or stranding; dangers and accidents of the sea; explosion, bursting of boilers, breakage of shafts or any latent defect in hull, equipment or machinery; provided, however that Clauses 1,2,3 and 24 (as amended by the Riders) hereof shall be unaffected by the foregoing. Further, neither the vessel, her master or Owners, nor Charterers shall, unless otherwise in this charter expressly provided, be liable for any loss or damage or delay or failure in performance hereunder arising or resulting from act of God, act of war, seizure under legal process, quarantine restrictions, strikes, lock-outs, riots, restraints of labour, civil commotions or arrest or restraint of princes, rulers or people.

(b) The vessel shall have liberty to sail with or without pilots, to tow or go to the assistance of vessels in distress and to deviate for the purpose of saving life or taking reasonable measures to save property at sea.

(c) Clause 27 (a) shall not apply to or affect any liability of Owners or the vessel or any other relevant person in respect of

(i) loss or damage caused to any berth, jetty, dock, dolphin, buoy, mooring line, pipe or crane or other works or equipment whatsoever at or near any place to which the vessel may proceed under this charter, whether or not such works or equipment belong to Charterers, or

(ii) any claim (whether brought by Charterers or any other person) arising out of any loss of or damage to or in connection with cargo. All such claims shall be subject to the Hague-Visby Rules or the Hague Rules, as the case may be, which ought pursuant to Clause 38 hereof to have been incorporated in the relevant bill of lading ( whether or not such Rules were so incorporated ) or, if no such bill of lading is issued, to the Hague-Visby Rules.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 13 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(d) In particular and without limitation, the foregoing subsections (a) and (b) of this Clause shall not apply to or in any way affect any provision in this charter relating to off-hire or to reduction of hire.

28. INJURIOUS CARGOES

(a) The vessel, her master and Owners shall not, unless otherwise in this charter expressly provided, be liable for any loss or damage or delay or failure arising or resulting from any act, neglect or default of the master, pilots, mariners or other servants of Owners in the navigation or management of the vessel; fire, unless caused by the actual fault or privity of Owners; collision or stranding; dangers and accidents of the sea; explosion, bursting of boilers, breakage of shafts or any latent defect in hull, equipment or machinery; provided, however that Clauses 1,2,3 and 24 (as amended by the Riders) hereof shall be unaffected by the foregoing. Further, neither the vessel, her master or Owners, nor Charterers shall, unless otherwise in this charter expressly provided, be liable for any loss or damage or delay or failure in performance hereunder arising or resulting from act of God, act of war, seizure under legal process, quarantine restrictions, strikes, lock-outs, riots, restraints of labour, civil commotions or arrest or restraint of princes, rulers or people.

(b) The vessel shall have liberty to sail with or without pilots, to tow or go to the assistance of vessels in distress and to deviate for the purpose of saving life or taking reasonable measures to save property at sea.

(c) Clause 27 (a) shall not apply to or affect any liability of Owners or the vessel or any other relevant person in respect of

(i) loss or damage caused to any berth, jetty, dock, dolphin, buoy, mooring line, pipe or crane or other works or equipment whatsoever at or near any place to which the vessel may proceed under this charter, whether or not such works or equipment belong to Charterers, or

(ii) any claim (whether brought by Charterers or any other person) arising out of any loss of or damage to or in connection with cargo. All such claims shall be subject to the Hague-Visby Rules or the Hague Rules, as the case may be, which ought pursuant to Clause 38 hereof to have been incorporated in the relevant bill of lading ( whether or not such Rules were so incorporated ) or, if no such bill of lading is issued, to the Hague-Visby Rules.

(d) In particular and without limitation, the foregoing subsections (a) and (b) of this Clause shall not apply to or in any way affect any provision in this charter relating to off-hire or to reduction of hire.

29. GRADE OF BUNKERS

Charterers shall supply marine diesel oil/fuel oil with a maximum viscosity of 380 Centistokes at 50 degrees Centigrade/ACGFO for main propulsion and diesel oil/ACGFO for the auxiliaries. If Owners require the vessel to be supplied with more expensive bunkers they shall be liable for the extra cost thereof.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 14 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Throughout the time charter period the vessel shall comply with MARPOL Annex VI — Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships. Charterers warrant that all the bunkers provided by them during the time charter period shall comply with said convention and any other applicable laws and regulations. Bunkers at delivery must comply with this convention, and should bunker specification not meet this requirement, Owners shall bunker the vessel with a new product which must be fully in accordance to said Convention.

At redelivery, Charterers shall bunker the vessel with a product which meets the requirements of the said convention.

30. DISBURSEMENTS

Deleted

31. LAYING-UP

Charterers shall have the option, after consultation with Owners, of requiring Owners to lay up the vessel at a safe place nominated by Charterers, in which case the hire provided for under this charter shall be adjusted to reflect any net increases in expenditure reasonably incurred or any net saving which should reasonably be made by Owners as a result of such lay-up, Charterers may exercise the said option any number of times during the charter period.

32. REQUISITION

Should the vessel be requisitioned by any government, de facto or de jure, during the period of this charter, the vessel shall be off-hire during the period of such requisition, and any hire paid by such government in respect of such requisition period shall be for Owners’ account. Any such requisition period shall count as part of the charter period.

33. OUTBREAK OF WAR

If war or hostilities break out between any two or more of the following countries: U.S.A., U.S.S.R., P.R.C., U.K., Netherlands, both Owners and Charterers shall have the right to cancel this charter.

34. ADDITIONAL WAR EXPENSES

If the vessel is ordered to trade in areas where there is war (de facto or de jure) or threat of war, Charterers shall reimburse Owners for any additional insurance premia (as based on H&M informed in Item 13 of Form Q88), crew bonuses and other expenses which are reasonably incurred by Owners as a consequence of such orders, provided that Charterers are given notice of such expenses as soon as practicable and in any event before such expenses are incurred, and provided further that Owners obtain from their insurers a waiver of any subrogated rights against Charterers in respect of any claims by Owners under their war risk insurance arising out of compliance with such orders.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 15 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


35. WAR RISKS

(a) The master shall not be required or bound to sign bills of lading for any place which in his or Owners’ reasonable opinion is dangerous or impossible for the vessel to enter or reach owing to any blockade, war, hostilities, warlike operations, civil war, civil commotions or revolutions.

(b) If in the reasonable opinion of the master or Owners it becomes, for any of the reasons set out in Clause 35 (a) or by the operation of international law, dangerous, impossible or prohibited for the vessel to reach or enter, or to load or discharge cargo at, any place to which the vessel has been ordered pursuant to this charter (a “place of peril”), then Charterers or their agents shall be immediately notified by telex or radio messages, and Charterers shall thereupon have the right to order the cargo, or such part of it as may be affected, to be loaded or discharged, as the case may be, at any other place within the trading limits of this charter (provided such other place is not itself a place of peril). If any place of discharge is or becomes a place of peril, and no orders have been received from Charterers or their agents within 48 hours after dispatch of such messages, then Owners shall be at liberty to discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected at any place which they or the master may in their or his discretion select within the trading limits of this charter and such discharge shall be deemed to be due fulfilment of Owners’ obligations under this charter so far as cargo so discharged is concerned.

(c) The vessel shall have liberty to comply with any directions or recommendations as to departure, arrival, routes, ports of call, stoppages, destinations, zones, waters, delivery or in any other wise whatsoever given by the government of the state under whose flag the vessel sails or any other government or local authority or by any person or body acting or purporting to act as or with the authority of any such government or local authority including any de facto government or local authority or by any person or body acting or purporting to act as or with the authority of any such government or local authority or by any committee or person having under the terms of the war risks insurance on the vessel the right to give any such directions or recommendations. If by reason of or in compliance with any such directions or recommendations anything is done or is not done, such shall not be deemed a deviation.

If by reason of or in compliance with any such direction or recommendation the vessel does not proceed to any place of discharge to which she has been ordered pursuant to this charter, the vessel may proceed to any place which the master or Owners in his or their discretion select and there discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected. Such discharge shall be deemed to be due fulfilment of Owners’ obligations under this charter so far as cargo so discharged is concerned.

Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading issued under this charter shall contain the Chamber of Shipping War Risks Clause 1952.

36. BOTH TO BLAME COLLISION CLAUSE

See Riders Clause 64.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 16 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


37. NEW JASON CLAUSE

See Riders Clause 62.

38. CLAUSE PARAMOUNT

Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading issued pursuant to this charter shall contain the following clause:

“(1) Subject to sub-clause (2) hereof, this bill of lading shall be governed by, and have effect subject to, the rules contained in the International Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules relating to Bills of Lading signed at Brussels on 25th August 1924 (hereafter the “Hague Rules”) as amended by the Protocol signed at Brussels on 23rd February 1968 ( hereafter the “Hague-Visby Rules” ). Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be either a surrender by the carrier of any of his rights or immunities or any increase of any of his responsibilities or liabilities under the Hague-Visby Rules.”

(2) If there is governing legislation which applies the Hague Rules compulsorily to this bill of lading, to the exclusion of the Hague-Visby Rules, then this bill of lading shall have effect subject to the Hague Rules. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to be either a surrender by the carrier of any of his rights or immunities or an increase of any of his responsibilities or liabilities under the Hague Rules.”

“(3) If any term of this bill of lading is repugnant to the Hague-Visby Rules, or Hague Rules if applicable, such term shall be void to that extent but no further.”

“(4) Nothing in this bill of lading shall be construed as in any way restricting, excluding or waiving the right of any relevant party or person to limit his liability under any available legislation and/or law.”

39. TOVALOP

Owners warrant that the vessel is

(i) a tanker in TOVALOP and

(ii) properly entered in a P & I Club that is a member of the International Club of P&I Clubs and will so remain during the currency of this charter.

When an escape or discharge of Oil occurs from the vessel and causes or threatens to cause Pollution Damage, or when there is the threat of an escape or discharge of Oil (i.e. a grave and imminent danger of the escape or discharge of Oil which, if it occurred, would create a serious danger of Pollution Damage, whether or not an escape or discharge in fact subsequently occurs), then Charterers may, at their option, upon notice to Owners or master, undertake such measures as are reasonably necessary to prevent or minimize such Pollution Damage or to remove the Threat, unless Owners promptly undertake the same. Charterers shall keep Owners advised of the nature and result of any such measures taken by them and, if time permits, the nature of the measures intended to be taken by them. Any of the aforementioned measures taken by Charterers shall be deemed taken on Owners’ authority as Owners’ agent, and shall be at Owners’ expense except to the extent that:

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 17 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(1) any such escape or discharge or Threat was caused or contributed to by Charterers, or

(2) by reason of the exceptions set out in Article III, paragraph 2, of the 1969 International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, Owners are or, had the said Convention applied to such escape or discharge or to the Threat, would have been exempt from liability for the same, or

(3) the cost of such measures together with all other liabilities, costs and expenses of Owners arising out of or in connection with such escape or discharge or Threat exceeds one hundred and sixty United States Dollars (US $160 ) per ton of the vessel’s Tonnage or sixteen million eight hundred thousand United States Dollars (US $16,800,000), whichever is the lesser, save and insofar as Owners shall be entitled to recover such excess under either the 1971 International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage or under CRISTAL;

PROVIDED ALWAYS that if Owners in their absolute discretion consider said measures should be discontinued. Owners shall so notify Charterers and thereafter Charterers shall have no right to continue said measures under the provisions of this Clause 39 and all further liability to Charterers under this Clause 39 shall thereupon cease.

The above provisions are not in derogation of such other rights as Charterers or Owners may have under this charter or may otherwise have or acquire by law or any International Convention or TOVALOP.

The term “TOVALOP” means the Tanker Owners’ Voluntary Agreement Concerning Liability for Oil Pollution dated 7th January 1969, as amended from time to time, and the term “CRISTAL” means the Contract Regarding an Interim Supplement to Tanker Liability for Oil Pollution dated 14th January 1971, as amended from time to time. The terms “Oil”, “Pollution Damage”, and “Tonnage” shall for the purposes of this Clause 39 have the meanings ascribed to them in TOVALOP.

40. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS

The master shall not be required or bound to sign bills of lading for the carriage of cargo to any place to which export of such cargo is prohibited under the laws, rules or regulations of the country in which the cargo was produced and/or shipped.

Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading issued under this charter shall contain the following clause:

“If any laws rules or regulations applied by the government of the country in which the cargo was produced and/or shipped, or any relevant agency thereof impose a prohibition on export of the cargo to the place of discharge designated in or ordered under this bill of lading, carriers shall be entitled to require cargo

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 18 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


owners forthwith to nominate an alternative discharge place for the discharge of the cargo, or such part of it as may be affected, which alternative place shall not be subject to the prohibition, and carriers shall be entitled to accept orders from cargo owners to proceed to and discharge at such alternative place. If cargo owners fail to nominate an alternative place within 72 hours after they or their agents have received from carriers notice of such prohibition, carriers shall be at liberty to discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected by the prohibition at any safe place on which they or the master may in their or his absolute discretion decide and which is not subject to the prohibition, and such discharge shall constitute due performance of the contract contained in this bill of lading so far as the cargo so discharged is concerned.”

The foregoing provision shall apply mutatis mutandis to this charter, the references to a bill of lading being deemed to be references to this charter.

41. LAW AND LITIGATION

See Riders Clause 61.

42. CONSTRUCTION

The side headings have been included in this charter for convenience of reference and shall in no way affect the construction hereof.

The attached Riders Clauses are hereby integrated and deemed to be an integral part of this Charterparty.

43. GENERAL PERFORMANCE CLAUSE

43.1) SPEED AND CONSUMPTION AT SEA AND IN PORT

A) GUARANTEED SPEEDS AND CONSUMPTIONS

Notwithstanding any other terms of this Charter, Owners warrant that the vessel will perform, during the period of her service under this contract, according to the following figures:

 

     Speed
(kts)
    Condition          

MFO

(MT/Day)

           

MDO

(MT/Day) **

 
                                                  

Full Speed

     14.5      Ballast           78.0              0.1       
       14.5      Laden           84.1              0.1       

Service Speed

     13.5      Ballast           67.4              0.1       
       13.5      Laden           73.5              0.1       

Economical Speed

     10.0      Ballast           46.6              0.1       
       10.0      Laden           53.0              0.1       

Minimum Speed

     4.0      Ballast           21.2              0.1       
       4.0      Laden           26.5              0.1       

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 19 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


     Speed
(kts)
          Condition          

MFO

(MT/Day)

           

MDO

(MT/Day) **

 

Loading Offshore

                         40.3              —     

Loading Alongside

                   23.2              —     

Discharge Alongside

                         72.0              —     

Standby Offshore (DP)

                   32.9              —     

Standby inshore

                         10.6              —     

Standby Inshore (no boiler)

                   —                7.0   

Shifting

                         21.2              —     

Extra Heating

                   31.8              —     

Extra Cleaning Tanks

                         47.7              —     

Extra Inerting

                   22.3              —     

MDO general use

                                       0.1   

Owners /charterers will review/update this table with actual consumption within 90 days after conversion

Consumptions stated are maximum (MT/DAY or PRO RATA) and speeds stated are minimum (KNOTS).

(*) Shifting means navigation inside port limits.

(**) It shall be allowed for use of MDO for general services of 0.1 MT/DAY.

All performance calculations will be based solely on the figures above, no other speed and consumption conditions will be taken into account in ascertaining the vessel’s performance.

For the purposes of this charter the “guaranteed speed” at any time shall be the then current ordered speed.

B) VOYAGE AND PORT REPORTS

Charterers will provide instructions of how the voyage and port reports must be filled in and sent through Charterers’ system.

Owners agree that master will send a voyage report within 24 hours after vessel’s arrival in the port and that port reports will be sent within 24 hours after vessel’s departure from a port. In absence of said reports, Charterers shall have the right to use figures from other sources, or best reasonable estimates, in order to calculate vessels’ performance.

C) CALCULATIONS

 

  I. The vessel’s performance will be evaluated for each six months period after delivery of the vessel.

 

  II. Separate calculations shall be made in respect of sea passages and in respect of time spent in ports.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 20 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


  III. The factors to be taken into account for the purpose of determining the vessel’s performance at sea (i.e. when sailing from pilot station to pilot station, or loading or unloading location outside port limits) shall be distance covered, speed, fuel oil consumption and/or MGO or MDO consumption.

 

  IV. The factors to be taken into account for the purpose of determining the vessel’s performance for all time spent in port, and at loading or unloading locations, shall be fuel oil and/or MGO or MDO consumption.

D) RESTRICTIONS AND BAD WEATHER

Restrictions on the vessel that prevent her from performing at ordered speed or consumption such as adverse weather over and above Beaufort Scale 5, shallow waters, rules of navigation, congested waters or off hire events shall be deducted from time and distance of the voyage or port performance calculations.

Owners agree that if requested by Charterers they will provide material proof and documentation, from a reliable third party source, of the abnormal occurrence of adverse weather or other events.

Notwithstanding the above, in the event that during a sea passage the total time sailed under adverse weather condition exceeds 15% of the total time sailed, Owners must present Charterers within 15 days upon completion of the sea passage a material proof of the abnormal occurrence. If the Owners fail to present the above evidence, the whole sea passage will be considered to have been performed under normal conditions.

E) DEDUCTIONS OF UNDERPERFORMANCE

If vessel’s performance is less than that guaranteed in this Clause 43, i.e., consumptions are above guaranteed maximum stated and/or speed is below guaranteed minimum stated, then the Charterers shall be entitled to compensation, which Charterers may deduct from hire, as follows:

 

  a) Where there has been a reduction in the average speed of the vessel compared to the speed guaranteed in this clause, then an amount equal to the value at the hire rate of the time so lost, shall be deducted from the hire paid.

 

  b) Where there has been an increase in the bunkers consumed over the bunkers which would have been consumed had the vessel performed at their guaranteed consumption, in an amount equivalent to the value of the additional bunkers consumed, based on actual purchase price , on the last day of the six months period concerned.

F) OVER-PERFORMANCE AND SET OFF

Owners shall not have any right to claim, counterclaim or set off, any sum in respect of any over-performance of the vessel, whether by way of increased speed or reduced consumption or otherwise. Furthermore, no set off against Charterers’ performance claims will be allowed in respect of:

 

  a) Any increased speed or reduced consumption of the vessel.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 21 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


  b) Any reduction in consumption whilst in port against increased consumption whilst at sea, and vice versa.

 

  c) Any reduction in consumption of fuel oil and/or MGO and/or MDO against increased consumption of fuel oil and/or MDO and/or MGO whilst at sea or in port.

G) PERFORMANCE CLAIM

Charterers will present their performance calculations to Owners following the end of each six month period after delivery. Charterers’ calculations shall be based upon the data supplied in the vessel’s Voyage and Port Reports.

Owners shall be allowed up to 30 days to respond to Charterer’s calculations, failing which, Charterers’ calculations shall be final and binding in respect of the period concerned.

43.2) DISCHARGE RATE

Charterers are entitled to utilize the full cargo capacity of the vessel and Owners warrant that the vessel is capable of discharging her entire cargo within 24 hours, independent of number of grades, or pro rata if less than full cargo is carried, provided shore facilities are capable of receiving same (cowing, stripping included) or maintaining minimum average pressure of 100 PSI at ship’s manifold.

Charterer reserves the right to order Vessel from any berth at any time at the Owner’s time and expense when this warranty is breached.

Vessel’s and terminal representatives shall always read pressure figures at ship’s manifold jointly. In absence of vessel’s representatives, figures reported by terminal representative shall prevail.

The master will always complete pumping log forms, sign and stamp them together with terminal and/or receivers’ representative. If the master, terminal or receivers representative refuses to sign it, master, terminal or receivers representative must issue a Letter of Protest and Master shall immediately advise agents and Charterers via telex or e-mail.

If the terminal or place of discharging does not allow or permit Vessel to meet the above warranty, the Master shall issue a Letter of Protest (for which the Master, if possible, shall obtain acknowledgement) to the terminal or place and shall immediately advise Charterer in writing by telex or facsimile.

Pumping performance will be calculated as soon as all documents are received by Charterers and any excess time used will be deducted from hire not earlier than 30 days after presentation of claim to Owners. Charterers are to be compensated at equivalent hire per hour, or pro-rata, for part of an hour that vessel takes in excess of pumping rate above mentioned. Owners agree that no credit or compensation will be claimed for pumping over-performance by the vessel. Delays in connection with vessel’s discharge caused by shore conditions shall be taken into account for the assessment of the pumping performance.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 22 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


If the Master fails to issue a Letter of Protest, Owner shall be deemed to waive any rights to contest that time was lost as a result of Vessel’s failure to comply with the above pumping warranty. Any delay to Vessel’s discharge caused by shore conditions shall be taken into account in the assessment of pumping performance.

43.3) CARGO LOADING

Owners warrant that the vessel can load an homogeneous cargo at the rate of 14,000 cbm/hour, or pro rata when loading simultaneously 2 (two), 3 (three) or 4 (four) grades.

Charterers are to be compensated at USD (timecharter rate / 24) per hour, or pro rata, for each part of an hour that vessel, due to inability/restrictions from vessel, takes in excess of the rates stipulated above. Owners agree that no credit or compensation is due to Owners should vessel load at a rate greater than that specified.

43.4) I.G.S.

The operation of the IGS will comply with all local port and terminal regulations. In case Charterers and/or terminal require vessel to arrive at loadport deinerted, Owners warrant that vessel can reinert all cargoes tanks in 36 hours from clean tanks or pro rata.

Should it become necessary to withdraw the vessel from berth on account of vessel’s failure to maintain her inerting capability, as above, all time and expenses to be for Owners’ account.

43.5) WATER CONSUMPTION

Any boiler water is to be supplied and paid for by the Owners.

All reasonable water consumption for cleaning tanks is to be supplied and paid for by the Charterers. Any additional water consumption for cleaning tanks is to be supplied and paid for by the Owners.

Any additional water consumption for cleaning tanks at Charterers request is to be supplied and paid for by the Charterers.

44. PROTECTIVE AGENT

Owners must nominate an agent in Brazil, able to attend at any Brazilian port(s) that the vessel may call at, who will act on behalf of Owners and/or master, in order to take care of vessel and/or master and/or Owners’ interests. This agent must have a Power of Attorney from Owners with powers to receive notifications from Brazilian Authorities, answer in court and to act on behalf of Owners and/or master regarding vessel’s interests. All expenses related to the support of the protective agent are for Owner’s account.

Copies of Power of Attorneys must be sent to Charterers before delivery.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 23 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Should Owners fail to comply with the terms of this clause, Charterers may place the vessel off-hire at Charterers’ sole discretion.

45. P & I / OTHER INSURANCES

Owners warrant that:

(a) Owners’ P&I Club shall be a member of the International Group of P&l Clubs.

(b) Charterers shall benefit from the Owners’ P&I Club to the extent that the rules of the association permit.

(c) The vessel is at the present entered in Skuld P&I club and will remain in the club or another recognized club during the course of the charter.

(d) Vessel is owned or demise chartered by a member of the Internatinonal Tanker Owners Pollution Federation Limited

(e) Vessel has in place insurance cover for oil pollution for the maximum on offer through the International Group of P&I Clubs but always a minimum of US$1 billion.

(f) Vessel has in full force and effect Hull and Machinery insurance placed through reputable brokers on Institute Time Clauses to a value as would be procured by a first class marine operator of similar such vessels.

Upon signing this Charter Party, Owners will instruct their P&I Club to send direct to Charterers a written statement declaring:

 

  a) The vessel is duly entered in the P&I Club;

 

  b) The maximum pollution insurance coverage in force.

46. F.M.C./C.F.R. CERTIFICATE

Owners shall undertake to secure and place on board the vessel a U.S. Federal Maritime Commission Certificate of Financial Responsibility, as required under the U.S. Water Quality Improvement Act of 1970, or such other Certificate as may be required under any U.S. Federal or State law, order or regulation or required by any competent U.S. authority. Charterers shall not be liable for any delay as a result of the Owners’ failure to comply with this requirement. Costs for obtaining and maintaining such certificate are to be for Owner’s account. Voyage related cost to be for Charterers account.

47. FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY IN RESPECT OF POLLUTION

(1) Owners will provide and pay to ensure the vessel has the following certificates:

 

  (a) Certificates issued pursuant to the Civil Liability Convention 1969 (“CLC”), and/or the 1992 protocols to the CLC where it is in force.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 24 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


  (b) Certificates issued pursuant to Section 1016 (a) of the Oil Pollution Act 1990, and Section 108 (a) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1980, as amended in accordance with part 138 of Coast Guard Regulations 33 CFR, or subsequent legislation or regulation, so long as these can be obtained by the Owners, no matter how many times the vessel calls at USA ports.

 

(1) Owners declare that it is a member of the International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation (“ITOPF”) and that Owner will retain such membership throughout the time charter period.

48. OIL POLLUTION CLAUSE FOR CALLING USA PORTS

Owners shall have in force and maintain the maximum oil pollution insurance covered by their P&I Club and/or the International Group of P&I Clubs, which shall remain in force throughout the time charter period. The vessel shall not be required to call at ports in the USA in respect of which calls the Owners’ P&I Club does not maintain or provide the maximum coverage of Owners/vessel’s responsibility or other bonds, guarantees, undertakings or the like required for such call. If, however such cover and certificates, bonds, undertakings or the like are available or obtainable in respect of such calls from Owners’ P&I Club against extra or additional cost the vessel shall be required to comply with Charterers’ orders. Any such additional cost of oil pollution risks in the USA is to be paid by Owners and reimbursed by Charterers against the presentation to Charterers of the documentation regarding the payment of such additional cost. However, any expenses related to the obtaining of certificates required under Clause 47 (a) will not be considered as an additional cost under this clause.

49. U.S. ANTI-DRUG ABUSE ACT

Owners warrant that they are signatories to the United States Sea Carrier Initiative Agreement with the U.S. Customs Service, and if and when should the vessel, loaded or not, be arrested as a result of Owners non-compliance with the provisions of the U.S. Anti-Drug Abuse Act 1986, or any subsequent legislation or regulation, the Owners will be responsible for all expenses incurred directly and indirectly including loss of market, time lost and the Owners shall take all steps to secure that within a reasonable time vessel and the cargo will be released.

50. IMO / U.S. COAST GUARD REGULATIONS

The vessel shall be in conformity with the IMO and U.S. Cost Guard Regulations for ships carrying hazardous cargoes in bulk as described in line 67 of Clause 4 and Marpol 73/78. The vessel shall also be in conformity with the requirements of SOLAS (IMO Protocol of 1978 relating to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974).

51. IMO ROUTING

In the interest of safety Owners will recommend to the master the observance of the recommendations regarding traffic separation scheme and routing, as issued from time to time by IMO or as promulgated by the state of the flag of the vessel or the state in which the effective management of the vessel is exercised.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 25 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


52. TRADING CERTIFICATES

All necessary trading certificates will remain valid during the course of this charter.

53. ISM CLAUSE

The Owners shall procure that both the vessel and “the company” (as defined by the ISM Code) shall comply with the requirements of the ISM Code.

Upon request the Owners shall provide a copy of the relevant Document of Compliance (DOC) and Safety Management Certificate (SMC) to the Charterers.

Except as indicated in this charter party, loss, damage, expense or delay caused by the failure on the part of the Owners or “the company” to comply with the ISM Code shall be for the Owners’ account.

Owners shall present to Charterers, whenever requested, a copy of ISM manuals and procedures.

54. WAR RISK

Any additional war risk premium or crew bonus for specific trading areas are for Charterers’ account.

55. BILL OF LADING

The discharge port shown in Bill of Lading is not to constitute a declaration of discharge port and Charterers reserve the right to order vessel to call at any port within the terms for this charter party.

Charterers to indemnify Owners against claims brought by holders of Bills of Lading against Owners by reason of change of destination to that stated in any Bill of Lading.

Should Bills of Lading not arrive at discharge port in time then Owners to release the entire cargo without presentation of the original Bills of Lading. Charterers shall indemnify Owners against all consequences of discharging cargo without presentation of original Bill of Lading. Wording of Letter of Indemnity, to be given by telex or fax or other form of written communication, in accordance with clause 56 excluding bank guarantee or counter-signature.

56. LETTER OF INDEMNITY

In the event that charterers request, by telex, facsimile or other form of written communication, owners to deliver:

(a) All or part of the cargo described in the bills of lading at the discharge port named in the bills of lading when no bill of lading is available; or

(b) Part of the cargo described in the bills of lading at the discharge port named in the bills of lading when a bill of lading is available for a different quantity; or

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 26 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(c) All or part of the cargo described in the bills of lading at a place other than the discharge port named in the bills of lading regardless of whether bills of lading are available or not.

Charterers hereby agree to indemnify Owners for any loss, damage, cost or expense Owners may suffer as a consequence of complying with any such request. Owners shall not be obliged to comply with any such request orders from Charterers unless they have received from Charterers both written confirmation of such orders and an indemnity in a form acceptable to Owners which wording shall be available to Charterers on the Owners P&I club website.

57. CARGO RETENTION

This clause is applicable only to the following situations:

 

  (a) to the vessel’s last discharge before vessel’s redelivery;

 

  (b) to the vessel’s last discharge before cleaning tanks for any purpose, included but not limited to drydock or change of grade.

In the event that any cargo remains on board upon completion of discharge, Charterers shall have the right to deduct from hire an amount equal to the FOB value of such cargo at the port of loading price plus freight due as calculated on the basis of the Time Charter hire hereunder, provided that the volume of cargo remaining on board is liquid and pumpable by ship’s means as determined by 2 independent surveyors being one appointed by Charterers and the other by Owners and each party being responsible for its own costs involved.

In case of disagreement between these 2 surveyors then Owners and Charterers shall appoint a third independent surveyor in which case Owners and Charterers will share the costs involved. Any action or lack of action in accordance with this provision shall be without prejudice to any rights or obligations of the parties. The Master shall be notified immediately in order to rectify situation.

58. CLAIMS

Owners shall have a period of one year, beginning on the date of any deduction or discount made in the payment of hire, to claim against the action taken by Charterers related to such deduction or discount. After such period, Owners withdraw and waive absolutely any and all legal rights, claims and any other alleged privilege related to such deduction or discount.

All other claims arising under this charterparty must be brought within one year of the conclusion of the charter.

59. SIGNATURE

In order to enable Charterers to comply with strict regulation procedures of the Brazilian government, Owners shall endeavour to ensure that the original and duplicate original of charter party duly executed by them are received by Charterers within 20 days after conclusion of clean fixture, provided charter party is received by Owners for signature in a timely manner.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 27 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


60. BANKING INSTRUCTIONS FOR HIRE PAYMENT

Hire payable in U.S.Dollars via telegraphic transfer to:

[Insert Parties’ Banking Instructions]

Please inform Intermediary Bank if applicable.

To be advised prior to delivery

61. LMAA ARBITRATION

All disputes arising out of this contract which cannot be resolved amicably shall be referred to arbitration in London.

Unless the parts agree upon a sole arbitrator, the reference shall be to a tribunal of three arbitrators, one to be appointed by each of the parties and the third to be appointed by the other two so chosen.

The arbitrators shall be members of the London Maritime Arbitrators’ Association or otherwise qualified by experience to deal with commercial shipping disputes.

The English law shall apply to arbitration proceedings under this clause to the terms of the London Maritime Arbitrators’ Association current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

62. GENERAL AVERAGE AND NEW JASON CLAUSE

General average shall be adjusted and settled in London unless otherwise agreed, according to York/Antwerp rules, 1994. Hire shall not contribute to general average. Should adjustment be made in accordance with the law and practice of the United States of America, the following provision shall apply:

“In the event of accident, danger, damage or disaster before or after the commencement of the voyage, resulting from any cause whatsoever, whether due to negligence or not, for which, or for the consequences of which, the carrier is not responsible, by statute, contract or otherwise, the cargo, shippers, consignees or owners of the cargo shall contribute with the carrier in general average to the payment of any sacrifices, losses or expenses of a general average nature that may be made or incurred and shall pay salvage and special charges incurred in respect of the cargo.

If a salving vessel is owned or operated by the carrier, salvage shall be paid for as fully as if the said salving vessel or vessels belonged to strangers. Such deposit as the carrier or their agents, may deem sufficient cover the estimated contribution of the cargo and any salvage and special charges thereon shall, if required, be made by the cargo shippers, consignees or owners of the cargo to the carrier before delivery”.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 28 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


The Charterers shall procure that all Bills of Lading issued under this charter party shall contain a provision in the foregoing terms and shall also contain a provision to the effect that general average shall be adjusted in London according to York/Antwerp Rules, 1994.

63. LIGHTERAGE

If lighterage is required, this is subject to master’s approval, said lighterage to be at Charterers’ expenses. Any extra insurance costs which may be placed on cargo as a result of said lighterage operation shall be for Charterers’ account.

The vessel may be loaded, discharged or lightered at open sea, any port, place, berth, dock, anchorage, or alongside lighter or lightering vessel where the vessel can proceed to, lie and depart from, always afloat, as Charterers may direct. Any lighterage tendering / mooring and hoses are to be provided to the satisfaction of the master. Such operation is to be carried out in conformity with the provisions of the “ICS Ship-to-Ship Transfer Guide”, but in any case lighterage operations are to be at the discretion of the master at all times, and if the master at any time considers that lighterage operations are, or are about to become unsafe, and have to be interrupted, vessel shall not be considered off hire.

64. BOTH TO BLAME COLLISION CLAUSE

If the liability for any collision in which the vessel is involved while performing this charter falls to be determined in accordance with the law of the United States of America, the following provision shall apply, which the Charterers shall procure that all Bills of Lading issued under this charter party shall include:

“Where the liability for any collision in which the vessel is involved falls to be determined in accordance with the laws of the United States of America, and the vessel comes into collision with another ship as a result of the negligence of the other ship and any act, neglect or default of the master, mariner, pilot or servants of the carrier in the navigation or in the management of the vessel, the Owners of the cargo carried hereunder will indemnify the carrier against all loss or liability to the other or non-carrying ship or her owners in so far as such loss or liability represents loss of cargo, or damage to, or any claim whatsoever of the Owners of said cargo, paid or payable by the other or non-carrying ship or her Owners to the Owners of said cargo and set-off, recouped or recovered by the other or non-carrying ship or her Owners as part of their claim against the carrying vessel or carrier”.

“The foregoing provisions shall also apply where the Owners, operators or those in charge of any ship or ships or objects other than, or in addition to, the colliding ships or objects are at fault in respect of a collision or contact.”

65. FLAG / OWNERSHIP / MANAGEMENT / CLASS

Owners shall not change Ownership and/or flag and/or Technical Management and/or Classification Society of the vessel without prior written Charterers’ approval which is not to be unreasonable withheld.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 29 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


66. BALLAST / DEBALLAST

Owners guarantee that the vessel is able to ballast / deballast simultaneously with discharging / loading operation and warrant that the vessel is able to deballast at the rate of 4,500 cubic meters per hour. Any loss of time due to vessel’s inability to comply with the above shall be for Owners’ account. Such operation however is subject to master’s approval and discretion with respect to safety of such operation, however such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, provided that the local authorities or regulations permit ballasting / deballasting during discharging / loading operations.

67. TEMPORARY VISA TYPE V

According to Brazilian regulations, it is required for vessels at Brazilian coastal trade that all non Brazilian crew must have a working permission Visa known as Visa Type V (5). Charterers will provide such Visa, provided Owners arrange, at Charterers or their representative request, all documents and papers required by Authorities in connection with issuance of so called Visa V.

The expenses with obtaining the Visa, such as the service of Visa agents and the authorities’ taxes to get the Visas, will be for Charterers account. Expenses with crew documents such as photocopies, posting passports, crew transportation to immigration office, when required, will be for Owners account.

Complete instructions regarding the documents required and procedure to prepare such documents will be provided by Charterers or their Visa agents.

68. IMIGRATIONS REQUIREMENT OF BRAZILIAN CREW

The Charterer shall have the option to reflag and/or recrew the vessel to meet Brazilian requirements giving 6 months notice and further subject to the Charterers covering all additional costs and then after 90 days of continuous operation at Brazilian coastal trade it is required to replace part of the crew by Brazilian seafarers, in a number defined on the specific regulation for this purpose, presently the “Resolução Normativa 72” (Rule No. 72) and other subsequent new regulation of the Brazilian Immigration Council, attached to this Charter Party.

69. VESSEL TRACKING SYSTEM CLAUSE

It is agreed that Charterers may from the time of fixing until completion of the charter period (last discharge port) employ an INMARSAT Tracking System on the vessel.

The system can be used for short text messages. Such information is available through password controlled internet access. If required by Owners, Charterers shall supply to them a password giving read only access to the vessel on the site.

All registration and / or communication costs relating to this tracking system will be for Charterers account.

Charterers will advise when the system is operative and confirm termination on completion of charter.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 30 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Owners to supply the following information, which will form part of this clause:

 

  (a) INMARSAT C number (9 digits beginning 4).

 

  (b) Serial Number

 

  (c) Model number

 

  (d) Terminal version (if applicable)

70. CARGO LOSS

Notwithstanding anything contained in this charter party, neither the Owners nor the vessel shall be liable for any cargo loss or shortage due to incondensable matter, nor for any other loss or shortage except to the extent that such loss or shortage exceeds one half of one percent (0.5%), of the aggregated quantities stated in the Bills of Lading or in the absence of a Bill of Lading, any other quantity report sheet or offer document evidencing quantity(ies) loaded signed by master and independent inspector representative. For the purpose of this clause, losses and shortages shall be calculated according to intake and outturn quantities based upon vessel’s gauges verified by an independent inspector appointed and paid by Charterers. Any loss or shortage, for which the Owners shall be liable according to the above definitions, shall be reimbursed by Owners to Charterers at Charterer’s documented FOB price plus freight as calculated on the basis of the Time Charter hire hereunder.

71. INCIDENT REPORTING

Owners must inform Charterer of Owners’ shore emergency response organization, personnel assignments and both office / after office hours telephone numbers.

Owners shall maintain an internal incidents and near-miss reporting and recording system, from which necessary preventive actions can be instigated. Any accident or significant near-miss must be reported immediately to Charterers. Owners shall undertake their own internal investigation to determine prime and root causes of the incident, and take corrective or preventative action to prevent re-occurrence. The incident report must also be sent to Charterers.

72. OIL COMPANY ACCEPTANCE

Owners will arrange for inspection and have vessel accepted, and maintained such acceptance throughout the time charter period, by major oil companies (which shall include, but not be limited to Shell, BP, Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, and any other company reasonably requested by Charterer), provided representatives of said companies are available and willing to inspect the vessel as required. Should Owners fail to obtain such approvals during the terms of this charter, then, the Charterers have the option to place the vessel off-hire for any time lost thereby until such time when the acceptance have been obtained or reinstated.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 31 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


73. NON ASSIGNMENT

Other than as set out in this Clause, this Agreement is personal to the Parties and shall not be assigned or otherwise transferred in whole or in part by either without the prior written consent of the other Party.

Owners and Charterers may assign or novate this charter to any of their affiliates who have comparable creditworthiness and competence, with the benefit of any guarantees if applicable, subject to the approval of the other party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

For the avoidance of doubt, Owners may not novate the charterparty to a non affiliate.

74. VESSEL’S DOCUMENTATION

Owners shall send to Charterers, as soon as fixture is confirmed, the following plans:

 

  (a) General Arrangement Plan

 

  (b) Cargo Pumping Arrangement Plan and Piping Diagram

 

  (c) Capacity Plan

 

  (d) Mooring Arrangement

 

  (e) Ballast Piping Diagram/Arrangement

 

  (f) Any other documents or data requested by Charterer

In addition, the OCIMF questionnaire, Revised Ship Inspection Report (SIRE) Programme of Oil Companies International Marine Forum, as attached hereto, is deemed to be fully incorporated into and forms an integral part of this Time Charter.

75. LIFE SAFETY MEASUREMENT

Owners shall advise Charterers the “Accident Index”, calculated as follows:

Index = (ACTT multiplied by 10 6 ) and divided by (HHERT)

ACTT = Number of lay-off servants and/or workers listed on account of injuries or casualties.

HHERT = Number of working man multiplied by number of hours while vessel’s remains operating for Charterers.

Complementary Informations

Nr. of workers and servants:

Nr. of accidents(s):

Nr. of lay-off(s) temporary:

Nr. of lay-off(s) permanent:

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 32 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


The above information shall be sent by Owners to Charterers via fax or e-mail every 30 days period or whenever vessel completing operation if less than 30 days.

Owners of the vessel shall also enlighten those events resulting in a temporary and / or permanente lay-off to workers, servants and other people affected.

Charterers may hold freight payment till Owners present the information herein stipulated.

76. BREACH OF WARRANTY

Any breach of Owners’ representations and warranties shall constitute a material breach and shall entitle Charterers, at their option, to terminate the charter and/or recover any damages allowed by law. The vessel shall be off hire during any delays resulting from her non-compliance with Owners’ representations and warranties.

77. U.S. CUSTOMS ADVANCE NOTIFICATION/AMS CLAUSE FOR TIME CHARTER PARTIES

(a) If the Vessel loads or carries cargo destined for the US or passing through US ports in transit, the Charterers shall comply with the current US Customs regulations (19 CFR 4.7) or any subsequent amendments thereto and shall undertake the role of carrier for the purposes of such regulations and shall, in their own name, time and expense:

 

  (i) Have in place a SCAC (Standard Carrier Alpha Code);

 

  (ii) Have in place an ICB (International Carrier Bond);

 

  (iii) Provide the Owners with a timely confirmation of i) and ii) above; and

 

  (iv) Submit a cargo declaration by AMS (Automated Manifest System) to the US Customs and provide the Owners at the same time with a copy thereof.

(b) The Charterers assume liability for and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owners against any loss and/or damage whatsoever (including consequential loss and/or damage) and/or any expenses, fines, penalties and all other claims of whatsoever nature, including but not limited to legal costs, arising from the Charterers’ failure to comply with any of the provisions of sub-clause (a). Should such failure result in any delay then, notwithstanding any provision in this Charter Party to the contrary, the Vessel shall remain on hire.

(c) If the Charterers’ ICB is used to meet any penalties, duties, taxes or other charges which are solely the responsibility of the Owners, the Owners shall promptly reimburse the Charterers for those amounts.

(d) The assumption of the role of carrier by the Charterers pursuant to this Clause and for the purpose of the US Customs Regulations (19 CFR 4.7) shall be without prejudice to the identity of carrier under any bill of lading, other contract, law or regulation

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 33 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


78. PENALTY CLAUSE — HIRE DEDUCTION CAUSED BY UNAVAILABILITY OF DP AND/OR BLS SYSTEMS

If the vessel’s dynamic positioning (DP) sub system (thrusters and/or reference systems) and/or bow loading system (BLS) are not fully operational, and the vessel is not fully out of service (reference clause 21 Off-hire), the vessel shall remain on hire and be accepted by Charterers. For such periods a reduced rate shall apply. The reduction to the charter hire rate shall be based on the below table:

 

    PARTICULAR FUNCTIONS   Reduction Percentage             

Tunnel Propulsion (bow or stern)

  10             

Azymuthing Propulsion (bow or stern);

  10             

Bow Loading System

  10             

Reference Systems (when less then 2 Systems)

  7.5             

The reduction percentages presented above are cumulative during the period of unavailability of the vessel’s DP sub system and/or BLS. In any event the total reduction percentage shall be capped at a maximum of 15%.

The reduction percentages shall be applied during the whole period the vessel’s DP sub system(s) and/or BLS are restricting the operation and up to the time they are restored to full functionality again, unless otherwise mutually agreed between Charterers and Owners.

If charterer elects to place the vessel off-hire for any time lost thereby as per clause 21, the vessel is to remain off-hire until such time the vessel’s DP sub system(s) and/or BLS are restored to full functionality again, unless otherwise mutually agreed between Charterers and Owners.

Nothing in this clause shall limit Owners’ right, at Owners’ sole discretion, to perform repairs and/or services to the DP system and/or the BLS and/or perform emergency drydocking as per clause 79, all in order for Owners to resume full functionality of the systems again, unless otherwise mutually agreed between Charterers and Owners. Owners shall use best endeavours to ensure that any unavailability of the systems shall be remedied as soon as possible. If Owners and Charterers agree to postpone repair and/or service and/or drydocking, then this clause shall be null and void for the whole period of unavailability of that particular equipment and until full availability of that particular equipment has been restored.

Both clause 21 Off-hire and/or 79 — Vessel’s Dry Docking shall be applicable when performing repairs and/or services and/or drydocking to remedy any defects to the vessel’s DP system and/or BLS.

This clause is null and void for any period of unavailability of the vessel’s DP system and/or BLS if such unavailability is caused by Charterers, their contractors, contractors’ sub-contractors, and/or their respective agents or representatives. Should Owners and Charterers fail to determine who is responsible for unavailability of the DP system and/or BLS, then Charterers and Owners agree to jointly nominate an independent surveyor who shall make a report that shall be binding upon the parties as regards which party is responsible for the unavailability to deliberate.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 34 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


This clause shall not be construed as a waiver of Owners’ obligation under clause 3 Duty to Maintain.

79. VESSEL DRY DOCKING

Owners will explore the possibility to perform work during vessel modification prior to the delivery of the ship to charterers in order to allow the 1 st special period survey to be advanced or delayed so that no dry-dock is required during the first two years of charter or to minimize the length of such survey.

In event that drydock or survey is required during the first two years, Owners will work closely with Charterers to minimize time out of service and achieve best mutual fit in Charterers cargo program.

Owners, if requested by charterers, will provide a substitute tanker for lifting during any drydock. Such substitute tanker would be paid at market rates for the vessel provided but shall not exceed the hire rate of the Windsor Knutsen. Charterers shall compensate Owners for actual positioning costs which shall not exceed the cost of positioning from Windsor Knutsen’s original delivery location to the Santos basin in Brazil and substitute vessel shall be redelivered in the same range as described for the Windsor Knutsen in this charter.

Otherwise:

(a) Owners shall dry-dock the Vessel at least twice in any five year period for the purposes of maintaining the Vessel’s underwater area and to effect overhaul, scheduled maintenance, other necessary repairs, and re-certification, so that the Vessel is fit in every way for service under this charter. Provided that Owners can demonstrate to the Charterers satisfaction that a performing five year coating system has been applied to the hull, intermediate dockings will be permitted to be carried out afloat.

No dry-docking shall be undertaken by Owners for the first 12 months of this Charter unless in an emergency or by agreement with Charterers.

(b) Owners shall give Charterers at least 6 months’ notice of any intended non-emergency dry-docking, together with the reasons for such dry-docking.

(c) In the event of dry-docking, the Vessel shall be off-hire from the time of dropping outward sea pilot from the previous port of discharge. On completion of dry-docking, the Vessel will be on-hire again when she is in every way ready to resume Charterers’ service and is at the position at which she went off-hire or a position no less favourable to Charterers, whichever she first attains. Additionally, Vessel may be delivered back to Charterers at a nominated load port, at Charterers’ option. However, any service given or distance made good by the Vessel including fuel consumed whilst off-hire shall be taken into account in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 35 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(d) All dry-dock expenses and expenses of preparing the Vessel for dry-dock shall be for Owners’ account. During the last discharge prior to dry-docking Owners shall use their reasonable endeavours to pump out the maximum amount of cargo. Should the vessel be ordered to dry docking, Charterers have no obligation to clean the vessel tanks for delivering/releasing the vessel to Owners.

All bunkers consumed during offhire period shall be paid by Owners and credited to Charterers on the subsequent hire payment just after drydocking has been concluded. The price of bunkers shall be charged at cost with supporting documentation.

Time and cost in direct connection with disposal of any tank washings and or slops and residues which are onboard at the time of vessel release to Owner as a result of vessel complying with Charterers orders and normal operation prior to release of the vessel to Owners to be for Charterers account. Charterers will redeliver Vessel tanks and slops at least in the same condition Owners delivered those to Charterers. Should the vessel be ordered to dry docking, Charterers have no obligation to clean the vessel tanks for delivering/releasing the vessel to Owners.

80. BUNKERS AT DELIVERY AND REDELIVERY

Bunkers on delivery will be settled at cost on Owner’s verification of bunker invoice of cost of bunkers. If possible, Vessel will be redelivered with approximately the same quantity fuel oil and gas oil, and will be settled at cost on Charterer’s verification of bunker invoice of cost of bunkers. In each case, quantities will be no less than 300 mt fuel oil and 50 mt gas oil. A bunker survey will be held at locations of delivery and redelivery unless otherwise mutually agreed. The time and cost of both surveys will be split 50/50 between Owner and Charterer, and the title to the bunkers shall pass to Charterer upon delivery and to Owner upon redelivery.

81. BUNKERS IN GENERAL

(a) If requested by Charterers, Owners will arrange bunker fuel oils and diesel oil for the vessel under Owners’ bunker contracts at the price under such contracts, including any rebates and discounts, alternatively on the spot market. Where such bunkering is carried out by Owners they shall at all times remain responsible for the quality and specifications of any bunkers put onboard the vessel (which shall be as specified in Clause 1), and any time lost caused by reason of such bunkers being of lesser quality or specification shall be off hire time (without prejudice to any other rights or remedies Charterers may have whether under this charter or otherwise).

(b) Payment for such bunkers arranged shall be made by Charterers to Owners in sufficient time that the payment is received by Owners prior to the date of payment required from Owners by the bunker supplier.

(c) All invoices for such bunker fuel and -diesel oil will be accompanied by documentation acceptable to Charterers to support the charges set forth in such invoices.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 36 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


82. USE AS FLOATING STORAGE

The Charterers may use the vessel as floating storage, if required. Bottom and propeller scrubbing, if required due to such storage use, is to be for the Charterers’ account on hire. Any subsequent performance drop prior to the vessel’s next dry- dock directly attributable to the deterioration during storage and subsequent cleaning shall be for Charterers’ account.

83. REDELIVERY SURVEY

Deleted

84. SUPREMECY OF VOYAGE INSTRUCTIONS

If a conflict arises between terminal orders and Charterers’ instructions, the master is to stop cargo operations and to contact Charterers at once. Terminal orders, unless for safety reasons, shall never supersede Charterers’ instructions and any conflict shall be resolved prior to resumption of cargo operations. Vessel is not to resume cargo operations until Charterers have directed the vessel to do so.

85. GENERAL AVERAGE CARGO RELEASE

In addition to any other rights Charterers may have, and if requested by Charterers, Owners will release one or more cargoes to Charterers for transshipment from a port of refuge by and at the expense of Charterers in exchange for a non-separation of interest agreement, general average bond, and a general average undertaking from cargo underwriters in the customary forms. Charterers’ transshipment expenses, up to the general average expenses saved, are to be treated like the general average expenses saved, as if those expenses had actually been incurred and paid for by Charterers. Bills of Lading for such transshipped cargoes are deemed to be accomplished on completion of transfer to the transshipping vessel, and port of refuge where transfer is made shall be treated as a discharge port.

86. TRANSFER OF BILGE LIQUIDS

Vessel shall have sufficient and safe means of transferring engine room/pump room bilge liquids to designated holding tanks on board for disposal in accordance with the national regulations of the United States of America, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, Chile, The Netherlands, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Trinidad and Tobago, Australia, the People’s Republic of China, the former U.S.S.R., Norway, Finland, Brazil, Equatorial Guinea, Venezuela, United Kingdom, each EEC country and with any recognized international regulations in each case as in force as at the date of signing of this Charter. If any of these regulations is amended at any time and from time to time after the signing of this Charter, Owners shall use best endeavours to ensure the vessel complies with the amended regulations.

87. CANCELLATION FOR CRIMINAL ACTS

Charterers may at their sole discretion cancel this Charter without penalty if Owners or members of Owners’ executive management are indicted or formally charged for criminal activities related to the marine industry. Owners will indemnify Charterer for any and all losses suffered from this cancellation, including additional cost of substitute (cover) tonnage.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 37 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


88. DELETED

89. HEATING

Vessel shall be fitted with fully functioning heating coils in all her cargo and slop tanks or heat exchangers throughout this time charter period. The heating coils are capable at all times of heating up and maintaining a full cargo temperature of 145 degrees Fahrenheit maximum. Loaded temperature is not to exceed 165 degrees Fahrenheit as measured in vessel’s tanks.

90. CARGO MANIFOLDS

Owner warrants that Vessel shall be equipped with pressure gauges fitted inboard of the valve at each discharge manifold connection. Such gauges shall be maintained in proper working condition and each gauge shall have a valid test certificate.

Owner warrants that all piping, valves, spools, reducers and other fittings comprising that portion of Vessel’s manifold system outboard of the last fixed rigid support to Vessel’s deck and used in the transfer of cargo, bunkers or ballast, will be made of steel or nodular iron which shall comply with the most recent Oil Companies International Marine Forum (“OCIMF”) standards. The fixed rigid support for the manifold system must be designed to prevent both lateral and vertical movement of the manifold.

Owner further warrants that no more than one reducer or spacer will be used between Vessel’s manifold valve and the terminal hose or loading arm connection in accordance with OCIMF Guidelines. Vessel shall be equipped to present flanges of 10”, 12” and 16” (ASA) at all manifold connections on one side of Vessel.

91. CRUDE OIL WASH (COW)

(a) Owner guarantees that Vessel is fitted with COW and that the said system is maintained in good working condition throughout the charter period. Owner warrants that officers and crew are fully experienced in COW operations. Owner agrees to comply with applicable port and terminal regulations and to submit any advance information or technical data that may be required at the discharge port terminal relating to the conduct of COW operation of whole tanks if so ordered by Charterer. In the event of any delay due to the failure in proper execution of COW operation and/or COW equipment being in good working condition, all time and expenses thus incurred shall be for Owner’s account.

(b) Supervision of COW operation shall be carried out by a qualified Officer holding a “Certificate of Competence for COW Operation,” issued by the authorities concerned

92. INERT GAS SYSTEM

(a) Owner warrants that Vessel has a working Inert Gas System (IGS) and officers and crew are experienced in the operation of the system. Owner further warrants that Vessel will arrive at load port(s) with cargo tanks inerted and that tanks will remain inerted throughout the voyage and during discharge.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 38 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(b) Owner warrants that Vessel is equipped with automatic tank gauges and special standpipes with vapor lock valves and other gauging/sampling devices which will allow cargo inspectors to obtain accurate shipboard cargo measurements and samples. Closed gauging and sampling equipment shall be calibrated and certified by a recognized authority, and a copy of this certificate shall be submitted to Charterer upon its request

(c) Owner to strictly prohibit routine depressurizing and opening of inerted cargo tanks; however, Master may be requested by terminal personnel or independent inspectors to breach the IGS for purposes of gauging, sampling, temperature determination and/or determining the quantity of cargo remaining on board after discharge. These activities shall always be carried out at the Master’s discretion and consistent with the safe operation of Vessel.

(d) Owner warrants that Vessel will comply with all applicable local, state, and international vapor emission laws, rules and regulations. If equipped, any vapor return/balancing system is fully operational and will be used where required.

(e) Any delays, losses or damages resulting from non-compliance with this clause shall be for the Owner’s account and shall count as off-hire under Clause 21.

93. CHARTERER’S RIGHT TO SURVEY AND SAMPLE

Charterer or his representative shall have the right to survey or take samples from all Vessel tanks at any time.

94. COMMINGLING/BLENDING

Charterer shall have the option to commingle and blend different grades of cargo as they are loaded into the Ship’s tanks, provided that such commingling and blending is within the Ship’s technical capabilities and that the Owner/Master consider it safe to do so. To the extent that such commingling and blending operations are executed by the Vessel’s staff in accordance with the Charterer’s instructions, Owner/Master shall not be responsible for the quality of cargo resulting from such blending operations.

95. DELETED

96. DEADWEIGHT REMEASUREMENT

Owner shall advise all alternative loadlines and corresponding deadweights/drafts available at the time of charter. Charterer has the option of requesting Owner to arrange for remeasurement of Vessel’s deadweight from time to time. Owner shall make best endeavors to comply with such request if possible and practical. Charterer shall endeavor to notify Owner well in advance and give at least three working days notice to this effect. All time and expenses in connection with the remeasuring will be borne by Charterer.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 39 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


97. CBM MOORING EQUIPMENT

Owner warrants that Vessel shall comply with the following requirements throughout the duration of this Time Charter:

Vessel has a minimum of 6 mooring lines or mooring wires mounted on winches as described below. Each of these mooring lines or wires shall have a minimum length of 200 meters. Charterer has the right to supplement Vessel’s mooring lines as necessary.

Wires/Ropes on winches:

Number: Seven (7) preferred, six (6) acceptable provided they are in the correct location (see below).

Length: Three hundred (200) meter required.

Material: Nylon or equivalent ropes are not acceptable. Wire or equivalent synthetic are acceptable.

Mounting: All wires/ropes must be mounted on their respective winch (see also location below).

Certificates: All wire/rope certificates must be on board and available for Terminal review upon request.

Breaking Strength: dependent upon Vessel’s deadweight.

Location: Vessel MUST be able to run two wires/ropes from winches located on main deck forward, two (2) from main deck aft, and three (3) from the poop deck (two (2) may be acceptable).

Pendants: Vessel-furnished pendants must conform to OCIMF guidelines, i.e., their breaking strength (B.S.) must be equal to one hundred and thirty-seven percent (137%) of B.S. of wires if made of nylon, or one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of B.S. of wires if made by other synthetic fibers.

Chocks and Double-Horn Bins: Vessels must have two (2) closed chocks and at least one (1) set of bitts at each mooring location on both port and starboard side. Only double-horn bitts are acceptable. Roller-type chocks may be acceptable only if they have been enclosed by welding a preventive bar on top. Open-type roller chocks are NOT acceptable.

Winch Brake Holding Capacity: Must conform to OCIMF guidelines and must be set at sixty percent (60%) of the breaking strength of wires/ropes on winch.

Secondary Ropes: A second set of lines will be run to each buoy. Vessels must have on board a minimum of seven (7) synthetic lines (nylon lines are not acceptable) in good condition, minimum two hundred (200) meters long and of minimum seventy-five (75) metric tons breaking strength.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 40 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Boom: Minimum fifteen (15) metric ton safe working load boom or crane required.

Manifold: Vessels must be able to safely connect twelve (12) and/or sixteen (16) inch hoses. If reducers are used, all connections/flanges must be within the boundaries of the containment area under the manifolds.

All delays, losses and expenses due to non-compliance with this clause will remain solely for Owner’s account.

98. MANNING

(a) The Vessels’ officers shall possess the experience levels described in Appendix E.

(b) Owner shall advise well in advance, the relief schedule of Vessel’s senior officers (Master, C/E, C/O and 1/E) and provide to Charterer the CV of each joining officer showing work experience.

(c) Owner shall maintain operational continuity on Vessel by maintaining the same senior officers on Vessel in rotation.

(d) Charterer shall have a right to disapprove selection of a senior officer based on the above criteria.

(e) Vessel’s senior officers shall be fluent (written and spoken) in English.

99. INSTRUCTIONS AND LOGS

A controlled copy of Charterers’ instructions will be placed on board the Vessel. The instructions in this document shall be followed by the crew. If the Vessel or crew cannot comply with such instructions, immediate notification is required in accordance with Clause 105. In the event of any conflict between the instructions and this Charterparty, the Charterparty shall prevail.

Owners shall be responsible for any time, cost, delay or loss associated with Vessel deviating from Charterers’ voyage instructions, including loading any cargo quantity in excess or short of voyage orders. If a discrepancy arises at a loading terminal, the Master shall notify Charterers immediately and in any event before loading to clarify the situation. Owners shall be responsible for any consequences or additional expenses arising from non-compliance with this Clause.

100. BUSINESS PRINCIPLES

Owners and Charterers will co-operate to ensure that the “Business Principles”, as of the date of the charter party signature, by the BG Group plc, which are posted at www.bg-group.com, are complied with.

101. DRUGS AND ALCOHOL

Owners warrant that they have in force an active policy covering the Vessel which meets or exceeds the standards set out in the “Guidelines for the Control of Drugs and Alcohol On Board

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 41 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Ship” as published by the Oil Companies International Marine Forum (OCIMF) dated January 1990 (or any subsequent modification, version, or variation of these guidelines) and that this policy will remain in force throughout the charter period, and Owners will exercise due diligence to ensure the policy is complied with.

102. POLLUTION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE CONTACTS

Owners are to advise Charterers of organisational details and names of Owners personnel together with their relevant telephone/facsimile/e-mail details, including the names and contact details of Qualified Individuals for OPA 90 response, who may be contacted on a 24-hour basis in the event of oil spills or emergencies.

Notice to Owners’ Pollution and Emergency Response Department:

 

Attn:

   Rotary Duty person

Address:

   Smedasundet 40 N 5529 Haugesund Norway

Telephone:  

   + 47 41660000 ( 24 hrs):

Fax:

   + 47 52 70 40 40

E-mail:

   vetting@knutsenoas.com

Cc:

   technical@knutsenoas.com

Notice to Owners’ Pollution and Emergency Response Department:

 

Attn:

   Duty Officer

Address:

  

BG LNG Services,

Suite 1200, 5444 Westheimer, Houston, Texas 77056, USA

Telephone:  

   +1 713 366 6248 (primary); +1 713 884 9142 (secondary)

Fax:

   +1 713 877 9212

E-mail:

  

incident@bg-group.com (for incidents only)

shipping@bg-goup.com; lngcharters@bg-group.com

Cc:

   bghub.usa@gacworld.com

103. ISPS CODE / USMTSA

This clause makes reference to the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (“ISPS Code”) and the US Maritime Transportation Security Act 2002 (“MTSA”).

(a)

(i) During the currency of this charter, Owners shall procure that both the Vessel and “the Company” (as defined by the ISPS Code) and the “owner”(as defined by the MTSA) shall comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code relating to the Vessel and “the Company” and the requirements of MTSA relating to the Vessel and the “owner”. Upon request Owners shall provide documentary evidence of compliance with this Clause.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 42 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(ii) Except as otherwise provided in this charter, loss, damage, expense or delay, caused by failure on the part of Owners or “the Company”/”owner” to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code/MTSA or this Clause shall be for Owners’ account.

(b)

(i) Charterers shall provide Owners/Master with their full style contact details and shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to Owners/Master. Furthermore, Charterers shall ensure that all sub-charter parties they enter into during the period of this charter contain the following provision:

“The Charterers shall provide the Owners with their full style contact details and, where sub-letting is permitted under the terms of the charterparty shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners”.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided in this charter, loss, damage, expense or delay, caused by failure on the part of Charterers to comply with this sub-Clause (b) shall be for Charterers’ account.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this charter costs or expenses related to security regulations or measures required by the port facility or any relevant authority in accordance with the ISPS Code/MTSA including, but not limited to, security guards, launch services, tug escorts, port security fees or taxes and inspections, shall be for Charterers’ account, unless such costs or expenses result solely from Owners’ negligence in which case such costs or expenses shall be for Owners’ account. All measures required by Owners to comply with the security plan required by the ISPS Code/MTSA shall be for Owners’ account.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this charter, the Vessel shall not be off-hire where there is a loss of time caused by Charterers’ failure to comply with the ISPS Code/MTSA.

(e) If either party makes any payment, which is for the other party’s account according to this Clause, the other party shall indemnify the paying party.

104. CONFIDENTIALITY

All terms and conditions of this charterparty shall be kept private and confidential between the Parties.

105. NOTICES

(a) Whenever written notices are required to be given by either party to the other party, such notices shall be sent by fax, registered mail, registered airmail to the following addresses. Email address are given for convenience sake (or copy information) only.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 43 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Notice to Owners’:

 

Attn:

   To be advised prior to delivery

Address:

  

Telephone:

  

Fax:

  

E-mail:

  

Cc:

  

Notice to Charterers:

 

Attn:

   Director—Chartering & Fleet Optimisation

Address:

  

BG LNG Services, LLC,

Suite 1200, 5444 Westheimer

Houston, Texas 77056

Telephone:

   +1 713 599 3033

Fax:

   +1 713 456 2351

E-mail:

   lngcharters@bg-group.com

Notice to Owners’ Operations Department:

 

Attn:

   To be advised prior to delivery

Address:

  

Telephone:

  

Fax:

  

E-mail:

  

Cc:

  

Notice to Charterers’ Operations Department:

 

Attn:

   Vessel Coordinator

Address:

  

BG LNG Services, LLC,

Suite 1200, 5444 Westheimer

Houston, Texas 77056

Telephone:

   +1 713 599 3747

Fax:

   +1 713 456 2351

E-mail:

   shipping@bg-group.com

or to such other addresses as the parties may respectively from time to time designate by notice in writing. Any failure to transmit a copy of the notice to a party listed as entitled to receive a copy shall not in any way affect the validity of any notice otherwise properly given as provided in this Clause.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 44 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(b) Any notice required under this charter to be given in writing shall be deemed to be duly received only:

(i) In the case of a letter, whether delivered in course of the post or by hand or by courier, at the date and time of its actual delivery if within normal business hours on a working day at the place of receipt otherwise at the commencement of normal business on the next such working day.

(ii) In the case of a facsimile, at the time of transmission recorded on the message if such time is within normal business hours (09:00 - 17:00) in the country of receipt, otherwise at the commencement of normal business hours on the next working day at the place of receipt.

106. VESSEL CONTACT DETAILS

The Vessel’s contact details are as follows:

Telephone:         To be advised prior to delivery

Fax:

E-mail:

107. COMPLIANCE

At all times during this Charter:

(a) the Vessel shall be in all respects eligible under applicable conventions, laws and regulations for, and shall not be prevented for any reason whatsoever from, trading to and from the ports and places permitted in clause 4 of the Charter;

(b) the Vessel shall comply with all applicable conventions, laws, rules and regulations of any international, national, state or local government entity having jurisdiction and shall have on board for inspection by the authorities all necessary certificates, records, letters and other documents evidencing such compliance, including but not limited to certificates evidencing compliance with international and US oil pollution regulations, SOLAS 1974, as amended, MARPOL 1973/1978 and US Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations; and

(c) the Vessel will comply fully with all applicable U.S. Federal, U.S. Coastguard and State laws, rules, orders, regulations, guidelines and circulars now in effect and which may be promulgated (and subsequent amendments and successors thereto) including, but not limited to, the following provisions relating to maritime safety and oil pollution response :

 

  (i)  the U.S. Federal Water Pollution Control Act (as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977 (Water Pollution));

(ii) the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the governmental regulations issued thereunder (“OPA-90”);

(iii) the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980; and

(iv) the U.S. Port and Tanker Safety Act;

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 45 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(v) the U.S. Coastguard Navigational and Vessel Inspection Circular No. 8-92;

(vi) the Code of Federal Regulations

(d) the Vessel will have on board throughout the Charter any certificates or other documentation required under the said laws, rules, orders, regulations, guidelines and circulars and evidencing such compliance, and, subject to Clause 4(d) shall include but not be limited to a U.S. Coastguard Certificate of Financial Responsibility for Oil Pollution (“COFR”) together with a similar certificate for hazardous substances and a Tanker Vessel Examination Letter (“TVEL”).

(e) prior to delivery the Vessel owner or operator will have submitted, and obtained approval from the US Coastguard for a response plan for the Vessel (“VRP”) which meets in full the requirements of OPA-90 and of the US Coastguard and in accordance with which the Vessel will at all times be operated. Charterers shall reimburse Owners for all port specific OPA charges (including but not limited to additional premium to maintain P&I cover) incurred by the Vessel calling at ports in the USA in accordance with Charterers’ orders. Requirements of a similar nature imposed by other countries after the date of this Charter shall be treated in the same way.

(f) to the extent that the Vessel does not at any time comply with any USCG. regulation now in effect or to be promulgated, all necessary waivers are or will be held. Owners will advise Charterers of all such waivers, including period of validation and reason(s) for waiver.

(g) Owners shall ensure that the Vessel is free to trade to the USA and if Certificate of Compliance (CoC) is not available at the commencement of the charter, then an inspection shall be carried prior to arrival at the first USA port or on arrival at the first USA port. Any delay incurred carrying out this initial inspection that exceeds three hours shall be classified as off-hire. Charterers shall provide sufficient notice to Owners to allow Owners to comply with the rules and regulations in USA and Oil Terminals not listed in Appendix A.

(h) If the Vessel is required to discharge at a US port during this charter, the Owners are required to install an AIS Pilot Plug as defined by SOLAS regulations. Specific regulations can be found in Chapter V, Regulation 19 and in Title 33 Code of Federal Regulations §164.46 Automatic Identification System (AIS), Paragraph (d) “The AIS Pilot Plug, on each vessel over 1600 gross tons on an international voyage, must be available for pilot use, easily assessable from the primary conning position of the vessel, and near a 120 Volt, AC power, 3-prong receptacle.” Additional information regarding proper installation of the MS Pilot Plug can be found in IMO SN/Circ. 227.

(i) When calling at terminals located in ports in the European Union, Vessel must be able to meet the requirements of EU Council Directives 1999/32/EC dated 26 April 1999 and 2005/33/EC dated 6 July 2005.

Any delays, losses, expenses or damages arising from failure to comply with this clause shall be for Owners’ account and Owners shall fully indemnify Charterers therefor. Charterers shall not be liable for any delay caused by the Vessel’s failure to comply with the foregoing warranty.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 46 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


For any time lost due to a breach of this clause the Vessel shall be off-hire, and any expenses incurred due to such breach (including bunkers consumed) shall be for Owners’ account.

108. DELETED

109. THIRD PARTY VETTING

Notwithstanding that parties’ confidentiality obligations, Owners shall permit Charterers to discuss vetting results with third party vetting companies upon Charterers request provided same acceptable to the said company.

110. TAXES

All taxes and dues on the Vessel and on the Charter hire to be for Owners’ account.

111. U.S. COMPLIANCE

Owners represent and warrant that Owners and the Vessel are not in any way directly or indirectly owned, controlled by or related to any Cuban, Iranian, Myanmar, or Sudanese interests.

112. OWNERS’ DEFAULTS

(a) Each of the following events shall be deemed to be a breach of this Charter and an “Owners’ Default” for the purposes of this Charter:

(i) if any licence, approval, consent, authorisation or registration at any time necessary for Owners to comply with their obligations under this Charter, or in connection with the ownership and operation of the Vessel, is revoked, withheld or expires or is modified so as to prevent or materially delay the lawful performance by Owners of their obligations hereunder (unless remedied, if capable of remedy, within thirty (30) days);

(ii) if an order is made, or an effective resolution passed, for the compulsory or voluntary winding-up or dissolution of Owners (other than for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction in respect of which the prior written consent of Charterers has been obtained) or if Owners suspend payment of or are unable to or admit inability to pay, their debts as they fall due or make any special arrangement or composition with their creditors generally or any class of their creditors;

(iii) if an administrator, administrative receiver, receiver or trustee or similar official is appointed in respect of the whole, or a material part, of the property, assets or undertaking of Owners, and such appointment is not discharged within thirty (30) days of the date of such appointment (unless such appointment is being contested by Owners in good faith by appropriate proceedings) or if Owners apply for, or consent to, any such appointment;

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 47 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(iv) if any event occurs in relation to Owners in any jurisdiction which has an effect equivalent to any of the events specified in iii) and iv) above;

(v) if an encumbrancer takes possession of, or distress or execution is levied upon, the whole, or a material part, of the property, assets or undertaking of Owners and the same shall not be discharged within thirty (30) days of the date of commencement of such action unless such possession or levy is being contested by Owners in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(vi) if Owners cease to carry on their business, or dispose of the whole, or a material part, of their property, assets or undertaking without Charterers’ consent;

(vii) if Owners cease to be a corporation duly registered in good standing in its place of incorporation without Charterers’ consent;

(viii) if Owners shall place or permit to exist on the Vessel (A) any mortgage other than a mortgagee in respect of which a quiet enjoyment undertaking has been provided in a form approved by Charterers, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld (B) any charge, pledge, consensual security interest, lien or encumbrance of any kind (not occasioned by any act, omission or default of Charterers), other than liens for crew’s wages or salvage or otherwise arising in the ordinary course of trading which are regularly settled or secured;

(ix) if it becomes impossible or unlawful for Owners to fulfil any of their obligations under this Charter, or for Charterers to exercise any of the rights vested in them by this Charter, or this Charter for any reason becomes invalid or unenforceable or ceases to be in full force and effect or Owners repudiate this Charter;

(x) if the Vessel is arrested as a consequence of any claim or event other than a claim arising by, through or under acts, deeds or omission of Charterers and is not released for any reason from such arrest within thirty (30) days after being arrested;

(xi) if Owners are in material breach of any other provision of this Charter with serious and adverse consequences to Charterers; and Owners have failed to cure such breach within a reasonable period of time but in no event longer than thirty (30) days after notice of such breach from Charterers (unless such breach has a shorter cure period hereunder, in which case, the shorter period shall apply.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Owners’ Default and at any time thereafter for so long as such default is continuing, and whether or not the Charter has commenced, Charterers shall be entitled to terminate this Charter by giving notice in writing to Owners. This Clause is without prejudice to any other rights Charterers may have hereunder or at common law.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 48 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


113. CHARTERERS’ DEFAULTS

(a) Each of the following events shall be deemed to be a breach of this Charter and a “Charterers’ Default” for the purposes of this Charter:

(i) if an order is made, or an effective resolution passed, for the compulsory or voluntary winding-up or dissolution of Charterers (other than for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction in respect of which the prior written consent of Owners has been obtained) or if Charterers suspend payment of, or are unable to or admit inability to pay, their debts as they fall due or make any special arrangement or composition with their creditors generally or any class of their creditors;

(ii) if an administrator, administrative receiver, receiver or trustee or similar official is appointed in respect of the whole, or a material part, of the property, assets or undertaking of Charterers, and such appointment is not discharged within thirty (30) days of the date of such appointment (unless such appointment is being contested by Charterers in good faith by appropriate proceedings) or if Charterers apply for, or consent to, any such appointment;

(iii) if any event occurs in relation to Charterers in any jurisdiction which has an effect equivalent to any of the events specified in (ii)) and (iii)) above;

(iv) if an encumbrancer takes possession of, or distress or execution is levied upon, the whole, or a material part, of the property, assets or undertaking of Charterers and the same shall not be discharged within thirty (30) days of the date of commencement of such action unless such possession or levy is being contested by Charterers in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(v) if Charterers cease to carry on their business, or dispose of the whole, or a material part, of their property assets or undertaking without Owners’ consent;

(vi) if Charterers cease to be a corporation duly registered in good standing in its place of incorporation without Owners’ consent;

(vii) if it becomes impossible or unlawful for Charterers to fulfil any of their obligations under this Charter or for Owners to exercise any of the rights vested in them by this Charter, or this Charter for any reason becomes invalid or unenforceable or ceases to be in full force and effect or Charterers repudiate this Charter;

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Charterers’ Default and at any time thereafter for so long as such default is continuing, and whether or not the Charter has commenced, Owners shall be entitled to terminate this Charter by giving notice in writing to Charterers. This Clause is without prejudice to any other rights Owners may have hereunder or at common law.

114. QUIET ENJOYMENT

The Owners acknowledge that the Charterers shall be entitled to the quiet enjoyment and use of the Vessel under this charter throughout the charter period without interruption. Except as expressly permitted by this charter, the Owners shall not (either prior to or after delivery of the Vessel hereunder) effect or permit to exist any mortgage, lien, claim or encumbrance or security interest of whatsoever nature on the Vessel without the prior consent of the Charterers. The Charterers hereby consent to the Owners executing a mortgage of the Vessel, as security for the financing of the Vessel, in favour of (i) an international bank or other financial institution, or (ii)

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 49 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


a controlled affiliate of an international bank or other financial institution, provided that, in either case, the identity of such party has been approved by the Charterers (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). It is a condition of the Charterers consent to any such mortgage that the Owners shall procure that the relevant mortgagee executes a letter of quiet enjoyment in favour of the Charterers.

The Charterers recognize that the financing entity may require related to the above that the Charterers accept an assignment of the Owners rights under this Charter.

115. RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

No provision of this Charter shall, under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, confer any benefit on, nor be enforceable by, any person who is not a party to this Charter.

116. HSSE

(a) Owners shall ensure that all crew and supernumeraries are provided an orientation training programme to the Vessel with training relevant under the SMS. Owners shall ensure that all subcontractors visiting the Vessel shall receive a briefing or information on the parts of the SMS relevant to their visit and comply to the owner’s HSSE policies and procedures during the visit.

(b) Owners shall document and report immediately to Charterers any incidents of environmental damage, any unforeseen activity or event which could have led to environmental damage as per ISO 14001 Standards, release or venting of hydrocarbons, breaches or potential breaches of environmental regulations or complaint from local groups, organisations including enforcement agencies or individuals;

(c) If requested by the Charterers and mutually agreed by both parties, Owners may participate in an emergency response exercise;

(d) In the event of a fatality in connection with the charter of the Vessel, Owners are to notify Charterers immediately. In the event of a lost time injury, Owners shall notify Charterers in writing, within seven (7) days of the incident and Charterers may be invited to participate in any subsequent incident investigation;

(e) Owners shall implement a Behavioural Based Safety (“BBS”) observation system or equivalent. Owners shall submit a minimum of (five) 5 BBS observations per month, using the form set forth in Appendix B;

(f) Owners shall submit to Charterers a monthly written report, within ten (10) days of the end of each month that the Vessel is on hire, detailing all accidents/incidents and environmental reporting requirements, in accordance with the “Safety and Environmental Monthly Reporting Template” appended hereto (Appendix B) as identified by the Owners reporting requirement;

(g) Owners shall maintain HSSE records sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the SMS and provide Charterers the right to confirm compliance with HSSE requirements by audit of Owners, including but not limited to the right to audit and review Owners facilities, services and/or performance of its activities as mutually agreed by the Owners;

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 50 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(h) Owners shall arrange at their expense for a Ship Inspection Report (SIRE) inspection to be carried out at intervals of six months plus or minus thirty days. Upon delivery, Vessel shall have a valid operational SIRE report, or Owner shall be responsible for obtaining one prior to the first loading under this charter.

Appendix A: Q-88 Vessel Details

Appendix B: Health, Safety, Security and Environment Exhibit (HSSE)

Appendix C: Safety and Environmental Monthly Reporting Template

Appendix D: Unused

Appendix E: Crew Experience Matrix

Appendix F: Letter of Quiet Enjoyment

Appendix G: BG Group Business Principles

Appendix H: Group Policy on Security

 

Agreed and signed by Owners     Agreed and signed by Owners
/s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM     /s/ S.J. SURRALL

Name: Trygve Seglem

 

Title: Managing Director

 

Date: 19.04.2010

   

Name: S.J. Surrall

 

Title: Director, BG Oil Services Ltd

 

Date: 14.4.10

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 51 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


APPENDIX A—Q-88 VESSEL DETAILS

 

  INTERTANKO’S STANDARD TANKER CHARTERING QUESTIONNAIRE 88 (Q88)

     Version 3   

1.

 

VESSEL DESCRIPTION

  

1.1    

  Date updated:   Dec 16, 2009   

1.2    

  Vessel’s name:   Windsor Knutsen   

1.3    

  IMO number:   9316115   

1.4    

  Vessel’s previous name(s) and date(s) of change:   Not Applicable   

1.5    

  Date delivered:   May 18, 2007   

1.6    

  Builder (where built):   DSME, SOUTH KOREA   

1.7    

  Flag:   Norway   

1.8    

  Port of Registry:   Haugesund   

1.9    

  Call sign:   LADB7   

1.10 

  Vessel’s satcom phone number:   704883230/704883207/704883277   
    Vessel’s fax number:   764683237   
    Vessel’s telex number:   425893110   
    Vessel’s email address:   windsor-knutsen@super-hub.com   

1.11 

  Type of vessel:   Oil Tanker   

1.12 

  Type of hull:   Double Hull   
Classification   

1.13 

  Classification society:   Det Norske Veritas   

1.14 

  Class notation:   +1A1 Tanker for Oil ESP Nauticus (Newbuilding) EO, DAT (-30), ICE-1A, VCS-2, SPM, TMON            

1.15 

  If Classification society changed, name of previous society:   N/A   

1.16 

  If Classification society changed, date of change:   Not Applicable   

1.17 

  IMO type, if applicable:      

1.18 

  Does the vessel have ice class? If yes, state what level:   +1A1 Tanker for Oil ESP Nauticus (Newbuilding) EO, DAT (-30), ICE-1A, VCS-2, SPM,

TMON

        

  

1.19 

 

Date / place of last dry-dock:

 

  Not Applicable      n/a   

1.20 

  Date next dry dock due   Not Applicable   

1.21 

  Date of last special survey / next survey due:   Not Applicable      May 18, 2012   

1.22 

  Date of last annual survey:      

1.23 

 

If ship has Condition Assessment Program (CAP), what is the latest overall rating:

 

     

1.24 

  Does the vessel have a statement of compliance issued under the provisions of the Condition Assessment Scheme (CAS): If yes, what is the expiry date?   N/A   
Dimensions   

1.25 

  Length Over All (LOA):   280.5 Metres   

1.26 

  Length Between Perpendiculars (LBP):   271.179 Metres   

1.27 

  Extreme breadth (Beam):   50 Metres   

1.28 

  Moulded depth:   23 Metres   

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 52 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


1.29    Keel to Masthead (KTM) / KTM in collapsed condition (if applicable):        53.44 Metres        Metres   
1.30    Bow to Center Manifold (BCM) / Stern to Center Manifold (SCM):        136.27 Metres        144.23 Metres   
1.31    Distance bridge front to center of manifold:        97.7 Metres   
1.32    Parallel body distances:     Lightship        Normal Ballast        Summer Dwt   
    Forward to mid-point manifold:         36.53 Metres        74.42 Metres        74.42 Metres   
    Aft to mid-point manifold:         31.44 Metres        52.72 Metres        69.14 Metres   
    Parallel body length:         67.977 Metres        127.14 Metres        143.56 Metres   
1.33    FWA at summer draft / TPC immersion at summer draft:        372 Millimetres        126.6 Metric Tonnes   
1.34    What is the max height of mast above waterline (air draft)        Full Mast        Collapsed Mast   
    Lightship:        50.827 Metres        0.0 Metres   
    Normal ballast:        45.64 Metres        0.0 Metres   
    At loaded summer deadweight:        36.916 Metres        0.0 Metres   
Tonnages           
1.35    Net Tonnage:        51,548   
1.36    Gross Tonnage / Reduced Gross Tonnage (if applicable):        87,146           
1.37    Suez Canal Tonnage - Gross (SCGT) / Net (SCNT):        88,068.02        79,647.23   
1.38    Panama Canal Net Tonnage (PCNT):           
Loadline Information                        
1.39    Loadline    Freeboard     Draft        Deadweight        Displacement   
    Summer:    6,522 Metres      16.524 Metres        162,258.5 Metric Tonnes        188,140.0 Metric Tonnes   
    Winter:    6,866 Metres      16.18 Metres        158,006.1 Metric Tonnes        183,783.8 Metric Tonnes   
    Tropical:    6,178 Metres      16,868 Metres        166,718.2 Metric Tonnes        192,495.9 Metric Tonnes   
    Lightship:    21.43 Metres      2.613 Metres                25,881.32 Metric Tonnes   
    Normal Ballast Condition:    15.24 Metres      7.8 Metres        56,711 Metric Tonnes        82,454.0 Metric Tonnes   
1.40    Does vessel have multiple SDWT?        Yes   
1.41    If yes, what is the maximum assigned deadweight?        162,258.5 Metric Tonnes   
Ownership and Operation         
1.42    Registered owner - Full style:       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KNUTSEN BOYELASTER XI KS

Smedasundet 40

P.O. Box 2017

5504 Haugesund

Norway

Tel: +47 52 70 40 85

Fax: +47 52 70 40 43

Telex: Not Applicable

Email: operation@knutsenoas.com

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

1.43    Technical operator - Full style:       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Columbia Shipmanagement Ltd.

Columbia House

Dodekanison Str.,

P.O. Box 51624, 3507

Limassol, Cyprus

Tel: +357 25 320 900/ +3

Fax: +357 25 320 325

Telex: (605) 3205/3206

Email: v.shipilav@csmcy.com

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 53 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


1.44    Commercial operator - Full style:     
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chartering &  OperationsKnutsen
OAS Shipping AS

Smedasundet 40

P.O. Box 2017

5504 Haugesund

Norway

Tel: +47 52 70 40 85

Fax: +47 52 70 40 43

Telex: Not Applicable

Email: operation@knutsenoas.com

1.45    Disponent owner - Full style:     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KNUTSEN BOYELASTER XI  KS

Smedasundet 40

5529 Haugesund

Norway

Tel: 004752704000

Fax: 004752704040

Telex: 42207

Email: operations@knutsenoas.com

           
2.    CERTIFICATION    Issued      Last Annual
or Intermediate
     Expires
2.1    Safety Equipment Certificate:    Sep 13, 2007               May 18, 2012
2.2    Safety Radio Certificate:    Jul 17, 2007               May 18, 2012
2.3    Safety Construction Certificate:    Sep 13, 2007               May 18, 2012
2.4    Loadline Certificate:    Nov 29, 2007               May 18, 2012
2.5    International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC):    Sep 06, 2007               May 18, 2012
2.6    Safety Management Certificate (SMC):    Nov 29, 2007        Not Applicable       Oct 12, 2012
2.7    Document of Compliance (DOC):    Apr 03, 2007        Nov 01, 2007       Nov 07, 2010
2.8    USCG (specify: COC, LOC or COI): LOC                  Dec 09, 2010
2.9    Civil Liability Convention Certificate (CLC):    Jan 26, 2009               Feb 20, 2010
2.10    Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage Convention Certificate (CLBC):    Jan 26, 2009               Feb 20, 2010
2.11        U.S. Certificate of Financial Responsibility (COFR):    May 01, 2007               May 01, 2010
2.12    Certificate of Fitness (Chemicals):    Not Applicable               Not Applicable
2.13    Certificate of Fitness (Gas):    Not Applicable               Not Applicable
2.14    Certificate of Class:    Jul 30, 2007               May 18, 2012
2.15    International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC):    Oct 12, 2007               Oct 12, 2012
2.16    International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate (ISPPC)                   
2.17    International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate (IAPP):                   
Documentation
2.18    Does vessel have all updated publications as listed in the Vessel Inspection Questionnaire, Chapter 2- Question 2.24, as applicable:       
2.19    Owner warrant that vessel is member of ITOPF and will remain so for the entire duration of this voyage/contract:      Yes
     
3.    CREW MANAGEMENT
3.1    Nationality of Master:      Russia
3.2    Nationality of Officers:      Latvian, Russian, Ukrainian
3.3    Nationality of Crew:      Latvian, Russian

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 54 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


3.4      If Officers/Crew employed by a Manning Agency - Full style:     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officers:

Columbia Shipmanagement Ltd.

Columbia House

Dodekanison Str.,

P.O. Box 51624, 3507

Limassol, Cyprus

Tel: +357 25 843 263/182

Fax: +357 25 320 157

Telex: (605) 3205/3206

Email: shipmanagement@csmcy.com

Crew:

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Tel: Not Applicable

Fax: Not Applicable

Telex: Not Applicable

Email: Not Applicable

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

3.5      What is the common working language onboard:      English   
3.6      Do officers speak and understand English:      Yes   
3.7      In case of Flag Of Convenience, is the ITF Special Agreement on board:      Yes   
                  
4.      HELICOPTERS   
4.1      Can the ship comply with the ICS Helicopter Guidelines:      Yes   
4.2      If Yes, state whether winching or landing area provided:      Landing   
  
5.      FOR USA CALLS   
5.1     

Has the vessel Operator submitted a Vessel Spill Response Plan to the US Coast Guard which has been approved by official USCG letter:

 

     Yes   
5.2     

Qualified individual (QI) - Full style:

 

     ECM   
5.3     

Oil Spill Response Organization (OSRO) -Full style:

 

 

 

    
5.4     

Has technical operator signed the SCIA / C-TPAT agreement with US customs concerning drug smuggling:

 

 

     Yes   
  
6      CARGO AND BALLAST HANDLING   

Double Hull Vessels

        
6.1      Is vessel fitted with centerline bulkhead in all cargo tanks:      Yes   
6.2      If Yes, is bulkhead solid or perforated:      Solid   

Cargo Tank Capacities

    
6.3     

Capacity (98%) of each natural segregation with double valve (specify tanks):

 

 

 

 

        
6.4      Total cubic capacity (98%, excluding slop tanks):      176,118 Cu. Metres   
6.5      Slop tank(s) capacity (98%):      3,832 Cu. Metres   

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 55 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


6.6    Residual/Retention oil tank(s) capacity (98%), if applicable:    Cu. Metres
6.7    Does vessel have Segregated Ballast Tanks (SBT) or Clean Ballast Tanks (CBT):        SBT

SBT Vessels

6.8    What is total capacity of SBT?    57,301.2 Cu. Metres
6.9    What percentage of SDWT can vessel maintain with SBT only:    36.1
6.10    Does vessel meet the requirements of MARPOL Annex I Reg 18.2: (previously Reg 13.2)    Yes

Cargo Handling

6.11    How many grades/products can vessel load/discharge with double valve segregation:    3
6.12    Maximum loading rate for homogenous cargo per manifold connection:    Cu. Metres/Hour
6.13    Maximum loading rate for homogenous cargo loaded simultaneously through all manifolds:    14,400 Cu. Metres/Hour
6.14    Are there any cargo tank filling restrictions. If yes, please specify:   

N/A

N/A

Pumping Systems

6.15    Pumps:   No.    Type    Capacity
    Cargo:  

2

1

  

Centrifugal

Centrifugal

  

3700 M3/HR

3700 M3/HR

    Stripping:   1    Reciprocating     250 Cu. Metres/Hourr
    Eductors:   2         650 Cu.  Metres/Hour
    Ballast:   2    Centrifugal   

2,500 Cu.

Metres/Hour

6.16    How many cargo pumps can be run simultaneously at full capacity:     

Cargo Control Room

6.17    Is ship fitted with a Cargo Control Room (CCR):    Yes
6.18    Can tank innage / ullage be read from the CCR:    Yes

Gauging and Sampling

6.19    Can ship operate under closed conditions in accordance with ISGOTT:    Yes
6.20    What type of fixed closed tank gauging system is fitted:    Tank Radar, Kongsberg
6.21    Are overfill (high-high) alarms fitted? If Yes, indicate whether to all tanks or partial:     

Vapor Emission Control

6.22    Is a vapor return system (VRS) fitted:    Yes
6.23    Number/size of VRS manifolds (per side):         508 Millimetres

Venting

6.24    State what type of venting system is fitted:   P/V Valves, Mast Riser

Cargo Manifolds

6.25    Does vessel comply with the latest edition of the OCIMF ‘Recommendations for Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment’:    Yes
6.26    What is the number of cargo connections per side:    3
6.27    What is the size of cargo connections:    550
6.28    What is the material of the manifold:    Steel

Manifold Arrangement

6.29    Distance between cargo manifold centers:    3,000 Millimetres
6.30    Distance ships rail to manifold:    4,600 Millimetres
6.31    Distance manifold to ships side:    4,600 Millimetres

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 56 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


6.32     Top of rail to center of manifold:         700 Millimetres   
6.33     Distance main deck to center of manifold:         2,100 Millimetres   
6.34     Manifold height above the waterline in normal ballast / at SDWT condition:         17.35 Metres         8.42 Metres   
6.35     Number / size reducers:        

 

 

6 x 550/500mm. (22/20”)

6 x 550/400mm. (22/16”)

3 x 550/300mm. (22/12”)

  

  

  

Stern Manifold

                    
6.36     Is vessel fitted with a stern manifold:         No   
6.37     If stern manifold fitted, state size:         Millimetres   

Cargo Heating

                
6.38     Type of cargo heating system?            
6.39     If fitted, are all tanks coiled?         Yes   
6.40     If fitted, what is the material of the heating coils:         Other   
6.41     Maximum temperature cargo can be loaded/maintained:                     

Tank Coating

                    
6.42     Are cargo, ballast and slop tanks coated?         Coated         Type         To What Extent   
     Cargo tanks:         Yes         Epoxy         Whole Tank   
     Ballast tanks:         Yes         Epoxy         Whole Tank   
     Slop tanks:                          
6.43     If fitted, what type of anodes are used:         Zink   
     
7.    INERT GAS AND CRUDE OIL WASHING   
7.1    Is an Inert Gas System (IGS) fitted:         Yes   
7.2    Is IGS supplied by flue gas, inert gas (IG) generator and/or nitrogen:         Flue Gas   
7.3    Is a Crude Oil Washing (COW) installation fitted:         Yes   
     
8.    MOORING   
8.1    Mooring wires (on drums)      No.         Diameter         Material         Length         Breaking Strength   
     Forecastle:        4         36 Millimetres         GSW R6x36 IWRC        275 Metres         83 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck fwd:        4         36 Millimetres         GSW R6x36 IWRC        275 Metres         83 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck aft:        2         36 Millimetres         GSW R6x36 IWRC        275 Metres         83 Metric Tonnes   
     Poop deck:        6         36 Millimetres         GSW R6x36 IWRC        275 Metres         83 Metric Tonnes   
8.2    Wire tails      No.         Diameter         Material         Length         Breaking Strength   
     Forecastle:        4         90 Millimetres         Nylon Multifilament        11 Metres         112 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck fwd:        4         90 Millimetres         Nylon Multifilament        11 Metres         112 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck aft:        2         90 Millimetres         Nylon Multifilament        11 Metres         112 Metric Tonnes   
     Poop deck:        6         90 Millimetres         Nylon Multifilament        11 Metres         112 Metric Tonnes   
8.3    Mooring ropes (on drums)      No.         Diameter         Material         Length         Breaking Strength   
     Forecastle:                 Millimetres         Not Applicable         Metres         Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck fwd:                 Millimetres         Not Applicable         Metres         Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck aft:                 Millimetres         Not Applicable         Metres         Metric Tonnes   

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 57 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


     Poop deck:             Millimetres         Not Applicable         Metres        Metric Tonnes   
8.4    Other mooring lines    No.      Diameter         Material         Length        

 

Breaking

Strength

 

  

     Forecastle:      3      72 Millimetres         Megaflex         220 Metres         94 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck fwd:             Millimetres                  Metres         Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck aft:             Millimetres                  Metres         Metric Tonnes   
     Poop deck:      3      72 Millimetres         Megaflex         220 Metres         94 Metric Tonnes   
8.5    Mooring winches         No.         # Drums         Brake Capacity   
     Forecastle:         2         Double         66.4 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck fwd:         2         Dubble         66.4 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck aft:         1         Dubble         66.4 Metric Tonnes   
     Poop deck:         3         Dubble         66.4 Metric Tonnes   
8.6    Mooring bitts         No.         SWL   
     Forecastle:         2         46 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck fwd:         5         46 Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck aft:         4         56 Metric Tonnes   
     Poop deck:         4         56 Metric Tonnes   
8.7    Closed chocks and/or fairleads of enclosed type         No.         SWL   
     Forecastle:                  Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck fwd:                  Metric Tonnes   
     Main deck aft:                  Metric Tonnes   
     Poop deck:                  Metric Tonnes   

Emergency Towing System

                                        
8.8    Type / SWL of Emergency Towing system forward:        
 
Chafing Chain
Type
 
  
    
 
200 Metric
Tonnes
 
  
8.9    Type / SWL of Emergency Towing system aft:        
 
IMO Res. MSC
35 (63)
 
  
    
 
200 Metric
Tonnes
 
  

Anchors

                                        
8.10     Number of shackles on port cable:            
8.11     Number of shackles on starboard cable:            

Escort Tug

                                        
8.12     What is SWL and size of closed chock and/or fairleads of enclosed type on stern:         
 
200 Metric
Tonnes
  
  
     650 x 450 mm   
8.13     What is SWL of bollard on poopdeck suitable for escort tug:         200 Metric Tonnes   

Bow/Stern Thruster

                
8.14     What is brake horse power of bow thruster (if fitted):         2,011.5 bhp         1,499.98 Kilowatt   
8.15     What is brake horse power of stern thruster (if fitted):         bhp         0 Kilowatt   

Single Point Mooring (SPM) Equipment

  

                          
8.16     Does vessel comply with the latest edition of OCIMF ‘Recommendations for Equipment Employed in the Mooring of Vessels at Single Point Moorings (SPM)’:           Yes   
8.17     Is vessel fitted with chain stopper(s):         Yes   
8.18     How many chain stopper(s) are fitted:         2   
8.19     State type of chain stopper(s) fitted:         Tongue   
8.20     Safe Working Load (SWL) of chain stopper(s):         200 Metric Tonnes   

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 58 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


8.21     What is the maximum size chain diameter the bow stopper(s) can handle:      76 Millimetres
8.22     Distance between the bow fairlead and chain stopper/bracket:      3,300 Millimetres
8.23     Is bow chock and/or fairlead of enclosed type of OCIMF recommended size (600mm x 450mm)? If not, give details of size:     
 
Yes
Not Applicable

Lifting Equipment

             
8.24     Derrick / Crane description (Number, SWL and location):      Cranes: 2x20 Tonnes
8.25     What is maximum outreach of cranes / derricks outboard of the ship’s side:      9.9 Metres

Ship To Ship Transfer (STS)

             
8.26     Does vessel comply with recommendations contained in OCIMF/ICS Ship To Ship Transfer Guide (Petroleum or Liquified Gas, as applicable):      Yes
             
9.     MISCELLANEOUS              

Engine Room

             
9.1     What type of fuel is used for main propulsion?      HFO 380 CST
9.2     What type of fuel is used in the generating plant?      IFO 380 CST
9.3     Capacity of bunker tanks - IFO and MDO/MGO:     

 

4,350.8 Cu.

Metres

 

  

   295.1 Cu. Metres
0 Cu. Metres
9.4     Is vessel fitted with fixed or controllable pitch propeller(s)?      Controllable Pitch

Insurance

             
9.5     P & I Club - Full Style:      SKULD        
9.6     P & I Club coverage - pollution liability coverage:      1000000000        

Port State Control

             
9.7     Date and place of last Port State Control inspection:      June 15, 2008 / Marsa Bashayer
9.8     Any outstanding deficiencies as reported by any Port State Control:      No
9.9     If yes, provide details:              

Recent Operational History

             
9.10     Has vessel been involved in a pollution, grounding, serious casualty or collision incident during the past 12 months? If yes, full description:     

 

 

 

Pollution: No, n/a,

Grounding: No , n/a

Serious casualty: ,

Collision: No n/a,

9.11     Last three cargoes / charterers / voyages (Last / 2nd Last / 3rd Last):              

Vetting

                  
9.12     Date/Place of last SIRE Inspection:      Jul 22, 2008 / Huizhou
9.13     Date/Place of last CDI Inspection:      /        
9.14    

Recent Oil company inspections/screenings (To the best of owners knowledge and without guarantee of acceptance for future business)*:

 

* Blanket “approvals” are no longer given by Oil Majors and ships are accepted for the voyage on a case by case basis.

    
 
PSC / CHEVIRON / BP /SHELL /
EXXONMOBIL / TOTAL
        Version 3       INTERTANKO/q

88.com

Owners will convert the vessel prior to delivery in line with the specifications outlined below. After conversion the Q-88 will be re-drafted.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 59 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


M/T Windsor Knutsen

CONVERSION TO CRUDE OIL SHUTTLE TANKER

 

5.0 CONVERSION TO OFFSHORE LOADING SHUTTLE TANKER

 

5.1 General Description

M/T Windsor Knutsen is built as a crude oil tanker of 159,333 dwt. with 183,000 m3 cargo capacity (100 %). The vessel was built by DSME, as Yard No. 5274 and was delivered to the owners in May 2007

The vessel is a new generation type of tanker with “double hull”, i.e. with complete double side hull and double bottom, all forming tanks for segregated ballast only, protecting entirely the inner cargo tanks.

The vessel shall be converted following the latest guidelines for design and operation of dynamically positioned vessels (IMCA) and shall comply with all rules, regulations and requirements to ensure a safe and cost effective operation as an Offshore Shuttle Tanker.

The vessel is fitted with a CP Propeller and semi spade type rudder.

In addition to shore based terminals, the vessel will be able to take cargo from an offshore loading facility, i.e. either a SAL-System, OLS (previously UKOLS, (Ugland Kongsberg Offshore Loading System)), a floating storage unit (FSU / FPSO), or conventional surface type, ALP, (Articulated Loading Platform)

All installed equipment will be integrated in existing systems. In addition, all relevant components, both existing and new, shall be integrated into the new DP-system.

As part of the conversion the vessel will undergo an FMEA test for DP II vessel. That includes all required testing in accordance with industry guidelines for DP vessels, IMO and IMCA relating to DP II vessel.

The Vessel is at present classified in DnV and has the following classification notation:

+ 1A1, “Tanker for Oil ESP”, Nauticus (Newbuilding) E0, DAT(-30), ICE-1A, VCS-2 SPM, T-MON.

After conversion the following notations will be added:

F-AMC, DYNPOS (AUTR), Bow Loading.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 60 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


5.2 Bow Mooring and Loading System (BLS)

5.2.1 General

The purpose of the bow mooring and loading system is to provide tanker mooring and loading connection facilities for transfer of crude oil from offshore loading facilities to the vessel.

During offshore loading, all operations concerning positioning of the vessel and monitoring of mooring and loading parameters shall be performed from the main navigation bridge, enabling controlling and monitoring of the entire loading operation at the offshore field from the main navigation bridge only.

All the equipments of this system shall be supplied by one maker. The loading manifold will be located on the main deck at the ship’s center line and the mooring equipments (Roller Fair Lead and Chain Stopper) will be located on a new platform over the loading manifold.

The loading manifold will operate with a 20 inch North Sea Standard Valve.

The traction winch has a minimum pulling capacity of 50 t.

5.2.2 BLS Equipment.

The bow mooring and loading system (BLS) shall be installed on a platform deck in centre of the bow area.

 

5.2.2.1  The BLS system contains the following equipment:

- Fairlead

- Chain stopper

- Guide roller w/load cell

- Horizontal guide roller

- Rope pulling unit, PSU

- Service crane

- Oak protection on deck

- Staircase

- Stair

- Vertical emergency ladder

- Loading manifold

- BLS manoeuvring console

- Pressure transmitter

- Inboard valve

- Combined traction- and hose handling winch

- Rope stowing tank

- Bow port

- Retractable bow roller

- Guide roller for hose handling winch

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 61 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


- Emergency release panel, ball valve cabinet

- CCTV system

- Fire hydrant

- Fire fighting and sprinkler system

- Fire fighting foam tank, 1500 litre

- Hydraulic pump station w/oil cooler, HPU

- Hydraulic oil storage tank, 3000 litre

- Hydraulic accumulator rack

- Hydraulic valve units valve unit skid

- Starter cabinet w/auxiliary function panel for HPU

- PLC cabinet

- UPS.

 

5.2.2.2 Existing bow deck entrance house will be moved to give position for the BLS system. A new entrance shall be made with airlock. Entrance to the hydraulic power pack and switch boards/starters compartment to be arranged via deckhouse.

Existing mooring bollards, mooring rope kings, chain stoppers to be removed and repositioned after securing of the BLS system to the deck structure.

Existing Bow Emergency Towing Arrangement to be moved and repositioned.

 

5.2.3 System Description

The bow mooring and loading system shall be of Pusnes Maritime (PM) design.

 

5.2.4 Bow Mooring System

The bow mooring system consists of the following main components and systems as shown in the BLS specification from Maritime Pusnes.

- Fair-lead

- Chain Stopper

- Combined Traction /Hose Winch

- Stowing Tank with Rope Pulling Unit

- Hydraulic Power Pack with Oil Cooler

- Equipment for Calibration of the Loading Cells

 

5.2.6 Fixed Foam/Water Spray System.

Fixed Foam/Water Spray System will be installed in the bow area. Monitor will be remote controlled from navigation bridge.

 

5.2.8 Service Crane

An electrically/hydraulically operated service crane will be installed on the platform deck.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 62 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


5.2.10 BLS and Manoeuvring Instrumentation

5.2.10.1  General

During all stages of offshore loading, i.e. approach, mooring, loading and departure, the vessel shall be remotely controlled from the bridge. For this purpose, the bridge will comprise all vessel controlling and monitoring functions necessary to conduct a safe and efficient offshore loading operation.

The various consoles have clearly visible markings and logical mimic diagrams where applicable.

5.2.10.2  Vessel Manoeuvring Instrumentation

As a minimum, the following instrumentation shall be included in addition to existing instrumentation:

- Pitch control

- Emergency pitch control

- Side thruster control, i.e. start, stop and pitch control

- Close proximity radar with daylight display

- Rate of turn indicator

- Inclinometer

- Anemometer (included in DP-system)

- Dynamic positioning (DP) system with reference system

- Pitch control for main engine and thrusters on each bridge wing

5.2.10.3  Bow Mooring Instrumentation

Bow mooring instrumentation includes:

- Mooring line traction/hose winch control

- Mooring line traction winch tension indicator with calibration equipment and printer

- Chain stopper control

- Chain stopper tension indicator

- Chain stopper emergency release control

- Computer aided data logger system for recording of mooring and loading parameters.

5.2.10.4  Bow Loading Instrumentation

Bow loading instrumentation shall include:

- Bow loading manifold position indicator

- Manifold coupler position (engaged / disengaged) indicator

- Valve position indicator(s)

- Telemetry equipment instrumentation

- Level reading and high level alarm for all cargo tanks and ballast tanks

- Colour display for monitoring of loading parameters

- Fixed UHF communication system to be installed at bridge and cargo control room

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 63 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


5.2.10.5  Bow Loading Area Safety Arrangement

The entire bow loading area will be designed with due consideration given to means and methods ensuring a safe and reliable offshore loading operation. The system layout and equipment design will be optimised with regard to safety aspects.

The safety arrangement includes the following equipment and sub-systems:

- Water jet and foam monitors covering the bow loading and mooring area. Number, location and type of the monitors shall be optimised with regard to fire fighting efficiency.

- Water based sprinkler system covering the chain stopper, mooring chain and fairlead. The system shall be connected to the main fire fighting ring line.

- The bow loading manifold room shall have a foam based sprinkler system.

- Mooring chain, thimble, shackles, loading hose termination coupling etc. shall be protected from contact with steel structure elements in running path by hard wood planking or other non-sparking material.

- Emergency towing arrangement aft will be installed.

- An emergency loading and mooring disconnecting system will be installed.

The emergency disconnecting system consists of two (2) classes, i.e.:

- Shut down class I (SDC I)

- Shut down class II (SDC II)

Operation of SDC I shall automatically activate the following functions:

- Tripping the main crude oil transfer pumps (on platform)

- Closing the manifold and loading hose end coupler valves.

Operation of SDC II shall automatically activate the following functions:

- Tripping the main crude oil transfer pumps (on platform)

- Closing the manifold and loading hose end coupler valves

- Opening of the coupler

- Opening of the chain stopper

All functions shall be performed in sequences.

In addition to the above described automatic disconnecting systems, a manually operated back-up emergency disconnecting system is provided.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 64 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


5.2.11 Forward Mast

Forward mast will be modified to accommodate fire fighting monitor, navigation lights, antennas, search light, camera, close proximity radar, Artemis etc.

5.3 Installation of Kongsberg Transducer Unit (OPTIONAL)

A HiPAP Precision Acoustic Positioning system unit may be installed in connection with the installation of the DP system.

5.4 Electrical Power Generating Equipment

5.4.1 General

Four (4) off additional 3000 kW genset comprising:

- Wartsila, (or equal) 4-stroke, 6 cyl. Type 6L32 (3000 kW 750 rpm operating on MDO and HFO (or equivalent)

5.4.2 Additional Power Plant Installation

The new generators will have separate switchboards for parallel running, and a bus-tie breaker in between each pair of generator switchboards, and existing switchboard in engine room. All shall be in accordance to Dynpos AUTR notation requirement for redundant running.

5.4.3 Power Management System, Equipment Monitoring, and Power Distribution

The following functions are required on the Power Management System:

- load dependent start/stop

- start blocking of heavy consumers

- Blackout recovery

- Load sharing with options: symmetric/ asymmetric load sharing, fixed load and manual load sharing

- Power limitation / thruster pitch reduction

- load shedding

- mimic graphics - showing power consumption of thrusters, load of gensets, etc., to provide a quick view of status and safety margins during DP operations.

The new 2.2 MW Az bow thruster and new 2.2 MW tunnel bow thruster shall be on separate circuits, and separate from the existing tunnel bow thruster, which is due to be upgraded to 1.8 MW.

5.5 Thruster installation

The vessel has presently only one thruster install. After Conversion the thruster configuration will be as follows:

One (1) tunnel thruster 1800 kW 6.6 kv 60 Hz forward.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 65 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


One (1) tunnel thruster 2200 kW 6.6 kv 60 Hz forward.

One (1) retractable Azimuth Thruster (2200 kW) 6.6 kv 60 Hz forward.

Two (2) retractable Azimuth Thrusters (2200 kW each) 6.6 kv 60 Hz aft.

The thrusters will be integrated into the dynamic position system (DP)

Operating of the thrusters is by means of electrical signal from the bridge, both manually and in DP mode.

5.5.1 Azimuth Thruster Room Forward

The Azimuth thruster shall placed aft of the existing bow thruster.

5.5.2 Azimuth Thruster Aft.

The Azimuth thrusters aft shall placed in the engine room in front of the main engine.

5.6 Fresh Water Cooling

Fresh water cooling arrangement shall be modified to include the new installations.

5.7 Controllable Pitch Propeller

M/E Controlled Pitch Propeller as fitted but not set to default to zero pitch in fail safe mode.

5.8 Dynamic Positioning System (DP)

5.8.1 General

A dual system dynamic positioning system, Kongsberg SDP21 with two (02) SDP-OS Operator Station, one Joystick Station and a Dual Redundant Controller Unit, type DPC-22 shall be fitted.

DP sensors to be included in the system are: 2 MRUs, 2 Wind Sensors with separated displays and 3 Gyros (one can be the vessel’s Gyro), both being capable to be used in DP System and navigation, as well.

DP system shall be interfaced to the thrusters, CPP, Rudder, ME, Power Management System, Vessel Monitoring and Control System and Vessel’s draft.

The system shall incorporate the following softwares: “Tandem Mode”, “Weather Vane Mode”, “On Line Capability Plot”, “On Line Consequence Analysis”, and “Motion Prediction”. One wheelhouse display for Hawser Tension, with large digits shall be provided.

One (1) DP Operator chair installed over rails that enable the chair to access all control consoles to be provided.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 66 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Both DP computers to be located on the bridge. Interface to existing instrumentation etc. to be arranged according to Maker’s recommendations.

Supply and installation of all electrical cables to be included and should comply with Maker’s recommendations.

5.8.2 Installation

Installation, cabling and termination to be carried out according to Kongsberg Installation Manual for SDP21 Dynamic Positioning System.

The installation also consists of, but is not limited to:

- Artemis Reference System MK5 (if required)

- Roll and Pitch Monitoring System

- Wind Measuring System

- Motion Reference System

- 2 × DiffStar Absolute and Relative Positioning System (DARPS 700)

- Fanbeam MK4 (if required)

- IALA Beacon

- Inmarsat A

- Spot-beam

- Alarm System

- Single Point Mooring System

- Loading Buoy without Mooring System

- Floating Storage Unit System

- Floating Loading Tower System

- Printer

- UPS Power

- Power Distribution Unit

- Connection to HPR system, ref. item 3.3. (OPTIONAL)

The antennas of the Artemis, the Fanbeam and DARPS GPS shall be installed on the forward mast. Receivers for GPS corrections to be included: IALA, Fugro (Spot Beam and Inmarsat).

5.8.3 Uninterrupted Power Supplies

UPS’s shall be provided for DP System equipments, sensors and controllers. At least two UPS’s shall be used to provide full redundancy for DP System equipments, sensors and PRS.

Control System of new engines and thrusters shall have a redundant power supply.

Signal splitter units shall have power supply from same source that feeds the signal generator equipment.

PMS - Position Monitoring System - An independent system capable of logging all reference systems and to evaluate the function of same systems in parallel with DP systems (BLOM Logger or similar) shall be fitted. All logged data shall be available for retrieval as open files (excel or similar).

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 67 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


5.9 Telemetry System

The telemetry system is a radio based communication link between the field centre and the shuttle tanker. Failsafe telemetry system consisting of an end-to-end redundant system working in hot stand-by.

The tanker based part of the telemetry equipment is part of the conversion scope, and consists of six (6) main items, i.e. radio cubicle, radio base station, telemetry cubicle, control panel, antenna and battery and battery charger. The radios shall consist of duplicated UHF radio receivers with automatic changeover, powered by separate UPS’s. All mentioned equipment will be located on the bridge and/or in the bridge area.

Petrobras to provide details and functional description of the telemetry system.

5.10 FMEA

FMEA analysis will be performed by a third party, and shall include a theoretical study and trials. It shall be performed to determine the suitability and reliability of vital system and to identify any failures that may lead to a loss of position, loss of power generation or a loss of main propulsion while the vessel is operating in DP mode.

5.12 Cargo and inert line

A new cargo loading line from the bow loading manifold to the existing cargo piping system will be installed with necessary double eccentric closing valves.

All new cargo valves to be fully integrated in existing valve control system, including actuator, position indicator system and computer control system.

The vessel will be equipped with a KVOC voc reduction system. This system is presently installed on a number of vessels as an alternative to the very complex and energy consuming recovery system. The performance of this system is similar to the previous voc recovery system.

5.13 Cargo Control

BLS, Cargo Control, and Maneuvering Instrumentation capable of remote control from the bridge

All cargo loading information and controls available at both CCR and Bridge sites

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 68 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


5.14 Low Sulphur Fuel and Cylinder Oil Tanks

Dedicated Low Sulphur fuel & cylinder oil storage, settling, and service tanks shall be fitted, to comply with US ECA Zone transits in a safe and reliable manner

 

5.15 Helideck

Charterer to advise whether a helideck is to be fitted. If so, the helideck shall comply with CAP 437 and International Chamber of Shipping Guide to Helicopter Operations recommendations.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 69 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


APPENDIX B – HEALTH, SAFETY, SECURITY AND ENVIRONMENT EXHIBIT (HSSE)

CONTENTS

General Provisions

Provisions Specific to the Contractor’s HSSE Plan

Leadership and accountability

Policy and strategic objectives

Organisation, responsibilities, resources, standards and documentation

Organisation

Employee Orientation Programme

HSSE Competence Requirements

HSSE Training

HSSE Promotion and Awareness

HSSE Professionals

Subcontractors

HSSE Communications

HSSE Meetings Programme

HSSE Legislation

HSSE Standards

Aviation Fixed and Rotary Wing

Diving Operations

Evaluation and risk management

Risk Assessment

Handling of Chemicals, stores and supplies.

PPE Requirements, minimum and additional.

Planning and procedures

HSSE Procedures

Basic HSSE Rules

Emergency Response Procedures

HSSE Equipment and HSSE inspection

Occupational Health

Environment

Security

Implementation and performance monitoring

General

Incident Investigation

Auditing and review

Incentives

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 70 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


1.0 GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 All defined terms in this Exhibit shall have the same meaning as set out in the Contract unless otherwise stated.

Any breach of the HSSE Exhibit shall be deemed by the Company to be a material breach of the terms of the Contract between the parties and the Company shall be entitled to take appropriate action including instructing the Contractor to (a) remedy the breach; (b) suspend Work or (c) terminate the Contract.

Contractor shall develop and document a Health, Safety, Security and Environment Plan (HSSE Plan) addressing the HSSE risks specific to the scope of work set out in the Contract and the management of controls to eliminate, reduce or mitigate these risks.

Where applicable the asset / contractor must demonstrate compliance with the International Safety Management Code (ISM), International Ship and Port Security Code (ISPS) and Marine Pollution (MARPOL) regulatory codes, including certification. Where the mentioned codes do not apply the HSSE Plan must be to a standard acceptable to The Company and include compliance with or reference to the various standards and guidelines marked on the accompanying matrix.

1.4 The HSSE Plan shall address the HSSE risks of all phases of the work through, planning, mobilisation, operation of the asset, execution of the project and demobilisation at the end of the project at each location where the work will be performed (including but not limited to the office, factory, fabrication / construction / repair yard, construction site, vessel, offshore installations and work shops) known as the Asset / Vessel, and shall demonstrate how risks to all personnel have been identified and have been reduced to as low as reasonably practicable, (ALARP).

1.5 The HSSE Plan shall contain the list of HSSE deliverables along with a schedule for their completion.

1.6 Compliance of the HSSE Plan with the requirements contained in this contractual exhibit will normally be reviewed during the pre-contract assurance audit. Whenever the assurance audit is not required or not carried out for any reason, the HSSE Plan shall be submitted to the VP Marine Governance, Assurance, and HSSE in the Global LNG Shipping Group for review and acceptance within thirty (30) days from the Effective Date of the Contract or before mobilisation / operation / delivery of the Asset / Vessel, (whichever is the sooner).

1.7 Company reserves the right at all times to audit and review Contractor’s facilities, services and/or performance of its activities in respect of compliance with the accepted HSSE Plan for the work.

1.8 Company reserves the right to suspend the work on any New Build, Asset or Vessel under repair or in drydock, or any part of the work if the Contractor does not comply with the accepted HSSE Plan at the risk of the Contractor. Before any work is suspended the Company shall liaise with Contractor to allow Contractor the opportunity to rectify any non- conformances within an acceptable timescale. Any suspension shall be carried out in accordance with the terms of the Contract.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 71 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


1.9 Either party may, at any time, suspend the Work for HSSE reasons; in such event where the Contractor elects to suspend the work, Contractor shall immediately inform Company in writing of those reasons, and provide details of actions taken to mitigate, reduce, or eliminate the reason.

1.10 It is expected that the Contractor shall have its own Standards which are equal to or higher than the requirements of the ISM, ISPS and MARPOL code requirements and shall comply with these requirements where applicable. Where these Standards are not available, not applicable, or in the reasonable opinion of the Company, they fall below the Company’s own Standards then the Company shall have the right to issue its own Standards in force from time to time, to the Contractor, in order that the Contractor shall comply with these provisions.

1.11 Failure by the Contractor to adhere to, demonstrate compliance with or ensure Contractor Personnel comply with the Company’s HSSE Exhibit or agreed Standards / code requirements may result in termination of the Contract.

2.0 PROVISIONS SPECIFIC TO THE CONTRACTOR HSSE PLAN

The HSSE Plan required under Sub-Clause 1.1 above shall comply with the ISM, ISPS and MARPOL regulatory requirements when applicable and, as a minimum, contain the provisions set out in this section.

2.1 Leadership and Accountability

2.1.1 It is the Company policy to protect the health, safety and security of its employees, to minimise the risk to the public from its operations and to protect the natural environment. Contractor shall ensure that all Contractors’ Personnel are briefed, understand and strictly adhere to the provisions of this Exhibit, and any appropriate industry Standards or Guidelines on HSSE.

2.1.2 Contractor’s management shall demonstrate leadership and commitment through actively participating in all aspects of HSSE, supporting open dialogue and by allocating sufficient and competent resources to the Contract.

2.1.3 Contractor shall ensure that HSSE responsibilities, authorities, accountabilities and competencies in relation to the work are clearly defined, documented, communicated and exercised at all levels.

2.1.4 Contractor shall ensure that individual and team contributions to HSSE performance are recognised and considered during performance appraisals.

2.1.5 Contractor shall set clear HSSE goals, objectives and targets and ensure that performance is evaluated against them.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 72 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Contractor shall formally review HSSE performance in relation to the work at regular and frequent intervals to ensure that objectives and targets are being met and areas of concern are addressed.

2.2 Policy and strategic objectives

2.2.1 Contractor shall ensure that it’s own Health, Safety, Security and Environment (HSSE) Management System, its HSSE policy and its HSSE Plan are compatible with Company’s HSSE policy, ISM, ISPS and MARPOL code requirements, as applicable.

2.2.2 Company forbids the use or possession of:-

(a) weapons;

(b) drugs

at all it’s assets / vessels, both onshore and offshore. Contractor shall comply and ensure that Contractor’s Personnel comply with Company’s requirements in this respect.

(c) alcohol consumption shall be limited and monitored in line with Oil Companies International Marine Forum (OCIMF) guidelines for vessels and vessels in dock / under construction and forbidden in terminals and off shore platforms. A policy of random D&A testing must be in place for vessels consistent with OCIMF guidelines.

2.2.3 Contractor shall ensure that its HSSE policy and HSSE Plan are available at the asset / vessel at all times and available to all Company’s Personnel and Contractor’s Personnel in their working languages, as prescribed in the ISM and ISPS codes and shall ensure that all Contractor’s Personnel comply with the requirements of both the HSSE Policy and the HSSE Plan.

2.3 Organisation, responsibilities, resources, standards and documentation

Organisation

2.3.1 Contractor shall provide sufficient competent and appropriate manpower and supervision in its organisation; with clear responsibilities and reporting structure to ensure that HSSE performance is not compromised.

Employee Orientation Programme

Contractor shall provide, for all Contractor’s Personnel involved in the work induction training comprising:

an Employee Orientation Training Programme to the asset / vessel and

training regarding the requirements of the HSSE Plan, in addition to the training and exercises required under the ISM and ISPS codes where applicable; and provide to The Company a record of attendance for each employee and third party contractor, using a simple visual method, upon request.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 73 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Contractor shall provide a simple visual method (approved by Company) that identifies Contractor Personnel that have attended the induction training.

2.3.4 Contractor shall ensure that no individual works at an asset unless he has received full induction training as set out in 2.3.2 above. For contractors / crew working on vessels this training must be carried out in the time frames agreed on the HSSE Plan, or as prescribed in the ISM and ISPS codes, as applicable.

HSSE Competence Requirements

2.3.5 Contractor shall ensure its Personnel are:

(a) medically, physically and mentally fit to carry out the duties to which they are assigned in respect of the Work, and be in possession of a certificate to UKOOA standard, (or local equivalent), if required to work offshore, and a certificate of fitness if working as an expatriate, rotator, or carrying out diving activities or traveller outside his/her home country. For vessels crew an ENG 1 medical certificate or recognised equivalent accepted by Flag State and

(b) aged eighteen years or above when they are employed to work on hazardous assets and meet the age requirements of Flag States for work on vessels and

(c) technically competent and experienced in the tasks assigned to them.

2.3.6 Contractor shall:

(a) in respect of each individual member of the Contractor’s Personnel required to work or to visit offshore, hold at all times:

(i) a current Medical Certificate of Fitness issued by an Approved medical agency or doctor;

(ii) a certified true copy of the current certificate of completion of the required training requirements;

(b) provide to Company a certified true copy of the aforesaid certificates prior to employment and, where applicable, any renewal thereof if so requested by Company; and

(c) submit to Company details of Contractor’s medical screening programme, including but not limited to, details of the names and qualifications of medical agencies or doctors responsible for issuing Medical Certificates of Fitness.

2.3.7 Contractor shall ensure Contractor’s Personnel are competent for the occupations and tasks to which they are assigned under the Contract.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 74 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


2.3.8 Contractor shall operate a competence / training completed matrix for all individuals which will be approved by the Company. Contractor shall provide original certificates or certified copies of original certificates/licences of individual Contractor’s personnel training/qualification for tasks assigned, upon request.

HSSE Training

2.3.9 Contractor shall be responsible for, and implement, competency based HSSE training of Contractor’s Personnel, in line with ISM and ISPS requirements, as applicable and shall take account of and integrate training requirements with Company’s requirements and Policies, Standards and Guidelines as may be advised from time to time.

HSSE Promotion and Awareness

2.3.10 Contractor shall establish a mechanism for communication and feedback of HSSE issues and performance among Contractor Personnel on the asset and vessel and to the Company.

HSSE Professionals

2.3.11 Contractor shall provide suitably trained personnel to give HSSE advice and supervision and respond to HSSE issues when required by the Contractor or the Company, ensuring

(a) Contractor provides sufficient numbers of experienced HSSE supervisors at the asset, or on the vessel covered by the Contract.

(b) Contractor formally demonstrates the level of competence of all HSSE supervisors and accords these supervisors appropriate levels of authority which shall be communicated to the Company. For vessel related activities / assets the training will include the successful completion of marine related courses recognised by Flag State. These courses will include but not be limited to Ship Safety Officer, Ship Security Officer, Risk Assessment, Accident / Incident Investigation and Company Security Officer. The relevant Dangerous Cargo Endorsements must also be held by vessel personnel.

(c) Contractor ensures that selected supervisors are made available to Company 2-4 weeks prior to mobilization, in order that they receive instruction of Company expectations of HSSE performance. For vessel assets this can be achieved by the Company attending and making HSSE related presentations at Ship Manager Officer Seminars.

Subcontractors

2.3.12 Contractor shall ensure that all its Subcontractors receive a copy of, and comply with the requirements of the HSSE Plan accepted by Company and are provided with a copy of this Exhibit.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 75 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


HSSE Communications

2.3.13 Contractor shall, where applicable, ensure before commencing operations pursuant to the Contract that all companies, organisations and communities that could potentially be affected by such operations have been notified and when/where necessary have carried out a suitable consultation process. At the asset / vessel the Contractor shall ensure that effective toolbox talks are undertaken. Where shift work is in operation clear communications between shift workers such as shift handover notes / checklists and a face to face handover shall be enforced.

2.3.14 Where applicable, Contractor’s arrangements for emergency communications shall be integrated with the requirements of the Company and/or the asset / vessel and/or local or national or international support services.

HSSE Meetings Programme

2.3.15 Contractor shall establish an effective structure and schedule for HSSE meetings involving all Contractors’ Personnel assigned to the Work, to promote communication and involvement in HSSE matters. Company reserves the right to participate in such meetings. For vessel assets these meetings shall be in accordance with ISM recommendations and standard industry practice.

HSSE Legislation

2.3.16 Contractor shall comply with, and shall be able to demonstrate compliance with:

(a) Relevant and applicable health, safety, security and environmental Legislation and in particular the Health and Safety at Work Act for UK asset operations, or local and National equivalents for non UK assets at all places where Work is performed; For vessel assets all ISM, ISPS and MARPOL requirements, as applicable, must be complied with.

(b) Company Policies, Standards and Guidelines which shall be communicated to Contractor as appropriate, especially in cases where the ISM and ISPS codes do not apply. For vessel assets this will primarily be done via the Charterer’s Instructions.

(c) Contractor’s own corporate and project specific policies and procedures.

HSSE Standards

2.3.17 Contractor shall establish an HSSE Management System (HSSE-MS) in accordance with 2.2.1 of this Exhibit which meets the requirements of the Company. Where applicable, Contractor will document via a bridging document how it will interface with the Company HSSE-MS, and that of its key Subcontractors. A copy shall be issued to Company. Contractor’s HSSE-MS shall, as a minimum include, but not be limited to, the following elements:

(a) Leadership and Accountability;

(b) Policy and strategic objectives;

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 76 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(c) Organisation, Responsibilities, Resources, Standards and Documentation;

(d) Evaluation and risk management;

(e) Planning and Procedures;

(f) Facilities design, construction and commissioning;

(g) Emergency response planning;

(h) Implementation and performance monitoring; and

(i) Auditing and review.

For vessel specific assets, where applicable, this Management System shall meet all the requirements of ISM, ISPS, MARPOL, recommendations from the International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals (ISGOTT), Society of International Gas Tanker and Terminal Operators (SIGTTO), best practice guidance from the Tanker Management Self Assessment (TMSA), and the Code Of Safe Working Practices (COSWOP).

Aviation (Fixed and Rotary Wing)

All air transport shall be in line with the International Association of Oil and Gas Producers (OGP) Guidelines. Contractor shall, when the need arises to transport personnel by air by special Charter, prioritise the choice of provider in the following order:

International Carrier;

National Carrier;

Company approved Local Carrier.

If none of the above are available then Contractor shall provide Company sufficient relevant information on the choice of provider to assure Company that Contractor has carried out the required level of Due Diligence and that the risks to Contractor’s personnel are ALARP and acceptable.

Company reserves the right to audit any proposed provider.

Diving Operations

2.3.19 Contractor shall, prior to commencement of any diving work, demonstrate to the Company that its diving Subcontractor is the diving contractor for the purpose of the National Legislation (in the UK this is the ‘Diving at Work Regulations 1997 (SI 1997:2776)’) applicable to the diving location and/or the ‘IMCA International Code of Practice for Offshore Diving’ in

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 77 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


relation to all diving operations carried out under this Contract. Each diver shall be a direct employee of Contractor’s diving Subcontractor and copies of divers’ contracts of employment shall be produced to the Company for scrutiny prior to commencement of the Work and at any other time when required by the Company.

Contractor shall maintain records (including health records) of all divers employed to carry out the work and the periods spent offshore and shall make such records available to tax and other authorities when so required.

2.4 Evaluation and risk management

Risk Assessment

2.4.1 Contractor shall ensure that, for its activities, a documented risk assessment procedure and risk register are in place and operating. This risk assessment procedure shall be suitable and sufficient to appropriately assess the health, safety, security and environmental risks involved. A copy shall be issued to Company for review, upon request.

2.4.2 Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring timely delivery of the risk assessment of its activities, covered in the Scope of Work, in order to meet the work schedule, the Company HSSE plan and regulatory requirements.

Handling of Chemicals

Contractor shall give Company written notice within a reasonable timescale before the delivery or removal from the asset of any substance which is toxic or hazardous to health or potentially harmful to the environment. The notice shall identify the hazards and effects and assess the risks to personnel and the environment. Details of the precautions to be taken when using, handling, transporting, storing or any other means of contact will also be provided in the form of “Material Safety Data Sheets” (MSDS).

Contractor shall ensure that at all times the substance is suitably packaged and labelled and has been assessed in accordance with the requirements of Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (COSHH Regulations), published by the UK Health and Safety Executive, or local and national requirements.

For vessel assets this written notice is not required as this would not be practicable, however risk assessments on the handling and use of these substances must be available and reviewed. The chemicals / substances should be packaged and labelled as per the International Maritime Dangerous Goods code (IMDG) code and MSDS must be available to all personnel handling them.

PPE Requirements

2.4.4 Contractor shall ensure that all workers are provided with all necessary PPE at the asset or on the vessel. This shall, as a minimum, meet international standards and include the following:

(a) safety helmet (hard hat).

(b) safety glasses/goggles.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 78 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(c) high visibility vest or reflective bands on coveralls

(d) coveralls

(e) safety boots

(f) safety harness (for routine working at height/overside, a safety belt may be an acceptable alternative for occasional casual access)

(g) special equipment for hazardous / unusual activity or conditions

(h) suitable gloves

(i) ear defenders

2.4.5 Contractor shall conduct risk assessments and/or job safety analysis for all activities requiring the use of personnel protective equipment (PPE) and the specification of the required PPE, and provide additional and/or specialist PPE as required.

2.4.6 Contractor Personnel failing to use the appropriate PPE will be asked to use the appropriate equipment or stop work immediately. If the Contractor Personnel fail to use the PPE the Company may require them to stop work and/or leave the asset immediately. In the case of vessels a suitable disciplinary procedure must be in evidence and enforced. Persistent repeated failures by Contractor Personnel to use appropriate PPE may result in Company requiring the Contractor to permanently remove the relevant Contractor Personnel from the asset and replace the Contractor Personnel without delay and at no extra cost to the Company.

2.5 Planning and procedures

HSSE Procedures

2.5.1 Contractor shall provide written HSSE procedures to cover hazardous operations. These will be available to all Contractor’s Personnel and Subcontractors in their working language, or in accordance with ISM and ISPS requirements. A copy of these procedures shall be provided to Company for review, upon request.

2.5.2 Contractor shall abide by either the Company permit to work system or a Company approved permit to work system when carrying out work on the asset or operating / building / repairing the vessel.

Contractor shall provide a written procedure for obtaining Company’s permission to deviate from HSSE Policies Standards or industry Guidelines. This will be available to all Contractor’s Personnel and Subcontractors in their working language. A copy of this procedure shall be provided to the Company upon request.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 79 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Basic HSSE rules

2.5.4 Contractor shall provide all its personnel and Subcontractors with basic relevant health, safety, security and environmental rules; these shall be based on and developed from Company’s Policies, Standards and industry Guidelines, and a copy provided to Company for review.

Emergency Response Procedures

2.5.5 The establishment and implementation of emergency procedures related to the Work is the responsibility of Contractor. Contractor shall consult with Company to ensure appropriate interfaces with Company procedures.

2.5.6 Not less than forty (40) days before mobilisation, or delivery the Contractor shall submit to Company details of its provisions and procedures for proposed actions in the event of:

(a) an incident involving serious injury or death to any member of the team; or

(b) a major incident involving third party equipment; or

(c) any release of chemicals or hydrocarbons to the local environment; or

(d) Serious illness, including that needing evacuation; or

(e) a security breach.

Where applicable the emergency response procedures shall meet all the requirements of the ISM, ISPS and MARPOL codes and any statutory certification required shall be obtained or applied for.

2.5.7 Contractor shall produce emergency response bridging documents to cover the extent of its work. As a minimum, this shall include bridging between:

(a) Contractor and Company; and

(b) Contractor and its Subcontractors; and

(c) Contractor and Company’s other contractors working at the Site.

2.5.8 Contractor shall ensure competency of Contractor’s Personnel in its emergency response procedures through a programme of drills and testing, and shall provide to Company a record of attendance for each employee, upon request.

2.5.9 If required by Company, Contractor shall participate in an emergency response exercise. Company shall normally arrange this exercise unless Contractor desires to organise it.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 80 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


HSSE Equipment and HSSE inspection

2.5.10 Contractor shall ensure that all tools, appliances, machines, vehicles or other equipment, are in safe working condition at all times and comply with current regulations and, where appropriate, are used only by authorised and competent persons trained in the use of such equipment. This requirement is to include all emergency response life saving equipment.

Occupational Health

2.5.11 Contractor shall carry out a Health Risk Assessment process and register to identify and adequately control adverse impacts of work activities on worker’s short and long term health. The Contractor shall also establish an occupational health programme appropriate for the asset / vessel conditions and shall provide details to the Company. The Contractor shall carry out the necessary health surveillance and fitness for work medical assessments.

2.5.12 Contractor shall maintain first aid facilities for use of Contractor’s Personnel and those of its Subcontractors.

Environment

2.5.13 Contractor shall protect environmental resources by applying best available techniques, known as “BAT”, to preferably eliminate, or minimise any direct or indirect impact from operations; Vessel assets shall at all times comply with MARPOL and local regulations.

2.5.14 Contractor shall ensure that all activities are planned in a manner that will not create unnecessary danger, disturbance or effects on the environment or to other users;

2.5.15 Contractor shall minimise, nuisance, disturbance or interference to the community, their activities, and other users of the environment;

2.5.16 Contractor shall unless otherwise directed by Company, avoid conducting activities in protected areas or where there is an unacceptable risk of damage to sensitive environmental resources;

2.5.17 Contractor shall ensure that fishing, hunting and gathering of flora and fauna or any other environmental resources are strictly prohibited within the area impacted by the Work;

2.5.18 Contractor shall where applicable be responsible for restoration of any land used or affected by Contractor’s activities under the Contract. This will include removal of Contractor’s equipment, surplus materials and waste to the satisfaction of Company Representative.

2.5.19 Where Contractor is responsible for disposal of any waste produced or occurring as a consequence of its operations pursuant to the Contract, all such disposals shall be in accordance with all legislation, Company standards and best practice whether that shall be for hazardous waste or non-hazardous waste. Contractor shall ensure that all necessary approvals or licences are obtained and that any Subcontractors utilised for this purpose fully comply with such requirements. Contractor shall provide Company with a copy of each waste transfer note upon request. For vessel assets the garbage log and oil record books shall be maintained in full detail, according to regulations and requirements of the appropriate codes.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 81 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


2.5.20 Contractor shall notify Company in writing of the method for managing disposal of all hazardous waste and gain approval therefore before commencing such disposal. Contractor shall not deviate from agreed disposal methods without prior Approval from Company.

2.5.21 Contractor shall, where applicable, be responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting environmental emissions in line with all legislation and Company requirements.

Security

Contractor and its Subcontractors and suppliers shall be able to demonstrate that they operate a robust security system for Company’s materials and data storage, including conducting periodic audits and review of the security arrangements in place with a view to improve the security system if deficiencies are identified. Where applicable for the assets / vessels this must be in compliance with the ISPS code.

2.5.23 Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor’s Personnel and Subcontractors shall abide by all security procedures and rules of the Company when entering, working at and leaving Company assets, or applicable ISPS requirements for ports/ terminals and vessels.

2.5.24 Contractors shall undertake an assessment of the security risks to their operation, and develop and implement a robust security programme to mitigate the identified risks to their people, premises, materials, equipment and information. A copy of this plan should be provided to the Company, upon request, unless the legislation, with regard to the ISPS prevents this. Vessel assets must provide evidence of a Ship Security Assessment and Ship Security Plan, or equivalent agreed by the company, being in place.

2.5.25 Contractors shall develop a crisis management plan and equip and train a local incident management team to respond to major incidents.

2.5.26 Contractors shall appoint a security manager/representative to be the focus on all aspects of Security and to liaise with the Company’s security manager/representative. Vessel managers must provide evidence that a Company Security Officer is designated and has attended the required training course.

2.5.27 Contractors shall provide security awareness training for all staff commensurate with the identified risks and in accordance with the ISPS code where applicable.

2.5.28 Contractors shall undertake a fraud risk assessment and develop and implement an effective fraud risk management programme when the level of fraud risk identified warrants this.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 82 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


2.6 Implementation and performance monitoring

General

2.6.1 Contractor shall establish an HSSE performance monitoring programme and provide a copy of the monitoring programme, and regular reports to Company.

2.6.2 Contractor shall report all incidents in accordance with the Company requirements, the definitions of incidents shall be in accordance with the current Oil and Gas Producers (OGP) Guidelines, or for vessel assets in accordance with the OCIMF guidelines.

2.6.3 Contractor shall provide each month a report of lost time injuries (LTI), restricted workday cases (RWDC), medical treatment cases (MTC), medical evacuations, High Potential Incidents (HPI), first aid cases (FAC), and near misses for all Contractor’s and subcontractor’s Personnel engaged in the Work. This reporting is to include the total number of person-hours exposed to the work site and the total number of productive work hours lost due to the occurrence of any of the above safety related incidents, where known Contractor shall also provide details of any occupational illnesses resulting from the Work.

2.6.4 When requested by the Company, Contractor shall implement a Behaviour-Based Safety (BBS) process on site aiming at:

identifying workforce behaviours, with reference to specific risks, that have impacts on HSSE performance;

keeping this checklist dynamic based on current risk assessments and performance;

training observers from workforce, keeping a ratio of at least 1 observer for each 20 workforce members;

systematically observing workforce compliance with the identified behaviours and positively reinforcing desired behaviours through feedback and coaching;

measuring safety by producing numerical ratio of safe/unsafe behaviours;

analyzing observation and near miss report data to identify trends related to unsafe behaviours and addressing negative trends by conducting Root Cause Analysis (RCA) — to support the development and implementation of improvement plans;

setting improvement goals; recognizing and reinforcing improvements and goal-attainment;

removing system barriers for safe behaviours by modifying the work environment — facilities, equipment, process;

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 83 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


establishing a framework consisting of:

BBS committee — to run the process

BBS champion — to enable resources for improvements

BBS advisor — to facilitate trainings, coaching, database, communication; to review and sustain the process.

Contractor shall provide a copy of the BBS process and regular reports to Company on the performance of the system. In the case of vessel assets, safety committees shall be formed and meetings held according to the requirements and guidance from the ISM code and industry standards. The safety committee shall be required to review BBS observation and near miss reports at the local asset level and provide feedback and recommendations on improving safety onboard the vessel to the BBS Committee.

2.6.5 Contractor shall maintain a public complaints, customer feed back log book.

Incident investigation

2.6.6 Contractor shall comply with Company’s incident investigation and reporting requirements.

2.6.7 Contractor shall provide Company with a copy of any report or statement or written evidence concerning any accident, medical condition, dangerous event or near miss which occurs during the performance of the Work or any other information indicating the existence of adverse health, safety, security or environmental conditions of which Contractor’s Personnel may become aware within twenty four (24) hours of the incident.

2.6.8 Contractor shall report fatalities immediately. All incidents with a severity of a Lost Time Injury (LTI) or worse, including Restricted Workday Cases (RWC) shall be immediately notified to Company in writing, be subject to full root causes investigation and detailed reports provided to Company within seven (7) days of the incident. Company reserves the right to participate in any incident investigation carried out in connection with the Work carried out under this contract.

2.6.9 Contractor shall document and report immediately to Company any incidents of environmental damage, any unforeseen activity or event which could have led to environmental damage, uncontrolled release of hydrocarbons, breaches or potential breaches of environmental regulations or complaint from local groups, organisations including enforcement agencies or individuals.

2.7 Auditing and review

2.7.1 Contractor shall establish a schedule for HSSE audit / inspection for its activities and those of its primary Subcontractors, and provide a copy of the schedule to Company.

2.7.2 Contractor shall provide all input and support as Company deems necessary for Company to successfully carry out an audit / inspection of the work activities covered under this contract. Contractor’s Personnel shall be available for interview as part of Company audits and reviews. Contractor agrees to review and take corrective action on all audit findings and deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Company.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 84 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


2.7.3 Company reserves the right to attend any HSSE audit/inspection and must be provided with the necessary notification in due time to organise mobilisation.

2.7.4 Before commencement of the Work, Company may, at its sole option, conduct an audit to satisfy itself of Contractor’s arrangements regarding HSSE matters. Contractor shall co-operate fully with the audit team and correct any agreed deficiency noted without undue delay and in any event before Work commences.

2.7.5 Upon request, Contractor shall supply Company with copies of all reports and documents regarding HSSE matters that it is required by legislation to maintain together with such other reports and information as Company may require.

2.7.6 Contractor shall maintain and make available for inspection by Company upon request all registers, records and any other documentation on environmental aspects of the activities being carried out or on the environmental management system implemented by Contractor

2.7.7 Contractor shall provide a report on HSSE performance during the contract, as part of the contract close-out documentation.

2.8 Incentives

2.8.1 If the Company and the Contractor agree that in order to reinforce effective safety behaviours and establish a culture of open learning and reporting a financial incentive scheme is appropriate then they shall ensure that the goals and objectives of such financial incentives are agreed prior to Work commencing. These financial incentive schemes should be governed by some guiding principles which are set out below:-

recognise and reinforce safe behaviour

focus more on leading than lagging indicators

be divorced from scheduling and productivity programmes

be supported and financed by both Company and Contractors

capitalise on social reinforcement

comprise a combination of team and individual rewards

2.8.2 It should also be recognized that financial incentives may, if not communicated appropriately, engender less favourable behaviours. Due consideration and mitigations should be agreed at the time to manage this risk.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 85 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


APPENDIX C—SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONTHLY REPORTING TEMPLATE

 

Month/Year:      

 

HSSE all vessels

 

LTI                    
Vessel   

Incidents this

Month

   Date    Status    YTD Total
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               

 

Exposure Hours

              
Vessel    Total for the Month    Total for the Year    12 month rolling
                        
                        
                        
                        
                        

 

Recordable and reportable cases—for reporting month

Vessel   

Medical

Treatment

Case

  

Restricted

Work

Cases

  

First Aid

Cases

  

Near

Misses

   Details
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                          
                                     
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               

 

Pollution management, all vessels

 

General information

               
Vessel  

Monthly

cargo

discharged

 

Monthly

distance

steamed

 

No. of

bunker

operations

 

Total

bunkers

lifted

  Remarks
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 86 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Fuel consumption

Vessel   

HFO

Cons.

(mt)

   HFO S%   

MDO

Cons

(mt)

  

MDO

S%

   Equip*   

MGO

Cons

(mt)

  

MGO

S%

   Equip*   

BOG

Cons.

(m 3 )

                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                  
                                                                  

 

Environmental impact

Vessel   

Refrigerant

gas - type

  

Refrigerant

gas

consumption

- kg

  

Equipment

requiring

gas

  

LNG

Venting (m 3 )

   Oil Spill (Ltr)
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      

 

Waste Management
Vessel   

Garbage disposed at

Sea (m 3 )

  

Garbage incinerated

on board (m 3 )

  

Garbage disposed

ashore (m 3 )

                        
                        
                        
                        

* State equipment which consumed MGO and MDO

 

Maintenance, all vessels

 

Special Survey Schedule
Vessel    Last    Yard    Next    Remarks
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               

 

Intermediate Survey Schedule (state if in-water or dry dock)
Vessel    Last    Yard    Next    Remarks
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 87 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Pending Reports to BG (to include on hire and off hire maintenance reports, terminal incidents etc)

Vessel

   Subject    Status    Comments
                        
                        
                        
                        
                        
                        

 

Vetting, all vessels                                   

 

Vetting (last)                                           
Vessel   

PSC

(Specify Country)

   USCG    BP    Shell
Validity Dates    Issued   Expiry        Issued    Expiry    Issued    Expiry    Issued    Expiry
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                        
Vessel    BG    Repsol    Other (ISLE OF

GRAIN)

   Other (Specify)
Validity Dates    Issued   Expiry        Issued    Expiry    Issued    Expiry    Issued    Expiry
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                
                                                                

 

SIRE                    
Vessel   

Date of last

inspection

  

Inspected by

whom

  

Number of

observations

  

Next inspection

date

                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               

 

CAP Status (if applicable)          

Vessel

   Hull    Machinery    Remarks     
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 88 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Vessel Name               

 

Senior officers onboard            

Position

  Onboard   Reliever   Change planned
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

 

                                                       

Technical items (To include any items which may affect the operational performance)

Item

  Due date   Status
               
               
               
               

 

                                                       

Class related items (to include all CoC’s and MO)

       

Item

  CC/MO #   Status
               
               
               
               

 

                                                       

Maintenance stops/projects/major events

       

Item

  Due date   Status
               
               
               
               

 

Services

                     
Item   Last /date        Next        Remarks
Propeller polish                                
Hull Scrub                                
Main Condenser Cleaning                                

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 89 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Definitions and Instructions

HSSE

Lost Time Injury (LTI)

A disabling occupational injury or illness that results in a person being unfit for work on any day beyond the day of the incident. “Any day” includes rest days, weekend days, leave days, public holidays or days after ceasing employment.

Exposure hours

The number of officers and crew, multiplied by 24 multiplied by the number of days in the month.

Medical Treatment Cases (MTC)

Cases that are not LTIs or restricted work day cases but are more severe than requiring simple first aid treatment. Includes treatment of injuries administered by physicians and registered professional personnel. Medical treatment does not include first aid treatment even though provided by a physician or registered professional personnel.

A medical treatment case is defined as one in which:

Treatment is carried out by a physician or licensed medical personnel (or would normally have been carried out under the supervision of a doctor).

There is permanent impairment of bodily functions (i.e. normal use of senses, limbs, etc.)

There is damage to the physical structure of a non-superficial nature (e.g. fractures)

There are complications requiring follow up medical treatment

There was loss of consciousness in the work place. This is a recordable condition and should be included with medical treatment cases.

Restricted Work Case (RWC)

Any work-related injury other than a fatality or lost workday case which results in a person being unfit for full performance of the regular job on any day after the occupational injury. Work performed might be:

an assignment to a temporary job;

part-time work at the regular job;

continuation full-time in the regular job but not performing all usual duties.

Where no meaningful restricted work is being performed, the incident should be recorded as a lost time injury (LTI).

Reportable incident

Any incident associated with a BG related asset that results or had the potential to result (near miss) in injury to personnel, occupational related illness, damage to the asset, environment or company’s reputation, production loss, process control failure, security related breach, or the creation of a hazardous or unsafe condition.

FAC (First Aid Cases)—any one time treatment and subsequent observation or minor injury such as scratches, cuts, burns and splinters etc, which do not ordinarily require medical care. Such treatments and observations are considered first aid even though provided by a physician or registered professional personnel.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 90 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Near Miss

Any incident which could have resulted in injury to persons or damage to plant or equipment or harm to the environment, or any activity, which if allowed to continue, could have the potential to cause an incident.

Pollution management

General information—state total cargo discharged, distance steamed in nautical miles, total number of bunker operations for the month and total bunkers lifted for the month for each vessel.

Fuel consumption—state total consumptions for each vessel. Note, state which machinery has consumed MDO or MGO, e.g. incinerator.

Environmental impact

Only to be completed for any vessel which has a refrigerant loss, LNG venting or an oil spill as per the below definitions:

Refrigerant gas consumption —any piece of equipment that has been ‘topped up’ with refrigerant gas or had additional gas added after maintenance or had gas added due to a failure in the machinery or piping should be classed as consumed unless gas has been recovered and is expected to be re-used/recycled.

LNG venting —Actual amount of controlled vapour releases (i.e. controlled venting) shall be reported. All uncontrolled vapour releases of an estimated quantity greater than or equal to 1.0 standard cubic metre shall be reported as an incident.

Oil spill —Oil Spills: All oil spills with the potential to harm the environment and where the amount released is 0.5 litres or more (whether released into a containment system, on deck, or in the water) shall be reported as an incident. All oil spills with the potential to harm the environment of less than 0.5 litres and contained on the vessel shall be reported as a near miss. Oil spills that occur inside machinery spaces with no potential to harm the environment shall be treated as part of an equipment failure or related to the creation of a hazardous or unsafe condition and reported in accordance with the definition of a Reportable Incident above.

LNG spill —All LNG spills of 0.5 litres or more shall be reported as an incident. LNG spills of less than 0.5 litres in the loading manifold or other vessel areas (where the mild steel deck is protected by a stainless steel drip tray, deck or other material resistant to cryogenic temperatures) do not need to be reported. All LNG spills of less than 0.5 litres, where LNG comes in direct contact with non-cryogenic steel but where no damage to the steel occurs, shall be reported as a near miss.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 91 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


APPENDIX D—UNUSED

[Unused]

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 92 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


APPENDIX E—CREW EXPERIENCE MATRIX

 

Seagoing Experience          
License    Combined          Individual minimum experience

Master

w/Full DP certificate

   12 years         

4 years (including 2 years as DPO

(DP-2 or DP-3 class vessel)

Chief Officer

w/Full DP certificate

     

2 years including 2 years as DPO

(DP-2 or DP-3 class vessel)

Senior 2nd Officer

w/Full DP certificate

   —           

1 year including 1 year as DPO

(DP-2 or DP-3 class vessel)

Chief Engineer

   14 years          4 years

2nd Engineer

      2 years

3rd Engineer

      2 years

Notes: All experience periods are in years of sea time

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 93 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


APPENDIX F—LETTER OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

LETTER OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

[ Letterhead of Mortgagee ]

[ To Charterers ]

[•] 2008

Dear Sirs,

Re: [•] (the “Vessel”)

We refer to:

the time charter dated [•] (the “Time Charter”) made between [•] as owner and you (the “Time Charterer”) as charterer in respect of the Vessel;

a loan agreement dated [•] (the “Loan Agreement”) made between [•] (the “Owner”) as borrower, us as agent and as security trustee (the “Security Trustee”), and the financial institutions named on the signature pages therein as lenders and swap banks (the “Finance Parties”); and

[•] the first priority mortgage executed by the Owner over the Vessel in our favour between the Owner and us (the “Mortgage”).

1. References in this Letter to the Time Charter or to the Loan Agreement and the Mortgage (together the “Finance Documents”) shall include such documents as amended, supplemented or varied from time to time so long as any such amendment, supplement or variation has been notified to, and agreed by, us. References to paragraphs are to paragraphs of this Letter.

2. The Security Trustee confirms that:

it has received a copy of the Time Charter and is familiar with their terms; and

it consents to the Owner’s execution of the Time Charter.

3. In consideration of the sum of US$10.00 and for other good and valuable consideration (receipt and the sufficiency of which the Security Trustee acknowledges), the Security Trustee undertakes for itself and on behalf of the Finance Parties not without the Time Charterer’s prior written consent, but subject as provided below and subject to this undertaking expiring on the expiry of the charter period to:

(a) issue any arrest, detention or similar proceedings against the Vessel in any jurisdiction; or

(b) exercise any power of sale or other disposal of the Vessel or of foreclosure to which the Security Trustee may be entitled or make any application for the sale of the Vessel or any share therein in any part of the world whether by public auction or private treaty or

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 94 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


otherwise (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any steps to be taken solely to protect, but not enforce, the Finance Parties’ rights in any arrest proceedings or applications for sale made against the Vessel by any third parties, but only insofar as any such proceedings or applications are continuing and not permanently stayed, and subject to the condition that the Security Trustee shall cease any such action upon the relevant proceedings or application being permanently stayed (and release any arrest, or caveat against release, upon the relevant third party arrest being released) and the Security Trustee shall notify the Time Charterer in writing promptly upon taking or ceasing any such action); or

(c) take possession of the Vessel; or

(d) appoint a receiver in respect of the Vessel; or

(e) exercise against the Vessel any right or remedy which would diminish, prejudice or interfere with the Time Charterer’s rights, options, benefits or privileges under the Time Charter or otherwise interfere with the quiet use and enjoyment of the Vessel by the Time Charterer under the Time Charter; or

(f) take any step to wind up, liquidate, or place in administration or receivership the Owner nor commence or continue any analogous proceedings in any jurisdiction (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, proving in a liquidation commenced by any third party, but only insofar as any such proceedings are continuing and not permanently stayed, and subject to the condition that the Security Trustee shall cease any such action upon the relevant proceedings being permanently stayed and the Security Trustee shall notify the Time Charterer in writing promptly upon taking or ceasing any such action);

SUBJECT ALWAYS:

(i) to there having occurred no event under the Time Charter (a “Charterer’s Termination Event”) in consequence of which the Owner, is entitled to terminate and has lawfully terminated the Time Charter in accordance with their terms including, without limitation, withdrawal of the Vessel from the Time Charter by the Owner for non-payment of hire;

(ii) to the Vessel not having become an actual, agreed, arranged or constructive total loss and being no longer available to the Owner;

4. The Security Trustee agrees that unless the Time Charterer is no longer entitled to the use and quiet enjoyment of the Vessel under paragraph 3 above, if the Security Trustee enforces or exercises its rights pursuant to the Finance Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, the Security Trustee may only sell or transfer the Vessel expressly subject to the terms of the Time Charter (a “Permitted Transfer”) and provided that:

(a) the rights of the Time Charterer under the Time Charter shall be fully preserved and protected following the Permitted Transfer; and

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 95 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


(b) before the Permitted Transfer, if the Owner’s rights as “Owner” under the Time Charter are to be assigned or transferred to a third party, such third party (the “Substitute”) has assumed the rights and obligations of the Owner under the Time Charter; and

(c) the Substitute is acceptable to the Time Charterer acting reasonably.

The Time Charterer shall give its consent to the proposed Substitute if the Time Charterer is satisfied, acting reasonably, that the validity and enforceability of the Time Charter will not in any way be prejudiced, and if that Substitute (not being a competitor of the Time Charterer) has such (i) legal capacity (ii) technical competence and (iii) financial capability as are reasonably required to become a party and to perform the obligations of the Owner under the Time Charter, and, provided that (but without prejudice to such Substitute’s ability to meet the foregoing criteria in other circumstances):

(a) arrangements concluded with third parties by the proposed Substitute shall be taken into account in evaluating its technical competence and financial capability; and

(b) in the case of any proposed Substitute which is an affiliate of the Security Trustee, evidence that it is controlled by the Security Trustee shall be sufficient evidence of financial capability for the purposes of this paragraph 3(a);

The Owner undertakes not to make any claim against the Vessel and/or Substitute and/or the Time Charterer arising directly from a Permitted Transfer made under this Letter.

The Time Charterer shall use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate with the Security Trustee in order to effect a Permitted Transfer at the expense of the Security Trustee.

5. By countersigning this Letter, the Time Charterer hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

(a) subject to the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4, the enforcement, in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, by the Security Trustee of any security interests granted in favour of the Security Trustee pursuant to the Finance Documents or the sale or transfer of the Vessel pursuant to the Finance Documents to any other person shall not constitute a disturbance of the Time Charter or the Time Charterer’s use and quiet enjoyment of the Vessel in accordance with the terms of the Time Charter;

(b) the covenant by the Security Trustee in this Letter is the sole covenant by the Security Trustee in respect of quiet enjoyment and is in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, any other covenant for quiet enjoyment which may have otherwise been given by any other party or implied at law or otherwise.

6. The Time Charterer agrees that:

(a) without prejudice to any other rights the Time Charterer may have in respect of any default by the Owner of any of its obligations under the Time Charter, the Time Charterer will not take any enforcement action in respect of or otherwise terminate the Time Charter without first notifying the Security Trustee in writing and giving the Security Trustee the

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 96 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


opportunity to remedy (or procure the remedy of) any default by the Owner of any of its obligations under or in connection with the Time Charter within the relevant period referred to below. Unless the Security Trustee notifies the Time Charterer in writing that it does not wish to exercise any remedy rights, the Time Charterer will not terminate the Time Charter if the Security Trustee does so remedy (or procure the remedy of) the default within thirty (30) days of the Time Charterer giving notice to the Owner (copied to the Security Trustee) of the default by the Owner to perform its obligations under the Time Charter (which cure period shall be extended to sixty (60) days if it is demonstrated to the Time Charterer (acting reasonably) that the Security Trustee is continuing to diligently remedy (or procure the remedy of) the default;

(b) if the Security Trustee, pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, exercises the power of sale under the Mortgage and/or assigns or transfers the rights of the “Owner” under the Time Charter to the Substitute, the Time Charterer will not terminate the Time Charter by reason solely of such transfer (without prejudice to any accrued rights). In such circumstances, the Time Charterer agrees that the Substitute shall, with effect from the date of the Permitted Transfer and notwithstanding any other provisions thereof, become a party to the Time Charter in place of the Owner and shall be treated for all purposes as if the Substitute had originally been named a party in place of the Owner (without prejudice to any accrued rights).

7. The Security Trustee acknowledges that the Time Charterer is not a party to and is not bound by the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

8. The Security Trustee acknowledges that the terms of this Letter shall (subject to such beneficiary similarly confirming and consenting to the terms of this Letter) enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Time Charterer under the Time Charter.

9. The Security Trustee confirms that it has been duly authorised to issue this Letter on behalf of the Finance Parties and that its issuance conforms with the Loan Agreement and, without limitation, the agency provisions described therein.

10. The terms of this Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 46 ( Law and litigation ) of the Time Charter shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any dispute arising out of this Letter as if such provisions were set out in this Letter.

Please acknowledge your receipt of and your agreement to the terms of this Letter by signing the attached copy where indicated and returning it to us.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 97 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


Each of the parties signing this Letter intends that the agreement constituted by this Letter shall take effect as a deed notwithstanding the fact that a party may only sign this Letter under hand.

Yours faithfully,

 

   
for and on behalf of

[•]

We, [•] hereby confirm our agreement to the provisions of this Letter.

Dated:

 

   
for and on behalf of

[•]

We, [•], for the consideration aforesaid, hereby confirm our agreement to the provisions of this Letter.

Dated:

 

   
for and on behalf of

[•]

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 98 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


APPENDIX G—BG GROUP BUSINESS PRINCIPLES

For most recent version of the BG Business Principles, see http://www.bg-group.com

Conduct

We act with integrity, fairness and transparency.

We comply with legal, regulatory and licence requirements.

We do not tolerate corruption in any form, whether direct or indirect.

Our investment criteria take account of economic returns, environmental impacts, social consequences and human rights.

High standards of corporate governance are integral to the way we manage our business.

People

We treat people with fairness, respect and decency.

We help employees to develop their potential.

We believe that all injuries are preventable.

We provide healthy, safe and secure work environments.

Society

We work to ensure that neighbouring communities benefit from our presence on an enduring basis.

We listen to neighbouring communities and take account of their interests.

We support human rights within our areas of influence.

Environment

We make a positive contribution to the protection of the environment.

We go beyond compliance with local environmental regulation to meet internationally accepted best practice.

We reduce to the minimum practicable any adverse effects of our operations on the environment.

April 2006

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 99 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


APPENDIX H—GROUP POLICY ON SECURITY

Statement of Principle

A safe and secure working environment is fundamental to business success and we seek to protect our personnel, physical assets, information and company reputation from harm.

Implementation

We will:

 

   

identify and regularly assess security threats to business operations and assess and manage associated risks;

 

   

define and implement specific controls and procedures to ensure the confidentiality, availability and integrity of all forms of business and personal data;

 

   

develop and maintain effective Security Management processes to mitigate or minimise identified risks by the use of proactive and cost effective measures and procedures;

 

   

protect all company assets, including personnel, corporate reputation, business information and systems, physical property and key business processes from harm;

 

   

record, analyse and investigate all reported security incidents and irregularities to develop improvements to prevent their recurrence;

 

   

consider security in all aspects of business operations and planning;

 

   

expect a positive commitment to security by all levels of management and provide sufficient resources commensurate with the assessed risks;

 

   

conduct security operations in compliance with the Statement of Business Principles, national legal requirements, international standards including the US/UK Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights. Where practical we will improve on the performance standards they specify;

 

   

produce and test response, contingency and business interruption plans to cover all foreseeable events to minimise the impact of any incident or emergency and train personnel in their effective and efficient implementation;

 

   

introduce and maintain active programmes to develop security awareness and responsibility among all employees and contractors;

 

   

ensure compliance with this policy through a process of education, training, review and audit.

 

 

Global Shipping   Page 100 of 100   Date: 25 July 2008


THIS NOVATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made on 3 May April 2010

BETWEEN

 

(1) KNUTSEN OAS SHIPPING AS , a company incorporated in Norway whose registered office is at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund (the “ Original Owner ”);

 

(2) KNUTSEN BØYELASTER XI KS , a company incorporated in Norway whose registered office is at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund (the “ New Owner ”); and

 

(3) BG OIL SERVICES LIMITED , a company organised and existing under the laws of England and Wales having its principal office at 100, Thomas Valley Park Drive Reading, Berkshire, RG6 1PT, (the “ Charterer ”).

BACKGROUND

 

(A) By a time charter party dated 6 April 2010 (the “ Time Charter ”), the Charterer agreed to hire and the Original Owner agreed to let the vessel “Windsor Knutsen” to the Charterer on the terms and conditions set out in the Time Charter.

 

(B) The Original Owner has agreed to transfer and the New Owner has agreed to assume all the rights, liabilities and obligations of the Original Owner under the Time Charter and the Charterer has agreed to the substitution of the New Owner in place of the Original Owner in relation to such rights, liabilities and obligations subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(C) This Agreement is entered into by the Charterer in consideration of the payment to the Charterer by each of the Original Owner and the New Owner of US$1 and for other good and valuable consideration provided by the New Owner to the Original Owner (the sufficiency and receipt of which the Charterer, the New Owner and the Original Owner each hereby acknowledges).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Construction of certain terms.

In this Agreement:

 

“Effective Time”

   means the date of signing of this Agreement;

Novated Obligations

   means for the purposes of Clause 2.1, all obligations of the Original Owner as “Owner” under the Time Charter;

Novated Time Charter

   means the Time Charter as constituted as a contract between the New Owner and the Charterer by the terms of this Agreement;

 

3952369v1


“Novated Rights”

   means for the purposes of Clause 2.1, all rights of the Original Owner as “Owner” under the Time Charter;

Time Charter

   means the Time Charter referred to in Recital (A) as supplemented or amended from time to time.

 

1.2 General Interpretation

In this Agreement:

 

(a) clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified, all references to Clauses and Recitals are to clauses and recitals of this Agreement; and

 

(b) unless the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

2. NOVATION

 

2.1 Novation to the New Owner

The Original Owner agrees to transfer the Novated Rights and the Novated Obligations from the Original Owner to the New Owner and each of the other parties to this Agreement agrees to such transfer, on and with effect from the Effective Time, on the basis that, at the Effective Time:

 

(a) the Original Owner shall release and discharge the Charterer from its obligations to the Original Owner in respect of the Novated Rights;

 

(b) the Charterer shall release and discharge the Original Owner from the Novated Obligations;

 

(c) the New Owner shall have the benefit of the Novated Rights to the exclusion of the Original Owner (and accordingly the Charterer thereafter shall undertake to perform its obligations in respect of the Novated Rights under the Time Charter in favour of the New Owner); and

 

(d) the New Owner shall assume the Novated Obligations,

so that, with effect from the Effective Time, the New Owner shall be substituted in place of the Original Owner as a party to the Time Charter in relation to the Novated Rights and the Novated Obligations and, accordingly, the Time Charter on and with effect from the Effective Time shall be construed and treated, and the Charterer shall be bound in all respects, as if the New Owner had always been named in the Time Charter as “Owner” instead of the Original Owner in relation to the Novated Rights and Novated Obligations.

 

3952369v1   2  


3. TIME CHARTER REMAINS UNCHANGED

 

3.1 Save for the novation set out herein, all the provisions of the Time Charter as novated shall remain unchanged and in full effect.

 

3.2 No increased obligations

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the execution and delivery by the Charterer of this Agreement and the performance by the Charterer of its obligations under this Agreement shall not create or impose upon the Charterer any obligations on its part under the Time Charter which are greater than the obligations which the Charterer would have had under the Time Charter.

 

4. MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts and any single counterpart or set of counterparts signed, in either case, by all of the parties thereto shall be deemed to be an original, and all counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

5.1 Incorporation of Time Charter provisions

Any disputes arising out of or by virtue of this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration as provided for in article 61 of the Time Charter.

This Agreement has been executed by or on behalf of the parties to this Agreement as a deed on the date specified at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

ORIGINAL OWNER         

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by

     )          /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

for and on behalf of

     )         
KNUTSEN OAS SHIPPING AS      )         

in the presence of: /s/ ARILD VIK

     )         
NEW OWNER         

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by

     )          /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

for and on behalf of

     )         

 

3952369v1   3  


KNUTSEN BØYELASTER XI KS      )      

in the presence of:                     /s/ ARILD VIK

     )      
CHARTERER      

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by

     )      

for and on behalf of

     )      
BG OIL SERVICES LIMITED      )      

in the presence of:                     /s/ S.J. SURRALL

     )      

 

3952369v1   4  


 

LOGO

8 March 2011

Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

Attn: John Einar Dalsvåg

Smedasundet 40

P.O. Box 2017

5504 Haugesund

Norway

RE: Time Charter Party Agreement between Knutsen OAS (“Owners”) and BG Oil Services Limited (“Charterers”) dated as of 6 April 2010 (the “Agreement”).

Dear Sir,

Please take notice that as per the attached Certificate of Incorporation on Change of Name, BG Oil Services Limited has changed its name to Brazil Shipping I Limited. Kindly note that while the name of the company has changed, the company registration number remains the same. The details of Brazil Shipping I Limited are outlined below:

Brazil Shipping I Limited

100 Thames Valley Park Drive

Reading

Berkshire

RG6 1PT

Please feel free to contact Seema Patel (seema.patel@bg-group.com) if you have any questions.

Sincerely,

/s/ ANITA ODEDRA

Anita Odedra

Director, Supply & Commercial Operations


 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

ON CHANGE OF NAME

Company No. 7211438

The Registrar of Companies for England and Wales hereby certifies that under the Companies Act 2006:

BG OIL SERVICES LIMITED

a company incorporated as private limited by shares; having its registered office situated in England/Wales; has changed its name to:

BRAZIL SHIPPING I LIMITED

Given at Companies House on 16th February 2011

 

LOGO      LOGO     


THIS NOVATION AGREEMENT ( the “ Agreement ”) is made on February 20, 2013

BETWEEN

 

(1) KNUTSEN BØYELASTER XI KS , a company incorporated in Norway whose registered office is at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund (the “ Original Owner ”);

 

(2) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS , a company incorporated in Norway whose registered office is at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund (the “ New Owner ”); and

 

(3) BRAZIL SHIPPING I LIMITED, (formerly known as BG Oil Services Limited) , a company organised and existing under the laws of England and Wales having its principal office at 100, Thomas Valley Park Drive Reading, Berkshire, RG6 1PT, (the “ Charterer ”).

BACKGROUND

 

(A) By a time charter party dated 6 April 2010 (as amended and previously novated, the “ Time Charter ”), the Charterer agreed to hire and the Original Owner agreed to let the vessel “Windsor Knutsen” (the “ Vessel ”) to the Charterer on the terms and conditions set out in the Time Charter.

 

(B) The Vessel, MT “Bodil Knutsen” , MT “Fortaleza Knutsen” and MT “Recife Knutsen” is in the process of being contributed to a Master Limited Partnership (the “MLP”), in exchange for which the parent Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS will obtain a majority of the ownership interests in the MLP. The MLP will in due course undertake an initial public offering and will be required to register the common units representing limited partner interests in the MLP with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”). The MLP will be formed as a Marshall Islands limited partnership, however the commercial and technical operation of its fleet will continue out of Haugesund, Norway. As a consequence of the change of ownership of the Vessel as contemplated by the above, the Original Owner, the New Owner and the Charterer now enter into this Agreement.

 

(C) The Original Owner has agreed to transfer and the New Owner has agreed to assume all the rights, liabilities and obligations of the Original Owner under the Time Charter and the Charterer has agreed to the substitution of the New Owner in place of the Original Owner in relation to such rights, liabilities and obligations subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(D) This Agreement is entered into by the Charterer in consideration of the payment to the Charterer by each of the Original Owner and the New Owner of US$1 and for other good and valuable consideration provided by the New Owner to the Original Owner (the sufficiency and receipt of which the Charterer, the New Owner and the Original Owner each hereby acknowledges).


IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Construction of certain terms.

 

  In this Agreement:  
  “Effective Time”   means the date and time at which title to the Vessel is registered in the name of the New Owner;
  “Novated Obligations”   means for the purposes of Clause 2.1, all obligations of the Original Owner as “Owner” under the Time Charter;
  “Novated Time Charter”   means the Time Charter as constituted as a contract between the New Owner and the Charterer by the terms of this Agreement;
  “Novated Rights”   means for the purposes of Clause 2.1, all rights of the Original Owner as “Owner” under the Time Charter;
  “Time Charter”   means the Time Charter referred to in Recital (A) as supplemented or amended from time to time.

 

1.2 General Interpretation

In this Agreement:

 

(a) clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified, all references to Clauses and Recitals are to clauses and recitals of this Agreement; and

 

(b) unless the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

2 NOVATION

 

2.1 Novation to the New Owner

The Original Owner agrees to transfer the Novated Rights and the Novated Obligations from the Original Owner to the New Owner and each of the other parties to this Agreement agrees to such transfer, on and with effect from the Effective Time, on the basis that, at the Effective Time:

 

(a) the Original Owner shall release and discharge the Charterer from its obligations to the Original Owner in respect of the Novated Rights;

 

(b) the Charterer shall release and discharge the Original Owner from the Novated Obligations and consequently releases the Original Owner from all claims and demands whatsoever in respect of the Time Charter and accepts the liability of the New Owner under the Time Charter;

 

(c) the New Owner shall have the benefit of the Novated Rights to the exclusion of the Original Owner (and accordingly the Charterer thereafter shall undertake to perform its obligations in respect of the Novated Rights under the Time Charter in favour of the New Owner); and

 

(d) the New Owner shall assume the Novated Obligations,

so that, with effect from the Effective Time, the New Owner shall be substituted in place of the Original Owner as a party to the Time Charter in relation to the Novated Rights and the Novated Obligations and, accordingly, the Time Charter on and with effect from the Effective Time shall be construed and treated, and the Charterer shall be bound in all respects, as if the New Owner had always been named in the Time Charter as “Owner” instead of the Original Owner in relation to the Novated Rights and Novated Obligations.


3 TIME CHARTER REMAINS UNCHANGED

 

3.1 As a consequence of the novation in clause 2 above, it is hereby agreed that as from the Effective Time payment of hire under the Time Charter shall be paid to an account to be advised in due time by the New Owner. The New Owner and the Original Owner are to settle any advance hire paid at the Effective Time, without affecting the Charterer’s payment obligations.

 

3.2 The New Owner is also to advice of any new address and contact details for notices to the “Owner” under the Time Charter.

 

3.3 Save as provided to the contrary herein, all terms and conditions of the Time Charter remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

3.4 No increased obligations

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the execution and delivery by the Charterer of this Agreement and the performance by the Charterer of its obligations under this Agreement shall not create or impose upon the Charterer any obligations on its part under the Time Charter which are greater than the obligations which the Charterer would have had under the Time Charter.

 

4 MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts and any single counterpart or set of counterparts signed, in either case, by all of the parties thereto shall be deemed to be an original, and all counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4.2 Warranty of Authority

Each Party represents and warrants to every other Party that it has full power to enter in to this Agreement and has taken all necessary action and has obtained all necessary authorizations, consents, licences and approvals required in connection with the entry into and performance of this Agreement and that the person signing this Agreement on its behalf has authority to do so.

 

4.3 Third Party Rights

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no rights under it and may not enforce a right to, or enjoy the benefit of, any term of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

4.4 Costs

Each party shall bear its own costs, charges and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement or any actions required thereunder.


5 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

5.1 Incorporation of Time Charter provisions

Governing law, jurisdiction and dispute resolutions under this Agreement shall be as per the Time Charter.

This Agreement has been executed by or on behalf of the parties to this Agreement as a deed on the date specified at the beginning of this Agreement.

ORIGINAL OWNER

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by          ) /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM
for and on behalf of          ) Trygve Seglem
KNUTSEN BØYELASTER XI KS          ) /s/ KARL GERHARD BRÅSTEIN DAHL
in the presence of:          ) Karl Gerhard Bråstein Dahl, Chief Financial Officer
NEW OWNER         
EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by          ) /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM
for and on behalf of          ) Trygve Seglem
KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 18 AS          ) /s/ KARL GERHARD BRÅSTEIN DAHL
in the presence of:          ) Karl Gerhard Bråstein Dahl, Chief Financial Officer
CHARTERER         
EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by          ) /s/ TOM SUMMERS
for and on behalf of Brazil Shipping I Limited          ) Tom Summers
BRAZIL SHIPPING I LIMITED          ) /s/ JAMES REINLIEB
in the presence of:          ) James Reinlieb
         1) Grittleton Road
         London, W9200
         U.K.

Exhibit 10.14

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

 

LOGO

 

STATOILTIME 1

Version 1.1

 

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 1 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Table of Content

 

1.    Description, Condition of the Vessel and Owners’ Management      4   
2.    Shipboard Personnel and their Duties      6   
3.    Duty to Maintain      8   
4.    Period and Trading Limits      10   
5.    Laydays/Cancelling, Delivery and Redelivery, Redelivery Survey      11   
6.    Owners to Provide      13   
7.    Charterers to Provide      13   
8.    Grade of Bunkers, Bunkers on Delivery and Redelivery      14   
9.    Rate of Hire      15   
10.    Payment of Hire      15   
11.    Space Available to Charterers      16   
12.    Instructions and Logs      16   
13.    Pumping      17   
14.    Bills of Lading      17   
15.    Loss of the Vessel      19   
16.    Off-hire      19   
17.    Periodical Dry-docking      22   
18.    Routine Ship Inspection and Investigation after Incident/Accident      23   
19.    Review of Plans and Additional Equipment      25   
20.    Speed, Bunker Consumption and Cargo Heating Warranties      26   
21.    Salvage      29   
22.    Lien      29   
23.    Exceptions      29   
24.    Injurious Cargos      30   
25.    Cargo Heating      30   
26.    Laying-up      31   
27.    Requisition      31   
28.    Outbreak of War      31   
29.    Additional War Expenses      32   
30.    War Risks and Government Orders      32   
31.    Both to Blame Collision Clause      33   
32.    General Average/New Jason Clause      34   
33.    Clause Paramount      34   
34.    Export/Import Restrictions      35   

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 2 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

35.    Ice      36   
36.    Ship to Ship Cargo Transfer      36   
37.    Oil Pollution and Insurance      37   
38.    Eligibility & Compliance      39   
39.    Drug & Alcohol Policy      40   
40.    OPA Surcharge      41   
41.    ISPS/MTSA      41   
42.    Working Safely with Suppliers      42   
43.    Ballast Clause      42   
44.    Remeasurement Clause      43   
45.    Clean Hull      43   
46.    Sale of Vessel      43   
47.    Cargo Retention Clause      43   
48.    In Transit Loss Clause      44   
49.    Adherence to Voyage Instruction Clause      44   
50.    Smuggling/Contraband Clause      44   
51.    Piracy      44   
52.    Boycott Clause      45   
53.    Blacklisting Clause      45   
54.    United States of America (U.C.) Customs and Border Regulation Clause      46   
55.    Stowaway Clause      47   
56.    Tracking System Clause      47   
57.    Continuous Readiness      48   
58.    Anti-Corruption and Facilitation Payments      48   
59.    Commission      48   
60.    Construction      48   
61.    Amendment/Variations to the Charter Party      49   
62.    Execution of the Charter Party      49   
63.    Subletting, Assignment, Novation and Third Party Rights      49   
64.    Laws and Arbitration      49   
65.    Notices      51   
66.    Confidentiality      51   
67.    Statoil Shuttletanker Clause      51   
69.    Exhibits & Attachments      52   

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 3 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

IT IS THIS DAY AGREED between Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, Organisation number 971 585 579 , having its registered office Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway as Owners (hereinafter referred to as ‘Owners’) of the good motor/steam tank vessel named Newbullding Yard Number 5316 to be named Bodil Knutsen registered in Douglas and Isle of Man flag (hereinafter referred to as ‘the Vessel’) described as per Clause 1 hereof and Statoil ASA, Forusbeen 50, 4035 Stavanger, Norway (hereinafter referred to as ‘Charterers’)

 

1. Description, Condition of the Vessel and Owners’ Management

At the date of delivery under this Charter Party and throughout the Charter Party period the Vessel:

 

  i.

Shall be classed as +1A1, “Tanker for Oil ESP”, CSR, PLUS #1 , E0, DYNPOS-AUTR , DAT(-30), ICE-1A, VCS-2, SPM, TMON, BIS, OPP-F, BOW LOADING , HELDK-SH , NAUT-AW , CLEAN DESIGN #2 , COMF-V(3) C(2) , F-AMC by a Classification Society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS);

 

  ii. Shall be in every way fit to carry Crude Oil in bulk, maximum 3 grades with double valve segregation within the Vessels natural segregation Charterers shall have the option to load more than 3. grades with line and pump co-mingling acceptable, such loading always to be subject to Masters approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld;

 

  iii. Shall be tight, staunch, strong, in good order and condition, and in every way fit for the service, with her machinery (including but not limited to engines, pumps, boilers, etc.), tanks, hull and other equipment (including but not limited to hull stress calculator, navigational radar, computer and computer systems and all software) in a good and efficient state;

 

  iv. Shall have tanks, valves and pipelines tight and leak free;

 

  v. Shall have all relevant navigational and chart systems suitable for a Vessel of her description and for the trading limits set out in Clause 4, and Owners shall ensure that all charts and other navigational publications are maintained fully up to date;

 

  vi. Shall burn bunkers grade as stipulated under Clause 8 hereof;

 

  vii. Shall comply with all regulations in force so as to enable her to pass through the Suez Canal or Panama Canal (if applicable) by day and night without delay;

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 4 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

 

  viii. Shall at all times have on board all documents and other certificates and equipment required from time to time by any applicable law to enable her to perform the Charter Party service without delay, as further detailed in Clause 38;

 

  ix. Shall comply with the description in the OCIMF (Oil Companies International Maritime Forum) Harmonised Vessels’ Particulars Questionnaire attached hereto as Attachment 1, provided however that if there is any conflict between the provisions of Attachment 1 and any other provisions, including but not limited to this Clause 1, then this Charter Party shall prevail. Owners shall at all times maintain an updated Harmonised Vessels’ Particulars Questionnaire at OCIMF — SIRE database and the last updated version shall be applicable.

 

  x. Ownership structure, flag, registry, Classification Society, management company (both technical and commercial) of the Vessel shall not be changed during the currency of this Charter Party without Charterers’ prior written approval. However, if Charterers consent to any change(s) proposed by Owners, then Owners will reimburse all costs and expenses incurred by Charterers in connection with the said change(s) including but not limited to vetting inspection costs incurred as the result of any change.

 

  xi. Shall be equipped with a Fresh Water evaporator which is capable of making sufficient fresh water to supply Vessels’ domestic needs.

 

  xii. Owners shall operate:

a) safety management system certified to comply with the International Safety Management Code (ISM Code), as may be amended from time to time, for the safe operation of ships and for pollution prevention;

b) documented safe working procedures systems (including procedures for the identification and mitigation of risks);

c) a documented environmental management system;

d) documented accident/incident reporting systems compliant with the Vessel’s flag state requirements. In the absence of any such requirements from the flag state such requirements to be in accordance with ISM Code

 

  xiii. Owners warrant and undertake to provide effective emergency response facilities and trained personnel to deal with all emergencies arising out of or in connection with any voyage undertaken under the terms and conditions of this Charter Party. Owners warrant that they or the Vessels Master will report without undue delay any incident or possible situation that may arise including but not limited to, fatality, serious leakage, gas leakage, oil spill, any pollution incident (irrespective of severity/consequences), fire, collision, grounding, serious personnel accident or serious technical non conformities directly to Charterers in accordance with Reporting of HSE data to

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 5 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  Statoil from Shipping Service Providers as attached hereto, or in accordance with the orders given for a specific voyage. Any requirement under a particular voyage for reporting of accidents/incidents to third parties does not absolve Owners/Master from complying with the terms of this Clause 1 xiii. However, notifications required by law or to ensure safety, or any other appropriate action should be made before fulfilling Charter Party requirements.

 

  xiv. In addition to the requirements of sub-clause 1 xiii. above, Owners shall submit to Charterers a written report each quarter, or for any other period as may be directed by Charterers from time to time, in compliance with requirements of Charterers’ requirements as set out in “Reporting of HSE data to Statoil from Shipping Service providers” — as attached and as amended from time to time.

 

  xv. Owners shall maintain a Health Safety and Environmental (HSE) system in accordance with the best practice standards of the industry. Owners shall at all times maintain records to demonstrate compliance with the provisions of the HSE system and the HSE requirements of this Charter Party. Charterers have the right to confirm Owners’ compliance by audit of Owners and/or Technical and/or Commercial managers of the Vessel at any time.

 

  xvi. Owners shall participate in the Tanker Management Self Assessment program (TMSA) and will maintain a minimum standard of TMSA 2 Level 2 in all chapters. Charterers have the right to confirm Owners’ compliance by audit of Owners and/or Technical and/or Commercial managers of the Vessel at any time.

 

  xvii. Owners warrant the Vessel is equipped with certified Crude Oil Washing (COW) system, and that the Vessels’ officers have valid COW certificates and are experienced in operation of the COW system.

 

2. Shipboard Personnel and their Duties

At the date of delivery of the Vessel under this Charter Party and throughout the Charter Party term:

 

  i. Vessel shall have a full and efficient complement of Master, Officers and Crew for a vessel of her tonnage, who shall in any event be not less than the number required by the laws of the flag state and who shall be trained to operate the Vessel and her equipment competently and safely.

 

  ii. All shipboard personnel shall hold valid certificates of competence in accordance with the requirements of the law of the flag state and IMO’s SOLAS consolidated edition 2004 including later amendments.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 6 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

 

  iii. All shipboard personnel shall be trained in accordance with the relevant provisions of the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1995 or any additions, modifications or subsequent versions thereof.

 

  iv. The Master, Officers and Crew engaged in operations where they need to communicate in English, shall be proficient in the use of spoken English language to efficiently communicate with Charterers or other entities such as the authorities and those who give services and assistance to the Vessel as well as to carry out cargo and bunkering operations both at loading and discharging places quickly, efficiently and safely. The Owners and Master shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that all pilotage or other contracts under which services are rendered to the Vessel include a provision that all communication between pilots, tug boats or other personnel shall be conducted in the English language and shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that all communication onboard and with shore personnel during mooring and loading operations are carried out in the English language. In addition to the above the Master and the Officers shall be proficient in the use of the written English language.

 

  v. The terms of employment of the Vessels Officers and Crew shall always remain acceptable to the International Transport Workers Federation (ITF) and the Vessel will hold and carry onboard a valid ITF certificate or equivalent document acceptable to the ITF.

Any time loss to Charterers by reason of the Vessel being delayed and/or boycotted and/or arrested etc. due to non-compliance and/or breach of this provision shall give Charterers the right to put the Vessel off-hire and/or claim damages from Owners. Such damage shall always be direct and not consequential.

 

  vi. If Charterers complain about the conduct of the Master or any of the Officers or crew, Owners shall immediately investigate the complaint. If the complaint proves to be well founded, Owners shall, without delay, make a change in the appointments and Owners shall in any event communicate the result of their investigations to Charterers as soon as possible.

 

  vii. The manning level and nationality of the Vessel’s Master, Officers and Crew given in the OCIMF Harmonised Vessel’s Particulars Questionnaire referred to in Clause 1 ix.—will not change without Charterers’ prior agreement.

 

  viii. Owners guarantee that throughout the Charter Party service the Master shall together with the Vessel’s Officers and Crew, unless otherwise ordered by Charterers;

a) Prosecute all voyages with the utmost despatch;

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 7 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Plan all voyages from the place of loading to the discharging location taking into account the weather conditions, vessel routing and all other requirements of safe navigation; and

b) Render all customary assistance; and

c) Unless ordered by Charterers or their agents to the contrary load and discharge the cargo as rapidly as possible by night or by day, but always in accordance with the laws of the place of loading or discharging (as the case may be) and in each case in accordance with any applicable laws of the flag state in a safe manner.

 

  ix. Owners undertake that Vessel’s deck officers shall participate in simulator training courses or other training courses as may be required by Charterers from time to time. However, such training shall not in any manner shift and/or minimise and/or replace Owners’ obligations under the Charter Party and the relevant laws nor will it relieve and/or absolve Owners from their liability towards the Charterers nor shall Owners use the fact that such training has been given to the crew as a defence to any claim. Owners shall ensure that the Vessel’s Master and Officers have attended Ship Handling course and Bridge Resource Management training and refresher courses of a standard recognised by an industry body or association in accordance with the guidelines set by IMO.

 

  x. The Master shall observe the recommendations as to traffic separation and routing which are issued from time to time by the International Maritime Organisation (IMO) or by any other relevant government or authority.

 

3. Duty to Maintain

 

  i. Throughout the Charter Party service Owners shall, whenever the passage of time, wear and tear or any event (whether or not coming within Clause 23 hereof) requires steps to be taken to maintain or restore the conditions stipulated in Clauses 1 and 2, exercise due diligence so to maintain or restore the Vessel.

 

  ii. If at any time whilst the Vessel is on hire under this Charter Party the Vessel fails to comply with the requirements of Clauses 1, 2 or 11, then hire shall be reduced to the extent necessary to indemnify Charterers for such failure. If and to the extent that such failure affects the time taken by the Vessel to perform any services under this Charter Party, hire shall be reduced by an amount equal to the value, calculated at the rate of hire, of the time so lost.

Any reduction of hire under this sub-Clause (ii) shall be without prejudice to any other remedy available to Charterers, but where such reduction of hire is in respect of time lost, such time shall be excluded from any calculation under Clause 20.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 8 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  iii. If Owners are in breach of their obligation under Clause 3 i., or hire has been reduced pursuant to Clause 3 ii. above, Charterers may so notify Owners in writing, and if, after the expiry of 30 days following the receipt by Owners of any such notice, Owners have failed to document to Charterers’ reasonable satisfaction the exercise of due diligence to comply with Clauses 1, 2 or 11, and/or to fulfil the undertakings as required in Clause 3 i., the Vessel shall be off-hire, without prejudice to Charterers right to claim damages, and no further hire payments shall be due, until Owners have so demonstrated to Charterers’ reasonable satisfaction that they are exercising such due diligence.

 

  iv. Owners shall ensure at their expense that, throughout the term of this Charter Party, a SIRE inspection report shall be on file with OCIMF for an inspection carried out within the last 6 months by an oil company that is a member of OCIMF and not an affiliated or associated company of the Charterers.

Owners warrant that throughout the duration of this charter the Vessel will remain acceptable to Statoil.

 

  v. Owners shall on a monthly basis provide Charterers with a list of inspections undertaken and those planned, including but not limited to, major oil companies, port state or flag state inspections. Charterers shall have the option to require Owners to arrange inspection by specific oil companies if they deem necessary, and Owners will undertake best endeavours to arrange said inspection in a timely manner, with any loss of time and inspection costs in connection with any such inspections being for Owners’ account except for Charterers own inspection which is for their account.

 

  vi. Owners shall advise Charterers as soon as they become aware immediately , in writing, should the Vessel fail an inspection by a governmental and/or port state authority, and/or terminal and/or oil company. Owners shall simultaneously advise Charterers of their proposed course of action to remedy the defects which have caused the Vessel to fail such inspection.

 

  vii. If, in Charterers’ reasonably held view:

a) The failure of an inspection or the non-existence or expiry of a SIRE report (as provided in this Clause 3), or

b) any finding of an inspection, referred to in Clause 3.vi.,

prevents the normal commercial operations of the Vessel, then Charterers have the option to place the Vessel off-hire from the date and time that the Vessel fails such inspection, or in Charterers’ sole discretion the Vessel becomes commercially inoperable, until the date and time that the Vessel is again commercially operable passes a re-inspection by the same organization, or becomes commercially operable , which shall be in a position (both geographically and financially) no less favourable to Charterers than that at which the Vessel went off-hire.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 9 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  viii. Furthermore, should the period that the Vessel is off-hire under this Clause 3 (with the exception of paragraph Clause 3 vii. b above) exceed 45 180 days, then Charterers shall have the option to terminate this charter party by giving 10 days written notice of said cancellation. This sub-Clause 3 viii. is without prejudice to any other rights of Charterers or obligation of Owners under this Charter Party or otherwise (including without limitation Charterers’ right under Clause 16 hereof).

 

4. Period and Trading Limits

 

  i. Owners agree to let and Charterers agree to hire the Vessel for a period of 5 years plus or Minus 30 . days in Charterers’ option, plus further 12 months in Charterers option (first additional period), plus further 12 months in Charterers option (second additional period) and a further 12 months in Charterers option (third additional period); each optional period declarable 180 days prior to the expiry of the prior period, 30 days more or less in Charterers option shall apply to final period only, commencing from the time and date of delivery of the Vessel pursuant to Clause 5 hereof, for the purpose of carrying all lawful merchandise, (subject always to Clause 24) in any part of the world, as Charterers shall direct, subject to the limits of the current International Navigating Conditions (01/11/03)  and excluding the following areas:

World wide trading within Norwegian Institute warranties limits, excluding Lebanon, Albania, Orinoco River, Cuba, Haiti, Cambodia, Eritrea, North Korea, Sudan, Yemen, Marcaibo and all areas and countries excluded by vessels flag state or subject to United Nations embargo.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Clause 30, Charterers may order the Vessel to any part of the world outside such limits provided that Owners consent thereto (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and that Charterers pay for any insurance premium required by the Vessel’s underwriters as a consequence of such order.

 

  ii. Any time during which the Vessel is off-hire under this Charter Party may be added to the Charter Party period in Charterers’ option in accordance with Clause 16 up to the total amount of time spent/lost as off-hire. In such cases the Rate of Hire payable to Owners shall be that prevailing at the time the Vessel would, but for the provisions of this Clause, have been redelivered.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 10 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  iii. Charterers shall use due diligence to ensure that the Vessel is only employed between and at safe places (which expression when used in this Charter Party shall include ports, berths, wharves, docks, anchorages, single buoy moorings, alongside vessels or lighters, and other locations including locations at sea) where she can safely reach and lie always afloat. Notwithstanding anything contained in this or any other Clause of this Charter Party, Charterers do not warrant the safety of any place to which they order the Vessel and shall be under no liability in respect thereof unless caused by failure to exercise due diligence on the part of the Charterers, and Charterers are not responsible for any neglect or default on the part of their servants agents or independent contractors. Subject as above, the Vessel shall be loaded and discharged at any places as Charterers may direct, provided that Charterers shall exercise due diligence to ensure that any ship-to-ship transfer operations shall conform to standards not less than those set out in the latest published edition of the ICS/ OCIMF Ship-to- Ship Transfer Guide as dealt with in Clause 36.

 

5. Laydays/Cancelling, Delivery and Redelivery, Redelivery Survey

 

  i.

The Vessel shall not be delivered to Charterers before January 1 st 2011 .

and Charterers without prejudice to their rights to claim damages, shall have the option to cancel this Charter Party if the Vessel is not ready and at their immediate disposal on or before 31 st  March 2011 .

Owners to narrow the date range provided above to a 3 days spread not later than 20 days before the first day of the 3 days spread.

 

  ii. Delivery for purposes of this Charter party shall take place;

a) If an on-hire survey is involved when the said surveyor passes the Vessel; and

b) When the Master has given a valid Notice of Delivery to Charterers or their agents stating that the Vessel is at the delivery point and is in all respect ready for the service and that the Vessel is at Charterers’ disposal.

 

  iii. Unless otherwise agreed, the Vessel shall be delivered by Owners upon dropping last outward sea pilot at any time day or night Sundays and holidays included at One Port West Coast Norway in Owners option and redelivered to Owners upon dropping last outward sea pilot at any time day or night Sundays and holidays included at a port in One Safe Port United Kingdom, Continent (Gibraltar-Hamburg range) or Mediterranean Sea not East of but including Greece at Charterer’s option or as mutually agreed between Owners & Charterers . Charterers shall use best endeavours to find suitable cargo within own programme in order to assist Owners in positioning vessel from shipyard to port of delivery. Any resultant voyage concluded shall be at the applicable market rate with terms as per Charterers usual single voyage terms as amended.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 11 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  iv. The Vessel will be delivered with last cargo (es) of Crude Oil or other cargo as agreed between Owners and Charterers .

 

  v. Delivery notice to be given to Charterers 30 / 20 /10 / 7 days (including the port of delivery) prior to delivery of the Vessel and daily thereafter, Owners shall give Charterers a 5/3/ 2 /1 days definite notice including place of delivery. Prior to these notice requirements Owners shall keep Charterers updated with Vessels construction schedule and any delay thereto .

 

  vi. Redelivery notice to be given to Owners . 30 / 20 / 10 / 7 days (including the port of redelivery) prior to redelivery of the Vessel and daily thereafter, Charterers shall give Owners 5/3/2/1 days definite notice of redelivery.

 

  vii. In the event that the Vessel is free of cargo on her last voyage under this Charter Party at a port outside the redelivery range as provided herein, Charterers shall have the option to redeliver the Vessel at said port. Charterers shall reimburse Owners for a theoretical voyage from the redelivery port to the nearest port or place as provided for in the redelivery range under this Charter, and said voyage shall be calculated on the basis of the daily hire rate as applicable under this Charter Party and the value of bunkers consumed based on the guaranteed ballast speed and consumption per Clause 20 hereof.

 

  viii. If the last cargo carried prior to redelivery under this Charter Party shall require cleaning beyond the normal requirements for a similar cargo due to the unusual characteristics of the particular cargo loaded, then Charterers shall compensate Owners for reasonable documented additional cleaning expenses as mutually agreed.

 

  ix. Should the Vessel be on her voyage towards the place of redelivery at the time a payment of hire is due, payment of hire shall be made for such length of time as Owners and Charterers may agree upon as being the estimated time necessary to complete the voyage, less any disbursements made or expected to be made or expenses incurred or expected to be incurred by Charterers for Owners account less any amounts that Charterers otherwise may be permitted to withhold or deduct under the terms of this Charter Party (including but not limited to off-hire period and any claim for speed and performance), and less the estimated value of bunker fuel remaining at the termination of the voyage; and when the Vessel is redelivered, any overpayment shall be refunded by Owners or underpayment paid by Charterers.

 

  x. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4 hereof, should the Vessel be upon a voyage (laden or ballast) at expiry of the period of this Charter Party, Charterers shall have the use of the Vessel at the same rate, terms and conditions for such extended time as may be necessary for the completion of the voyage on which the Vessel is engaged until her return to a port of redelivery as provided in this Charter Party.

 

  xi. Delivery survey and redelivery survey shall be held jointly by Owners and Charterers, cost of which shall be equally shared by Owners and Charterers but to be held in Owners’ time for on-hire survey and Charterers’ time for off-hire survey.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 12 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

6. Owners to Provide

Owners undertake to provide and to pay for all provisions, wages (including but not limited to all overtime payments), and shipping and discharging fees and all other expenses of the Master, Officers and Crew; for communication and victualling expenses incurred on Charterer’s behalf; also, except as provided in Clause 4 and 29 hereof, for all insurance on the Vessel; for all deck, cabin and engine-room stores, and for potable water; for all dry-docking, overhaul, maintenance and repairs to the Vessel; for fumigation expenses and de-rat certificates; and for certificates and other requirements necessary to enable the Vessel to be employed throughout the trading limits herein provided; and for all other expenses connected with the operation, maintenance and navigation of the Vessel. Owners’ obligations under this Clause 6 extend to all liabilities for customs or import duties arising at any time during the performance of this Charter Party in relation to the personal effects of the Master, Officers and Crew, and in relation to the stores, provisions and other matters aforesaid which Owners are to provide and pay for and Owners shall refund to Charterers any sums Charterers or their agents may have paid or be compelled to pay in respect of any such liability. Any amounts allowable in General Average for wages and provisions and stores shall be credited to Charterers insofar as such amounts are in respect of a Period when the Vessel is on-hire.

 

7. Charterers to Provide

 

  i. Charterers shall provide and pay for all bunkers, towage and pilotage and shall pay agency fees, port charges, commissions, expenses of loading and unloading cargoes, canal dues and all charges other than those payable by Owners in accordance with Clause 6 hereof, provided that all charges for the said items shall be for Owners’ account when such items are consumed, employed or incurred for Owners’ purposes or while the Vessel is off-hire (unless such items reasonably relate to any service given or distance made good and taken into account under Clause 16 or 17); and provided further that any bunkers used in connection with a General Average sacrifice or expenditure shall be paid for by Owners.

 

  ii. In respect of bunkers consumed for Owners purposes these will be charged on each occasion by Charterers on a first-in-first-out (FIFO) basis valued on the prices actually paid by Charterers.

 

  iii. If the trading limits of this Charter Party include ports in the United States of America and/or its protectorates the Charterers shall reimburse Owners for port specific charges relating to additional premia reasonably charged by providers of oil pollution cover, when incurred by the Vessel calling at ports in the United States of America and/or its protectorates in accordance with Charterers orders.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 13 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

8. Grade of Bunkers, Bunkers on Delivery and Redelivery

 

  i. Charterers shall accept and pay for all bunkers on board at the time of delivery, and Owners shall on redelivery (whether it comes at the end of the Charter Party or at the earlier termination of this Charter Party) accept and pay for all bunkers remaining on board at the price actually paid for on first-in-first-out (FIFO) basis. Such prices to be supported by paid invoices.

 

  ii. Vessel to be delivered to Charterers and redelivered to Owners under this Charter Party with, a quantity of bunkers on board sufficient to reach the nearest main bunkering port.

 

  iii. Charterers shall supply Bunker Oil with a maximum viscosity of 380 Centistokes at 50 degrees centigrade (RMG 380, ISO 8217, 2005 International Standard for Residual Marine Fuels) and Marine Diesel Oil (DMB, ISO 8217, 2005) for main propulsion and auxiliaries respectively. If Owners require the Vessel to be supplied with a different specification of bunkers they shall be liable for the extra cost thereof.

 

  iv. Charterers shall have at all time the obligation to supply the quality of bunkers in accordance with MARPOL Convention Annex VI, however, Owners and/or Master have the obligation to ensure that the quality of bunkers actually used in the areas where the Vessel is trading is in accordance with the MARPOL Convention.

 

  v. With respect to low-sulphur bunkers required under the MARPOL Convention the following is agreed:

a) Owners warrant that the Vessel shall be delivered with sufficient low-sulphur bunkers to reach a port or place where suitable low-sulphur bunkers may be delivered.

b) Charterers warrant that the Vessel shall be redelivered with sufficient low- sulphur bunkers to reach a port or place where suitable low-sulphur bunkers may be delivered.

 

  vi. Without prejudice to Charterers’ right to put the Vessel off-hire, any delays, costs, expenses, fines and all other consequences arising from or in connection with the Owners and/or Master non-compliance with the sub-clauses (iv) and (v) of this Clause 8 shall be the sole responsibility and risk of the Owners.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 14 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  vii. Owners shall arrange to have each bunker delivery to the Vessel analysed by DnV Fuel Testing Service or other similar institution, and will forward a copy of the analysis to Charterers as soon as it is received. Further, Owners shall arrange for and retain properly sealed and identified samples of each grade of bunkers received. Costs for said bunker analysis shall be shared on a 50/50 basis between Owners and Charterers. Payment to be made against Owners supporting documentation.

 

9. Rate of Hire

Subject as herein provided, Charterers shall pay United States Dollars ***** (***** *****) per day/ and pro rata for part thereof for the use and hire of the Vessel from the time and date of her delivery pursuant to Clause 5 hereof for the first 12 months of the charter. Thereafter on each anniversary date of the Vessels delivery the rate of hire shall be increased by *****% (***** per cent), the revised hire so calculated shall be applicable from 0001 hours on the anniversary date of the Vessels delivery. These escalation principals shall also apply for the optional periods under this charter if so declared and continue until the time and date of her redelivery to Owners. For any off-hire periods for which Charterers exercise their option to add to the charter period in accordance with the provisions of clause 16 hereof, the applicable hire rate shall be that prevailing at the time the off-hire incident occurred.

 

10. Payment of Hire

 

  i. Subject as herein provided, payment of hire shall be made by Charterers in immediately available funds to Den Norske Bank ASA, Haugesund, Norway . Account — ***** ***** ***** *****

Swift — ***** *****

In favour of Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS

per calendar month in advance in U.S. Dollars by telegraphic transfer, less:

a) Any hire paid which Charterers reasonably estimate to relate to off-hire periods, and

b) Any amounts disbursed on Owners’ behalf, any advances made and commissions thereon, and charges which are for Owners’ account pursuant to any provision hereof, and

c) Any amounts due or reasonably estimated to become due to Charterers under Clause 3 or Clause 20 hereof.

Any such adjustments to be made at the due date for the next monthly payment after the facts have been ascertained. Charterers shall not be responsible for any delay or error by Owners’ bank in crediting Owners’ account provided that Charterers have given proper and timely payment instructions to their own bank/financial institution.

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 15 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

 

  ii. In default of such proper and timely payment:

a) Owners shall notify Charterers of such default and Charterers shall within ten working days of receipt of such notice pay to Owners the amount due including interest, failing which Owners may withdraw the Vessel from the service of Charterers at anytime without prejudice to any other rights Owners may have under this Charter Party or otherwise.

and

b) Interest on overdue payments shall be paid for the period starting on and including the due dates for payment as set forth in this Charter Party and ending on but excluding the value date of the payment, on the basis of an annual rate corresponding to the one (1) month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) (or such other interest rate as may be issued in replacement thereof) as published by the Financial Times (or as published by the National Westminster Bank, London if the Financial Times is not published or the next publication) per due date for payment plus 2%.

 

11. Space Available to Charterers

The whole reach, burthen and decks of the Vessel and any passenger accommodation shall be at Charterers’ disposal reserving only proper and sufficient space for the Vessel’s Master, Officers, Crew, tackle, apparel, furniture, provisions and stores, provided that the weight of stores on board shall not, unless specially agreed, exceed 600 metric tons excluding fresh water at any time during the Charter Party period.

 

12. Instructions and Logs

Charterers shall from time to time give the Master all requisite instructions and sailing directions in writing, and the Master shall keep a full and correct log in English of the voyage or voyages, which Charterers or their agents may, at any time, inspect as required. The Master shall when required furnish Charterers or their agents with a true copy of such log and with properly completed loading and discharging port sheets and voyage reports for each voyage and other returns as Charterers may require. Charterers shall be entitled to take copies at Owners’ expense of any such documents which are not provided by Master.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 16 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

13. Pumping

 

  i. Owners agree and guarantee that the pumping equipment will throughout the term of this Charter Party, be able to discharge a full cargo of Crude Oil with a specific gravity of 0.88 in 20 hours including stripping, or maintain an average back pressure of 100 PSI at the Vessel’s manifold (provided shore facilities permit). In the event the Vessel undertakes crude oil washing (COW) of the tanks during discharge, the Vessel shall be allowed an additional 6 hours for COW of all tanks or pro rata for number of tanks where COW is performed.

 

  ii. The Vessel to be considered off-hire for each hour, or part of an hour, for completing pumping of a full cargo in excess of the respective number of hours guaranteed herein for pumping a full cargo.

 

  iii. If cargo is pumped against a back pressure of more than 100 PSI at the Vessel’s manifold, or if the pumping is delayed due to the unique characteristics of the cargo being pumped or the conditions at the receiving terminal, or otherwise if the pumping is interrupted for reasons beyond the Vessel’s control, the guarantee shall be suspended only for such time that pumping is delayed due to the unique characteristic of the cargo and/or the adverse conditions of the receiving terminal and/or for reasons beyond the control of the Vessel.

 

  iv. The Master shall issue letter of protest(s) (LOPs) to the appropriate parties such as the sub-charterers or their agents, receivers and/or terminal operators in the event that discharge is delayed for whatsoever reason beyond the Vessel’s control, and specifically for occurrences as provided for in sub-clause iii. above. Master shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that such LOP is countersigned by port or terminal representatives.

 

14. Bills of Lading

 

  i. The Master (although appointed by Owners) shall be under the orders and direction of Charterers as regards employment of the Vessel, agency and other arrangements, and shall sign Bills of Lading as Charterers or their agents may direct (subject always to Clause 30 i. and Clause 34 without prejudice to this Charter Party. Charterers hereby indemnify Owners against all consequences or liabilities that may arise from:

a) signing Bills of Lading in accordance with the directions of Charterers or their agents, to the extent that the terms of such Bills of Lading fail to conform to the requirements of this Charter Party, or (except as provided in sub-clause 14 ii. bellow) from the Master otherwise complying with Charterers’ or their agents’ orders;

b) from any irregularities in papers supplied by Charterers or their agents.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 17 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  ii. If Charterers by telex, fax, e-mail or other form of written communication that specifically refers to this Clause request Owners to discharge a quantity of Cargo either without production of the Bills of Lading and/or at a discharging place other than that named in a Bill of Lading and/or that is different from the Bill of Lading quantity, then Owners shall discharge such Cargo in accordance with Charterer’s instructions in consideration of receiving the following indemnity which shall be deemed to be given by Charterers on each and every such occasion and which is limited in value to 200% of the CIF value of the Cargo carried on board;

“(i) Charterers shall indemnify Owners and Owners’ servants and agents in respect of any liability loss or damage of whatsoever nature (including legal costs as between attorney or solicitor and client and associated expenses) which Owners may sustain by reason of delivering such Cargo in accordance with Charterers’ request.

(ii) If any proceeding is commenced against Owners or any of Owners’ servants or agents in connection with the Vessel having delivered Cargo in accordance with such request, Charterers shall provide Owners or any of Owners’ servants or agents from time to time on demand with sufficient funds to defend the said proceedings.

(iii) If the Vessel or any of the vessels or property belonging to Owners should be arrested or detained, or if the arrest or detention thereof should be threatened, by reason of discharge in accordance with Charterers instruction as aforesaid, Charterers shall provide on demand such bail or other security as may be required to prevent such arrest or detention or to secure the release of such vessel or property and Charterers shall indemnify Owners in respect of any loss, damage or expenses caused by such arrest or detention whether or not same may be justified.

(iv) Charterers shall, if called upon to do so at any time while such Cargo is in Charterers’ possession, custody or control, redeliver the same to Owners.

(v) As soon as all original Bills of Lading for the above Cargo which name as discharge port the place where delivery actually occurred shall have arrived and/or come into Charterers’ possession, Charterers shall produce and deliver the same to Owners whereupon Charterers’ liability hereunder shall cease.

Provided however, if Charterers have not received all such original Bills of Lading by 24.00 hours on the day 36 calendar months after the date of discharge, that this indemnity shall terminate at that time unless before that time Charterers have received from Owners written notice that:

aaa) Some person is making a claim in connection with Owners delivering Cargo pursuant to Charterers request or,

bbb) Legal proceedings have been commenced against Owners and/or carriers and/or

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 18 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Charterers and/or any of their respective servants or agents and/or the Vessel for the same reason.

When Charterers have received such a notice, then this indemnity shall continue in force until such claim or legal proceedings are settled. Termination of this indemnity shall not prejudice any legal rights a party may have outside the indemnity

(vi) Owners shall promptly notify Charterers if any person (other than a person to whom Charterers ordered Cargo to be delivered) claims to be entitled to such Cargo and/or if the Vessel or any other property belonging to Owners is arrested by reason of any such discharge of Cargo.

(vii) This indemnity shall be governed and construed in accordance with the English law and each and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this indemnity shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the High Court of Justice of England.”

 

  iii. Owners warrant that the Master will comply with orders to carry and discharge against one or more Bills of Lading from a set of original negotiable Bills of Lading should Charterers so require.

 

15. Loss of the Vessel

Without prejudice to Charterers right pursuant to Clause 16, should the Vessel be lost, this Charter Party shall terminate and hire shall cease at noon UTC on the day of her loss. Should the Vessel be a constructive total loss, this Charter Party shall terminate and hire shall cease at noon Coordinated Universal Time (“UTC”) on the day on which Vessel’s underwriters agree that the Vessel is a constructive total loss. Should the Vessel be missing, this Charter Party shall terminate and hire shall cease at noon UTC on the day on which the Vessel was last heard of. Any hire paid in advance and not earned shall be returned to Charterers and Owners shall reimburse Charterers for the value of the estimated quantity of bunkers onboard at the time of termination, at the price paid by Charterers at the last bunkering port. In both cases return hire and bunker price shall be paid to Charterers together with interest on such amounts calculated at the same rate as that specified in Clause 10.

 

16. Off-hire

 

  i. On each and every occasion that there is loss of time (whether by way of interruption in the Vessel’s service or, from reduction in the Vessel’s performance, or in any other manner):

a) due to deficiency of personnel or stores, repairs, gas-freeing for repairs, time in and waiting to enter dry dock for repairs, breakdown (whether partial or otherwise) of machinery, boilers or other parts of the Vessel or her equipment, overhaul, maintenance or survey, collision, stranding, accident or damage to the Vessel, or any other cause whatsoever preventing the efficient working of the Vessel; or

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 19 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

b) due to industrial action, strikes, refusal to sail, delay, inability or unwillingness to perform a task, breach of orders or neglect of duty on the part of the Master, Officers or Crew; or

c) for the purpose of obtaining medical advice or treatment for, or landing, any sick or injured person other than a Charterers’ representative or for the purpose of landing the body of any person other than a Charterers’ representative; or

d) due to any delay in quarantine arising from the Master, Officers or Crew having had communication with the shore at any infected areas without written consent or instruction of Charterers or their agents, or to any detention by customs or other authorities caused by smuggling or other infraction of local law on the part of the Master, Officers or Crew; or

e) due to detention of the Vessel by authorities at home or abroad attributable to legal action against the Vessel and/or breach of rules and regulations by the Vessel, the Vessel’s Owners, or Managers/Operators (unless brought about by the act or neglect of Charterers); then;

without prejudice to Charterers’ rights under Clause 3 or to any other rights of Charterers hereunder, or otherwise, the Vessel shall be off-hire from the commencement of such loss of time until she is again ready and in an efficient state to resume her service from a position not less favourable (both geographically and financially) to Charterers than that at which such loss of time commenced; provided, however, that any service given or distance made good by the Vessel whilst off hire shall be taken into account in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire.

 

  ii. if the Vessel fails to proceed at any guaranteed speed pursuant to Clause 20, and such failure arises wholly or partly from any of the causes set out in Clause 16 i. above, then the period for which the Vessel shall be off-hire under this Clause 16 shall be the difference between:

a) the time the Vessel would have required to perform the relevant service at such guaranteed speed, and

b) the time actually taken to perform such service (including any loss of time arising from interruption in the performance of such service).

For the avoidance of doubt, all time included under this sub-Clause ii. shall be excluded from any computation under Clause 20.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 20 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  iii. Should the Vessel experience waiting time/idle time Owners may request Charterers permission to perform overhaul and/or repairs provided that no time is lost to the Vessel’s operation. Such permission not to be unreasonably withheld by Charterers, but if as a consequence of Owners carrying out any such overhaul and/or repairs, time is lost and/or Charterers incur loss of time, expenses and/or other losses, Owners shall indemnify Charterers for such loss of time, expenses and/or other losses. Owners shall advise Charterers of the intended duration/extent of such repairs and whether the Vessel will be immobilised. Any such overhaul repairs shall always be carried out in accordance with local port/terminal regulations and Owners shall ensure that all relevant authorities are advised, permissions obtained and relevant precautions undertaken.

 

  iv. Further and without prejudice to the foregoing, in the event of the Vessel deviating (which expression includes without limitation putting back, or putting into any port other than that to which she is bound under the instructions of Charterers) for any cause or purpose mentioned in Clause 16i, the Vessel shall be off-hire from the commencement of such deviation until the time when she is again ready and in an efficient state to resume her service from a position not less favourable to Charterers than that at which the deviation commenced, provided, however, that any service given or distance made good by the Vessel whilst so off-hire shall be taken into account in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire. If the Vessel, for any cause or purpose mentioned in Clause 16 i., puts into any port other than the port to which she is bound on the instructions of Charterers, the port charges, pilotage and other expenses at such port shall be borne by Owners. Should the Vessel be driven into any port or anchorage by stress of weather, hire shall continue to be due and payable during any time lost thereby.

 

  v. Vessel shall be also off-hire for any time loss by the failure of the Vessel to comply with the warranties contained in Clause 13.

 

  vi. Any time lost due to Vessels failure to maintain the temperature of the cargo or heat up the cargo in accordance with Clause 25 shall count as off-hire including without limitation, any delay in moving the Vessel from and back to a berth or place of discharging, any additional costs and expenses including but not limited cost of tugs, mooring boats and similar services and any waiting time as a result of loss of place in berthing queue.

 

  vii. If the Vessel’s trading is affected by hostilities, and Charterers in consequence of such hostilities find it commercially impracticable to employ the Vessel and have given Owners written notice thereof then from the date of receipt by Owners of such notice until the termination of such commercial impracticability the Vessel shall be off-hire. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owners shall have the right to take steps to remedy the situation, including but not limited to change of flag, subject to Charterers approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. All costs incurred shall be at Owners time and expense.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 21 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  viii. Time during which the Vessel is off-hire under this Charter Party shall count as part of the Charter Party period unless Charterers should opt otherwise. Charterers to declare such option 45 days prior to expiry of original period. Any off hire periods occurring during the last 45 days of the Charter Party may at Charterers option be declared as counting within 7 days of their occurrence and the Charter Party period shall be extended accordingly.

 

  ix. If the Vessel is continuously off-hire for more than 45 180 days Charterers shall have the option to terminate this Charter Party by giving written notice to Owners. Such termination shall be without prejudice to any claims that Charterers may otherwise have against the Owners.

 

  x. Without prejudice to Charterers’ right to claim damages, any time lost by reason of matters falling within Clause 1 or Clause 2 shall be considered as off-hire.

 

17. Periodical Dry-docking

ALTERNATIVE 1) OR 2) TO BE SELECTED :

ALTERNATIVE 1

 

  i. Owners have the right and obligation to dry-dock the Vessel at regular intervals of 5 years but always in accordance with Vessel’s Classification Society requirements. On each occasion Owners shall propose to Charterers a date on which they wish to dry-dock the Vessel, not less than 60 days before such date, and Charterers shall propose a port for such periodical dry-docking and shall take all reasonable steps to make the Vessel available as near to such port and date as practicable.

Owners shall put the Vessel in dry-dock at their expense as soon as practicable after Charterers place the Vessel at Owners’ disposal clear of cargo other than tank washings and residues. Owners shall be responsible for and pay for the disposal into reception facilities of such tank washings and residues and shall have the right to retain any monies received therefore, without prejudice to any claim for loss of cargo under any Bill of Lading or this Charter Party.

 

  ii. If a periodical dry-docking is carried out in the port offered by Charterers (which must have suitable accommodation for the purpose and reception facilities for tank washings and residues), the Vessel shall be off-hire from the time she is at Owners disposal until dry-docking is completed and she is in every way ready to resume Charterers service and is at the position at which she went off-hire or a position no less favourable to Charterers, whichever she first attains.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 22 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  iii. Owners shall not trade the Vessel for their own account on passages to or from the dry docking port unless so agreed by Charterers .

 

  iv. The expense of gas freeing, including without limitation the cost of bunkers, shall be for Owners account.

 

  v. If Owners require the Vessel instead of proceeding to the offered port, to carry out periodical dry docking at a special port selected by them, the Vessel shall be off-hire from the time when she is released to proceed to the special port until she next presents for loading in accordance with Charterers’ instructions at a position no less favourable to Charterers than when she went off-hire, provided, however, that Charterers shall credit Owners with the time which would have been taken on passage at the service speed had the Vessel not proceeded to dry-dock.

All bunkers consumed shall be paid for by Owners but Charterers shall credit Owners with the value of the bunkers which would have been used on such notional passage calculated at the guaranteed daily consumption for the service speed, and shall further credit Owners with any benefit gain in purchasing bunkers at the special port.

ALTERNATIVE 2:

No dry docking shall take place during the duration of this Charter Party unless for Emergency Purposes. “Emergency Purposes” in this context shall mean any event or situation that was not foreseeable and/or anticipated by Owners to occur upon entry of the Charter Party and that could not be avoided by the exercise of due diligence on the part of the Owners.

 

18. Routine Ship Inspection and Investigation after Incident/Accident

 

  i. Charterers shall have the right at any time during the Charter Party period to make such inspections of the Vessel as they may consider necessary. This right may be exercised as often and at such intervals as Charterers in their absolute discretion may determine and whether the Vessel is in port or on passage and whether she is on-hire or not. Owners agree to afford all necessary co-operation and accommodation on board provided, however

a) that neither the exercise nor the non-exercise, nor anything done or not done in the exercise or non-exercise, by Charterers of such right shall in any way reduce the Master’s or Owners’ authority over, or responsibility to Charterers or third parties for, the Vessel and every aspect of her operation, nor increase Charterers responsibilities to Owners or third parties for the same, and

b) that Charterers shall not be liable for any act, neglect or default of their own or their servants or agents in the exercise or non-exercise of the aforesaid right.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 23 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  ii. Should an incident/accident take place to the Vessel and/or on board the Vessel, Charterers have the right to investigate at their own time and expense, including but not limited to any incident/accident resulting in damages to property/nature and/or personal injury of any nature or death onboard.

 

  iii. Such investigation shall be conducted by Charterers or their representative(s) according to Charterers’ procedures/practice for such investigations, however; Owners may at their time and expenses have the right to have their own representative(s) present on-board during any such investigation.

 

  iv. If in the opinion of the Charterers it is necessary to delay, stop, deviate, anchor or berth/dock etc. the Vessel in order to investigate the incident/accident and order the Owners/Master to do so, Owners/Master shall comply with such orders.

 

  v. Should the incident/accident which take place affect the last voyage planned under the Charter Party, and should Vessel’s redelivery date be affected, delayed or postponed to a later date as the result of or in connection with Charterers exercise of the rights set out above, any delay shall not be construed as a breach of any of the Charterers’ obligations under the Charter Party and they shall pay hire as normal until the Vessel is redelivered to Owners.

 

  vi. Charterers action under this Clause will not be construed as a waiver of their rights under the Charter Party or as any way relieving the Owners from their obligations under the Charter Party.

 

  vii. Further, Charterers have the right to claim any costs, expenses and losses as damages from Owners in the event that the incident/accident that leads to this investigation arises from or in connection with the Owners’ breach of their obligations under the Charter Party.

 

  viii. In the event that Charterers’ representative embarks on the Vessel, Charterers’ representatives shall sign, if requested, the standard International Group of P&I Clubs Letter of Indemnity (LOI) absolving Owners from responsibility for personal injury or accident to the said representatives whilst carrying out the aforementioned investigation on board the Vessel.

 

  ix. Charterers right to investigate will not interfere with on-going response efforts or any obligations under law.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 24 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

19. Review of Plans and Additional Equipment

 

  i. Owners will provide, if so requested by Charterers, copies of all plans and specifications relating to the Vessel.

 

  ii. Without prejudice to sub-clause 19 i. above, Owners shall provide Charterers with two copies of the following plans for the Vessel prior to delivery date:

 

  1. General Arrangement Plan

 

  2. Capacity Plan

 

  3. Piping/ Cargo System Arrangement Plan

 

  4. Mooring Plan

 

  iii. Charterers, subject to Owners’ approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall have the right in their sole discretion to fit, at Charterers’ expense if any, additional equipment for loading or discharging cargo or other equipment it may require beyond that which is on board when the Vessel is placed at Charterers’ disposal, and to make the necessary connections. Such work to be done at Charterers’ expense and time, and such equipment so fitted to be considered Charterers’ property, and Charterers shall have the right in their sole discretion to remove said equipment at its expense and time during or at the expiry of this Charter Party. All such modifications shall be approved by Vessels Classification Society as and where necessary.

 

  iv. The ownership of additional equipment incurred and any expenses incurred shall be subject to a separate agreement between the Parties and appended to this Charter Party.

 

  v. Owners shall provide normal maintenance for any equipment installed by Charterers in return for reasonable compensation, which is to be agreed. Any modifications of the additional equipment required by Charterers shall be for Charterers’ account, and Charterers shall pay for any extra reasonable maintenance cost resulting from such modifications.

 

  vi. Should Charterers decide to remove the additional equipment, such equipment shall be removed and any modification done to the Vessel in order to facilitate the installation of the equipment shall be secured or brought back to original state to the extent Owners can reasonably expect upon redelivery of the Vessel. Charterers obligation in connection with the work of removal also includes any loss of time. Owners are upon Charterers’ request obliged to give Charterer a binding quote for the costs of any removal work according to this sub-section within two months after receiving such request. Notwithstanding the foregoing of this section Charterers can also choose to have the work of removal assessed and conducted by itself or by a third-party.

 

  vii. Loss of time due to breakdown or repairs of the additional equipment referred to in this Clause 19 shall be for Charterers’ account unless caused by a failure of Owners in providing normal/regular maintenance.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 25 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

20. Speed, Bunker Consumption and Cargo Heating Warranties

 

  i. Owners guarantee that the speed and maximum daily bunker consumption of the Vessel in moderate weather up to and including Beaufort Force 5 and Douglas Sea State 4 shall be as follows:-

In laden condition 13,5 knots on 69,3 metric tons IFO—380 cst plus 6 metric tons MGO IFO 380 Cat for auxiliaries per month .

In ballast condition 13.5 . knots on 63,6 metric tons IFO—380 cst plus 6 metric tons MGO IFO -380 Cst for auxiliaries per month .

The bunker consumptions stated herein are for all purposes except cargo heating, tank cleaning, inerting, crude oil washing, manoeuvring in and out of port, canal transits, pumping, harbour steaming, narrow and restricted water and river navigation. The above speed and consumption figures are given as estimates based on vessels design and sea trial performance. Owners and Charterers shall mutually agree final and binding speed and consumption figures for the vessel based on actual performance during the first six months of the charter party period from delivery. Such guaranteed figures shall not vary by more than two percent from the figures given above. The figures agreed shall be used for all performance calculations in relation to this charter party and shall be documented by an addendum to the charter.

 

  ii. Owners guarantee advise for calculation purposes that the normal maximum bunker consumption shall be :-

Idle at anchor or alongside berth 10 metric tons of IFO—380 per day without boiler operation, 2.2 Mtons of IFO — 380 in stand-by condition with boiler operating.

Whilst loading cargo, the idle consumption warranted above in standby condition offshore loading with boiler operating plus an additional 28 metric tons IFO -380 per day.

Whilst discharging cargo, the idle consumption warranted above in standby condition with boiler operating plus an additional 45 metric tons IFO-380 per day.

 

  iii. Owners guarantee that the maximum bunker consumption for heating cargo, when instructed by Charterers to do so, basis all cargo tanks or pro rata for part thereof shall be :-

In order to maintain cargo at loaded temperature 30 metric tons IFO—380 per day.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 26 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

In order to increase cargo temperature as per Clause 25 .........Metric tons IFO—380 per day. 2 boilers x 48 mtpd = max 96 mtpd

 

  iv. Owners guarantee that the maximum bunker consumption basis all cargo tanks or pro rata for part thereof for:

Tank cleaning other than normal Crude Oil Washing when applicable shall be 45 metric tons IFO—380 per day

Re-inerting the Vessel after tank cleaning or tank inspection (carried out under Charterers instructions) shall be 25 metric tons IFO—380 per day in addition to any other consumption provided herein.

 

  v. In the absence to Charterers instructions to the contrary, and always subject to the requirements of safe navigation, the Vessel shall proceed at the speeds provided in Clause 20 i. above. However Charterers shall have the right to instruct the Vessel to steam at any speed within Vessels capability, giving due allowance for the critical RPM limit of Vessels main engine.

 

  vi. Speed and performance shall for the purpose of this Clause 20 be calculated by taking the average of the speed and consumption achieved for each voyage by reference to the observed distance as recorded in Vessels sea log from sea buoy at Vessels load/discharge port outbound to sea buoy at Vessels load/discharge port inbound. For the purposes of this calculation the following periods shall be excluded from the calculation herein after referred to as “Excluded Periods”:

a) Any periods during which reduction of speed is necessary in order to navigate safely in narrow or congested waters and/or canals or in ice or in poor visibility or when speed is reduced in order to comply with the recommendations of pilots or pilotage

b) Any days, noon to noon, when wind and sea state exceed force 6 on the Beaufort scale as well as Douglas sea state 5 for a period of 12 consecutive hours

 

  vii. If during any period from the date on which the Vessel enters service the Vessel falls below the average performance guaranteed in accordance with this clause 20 and if such shortfall results:

a) From a reduction in the average speed of the Vessel, compared to the speed guaranteed under this Clause 20, then an amount equal to the value of the hire for the time so lost shall be deducted from the hire payable.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 27 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

b) From an increase in the total bunkers consumed, compared to the total bunkers which would have been consumed had the Vessel performed as guaranteed herein, an amount equivalent to the value of the additional bunkers consumed, based on the average price paid by Charterers for the Vessel’s bunkers in such period, shall be deducted from the hire payable.

The hire so calculated for laden and ballast mileage respectively shall be adjusted to take into account the mileage steamed in each such condition during Excluded Periods, by dividing such deduction by the number of miles over which the performance has been calculated and multiplying by the same number of miles plus the miles steamed in Excluded Periods, in order to establish the total deduction from hire to be made for such period.

Reduction of hire under Clause 20 shall be without prejudice to any other remedy available to Charterers.

Owners shall have the right to offset any periods when the Vessel’s speed is in excess of the warranty provided herein, or when bunker consumption is less then the consumption warranted herein, against the periods calculated in accordance with this Clause when the Vessels fails to maintain the speed or consumes more bunkers than that warranted in sub-clause 20 i. above. Increased performance shall be calculated utilising the same parameters as provided in this Clause for the calculation of under performance. At no time shall Charterers be required to compensate Owners for Vessels increased performance other than by offset against any under performance so calculated.

 

  viii. Calculations under this Clause 20 shall be made annually or for the Charter Party term, whichever is shorter. Claims in respect of reduction of hire arising under this Clause during the final period of the Charter Party period shall be settled within 30 days after termination of the Charter Party/Redelivery of the Vessel to the Owners. Charterers shall provide Owners with the opportunity to review any claims submitted in accordance with the provisions of this clause, Owners shall respond to Charterers with the results of said review within 30 days from the date that such claim has been forwarded from Charterers to Owners. Should Owners have failed to respond with 45 days of the date on which Charterers forwarded the claim to Owners, then Charterers shall be at liberty to deduct from hire the amount which they claim to be entitled to under this Clause. Such deduction shall be without prejudice to any rights Owners may have to defend such claim.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 28 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

21. Salvage

 

  i. Subject to the provisions of Clause 16 hereof, all loss of time and all expenses (excluding any damage to or loss of the Vessel or tortious liabilities to third parties) incurred in saving or attempting to save life or in successful or unsuccessful attempts at salvage shall be borne equally by Owners and Charterers provided that Charterers shall not be liable to contribute towards any salvage payable by Owners arising in any way out of services rendered under this Clause 21.

 

  ii. All salvage and all proceeds from derelicts shall be divided equally between Owners and Charterers after deducting the Master’s Officers’ and Crew’s share.

 

22. Lien

Owners shall have a lien upon all cargoes and all freights, sub-hire, sub-freights and demurrage for any amounts due under this Charter Party; and Charterers shall have a lien on the Vessel, her appurtenances, accessories and bunkers (if paid for by Owners), for all monies paid in advance and not earned, and for all claims for damages arising from any breach by Owners of this Charter Party, together with related legal costs and expenses and all amounts due to Charterers under this Charter Party.

 

23. Exceptions

 

  i. The Vessel, her Master and Owners shall not, unless otherwise in this Charter Party expressly provided, be liable for any loss or damage or delay or failure arising or resulting from any act, neglect or default of the Master, Pilots, mariners or other servants of Owners in the navigation or management of the Vessel, fire, unless caused by the actual fault or privity of Owners, collision or stranding; dangers and accidents of the sea, explosion, bursting of boilers, breakage of shafts or any latent defect in hull, equipment or machinery, provided however, that Clauses 1 , 2, 3 and Clause 20 hereof shall be unaffected by the foregoing. Further, neither the Vessel, her Master or Owners, nor Charterers shall, unless otherwise in this Charter Party expressly provided, be liable for any loss or damage or delay or failure in performance hereunder arising or resulting from act of God, act of war, seizure under legal process provided bond is promptly furnished to release the Vessel or cargo, strikes, lock-outs, riots, restraints of labour, civil commotions or arrest or restraint of princes, rulers or people.

 

  ii. The Vessel shall have liberty to sail with or without pilots, to tow or go to the assistance of vessels in distress and to deviate for the purpose of saving life or property.

 

  iii. The exceptions contained in this Clause 23 shall not apply to or affect any liability of Owners or the Vessel or any other relevant person in respect of

a) loss or damage caused to any berth, jetty, dock, dolphin, buoy, mooring line, pipe or crane or other works or equipment whatsoever at or near any place to which the Vessel may proceed under this Charter Party, whether or not such works or equipment belong to Charterers, or

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 29 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

b) any claim (whether brought by Charterers or any other person) arising out of any loss of or damage to or in connection with cargo. Any such claims shall be subject to the Hague-Visby Rules or the Hague Rules, or the Hamburg Rules, as the case may be, which ought pursuant to the Clause Paramount, Clause 33, hereof to have been incorporated in the relevant Bill of Lading (whether or not such Rules were so incorporated) or, if no such Bill of Lading is issued, to the Hague-Visby rules unless the Hamburg Rules compulsorily apply in which case the Hamburg Rules shall apply.

c) In particular and without limitation, the foregoing subsections i. and ii. of this Clause 23 shall not apply to or in any way affect any provision in this Charter Party relating to off-hire or to reduction of hire.

 

24. Injurious Cargos

No acids, explosives or cargoes injurious to the Vessel shall be shipped and without prejudice to the foregoing any damage to the Vessel caused by the shipment of any such cargo, and the time taken to repair such damage, shall be for Charterers’ account.

 

25. Cargo Heating

If Vessel is equipped with cargo heating coils or heat exchangers, the Vessel shall be capable of:

 

  i. maintaining the temperature of the cargo loaded under all sea and air temperature conditions up to a maximum loading temperature of 74 66 deg C.

 

  ii. provided that the sea temperature is greater than 2 deg C and the air temperature greater than 5 deg C of increasing the cargo temperature by 4.5 deg C per day during the voyage up to a maximum of 57 deg C (or to such temperature instructed by Charterers below said maximum) and maintaining same throughout the voyage and the entire discharge.

Should the Vessel fail to heat cargo as specified herein and in accordance with Charterers instructions, and without prejudice to any other remedy available to Charterers including but not limited to rights under Clause 16, Charterers shall have the option to either delay discharge of cargo or berthing of the Vessel, or alternatively discontinue discharge and remove Vessel from the discharge berth or place until cargo is heated in accordance with Charterers instructions. In such circumstances the Vessel will be treated as off hire for a period equal to the time lost as a result of such delay or discontinuance.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 30 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

26. Laying-up

Charterers shall have the option, after consultation with Owners, of requiring Owners to lay up the Vessel at a safe place mutually agreed between Owners and Charterers, in which case the hire provided for under this Charter Party shall be adjusted to reflect any net increases in expenditure reasonably incurred or any net saving which should reasonably be made by Owners as a result of such lay-up. Notwithstanding anything contained in this or any other Clause of this Charter Party, Charterers do not warrant the safety of any place to which they order the Vessel and shall be under no liability in respect thereof unless caused by personal want of due diligence on the part of the Charterers, and Charterers are not responsible for any neglect or default on the part of their servants agents or independent contractors. Should Charterers, having exercised the option granted under this Clause 26, desire the Vessel to again be put into service, Owners will, upon receipt of written notice from Charterers to such effect, immediately take steps to restore the Vessel to service as promptly as possible. Charterers may exercise the said option any number of times during the Charter Party period.

 

27. Requisition

Should the Vessel be requisitioned by any government, de facto or de jure, during the period of this Charter Party, the Vessel shall be off-hire during the period of such requisition, and any hire paid by such government in respect of such requisition period shall be for Owners’ account, provided, however, that if such requisition continues for a period in excess of forty- five (45) days, Charterers shall have the option to terminate the Charter Party upon written notice to Owners. Any such requisition period shall, at Charterers’ option, count as part of the Charter Party period.

 

28. Outbreak of War

If war or hostilities break out between any two or more of the following countries: Vessel’s flag state, United States of America, Russian Federation, People’s Republic of China, United Kingdom, France, Germany, Japan or Norway, then both Owners and Charterers shall have the right to cancel this Charter Party, provided that the war or hostilities directly affect the ability of the Charterers to employ the Vessel in the trade they intended for her.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 31 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

29. Additional War Expenses

 

  i. If the Vessel is ordered to trade in areas were there is war (de facto or de jure) or threat of war, Charterers shall reimburse Owners for any net additional insurance premia, crew bonuses and other expenses which are reasonably incurred by Owners as a consequence of such orders, provided that Charterers are given notice of such expenses as soon as practicable and in any event prior to such expenses being incurred, and provided further that Owners obtain from their insurers a waiver of any subrogated rights against Charterers in respect of any claim by Owners under their war risk insurance arising out of compliance with such orders.

 

  ii. Charterers have the option to cover war risk additional premia on conditions not less favourable than those made available to Owners.

 

  iii. Any payments by Charterers under this Clause will only be made against proven documentation.

 

  iv. Any discount, address commission or rebate paid or refunded to Owners, for whatever reason, in respect of additional war risk premium shall be passed on to Charterers.

 

30. War Risks and Government Orders

 

  i. The Master shall not be required or bound to sign Bills of Lading for any place which in his or Owners’ reasonable opinion is dangerous or impossible for the Vessel to enter or reach owing to any blockade, war, hostilities, warlike operations, civil war, civil commotions or revolutions.

 

  ii. If in the reasonable opinion of the Master or Owners it becomes, for any of the reasons set out in sub-clause 30 i. above Clause or by the operation of international law, dangerous, impossible or prohibited for the Vessel to reach or enter, or to load or discharge cargo at, any place to which the Vessel has been ordered pursuant to this charter (a “place of peril”), then Charterers or their agents shall be immediately notified in writing or by radio messages, and Charterers shall thereupon have the right to order the cargo, or such part of it as may be affected, to be loaded or discharged, as the case may be, at any other place within the trading limits of this Charter Party (provided such other place is not itself a place of peril). If any place of discharge is or becomes a place of peril, and no orders have been received from Charterers or their agents within 48 hours after dispatch of such messages, then Owners shall be at liberty to discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected at any place which they or the Master may in their or his discretion select within the trading limits of this charter and such discharge shall be deemed to be due fulfilment of Owners’ obligations under this charter so far as cargo so discharged is concerned.

 

  iii. The Vessel shall have liberty to comply with any directions or recommendations as to departure, arrival, routes, ports of call, stoppages, destinations, zones, waters, delivery or in any other wise whatsoever given by the government of the state under whose flag

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 32 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  the Vessel sails or any other government or local authority or by any person or body acting or purporting to act as or with the authority of any such government or local authority including any de facto government or local authority or by any person or body acting or purporting to act as or with the authority of any such government or local authority or by any committee or person having under the terms of the war risks insurance on the Vessel the right to give any such directions or recommendations. If by reason of or in compliance with any such directions or recommendations anything is done or is not done, such shall not be deemed a deviation. If by reason of or in compliance with any such direction or recommendation the Vessel does not proceed to any place of discharge to which she has been ordered pursuant to this Charter Party, the Vessel may proceed to any place which the master or Owners in his or their discretion select and there discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected. Such discharge shall be deemed to be due fulfilment of Owners’ obligations under this charter so far as cargo so discharged is concerned.

 

31. Both to Blame Collision Clause

 

  i. If the liability for any collision in which the Vessel is involved while performing this Charter Party falls to be determined in accordance with the laws of the United States of America, the following provision shall apply:

“If the ship comes into collision with another ship as a result of the negligence of the other ship and any act, neglect or default of the Master, mariners, pilot or servants of the carrier in the navigation or in the management of the ship, the owners of the cargo carried hereunder will indemnify the carrier against all loss, or liability to the other or non-carrying ship or her owners in so far as such loss or liability represents loss of, or damage to, or any claim whatsoever of the owners of said cargo, paid or payable by the other or non-carrying ship or her owners to the owners of said cargo and set off, recouped or recovered by the other or non-carrying ship or her owners as part of their claim against the carrying ship or carrier”.

“The foregoing provisions shall also apply where the owners, operators or those in charge of any ship or ships or objects other than, or in addition to, the colliding ships or objects are at fault in respect of a collision or contact.”

 

  ii. Charterers shall procure that all Bills of Lading issued under this Charter Party shall contain a provision in the foregoing terms to be applicable where the liability for any collision in which the Vessel is involved falls to be determined in accordance with the laws of the United States of America.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 33 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

32. General Average/New Jason Clause

 

  i. General average contributions shall be payable according to the York/Antwerp Rules, 2004 with subsequent amendments thereto, and shall be adjusted in London in accordance with English law and practice but should adjustment be made in accordance with the law and practice of the United States of America, the following provision shall apply;

“In the event of accident, danger, damage or disaster before or after the commencement of the voyage, resulting from any cause whatsoever, whether due to negligence or not, for which, or for the consequence of which, the carrier is not responsible by statue, contract or otherwise, the cargo, shippers, consignees or owners of the cargo shall contribute with the carrier in general average to the payment of any sacrifices, losses or expenses of a general average nature that may be made or incurred and shall pay salvage and special charges incurred in respect of the cargo.”

“If a salving ship is owned or operated by the carrier, salvage shall be paid for as fully as if the said salving ship or ships belonged to strangers. Such deposit as the carrier or his agents may deem sufficient to cover the estimated contribution of the cargo and any salvage and special charges thereon shall, if required, be made by the cargo, shippers, consignees or owners of the cargo to the carrier before delivery.”

 

  ii. Charterers shall procure that all Bills of Lading issued under this Charter Party shall contain a provision in the foregoing terms, to be applicable where adjustment of General Average is made in accordance with the laws and practice of the United States of America.

 

33. Clause Paramount

Charterers shall procure that all Bills of Lading issued pursuant to this Charter Party shall contain the following:

 

  i.

“Subject to sub-Clause (ii) or (iii) hereof, this Bill of Lading shall be governed by, and have effect subject to, the rules contained in the International Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules relating to Bills of Lading signed at Brussels on 25 th  August 1924 (hereafter the “Hague Rules”) as amended by the Protocol signed at Brussels on 23 rd  February 1968 (hereafter the “Hague-Visby Rules). Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be either a surrender by the carrier of any of his right or immunities or any increase of any of his responsibilities or liabilities under the “Hague-Visby Rules.”

 

  ii. If there is governing legislation which applies the Hague Rules compulsorily to this Bill of Lading, to the exclusion of the Hague-Visby Rules, then this Bill of Lading shall have effect subject to the Hague Rules. Nothing therein contained shall be deemed tobe either a surrender by the carrier of any of his rights or immunities or an increase of any of his responsibilities or liabilities under the Hague Rules.”

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 34 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  iii. “If there is governing legislation which applies the United Nations Convention on the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1978 (hereinafter the Hamburg Rules) compulsorily to this Bill of Lading, to the exclusion of the Hague Rules, the Hague-Visby Rules, then this Bill of Lading shall have effect subject to the Hamburg Rules. Nothing therein contained shall be deemed to be either a surrender by the carrier of any of his rights or immunities or an increase of any of his responsibilities or liabilities under the Hamburg Rules.”

 

  iv. “If any term of this Bill of Lading is repugnant to the Hague-Visby Rules, or the Hague Rules, or the Hamburg Rules, if applicable, such term shall be void to that extent but no further.”

 

  v. “Nothing in this Bill of Lading shall be construed as in any way restricting, excluding or waiving the right of any relevant party or person to limit his liability under any available legislation and/or law.”

 

34. Export/Import Restrictions

 

  i. The Master shall not be required or bound to sign Bills of Lading for the carriage of cargo to any place to which export of such cargo is prohibited under the laws, rules or regulations of the country in which the cargo was produced and/or shipped.

 

  ii. If Charterers shall procure that all Bills of Lading issued under this Charter Party shall contain the following Clause:

“If any laws, rules or regulations applied by the government of the country in which the cargo was produced and/or shipped, or any relevant agency thereof, impose a prohibition on the export of the cargo to the place of discharge designated in or ordered under this Bill of Lading, carriers shall be entitled to require cargo owners forthwith to nominate an alternative discharge place for the discharge of the cargo, or such part of it as may be affected, which alternative place shall not be subject to the prohibition, and carriers shall be entitled to accept orders from cargo owners to proceed to and discharge at such alternative place.

If cargo owners fail to nominate an alternative place within 72 hours after they or their agents have received from carriers notice of such prohibition, carriers shall be at liberty to discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected by the prohibition at any safe place on which they or the Master may in their or his absolute discretion decide and which is not subject to the prohibition, and such discharge shall constitute due performance of the contract contained in this Bill of Lading so far as the cargo so discharged is concerned.”

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 35 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

35. Ice

 

  i. Should the Vessel be ordered to ice bound waters within the Trading Area agreed under Clause 4 hereof and should there be ice on the nominated voyage or at the nominated load or discharge port(s) the Vessel shall not force ice, but will follow channels cut by ice breakers unless the Master considers on reasonable grounds that such navigation will not be safe.

 

  ii. Charterers shall on their own account, place necessary ice breakers and ice advisor, if available, at the Vessel’s disposal. If ice breakers are not available at any time then Owners shall not be bound to proceed.

 

  iii. In the event that the nominated load or discharge port (s) is/are inaccessible due to ice, the Vessel will proceed to the nearest safe ice free position and at the same time request revised orders.

 

  iv. Immediately upon receipt of such request Charterers shall nominate an alternative ice free and accessible port in accordance with this Charter Party where there is no danger of the Vessel being frozen in and where if the Vessel has cargo onboard there are facilities for receiving the cargo.

 

  v. In the event that the Master deems the Vessel in danger of being frozen in at the nominated load or discharge port(s), Owners may at their sole discretion and after having consulted the Charterers order the Vessel to cease loading or discharging and leave such port. In such circumstances, Charterers shall, on their own account, place necessary ice breakers and ice advisor, if available, at the Vessel’s disposal

 

  vi. Should the Vessel be ordered to sail outside the agreed warranty limits and if Owners agree to continue on such voyage then Charterers undertake to reimburse Owners for:

a) any net extra insurance premium applicable, and

b) any additional deductible thereof.

 

36. Ship to Ship Cargo Transfer

 

  i. Owners warrant that the Vessel is capable of safely carrying out all procedures as set out in the latest revised edition of the “International Chamber of Shipping” and “Oil Companies International Marine Forum Ship to Ship Transfer Guide (Petroleum)” hereinafter referred to as “The Guide”.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 36 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  ii. Charterers have the right to load or discharge the Vessel via ship to ship lighterage.

 

  iii. Transfer operations to be in accordance with The Guide. Charterers shall provide at their expense all necessary equipment and facilities including fenders, hoses, mooring masters, etc. for operation to Owners’/Master’s reasonable satisfaction which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  iv. Charterers shall, if required by law or The Guide, on their account provide representatives (mooring master and/or cargo STS advisor) onboard the Vessel to give technical assistance to perform the ship to ship transfer.

 

  v. Ship to ship transfer operations shall be performed only in ports or areas where the Vessel can continuously be safely afloat and are permitted by U.S. Coastguard, Port Authorities and/or other Authorities, as the case may be, to perform the ship to ship transfer.

 

  vi. Operations shall be made under the exclusive direction, supervision and control of the Vessel’s Master and to the satisfaction of the mooring master and/or cargo STS advisor. Vessel’s Master shall continue to be fully responsible for the operation, management and navigation of the Vessel during the entire STS operation. Charterers shall not be deemed to warrant the safety of any lightering vessel and shall not be liable for any loss, damage, injury or delay resulting from the condition of lightering vessels not caused by Charterers’ fault or neglect.

 

  vii. Charterers shall notify Owners in advance when, where and how much cargo shall be carried out under such ship to ship transfer operations as well as any other relevant information required prior to the arrival of the Vessel at the intended ship to ship transfer site.

 

  viii. The Vessel shall not be obliged to accept dirty ballast from lightering vessels

 

37. Oil Pollution and Insurance

 

  i. Owners warrant that throughout the duration of this Charter Party:

a) the Vessel will be owned or demise chartered by a member of the International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation Limited (ITOPF). Owners further warrant they have and will maintain throughout the currency of the Charter Party:

aa) membership in a Protection and Indemnity (P&I) Association, that is in good financial standing and a member of the International Group of P & I Clubs, in both Protection and Indemnity Classes; and

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 37 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

bb) Insurance cover against pollution risks on the normal terms (and up to the full limit of cover) available from P&I Clubs in the international Group.

cc) requirements related to Financial responsibility in respect of pollution as further detailed herein:

 

  a. Owners warrant that throughout the currency of this Charter Party they will provide the Vessel with the following certificates:

 

  i If the Vessel is over 1,000 gross tons and is registered in, or is required to enter a port or offshore facility in the territorial sea of, a State Party to the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage 2001, a Certificate issued pursuant to Article 7 of that Convention.

 

  ii If the Vessel is constructed or adapted for the carriage of persistent oil in bulk as cargo and is carrying more than 2,000 tons of such cargo, a Certificate issued pursuant to Article 7 of the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1992, as applicable.

 

  iii If the Vessel is over 300 gross tons and is required to enter US navigable waters or any port or place in the US, a Certificate issued pursuant to Section 1016 (a) of the Oil Pollution Act 1990, and Section 108 (a) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1980, as amended, in accordance with US Coast Guard Regulations, 33 CFR Part 138.

 

  b. Notwithstanding anything whether printed or typed herein to the contrary,

 

  i save as required for compliance with paragraph (37(i)cc-a) above, owners shall not be required to establish or maintain financial security or responsibility in respect of oil or other pollution damage to enable the Vessel lawfully to enter, remain in or leave any port, place, territorial or contiguous waters of any country, state or territory in performance of this Charter Party.

 

  ii Charterers shall indemnify owners and hold them harmless in respect of any loss, damage, liability or expense (including but not limited to the costs of any delay incurred by the Vessel as a result of any failure by the charterers promptly to give alternative voyage orders) whatsoever and howsoever arising which Owners may sustain by reason of any requirement to establish or maintain financial security or responsibility in order to enter, remain in or leave any port, place or waters, other than to the extent provided in paragraph (37(i)cc-a) above;

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 38 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  iii Owners shall not be liable for any loss, damage, liability or expense whatsoever and howsoever arising which charterers and/or the holders of any bill of lading issued pursuant to this Charter Party may sustain by reason of any requirement to establish or maintain financial security or responsibility in order to enter, remain in or leave any port, place or waters, other than to the extent provided in paragraph (37(i)cc-a) above;

and

dd) Hull and Machinery insurance placed through reputable brokers on Institute Time Clauses or equivalent for the Value of United States Dollars . . . . as amended from time to time.

 

  ii. Owners further warrant that they are a “Participating Owner” as defined by the Tanker Oil Pollution Indemnification Agreement (TOPIA) and, where the Vessel is a “Relevant Ship” as defined by the Small Tanker Oil Pollution Indemnification Agreement (STOPIA), that they are a “Participating Owner” as defined therein. They further warrant that the Vessel is entered in TOPIA and (where applicable) STOPIA, and shall remain so during the currency of this Charter Party, unless and to the extent that either or both of those agreements have been terminated in accordance with their provisions.

 

  iii. If changes as set out in Clause 1 x. occur, then Owners shall ensure that consent for any of the said changes is obtained from the P&I and H&M underwriters of the Vessel, and that the insurance cover is not terminated by such change.

 

  iv. If required by Charterers, Owners shall, as soon as possible, furnish to Charterers such evidence of the insurance(s) or certification required under this Clause 37 as Charterers may reasonably request. Without prejudice to Charterers’ right to claim damage from Owners if there is a failure or lapse of such insurance(s), or the Vessel does not hold the required evidence of the insurance(s) or certification for any reason at any time during the Charter Party term, Charterers shall have the option on written notice to Owners to terminate the Charter Party when the Vessel is cargo-free.

 

38. Eligibility & Compliance

 

  i. Owners warrant that the Vessel is in all respects eligible under and will comply with all applicable conventions, laws, rules, regulations and requirements of the country of Vessel’s registry and of the ports and places specified in Clause 4 to which the Vessel may be ordered under the terms of this Charter Party and that she shall have onboard for inspection by the Charterers, appropriate authorities, agencies or any entity acting for and on behalf of these bodies, all certificates, records, compliance letters and other documents. Without limitation to the foregoing, the conventions, laws, rules, regulations and requirements referred to in this paragraph mean conventions, laws, rules, regulations

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 39 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  and requirements concerning ship size, ship design, safety, operation of Vessels’ equipment (including inert gas and crude oil washing systems, if the Vessel is so equipped), navigation, pollution and other like matters.

 

  ii. Owners warrant that the Vessel does, and shall, have onboard an International Tonnage Certificate, or equivalent, and shall meet applicable guidelines published by OCIMF (Oil Companies International Marine Forum), ICS (International Chamber of Shipping) and any other relevant industry standard.

 

  iii. Owners warrant that the Vessel shall all times comply with any applicable regulations and/or requirements of any terminals or facilities in such port(s) or Place(s) where the Vessel may load and discharge.

 

  iv. Any delays, losses, expenses or damages arising as a result of failure to comply with this Clause 38 shall be solely for Owners account and Charterers have the right to claim damages should Charterers suffer any loss as the result of any breach of the warranties given by Owners.

 

39. Drug & Alcohol Policy

 

  i. Owners warrant that they apply the Exxon Blanket Declaration Drug & Alcohol Policy on Drug and Alcohol Abuse (“The Policy”) applicable to the Vessel which meets or exceeds the standards in the Oil Companies International Marine Forum (OCIMF) Guidelines for the Control of Drugs and Alcohol onboard Ships. Under this Policy, alcohol impairment shall be defined as a blood alcohol content of 40 mg/100 ml or greater; the appropriate seafarers to be tested shall be Vessel’s Master, Officers and Crew and the drug/alcohol testing and screening shall include random or unannounced testing in addition to routine medical examinations. The frequency of the random/unannounced testing shall be adequate to act as an effective abuse deterrent. Master, Officers and Crew shall be tested at least once a year through a combined program of random/unannounced testing and routine medical examinations.

 

  ii. Owners further warrant that the Policy will remain in effect during the term of this Charter Party and that Owners shall exercise due diligence to ensure that the Policy is complied with. It is understood that an actual impairment or any test finding of impairment shall not in and of itself mean the Owners has failed to exercise due diligence. (See Attachment 4—Exxon Blanket Declaration Drug & Alcohol Policy).

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 40 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

40. OPA Surcharge

 

  i. Any surcharge due for trading to the United States of America including but not limited to P&I surcharge on oil pollution insurance, additional voyages expenses including but not limited to provision of a Qualified Individual and Oil Spill Contractor shall be for Owners’ account. However all voyage related costs to be for Charterers account.

 

41. ISPS/MTSA

 

  i. a) The Owners shall comply with the requirements of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (ISPS Code) relating to the Vessel and “the Company” (as defined by the ISPS Code). If trading to or from the United States or passing through United States waters, the Owners shall also comply with the requirements of the US Maritime Transportation Security Act 2002 (MTSA) relating to the Vessel and the “Owner” (as defined by the MTSA).

b) All measures required by the Owners to comply with the Ship Security Plan shall be for the Owners’ account.

c) Upon request the Owners shall provide the Charterers with a copy of the relevant International Ship Security Certificate (or the Interim International Ship Security Certificate) and the full style contact details of the Company Security Officer (CSO).

d) Loss, damages, expense or delay (excluding consequential loss, damages, expense or delay) caused by failure on the part of the Owners or “the Company”/”Owner” to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code/MTSA or this Clause shall be for the Owners’ account, except as otherwise provided in this Charter Party.

 

  ii. a) The Charterers shall provide the Owners and the Master with their full style contact details and, upon request, any other information the Owners require to comply with the ISPS Code/MTSA.

b) In the event the Vessel is sub-let under the terms of this Charter Party, the Charterers shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners and the Master. Furthermore, the Charterers shall ensure that all sub-charter parties they enter into during the period of this Charter Party contain the following provision:

“The Charterers shall provide the Owners with their full style contact details and, where sub-letting is permitted under the terms of the charter party, shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners”.

c) Loss, damages, expense or delay (excluding consequential loss, damages, expense or delay) caused by failure on the part of the Charterers to comply with this Clause shall be for the Charterers’ account, except as otherwise provided in this Charter Party.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 41 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  iii. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Charter Party all delay, costs or expenses whatsoever arising out of or related to security regulations or measures required by the port facility or any relevant authority in accordance with the ISPS Code/MTSA including, but not limited to, security guards, launch services, vessel escorts, security fees or taxes and inspections, shall be for the Charterers’ account unless such costs or expenses result solely from the negligence of the Owners, Master, Officers or Crew or due to the previous trading history of the Vessel, her flag or the nationality of the Master, Officers or Crew or the identity of the Owners or their Managers.

 

  iv. If either party makes any payment which is for the other party’s account according to this Clause, the other party shall indemnify the paying party.

 

42. Working Safely with Suppliers

Owners undertake to participate in Charterers program “Working Safely with Suppliers” (WSWS). As part of this program Owners will be required to provide staff and resources to meet with Charterers as and when necessary in order to enhance HSE compliance under this contract by means of exchange of experience and industry “best practice” standards.

 

43. Ballast Clause

In connection with the Council of the European Union Regulation on the Implementation of IMO Resolution A747(18) Owners shall ensure that the following entry is made on the International Tonnage Certificate (1969) under the section headed “remarks”:

“The segregated ballast tanks comply with the Regulation 13 of Annex 1 of the International Convention for the prevention of pollution from ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, and the total tonnage of such tanks exclusively used for the carriage of segregated water ballast is [ 56137 cbm ].

The reduced gross tonnage which should be used for the calculation of tonnage based fees is [            ].

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 42 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

44. Remeasurement Clause.

 

  i. Charterers shall have the option of remeasuring the Vessel to a lower deadweight tonnage at any time during the term of this Charter Party and any extension thereto. Time and cost of remeasurement to a lower deadweight and subsequent remeasurement to the original summer deadweight measure under this Charter Party shall be for Charterers account but Owners agree to conduct such remeasurement expeditiously. Vessels pre-existing multiple deadweights are as follows:

............................................................

 

  ii. Charterers shall be entitled to remeasure to aforesaid multiple deadweights without cost.

 

45. Clean Hull

Charterers shall have the option, subject to Owners approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to have the Vessel’s hull cleaned and propeller polished at reasonable intervals. The cost of such hull cleaning and time used shall be for Charterers account.

 

46. Sale of Vessel

Owners shall not sell the Vessel during the period of the Charter Party without the prior written Consent of Charterers and such consent not to be unreasonably withheld , and such consent shall be in the sole discretion of Charterers. Notwithstanding this, Charterers have the right in their sole discretion to terminate the Charter Party in the event that the Vessel is sold .

 

47. Cargo Retention Clause

Charterers shall have the right to claim from Owners, at the time of occurrence, for any cargo remaining on board upon completion of discharge, provided said cargo is determined to be liquid, pumpable and reachable by Vessels fixed pumping equipment by an independent surveyor appointed by Charterers and acceptable to both Owners and Charterers and whose findings shall be final and binding. Any action pursuant to this provision shall be without prejudice to any other rights the Charterers may have under the Charter. Further any lack of action shall not be considered as a waiver nor establishing an accepted and binding practice between the parties that may prejudice the Charterers’ right to claim under this provision at a later date. For the purposes of this Clause, any accredited surveyor shall be considered acceptable to both Parties.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 43 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

48. In Transit Loss Clause

Charterers shall have the right to claim from Owners, at the time of occurrence, for any loss of cargo in transit exceeding 0.3% for voyages to the United States, or 0.5% for the rest of the world, as determined by surveyors’ figures. In this context In-Transit loss shall be defined as the difference between Vessel’s net standard volume or as the case may be the ships figure in air/vac at 15 Celsius or other parameters depending on the cargo type after loading at the load port and before unloading at the discharge port, based on ships figures adjusted for Vessel’s Experience Factor (VEF) if applicable.

Any action pursuant to this provision shall be without prejudice to any other rights the Charterers may have under the Charter. Further any lack of action shall not be considered as a waiver nor establishing an accepted and binding practice between the parties that may prejudice the Charterers’ right to claim under this provision at a later date. For the purposes of this clause, any accredited surveyor shall be considered acceptable to both Owners and Charterers.

 

49. Adherence to Voyage Instruction Clause

Owners and the Master shall comply at all times with Charterers’ Voyage Instructions and with Charterers’ Standard Instructions found in the Master’s Manual for Time Charter Ships.

 

50. Smuggling/Contraband Clause

Any delays, expenses, damages and/or fines incurred on account of smuggling and/or contraband shall be for Owners account.

 

51. Piracy

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 29 and 30; the following shall govern Owners and Charterers rights and duties in respect of actual or threatened acts of piracy or any preventive or other measures:

 

  i. Owners shall not be required to follow Charterers’ orders that the Master or Owners determine would be likely to expose the Vessel, her crew or cargo to the risk of acts of piracy.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 44 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  ii. Owners shall be entitled:

a) to take reasonable preventive measures to protect the Vessel, her crew and cargo including but not limited to proceeding in convoy, using escorts, avoiding day or night navigation, adjusting speed or course, or engaging security personnel or equipment on or about the Vessel,

b) to follow any instructions or recommendations given by the flag state, any governmental or supragovernmental organisation, and

c) to take a safe alternative route in place of the normal, direct or intended route to the next port of call, in which case Owners shall give Charterers prompt notice of the alternative route, an estimate of time and bunker consumption and a revised estimated time of arrival, such deviation subject to Charterers’ approval, which shall not to unreasonably withheld.

 

  iii. The Vessel shall remain on hire for any time lost as a result of taking the measures referred to in paragraph (ii) of this Clause and for any time spent during or as a result of an actual or threatened attack or detention by pirates up to a maximum of 60 days, after which the Vessel will be considered as off hire.

 

  iv. Charterers shall reimburse Owners for any additional insurance premium, crew bonuses and other expenses which are reasonably incurred by Owners as a consequence of piracy risks, provided that Charterers are given notice of such expenses as soon as practicable and in any event when such expenses are incurred.

 

52. Boycott Clause

In the event of the Vessel is boycotted, delayed or rendered inoperative by strikes, labour stoppages or any other difficulties arising from the Vessel’s flag, ownership, Crew or terms of employment of Crew (Crew in this context includes Master and Officers), or of the Vessel or any other vessel under the same ownership, operation or control of Owners, the time so lost shall be considered as off-hire and all expenses and costs incurred thereby including any bunker consumed during such periods shall be for Owners’ account.

 

53. Blacklisting Clause

 

  i. Owners guarantee that the Vessel and her Owners or Managers are not on any black list or boycott list hindering, delaying or preventing the Vessel’s worldwide free and unrestricted trading within the Charter Party period.

 

  ii. Should the Vessel be blacklisted by the sole reason of Owners following Charterers’ voyage orders and the Vessel is delayed due to the foregoing, Charterers shall not be entitled to put the Vessel off-hire.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 45 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

54. United States of America (U.C.) Customs and Border Regulation Clause

 

  i. It is a condition of this Charter Party that in accordance with U.S. Customs Regulations, Owners have obtained including but not limited to a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) and shall include same in the unique identifier which they shall enter in the form set out in the above Customs Regulations, on all the Bills of Lading, cargo manifest, cargo declarations and other cargo documents issued under this Charter Party allowing carriage of goods to ports in the USA.

 

  ii. Further and without prejudice to the foregoing, Owners warrant that they are aware of the requirements of the US Bureau of Customs and Border Protection Ruling issued on December 5th 2003 under Federal Register Part ii department of Homeland Security 19 cfr parts 4, 103, et al. and will comply fully with these requirements for entering US ports.

 

  iii. Owners warrant that they have at their cost and time in place the International Carrier Bond (ICB) required under US legislation.

 

  iv. Owners further warrant that they shall fully comply with the US legislations pertaining to Automated Manifest System (AMS) at their time and cost.

 

  v. Owners shall be liable for all time lost, costs and expenses incurred due to Owners’ failure to comply with the above provisions of this Clause.

 

  vi. Charterers on their part warrant that all necessary details required by CBP for clearance of the cargo, inclusive of but not limited to, shipper, consignee and notify party full name, address and phone number, telex number, telefax or e-mail, port of discharge, dock name and number, cargo volume, cargo weight, commodity description, and API, will be included on each Bill of Lading or alternatively supplied to Owners in writing a minimum of 48 hours prior to the Vessels arrival at the first designated U.S. port of discharge.

 

  vii. For voyages less than 24 hours in duration this information must be included on the Bill of Lading or advised to Owners prior to Vessel departure from the loading place or port. Charterers shall be liable for all time, costs and expenses due to Charterers’ failure to comply with the above provisions of this Clause.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 46 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

55. Stowaway Clause

 

  i. a) The Charterers warrant that they will throughout the course of the Charter Party exercise due care and diligence to prevent stowaways gaining access to the Vessel by means of concealing themselves in any of goods or cargo supplied to the Vessel by Charterers.

b) If, despite the exercise of due care and diligence by the Charterers, stowaways have gained access to the Vessel, all time lost and all expenses whatsoever and howsoever incurred, including fines, shall be for the Charterers’ account and the Vessel shall be on hire.

c) Should the Vessel be arrested as a result of stowaways gaining access to the Vessel by means of concealing themselves in any of goods or cargo supplied to the Vessel by Charterers., the Charterers shall take all reasonable steps to secure that, within a reasonable time, the Vessel is released and at their expense put up bail to secure release of the Vessel.

 

  ii. a) Owners warrant that they will throughout the course of the Charter Party exercise due care and diligence to prevent stowaways gaining access to the Vessel by means other than by concealing themselves in any of goods or cargo supplied to the Vessel by Charterers.

b) If, despite the exercise of due care and diligence by the Owners, stowaways have gained access to the Vessel, all time lost and all expenses whatsoever and howsoever incurred, including fines, shall be for the Owners’ account and the Vessel shall be off hire.

c) Should the Vessel be arrested as a result of stowaways having gained access to the Vessel by stowaways gaining access to the Vessel by means of concealing themselves in any of goods or cargo supplied to the Vessel by Charterers., the Owners shall take all reasonable steps to secure that, within a reasonable time, the Vessel is released and at their expense put up bail to secure release of the Vessel.

 

56. Tracking System Clause

Charterers shall have the right to enrol the Vessel in a Vessel GPS and/or satellite Tracking System.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 47 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

57. Continuous Readiness

Owners warrant that the Vessel whilst berthed at a sea-terminal, and any other terminal, will maintain her engines in readiness and will be loaded and discharged in such manner that at any stage of the loading or discharging operations the Vessel will remain able, if necessary for any reasons, to immediately shut down cargo operations and promptly disconnect hoses and mooring lines and proceed to an anchorage or to sea or elsewhere as directed by authorities entitled to give such order/direction.

 

58. Anti-Corruption and Facilitation Payments

 

  i. The Parties represent and warrant to comply with, and use all reasonable endeavours to procure that relevant third parties used for fulfilling the Parties’ respective obligations under the Charter Party comply with, all laws, rules, regulations, decrees or official governmental orders prohibiting bribery, corruption and money laundering applicable to any of the Parties or their ultimate parent companies.

 

  ii. A Party may terminate the Agreement, forthwith upon written notice to the other, if the other Party is in breach of the above,

 

  iii. All financial settlements, billings and reports in connection with the Charter Party shall properly reflect the facts about any activities and transactions handled for the account of the other Party. The data may be relied upon as being complete and accurate in any further recordings and reporting made by the Parties or any of their representatives, for whatever purpose.

 

59. Commission

Any commission which may be payable as a result of fixing and/or executing this Charter Party shall be for the account of Owners.

 

60. Construction

The headings of the Clauses set forth herein are for convenience and reference only, and shall not affect the interpretation of this Charter Party.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 48 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

61. Amendment/Variations to the Charter Party

No modification, waiver or discharge of any term in this Charter Party shall be valid unless it is in writing and executed by both Parties.

 

62. Execution of the Charter Party

The parties hereto have caused this Charter Party to be executed in duplicate (both having equal value) on the day and year herein first above written.

 

63. Subletting, Assignment, Novation and Third Party Rights

Charterers may freely sublet the Vessel under this Charter Party to any company within the Statoil Group of companies and to any third party outside of the Statoil group but shall always remain responsible to Owners for the due fulfilment of this Charter Party. Charterers shall also have the right to assign or novate this Charter Party to any company within the Statoil Group of companies, and Owners agree to cooperate to validate any novation.

No term of the Charter Party shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person, company or other legal entity which is not a party to the Charter Party (‘a Third Party’) against one of the parties to the Charter Party. The Parties may revoke or vary the Charter Party, in whole or in part, without the consent of any Third Party

 

64. Laws and Arbitration

 

  i. This Charter Party shall be construed and the relations between the parties determined in accordance with the laws of England.

 

  ii. All disputes arising out of this Charter Party shall be referred to Arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 (or any re-enactment or modification thereof for the time being in force) subject to the following appointment procedure:

a) The parties shall jointly seek to agree to the appointment of a sole arbitrator not later 28 days after service of request in writing by either party to do so.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 49 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

b) If the parties are unable or unwilling to agree to the appointment of a sole arbitrator in accordance with (ii) above then each party shall appoint one arbitrator not later than 14 days after receipt of a further request in writing by either party to do so. The two arbitrators so appointed shall then appoint a third arbitrator before any substantive hearing, or forthwith if they cannot agree on a matter relating to the arbitration.

c) If a party fails to appoint an arbitrator within the time specified in b), the party who has duly appointed his arbitrator shall give notice in writing to the Party in Default that he proposes to appoint his arbitrator to act as sole arbitrator.

d) If the Party in Default does not within 7 days of the notice given pursuant to (b) and (c) make the required appointment and notify the other party that he has done so the other party may appoint his arbitrator as sole arbitrator whose award shall be binding on both parties as if he had been so appointed by agreement.

e) Any Award of the arbitrators(s) shall be final and binding and not subject to appeal save issue of law arises.

f) For the purposes of this Clause any requests or notices in writing shall be sent by fax, e-mail or telex and shall be deemed received on the day of transmission.

 

  iii. It shall be a condition precedent to the right of any party to stay of any legal proceedings in which maritime property has been, or may be, arrested in connection with a dispute under this Charter Party, that that party furnishes to the other party security to which that other party would have been entitled in such legal proceedings in the absence of a stay.

 

  iv. Notwithstanding the foregoing any dispute arising from or in connection with this Charter Party that does not exceed USD 50,000 shall be referred to arbitration under the Small Claims Procedure of LMAA. However, in the event of counterclaim by the other party the counter-claimant can also claim a maximum of USD 50,000 under the same dispute. For the avoidance of doubt the total claim from both sides shall not exceed USD 100,000 and a maximum of USD 50,000 for each party.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 50 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

65. Notices

All notices, correspondences and documentation related to this Charter Party shall be sent to the Charterers’ brokers or to the address as from time to time may be advised by Charterers. Charterers address is currently:

 

   For Crude and Condensate   
  

Statoil ASA

Oil Trading and Supply

OTS SHIP (E2)

Forusbeen 50

N-4035 Stavanger

 

Tel: -

Email: crudeship © statoil.com

  

 

66. Confidentiality

The Terms and Conditions of this Charter Party and any arbitration award thereof, if any, to remain Private and Confidential.

 

67. Statoil Shuttletanker Clause

 

  i. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this charter party Owners warrant that they will at all times maintain compliance with the requirements as contained in the documents “Minimum technical and operational requirements for shuttle tankers” and “Competence requirement for Shuttle tanker personnel” as attached hereto and any subsequent amendments thereof. Any failure to comply with this provision shall be considered to be a failure under Clause 3 “Duty to Maintain” hereof and the provisions of that clause shall apply.

 

  ii. With respect to Para 2 of the “Minimum technical and operational requirements for shuttle tankers” nothing contained in this paragraph shall override the terms of this charter party in respect of Clause 3 Duty to Maintain or Clause 38 Eligibility and Compliance. With reference to Clause 3 para (v) of this Charter Party “specific oil companies” shall be deemed to be Exxon, Shell, BP Chevron, Conoco Phillips and Total.

 

  iii. Should a conflict exist between the requirements in specific documents listed in sub-clause i. above; other than as specified in sub-clause ii. above; and the terms of this Charter Party, then the requirements of the specific documents shall apply and take precedence.

 

  iv. With respect to paragraph i) above, it is agreed that upon delivery the vessel will comply with the requirements included in the “Minimum technical and operational standards for shuttle tankers” as issued by Charterers in 2006. Vessels building specification includes additional equipment which is required by Charterers under the revision of the “Minimum technical and

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 51 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

  operational standards for shuttle tankers” issued in 2010. Owners and Charterers will undertake a joint analysis of vessels as built specification to ascertain what further upgrades to vessels specification are required to obtain compliance with Charterers revised standards issued in 2010. Thereafter Owners and Charterers shall mutually agree any additional upgrades to the vessels existing building specification and Owners shall use best endavours to have any upgrades to vessels specification completed prior to the vessels delivery from builders. However if such upgrading will result in a delay to vessels delivery schedule, Owners shall so notify Charterers and Charterers shall advise Owners whether to undertake or defer such work. Any upgrades mutually agreed between Owners and Charterers under this provision shall be for Charterers account.

 

  v. In addition to any mutually agreed upgrades to Vessels specification as provided for in para iv) above, Charterers shall have the option to request Owners to undertake alterations to the Vessel in order to comply with the requirements for operations at the Goliat field. Charterers will endeavour to ensure that the details of any such alterations required for such service will be provided to Owners prior to Vessels departure from the building yard in order to facilitate such alterations. The costs of any such alterations shall be for Charterers account .

 

68. This Charter Party contract remains subject to Charterers Inspection and approval of the Vessel prior entry in to service. Such approval by Charterers shall be based on inspections carried out during construction at the shipyard and subsequently after delivery from builders and upon arrival at port of delivery under the terms of this charter, or as otherwise agreed between Owners and Charterers. Formal acceptance of the Vessel shall be documented as addendum to the charter.

 

69. Exhibits & Attachments

The following attachments are deemed to be part of the Charter Party:

Attachment 1 — OCIMF HVPQ (Harmonised Vessels’ Particulars Questionnaire)

Attachment 2 — Reporting of HSE data to Statoil from Shipping Service providers

Attachment 3 — Financial Responsibility in Respect of Oil and Bunker Pollution

Attachment 4 — Exxon Blanket Declaration Drug & Alcohol Policy

Attachment 5 — International Navigating Conditions (01/11/03)

Attachment 6 — WR2407 Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers 2006

Attachment 7 — WR2394 Competence Requirements for Shuttle Tanker Personnel 2006

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 52 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

 

  For and on Behalf of Owners  
  /s/  TRYGVE SEGLEM  
  Name:  

Trygve Seglem

 
  Title:  

Man. Director

 
  Date:  

Oct 7 th 2010

 
  For and on Behalf of Charterers  
  /s/ MARIT LUNDE  
  Name:  

Marit Lunde

 
  Title:  

Vice President

 
  Date:  

Oct 7 th 2010

 
 
       
Witnessed by—      

Witnessed by—

 
/s/ JOHN EINAR DALSVÅG      

/s/ BENT BELASKA

 

 

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 53 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES

To be placed above the signature page for particular trade:

FOR GAS LIQUIDS TRADES:

LPG Coolant

(a) Owners shall provide the Vessel with LPG coolant for the maiden voyage under this charter at their expense.

(b) Owners guarantee that the Vessel will maintain on board sufficient LPG coolant for any pre-cooling necessary for each subsequent voyage under this charter.

(c) Prior to any dry docking in accordance with clause ………. hereof, Charterers shall take over and reimburse Owners at the documented FOB price the total quantity of coolant on board at the last discharge port prior to docking leaving only vapour or minimum liquid heel on on board.

(d) Owners shall bear the loss by gas freeing of LPG coolant remaining on board prior to dry-docking.

(e) Prior to or on arrival at the first load port after dry docking, Owners shall arrange to supply LPG coolant for gassing up and cooling down to masters requirements. Should Owners be unable to arrange such supply Charterers will arrange such supply on arrival at first lead port after dry docking, or prior arrival should same be possible, and Owners shall reimburse Charterers at their documented FOB price.

(f) The Vessel shall be off hire from the time she arrives at first load port after dry-docking until such time as LPG coolant has been received and cooling down completed. In the event that Owners lead LPG coolant at the port of dry-docking or at a port enroute to the first lead port after dry-docking and gassing up and cooling down are carried out during the course of the Vessels passage to the first load port after dry-docking, then the time consumed on passage for gassing up and cooling down shall count as time on hire.

(g) LPG coolant supplied under this clause is and shall remain Owners property. In the event that as a result of Charterers instructions such LPG coolant is lost, for example due to loading alternative cargo then Charterers shall be required to supply replacement coolant at their expense and all time used in subsequent gassing and cooling down shall be for Charterers account.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 54 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

(h) The Vessel shall be redelivered to Owners with the same quantity of LPG coolant remaining on board as on delivery or after dry-docking.

FOR TRADES INVOLVING LOADING AT OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS WITHIN THE NORTH SEA (OFF TAKE TANKERS OR SHUTTLE TANKER OPERATION)

 

  i. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this charter party Owners warrant that they will at all times maintain compliance with the requirements as contained in the documents “Minimum technical and operational requirements for shuttle tankers” and “Competence requirements for Shuttle tanker personnel” as attached hereto and any subsequent amendments thereof. Any failure to comply with this provision shall be considered to be a failure under clause 3 “Duty to Maintain” hereof and the provisions of that clause shall apply.

 

  ii. With respect to Para 2 of the “Minimum technical and operational requirements for shuttle tankers” nothing contained in this paragraph shall override the terms of this charter party in respect of Clause 3 Duty to Maintain or Clause 38 Eligibility and Compliance. With reference to Clause 3 para (v) of this Charter Party “specific oil companies” shall be deemed to be Exxon, Shell, BP Chevron, Conoco Phillips and Total.

 

  iii. Should a conflict exist between the requirements in specific documents listed in sub-clause i. above; other than as specified in sub-clause ii. above; and the terms of this Charter party, then the requirements of the specific documents shall apply and take precedence.

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 55 of 62


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Attachment 1—OCIMF HVPQ (Harmonised Vessels’ Particulars Questionnaire)

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 56 of 62


OCIMF Vessel Particulars Questionnaire HVPQ4

 

1

   Chapter 1   

1

   GENERAL INFORMATION   

1.1

   Date this HVPQ document completed    Oct 03, 2012

1.2

   Name of ship    Bodil Knutsen

1.3

   LR/IMO Number    9472529

1.4

   Last previous name   

1.4.1

   Last previous name - date of name change   

1.5

   Second last previous name   

1.5.1

   Second last previous name - date of name change   

1.6

   Third last previous name   

1.6.1

   Third last previous name - date of name change   

1.7

   Fourth last previous name   

1.7.1

   Fourth last previous name - date of name change   

1.8

   Flag    Isle of Man

1.9

   Port of Registry    Douglas

1.10

   If the flag has been changed, what was previous flag?    Norway

1.11

   Call sign    2EPZ5

1.12

   Vessel’s telephone (INMARSAT) number    +870 7650 85560

1.13

   Vessel’s fax number    +870 7650 85562

1.14

   Vessel’s telex number    580 4257 99810

1.15

   Mobile Phone Number    +4791660201

1.16

   Vessel’s Email address    bodil.knutsen@knutsenoas.com

1.17

   Type of ship    Oil Tanker

1.18

   Vessel’s MMSI No. (Maritime Mobile Selective Call Identity Code)    235087214

1.19

   Type of Hull    Double hull

2

   OWNERSHIP AND OPERATION   

1.20

   Registered Owner    Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS

1.20.1

   Registered Owner - Full address    Smedasundet 40, 5529
Haugesund, Norway

1.20.2

   Registered Owner - Office telephone number    +4752704000

1.20.3

   Registered Owner - Office telex number    Smedasundet 40, 5529
Haugesund, Norway

1.20.4

   Registered Owner - Office fax number    +4752704040

1.20.5

   Registered Owner - Office Email address    vetting@knutsenoas.com

1.20.6

   Registered Owner - Contact person    John Terje Karlsen

1.20.7

   Registered Owner - Contact person after hours telephone number    +4741660000

1.21

   Number of years this vessel has been owned by Registered Owner    1 Years

1.22

   Name of Technical Operator    KNOT Management AS

1.22.1

   Technical Operator - Full Address    Smedasundet 40, 5529
Haugesund, Norway

1.22.2

   Technical Operator - Office telephone number    +4752704000

1.22.3

   Technical Operator - Office telex number    Smedasundet 40, 5529
Haugesund, Norway

1.22.4

   Technical Operator - Office fax number    +4752704040

1.22.5

   Technical Operator - Office Email address    vetting@knutsenoas.com

1.22.6

   Technical Operator - Contact person (Designated Person Ashore)    Geir Hagen

1.22.7

   Technical Operator - Contact person after hours telephone number    +4741660000

1.22.8

   Technical Operator - Emergency callout number    +4741660000

1.22.9

   Technical Operator - Emergency callout pager number   

1.22.10

   Technical Operator - Contact details for person responsible for oil spill response   

1.23

   Number of years this vessel has been controlled by technical operator    1 Years

1.24

   Total number of vessels operated by this Technical Operator    42

1.25

   Name of Commercial Operator    Statoil Crude Shuttle

1.25.1

   Commercial Operator - Full Address    MPR CLP MHS OPS, ST-FO E-2
      Forusbeen 50 N-4035 Stavanger
      Norway

1.25.2

   Commercial Operator - Office telephone number    Else Karin Lund +47 51 99 39 76/

 

1


      +47 901 41 082 Jarle Fuglestad
      +47 51 99 59 58/ +47 975 47 296
Linda Kristoffersen Aase +47 51 99
68 76/ +47 952 50 950 Jorunn
Stavland +47 51 99 44 24/ +47 952
50 757

1.25.3

   Commercial Operator - Office telex number   

1.25.4

   Commercial Operator - Office fax number   

1.25.5

   Commercial Operator - Office Email address    crudeshuttle@statoil.com

1.25.6

   Commercial Operator - Contact person    Duty personell

1.25.7

   Commercial Operator - Contact person after hours telephone number    47 47 68 67 05

3

   BUILDER   

1.26

   Builder    DSME Daewoo Shipbuilding &
      Marine Engineering Co. Ltd

1.27

   Date of building contract    Sep 12, 2007

1.28

   Hull number    5316

1.29

   Date keel laid    Aug 17, 2010

1.30

   Date launched    Oct 09, 2010

1.31

   Date delivered (Date of Built)    Feb 28, 2011

1.32

   If applicable, date of completion of major hull changes   

1.33

   List what changes were made with major hull change   

4

   CLASSIFICATION   

1.34

   Classification society    DNV Det Norske Veritas

1.35

   Class Notation    +1A1, Tanker for Oil ESP, CSR,
PLUS-2, E0, DYNPOS-AUTR,
DAT(-30), ICE-1A, VCS-2, SPM.
TMON.
      BIS. OPP-F, BOW LOADING,
HELDK-SH, NAUT-AW, CLEAN-
      DESIGN, COMF-V(3) C(2), F-
AMC, ESV-P (HIL)

1.36

   If Classification society changed, name of previous society    N/A

1.37

   If Classification society changed, date of change   

1.38

   Date of last dry-dock   

1.39

   Date of second last dry-dock   

1.40

   Date next dry-dock due    Feb 28, 2016

1.41

   Date of last special survey    Feb 28, 2011

1.42

   Was last special survey an enhanced special survey?   

1.43

   Date next special survey due    Feb 28, 2016

1.44

   If vessel has Condition Assessment Programme (CAP) rating, what is the latest rating?   

1.45

   Certificate of Class (COC) (Last Annual)    Jan 16, 2012

1.46

   Date of last boiler survey - Port boiler    Feb 28, 2011

1.47

   Date of last boiler survey - Starboard boiler    Feb 28, 2011

1.48

   Is the vessel subject to Continuous Machinery Survey?    Yes

5

   DIMENSIONS   

1.49

   Length overall (LOA)    284.95 Metres

1.50

   Length between perpendiculars (LBP)    270.0 Metres

1.51

   Beam (extreme breadth)    50.0 Metres

1.52

   Moulded breadth    50.0 Metres

1.53

   Moulded depth    23.0 Metres

1.54

   Keel to masthead (KTM)    54.3 Metres

1.55

   Distance bow to bridge    241.7 Metres

1.56

   Distance bridge front - mid point manifold    100.5 Metres

1.57

   PARALLEL MID-BODY DIAGRAM   

1.57.1

   Distance bow to mid-point manifold (BCM)    141.2 Metres

1.57.2

   Distance stern to mid-point manifold (SCM)    143.4 Metres

1.57.3

   Parallel body (light ship)    153.5 Metres

1.57.4

   Parallel body, forward to mid-point manifold (light ship)    56.0 Metres

1.57.5

   Parallel body, aft to mid-point manifold (light ship)    34.0 Metres

 

2


1.57.6

   Parallel body (normal ballast)    127 Metres

1.57.7

   Parallel body, forward to mid-point manifold (normal ballast)    74.0 Metres

1.57.8

   Parallel body, aft to mid-point manifold (normal ballast)    53 Metres

1.57.9

   Parallel body at loaded summer deadweight (SDWT)    146 Metres

1.57.10

   Parallel body, forward to mid-point manifold at loaded (SDWT)    74 Metres

1.57.11

   Parallel body, aft to mid-point manifold at loaded (SDWT)    72 Metres

1.58

   Does the vessel have a bulbous bow?    Yes

6

   TONNAGES   

1.59

   Net Registered Tonnage (NRT)    50197

1.60

   Gross Tonnage (GT)    93147

1.61

   Suez Tonnage    85341.12

1.61.1

   Suez Canal Gross Tonnage (SCGT)    95043.14

1.61.2

   Suez Canal Net Tonnage (SCNT)    85529.02

1.62

   Panama Canal Net Tonnage (PCNT)   

7

   LOADLINE INFORMATION   

1.63.1

   Summer Freeboard    7.117 Metres

1.63.2

   Summer Draft    15.923 Metres

1.63.3

   Summer Deadweight (SDWT)    149999 Metric Tonnes

1.63.4

   Summer Displacement    180299 Metric Tonnes    

1.64.1

   Winter Freeboard    7.117 Metres

1.64.2

   Winter Draft    15.92 Metres

1.64.3

   Winter Deadweight    149999 Metric Tonnes

1.64.4

   Winter Displacement    180299 Metric Tonnes

1.65.1

   Tropical Freeboard    7.117 Metres

1.65.2

   Tropical Draft    15.92 Metres

1.65.3

   Tropical Deadweight    Metric Tonnes

1.65.4

   Tropical Displacement    180299 Metric Tonnes

1.66.1

   Lightship Freeboard    18.777 Metres

1.66.2

   Lightship Draft    3.27 Metres

1.66.3

   Lightship Deadweight    0 Metric Tonnes

1.66.4

   Lightship Displacement (Lightweight)    30300.0 Metric Tonnes

1.67.1

   Normal Ballast Condition Freeboard    15.155 Metres

1.67.2

   Normal Ballast Condition Draft    7.845 Metres

1.67.3

   Normal Ballast Condition Deadweight    51798.0 Metric Tonnes

1.67.4

   Normal Ballast Condition Displacement    82098.0 Metric Tonnes

1.68.1

   Segregated Ballast Condition Freeboard    14.95 Metres

1.68.2

   Segregated Ballast Condition Draft    8.05 Metres

1.68.3

   Segregated Ballast Condition Deadweight    53817.9 Metric Tonnes

1.68.4

   Segregated Ballast Condition Displacement    84117.9 Metric Tonnes

1.69

   FWA at Summer Draft (Freeboard)    358 Millimetres

1.70

   TPC Immersion at Summer Draft (Freeboard)    126.2 Metric Tonnes

1.71.1

   Draught Fore at normal ballast conditions (Freeboard)    6.712 Metres

1.71.2

   Draught Aft at normal ballast conditions (Draft)    8.978 Metres

1.72

   Does the vessel have Multiple SDWT?    Yes

1.73

   If the vessel has multiple SDWT, what is maximum assigned Deadweight?    157644 Metric Tonnes

1.74

   What is the max. height of mast above waterline (air draft) in normal SBT condition?    45.322 Metres

8

   RECENT OPERATIONAL HISTORY   

1.75

   Has the vessel traded continuously without requirement for unscheduled repairs since the last dry-dock, except for normal maintenance?    Yes

1.76

   If unscheduled repairs have been carried out, what was the nature of the repairs?   

1.77

   Has the vessel been involved in a pollution incident during the past 12 months?    No

1.78

   Has the vessel been involved in a grounding incident during the past 12 months?    No

1.79

   Has the vessel been involved in a collision during the past 12 months?    No

2

   Chapter 2   

1

   CERTIFICATES   

 

3


2.1

   Register Number    742853

2.2.1

   Safety Equipment Certificate (SEC) (Issued)    Jul 09, 2012

2.2.2

   Safety Equipment Certificate (SEC) (Expires)    Feb 28, 2016

2.2.3

   Safety Equipment Certificate (SEC) (Last Annual)    Jan 16, 2012

2.3.1

   Safety Radio Certificate (SRC) (Issued)    Jul 27, 2011

2.3.2

   Safety Radio Certificate (SRC) (Expires)    Feb 28, 2016

2.3.3

   Safety Radio Certificate (SRC) (Last Annual)    Jan 13, 2012

2.4.1

   Safety Construction Certificate (SCC) (Issued)    Aug 31, 2012

2.4.2

   Safety Construction Certificate (SCC) (Expires)    Feb 28, 2016

2.4.3

   Safety Construction Certificate (SCC) (Last Annual)    Jan 16, 2012

2.5.1

   International Loadline Certificate (ILC) (Issued)    Nov 01, 2011

2.5.2

   International Loadline Certificate (ILC) (Expires)    Feb 28, 2016

2.5.3

   International Loadline Certificate (ILC) (Last Annual)    Jan 13, 2012

2.6.1

   International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC) (Issued)    Jul 16, 2012

2.6.2

   International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC) (Expires)    Feb 28, 2016

2.6.3

   International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC) (Last Annual)    Jan 13, 2012

2.7

   Type of Oil Tanker as specified by IOPPC Crude/Product (If not an oil tanker, specify)    Crude Oil Tanker    

2.8.1

   ISM Safety Management Certificate (SMC) (Issued)    Jun 22, 2012

2.8.2

   ISM Safety Management Certificate (SMC) (Expires)    Oct 06, 2016

2.8.3

   ISM Safety Management Certificate (SMC) (Last Intermediate)   

2.9.1

   Document of Compliance (DOC) (Issued)    Jun 22, 2012

2.9.2

   Document of Compliance (DOC) (Expires)    Dec 13, 2014

2.9.3

   Document of Compliance (DOC) (Endorsed)   

2.10.1

   USCG Letter of Compliance (if applicable) (Issued)   

2.10.2

   USCG Letter of Compliance (if applicable) (Expires)   

2.10.3

   USCG Letter of Compliance (if applicable) (Last Annual)   

2.11.1

   USCG Certificate of Compliance (COC/TVEL) (Issued)   

2.11.2

   USCG Certificate of Compliance (COC/TVEL) (Expires)   

2.12

   Minimum Safe Manning Certificate (MSM) (Issued)    Oct 06, 2016

2.13

   Civil Liability Convention (CLC) 1969 Certificate (Issued)   

2.14

   Civil Liability Convention (CLC) 1992 Certificate (Issued)    Feb 20, 2013

2.15

   U.S. Certificate of Financial Responsibility (COFR) (Issued)   

2.16

   Certificate of Fitness (COF) Chemicals (issued)   

2.17

   Certificate of Fitness (COF) Gas (issued)   

2.18

   Noxious Liquids Substance Certificate (NLS) (Issued)   

2.19

   Unattended Machinery Space Certificate (UMS) (Issued)    Feb 28, 2011

2.20

   International Tonnage Certificate (ITC) (Issued)    Jul 05, 2011

2

   DOCUMENTS   

2.21

   IMO Safety of Life at Sea Convention (SOLAS 74)    Yes

2.22

   IMO International Code of Signals (SOLAS V-Reg 21)    Yes

2.23

   IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL 73/78) Yes   

2.24

   IMO Ships Routeing    Yes

2.25

   IMO International Regulations For Preventing Collisions at Sea (COLREGS)    Yes

2.26

   IMO Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW Convention)    Yes

2.27

   ICS Guide to Helicopter/Ship Operations    Yes

2.28

   OCIMF/ICS/IAPH International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals (ISGOTT)    Yes

2.29

   OCIMF/ICS Clean Seas Guide for Oil Tankers    Yes

2.30

   OCIMF/ICS Prevention of Oil Spillages Through Cargo Pumproom Sea Valves    Yes

2.31

   OCIMF/ICS Ship to Ship Transfer Guide (Petroleum)    Yes

2.32

   OCIMF Recommendations for Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment    Yes

2.33

   OCIMF Mooring Equipment Guidelines    Yes

2.34

   OCIMF Effective Mooring    Yes

2.35

   USCG Regulations for Tankers (USCG 33 CFR/46 CFR)   

 

4


2.36

   Oil Transfer Procedures (USCG 33 CFR 155-156)   

2.37

   Operator’s ISM Manuals    Yes

2.38

   Is the publication IMO-Inert Gas Systems, or Ship Technical Operator’s equivalent manual on board?    Yes

2.39

   Is the publication IMO-Cow Systems, or Ship Technical Operator’s equivalent manual on board?    Yes

2.40

   ICS Bridge Procedures Guide    Yes

2.41

   IAMSAR Vol.3   

2.42

   Nautical Institute Bridge Team Management    Yes

2.43

   International Medical Guide for Ships(or equivalent)    Yes

2.44

   International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC) (Is vessel fully compliant)    Yes

3

   FOR CHEMICAL TANKERS ONLY   

2.45

   IMO Code for Construction & Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk   
   (IBC Code)   

2.46

   IMO Index of Dangerous Chemicals Carried in Bulk   

2.47

   ICS Tanker Safety Guide (Chemicals)   

2.48

   IMO Code for Construction & Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk   
   (BCH Code)   

2.49

   Chemical Data Guide (USCG 1990 CIM 16616.6A)   

2.50

   Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents involving Dangerous goods (MFAG)   

2.51

   Procedures and Arrangements (P&A) Manual   

4

   FOR GAS CARRIERS ONLY   

2.52

   IMO Code for Construction & Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (IGC   
   Code)   

2.53

   ICS Tanker Safety Guide (Liquefied Gas)   

2.54

   SIGTTO Liquefied Gas Handling Principles on Ships and in Terminals   

2.55

   SIGTTO Guide to Pressure Relief Valve Maintenance and Testing   

2.56

   ICS Ship to Ship Transfer Guide (Liquefied Gases)   

2.57

   IMO International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied   
   Gases in Bulk (IGC Code)   

2.58

   IMO Code for Existing Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (EGC Code)   

3

   Chapter 3   

1

   CREW MANAGEMENT   

3.1

   Minimum manning required (officers)    8

3.1.1

   Actual manning (officers)    10

3.1.2

   List Nationality of Officers    Norwegian and Fillippino.

3.1.3

   Master-Employed by (Vessel Operator)    Yes

3.1.4

   Officers employed by (Vessel Operator)    Yes

3.1.5

   Ratings employed by (Vessel Operator)   

3.1.6

   Common language used (Vessel Operator)    English

3.1.7

   Manning agent #1 (Officers) - Full name    Knutsen OAS Shipping AS

3.1.7.1

   Manning agent #1 (Officers) - Full address    for Euopean officers: KNOT
      Management AS, Smedasundet 40,
5529 Haugesund, Norway. (for
      Phillipine officers same details as for
ratings)

3.1.7.2

   Manning agent #1 (Officers) - Office telephone number    +4752704000

3.1.7.3

   Manning agent #1 (Officers) - Office telex number    42204 knut n

3.1.7.4

   Manning agent #1 (Officers) - Office fax number    +4752704040

3.1.7.5

   Manning agent #1 (Officers) - Office Email address    vetting@knutsenoas.com

3.1.8

   Are manning agent(s) wholly or partially owned by Operator?    Yes

3.1.9

   If No, does Operator have selection rights?   

3.1.10

   Does vessel’s Operator maintain personnel files on officers assigned to his vessels?    Yes

 

5


3.1.11

   Do officers regularly return to Operator’s vessels?    Yes

3.2

   Minimum manning required (ratings)    6

3.2.1

   Actual manning (ratings)    17

3.2.2

   List Nationality of Ratings    Fillipino, Norwegian and Polish.

3.2.3

   Master-Employed by (Manning Agent)    No

3.2.4

   Officers employed by (Manning Agent)    No

3.2.5

   Ratings employed by (Manning Agent)    Yes

3.2.6

   Common language used (Manning Agent)    English

3.2.7

   Manning agent #1 (Ratings) - Full name    Knutsen Philippines, Inc.

3.2.7.1

   Manning agent #1 (Ratings) - Full address    2nd & 3rd. Floor, The Gregorian
      Bilding, 2178 Taft Avenue, Malate,
Manila, Philipines, 1004

3.2.7.2

   Manning agent #1 (Ratings) - Office telephone number    Tel No: (+63-2) 527-8556

3.2.7.3

   Manning agent #1 (Ratings) - Office telex number   

3.2.7.4

   Manning agent #1 (Ratings) - Office fax number    Fax No:(+63-2) 526-6801

3.2.7.5

   Manning agent #1 (Ratings) - Office Email address    b.arcilla@ph.knutsenoas.com

3.2.8

   Does vessel’s Operator maintain personnel files on ratings assigned to his vessels?    Yes

3.2.9

   Do ratings regularly return to Operator’s vessels?    Yes

2

   CONTINUITY   

3.3

   Do senior officers return to the same vessel on a rotational basis?    Yes

3.4

   Are senior officers rotated on vessels of similar class within company fleet?   

3.5

   Are junior officers and ratings rotated on vessels of similar class within company fleet?    Yes

3.6

   If senior officers do not return to same vessel on a rotational basis, are changes of Master, Chief Officer and Second Engineer organised to avoid a full change of officers at same time?   

3

   TRAINING   

3.7

   List Operator sponsored training courses available to officers (Bridge Management etc.)    Offshore loading pase 1, 2 and 3, DP
basic and Advanced, MCRM (BRM),
ECDIS, Seagull CBT, Heliguard.

3.8

   List Operator sponsored training courses available to ratings (Fire Fighting etc.)    Seagull CBT

3.9

   Are Masters and Chief Engineers required to attend company office before and after each tour of duty?    No

3.10

   Does operator hold regular training seminars ashore for officers?    Yes

3.11

   Are training seminars provided on board for officers and ratings?    No

3.12

   What courses, exceeding statutory requirements, are provided for senior officers?    Framo, MAN, BLS, TMv2 (PMS
system), Risk Assesment, Root Cause
analysis etc.

3.13

   What courses, exceeding statutory requirements, are provided for junior officers?   

3.14

   What courses, exceeding statutory requirements, are provided for ratings?   

4

   Chapter 4   

1

   NAVIGATION   

4.1.1

   Magnetic compass    Yes

4.1.2

   Magnetic compass (Type)    Sperry Marine

4.1.3

   Magnetic compass (Number of Units)    1

4.2.1

   Gyro compass    Yes

4.2.2

   Gyro compass (Type)    Navigat X MK1

4.2.3

   Gyro compass (Number of Units)    3

4.3.1

   Gyro Autopilot    Yes

4.3.2

   Gyro Autopilot (Type)    Kongsberg

4.3.3

   Gyro Autopilot (Number of Units)    1

4.4.1.1

   Radar 1    Yes

4.4.1.2

   Radar (Type)    X-band, Kongsberg K-Bridge

0470/10

     

4.4.1.3

   Radar 1 (Number of Units)    1

4.4.2.1

   Radar 2    Yes

 

6


4.4.2.2

   Radar (Type)    S-band, Kongsberg K-Bridge

0470/10

     

4.4.2.3

   Radar 2 (Number of Units)    1

4.4.3

   Are radars gyro stabilised?    Yes

4.5

   Is there at least one radar operating in the 9 Ghz frequency band (3cm/x band)?    Yes

4.6

   Are the 3 GHz (10cm/S band) and 9Ghz (3cm / X band) radars fitted with an electronic switching unit?    Yes

4.7.1

   Radar plotting equipment   

4.7.2

   Radar plotting equipment (Type)   

4.7.3

   Radar plotting equipment (Number of Units)    2

4.8.1

   Are the Radars fitted with ARPA?    Yes

4.8.2

   Type of ARPA    K-Bridge 0470/10

4.8.3

   Number of ARPA Units installed    2

4.9.1

   Depth sounder with recorder    Yes

4.9.2

   Depth sounder with recorder (Type)    Skipper GDS101

4.9.3

   Depth sounder with recorder (Number of Units)    1

4.10.1

   Speed/distance indicator    Yes

4.10.2

   Speed/distance indicator (Type)    Skipper IR300 Speed

4.10.3

   Speed/distance indicator (Number of Units)    1

4.11.1

   Doppler log    Yes

4.11.2

   Doppler log (Type)    Skipper DL850

4.11.3

   Doppler log (Number of Units)    1

4.12.1

   Docking approach doppler    Yes

4.12.2

   Docking approach doppler (Type)    Skipper IR300 Speed

4.12.3

   Docking approach doppler (Number of Units)    4

4.13.1

   Rudder angle indicator    Yes

4.13.2

   Rudder angle indicator (Type)    Daeyang Instrument 3C-300R

4.13.3

   Rudder angle indicator (Number of Units)    4

4.14.1

   RPM indicator    Yes

4.14.2

   RPM indicator (Type)    Kongsberg

4.14.3

   RPM indicator (Number of Units)    3

4.15.1

   Controllable pitch propeller indicator    Yes

4.15.2

   Controllable pitch propeller indicator (Type)    Kongsberg

4.15.3

   Controllable pitch propeller indicator (Number of Units)    4

4.16.1

   Bow thruster indicator    Yes

4.16.2

   Bow thruster indicator (Type)    Brunvoll

4.16.3

   Bow thruster indicator (Number of Units)    3

4.17.1

   Stern Thrust indicator    Yes

4.17.2

   Stern Thrust indicator (Type)    Brunvoll

4.17.3

   Stern Thrust indicator (Number of Units)    2

4.18.1

   Rate of turn indicator    Yes

4.18.2

   Rate of turn indicator (Type)    Sperry Marine

4.18.3

   Rate of turn indicator (Number of Units)    3

4.19.1

   Radio direction finder   

4.19.2

   Radio direction finder (Type)   

4.19.3

   Radio direction finder (Number of Units)   

4.20.1

   Navtex receiver    Yes

4.20.2

   Navtex receiver (Type)    Sirius-3 Navtex

4.20.3

   Navtex receiver (Number of Units)    1

4.21.1

   Satellite navigation receiver    No

4.21.2

   Satellite navigation receiver (Type)   

4.21.3

   Satellite navigation receiver (Number of Units)   

4.22.1

   Is the vessel fitted with GPS?    No

4.22.2

   Type of GPS installed?   

4.22.3

   Number of GPS units installed?   

4.23.1

   Is the vessel fitted with Differential GPS?    Yes

4.23.2

   Type of Differential GPS installed?    Simrad MX512

4.23.3

   Number of Differential GPS units installed?    2

4.24.1

   Is there an Electronic Chart Display?    Yes

 

7


4.24.2

   Is there an Electronic Chart Display? (Type)    Kongsberg, K-bridge

4.24.3

   Is there an Electronic Chart Display? (Number of Units)    2

4.25

   Is the Electronic Chart Display incorporated into an approved ECDIS?    No

4.26.1

   Integrated Navigation System (INS)    Yes

4.26.2

   Integrated Navigation System (INS) (Type)    Kongsberg K-Bridge

4.26.3

   Integrated Navigation System (INS) (Number of Units)    5

4.27.1

   Decca navigator   

4.27.2

   Decca navigator (Type)   

4.27.3

   Decca navigator (Number of Units)   

4.28.1

   Omega receiver    No

4.28.2

   Omega receiver (Type)   

4.28.3

   Omega receiver (Number of Units)   

4.29.1

   Loran C receiver   

4.29.2

   Loran C receiver (Type)   

4.29.3

   Loran C receiver (Number of Units)   

4.30.1

   Course recorder    Yes

4.30.2

   Course recorder (Type)    Kongsberg

4.30.3

   Course recorder (Number of Units)    1

4.31.1.1

   Off - course alarm - gyro    Yes

4.31.1.2

   Off - course alarm - gyro (Type)    K-Bridge

4.31.1.3

   Off - course alarm - gyro (Number of Units)    1

4.31.2.1

   Off - course alarm - magnetic    Yes

4.31.2.2

   Off - course alarm - magnetic (Type)    K-Bridge

4.31.2.3

   Off - course alarm - magnetic (Number of Units)    1

4.32.1

   Engine order printer    Yes

4.32.2

   Engine order printer (Type)    Kongsberg OPU AC-C20

4.32.3

   Engine order printer (Number of Units)    1

4.33.1

   Anemometer    Yes

4.33.2

   Anemometer (Type)    Deif

4.33.3

   Anemometer (Number of Units)    2

4.34.1

   Weather fax    Yes

4.34.2

   Weather fax (Type)    JRC JAX-9B

4.34.3

   Weather fax (Number of Units)    1

4.35

   Does the vessel carry sextant(s)?    Yes

4.36

   Does the vessel carry a signal lamp?    Yes

4.37

   Is each bridge wing fitted with a rudder angle indicator?    Yes

4.38.1

   Is each bridge wing fitted with a RPM indicator?    Yes

4.38.2

   Is each bridge wing fitted with a gyro repeater?    Yes

4.39

   If the vessel is fitted with a controllable pitch propeller, are indicators fitted on the bridge wings?    Yes

4.40

   Are steering motor controls and engine controls fitted on bridge wings?    Yes

4.41

   Is bridge equipped with a ‘Dead-Man’ alarm or equipment?    Yes

5

   Chapter 5   

1

   SAFETY MANAGEMENT   

5.1

   Is the vessel operated under a Quality Management System?    Yes

5.1.1

   If Yes, what type of system? (ISO9002 or IMO Resolution A.741(18))?    ISO9002

5.1.2

   If Yes, who is the certifying body?    DNV

5.1.3

   Date of vessel certification    Feb 28, 2011

2

   HELICOPTERS   

5.2

   Can the vessel comply with the ICS Helicopter Guidelines?    Yes

5.2.1

   If Yes, state whether winching or landing area provided    Landing

5.2.2

   What is diameter of circle provided?    28 Metres

3

   FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT & LIFE SAVING EQUIPMENT   

5.3

   Is a fixed foam firefighting system installed for the cargo area?    Yes

5.4

   Type of foam on board    Other

5.5

   Date of foam supply or last analysis certificate    Feb 28, 2011

5.6

   What fixed fire fighting system is provided for the paint locker?    CO2

5.7

   What type of fire fighting system is fitted in pumproom(s)?   

5.8

   What type of fire fighting system is fitted in engine room(s)?    CO2, Water Based Sprinkler

5.9

   What type of fire fighting system is fitted in void spaces(s)?   

 

8


5.10

   Is a fixed dry powder firefighting system installed for the cargo area?   

5.11

   Is a fixed water spray firefighting system installed for the cargo area?    Yes

5.12

   Is vessel equipped with recharging compressor for breathing apparatus?    Yes

5.13

   What type of lifeboat is fitted?    Freefall

5.14

   Is a dedicated rescue boat carried?    Yes

5.15

   The type of rescue boat is: Rigid/inflated/ rigid-inflated    Rigid

6

   Chapter 6   

1

   POLLUTION PREVENTION   

6.1

   Is the vessel fitted with a continuous deck edge fishplate enclosing the deck area?    Yes

6.1.1

   If Yes, what is its minimum vertical height above the deck plating?    150 Millimetres

6.1.2

   What is maximum vertical height above deck plating at aft thwartships coaming?    400 Millimetres

6.1.3

   How far forward is this height maintained?    Metres

6.2

   Is an athwartship deck coaming fitted adjacent to accommodation and service areas?    Yes

6.3

   What is the height of the coaming?    Millimetres

6.4

   Is spill containment fitted under the cargo manifold?    Yes

6.5

   Is spill containment fitted under all bunker manifolds?    Yes

6.6

   Is containment fitted under the bunker tank vents?    Yes

6.7

   Is containment fitted around the deck machinery?    Yes

6.8

   Specify type of scupper plugs    Rubber Expansion

6.9

   Are means provided for draining or removing oil from deck area /containment?    Yes

6.10.1

   What type of sorbents are provided?    Yes

6.10.2

   Are non-sparking hand scoops and shovels provided?    Yes

6.10.3

   Disposal Containers    Yes

6.10.4

   Are emulsifiers provided?    Yes

6.10.5

   Non-sparking pumps    Yes

6.11

   Is the cargo piping system fully segregated from the sea chest?    Yes

6.12

   What type of sea valves that are fitted    Butterfly

6.13

   If the vessel is a pre-MARPOL tanker, is a cargo sea chest valve testing arrangement fitted which meets OCIMF recommendations?   

6.14

   Are dump valves fitted to slop tanks which can be left open with inert gas pressure on the tanks?    Yes

6.15

   Are overboard discharges fitted with blanks or alternatively, is there a testing arrangement for the overboard valves?    Yes

6.16

   Is there a discharge below the waterline for Annex II substances   

6.17

   Is there a discharge above the waterline for Annex I oily mixtures    Yes

6.18

   Does Operator have policy to pressure test cargo piping at intervals no greater than 12 months?    Yes

6.18.1

   If Yes, specify pressure    16 bar

6.19

   Is garbage incinerator fitted?    Yes

2

   OPA 90 REQUIREMENTS   

6.20

   Has the vessel Operator submitted a Vessel Spill Response Plan to the US Coast Guard which has been approved by official USCG letter?    Yes

6.21

   Has a Geographic Specific Appendix been filed with the Captain of the Port for each Port Zone the vessel expects to enter or transit?    Yes

6.22

   Has the vessel Operator deposited a letter with the US Coast Guard confirming that the Operator has signed a service contract with an oil spill removal organisation for responding to a ‘worst case scenario’?    Yes

7

   Chapter 7   

1

   STRUCTURAL CONDITION   

7.1

   Are cargo tanks coated?    Yes

7.1.1

   If cargo tanks are coated, specify type of coating    2 x Tar free Epoxy

7.1.2

   If partially coated, specify which tanks are coated   

7.1.3

   If cargo tanks are coated, specify to what extent    Full, 300 microns

7.2

   What is the condition of the cargo tank coating?    Good

7.3

   Are ballast tanks coated?    Yes

7.3.1

   If ballast tanks are coated, specify type of coating    2 x Tar free Epoxy

 

9


7.3.2

   If ballast tanks are coated, specify to what extent    Full, 320 microns

7.3.3

   What is the condition of ballast tank coating?    Good

7.4

   Are there anodes in the cargo tanks?   

7.5

   Are there anodes in the ballast tanks?    Yes

7.6

   What type of anodes are used?    Zn-Anodes HZB-002-101RB

7.7

   What percentage of anodes have wasted?    %

7.8

   If anodes are aluminium, what is the height above tank bottom?    Millimetres

7.9

   Is a formal programme in place for regular inspection of void spaces, cargo and ballast tanks?    Yes

7.10

   Does the vessel have planned prevention maintenance programme (PPM)?    Yes

7.10.1

   Is PPM manual (card system) or computerised?    Computerised

7.10.2

   What areas of vessel does PPM cover?    Engine. Deck, Bridge

7.10.3

   Is PPM Class approved?    Yes

8

   Chapter 8   

1

   CARGO AND BALLAST HANDLING   

8.1

   Tank Plan   

8.1.1

   Tank Plan Diagram   

2

   DOUBLE HULL VESSELS   

8.2

   Is vessel fitted with centreline bulkhead in all cargo tanks?    Yes

8.2.1

   If Yes, is bulkhead solid or perforated?    Solid

8.2.2

   Is vessel fitted with any full breadth ballast tanks?    No

8.2.3

   If Yes, how many ballast tanks are full breadth?   

8.2.4

   Does vessel meet the IMO definition of ‘double hull’?    Yes

3

   CARGO TANK CAPACITIES   

8.3

   Cargo Tank Capacities At 98% Full (M3)   

8.3.1

   Centre Tank Number 1 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.2

   Centre Tank Number 2 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.3

   Centre Tank Number 3 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.4

   Centre Tank Number 4 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.5

   Centre Tank Number 5 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.6

   Centre Tank Number 6 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.7

   Centre Tank Number 7 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.8

   Centre Tank Number 8 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.9

   Centre Tank Number 9 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.10

   Centre Tank Number 10 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.11

   Centre Tank Number 11 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.12

   Centre Tank Number 12 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.13

   Centre Tank Number 13 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.14

   Centre Tank Number 14 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.15

   Centre Tank Number 15 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.16

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 1 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    21996.0 Cu. Metres

8.3.17

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 2 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    31010.0 Cu. Metres

 

10


8.3.18

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 3 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    31010.0 Cu. Metres

8.3.19

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 4 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    31010.0 Cu. Metres

8.3.20

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 5 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    31010.0 Cu. Metres

8.3.21

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 6 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    25295.8 Cu. Metres

8.3.22

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 7 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.23

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 8 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.24

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 9 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.25

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 10 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.26

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 11 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.27

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 12 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.28

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 13 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.29

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 14 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.3.30

   Wings (P & S combined) Number 15 Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.4

   Centre Tank Total Capacity (98%)    0 Cu. Metres

8.5

   Slops 1st Tank Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    2006.6 Cu. Metres

8.5.1

   Slops 2nd Tank Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    2006.6 Cu. Metres

8.6

   Wings (P & S combined) Total Capacity (98%)    171332 Cu. Metres

8.7

   Slops 3rd tank Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.7.1

   Slops 4th tank Capacity (max% per company policy: 98%, 97%, 96% or 95%)    Cu. Metres

8.8

   Centre Tank Total Capacity (98%)    0 Cu. Metres

8.9

   Wings (P & S combined) Total Capacity (98%)    171332 Cu. Metres

8.10

   Grand Total Cubic Capacity (98%)    175345.000 Cu. Metres    

4

   BALLAST TANK CAPACITIES   

8.11

   Ballast Capacities At 100% Full (M3)   

8.11.1.1

   Tank Number 1 (Identity)    Fore Peak/ Aft Peak

8.11.1.2

   Tank Number 1 (Capacity)    3035.1 Cu. Metres

8.11.2.1

   Tank Number 2 (Identity)    WB1P

8.11.2.2

   Tank Number 2 (Capacity)    4571.6 Cu. Metres

8.11.3.1

   Tank Number 3 (Identity)    WB1S

8.11.3.2

   Tank Number 3 (Capacity)    4571.6 Cu. Metres

8.11.4.1

   Tank Number 4 (Identity)    WB2P

8.11.4.2

   Tank Number 4 (Capacity)    4199.2 Cu. Metres

8.11.5.1

   Tank Number 5 (Identity)    WB2S

8.11.5.2

   Tank Number 5 (Capacity)    4199.2 Cu. Metres

8.11.6.1

   Tank Number 6 (Identity)    WB3P

8.11.6.2

   Tank Number 6 (Capacity)    4006.9 Cu. Metres

8.11.7.1

   Tank Number 7 (Identity)    WB3S

8.11.7.2

   Tank Number 7 (Capacity)    4274.7 Cu. Metres

8.11.8.1

   Tank Number 8 (Identity)    WB4P

8.11.8.2

   Tank Number 8 (Capacity)    4274.7 Cu. Metres

8.11.9.1

   Tank Number 9 (Identity)    WB4S

8.11.9.2

   Tank Number 9 (Capacity)    4274.7 Cu. Metres

8.11.10.1

   Tank Number 10 (Identity)    WB5P

 

11


8.11.10.2

   Tank Number 10 (Capacity)    4168.9 Cu. Metres

8.11.11.1

   Tank Number 11 (Identity)    WB5S

8.11.11.2

   Tank Number 11 (Capacity)    4168.9 Cu. Metres

8.11.12.1

   Tank Number 12 (Identity)    WB6P

8.11.12.2

   Tank Number 12 (Capacity)    4315.4 Cu. Metres

8.11.13.1

   Tank Number 13 (Identity)    WB6S

8.11.13.2

   Tank Number 13 (Capacity)    4291.8 Cu. Metres

8.11.14

   Total Ballast Tank Capacities at 100% full    54352.700 Cu. Metres    

5

   BALLAST HANDLING   

8.12

   Ballast Handling   

8.12.1

   If vessel is a Pre-MARPOL tanker, indicate by tank number, tanks usually designated for departure ballast   

8.12.1.1

   Tank Location    N/A

8.12.2

   If vessel is a Pre-MARPOL tanker, indicate by tank number, tanks usually designated for arrival ballast   

8.12.2.1

   Tank Location    N/A

8.12.3

   Can vessel handle cargo and non-segregated ballast concurrently maintaining two valve segregation?   

8.12.4

   Can dirty ballast be safely loaded with gas transfer method? (simultaneous cargo discharge and loading of ballast into empty tanks)   

6

   IF VESSEL IS CBT TANKER WITH MANUAL   

8.13

   If the vessel is a CBT Tanker with Approved Manual   

8.13.1

   Which cargo tanks are indicated as CBT in the IOPP Certificate?   

8.13.2

   What is total capacity of CBT tanks?    Cu. Metres

8.13.3

   Is the piping for CBT common with cargo piping or independent?   

7

   IF VESSEL IS SBT TANKER   

8.14

   If Vessel is SBT Tanker   

8.14.1

   What is total capacity of SBT?    55539.6 Cu. Metres

8.14.2

   What percentage of summer deadweight can vessel maintain with SBT only?    36.5 %

8.14.3

   Does vessel meet the requirements of Annex I Reg 18.2, previously Reg 13(2)?    No

8.14.4

   Can segregated ballast be discharged through vessel’s manifold?    Yes

8.14.5

   Is vessel equipped with spool piece designed to connect ballast system to cargo system?    Yes

8.14.6

   Do cargo lines pass through any dedicated or segregated ballast tanks?    No

8.14.7

   If Yes, what type of expansion is fitted?   

8.14.8

   Do ballast lines pass through any cargo tanks?    No

8.14.9

   If Yes, what type of expansion is fitted?    N/A

8.14.10

   Can vessel pump water ashore for line clearing?    Yes

8.14.11

   If Yes, what is maximum attainable discharge rate?    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.14.12

   If Yes, what is maximum acceptable back pressure?    10 bar

8.14.13

   Which cargo tanks are designated for heavy weather ballast as per IMO?    CT4P/S

8.14.13.1

   Tank Location    Frame # 68 - 75

8

   CARGO HANDLING   

8.15

   How many grades/products can vessel load/discharge with double valve segregation?    3

8.15.1

   How many grades can vessel load/discharge using blank flanges?   

8.15.2

   If vessel is fitted with deepwell pumps and heat exchangers, can pumps and heat exchangers be by-passed during loading?    Yes

8.15.3

   Is there Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment (ODME) fitted?    Yes

8.15.4

   Is an Oil Discharge Monitoring System connected to the above waterline discharge?    Yes

8.15.5

   If yes, is the Oil Discharge Monitoring System designed to automatically stop the discharge of effluent when its oil content exceeds permitted levels?    Yes

8.16

   Is vessel equipped with class approved or certified stability computer?    Yes

8.16.1

   Does this stability programme consider damaged stability conditions?    Yes

8.17

   Is computer integrated with cargo system and equipped with alarm to monitor loading and discharging operations?    Yes

 

12


9

   CARGO AND BALLAST PUMPING SYSTEMS   

8.18.1

   Main Pump Number 1 (Identity)    Deepwell pumps (CT 1-6 P/S)

8.18.2

   Main Pump Number 1 (Number)    12

8.18.3

   Main Pump Number 1 (Type)    Centrifugal, vertical, submerged,
hydraulic motor driven

8.18.4

   Main Pump Number 1 (Type of Prime Mover)    Direct built-in hydraulic motor
submerged in tank

8.18.5

   Main Pump Number 1 (Self Priming or Draining)    Self Priming

8.18.6

   Main Pump Number 1 (Capacity)    1800 Cu. Metres/Hour

8.18.7

   Main Pump Number 1 (Normal Back Pressure)    10 bar

8.18.8

   Main Pump Number 1 (At what Head?)    130 Metres

8.18.9

   Main Pump Number 1 (Max RPM)    rpm

8.19.1

   Main Pump Number 2 (Identity)    Deepwell pumps (CT 7 P/S)

8.19.2

   Main Pump Number 2 (Number)    2

8.19.3

   Main Pump Number 2 (Type)    Centrifugal, vertical, submerged,    
hydraulic motor driven

8.19.4

   Main Pump Number 2 (Type of Prime Mover)    Direct built-in hydraulic motor
submerged in tank

8.19.5

   Main Pump Number 2 (Self Priming or Draining)    Self Priming

8.19.6

   Main Pump Number 2 (Capacity)    500 Cu. Metres/Hour

8.19.7

   Main Pump Number 2 (Normal Back Pressure)    10 bar

8.19.8

   Main Pump Number 2 (At what Head?)    130 Metres

8.19.9

   Main Pump Number 2 (Max RPM)    rpm

8.20.1

   Main Pump Number 3 (Identity)    Portable Cargo Oil pump

8.20.2

   Main Pump Number 3 (Number)    1

8.20.3

   Main Pump Number 3 (Type)    Centrifugal, vertical, submerged,
hydraulic motor driven

8.20.4

   Main Pump Number 3 (Type of Prime Mover)    Direct built-in hydraulic motor

8.20.5

   Main Pump Number 3 (Self Priming or Draining)    Self Priming

8.20.6

   Main Pump Number 3 (Capacity)    300 Cu. Metres/Hour

8.20.7

   Main Pump Number 3 (Normal Back Pressure)    bar

8.20.8

   Main Pump Number 3 (At what Head?)    50 Metres

8.20.9

   Main Pump Number 3 (Max RPM)    rpm

8.21.1

   Main Pump Number 4 (Identity)   

8.21.2

   Main Pump Number 4 (Number)   

8.21.3

   Main Pump Number 4 (Type)    N/A

8.21.4

   Main Pump Number 4 (Type of Prime Mover)    N/A

8.21.5

   Main Pump Number 4 (Self Priming or Draining)   

8.21.6

   Main Pump Number 4 (Capacity)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.21.7

   Main Pump Number 4 (Normal Back Pressure)    bar

8.21.8

   Main Pump Number 4 (At what Head?)    Metres

8.21.9

   Main Pump Number 4 (Max RPM)    rpm

8.22.1

   Main Pump Number 5 (Identity)   

8.22.2

   Main Pump Number 5 (Number)   

8.22.3

   Main Pump Number 5 (Type)    N/A

8.22.4

   Main Pump Number 5 (Type of Prime Mover)    N/A

8.22.5

   Main Pump Number 5 (Self Priming or Draining)   

8.22.6

   Main Pump Number 5 (Capacity)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.22.7

   Main Pump Number 5 (Normal Back Pressure)    bar

8.22.8

   Main Pump Number 5 (At what Head?)    Metres

8.22.9

   Main Pump Number 5 (Max RPM)    rpm

8.23.1

   Main Pump Number 6 (Identity)   

8.23.2

   Main Pump Number 6 (Number)   

8.23.3

   Main Pump Number 6 (Type)    N/A

8.23.4

   Main Pump Number 6 (Type of Prime Mover)    N/A

8.23.5

   Main Pump Number 6 (Self Priming or Draining)   

8.23.6

   Main Pump Number 6 (Capacity)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.23.7

   Main Pump Number 6 (Normal Back Pressure)    bar

8.23.8

   Main Pump Number 6 (At what Head?)    Metres

8.23.9

   Main Pump Number 6 (Max RPM)    rpm

 

13


8.24.1

   Main Pump Number 7 (Identity)   

8.24.2

   Main Pump Number 7 (Number)   

8.24.3

   Main Pump Number 7 (Type)    N/A

8.24.4

   Main Pump Number 7 (Type of Prime Mover)    N/A

8.24.5

   Main Pump Number 7 (Self Priming or Draining)   

8.24.6

   Main Pump Number 7 (Capacity)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.24.7

   Main Pump Number 7 (Normal Back Pressure)    bar

8.24.8

   Main Pump Number 7 (At what Head?)    Metres

8.24.9

   Main Pump Number 7 (Max RPM)    rpm

8.25.1

   Main Pump Number 8 (Identity)   

8.25.2

   Main Pump Number 8 (Number)   

8.25.3

   Main Pump Number 8 (Type)    N/A

8.25.4

   Main Pump Number 8 (Type of Prime Mover)    N/A

8.25.5

   Main Pump Number 8 (Self Priming or Draining)   

8.25.6

   Main Pump Number 8 (Capacity)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.25.7

   Main Pump Number 8 (Normal Back Pressure)    bar

8.25.8

   Main Pump Number 8 (At what Head?)    Metres

8.25.9

   Main Pump Number 8 (Max RPM)    rpm

8.26.1

   Booster Pumps (Number)   

8.26.2

   Booster Pumps (Type)    N/A

8.26.3

   Booster Pumps (Type of Prime mover)    N/A

8.26.4

   Booster Pumps (Capacity) (water)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.26.5

   Booster Pumps (Normal Back Pressure)    bar

8.26.6

   Booster Pumps (At what Head?)    Metres

8.26.7

   Booster Pumps (RPM)    rpm

8.26.8

   Booster Pumps (Max RPM)    rpm

8.27.1

   Stripping (Number)    1

8.27.2

   Stripping (Type)    Line strip only

8.27.3

   Stripping (Type of Prime Mover)    Direct built-in hydraulic motor

8.27.4

   Stripping (Capacity)    100 Cu. Metres/Hour

8.27.5

   Stripping (Normal Back Pressure)    10 bar

8.27.6

   Stripping (At what Head?)    130 Metres

8.28.1

   Eductors (Number)   

8.28.2

   Eductors (Type)    N/A

8.28.3

   Eductors (Type of Prime Mover)    N/A

8.28.4

   Eductors(Capacity)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.28.5

   Eductors(Normal Back Pressure)    bar

8.28.6

   Eductors(At what Head?)    Metres

8.29.1

   Ballast Handling Main Pump (Number)    2

8.29.2

   Ballast Handling Main Pump (Type)    Centrifugal, vertical, submerged,    
hydraulic motor driven

8.29.3

   Ballast Handling Main Pump (Type of Prime Mover)    Direct built-in hydraulic motor

8.29.4

   Ballast Handling Main Pump (Capacity)    2500 Cu. Metres/Hour

8.29.5

   Ballast Handling Main Pump (Normal Back Pressure)    3 bar

8.29.6

   Ballast Handling Main Pump (At what Head?)    30 Metres

8.29.7

   Ballast Handling Main Pump (Max RPM)    rpm

8.30.1

   Ballast Handling Stripping (Number)   

8.30.2

   Ballast Handling Stripping (Type)    N/A

8.30.3

   Ballast Handling Stripping (Type of Prime Mover)    N/A

8.30.4

   Ballast Handling Stripping (Capacity)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.30.5

   Ballast Handling Stripping (At what Head?)    bar

8.31.1

   Ballast Handling Eductors (Number)   

8.31.2

   Ballast Handling Eductors (Type)    N/A

8.31.3

   Ballast Handling Eductors (Type of Prime Mover)    N/A

8.31.4

   Ballast Handling Eductors (Capacity)    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.31.5

   Ballast Handling Eductors (At what Head?)    bar

8.32

   Is vessel fitted with dedicated stripping lines and pumps?   

8.33

   State location of cargo pump emergency stops (i)    Fire station 1, Bridge, CCR.

8.34

   State location of cargo pump emergency stops (ii)    Manifold P/S (Upper deck)

8.35

   State location of cargo pump emergency stops (iii)    Deck trunk port side aft

 

14


      (Accomodation front)

8.36

   State location of cargo pump emergency stops (iv)   

8.37

   State location of cargo pump emergency stops (v)   

8.38.1

   Are bearings of cargo pumps fitted with high temperature alarms?    No

8.38.2

   Are bearings of cargo pumps fitted with high temperature trips?   

8.39.1

   Are bearings of ballast pumps fitted with high temperature alarms?   

8.39.2

   Are bearings of ballast pumps fitted with high temperature trips?   

8.40.1

   Are casings of cargo pumps fitted with high temperature alarms?   

8.40.2

   Are casings of cargo pumps fitted with high temperature trips?   

8.41.1

   Are casings of ballast pumps fitted with high temperature alarms?   

8.41.2

   Are casings of ballast pumps fitted with high temperature trips?   

8.42.1

   Are pumproom shaft glands through bulkheads fitted with high temperature alarms?   

8.42.2

   Are pumproom shaft glands through bulkheads fitted with high temperature trips?   

8.43

   What is the principal type of cargo valve?    Butterfly valves of wafer(flange-less)    
type

8.44

   What type of cargo valve actuator is fitted?    Hydraulic.

10

   CARGO CONTROL ROOM   

8.45

   Is the vessel fitted with a Cargo Control Room? (CCR)    Yes

8.46

   Can cargo and ballast pumps be controlled from the CCR?    Yes

8.47

   Can all valves be controlled from the CCR?    No

8.48

   Can tank innage/ullage be read from the CCR?    Yes

8.49

   Is ODME readout fitted in the CCR?    Yes

8.50

   Can the IGS be controlled from the CCR?    Yes

11

   GAUGING AND SAMPLING   

8.51

   Can vessel operate under closed loading conditions in accordance with Section 7.6.3 of    Yes
   ISGOTT?   

8.51.1

   What type of fixed closed tankgauging system is fitted?    Tank Radar. Maker: Hanla level

8.52

   Does tank gauging system have local reading?   

8.52.1

   Is gauging system certified and calibrated?   

8.52.2

   If it is a portable system does the sounding pipe extend to full tank depth?    Yes

8.53

   Are bunker tanks fitted with a full depth gauging system?    Yes

8.54

   Are high level alarms fitted to cargo tanks?    Yes

8.54.1

   If high level alarms are fitted, indicate whether to all tanks or partial?    All

8.54.2

   Are high level alarms independent of the gauging system?    Yes

8.55

   Are bunker tanks fitted with high level alarms?    Yes

8.56

   If Yes, are bunker tank high level alarms part of the primary tank gauging system?    Yes

8.57

   Are closed sampling devices on board?    Yes

8.58

   Are cargo tanks fitted with dipping points as per IMO Res 497 4.4.4?    Yes

8.59

   If portable equipment for gauging uses vapour locks, are vapour locks calibrated?   

8.59.1

   If Yes, by whom are vapour locks calibrated?   

8.59.2

   If Yes, by whom are vapour locks certified?   

8.60

   If portable equipment used for gauging who is manufacturer?    HERMetic, Enraf tanksystem

8.60.1

   If portable equipment used for gauging how many units are supplied?    2

8.60.2

   What is the name of the manufacturer of the vapour locks?    HERMetic

8.61

   What is the nominal (internal) diameter of the vapour lock?    Millimetres

8.61.1

   To what standard is the thread of the vapour lock manufactured?   

8.61.2

   Can vapour lock be used for ullaging?    Yes

8.61.3

   Can vapour lock be used for temperature?    Yes

8.61.4

   Can vapour lock be used for interface?    Yes

8.61.5

   Can vapour lock be used for cargo sampling?    Yes

8.61.6

   If the vapour lock can be used for cargo sampling, what is the volume of the sample that can be drawn?    0,5 l

8.62

   Specify portable equipment for checking oil/water interface    Hermetic UTI

8.63

   Can cargo samples be taken at the manifold?    No

8.64

   What is the means of taking cargo temperatures?    From Tank Radar System

 

15


12

   VAPOUR EMISSION CONTROL   

8.65

   Is a vapour return system (VRS) fitted?    Yes

8.65.6

   If fitted, is vapour line return manifold in compliance with OCIMF Guidelines?    Yes

8.66

   Is vessel certified for vapour transfer?    No

8.66.1

   If yes, by which organisation?   

13

   VENTING   

8.67

   State what type of venting system is fitted    PV valves, vaacuum breaker, mast    
riser

8.68

   State maximum venting capacity    20540 Cu. Metres/Hour

8.69

   State P/V valve opening pressure    1400 mm/wg

8.70

   State P/V valve vacuum setting    350 mm/wg

8.71

   Does each tank have isolating valve?    Yes

8.72

   Are cargo tanks fitted with full flow P/V valves without isolating valves between the P/V valve and tank?    Yes

8.73

   Is there a means of measuring the pressure in the vapour space in each cargo tank?    Yes

8.74

   Is venting through a mast riser?    Yes

8.75

   Are mast risers fitted with high velocity vents?   

8.76

   If Yes, state opening pressure    mm/wg

8.77

   State vacuum setting of mast riser    mm/wg

8.78

   State throughput capacity of mast riser    Cu. Metres/Hour

8.79

   What is the maximum loading rate for homogenous cargo (loaded simultaneously through all manifolds)    14400.0 Cu. Metres/Hour

14

   CARGO MANIFOLDS   

8.80

   Does vessel comply with the latest edition of the OCIMF ‘Recommendations for Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment’?    Yes

8.81

   What type of valves are fitted at manifold?    Butterfly

8.82

   If hydraulic valves fitted, what are closing times?    Seconds

8.83

   What is the number of cargo manifold connections per side?    3

8.84

   What is the size of cargo manifold connections?    650 Millimetres

8.85

   Are pressure gauges fitted outboard of manifold valves?    Yes

8.86

   What is the material of the manifold?    Steel

8.87

   Is the vessel fitted with a crossover at the manifold?    Yes

8.88

   Are manifold cross-connections made by hard or flexible piping? (chemical carriers)    Hard Piping

15

   BUNKER MANIFOLDS   

8.89

   What is the number of bunker connections per side?    2

8.90

   What is the size of the bunker connection?    200 Millimetres

16

   MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENT   

8.91

   Manifold Arrangement Diagram   

8.92

   Bunker manifold to cargo manifold (A)    2000 Millimetres

8.93

   Cargo manifold to cargo manifold (B)    2500 Millimetres

8.94

   Cargo manifold to vapour return manifold (C)    6000 Millimetres

8.95

   Manifolds to ship’s rail (D)    4600 Millimetres

8.96

   Spill tank grating to centre of manifold (E)    900 Millimetres

8.97

   Main deck to centre of manifold (F)    2100 Millimetres

8.98

   Main deck to top of rail (G)    1400 Millimetres

8.99

   Top of rail to centre of manifold (H)    700 Millimetres

8.100

   Manifold to ship side (J)    4600 Millimetres

8.101

   What is the height of the manifold connections above the waterline at loaded (Summer Deadweight) condition?    7.90 Metres

8.102

   What is the height of the manifold connections above the waterline in normal ballast?    16.57 Metres

8.103

   What is the distance between the keel and centre of manifold?    25.1 Metres

8.104

   Is vessel fitted with a stern manifold?    No

8.104.1

   If stern manifold fitted, state size    Millimetres

8.105

   Is vessel fitted with a bow manifold?    Yes

8.105.1

   If bow manifold fitted, state size    508 Millimetres

8.106.1

   Number of Reducers carried    6

 

16


8.106.2

   From Diameter    650 Millimetres

8.106.3

   To Diameter    400 Millimetres

8.107.1

   Number of Reducers carried    3

8.107.2

   From Diameter    650 Millimetres

8.107.3

   To Diameter    508 Millimetres

8.108.1

   Number of Reducers carried    3

8.108.2

   From Diameter    650 Millimetres

8.108.3

   To Diameter    300 Millimetres

8.109.1

   Number of Reducers carried    3

8.109.2

   From Diameter    650 Millimetres

8.109.3

   To Diameter    250 Millimetres

8.110.1

   Number of Reducers carried    3

8.110.2

   From Diameter    650 Millimetres

8.110.3

   To Diameter    200 Millimetres

8.111

   To what standard are manifold reducers manufactured? (ANSI, ASA, BSI, DIN, JIS, etc.)    ANSI 150 LBS

17

   GAS MONITORING   

8.112

   Is the vessel fitted with a fixed system to continuously monitor for flammable atmospheres?    Yes

8.112.1

   What spaces are monitored?    Deck trunk space, Double Bottom
Ballast tanks. Fwd store, Cargo gear    
locker, HPR trunk, BLS room,
Helideck area and Accomodation
entrance

8.113

   Where are sensors/sampling points located in pumproom?   

8.113.1

   Are sensors/sampling points calibrated/tested?    Yes

8.113.2

   Who is responsible for testing sensors/sampling points?    Electrician/ Chief Officer

8.114.1

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 1 (Name)    Riken Keiki GX2009

8.114.2

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 1 (Number of units)    3

8.115.1

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 2 (Name)    Riken Keiko 517

8.115.2

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 2 (Number of units)    2

8.116.1

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 3 (Name)    BW Gas Alert Clip3 H2s

8.116.2

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 3 (Number of units)    3

8.117.1

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 4 (Name)   

8.117.2

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 4 (Number of units)   

8.118.1

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 5 (Name)   

8.118.2

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 5 (Number of units)   

8.119.1

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 6 (Name)   

8.119.2

   Portable and Personal gas detection equipment carried Item Number 6 (Number of units)   

18

   CARGO HEATING   

8.120

   Are there coils in cargo tanks?    Yes

8.121

   State the Number of independent sets of coils per tank    4

8.122

   Are all tanks coiled?    Yes

8.123

   What is the Height of coils above tank bottom?    400 Millimetres

8.124.1

   Heating surface per tank    Square Meters

8.124.2

   Heating surface per tank volume ratio    Approx 0.008 m2/m3

8.125

   Are heating coils welded or coupled?    Welded

8.126

   Are heat exchangers external to cargo tanks?    Yes

 

17


8.127

   Are there external ducts?   

8.128

   What is the Material of heating coils?    SS

8.129

   Inlet heating medium to coils    Steam

8.130.1

   With Sea temperature    Degrees Celsius

8.130.2

   With air temperature    Degrees Celsius

8.131

   Heating agent    Steam

8.132

   Number of heaters   

8.133.1

   Able to raise temperature from    44 Degrees Celsius

8.133.2

   Able to raise temperature to    66 Degrees Celsius

8.133.3

   Time taken to raise temperature    96 Hours

8.134

   Total capacity of boilers    Kcal

9

   Chapter 9   

1

   INERT GAS AND CRUDE OIL WASHING   

9.1

   Is an inert gas system (IGS) fitted?    Yes

9.2

   Is a P/V breaker fitted?    Yes

9.3

   Is IGS supplied by flue gas, inert gas (IG) generator and/or nitrogen?    Flue Gas

9.4

   Are fixed O2 alarms fitted in inert gas generating spaces?   

9.5

   What is the capacity of the IGS?    17000 Cu. Metres/Hour

9.6

   How many fans does it have?    2

9.7

   What is the total combined fan capacity?    27000 Cu. Metres/Hour

9.8

   Is a top-up IG generator fitted?    No

9.8.1

   If Yes, what is its capacity?    Cu. Metres/Hour

9.9

   Is an IGS operating manual on board?    Yes

9.10

   What type of deck seal is fitted?    Semi-dry

9.11

   How many segregations does the IGS have?   

9.12

   What method is used to isolate individual tanks?    Manually operated Butterfly valves

with locking device.

9.13

   What type of non-return valve is fitted?   

9.14

   What means of protection is fitted, other than minimum thermal variation P/V valves, if tanks can be individually isolated from the IG?    Pressure alarms

9.15

   If the vessel has double hull or sides, are facilities available to inert ballast tanks and other void spaces?    Yes

9.15.1

   Can these tanks/spaces be purged with air?    Yes

9.16

   Where is the location of the emergency IGS connection?    Upper deck

9.16.1

   What is the size of the emergency IGS connection?    100 Millimetres

9.17

   Is a Crude Oil Washing (COW) installation fitted?    Yes

9.18

   Are Crude Oil Washing (COW) drive units fixed or portable?    Fixed

9.19

   Are Crude Oil Washing (COW) drive units programmable?    Yes

9.20

   Is vessel capable of performing Crude Oil Washing (COW) at the same time as cargo discharge?    Yes

9.21

   Is there an approved Crude Oil Washing (COW) Manual on board?    Yes

9.22

   What is the working pressure of the Crude Oil Washing (COW) lines?    10 bar

10

   Chapter 10   

1

   MOORING   

10.1

   Does the vessel comply with the latest edition of OCIMF Mooring Equipment Guidelines?    Yes

2

   MOORING WIRES (ON DRUMS)   

10.2.1

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forecastle (Number)    4

10.2.2

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forecastle (Diameter)    36 Millimetres

10.2.3

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forecastle (Material)    Steel Wire rope (galvanized)

10.2.4

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forecastle (Length)    275 Metres

10.2.5

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forecastle (Breaking Strength)    90 Metric Tonnes

10.3.1

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Number)    4

10.3.2

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Diameter)    36 Millimetres

10.3.3

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Material)    Steel Wire rope (galvanized)

10.3.4

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Length)    275 Metres

10.3.5

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Breaking Strength)    90 Metric Tonnes

10.4.1

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Number)    2

10.4.2

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Diameter)    36 Millimetres

10.4.3

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Material)    Steel Wire rope (galvanized)

 

18


10.4.4

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Length)    275 Metres

10.4.5

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Breaking Strength)    90 Metric Tonnes

10.5.1

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Poop (Number)    6

10.5.2

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Poop (Diameter)    36 Millimetres

10.5.3

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Poop (Material)    Steel Wire rope
(galvanized)

10.5.4

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Poop (Length)    275 Metres

10.5.5

   Mooring Wires (On Drums) Poop (Breaking Strength)    90 Metric Tonnes

3

   MOORING WIRE TAILS   

10.6

   Type of shackle   

10.7.1

   Mooring Wire Tails Forecastle (Number)    4

10.7.2

   Mooring Wire Tails Forecastle (Diameter)    80 Millimetres

10.7.3

   Mooring Wire Tails Forecastle (Material)    Nylon 8 strand

10.7.4

   Mooring Wire Tails Forecastle (Length)    11 Metres

10.7.5

   Mooring Wire Tails Forecastle (Breaking Strength)    124 Metric Tonnes

10.8.1

   Mooring Wire Tails Forward Main Deck (Number)    4

10.8.2

   Mooring Wire Tails Forward Main Deck (Diameter)    80 Millimetres

10.8.3

   Mooring Wire Tails Forward Main Deck (Material)    Nylon 8 strand

10.8.4

   Mooring Wire Tails Forward Main Deck (Length)    11 Metres

10.8.5

   Mooring Wire Tails Forward Main Deck (Breaking Strength)    124 Metric Tonnes

10.9.1

   Mooring Wire Tails Aft Main Deck (Number)    2

10.9.2

   Mooring Wire Tails Aft Main Deck (Diameter)    80 Millimetres

10.9.3

   Mooring Wire Tails Aft Main Deck (Material)    Nylon 8 strand

10.9.4

   Mooring Wire Tails Aft Main Deck (Length)    11 Metres

10.9.5

   Mooring Wire Tails Aft Main Deck (Breaking Strength)    124 Metric Tonnes

10.10.1

   Mooring Wire Tails Poop (Number)    6

10.10.2

   Mooring Wire Tails Poop (Diameter)    80 Millimetres

10.10.3

   Mooring Wire Tails Poop (Material)    Nylon 8 strand

10.10.4

   Mooring Wire Tails Poop (Length)    11 Metres

10.10.5

   Mooring Wire Tails Poop (Breaking Strength)    124 Metric Tonnes

4

   MOORING ROPES (ON DRUMS)   

10.11.1

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forecastle (Number)   

10.11.2

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forecastle (Diameter)    Millimetres

10.11.3

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forecastle (Material)   

10.11.4

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forecastle (Length)    Metres

10.11.5

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forecastle (Breaking Strength)    Metric Tonnes

10.12.1

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Number)   

10.12.2

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Diameter)    Millimetres

10.12.3

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Material)   

10.12.4

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Length)    Metres

10.12.5

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Forward Main Deck (Breaking Strength)    Metric Tonnes

10.13.1

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Number)   

10.13.2

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Diameter)    Millimetres

10.13.3

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Material)   

10.13.4

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Length)    Metres

10.13.5

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Aft Main Deck (Breaking Strength)    Metric Tonnes

10.14.1

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Poop (Number)   

10.14.2

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Poop (Diameter)    Millimetres

10.14.3

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Poop (Material)   

10.14.4

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Poop (Length)    Metres

10.14.5

   Mooring Ropes (On Drums) Poop (Breaking Strength)    Metric Tonnes

5

   OTHER MOORING LINES   

10.15.1

   Other Mooring Lines Forecastle (Number)   

10.15.2

   Other Mooring Lines Forecastle (Diameter)    Millimetres

10.15.3

   Other Mooring Lines Forecastle (Material)   

10.15.4

   Other Mooring Lines Forecastle (Length)    Metres

10.15.5

   Other Mooring Lines Forecastle (Breaking Strength)    Metric Tonnes

10.16.1

   Other Mooring Lines Forward Main Deck (Number)   

10.16.2

   Other Mooring Lines Forward Main Deck (Diameter)    Millimetres

10.16.3

   Other Mooring Lines Forward Main Deck (Material)   

10.16.4

   Other Mooring Lines Forward Main Deck (Length)    Metres

 

19


10.16.5    Other Mooring Lines Forward Main Deck (Breaking Strength)    Metric Tonnes
10.17.1    Other Mooring Lines Aft Main Deck (Number)   
10.17.2    Other Mooring Lines Aft Main Deck (Diameter)    Millimetres
10.17.3    Other Mooring Lines Aft Main Deck (Material)   
10.17.4    Other Mooring Lines Aft Main Deck (Length)    Metres
10.17.5    Other Mooring Lines Aft Main Deck (Breaking Strength)    Metric Tonnes
10.18.1    Other Mooring Lines Poop (Number)   
10.18.2    Other Mooring Lines Poop (Diameter)    Millimetres
10.18.3    Other Mooring Lines Poop (Material)   
10.18.4    Other Mooring Lines Poop (Length)    Metres
10.18.5    Other Mooring Lines Poop (Breaking Strength)    Metric Tonnes
6    SPARE MOORING WIRES   
10.19.1    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 1)    38 mm 6x36 IWRC
10.19.2    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 1) - Number    4
10.19.3    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 1) - Diameter    38 Millimetres
10.19.4    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 1) - Material    Steel
10.19.5    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 1) - Length    220 Metres
10.19.6    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 1) - Breaking Strength    90 Metric Tonnes
10.19.1.1    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 2)   
10.19.1.2    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 2) - Number   
10.19.1.3    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 2) - Diameter    Millimetres
10.19.1.4    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 2) - Material   
10.19.1.5    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 2) - Length    Metres
10.19.1.6    Spare Mooring Wires (Identity 2) - Breaking Strength    Metric Tonnes
7    SPARE MOORING ROPES   
10.20.1    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 1)    Mooring rope Karat maxi
10.20.2    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 1) - Number    4
10.20.3    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 1) - Diameter    80 Millimetres
10.20.4    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 1) - Material    Estalon, Karat Maxi
10.20.5    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 1) - Length    220 Metres
10.20.6    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 1) - Breaking Strength    120.7 Metric Tonnes
10.20.1.1    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 2)   
10.20.1.2    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 2) - Number   
10.20.1.3    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 2) - Diameter    Millimetres
10.20.1.4    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 2) - Material   
10.20.1.5    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 2) - Length    Metres
10.20.1.6    Spare Mooring Ropes (Identity 2) - Breaking Strength    Metric Tonnes
8    SPARE MOORING TAILS   
10.21.1    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 1)    Rope tail Karat maxi
10.21.2    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 1) - Number    4
10.21.3    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 1) - Diameter    80 Millimetres
10.21.4    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 1) - Material    Estalone, Karat Maxi
10.21.5    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 1) - Length    11 Metres
10.21.6    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 1) - Breaking Strength    120.7 Metric Tonnes
10.21.1.1    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 2)   
10.21.1.2    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 2) - Number   
10.21.1.3    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 2) - Diameter    Millimetres
10.21.1.4    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 2) - Material   
10.21.1.5    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 2) - Length    Metres
10.21.1.6    Spare Mooring Tails (Identity 2) - Breaking Strength    Metric Tonnes
9    MOORING WINCHES   
10.22.1    Winches Forecastle (Number)    2
10.22.2    Winches Forecastle (Single Drum or Double Drums)    Double
10.22.3    Winches Forecastle (Split Drums Y/N)    Yes
10.22.4    Winches Forecastle (Motive Power)    Hydraulic
10.22.5    Winches Forecastle (Heaving Power)    25 Metric Tonnes
10.22.6    Winches Forecastle (Brake Capacity)    72 Metric Tonnes
10.22.7    Winches Forecastle (Hauling Speed)    15 Metres/Minute
10.23.1    Winches Forward Main Deck (Number)    2
10.23.2    Winches Forward Main Deck (Single Drum or Double Drums)    Double

 

20


10.23.3

   Winches Forward Main Deck (Split Drums Y/N)    Yes

10.23.4

   Winches Forward Main Deck (Motive Power)    Hydraulick

10.23.5

   Winches Forward Main Deck (Heaving Power)    25 Metric Tonnes

10.23.6

   Winches Forward Main Deck (Brake Capacity)    72 Metric Tonnes

10.23.7

   Winches Forward Main Deck (Hauling Speed)    15 Metres/Minute

10.24.1

   Winches Aft Main Deck (Number)    1

10.24.2

   Winches Aft Main Deck (Single Drum or Double Drums)    Double

10.24.3

   Winches Aft Main Deck (Split Drums Y/N)    Yes

10.24.4

   Winches Aft Main Deck (Motive Power)    Hydraulick

10.24.5

   Winches Aft Main Deck (Heaving Power)    25 Metric Tonnes

10.24.6

   Winches Aft Main Deck (Brake Capacity)    72 Metric Tonnes

10.24.7

   Winches Aft Main Deck (Hauling Speed)    15 Metres/Minute

10.25.1

   Winches Poop (Number)    3

10.25.2

   Winches Poop (Single Drum or Double Drums)    Double

10.25.3

   Winches Poop (Split Drums Y/N)    Yes

10.25.4

   Winches Poop (Motive Power)    Hydraulick

10.25.5

   Winches Poop (Heaving Power)    25 Metric Tonnes

10.25.6

   Winches Poop (Brake Capacity)    72 Metric Tonnes

10.25.7

   Winches Poop (Hauling Speed)    15 Metres/Minute

10.26

   What type of winch brakes are fitted?    Hand operated
friction brake and
clutch

10.27

   Is brake testing equipment on board?    Yes

10.28

   When were the brakes last tested?    Jan 19, 2012

10

   MOORING BITS   

10.29

   How many sets of mooring bitts are fitted on forecastle?    4

10.30

   How many sets of mooring bitts are fitted on forward main deck?    5

10.31

   How many sets of mooring bitts are fitted on aft main deck?    2

10.32

   How many sets of mooring bitts are fitted on poop deck?    4

10.33

   Distance of mooring chock for breast/spring lines forward of center of manifold    Metres

10.34

   Distance of mooring chock for breast/spring lines aft of center of manifold    Metres

11

   ANCHORS AND WINDLASS   

10.35

   What is the motive power of the windlass?    Hydraulick motor

10.36

   What is the cable diameter?    107 Millimetres

10.37

   Number of shackles - port cable?    13

10.38

   Number of shackles - starboard cable?    14

10.39

   Are bitter end connections to both cables capable of being slipped?    Yes

12

   EMERGENCY TOWING ARRANGEMNTS   

10.40

   Is the vessel fitted with an Emergency Towing Arrangement?    Yes

10.41.1

   Type of Emergency Towing system (Forward)    Aker Pusnes

10.41.2

   Type of Emergency Towing system (Aft)    Saejin Intech co. Ltd/Towing wire on reel

10.42.1

   Safe Working Load (SWL) of Emergency Towing system (Forward)    225 Metric Tonnes

10.42.2

   Safe Working Load (SWL) of Emergency Towing system (Aft)    225 Metric Tonnes

10.43.1

   Is pick-up gear provided? (Forward)   

10.43.2

   Is pick-up gear provided? (Aft)    Yes

10.44.1

   Emergency Towing pennant length (Forward)    Metres

10.44.2

   Emergency Towing pennant length (Aft)    140 Metres

10.45.1

   Emergency Towing pennant diameter (Forward)    Millimetres

10.45.2

   Emergency Towing pennant diameter (Aft)    28 Millimetres

10.46.1

   Type of strong point (Smit bracket etc) (Forward)    Chain stopper

10.46.2

   Type of strong point (Smit bracket etc) (Aft)    Smit bracket

10.47.1

   Chafing chain size (Forward)    107 Millimetres

10.47.2

   Chafing chain size (Aft)    Millimetres

10.48.1

   Fairlead size (in format ABCmm x XYZmm) (Forward)   

10.48.2

   Fairlead size (in format ABCmm x XYZmm) (Aft)   

10.49.1

   Is pedestal roller fitted? (Forward)   

10.49.2

   Is pedestal roller fitted? (Aft)   

10.50.1

   Is vessel provided with towing wire? (Forward)   

 

21


10.50.2

   Is vessel provided with towing wire? (Aft)    Yes

10.50.1.1

   What is the diameter of towing wire? (Forward)    Millimetres

10.50.1.2

   What is the diameter of towing wire? (Aft)    80 Millimetres

10.50.2.1

   What is the length of towing wire? (Forward)    Metres

10.50.2.2

   What is the length of towing wire? (Aft)    100 Metres

10.52

   What is the number of bitts in the bow area?   

10.53

   What is the height of the bitts in the bow area?    Millimetres

10.54

   What is the safe working load of the bitts in the bow area?    90 Metric Tonnes

10.55

   What is the distance between bow fairleads and nearest bitts?    Millimetres

10.56

   Is the bow area clear of any obstructions which would hamper towing connections?   

13

   ESCORT TUG   

10.57

   SWL of closed chock on stern    225 Metric Tonnes

10.58

   SWL of bollard on poopdeck suitable for escort tug    225 Metric Tonnes

10.59

   Are stern chock and bollard capable of towing astern to 90 degrees?    Yes

14

   SINGLE POINT MOORING (SPM) EQUIPMENT   

10.60

   Does vessel comply with the latest edition of OCIMF ‘Recommendations for Equipment Employed in the Mooring of Vessels at Single Point Moorings (SPM)’?    No

10.61

   Is vessel fitted with chain stopper(s)?    Yes

10.61.1

   How many chain stopper(s) are fitted?    1

10.61.2

   State type of chain stopper(s) fitted?    Hydraulic QRS83 (Aker Pusnes)

10.61.3

   Safe Working Load (SWL) of chain stopper(s)?    250 Metric Tonnes

10.62

   What is the maximum size chain diameter the bow stopper(s) can handle?    84 Millimetres

10.63

   Are closed fairleads of OCIMF recommended size (600mm x 450mm)?    Yes

10.63.1

   If not, give details of size (in format ABCmm x XYZmm)   

10.64

   If two forward bow fairleads are fitted give distance between them    Millimetres

10.65

   What is the distance between the bow fairlead and stopper/bracket?    5300 Millimetres

10.66

   What is the distance from the stopper bracket to roller lead/winch drum?    5.8 Metres

10.67

   Is there a direct lead from the bow stopper to the winch drum (not the warping end)?    Yes

10.68

   Is the winch storage drum capable of safely accommodating 150m X 80mm fibre pick up rope?    Yes

10.69

   Is the winch storage drum capable of safely accommodating 200m X 80mm fibre pick up rope?    Yes

15

   BOW MOORING ARRANGEMENT DIAGRAM   

10.70

   Bow Mooring Arrangement Diagram   

16

   MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENT   

10.71

   Manifold Arrangement Diagram   

10.72

   Distance K end of drip tray to center line of deck cleat    Millimetres

10.73

   Distance L spill tray to centre line of bollard    Millimetres

10.74

   Distance M length of bollard    Millimetres

17

   LIFTING EQUIPMENT   

10.75

   How many derricks does the vessel have?   

10.75.1

   What is the safe working load (SWL) of the derricks?    Metric Tonnes

10.75.2

   Date derricks last tested   

10.76

   If cranes are fitted, how many?    2

10.76.1

   What is the safe working load (SWL) of the cranes?    15 Metric Tonnes

10.76.2

   Date cranes last tested    Feb 28, 2011

10.77

   Is Safe Working Load (SWL) clearly marked on all lifting equipment?    Yes

10.78

   Do the vessel’s derricks or cranes reach at least 1 metre outboard of rail?    Yes

10.79

   How many bitts are there on each side of the manifold for tying off submarine hoses?    4

18

   OTHER EQUIPMENT   

10.80

   Are accommodation ladders arranged to face aft when rigged?    Yes

10.81

   Does vessel have Suez Canal boat davits?   

10.82

   Does vessel have Suez Canal projector?    Yes

11

   Chapter 11   

1

   COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS   

11.1

   Is vessel certified for GMDSS?    Yes

 

22


11.2

   What GMDSS areas is the vessel classed for? A1 A2 A3 A4    A3

11.3

   Transponder (SART)    Yes

11.4

   EPIRB    Yes

11.5

   How many VHF radios are fitted on the bridge?    4

11.6

   Is vessel fitted with VHF in the cargo control room (CCR)?    Yes

11.7

   Is the CCR connected to the vessel’s internal communication system?    Yes

11.8

   How many intrinsically safe walkie talkies are provided for cargo handling?    5

11.9

   Is vessel fitted with an INMARSAT satellite communications system?    Yes

11.10

   Does vessel carry at least three survival craft two-way radio telephones?    Yes

11.11

   List any other communications equipment carried    Sound powered telephone

11.12

   Can vessel transmit the helicopter homing signal on 410 KHz?    Yes

12

   Chapter 12   

1

   MAIN PROPULSION   

12.1

   Means of main propulsion    Motor

12.1.1

   If motor state whether two stroke or four stroke    2 Stroke

12.1.2

   If four stroke, state how many engines fitted   

12.2

   Does vessel have single or twin propellers?    Single

12.3

   Is vessel fitted with fixed or controllable pitch propeller(s)?    Controllable

12.4

   How many boilers are fitted?    3

12.4.1

   What is rated output of boilers?    30 Metric Tonnes/Hour

12.5

   What type of fuel is used for main propulsion?    LSFO

12.6

   Are pressurised fuel pipes double sheathed?    Yes

12.7

   When moored at SBM, is main engine capable of being run astern at low revolutions for extended periods (up to 24 hours continuously)?    Yes

12.8

   Is vessel capable of maintaining speed below 5 Knots?    Yes

12.9

   Is vessel fitted for Unmanned Machinery Space (UMS) operation?    Yes

12.9.1

   Is vessel operated in UMS mode?    Yes

2

   THRUSTERS   

12.10

   Is vessel fitted with a bow thruster?    Yes

12.10.1

   If vessel fitted with a bow thruster, give Brake Horse Power    5900 bhp

12.11

   Is vessel fitted with a stern thruster?    Yes

12.11.1

   If vessel fitted with a stern thruster, give Brake Horse Power    5900 bhp

12.12

   Is vessel fitted with high angle rudder?    No

12.12.1

   If vessel fitted with high angle rudder, what type   

3

   GENERATORS   

12.13

   How many power generators are fitted?    5

12.13.1

   Indicate type of power generator(s)    STX MAN Holeby, 4-stroke, trunk
piston, in line type

12.14

   What type of fuel is used in the generating plant?    Dual fuel (LSFO/ MGO)

12.15

   Is vessel fitted with emergency generator or batteries?    Both

4

   MAIN ENGINE AIR START COMPRESSORS   

12.16

   Number of main engine start compressors    3

12.17

   Operating pressure    7 bar

12.18

   Motive power of emergency compressor    15 Cu. Metres/Hour

5

   BUNKERS   

12.19.1

   Fuel Oil (Tank Name)    No.1 HFO tk Port

12.19.2

   Fuel Oil (Capacity)    784.0 Cu. Metres

12.19.3

   Diesel Oil (Tank Name)    MDO storage tk.STB.

12.19.4

   Diesel Oil (Capacity)    217.9 Cu. Metres

12.19.5

   Gas Oil (Tank Name)   

12.19.6

   Gas Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.20.1

   Fuel Oil (Tank Name)    No.1 HFO tk. STB

12.20.2

   Fuel Oil (Capacity)    643.0 Cu. Metres

12.20.3

   Diesel Oil (Tank Name)    MDO settl.tk. STB

12.20.4

   Diesel Oil (Capacity)    46.6 Cu. Metres

12.20.5

   Gas Oil (Tank Name)   

12.20.6

   Gas Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.21.1

   Fuel Oil (Tank Name)    No.2 HFO tk. STB

12.21.2

   Fuel Oil (Capacity)    393.9 Cu. Metres

 

23


12.21.3

   Diesel Oil (Tank Name)    MDO service tk. STB

12.21.4

   Diesel Oil (Capacity)    46.6 Cu. Metres

12.21.5

   Gas Oil (Tank Name)   

12.21.6

   Gas Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.22.1

   Fuel Oil (Tank Name)    L.S.H.F.O. tk.Port

12.22.2

   Fuel Oil (Capacity)    770.4 Cu. Metres

12.22.3

   Diesel Oil (Tank Name)   

12.22.4

   Diesel Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.22.5

   Gas Oil (Tank Name)   

12.22.6

   Gas Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.23.1

   Fuel Oil (Tank Name)    L.S.H.F.O. Settl.tk STB

12.23.2

   Fuel Oil (Capacity)    42.3 Cu. Metres

12.23.3

   Diesel Oil (Tank Name)   

12.23.4

   Diesel Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.23.5

   Gas Oil (Tank Name)   

12.23.6

   Gas Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.24.1

   Fuel Oil (Tank Name)    L.s.h.f.o. servicetk. STB

12.24.2

   Fuel Oil (Capacity)    42.3 Cu. Metres

12.24.3

   Diesel Oil (Tank Name)   

12.24.4

   Diesel Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.24.5

   Gas Oil (Tank Name)   

12.24.6

   Gas Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.25.1

   Fuel Oil (Tank Name)    H.F.O. Settl/serv.tks. STB

12.25.2

   Fuel Oil (Capacity)    120.5 Cu. Metres

12.25.3

   Diesel Oil (Tank Name)   

12.25.4

   Diesel Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

12.25.5

   Gas Oil (Tank Name)   

12.25.6

   Gas Oil (Capacity)    Cu. Metres

6

   STEERING GEAR   

12.26

   What type of steering gear fitted?    Rolls Royce, Electro-Hydraulic
rotary vane type with electric pump
control

12.27

   How many motorized hydraulic pumps or motors fitted?    2

12.28

   How many telemotors fitted?   

12.29

   Is an emergency rudder arrest/rudder control fitted?    No

7

   ANTI-POLLUTION   

12.30

   Is an engine-room bilge high level alarm fitted?    Yes

12.31

   Is a pump room bilge high level alarm fitted?   

12.32

   Is there a permanently installed system for the disposal of residues from the machinery space sludge tank to shore?    Yes

12.33

   Are there facilities on board to incinerate machinery space sludge?    Yes

13

   Chapter 13   

1

   SHIP TO SHIP TRANSFER   

13.1

   Does vessel comply with recommendations contained in OCIMF/ICS Ship To Ship Transfer Guide (Petroleum or Liquified Gas, as applicable)    Yes

13.2

   Are at least 7 ratings available to assist with mooring operations?    Yes

13.3

   What is Safe Working Load (SWL) of bitts in the manifold area?    40 Metric Tonnes

13.4

   Are manifold bitts at least 35 metres away from the breastlines leading fore and aft?    Yes

13.5

   What is maximum outreach of vessel’s cranes or derricks outboard of the ship’s side?    9.6 Metres

13.6

   Are four (4) 200m x 40mm messenger lines available for Ship-To-Ship (STS) mooring operations?    Yes

13.7

   Are there two (2) closed chocks with associated bollards and leads to winches located within 35 metres forward and aft of the centre of the cargo manifold?    Yes

14

   Chapter 14   

1

   CHEMICAL CARRIER INFORMATION   

14.1

   In the case of a Chemical Carrier carrying oil, does the vessel comply fully with the requirements of MARPOL as per Section 8 of the IOPP Supplement (Form B)?   

 

24


14.2

   Is vessel equipped with an emergency portable cargo pump?   

14.3

   Are independent high level alarms fitted?   

14.4

   Is a tank overflow control system fitted?   

14.4.1

   Are these also fitted to deck tanks?   

14.5

   Are there cargo tank filling restrictions?   

14.5.1

   If yes   

14.5.2

   Filling restrictions are   

14.6

   Is the vessel fitted with a fixed remote reading temperature system?   

14.7

   Is the vessel fitted with a fixed remote pressure gauging equipment?   

14.8

   Specify other cargo measurement equipment available   

14.9

   Is an Efficient Stripping System fitted?   

14.9.1

   Are independent stripping lines fitted?   

14.9.2

   What is the material of stripping lines?   

14.9.3

   What is the diameter of the stripping lines?    Millimetres

2

   IGS   

14.10.1

   (IGS) Composition of gas supplied by   

14.10.2

   Nitrogen%    %

14.10.3

   Carbon Dioxide %    %

14.10.4

   Oxygen %    %

14.10.5

   Sulphur Dioxide %    %

14.10.6

   Carbon Monoxide %    %

14.10.7

   Oxides of Nitrogen %    %

14.10.8

   Dew Point degrees Celsius    Degrees Celsius

14.11.1

   (IGS) Composition of gas supplied by   

14.11.2

   Nitrogen%    %

14.11.3

   Carbon Dioxide %    %

14.11.4

   Oxygen %    %

14.11.5

   Sulphur Dioxide %    %

14.11.6

   Carbon Monoxide %    %

14.11.7

   Oxides of Nitrgen %    %

14.11.8

   Dew Point degrees Celsius    Degrees Celsius

14.12

   Is Cargo Tank Drier fitted?   

14.12.1

   If yes, manufacturer name   

14.12.2

   Capacity    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.13

   Is bottled Nitrogen available for deck use?   

14.14

   Is steam available on deck?   

3

   TANK CONDITIONING   

14.15

   Is there a fixed ventilation system?   

14.15.1

   What is the Total capacity?    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.16

   Is the fixed ventilation system fitted with a dehumidifier?   

14.16.1

   What is the Total capacity?    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.17

   Is there independent piping?   

14.17.1

   Through cargo lines   

14.17.2

   Portable fans   

14.17.3

   Number   

14.17.4

   Type   

14.17.5

   Capacity (one)    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.18

   Are there gas freeing stand pipes?   

14.18.1

   Portable   

14.18.2

   Fixed   

4

   SAFETY   

14.19

   Is there Protective equipment for the protection of crew members available as per IBC 14.1.1 / BCH 3.16.1.?   

14.20

   When required by the Chemical Code, is respiratory and eye protection for every person on board available for emergency escape purposes?   

14.21

   When required by the Chemical Code, is there on board at least three sets of personnel protection safety equipment (IBC 14.2.1 / BCH 3.16)?   

14.22

   Is an Oxygen resuscitator available on board?   

14.23

   Are there at least two decontamination showers available on deck?   

 

25


5

   CARGO AND OTHER MANIFOLDS   

14.24

   Total number of manifold connections per side   

14.24.1.1

   Number (Port)   

14.24.1.2

   Size (Port)    Millimetres

14.24.2.1

   Number (Starboard)   

14.24.2.2

   Size (Starboard)    Millimetres

14.25

   Designed Max. loading rate    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.26

   Height of cargo vapour connections above keel    Metres

14.27

   Located on both sides?   

14.28

   Is there an additional connection to cargo system on deck?   

14.28.1

   If yes, position (distance from bow)    Metres

6

   CARGO AND OTHER MANIFOLD DIAGRAM   

14.29

   Cargo and Other Manifold Diagram   

14.30

   Main deck to center of manifold (A)    Millimetres

14.31

   Manifold to ship side (B)    Millimetres

14.32

   Dimension C    Millimetres

14.33

   Dimension D    Millimetres

14.34

   Dimension E    Millimetres

14.35

   Bunker manifold to cargo manifold (a)    Millimetres

14.36

   Cargo manifold to cargo manifold (b)    Millimetres

14.37

   Dimension x    Millimetres

14.38

   Dimension y    Millimetres

14.39

   Dimension z    Millimetres

14.40

   Cargo manifold to vapour return manifold (i)    Metres

14.41

   Dimension ii    Millimetres

14.42

   Dimension iii    Millimetres

7

   CARGO TANK PARTICULARS   

14.43.1

   Cargo Tank Number(1)   

14.43.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.43.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.43.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.43.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.43.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.43.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.43.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.43.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.43.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.43.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.43.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.43.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.43.14

   COATING DATE   

14.43.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.43.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.43.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.43.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.43.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.44.1

   Cargo Tank Number(2)   

14.44.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.44.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.44.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.44.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.44.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.44.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.44.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.44.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.44.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.44.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.44.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.44.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.44.14

   COATING DATE   

 

26


14.44.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.44.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.44.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.44.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.44.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.45.1

   Cargo Tank Number(3)   

14.45.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.45.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.45.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.45.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.45.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.45.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.45.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.45.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.45.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.45.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.45.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.45.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.45.14

   COATING DATE   

14.45.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.45.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.45.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.45.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.45.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.46.1

   Cargo Tank Number(4)   

14.46.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.46.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.46.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.46.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.46.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.46.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.46.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.46.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.46.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.46.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.46.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.46.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.46.14

   COATING DATE   

14.46.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.46.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.46.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.46.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.46.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.47.1

   Cargo Tank Number(5)   

14.47.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.47.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.47.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.47.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.47.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.47.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.47.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.47.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.47.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.47.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.47.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.47.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.47.14

   COATING DATE   

14.47.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.47.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.47.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

 

27


14.47.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.47.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.48.1

   Cargo Tank Number(6)   

14.48.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.48.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.48.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.48.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.48.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.48.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.48.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.48.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.48.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.48.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.48.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.48.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.48.14

   COATING DATE   

14.48.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.48.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.48.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.48.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.48.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.49.1

   Cargo Tank Number(7)   

14.49.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.49.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.49.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.49.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.49.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.49.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.49.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.49.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.49.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.49.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.49.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.49.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.49.14

   COATING DATE   

14.49.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.49.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.49.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.49.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.49.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.50.1

   Cargo Tank Number(8)   

14.50.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.50.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.50.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.50.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.50.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.50.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.50.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.50.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.50.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.50.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.50.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.50.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.50.14

   COATING DATE   

14.50.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.50.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.50.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.50.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.50.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.51.1

   Cargo Tank Number(9)   

 

28


14.51.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.51.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.51.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.51.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.51.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.51.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.51.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.51.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.51.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.51.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.51.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.51.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.51.14

   COATING DATE   

14.51.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.51.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.51.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.51.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.51.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.52.1

   Cargo Tank Number(10)   

14.52.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.52.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.52.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.52.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.52.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.52.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.52.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.52.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.52.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.52.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.52.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.52.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.52.14

   COATING DATE   

14.52.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.52.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.52.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.52.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.52.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.53.1

   Cargo Tank Number(11)   

14.53.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.53.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.53.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.53.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.53.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.53.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.53.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.53.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.53.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.53.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.53.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.53.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.53.14

   COATING DATE   

14.53.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.53.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.53.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.53.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.53.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.54.1

   Cargo Tank Number(12)   

14.54.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.54.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.54.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

 

29


14.54.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.54.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.54.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.54.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.54.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.54.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.54.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.54.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.54.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.54.14

   COATING DATE   

14.54.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.54.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.54.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.54.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.54.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.55.1

   Cargo Tank Number(13)   

14.55.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.55.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.55.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.55.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.55.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.55.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.55.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.55.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.55.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.55.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.55.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.55.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.55.14

   COATING DATE   

14.55.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.55.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.55.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.55.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.55.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.56.1

   Cargo Tank Number(14)   

14.56.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.56.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.56.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.56.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.56.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.56.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.56.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.56.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.56.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.56.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.56.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.56.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.56.14

   COATING DATE   

14.56.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.56.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.56.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.56.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.56.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.57.1

   Cargo Tank Number(15)   

14.57.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.57.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.57.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.57.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.57.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.57.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

 

30


14.57.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.57.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.57.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.57.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.57.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.57.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.57.14

   COATING DATE   

14.57.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.57.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.57.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.57.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.57.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.58.1

   Cargo Tank Number(16)   

14.58.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.58.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.58.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.58.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.58.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.58.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.58.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.58.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.58.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.58.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.58.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.58.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.58.14

   COATING DATE   

14.58.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.58.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.58.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.58.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.58.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.59.1

   Cargo Tank Number(17)   

14.59.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.59.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.59.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.59.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.59.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.59.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.59.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.59.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.59.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.59.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.59.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.59.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.59.14

   COATING DATE   

14.59.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.59.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.59.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.59.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.59.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.60.1

   Cargo Tank Number(18)   

14.60.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.60.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.60.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.60.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.60.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.60.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.60.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.60.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.60.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

 

31


14.60.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.60.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.60.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.60.14

   COATING DATE   

14.60.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.60.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.60.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.60.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.60.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.61.1

   Cargo Tank Number(19)   

14.61.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.61.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.61.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.61.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.61.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.61.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.61.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.61.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.61.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.61.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.61.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.61.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.61.14

   COATING DATE   

14.61.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.61.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.61.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.61.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.61.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.62.1

   Cargo Tank Number(20)   

14.62.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.62.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.62.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.62.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.62.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.62.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.62.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.62.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.62.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.62.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.62.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.62.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.62.14

   COATING DATE   

14.62.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.62.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.62.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.62.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.62.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.63.1

   Cargo Tank Number(21)   

14.63.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.63.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.63.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.63.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.63.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.63.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.63.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.63.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.63.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.63.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.63.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.63.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

 

32


14.63.14

   COATING DATE   

14.63.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.63.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.63.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.63.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.63.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

14.64.1

   Cargo Tank Number(22)   

14.64.2

   TANK LOCATION   

14.64.3

   IMO TYPE   

14.64.4

   CAPACITY 100%    Cu. Metres

14.64.5

   MAX. LOAD RATE    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.64.6

   MAX. TANK PRESSURE    bar

14.64.7

   MAX. VENTING CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.64.8

   PRESSURE MONITOR   

14.64.9

   CARGO PUMP CAPACITY    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.64.10

   STRIPPED ROB    Liters

14.64.11

   HEATING MAX. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.64.12

   COOLING MIN. TEMP    Degrees Celsius

14.64.13

   CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR COATING   

14.64.14

   COATING DATE   

14.64.15

   HIGH LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.64.16

   HI/HI LEVEL ALARM TYPE   

14.64.17

   LEVEL GAUGE TYPE   

14.64.18

   VAPOUR LOCKS DIAMETER    Millimetres

14.64.19

   CLOSED SAMPLE TYPE   

8

   BALLAST TANK CAPACITIES   

14.65.1

   Ballast Tank Number(1)   

14.65.2

   Ballast Tank Location(1)   

14.65.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(1)   

14.65.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(1)    Cu. Metres

14.66.1

   Ballast Tank Number(2)   

14.66.2

   Ballast Tank Location(2)   

14.66.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(2)   

14.66.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(2)    Cu. Metres

14.67.1

   Ballast Tank Number(3)   

14.67.2

   Ballast Tank Location(3)   

14.67.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(3)   

14.67.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(3)    Cu. Metres

14.68.1

   Ballast Tank Number(4)   

14.68.2

   Ballast Tank Location(4)   

14.68.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(4)   

14.68.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(4)    Cu. Metres

14.69.1

   Ballast Tank Number(5)   

14.69.2

   Ballast Tank Location(5)   

14.69.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(5)   

14.69.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(5)    Cu. Metres

14.70.1

   Ballast Tank Number(6)   

14.70.2

   Ballast Tank Location(6)   

14.70.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(6)   

14.70.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(6)    Cu. Metres

14.71.1

   Ballast Tank Number(7)   

14.71.2

   Ballast Tank Location(7)   

14.71.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(7)   

14.71.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(7)    Cu. Metres

14.72.1

   Ballast Tank Number(8)   

14.72.2

   Ballast Tank Location(8)   

14.72.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(8)   

14.72.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(8)    Cu. Metres

14.73.1

   Ballast Tank Number(9)   

14.73.2

   Ballast Tank Location(9)   

 

33


14.73.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(9)   

14.73.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(9)    Cu. Metres

14.74.1

   Ballast Tank Number(10)   

14.74.2

   Ballast Tank Location(10)   

14.74.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(10)   

14.74.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(10)    Cu. Metres

14.75.1

   Ballast Tank Number(11)   

14.75.2

   Ballast Tank Location(11)   

14.75.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(11)   

14.75.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(11)    Cu. Metres

14.76.1

   Ballast Tank Number(12)   

14.76.2

   Ballast Tank Location(12)   

14.76.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(12)   

14.76.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(12)    Cu. Metres

14.77.1

   Ballast Tank Number(13)   

14.77.2

   Ballast Tank Location(13)   

14.77.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(13)   

14.77.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(13)    Cu. Metres

14.78.1

   Ballast Tank Number(14)   

14.78.2

   Ballast Tank Location(14)   

14.78.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(14)   

14.78.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(14)    Cu. Metres

14.79.1

   Ballast Tank Number(15)   

14.79.2

   Ballast Tank Location(15)   

14.79.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(15)   

14.79.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(15)    Cu. Metres

14.80.1

   Ballast Tank Number(16)   

14.80.2

   Ballast Tank Location(16)   

14.80.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(16)   

14.80.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(16)    Cu. Metres

14.81.1

   Ballast Tank Number(17)   

14.81.2

   Ballast Tank Location(17)   

14.81.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(17)   

14.81.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(17)    Cu. Metres

14.82.1

   Ballast Tank Number(18)   

14.82.2

   Ballast Tank Location(18)   

14.82.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(18)   

14.82.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(18)    Cu. Metres

14.83.1

   Ballast Tank Number(19)   

14.83.2

   Ballast Tank Location(19)   

14.83.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(19)   

14.83.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(19)    Cu. Metres

14.84.1

   Ballast Tank Number(20)   

14.84.2

   Ballast Tank Location(20)   

14.84.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(20)   

14.84.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(20)    Cu. Metres

14.85.1

   Ballast Tank Number(21)   

14.85.2

   Ballast Tank Location(21)   

14.85.3

   Ballast Tank Coating Date(21)   

14.85.4

   Ballast Tank Capacity(21)    Cu. Metres

14.86

   Ballast Tank Total Capacity    0 Cu. Metres

9

   TANK CLEANING SYSTEM   

14.87

   Is tank cleaning equipment fixed in cargo tanks?   

14.88

   Is portable tank cleaning equipment available?   

14.89

   What is the capacity of one tank cleaning machine?    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.89.1

   At pressure of    bar

14.89.2

   Duration of complete cycle    Minutes

14.89.3

   Nozzle diameter    Millimetres

14.90

   Tank washing pump capacity    Cu. Metres/Hour

14.91

   Is a washing water heater fitted?   

 

34


14.91.1

   What is the Max. washing water temperature?    Degrees Celsius

14.92

   Maximum number of machines operative at pressure above   

14.93

   Where there is different type of equipment used, what is the capacity and type of equipment?   

15

   Chapter 15   

1

   GAS CARRIER INFORMATION   

15.1

   Does vessel have an IOPPC with Form B identifying the vessel as an oil product carrier?   

15.2

   Do the Safety Construction and Safety Equipment Certificates identify the vessel as a ‘tanker engaged in the trade of carrying oil other than crude oil’?   

2

   CARGO INFORMATION   

15.3

   List products which the vessel is Certified to carry   

3

   TRANSPORT AND CARRIAGE CONDITIONS   

15.4

   What is the Minimum allowable tank temperature?    Degrees Celsius

15.5

   What is the Maximum Permissible tank pressure?    Kp/Sq. Centimetre

15.6

   Lowest permissible cargo tank pressure    Kp/Sq. Centimetre

15.7

   What are the Number of grades that can be loaded/ carried/discharged simultaneously and completely segregated without risk of contamination?   

15.8

   What is the Number of Products that can be conditioned by reliquefaction simultaneously?   

15.9

   State the number of natural segregations (NB: Separation must be by the removal of spools or the insertion of blanks)   

15.10

   Material of Construction of Cargo Piping System   

15.11

   Is Cargo piping system fitted with filters?   

15.11.1

   If yes, can cargo piping filters be by-passed or removed?   

15.12

   Are Expansion loops fitted?   

15.13

   Are liquid cargo lines free of expansion bellows?   

15.14

   Location of Booster pumps   

4

   CARGO TANKS   

15.15

   What Type and materials of cargo tanks?   

15.16

   Maximum allowable relief valve setting    Bar Gauge

15.17

   IMO Setting    Bar Gauge

15.18

   USCG Setting    Bar Gauge

15.19

   Safety valve set pressure - if variable give range of pilot valves    Bar Gauge

15.19.1

   If variable give range of pilot valves – from    Bar Gauge

15.19.2

   If variable give range of pilot valves – to    Bar Gauge

15.20

   Maximum Vacuum    Kp/Sq. Centimetre

15.21

   Maximum cargo density    Kp/Sq. Centimetre

15.22

   Maximum rate of cool down    Degrees C/Hour

15.23

   State any limitations regarding partially filled tanks   

15.24

   State allowable combinations of filled and empty tanks   

5

   CARGO TANK CAPACITIES   

15.25.1

   Tank 1 Capacity m3 (100%)    Cu. Metres

15.25.2

   Tank 1 Butane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.25.3

   Tank 1 Butane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.25.4

   Tank 1 Propane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.25.5

   Tank 1 Propane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.25.6

   Tank 1 Ammonia Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.25.7

   Tank 1 Ammonia degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.25.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.25.8

   Tank 1 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.25.9

   Tank 1 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.25.10

   Tank 1 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.25.11

   Tank 1 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.26.1

   Tank 2 Capacity m3 (100%)    Cu. Metres

15.26.2

   Tank 2 Butane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.26.3

   Tank 2 Butane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.26.4

   Tank 2 Propane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.26.5

   Tank 2 Propane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

 

35


15.26.6

   Tank 2 Ammonia Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.26.7

   Tank 2 Ammonia degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.26.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.26.8

   Tank 2 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.26.9

   Tank 2 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.26.10

   Tank 2 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.26.11

   Tank 2 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.27.1

   Tank 3 Capacity m3 (100%)    Cu. Metres

15.27.2

   Tank 3 Butane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.27.3

   Tank 3 Butane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.27.4

   Tank 3 Propane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.27.5

   Tank 3 Propane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.27.6

   Tank 3 Ammonia Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.27.7

   Tank 3 Ammonia degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.27.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.27.8

   Tank 3 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.27.9

   Tank 3 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.27.10

   Tank 3 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.27.11

   Tank 3 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.28.1

   Tank 4 Capacity m3 (100%)    Cu. Metres

15.28.2

   Tank 4 Butane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.28.3

   Tank 4 Butane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.28.4

   Tank 4 Propane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.28.5

   Tank 4 Propane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.28.6

   Tank 4 Ammonia Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.28.7

   Tank 4 Ammonia degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.28.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.28.8

   Tank 4 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.28.9

   Tank 4 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.28.10

   Tank 4 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.28.11

   Tank 4 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.29.1

   Tank 5 Capacity m3 (100%)    Cu. Metres

15.29.2

   Tank 5 Butane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.29.3

   Tank 5 Butane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.29.4

   Tank 5 Propane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.29.5

   Tank 5 Propane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.29.6

   Tank 5 Ammonia Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.29.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.29.7

   Tank 5 Ammonia degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.29.8

   Tank 5 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.29.9

   Tank 5 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.29.10

   Tank 5 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.29.11

   Tank 5 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.30.1

   Tank 6 Capacity m3 (100%)    Cu. Metres

15.30.2

   Tank 6 Butane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.30.3

   Tank 6 Butane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.30.4

   Tank 6 Propane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.30.5

   Tank 6 Propane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.30.6

   Tank 6 Ammonia Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.30.7

   Tank 6 Ammonia degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.30.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.30.8

   Tank 6 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.30.9

   Tank 6 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.30.10

   Tank 6 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.30.11

   Tank 6 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.31.1

   Tank 7 Capacity m3 (100%)    Cu. Metres

15.31.2

   Tank 7 Butane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.31.3

   Tank 7 Butane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.31.4

   Tank 7 Propane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.31.5

   Tank 7 Propane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

 

36


15.31.6

   Tank 7 Ammonia Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.31.7

   Tank 7 Ammonia degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.31.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.31.8

   Tank 7 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.31.9

   Tank 7 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.31.10

   Tank 7 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.31.11

   Tank 7 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.32.1

   Tank 8 Capacity m3 (100%)    Cu. Metres

15.32.2

   Tank 8 Butane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.32.3

   Tank 8 Butane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.32.4

   Tank 8 Propane Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.32.5

   Tank 8 Propane degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.32.6

   Tank 8 Ammonia Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.32.7

   Tank 8 Ammonia degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.32.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.32.8

   Tank 8 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.32.9

   Tank 8 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.32.10

   Tank 8 “other” Tonnes    Metric Tonnes

15.32.11

   Tank 8 “other” degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.33

   Total Capacity of all tanks (100%)    0 Cu. Metres

15.34

   Total Capacity of all Butane tanks Tonnes    0 Metric Tonnes

15.35

   Total Capacity of all Propane tanks Tonnes    0 Metric Tonnes

15.36

   Total Capacity of all Ammonia tanks Tonnes    0 Metric Tonnes

15.37

   Total Capacity of all “other” tanks Tonnes    0 Metric Tonnes

15.38

   Total Capacity of all “other” tanks Tonnes    0 Metric Tonnes

6

   LOADING RATES   

15.39

   From Refrigerated Storage   

15.39.1

   Butane - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.2

   Butane - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.3

   Propane - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.4

   Propane - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.5

   Ammonia - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.6

   Ammonia - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.7

   “other” - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.7.1

   Specify other cargo   

15.39.8

   “other” - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.9

   “other” - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.39.10

   “other” - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40

   From Pressure Storage   

15.40.1

   Butane 0-30deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.2

   Butane 0-30deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.3

   Propane 0 deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.4

   Propane 0 deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.5

   Propane 10 deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.6

   Propane 10 deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.7

   Propane 20 deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.8

   Propane 20 deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.9

   Propane 30 deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) with vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.40.10

   Propane 30 deg C - Rate (tonnes/hr) without vapor return    Metric Tonnes/Hour

15.41

   Special remarks   

7

   DISCHARGING - GENERAL   

15.42

   Cargo Pumps   

15.42.1

   Type of Cargo Pumps   

15.42.2

   Number of pumps per tank   

15.42.3

   Rate per Pump m3/hr    Cu. Metres/Hour

15.42.4

   At Delivery Head mlc    Metres Liquid Column

15.42.5

   Maximum density kg/m3    Kg/Cu. Metre

15.43

   Booster Pump   

15.43.1

   Type of Booster Pumps   

15.43.2

   Number of pumps per tank   

 

37


15.43.3

   Rate per Pump m3/hr    Cu. Metres/Hour

15.43.4

   At Delivery Head mlc    Metres Liquid Column

15.43.5

   Maximum density kg/m3    Kg/Cu. Metre

8

   DISCHARGE PERFORMANCE   

15.44

   Full Cargo Discharge Times (using all main pumps)   

15.44.1

   Fully Refrigerated   

15.44.1.1

   Hours (Back Press 1 kP/cm2) with vapor return    Hours

15.44.1.2

   Hours (Back Press 1 kP/cm2) without vapor return    Hours

15.44.1.3

   Hours (Back Press 5 kP/cm2) with vapor return    Hours

15.44.1.4

   Hours (Back Press 5 kP/cm2) without vapor return    Hours

15.44.1.5

   Hours (Back Press 10 kP/cm2) with vapor return    Hours

15.44.1.6

   Hours (Back Press 10 kP/cm2) without vapor return    Hours

15.44.2

   Pressurized   

15.44.2.1

   Hours (Back Press 1 kP/cm2) with vapor return    Hours

15.44.2.2

   Hours (Back Press 1 kP/cm2) without vapor return    Hours

15.44.2.3

   Hours (Back Press 5 kP/cm2) with vapor return    Hours

15.44.2.4

   Hours (Back Press 5 kP/cm2) without vapor return    Hours

15.44.2.5

   Hours (Back Press 10 kP/cm2) with vapor return    Hours

15.44.2.6

   Hours (Back Press 10 kP/cm2) without vapor return    Hours

9

   UNPUMPABLES   

15.45

   Unpumpables tank 1 (m3)    Cu. Metres

15.46

   Unpumpables tank 2 (m3)    Cu. Metres

15.47

   Unpumpables tank 3 (m3)    Cu. Metres

15.48

   Unpumpables tank 4 (m3)    Cu. Metres

15.49

   Unpumpables tank 5 (m3)    Cu. Metres

15.50

   Unpumpables tank 6 (m3)    Cu. Metres

15.51

   Unpumpables tank 7 (m3)    Cu. Metres

15.52

   Unpumpables tank 8 (m3)    Cu. Metres

15.53

   Total Unpumpables (m3)    0 Cu. Metres

10

   VAPORIZING UNPUMPABLES   

15.54

   Process used   

15.55

   Time to vaporize liquid unpumpables remaining after full cargo discharge - Propane    Hours

15.56

   Time to vaporize liquid unpumpables remaining after full cargo discharge - Butane    Hours

15.57

   Time to vaporize liquid unpumpables remaining after full cargo discharge - Ammonia    Hours

15.58

   Specify other cargo   

15.58.1

   Time to vaporize liquid unpumpables remaining after full cargo discharge - Other    Hours

15.59

   Specify other cargo   

15.59.1

   Time to vaporize liquid unpumpables remaining after full cargo discharge - Other    Hours

15.60

   Specify other cargo   

15.60.1

   Time to vaporize liquid unpumpables remaining after full cargo discharge - Other    Hours

11

   RELIQUEFACTION PLANT   

15.61

   Plant Design Conditions - air temperature degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.61.1

   Plant Design Conditions - sea temperature degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.62

   Is the plant single stage/direct?   

15.62.1

   Is the plant two stage/direct?   

15.62.2

   Is the plant simple cascade?   

15.63

   Coolant type   

15.64

   Compressor type   

15.64.1

   Compressor makers name   

15.64.2

   Number of compressors   

15.64.3

   Capacity per unit    Cu. Metres/Hour

15.64.4

   Are they Oil Free?   

12

   COOLING CAPACITY   

15.65.1

   State Cooling capacity for Propane @ -42 degrees C    Kcal/Hour

 

38


15.65.2

   State Cooling capacity for Propane @ -20 degrees C    Kcal/Hour

15.65.3

   State Cooling capacity for Propane @ -5 degrees C    Kcal/Hour

15.66.1

   State Cooling capacity for Butane @ -42 degrees    Kcal/Hour

15.66.2

   State Cooling capacity for Butane @ -20 degrees C    Kcal/Hour

15.66.3

   State Cooling capacity for Butane @ -5 degrees C    Kcal/Hour

13

   CARGO TEMPERATURE LOWERING CAPABILITY   

15.67

   Time taken to lower the temperature of   

15.67.1.1

   Propane from … degrees C to - 42 degrees C    Degrees Celsius

15.67.1.2

   Hours    Hours

15.67.1.3

   Propane from -5 degrees C to - 42degrees C    Hours

15.67.1.4

   Propane from -38 degrees C to - 42degrees C    Hours

15.67.1.5

   Propane from +20 degrees C to - 0.5degrees C    Hours

15.67.1.6

   Propane from +10 degrees C to -0.5degrees C    Hours

15.67.2.1

   Butane from +20 degrees C to -0.5degreesC    Hours

15.67.2.2

   Butane from +10 degrees C to -0.5degreesC    Hours

15.67.2.3

   Butane from +10 degrees C to -5degreesC    Hours

15.67.3.1

   Cargo   

15.67.3.2

   From    Degrees Celsius

15.67.3.3

   To    Degrees Celsius

15.67.3.4

   Hours    Hours

15.67.4.1

   Cargo   

15.67.4.2

   From    Degrees Celsius

15.67.4.3

   To    Degrees Celsius

15.67.4.4

   Hours    Hours

15.67.5.1

   Cargo   

15.67.5.2

   From    Degrees Celsius

15.67.5.3

   To    Degrees Celsius

15.67.5.4

   Hours    Hours

15.67.6.1

   Cargo   

15.67.6.2

   From    Degrees Celsius

15.67.6.3

   To    Degrees Celsius

15.67.6.4

   Hours    Hours

15.68

   Is there an emergency discharge method available?   

15.68.1

   If yes, the method is   

15.69

   Sample points are provided for vapour   

15.69.1

   Sample points are provided for liquid   

14

   DECK TANK CAPACITIES   

15.70

   Are Deck pressure tanks fitted?   

15.71

   Propane Capacity    Cu. Metres

15.72

   Butane Capacity    Cu. Metres

15.73

   Ammonia Capacity    Cu. Metres

15.74

   Maximum allowable relief valve setting    Bar Gauge

15.75

   Material of tank   

15

   PRE-LOADING COOLDOWN   

15.76.1

   Propane - Quantity of Coolant Required    Cu. Metres

15.76.2

   Propane - Time required to cooldown cargo tanks from ambient temperature with vapour return line    Hours

15.76.3

   Propane - Time required to cooldown cargo tanks from ambient temperature without vapour return line    Hours

15.77.1

   Butane - Quantity of Coolant Required    Cu. Metres

15.77.2

   Butane - Time required to cooldown cargo tanks from ambient temperature with vapour return line    Hours

15.77.3

   Butane - Time required to cooldown cargo tanks from ambient temperature without vapour return line    Hours

15.78.1

   Ammonia - Quantity of Coolant Required    Cu. Metres

15.78.2

   Ammonia - Time required to cooldown cargo tanks from ambient temperature with vapour return line    Hours

15.78.3

   Ammonia - Time required to cooldown cargo tanks from ambient temperature without vapour return line    Hours

15.79.1

   VCM - Quantity of Coolant Required    Cu. Metres

 

39


15.79.2

   VCM - Time required to cooldown cargo tanks from ambient temperature without vapour return line    Hours

15.79.3

   VCM - Time required to cooldown cargo tanks from ambient temperature with vapour return line    Hours

16

   VAPORISER   

15.80

   Type of Vaporiser   

15.81

   Number of Vaporisers fitted   

15.82.1

   Capacity per unit - Propane    Cu. Metres/Hour Vapor

15.82.2

   Liquid Supply Rate    Cu. Metres/Hour Liquid

15.82.3

   Delivery Temperature    Degrees Celsius

15.83.1

   Capacity per unit - Ammonia    Cu. Metres/Hour Vapor

15.83.2

   Liquid Supply Rate    Cu. Metres/Hour Liquid

15.83.3

   Delivery Temperature    Degrees Celsius

15.84.1

   Capacity per unit - Nitrogen    Cu. Metres/Hour Vapor

15.84.2

   Liquid Supply Rate    Cu. Metres/Hour Liquid

15.84.3

   Delivery Temperature    Degrees Celsius

17

   BLOWER   

15.85

   Type of Blower   

15.85.1

   Rated Capacity    Cu. Metres/Hour

15.85.2

   Delivery Pressure    Kp/ Sq. Centimetre

18

   CARGO RE-HEATER   

15.86

   Type of Re-Heater   

15.86.1

   Number of Re-Heaters Fitted   

15.86.2

   Heating Medium of Re-Heater   

15.87.1

   Discharge rates with sea water at 15 degrees C to raise product temperature of Propane from -42 degrees C to -5 degrees C    Cu. Metres/Hour

15.87.2

   Discharge rates with sea water at 15 degrees C to raise product temperature of Ammonia from -42 degrees C to -5 degrees C    Cu. Metres/Hour

19

   HYDRATE CONTROL   

15.88

   What is the type of Depressant?   

15.89

   What is the freezing point temperature?    Degrees Celsius

15.90

   What is the Quantity of Depressant Carried?    Liters

15.91

   What is the means of injection?   

15.92

   Name any other system used   

15.93

   Is there an Additional pressure relief system fitted?   

15.94

   Is Emergency cargo jettison provided?   

15.95

   If yes, can Emergency cargo jettisoning be isolated from the cargo system when not in use?   

20

   CARGO MEASUREMENT   

15.96

   Level Gauges   

15.96.1

   Are level gauges local or remote?   

15.96.2

   Name of manufacture   

15.96.3

   Type   

15.96.4

   Rated Accuracy    %

15.96.5

   Certifying Authority   

15.96.6

   Are slip tubes installed?   

15.97

   Temperature Gauges   

15.97.1

   Name of manufacture   

15.97.2

   Type    N/A

15.97.3

   Rated Accuracy    %

15.97.4

   Certifying Authority   

15.98

   Pressure Gauges   

15.98.1

   Name of manufacture   

15.98.2

   Type    N/A

15.98.3

   Rated Accuracy    %

15.98.4

   Certifying Authority   

15.99

   Oxygen Analyser   

15.99.1

   Name of manufacture   

15.99.2

   Type    N/A

15.99.3

   What is the lowest level measurable?    %

 

40


15.100

   Fixed Gas Analyser   

15.100.1

   Name of manufacture   

15.100.2

   Type    N/A

15.101

   Are Cargo tank calibration tables available?   

15.101.1

   Name of Measuring Company   

15.101.2

   Name of Certifying Authority   

15.102.1

   Calibration calculated to cm?   

15.102.2

   Calibration calculated to 1/2 cm?   

15.103.1

   Tables established to cm?   

15.103.2

   Tables established to mm?   

15.103.3

   Tables established to “other”   

15.104

   Are trim and list corrections available?   

15.105

   Are temperature corrections available?   

15.106

   Are float gauge tape corrections available?   

21

   CARGO SAMPLING   

15.107

   Indicate whether cargo samples may be obtained from the levels specified   

15.107.1.1

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 1 top   

15.107.1.2

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 1 middle   

15.107.1.3

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 1 bottom   

15.107.2.1

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 2 top   

15.107.2.2

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 2 middle   

15.107.2.3

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 2 bottom   

15.107.3.1

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 3 top   

15.107.3.2

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 3 middle   

15.107.3.3

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 3 bottom   

15.107.4.1

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 4 top   

15.107.4.2

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 4 middle   

15.107.4.3

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 4 bottom   

15.107.5.1

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 5 top   

15.107.5.2

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 5 middle   

15.107.5.3

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 5 bottom   

15.107.6.1

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 6 top   

15.107.6.2

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 6 middle   

15.107.6.3

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 6 bottom   

15.107.7.1

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 7 top   

15.107.7.2

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 7 middle   

15.107.7.3

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 7 bottom   

15.107.8.1

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 8 top   

15.107.8.2

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 8 middle   

15.107.8.3

   Cargo cargo samples be obtained from tank 8 bottom   

15.108

   Can samples be drawn from tank vapour outlet?   

15.109

   Can samples be drawn from manifold liquid line?   

15.110

   Can samples be drawn from manifold vapour line?   

15.111

   Can samples be drawn from pump discharge line?   

15.112

   State sample connection type   

15.112.1

   State sample connection size    Millimetres

15.113

   Number of ESD actuation points   

22

   CONNECTIONS TO SHORE FOR ESD AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS   

15.114

   Is ESD connection to shore available?   

15.114.1

   If yes, is the system pneumatic?   

15.114.2

   If yes, is the system electrical?   

15.114.3

   If yes, is the system fiber optic?   

15.115

   What is the type of plug used?   

15.116

   Are ESD hoses or cables available on board?   

15.116.1

   If yes, length of pneumatic    Millimetres

15.116.2

   If yes, length of electrical    Millimetres

15.116.3

   If yes, length of fiber optic    Millimetres

15.117

   Is there a connection available for a telephone line?   

15.118

   Are ESD connections available on both sides of vessel?   

 

41


15.118.1

   Are ESD Fusible plugs fitted at tank domes?   

15.118.2

   Are ESD Fusible plugs fitted at manifolds?   

15.119

   Is the link compatible with the SIGTTO guidelines?   

15.120

   Type of manifold valve   

15.120.1

   Closing time in seconds    Seconds

15.120.2

   Is closing time adjustable?   

15.121

   Is Independent high level shut down system fitted (overflow control)?   

15.121.1

   If yes, does the independent high level shutdown system also switch off running cargo pumps?   

15.122

   Shut down level %    %

23

   INERT GAS   

15.123

   Main IG Plant   

15.123.1

   Type of system   

15.123.2

   Capacity    Cu. Metres/ Hour

15.123.3

   Type of fuel used   

15.123.4

   Composition of IG - oxygen    %

15.123.5

   Composition of IG - CO2    %

15.123.6

   Composition of IG - Nox    %

15.123.7

   Composition of IG - N2    %

15.123.8

   Lowest dewpoint achievable    Degrees Celsius

15.123.9

   Used for   

15.124

   Auxiliary IG or Nitrogen plant   

15.124.1

   Type of System   

15.124.2

   Capacity    Cu. Metres/Hour

15.124.3

   Composition of IG - oxygen    %

15.124.4

   Composition of IG - CO2    %

15.124.5

   Composition of IG - Nox    %

15.124.6

   Composition of IG - N2    %

15.124.7

   Lowest dewpoint achievable    Degrees Celsius

15.124.8

   Used for   

15.125

   Nitrogen   

15.125.1

   Liquid storage capacity    Cu. Metres

15.125.2

   Daily boil-off loss    Cu. Metres

15.125.3

   Maximum supply pressure    Kp/Cu. Cm

15.125.4

   Supply capacity    Cu. Metres/Hour

15.125.5

   Used for   

24

   CARGO TANK INERTING/DE-INERTING   

15.126

   What is the time taken to inert from fresh air to under 5% O2 at -25 degree C?    Hours

15.127

   What is the time taken to inert from cargo vapour to fully inert at -25 degrees dewpoint when IG density is less than product?    Hours

15.128

   What is the time taken to inert from cargo vapour to fully inert at -25 degrees dewpoint when IG density is greater than product?    Hours

15.129

   Do relief valves discharging liquid cargo from the cargo piping system, discharge to the cargo vent mast?   

15.129.1

   If yes, is the vent mast equipped with liquid sensor and alarm?   

15.129.2

   If yes, does the alarm activate the pump stop?   

15.130

   Is there one ESD valve per manifold?   

15.130.1

   If no, the arrangement is   

15.131

   Is a hand operated valve fitted outboard of the manifold ESD valve?   

15.132

   Does inert gas piping pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations?   

15.133

   Can the Inert Gas System be fully segregated from the cargo system?   

15.134

   Are liquid drains fitted in cargo piping?   

15.135

   Are purge points fitted?   

15.136

   Are local pressure gauges fitted outboard of the manifold valves?   

15.137

   Is a temperature sensor fitted at or near the manifold?   

15.138

   Is a cargo compressor room fitted?   

15.140

   Is protective equipment for the protection of crew members available on board?   

 

42


15.140.1

   When required by the Gas Code, is respiratory and eye protection for every person on board available for emergency escape purposes?   

15.140.2

   Are two additional sets of respiratory and eye protection available on the navigating bridge?   

15.141

   Is there a permanently installed system of gas detection fitted?   

15.141.1

   Is the gas detection system fitted with high and low sampling heads/sensors?   

25

   GAS FREEING TO FRESH AIR   

15.142

   Plant used   

15.143

   What is the time taken from fully inert condition to fully breathable fresh air?    Hours

26

   CHANGING CARGO GRADES   

15.144

   Indicate number of hours needed to change grades from the removal of pumpables to tanks fit to load and the quantity of inert gas consumed during the operation   

15.144.1.1

   From propane to butane    Hours

15.144.1.2

   From propane to butane    Cu. Metres

15.144.1.3

   From propane to ammonia    Hours

15.144.1.4

   From propane to ammonia    Cu. Metres

15.144.1.5

   From propane to VCM    Hours

15.144.1.6

   From propane to VCM    Cu. Metres

15.144.2.1

   From butane to propane    Hours

15.144.2.2

   From butane to propane    Cu. Metres

15.144.2.3

   From butane to ammonia    Hours

15.144.2.4

   From butane to ammonia    Cu. Metres

15.144.2.5

   From butane to VCM    Hours

15.144.2.6

   From butane to VCM    Cu. Metres

15.144.3.1

   From ammonia to propane    Hours

15.144.3.2

   From ammonia to propane    Cu. Metres

15.144.3.3

   From ammonia to butane    Hours

15.144.3.4

   From ammonia to butane    Cu. Metres

15.144.3.5

   From ammonia to VCM    Hours

15.144.3.6

   From ammonia to VCM    Cu. Metres

15.144.4

   Restrictions   

15.144.5.1

   From VCM to propane    Hours

15.144.5.2

   From VCM to propane    Cu. Metres

15.144.5.3

   From VCM to butane    Hours

15.144.5.4

   From VCM to butane    Cu. Metres

15.144.5.5

   From VCM to ammonia    Hours

15.144.5.6

   From VCM to ammonia    Cu. Metres

15.144.6

   Note any operations that cannot be carried out at sea   

27

   CARGO MANIFOLD   

15.145

   Center of manifold to bow    Metres

15.146

   Center of manifold to stern    Metres

15.147.1

   Dimension A    Millimetres

15.147.2

   Dimension B    Millimetres

15.147.3

   Dimension C    Millimetres

15.147.4

   Dimension D    Millimetres

15.147.5

   Dimension E    Millimetres

15.147.6

   Dimension F    Millimetres

15.147.7

   Dimension G    Millimetres

15.147.8

   Dimension H    Millimetres

15.148.1

   Pipe Flange A - duty   

15.148.2

   Pipe Flange A - rating    bar

15.148.3

   Pipe Flange A - size    Millimetres

15.148.4

   Pipe Flange A raised or flat face   

15.149.1

   Pipe Flange B - duty   

15.149.2

   Pipe Flange B - rating    bar

15.149.3

   Pipe Flange B - size    Millimetres

15.149.4

   Pipe Flange B raised or flat face   

 

43


15.150.1

   Pipe Flange C - duty   

15.150.2

   Pipe Flange C - rating    bar

15.150.3

   Pipe Flange C - size    Millimetres

15.150.4

   Pipe Flange C raised or flat face   

15.151.1

   Pipe Flange D - duty   

15.151.2

   Pipe Flange D - rating    bar

15.151.3

   Pipe Flange D - size    Millimetres

15.151.4

   Pipe Flange D raised or flat face   

15.152.1

   Pipe Flange E - duty   

15.152.2

   Pipe Flange E - rating    bar

15.152.3

   Pipe Flange E - size    Millimetres

15.152.4

   Pipe Flange E raised or flat face   

15.153.1

   Pipe Flange F - duty   

15.153.2

   Pipe Flange F - rating    bar

15.153.3

   Pipe Flange F - size    Millimetres

15.153.4

   Pipe Flange F raised or flat face   

15.154.1

   Pipe Flange G - duty   

15.154.2

   Pipe Flange G - rating    bar

15.154.3

   Pipe Flange G - size    Millimetres

15.154.4

   Pipe Flange G raised or flat face   

15.155.1

   Pipe Flange H - duty   

15.155.2

   Pipe Flange H - rating    bar

15.155.3

   Pipe Flange H - size    Millimetres

15.155.4

   Pipe Flange H raised or flat face   

15.156

   Height above uppermost continuous deck    Millimetres

15.157

   Distance from ship side    Millimetres

15.158

   Height above load waterline    Millimetres

15.159

   Height above light waterline    Millimetres

28

   MANIFOLD ARRANGEMENT LOCATED ON TOP OF COMPRESSOR   

15.160

   Distance from rail of compressor room/platform to presentation flanges    Millimetres

15.161

   Distance from deck of compressor room/platform/try to centre of manifold    Millimetres

29

   CARGO MANIFOLD REDUCERS   

15.162.1

   Number of ANSI Class 300 reducers carried onboard   

15.162.2

   Flange rating of ANSI Class 300 reducer    bar

15.162.3

   Size of ANSI Class 300 reducer    Millimetres

15.162.4

   Length of ANSI Class 300 reducer    Millimetres

15.163.1

   Number of ANSI Class 300 to Class 150 reducers carried onboard   

15.163.2

   Flange rating of ANSI Class 300 to Class 150 reducer    bar

15.163.3

   Size of ANSI Class 300 to Class 150 reducer    Millimetres

15.163.4

   Length of ANSI Class 300 to Class 150 reducer    Millimetres

15.164.1

   Number of ANSI Class 150 reducers carried onboard   

15.164.2

   Flange rating of Class 150 reducer    bar

15.164.3

   Size of ANSI Class 150 reducer    Millimetres

15.164.4

   Length of ANSI Class 150 reducer    Millimetres

1

   OBO / OO /COB CARRIERS   

16.1

   State design of hatches   

16.2

   State type of hatches (side rolling/butterfly/other)   

16.3

   State if hatches fitted with single or double seals in hatch coaming   

16.4

   Last date cargo holds/tanks were tested to normal working pressure (min.500mm wg) to prove gas tightness of hatches   

16.5

   Were the hatches proven to be gas tight?   

 

44


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Attachment 2—Reporting of HSE data to Statoil from Shipping Service providers

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 101 of 62


Governing document    Classification: Open

 

LOGO

Reporting of HSE data to Statoil From Shipping Services Providers

 

 

 

 

Work process requirement HSE01.01.03.01 — L10603

Owner: M&M OTS HSE

Validity area: M&M OTS & NG TO LNG

 

 

 

 

 

 

1


Reporting requirements of undesirable incidents / accidents for shipping contractors

To avoid repetition and to ensure transfer of experience of undesirable events involving people, the environment and/or material assets, all incidents / accidents and near misses must be notified, assessed, investigated where necessary and reported. The shipping contractor shall report all incidents and accidents to Statoil without unnecessary delay and cooperate with Statoil regarding further notification, investigation, corrective action and exchange of experience. Near misses categorised in level 1 or 2 in the attached Categorising matrix shall also be reported immediately. The initial report shall include a brief description of the event.

Investigation of undesirable incidents is a formal process intended to clarify the sequence of events, causes and consequences, and to identify effective preventive measures. The purpose is not only to prevent similar incidents in future, but also to ensure that the lessons are learnt in order to achieve a general improvement in HSE.

StatoilASA will request participation and cooperation in all investigations on level 1 or 2 accidents / incidents and near misses (undesired events) level 1. Statoil ASA may provide competent investigation team leaders or other resources if requested.

Emergency reporting shall be done to the commercial responsible unit in Statoil, as instructed in the charter party and/or voyage instruction. If, for any reason, this is not possible then Statoil’s security centre should be contacted on (+47) 51990002.

The exemptions to this requirement are minor near misses not practical to report immediately. These types of near misses, not immediately reported to Statoil, shall be summarised and reported on a quarterly basis in addition to below template which includes KPI elements for use in our Working Safely With Suppliers programme.

This regular summary of near misses, not reported to Statoil earlier, shall be sent to shiphse@Statoil.com and shall include the average number of crew members onboard the vessel during the last quarter. This is used by Statoil to calculate number of working hours and frequencies. According to OCIMF recommendations, the working hours will be calculated based on 24 hours exposure time onboard the vessels.

The summary shall be forwarded to Statoil not later than the 10. day in the month following each quarter. (10. April, 10. July, 10. October, 10. January).

If this summary does not contain any new / additional information, a summary sheet can be used for all vessels in the operator’s fleet, but the average number of crew onboard needs to be specified for each individual vessel.

Accidents and near misses shall be reported according to these requirements based on 24 hours service on board. Accidents or near misses occurred during working time and non-working time on board shall be reported

 

 

 

2


Categorising matrix for actual and potential undesirable incidents / accidents

 

                                                                                                      Material damage

Degree

of
serious

 

Injury

  Work related
illness (WRI)
  Oil /gas leak   Accidental
Spill oil
  Fire /explosion   Impairment/
failure of
safety
functions
and barriers
  Reputation   Loss of
production
(stop of
transportation
  Collision or
grounding
  Operation /
equipment

failure
  Structural
failure
  Loss of
position
     

Actual

  Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.   Actual   Potent.

1

  Fatality   Work related illness that results in employee’s death   > 10kg/ sec. or brief leakages >100 kg   Offsh: > 100 m 3

Port: > 10 m 3

  Large part of vessel exposed   Threaten whole vessel   Great international negativ exposure in mass media and among organisations   Downtime > 10 days   Major extensive structural or deformation   > 5 mill. NOK of value   Extensive cracks or deformation in hull   Collision w/installation
                         

2

  Serious lost time injury   Serious work related illness   1-10kg/ sec. or brief leakages >10 kg   Offsh: > 10 m 3

Port: > 1 m 3

  Parts of vessel exposed (i.e. engine room)   Threaten large part of vessel   Medium international negative exposure in mass media and among organisations   Downtime > 5 days   Major structural deformation   > 1 mill. NOK of value   Major cracks or deformation in hull   Serious loss of position control within the safety zone
                         

3

  Other lost time injury or injury involving substitute work   Work related illness that results in brief absence or restricted / substitute work   0,1-1 kg/ sec. or brief leakages

>1 kg

  Offsh: > 1m 3

Port: > 159 litre

  Local area exposed (i.e. pat of engine room)   Threaten parts of vessel (i.e. engine room)   National negative exposure in mass media, from authorities on national level   Downtime > 3 days   Essential structural deformation   > 500 000 NOK of value   Cracks in hull   Serious loss of position control in confined waters
                         

4

  Medical treatment   Work related illness that results in treatment by a health professional   <0,1 kg/ s   Offsh: < 159 litre Port: 159 litre   Low risk for vessel   Threaten local area (i.e. part of engine room)   Local/regional negative exposure in mass media, from authorities and customers   Downtime > 1 days   Structural deformation   > 250 000 NOK of value   Minor cracks or deformation in hull   Loss of position / Insignificant hazard
                         

5

  First aid   Other work related illnesses   <<0,1 kg/sec. (Significantly less than 0,1 kg/sec.)   Offsh: < 159 l Port: Spill on deck   Negligible risk for vessel   Negligible risk for vessel   Limited to a few persons or a single customer   Downtime < 1 day   No structural deformation   < 250 000 NOK of value   Minor cracks or deformation   Minor loss of position


Reporting template

 

Vessel   Vessel   Vessel    Vessel    Owner    Owner    Owner    Owner    Owner    Owner
Name   Average number of
Crew  onboard during
the period
 

Overdue
maintenance non-

critical equipment %

   Number of  overdue
maintenance jobs on
critical equipment
  

Overdue
maintenance non-

critical equipment %

   Number of  overdue
maintenance jobs on
critical equipment
   LTIF  tanker
segment
   Average number of
Near  Misses reported
pr vessel in tanker
segment
   Retention  rate
officers
   Retention
rate
ratings
                                            
                                            

Overdue Maintenance (Tanker segment) – As per TMSA definitions and guidelines

LTIF – Lost Time Incident Frequency (Number/1,000,000 hrs) – Last 12 months

Near Miss – An event or sequence of events which did not result in an injury or damage, but which, under slightly different conditions, could have done so. (OCIMF’s Marine Injury Reporting Guidelines)

Retention rate – As per INTERTANKO’s definition.

( http://www.intertanko.com/upload/OfficerRetentionFormula%20Corrected%2012%20March%202008.pdf )


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Attachment 3—Financial Responsibility in Respect of Oil and Bunker Pollution

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 106 of 62


LOGO

Isle of Man

Government
__________

  

ISLE OF MAN SHIP REGISTRY

Certificate of Insurance or Other

Financial Security

in respect of Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage

     Form R-2   

Issued in accordance with the provisions of Article VII of the International Convention

on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1992, as amended.

 

NAME OF SHIP    IMO NUMBER    PORT OF REGISTRY    NAME AND ADDRESS OF  OWNER(S)
BODIL Knutsen    9472529    Douglas    Knutsen Boyelaster VI KS Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund, Norway

This is to certify that there is in force in respect of the above-named ship a policy of insurance or other financial security satisfying the requirements of Article VII of the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1992.

Type of Security: Policy of Insurance

Duration of Security: 20/02/2012 to 20/02/2013

Name and Address of the Insurer(s) and/or Guarantor(s)

Skuld ASA—Oslo Syndicate 2

Oslo Syndicate 2, PO Box 1376 Vika, 0114 Oslo, Norway

This certificate is valid until 20/02/2013                                                  Official Stamp

Issued under the authority of the Government of the Isle of Man at Douglas on 13/01/2012 . The undersigned is duly authorised by the said Government to issue the Certificate.

Signature /s/ DENISE GARTSHORE ............... Denise Gartshore

An authorised officer of the isle of Man Ship Registry

This certificate is issued by or on behalf of the Isle of Man under the responsibility of the United Kingdom as Flag State under the Convention.


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Attachment 4—Exxon Blanket Declaration Drug & Alcohol Policy

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 108 of 62


 

- 53 -

APPENDIX B: DRUG AND ALCOHOL DECLARATION

Drug and Alcohol Policy

(sample)

Blanket Declaration

 

To: International Marine Transportation Ltd/SeaRiver Maritime/Tonen General
     Marine Services Section
     Fax: +44 (0)1372 223854
     Tel : +44 (0)1372 222000

 

Re: Drug and Alcohol Policy

The undersigned warrants and represents that it has a policy on Drug and Alcohol Abuse (“Policy”) applicable to all vessels which the undersigned now owns and/or operates and which, after the date of this certificate, the undersigned may own and/or operate. This Policy meets or exceeds the standards in the Oil Companies International Marine Forum Guidelines for the Control of Drugs and Alcohol Onboard Ship. Under the Policy, alcohol impairment shall be defined as a blood alcohol content of 40mg/100ml or greater; the appropriate seafarers to be tested shall be all vessel officers and ratings. The drug/alcohol testing and screening shall include unannounced testing in addition to routine medical examinations. An objective of the Policy should be that the frequency of unannounced testing be adequate to act as an effective abuse deterrent, and that all officers and ratings be tested at least once a year through a combined programme of unannounced testing and routine medical examinations.

The undersigned further warrants that the Policy will remain in effect unless you are otherwise specifically notified and that the undersigned shall exercise due diligence to ensure compliance with the Policy. It is understood that an actual impairment or any test finding of impairment shall not in and of itself mean the undersigned has failed to exercise due diligence.

Company Name

KNOT MANAGEMENT AS

Person signing on behalf of Company

GEIR HAGEN

Title or Authority held by person signing

HSSE & QA DIRECTOR

/s/ GEIR HAGEN

MARINE ENVIRONMENTAL, SAFETY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE CRITERIA FOR SEAGOING

INDUSTRY VESSELS IN EXXONMOBIL AFFILIATE SERVICE: 2010 EDITION, Rev.: 01


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Attachment 5—International Navigating Conditions (01/11/03)

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 110 of 62


INTERNATIONAL NAVIGATING CONDITIONS (01/11/03)

 

1. NAVIGATING LIMITS

Unless and to the extent otherwise agreed by the Underwriters in accordance with Clause 3 below, the vessel shall not enter, navigate or remain in the areas specified below at any time or, where applicable, between the dates specified below (both days inclusive):

Area 1 - Arctic

 

  (a) North of 70º N. Lat.

 

  (b) Barents Sea

except for calls at Kola Bay, Murmansk or any port or place in Norway, provided that the vessel does not enter, navigate or remain north of 72º30’ N. Lat. or east of 35º E. Long.

Area 2 - Northern Seas

 

  (a) White Sea.

 

  (b) Chukchi Sea.

Area 3 - Baltic

 

  (a)

Gulf of Bothnia north of a line between Umea (63º 50’ N. Lat.) and Vasa (63º 06’ N. Lat.) between 10 th  December and 25 th May.

 

  (b)

Where the vessel is equal to or less than 90,000 DWT, Gulf of Finland east of 28º 45’ E. Long. between 15 th  December and 15 th May.

 

  (c) Vessels greater than 90,000 DWT may not enter, navigate or remain in the Gulf of Finland east of 28º 45’ E. Long. at any time.

 

  (d)

Gulf of Bothnia, Gulf of Finland and adjacent waters north of 59º 24’ N. Lat. between 8 th  January and 5 th  May, except for calls at Stockholm, Tallinn or Helsinki.

 

  (e)

Gulf of Riga and adjacent waters east of 22º E. Long. and south of 59º N. Lat. between 28 th  December and 5 th May.

Area 4 - Greenland

Greenland territorial waters.


Area 5 - North America (east)

 

  (a) North of 52º 10’ N. Lat. and between 50º W. Long. and 100º W. Long.

 

  (b)

Gulf of St. Lawrence, St. Lawrence River and its tributaries (east of Les Escoumins), Strait of Belle Isle (west of Belle Isle), Cabot Strait (west of a line between Cape Ray and Cape North) and Strait of Canso (north of the Canso Causeway), between 21 st  December and 30 th April.

 

  (c)

St. Lawrence River and its tributaries (west of Les Escoumins) between 1 st  December and 30 th April.

 

  (d) St. Lawrence Seaway.

 

  (e) Great Lakes.

Area 6 - North America (west)

 

  (a) North of 54º 30’ N. Lat. and between 100º W. Long. and 170º W. Long.

 

  (b) Any port or place in the Queen Charlotte Islands or the Aleutian Islands.

Area 7 - Southern Ocean

South of 50ºS. Lat. except within the triangular area formed by rhumb lines drawn between the following points

 

  (a) 50º S. Lat.; 50º W. Long.

 

  (b) 57º S. Lat.; 67º 30’ W. Long.

 

  (c) 50º S Lat.; 160º W. Long.

Area 8 - Kerguelen/Crozet

Territorial waters of Kerguelen Islands and Crozet Islands.

Area 9 - East Asia

 

  (a)

Sea of Okhotsk north of 55º N. Lat. and east of 140º E. Long. between 1 st  November and 1 st June.

 

  (b)

Sea of Okhotsk north of 53º N. Lat. and west of 140º E. Long. between 1 st  November and 1 st June.

 

  (c)

East Asian waters north of 46ºN. Lat. and west of the Kurile Islands and west of the Kamchatka Peninsula between 1 st  December and 1 st May.

 

2


Area 10 - Bering Sea

Bering Sea except on through voyages and provided that

 

  (a) the vessel does not enter, navigate or remain north of 54º 30’ N. Lat.; and

 

  (b) the vessel enters and exits west of Buldir Island or through the Amchitka, Amukta or Unimak Passes; and

 

  (c) the vessel is equipped and properly fitted with two independent marine radar sets, a global positioning system receiver (or Loran-C radio positioning receiver), a radio transceiver and GMDSS, a weather facsimile recorder (or alternative equipment for the receipt of weather and routeing information) and a gyrocompass, in each case to be fully operational and manned by qualified personnel; and

 

  (d) the vessel is in possession of appropriate navigational charts corrected up to date, sailing directions and pilot books.

 

2. BREACH OF NAVIGATING LIMITS

In the event the vessel is in breach of Clause 1 above, the Underwriters shall not be liable for any loss, damage, liability or expense arising out of or resulting from an accident or occurrence during the period of breach, unless notice is given to the Underwriters immediately after receipt of advices of such breach and any amended terms of cover and any additional premium required by them are agreed.

 

3. PERMISSION FOR AREAS SPECIFIED IN NAVIGATING LIMITS

The vessel may breach Clause 1 above and Clause 2 shall not apply, provided always that the Underwriters’ prior permission shall have been obtained and any amended terms of cover and any additional premium required by the Underwriters are agreed.

CL367

 

3


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Attachment 6—WR2407 Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 114 of 62


 

LOGO

Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle

Tankers

Technical and professional requirements, TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

Publisher/follow-up: General Manager

Classification: Open

Validity area:

Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore

Please print page for manual signing

 

Role in DocMap  

Role in organisation

   Name    Signature    Date
Author   Sr. Maritime Consultant    Jarl Idar Knutsvik          
Checked according to WR0001   Management Coordinator / KSS               
Publisher   General Manager    Sigve Bru          
Approver   Sr. Vice President    Jan K. Karlsen          

 

Publisher’s administrator:    Mette Bjerkreim
Document replaces:    None
Process network:    Health, safety and the environment (HSE)
Corporate task:     
Competence (discipline):    Shipping policy/ship vetting


 

LOGO

Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle

Tankers

Technical and professional requirements, TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

Publisher/follow-up: General Manager

Classification: Open

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore

 

1    Introduction    1
1.1    Objective    1
1.2    Vessel acceptance    1
1.3    Warrant    1
1.4    Publication and follow-up    1
2    General    1
2.1    Flag requirements    2
2.2    Drug and alcohol policy    2
2.3    P&I coverage    3
2.4    Accident/incident reporting    3
2.5    Salvage    3
2.6    Class requirements    3
2.7    HIL based system testing    4
3    Hull design/structural requirements    4
3.1    Double hull    4
3.2    Longitudinal bulkheads    4
3.3    Fatigue life    4
3.4    Internal corrosion protection    4
3.5    Steel inspection program    5
3.6    Coaming arrangement    5
3.7    Helideck arrangements    6
4    Machinery and propulsion    7
4.1    Main engine    7
4.2    Air intake and exhaust outlet.    7
4.3    Propulsion/side thruster capacity    7
4.4    Redundant machinery vs. stand by machinery    10
4.5    Rudder    10
4.6                Bow and stern thruster tunnel gratings    10


 

LOGO

 

4.7    CPP reliability, 0-pitch and de-clutch arrangements    11
5    Cargo and ballast systems    11
5.1    Cargo loading capacity    11
5.2    Cargo discharging capacity    11
5.3    Cargo segregation    12
5.4    Cargo valve closing time    12
5.5    Offset butterfly valves    12
5.6    Ballast tank and discharging    12
5.7    Explosive atmosphere monitoring and protection    12
5.8    Tank venting system    13
5.9    Vapour handling system    13
6    Offshore crude oil transfer and mooring arrangements    13
6.1    Bow Loading System (BLS)    13
6.2    Submerged Turret Loading system (STL)    13
6.3    Green line control system    13
6.4    Telemetry system    14
6.5    Illumination    14
7    Dynamic Positioning    14
7.1    DP system    14
7.2    FMEA and crash stop tests    14
7.3    Position Reference System (PRS)    16
7.4    Gyro requirement    16
7.5    HIPAP trunk room    16
7.6    Capability plots    16
7.7    Independent position monitoring and logging system (Blom/PMS)    16
7.8    Control, monitoring and communication arrangements    17
7.9    Cargo monitoring system    18
7.10    Close circuit colour television monitoring system. (CCTV)    18
7.11    Communication systems    18
8    Fire fighting for offshore loading    19
8.1    Fire fighting arrangement    19
8.2    Pre-pressurised BLS and STL water deluge system    19
9    Safety equipment    19
9.1    Emergency towing arrangements    19
9.2    Messenger line cutter    20
9.3    Strong point for escort tug    20
9.4    Pneumatic line throwing device (air gun)    20
9.5                Safe walkways    20


 

LOGO

 

9.6    Free fall lifeboat    21
9.7    Rescue boat (MOB-boat)    21
9.8    Personal protective equipment    21
10    Qualification of onboard personnel    22
10.1    Minimum qualifications for ship personnel    22
10.2    Minimum number of deck officers/Watch systems    22
11    Testing, qualifications and training requirements    22
11.1    Testing of vessels    22
11.2    Emergency shut down and “green line” testing operations    23
12    Definitions    23
13                References    26
App A    Existing shuttle tankers being technically accepted    27
App B    Required documentation for conversion candidates    28
App C    NDE requirements and fatigue calculations    29
C.1    Fatigue Calculations    29
App D    BLS specification    34
D.1    Introduction    34
D.2    General description of the BLS    35
D.3    Installation on bridge    35
D.4    Bow area, general    37
D.5    Platform deck    38
D.6    Forecastle deck    42
D.7    Hydraulic room    48
D.8    Electrical equipment room    50
D.9    Other equipment    50
D.10    Functional requirements    54
D.11    Piping/tubing and cables    57
D.12    Illumination    59
D.13    Other requirements    59


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

1 Introduction

1.1 Objective

This document (with its appendices) describes Statoil’s minimum requirements for Off Take Tankers (or Offshore Shuttle Tankers), hereinafter called OTT, and in or intended for service at Statoil operated fields in the North Sea and Norwegian Sea (south of 67° N latitude). The minimum requirements include construction, operation, equipment, manning and safety. Before an OTT can enter into a charter party, or in any other way perform offshore loading operations for Statoil, the vessel shall comply with the requirements set forth in this document.

List of existing shuttle tankers being technical accepted for the various types of field operated by Statoil, subject to compatible DP and position reference systems, field specific requirements and successful testing at the actual field is enclosed in App A.

1.2 Vessel acceptance

An OTT taken into Statoil’s service shall be subject to inspection in order to verify its compliance. The inspection shall include verification of its operation procedures as well its technical standards. Conventional tankers shall be inspected by Statoil prior to acceptance as a conversion candidate. Ordinary verification inspection of vessels will be carried out annually or as Statoil deem necessary.

1.3 Warrant

Statoil Shipping Policy” (PB103) (Statoil group/All locations) Operational and Technical Requirements for Offshore Loading at Statoil Operated Fields in the Halten/Nordland Area. C050-ST-J-RB 00001.

1.4 Publication and follow-up

Statoil Shipping Policy department is responsible for this document.

Dispensations from and proposals for improvement of this document shall be processed as described in WR0011 “Dispensations to and improvements to governing documents” and as described in PB103 “Statoil shipping policy”.

Deviation procedures are described in PB 103. Deviations from the requirements in this document and specific Statoil field requirements are to be assessed and approved by Statoil in each individual case.

2 General

OTTs which are used for operation at a Statoil operated field must meet all the requirements defined in PB103 “Statoil shipping policy”. These requirements include relevant international laws and regulations, relevant industry standards, and any other requirements of the country of vessel registry, and the countries of the port to which the OTT may be ordered while in Statoil or appointed unit/company’s service.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 1 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

The vessel shall fulfil requirements for berthing at relevant ports. A general acceptance by relevant oil majors is required, as defined by the standard charter party clause provided below. In addition special acceptance by other Statoil’s business associates may be required. Special attention should be paid to any oil majors’ additional requirements/minimum safety criteria, like “Minimum Safety Criteria for Industry Vessel in ExxonMobil Service”.

The following charter party clause is considered to be the normal criteria for oil major acceptability. However, dependent on the trading pattern involved, different requirements may be applicable and can be considered on a case-by-case basis:

“Owners warrant that they will be instrumental in arranging and maintaining major oil companies approval and acceptability including but not limited to ExxonMobil, Shell, BP, Chevron, ConocoPhillips and Total throughout the duration of the Charter. If deficiencies are found, Charterer shall be notified immediately and same are to be corrected without undue delay”.

2.1 Flag requirements

Basically Statoil requires that the OTTs shall satisfy the NOR-flag’s rules and legislation, but accepts any for which the flag state has ratified IMO as long as Owners can document full compliance with NOR-flag. Age policy

Statoil’s age policy for shipping is described in PB103 Statoil shipping policy.

For OTTs on time charter to Statoil and/or OTTs serving Statoil operated fields within a COA, the age shall not exceed Company’s general age requirements (Max. 20 years).

For conventional vessels intended for conversion to shuttle tankers, the candidate vessel shall not have an age above 10 years at the date the conversion has been completed. Conversions shall fulfil rules and requirements applicable at the conversion date.

Before a conversion is taking place, Owner shall inform Statoil of vessel candidate and provide documentation as required by Statoil. Example of required documentation is given in App B. Company shall have the right to inspect the vessel prior to giving formal acceptance that the vessel is fulfilling Company’s general quality requirements.

2.2 Drug and alcohol policy

The owner/manager of the OTT to be chartered by Statoil or appointed unit/company or calling at any Statoil operated terminal, shall confirm in writing that they have a drug and alcohol policy meeting the standard required by OCIMF, ExxonMobil or any other prevailing industry standard applicable.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 2 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

2.3 P&I coverage

OTTs shall be entered in a first class P&I club that is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs. Statoil requires a minimum P&I oil pollution cover of USD 1 bill.

2.4 Accident/incident reporting

The Owner/manager of the OTT shall report accidents/incidents and near misses to Statoil or appointed unit/company according to charter party or as agreed separately. The reporting details are described in “Statoil’s requirements for reporting of HSE data”.

2.5 Salvage

It shall be clearly stated in the OTT’s operation manuals that the Captain has been given the guidance and authority to sign Lloyd’s Open Form.

2.6 Class requirements

The OTT shall be classified by one the following class societies: DNV, ABS, LR or BV .These named societies are preferred due to their proven professionalism in dealing with structural problems with vessels that have the North Sea/North Atlantic as a permanent operation area.

Statoil utilizes 4 main categories of OTT operations, and each category shall have its own minimum requirement for Class notations.

 

Operation Discipline

  

DNV Class Notations*
(or equivalent for other class societies).

Tandem “Taut Hawser”—operations (applicable for Glitne only).

   +1A1+MV, “TANKER FOR OIL ESP”, PLUS-2, E0, DYNPOS-AUT, F-AMC, OPP-F, BOW LOADING, HELDEK-SH, NAUT-AW, SBM, TMON
   

OLS/SPM/SAL—operations.

   +1A1+MV, “TANKER FOR OIL ESP”, PLUS-2, E0, DYNPOS-AUT, F-AMC, OPP-F, BOW LOADING, HELDEK-SH, NAUT-AW , SBM, TMON
   

STL—operations.

   +1A1+MV, “TANKER FOR OIL ESP”, PLUS-2, E0, DYNPOS-AUT, F-AMC, OPP-F, BOW LOADING, STL, HELDEK-SH, NAUT-AW, SBM, TMON.
   

Tandem DP—operations.

   +1A1+MV, “TANKER FOR OIL ESP”, PLUS-2, E0, DYNPOS-AUTR, F-AMC, OPP-F, BOW LOADING, HELDEK-SH, NAUT-AW, SBM, TMON.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 3 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

OTTs with a tonnage of less than 20000 dwt, shall be provided with fixed COW and inert gas systems.

 

* Note: As class notations are subject to frequent changes, the above listed DNV-notations are to be considered as guidelines.

2.7 HIL based system testing

The industry is presently developing systems for hard-ware-in-the-loop (HIL) testing. PMS and DP-systems HIL test solutions are presently commercial available and shall be implemented for future shuttle tankers in service for Statoil.

The HIL testing shall be carried out as outlined in DNV Standard for Certification of HIL testing—Report No. 2005-1301 or equivalent.

3 Hull design/structural requirements

3.1 Double hull

OTTs shall have double hull in way of the cargo tank area. Cofferdams shall be provided between the side shell and the bunker tanks.

3.2 Longitudinal bulkheads

A vessel shall be constructed with, as a minimum, one longitudinal centre bulkhead throughout the cargo area.

3.3 Fatigue life

The owners of the OTT shall document that the remaining fatigue life exceeds the CP period (incl. options) or COA period with minimum 5 years .

The fatigue life examinations shall take into consideration the severity of weather conditions of the area where the vessel will operate. This means that North Atlantic or North Sea metocean data shall be used as basis for the fatigue assessments.

Fatigue evaluations, stability booklet, operational manuals and relevant drawings of the vessel (midship section with details, stringer details, shell expansion, transverse bulkheads etc.) shall be submitted to Statoil for examination and comments prior to acceptance. For detailed requirements, reference is made to App C.

3.4 Internal corrosion protection

 

3.4.1  Ballast tanks

Coating condition in ballast tanks shall be maintained as a minimum at the Class’ rating “Good”. In addition all ballast tanks shall be protected by cathodic protection (sacrificial anodes).

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 4 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

3.4.2  Cargo tanks

As results of evaluations, Statoil might require corrosion protection by means of coating and pit guard anodes for inner bottom plating, suction wells and stringer decks, depending on

 

 

Quality of intended crude oil

 

 

Expected amount of settled water

3.5 Steel inspection program

The Owners/managers shall document that they have system for proper structural inspection related to the vessel to ensure that the condition and corrosion protection of the vessel structure is kept under surveillance.

The inspection shall specially focus on the following areas:

 

 

Coating condition in exposed areas

 

 

Construction details in exposed areas

 

 

Status and condition of cathodic protection (anodes)

 

 

Status of previous repairs.

Owners/managers shall without delay report structural deficiencies such as cracks, indents and buckling issues. Serious coating degradation and corrosion, oil leakages and other serious degradations in the OTT’s technical standard shall also be subject to immediate reporting.

The Owner/Manager shall provide training and courses of the ships’ personnel that are intended to carry out tanker structure inspection. The standard for such training and courses shall be the DnV Hull Structure Course (2-3 days duration) or similar.

3.6 Coaming arrangement

 

3.6.1  Vessels above 100.000 dwt

Vessels equal to or greater than 100.000 dwt shall be equipped with a weather deck coaming arrangement corresponding to the following:

 

 

For the part of the weather deck between the bow and the mid ship manifold, the height of the coaming shall be minimum 250 mm.

 

 

For the part of the weather deck between the mid ship manifold and the front bulkhead of the aft cargo tank, the coaming shall increase gradually and reach a height of minimum 400 mm.

 

 

For the part of the weather deck between the front bulkhead of the aft cargo tank and to the front of the accommodation block, the height of the coaming shall be minimum 400 mm.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 5 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

 

To prevent a flow of cargo around the poop and accommodation deck area, the vessel shall be equipped with a transverse coaming of a height of minimum 400 mm. The ends of the coaming shall be connected to the vessels longitudinal coaming.

3.6.2  Vessels of 100.000 dwt and less

For vessels of 100.000 dwt or less, the coaming arrangement shall be at least 100 mm and gradually rising to 250 mm. Otherwise, the principle of the layout shall be as described above.

3.6.3  Oil spill pumping system

For drainage of oil spills, the OTTs shall be equipped with a permanently installed pumping/piping system (sandpiper or similar design) or alternatively a drop-line system. The system shall be arranged on both sides of the vessel, and shall be capable of transferring oil spills on the weather deck to dedicated cargo or slop tank(s).

3.7 Helideck arrangements

The helideck arrangement shall comply with the following regulations:

 

 

Flag state requirements

 

 

“Bestemmelser for Sivil Luftfart, BSL D 5-1”, latest edition

 

 

Applicable national Civil Aviation Authority regulations.

 

 

Applicable helicopter operator

 

 

Applicable class notation.

The helideck shall be approved for at least S-92 with 1.25 D (D-value).

The helideck shall preferably be located off centre line, on the port side of the weather deck and as close as possible to the mid ship area. Location both fore and aft of the manifold area is acceptable.

The helideck shall be equipped for night operation and for operation under reduced visibility. The vessel shall be provided with permanently installed aeronautical VHF radios, one on the bridge and 2 additional handheld radios equipped with head set. In addition a NDB (beacon) shall be fitted with correct frequency (410 kHz as a minimum) and identification device.

The OTT shall be equipped with a pitch, roll and heave monitoring system reflecting the actual instant motions of the helideck centre, in accordance with CAP 437 guidelines. The recordings shall be properly displayed at the bridge and if applicable, in the bow control room.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 6 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

4 Machinery and propulsion

4.1 Main engine

The ratio between total MCR (BHP) and deadweight of vessel shall be minimum 0.1550. However, in cases ship design improvements can be documented, the MCR/DW ratio may be reduced based on evaluations taken by Statoil.

4.2 Air intake and exhaust outlet.

If the vessel is equipped with generator(s) and/or auxiliary machinery located below the forecastle deck, the corresponding exhaust outlet pipes shall be provided with spark arrestors. The exhaust pipe(s) shall further be insulated to prevent fire in case of a cargo hose rupture or similar incident. Air inlet duct(s) and exhaust pipe outlet(s) shall be routed outside gas hazardous area according to safety plan. The outlet(s)/inlet(s) shall not be interfering with each other and shall be located at a high of minimum 10 meters above the forecastle deck.

4.3 Propulsion/side thruster capacity

4.3.1  DP-vessels’ capabilities

 

4.3.1.1.    OTTs with DP 1 classification (DNV AUT)

The OTT shall be capable of maintaining safe position during connection to the offloading station and during loading operations according to the following criteria:

 

 

During connection (OTT in ballast condition and up to 75% fully loaded with machinery and propulsion system in full operation):

 

   

Hs = 4.5m, Tp = 10 sec.

 

   

Jonswap wave-spectrum with parameters relevant for the Haltenbanken area.

 

   

Wind speed 32 knots (1 hour average measured at 10 m above MSL).

 

   

Current speed 0.6 knots.

 

   

Shall be verified by DP-capability plot that includes dynamic losses in the following cases:

 

   

At above given reference weather and with the resultant of all acting weather forces varying within ±20° of OTT’s heading; the OTT shall be capable of maintaining position utilizing 80% of available thruster capacity.

 

   

At 100 % available thruster capacity, the OTT shall be capable of maintaining its position, when the resulting weather forces varying more than ±20° as typically shown in fig. 4.1.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 7 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

 

During loading (OTT in ballast condition and up to fully loaded with machinery and propulsion system in full operation):

 

   

Hs = 5.5m, Tp =12 sec.

 

   

Jonswap wave-spectrum with parameters relevant for the Haltenbanken area.

 

   

Wind speed 38 knots (1 hour average measured at 10 m above MSL).

 

   

Current speed 0.75 knots.

 

   

Shall be verified by DP-capability plot that includes dynamic losses in the following cases :

 

   

At above given reference weather and with the resultant of all acting weather forces varying within ±8° of OTT heading; the OTT shall be capable of maintaining position utilizing 80% of available thruster capacity.

 

   

At 100 % available thruster capacity, the OTT shall be capable of maintaining its position, when the resulting weather forces varying more than ±8°as typically shown in fig. 4.2.

 

4.3.1.2.    OTTs with DP 2 classification (DNV AUTR)

The OTT shall be capable of maintaining safe position during connection to the offloading station and during loading operations according to the following criteria:

 

 

During connection (OTT in ballast condition and up to 75% fully loaded with machinery and propulsion system in full operation):

 

   

Hs = 4.5m, Tp = 10 sec.

 

   

Jonswap wave-spectrum with parameters relevant for the Haltenbanken area.

 

   

Wind speed 32 knots (1 hour average measured at 10 m above MSL).

 

   

Current speed 0.6 knots.

 

   

Shall be verified by DP-capability plot that includes dynamic losses in the following cases:

 

   

At above given reference weather and with the resultant of all acting weather forces varying within ±20° of OTT’s heading; the OTT shall be capable of maintaining position utilizing 80% of available thruster capacity.

 

   

At 100 % available thruster capacity, the OTT shall be capable of maintaining its position, when the resulting weather forces varying more than ±20° as typically shown in fig. 4.1.

 

 

During loading (OTT in ballast condition and up to fully loaded with only the weakest of the machinery and propulsion systems in full operation):

 

   

Hs = 5.5m, Tp = 12 sec.

 

   

Jonswap wave-spectrum with parameters relevant for the Haltenbanken area.

 

   

Wind speed 38 knots (1 hour average measured at 10 m above MSL).

 

   

Current speed 0.75 knots.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 8 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Shall be verified by DP-capability plot that includes dynamic losses in the following cases:

 

   

At above given reference weather and with the resultant of all acting weather forces varying within ±8° of OTT heading; the OTT shall be capable of maintaining position utilizing 80% of available thruster capacity.

 

   

At 100 % available thruster capacity, the OTT shall be capable of maintaining its position, when the resulting weather forces varying more than ±8°as typically shown in fig. 4.2.

Statoil reserve its right to evaluate and test capacities for each individual case.

 

LOGO

Figure 4.1—DP capability plot for the connection phase

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 9 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

 

LOGO

Figure 4.2—DP capability plot for the loading phase

 

4.3.1.3.    OTTs for “taut hawser”-operations (applicable for Glitne only)

An OTTs meant for “taut hawser” operations shall at least have DP 1 class with a capability that satisfy the requirements as listed in 4.3.1.1 with reference to fig. 4.1. Statoil reserve its right, however, to evaluate and test capacities for each individual case.

4.4 Redundant machinery vs. stand by machinery

Redundant machinery related to safeguard the DP-operation shall not be dependent on any stand by function in order maintain its operational performance.

4.5 Rudder

The OTT shall preferably be equipped with “high efficiency” rudder(s) with +/- 60° operating angle. Standard rudder in combination with powerful stern thruster(s) (azimuth, tunnel thruster) may be accepted. For full azipod propulsion no rudder is required.

4.6 Bow and stern thruster tunnel gratings

Bow thruster tunnels shall be provided with gratings. “Size of mesh” shall be made as small as possible, but not less than what is recommended by the thrusters’ manufacturer.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 10 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

4.7 CPP reliability, 0-pitch and de-clutch arrangements

The following functions related to the CPP conditions are minimum requirements for the OTTs:

 

 

Automatic operated system for obtaining “0-pitch” within 60 seconds, (or a disengagement clutch system) to be activated in case of loss of control oil pressure. The configuration will be as follows:

 

   

If the vessel is equipped with a PTO unit and no de-clutching arrangement, the requirement will be “0 pitch”. Note, the “0-pitch system” shall be provided with an ON/OFF-switch on the bridge and in engine control room. Further, a 0-pitch activation button shall be fitted at the bridge only, close to the DP-console.

 

   

If the vessel is equipped with PTO in addition to a clutch system, then “0-pitch” is not required.

 

   

If the vessel is equipped with neither PTO nor clutch, “0-pitch” is not required if emergency stop function is installed at the bridge.

 

 

The requirement, as described above shall only be complied with when the vessel is in a DP mode.

 

 

For taut hawser operations no “0-pitch system” is required, provided it can be proved that the propeller pitch fails astern.

5 Cargo and ballast systems

5.1 Cargo loading capacity

The OTTs’ capacity to receive cargo shall be based on total cargo tank volume as shown in the following table:

 

Total cargo tank cap.

  

Loading rate/capacity

through midship manifold.

  

Loading rate through the

offshore loading

arrangement.

< 800000 bbls    Full cargo within 14 hours.    8000 m 3 /hour
> 800000 bbls    12000 m 3 /hour    8000 m 3 /hour

5.2 Cargo discharging capacity

For OTTs with total cargo tank capacity < 800000 bbls, the designed cargo pump capacity shall be sufficient to discharge a full cargo over the midship manifold including stripping and cowing within maximum 14 hours. The corresponding back-pressure shall be 135 mlc (measured at the cargo pump) and specific gravity 0.85 kg/litre.

For OTTs with total cargo tank capacity >800000 bbls, the designed cargo pump capacity shall be not less than 12000 m3/hour. The corresponding back-pressure shall be 135 mlc (measured at the cargo pump) and specific gravity 0.85 kg/litre.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 11 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

5.3 Cargo segregation

The OTT shall have two segregations, each with a volume of approximately 50 % of the total cargo capacity. The OTT shall be able to handle 2 different grades of cargoes simultaneously, and the segregation shall be obtained by means of minimum double valves.

5.4 Cargo valve closing time

Except for the valves described for the BLS and STL system (ref. appendix D), the valves in the main cargo system shall have a closing time of minimum 35 seconds.

5.5 Offset butterfly valves

The valves in the main import cargo line from the offshore loading manifolds shall be double eccentric butterfly valve(s) or ball valve(s).

Un-controlled or accidental closing shall not be possible. Closing time shall not be less that 35 sec.

5.6 Ballast tank and discharging

An OTT shall at least have two ballast pumps. The pump(s) shall have designed capacity to discharge 100% of the total ballast volume within 70% of the total loading time based on a loading rate of 9000 m3/hrs.

The ballast lines shall preferably be made of GRE/GRP and shall not pass through any cargo or slop tanks.

The ratio between ballast and cargo tank volume shall be minimum:

 

 

OTTs with conventional bow thrusters: Ballast volume to be min. 40% of cargo volume.

 

 

OTTs with azimuth bow thruster(s): Ballast volume to be min. 35% of cargo volume.

The ballast tank capacity shall, regardless of above requirements, be sufficient to perform safe offshore loading operations in specified weather conditions, ref. sect. 4.3.1.

5.7 Explosive atmosphere monitoring and protection

Ballast tanks and void spaces adjacent to cargo or slop tanks shall be equipped with a fixed gas detection system.

Ballast tanks and void spaces shall be prepared with necessary arrangement for inert gas filling.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 12 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

5.8 Tank venting system

Each individual cargo and slop tank shall be provided with:

 

 

One high velocity P/V-valve

 

 

One vent/inert gas line attached to a common line connected to a central riser.

The central riser shall have a minimum diameter of 700mm. A system for drainage of the riser’s oil collector to a cargo or slop tank shall be provided. An air driven diaphragm pump (Sandpiper or similar) shall be permanently connected to the drain line in order to be ready for use in the event of abnormal oil accumulation in the collector.

A valve shall be installed in the common gas line leading to the main riser. The valve shall be arranged for both local and remote operation from the bridge and bow control room as applicable.

The main riser shall be located in a safe distance from the VOC unit to avoid operational interference due to release of hydrocarbon gas through the riser,

5.9 Vapour handling system

An OTT shall be fitted with vapour return lines according to OCIMF recommendations for standardization of ship manifolds and associated equipment.

Unless otherwise specified, OTT serving on the Norwegian Continental Shelf shall be equipped with VOC recovery system as per agreement with the VOC Industry Cooperation (VOCIC).

6 Offshore crude oil transfer and mooring arrangements

6.1 Bow Loading System (BLS)

The OTT shall be equipped with a Bow Loading System (BLS) according to the specifications as described in appendix D.

6.2 Submerged Turret Loading system (STL)

When an STL-arrangement is required, the installation shall fully comply with the oil companies and manufactures standards applied on the existing vessels serving the STL-locations in the North Sea (ref. Heidrun and Harding).

6.3 Green line control system

The BLS and/or STL system shall be provided with a “green line” control system approved by Statoil (reference is made to appendix D).

When the “green line” is completed a “loading permit” signal shall be transmitted to the adjacent offloading installation via the telemetry system. Any interruption in the “green line” shall thus shut down the crude export pumps on the installation.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 13 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

6.4 Telemetry system

A failsafe telemetry system shall be installed. The equipment shall consist of an end to end redundant system working in hot stand by. Each part of the system shall contain duplicated UHF radio receivers with automatic changeover. These duplicated systems shall be powered via separate UPS’s.

The system shall be compatible to the telemetry systems fitted on the fields the OTT is intended to serve. The telemetry system shall be linked up to the tankers “green line” system for the purpose as mentioned in 6.3. A manual control button shall be fitted in order to enabling the tanker to stop the cargo transfer from the offshore loading terminal manually.

6.5 Illumination

Based on standard methods of measurements, the illumination level shall be in the following areas:

 

 

BLS coupler area and forecastle area ( ref. appendix D) (200 lux)

 

 

STL loading compartment if applicable (150 lux).

 

 

STL access trunk if applicable (200 lux).

Further, a portable search light of minimum 1000 W shall be provided at the forecastle deck to illuminate lines and buoys along the ship side of the vessel.

7 Dynamic Positioning

7.1 DP system

For positioning capabilities, the OTTs shall comply with PSA’s “Regulations relating to conduct of activities in the petroleum activities” (The Activities Regulations), section 81, Table 1 Equipment class (IMO), with reference to the Activity as stated in sub item i) and j) as applicable to operational requirements. However, the DP computer shall always be redundant. The DP shall have the latest relevant software releases on commencement of contract. The DP shall be provided with a training software of the DP-CAP type, ref. SMS Trondheim, or similar. The DP-system shall also be provided with an on-line capability plot program developed for the individual OTT.

7.2 FMEA and crash stop tests

7.2.1 Initial FMEA

Before the OTT can be taken on charter to Statoil, she shall undergo a FMEA based on the IMCA requirements (ref. /1/).

The purpose of such an analysis is to verify the suitability and reliability of vital systems on board. As a minimum, the FMEA analysis shall cover:

 

   

DP and ICMS systems.

 

   

Propulsion, thrusters and rudder systems.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 14 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Power distribution systems.

 

   

Power generation system.

 

   

Compressed air system.

 

   

Cooling water system.

 

   

Lubricating oil system.

 

   

Fuel oil system.

The FMEA examination and trials shall be executed by a third party company which shall be approved by Statoil.

The examination shall be followed up by FMEA verification trials.

Owner shall rectify observations of category “A” (non-conformance wrt Class/IMO requirements) before the OTT can operate at any Statoil oil field and category “B” as soon as practical possible, and as agreed with the Statoil representative.

 

7.2.2 FMEA subsequent to modifications

FMEA examination and verification trials shall be repeated if new equipment has been installed or if modifications have been carried out on components, machinery or systems that are related to the vessel’s DP-operation.

The FMEA examination and trials shall be executed by a third party company which shall be approved by Statoil.

The vessel shall maintain an updated log showing the FMEA status of all involved systems (see section 7.2.1 above).

 

7.2.3 Periodical DP-trial

DP-trials shall be carried out periodically in accordance with IMOs/Class’ requirements and rules and as per IMCA’s DP-guidelines.

 

7.2.4 Crash stop test

Before the OTT is allowed to perform offshore loading operations, a crash stop test as programmed by the DP-system vendor shall be carried out in ballast condition. A crash stop test in loaded condition is to take place subsequent to the completion of the first offshore loading operation. Representatives from the DP-system vendor and Statoil shall participate during the tests.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 15 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

7.3 Position Reference System (PRS)

OTT’s designed for DP operations shall as a minimum have installed 3 independent position reference systems of type Artemis MK 4/5, HiPAP 500 series and 2 x Simrad Seatex’ DARPS or equivalent, both able to communicate with the DARPS 450 MHz band and TDMA 900 MHz band systems and compatible with relevant field installed equipment. The DGPS units shall provide interfaces both to Inmarsat and Spotbeam correction signals. One DARPS antenna to be installed at the bridge top and one at the bow in order to utilize position signals for gyro calibrations.

OTTs equipped for taut hawser operation only, shall be provided with reference systems as required for the fields they are dedicated.

Additional position reference systems e.g. RADius, ARAP might be required if applicable for installations of which the OTTs are meant to serve.

7.4 Gyro requirement

All DP 1 and 2—OTTs to be provided with 2 and 3 respectively high accuracy gyros, 0.7 deg/cos Lat or better. Installed gyros to be fitted with majority voting, automatic changeover and alarm if any gyro reads differently to others beyond acceptance tolerance.

7.5 HIPAP trunk room.

Hatch(es) and valv(es) enabling both inspection and replacement afloat of the HIPAP transducers shall be installed.

If the HIPAP trunk room is divided with bulkhead(s) providing 2 or more transducers to be placed in separate compartments, all compartments shall be fitted with access and escape ladders.

7.6 Capability plots

Relevant DP- capability plot is to be provided for all OTTs that are intended for DP-operations.

7.7 Independent position monitoring and logging system (Blom/PMS)

The OTT shall have installed an independent position monitoring system (Blom/PMS) for real-time data acquisition, calculation, logging and display system designed to monitor DP controlled offshore loading. The system shall interface to the DP system and all navigational sensors on the OTT. It shall calculate position and quality of the navigation systems and display the results on a user configured display by means of various information panels. The system shall integrate all available positioning information and compute the best combined position for all connected systems. It shall also compute speed and direction over ground. This system shall be manually activated when the OTT operates within the 3n.m zone around the installation. When in loading phase, the system shall give an alarm (both audible and visual) if calculated speed ahead is greater than a preset limit.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 16 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

All data from Blom/PMS shall be made available for Statoil in the event of incident investigations accordingly to Statoil’s document WR015.

7.8 Control, monitoring and communication arrangements

7.8.1 Special arrangements on bridge or bow house

In addition to the standard bridge equipment, the OTT shall as a minimum be supplied with the following equipment (or similar acceptable to Statoil) on the bridge (or in bow control room):

 

   

2 DP operating consoles and printers.

 

   

2 DARPS units (DARPS provided with both 450 MHz band and TDMA 900 MHz band communication abilities).

 

   

1 ARTEMIS unit.

 

   

1 additional independent position reference system when and where required.

 

   

1 HPR/HiPAP unit with printer.

 

   

1 Cargo monitoring and operation system.

 

   

3 UHF fixed set (pre-programmed for actual offshore loading stations).

 

   

4 UHF hand held radios, meeting the Eex ib IIC T4 specification (pre-programmed for actual offshore loading stations).

 

   

VHF sets as required by GMDSS.

 

   

2 wind sensors, mechanical rotating.

 

   

1 independent PMS data logger unit (BLOM or equivalent).

 

   

1 Spotbeam demodulator unit.

 

   

1 Inmarsat demodulator unit.

 

   

2 pitch and roll indicator(s).

 

   

2 (for DP 1 vessels) 3 (for DP 2 vessels) independent high precision gyros and gyro repeaters, ref. section 7.4.

 

   

2 Search lights (both sides), remote operated from bridge.

 

   

2 telemetry units for intended operations (UK and Norwegian sector).

 

   

2 independent ESD systems; (emergency shut down systems)—one automatically and one manually operated.

 

   

3 manually operated ESD systems:

 

   

Main system.

 

   

By 24 volts (not required for OTTs with bow house solutions).

 

   

Manual valves.

 

   

3 monitors for closed circuit colour television systems.

 

   

1 aeronautical VHF for helicopter communication.

 

   

1 air temperature gauge for measurements on helideck.

 

   

A “green line control system” (see appendix D).

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 17 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Two proper and fixed mounted chairs enabling the DP and Cargo operators to sit while the system is being monitored.

 

   

Anti sun reflex curtains to prevent the operators from stressing sun light conditions.

 

   

If the vessel is classified as STL, there shall be installed a warning light and alarm function connected to the STL room doors.

All monitors, instruments and other vital equipment at the bridge necessary to carry out a safe offshore crude oil transfer operation, shall be logical mounted and to give the operators the best possible overview.

7.9 Cargo monitoring system

All cargo tanks shall be provided with radar type ullage gauging system (SAAB or similar). All ballast tanks and bunker tanks shall also be provided with automatic gauging systems. All gauging systems shall be online with a class approved cargo computer, which can give a continuously read out of the OTT’s hull stresses as well as draft, trim and stability.

Both the OTT’s bridge (or bow house, if applicable) and cargo control room shall be equipped with a complete cargo operating, monitoring and alarm system. Both stations shall be provided with 2 monitors designated for this purpose.

The cargo tanks shall further be provided with a separate 98% filling alarm system which shall be independent from the cargo control system.

7.10 Close circuit colour television monitoring system. (CCTV)

The OTT shall be equipped with a close circuit television system, containing cameras remotely controlled from the bridge for the following locations:

 

   

BLS coupler area, chain stopper and hawser traction winch area; see appendix D.

 

   

Cameras for monitoring of the BLS coupler and loading hose; see appendix D.

 

   

STL compartment and STL trunk room if applicable (ref. to be in compliance with the Heidrun and Harding required CCTV coverage).

 

   

Pump room.

 

   

Bow thruster room.

Colour monitors for such television coverage shall be placed at the bridge (or bow control room) depending on vessel lay out.

The CCTV system shall be of a modular type and easily extendable.

7.11 Communication systems

The communication, both internally and externally during a crude oil transfer operation, shall be transmitted on fixed and portable UHF radio sets. The frequencies to be used are defined in the operational manual of the actual oil field.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 18 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

The minimum number of UHF radio sets required on board, are as follows:

 

   

One (1) fixed set in the engine control room.

 

   

One (1) fixed set on the bridge (or in bow loading room depending on the vessels lay out).

 

   

One (1) fixed set in the cargo control room.

 

   

Four (4) mobile sets of which two (2) sets shall have a helmet-built-in microphone set; specially equipped with filters for high background noise.

The UHF radio sets shall be of approved Ex- type, meeting the Eex ib IIC T4 specification and shall be equipped with a sufficient number of extra batteries and battery chargers.

The bridge shall be provided with at least 3 fixed VHF-sets and one shall be fitted next to the DP-console. The cargo control room shall be provided with at least one fixed VHF-set.

8 Fire fighting for offshore loading

8.1 Fire fighting arrangement

The vessel shall be equipped with a separate foam system for the BLS and STL areas as applicable. Minimum one remote operated foam monitor shall be located in the fore mast or on the forecastle. A combined water and foam sprinkler system shall be arranged in the BLS coupler area. The capacity and other technical requirements for the independent foam system shall be as advised by the classification society.

8.2 Pre-pressurised BLS and STL water deluge system

For BLS: To be arranged as described in appendix D.

For STL: Similar arrangement as for the Heidrun/Harding STL-vessels.

9 Safety equipment

9.1 Emergency towing arrangements

The OTT shall be arranged with a specially designed emergency towing system.

The system shall be arranged as follows:

 

   

A fairlead designed for minimum 450 tonnes dynamic work load shall be located at the stern of the OTT. The fairlead shall also act as a stopper bracket for the towing wire.

 

   

A towing wire of approximately 80 metres length with a certified breaking strength of minimum 400 tonnes.

 

   

An 80 metre (approx.) long tube for the pupose of storing the towing wire. Alternatively the wire can be stored on a winch drum located on the poop deck.

 

   

An automatic wire brake device located at the forward end of the storage tube, or on the winch drum depending on actual arrangement. The purpose of the brake is to control the pay out of the towing wire.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 19 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

A 140 meter long, 28 mm diameter Spectron type forerunner line with a breaking load of approximately 46 tonnes shall be provided. The forerunner shall be arranged with an eye in each end.

 

   

An air gun shall be installed on the aft railing for transfer of the line to the towing vessel.

9.2 Messenger line cutter

The OTT shall have a messenger line cutter device. The cutting device shall be designed to enable cutting the line if sucked into the thruster(s)/propeller(s).

9.3 Strong point for escort tug

Strong points shall be arranged according to OCIMF’s guidelines. However, the breaking strength shall be increased as follows:

 

   

Strong point: 450 T (SWL 225 T)

 

   

Fairlead: 450 T (SWL 225 T) up to +/ -90° of the OTT’s centerline.

9.4 Pneumatic line throwing device (air gun)

The OTT shall be equipped with 2 complete air gun systems, one fore and one aft, containing as a minimum:

 

   

An air gun of type “Rescue 230” including 4 standard projectiles and a heavy duty type projectile.

 

   

A grapnel hook with barbs.

 

   

A line box containing 100 m of a 5 mm line with minimum breaking load of 1900 kg.

The OTT shall be equipped with pivots/brackets for the air gun system, both in the bow and the stern area.

9.5 Safe walkways

In addition to the vessels “Safe Access to Bow”- arrangement, the OTT shall be equipped with anti-skid safe walkways as follows:

 

   

On the forecastle deck.

 

   

On both sides of the main weather deck.

 

   

Around the centre manifold and in the bow manifold area.

The outline of the safe walkways shall cover necessary workstations like:

 

   

Manifolds.

 

   

Mooring gears.

 

   

BLS ( see appendix D).

 

   

STL access areas (as applicable).

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 20 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Deckhouses.

 

   

Pump rooms.

 

   

Cargo sampling points, etc.

Any obstacles in the safe walkway shall be clearly painted/marked.

The colour of the safe walkway, or the boundary lines marking the safe walkway, shall differ from the colour of the deck.

9.6 Free fall lifeboat

OTTs shall be equipped with a skid launching, free fall type lifeboat, certified for the number of persons corresponding to the safety certificate.

9.7 Rescue boat (MOB-boat)

OTTs shall be equipped with one (1) modern, fast going, water jet powered MOB boat with a single point davit system. The boat shall satisfy the requirements of SOLAS Ch. III and IMO Life-Saving Appliances for rescue boats as well as NMD’s Regulation 11 April 2003 No. 492 concerning life-saving appliances and evacuation on mobile offshore units.

9.8 Personal protective equipment

9.8.1 Extra life jacket

The OTT shall be equipped with at least 10 extra sets of life jackets. The life jackets shall be properly marked and stored in the bow area of the vessel.

9.8.2 Survival suits

The OTT shall be equipped with approved survival suits corresponding to the number of persons the vessel is certified to carry according to its safety equipment certificate.

9.8.3 Escape sets

Additionally to the SOLAS requirements, the OTT shall be equipped with escape sets at the following locations:

 

•   Bow thruster room:

   1 set

•   Pump room:

   1 set

•   STL room (if applicable):

   1 set

•   Engine control room:

   2 sets

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 21 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

9.8.4 Fireman’s outfitting

Additionally to the SOLAS requirement, fireman’s outfitting shall be located in the bow area (BLS watch man cabin, or bow control room). The number of “fireman’s outfit” shall be according to reference.

10 Qualification of onboard personnel

10.1 Minimum qualifications for ship personnel

The minimum level of skills, experience and qualifications for ship personnel on OTTs, are defined in reference /4/.

10.2 Minimum number of deck officers/Watch systems

Statoil requires 4 deck officers, in addition to the captain, certified and trained as required in reference /4/ on all OTTs performing operations in DP-mode.

11 Testing, qualifications and training requirements

11.1 Testing of vessels

Before an OTT can be taken into service for Statoil, it shall undergo a comprehensive test program. Depending on the vessels status, the test shall be performed in 3 different modes:

 

a) In case of a “new building” (or a conversion), an “at yard” test covering:

 

   

Charter party (CP) related conditions.

 

   

BLS (STL).

 

   

DP system.

 

   

Helideck.

 

   

FMEA.

 

   

Fire fighting arrangements in BLS, STL and helideck area.

 

   

Emergency towing system, aft.

 

   

Communication systems.

 

   

ESD I & II.

 

b) In case of a “new building”, (or a vessel “in operation”- but “new” to Statoil), an “in shore” test covering:

 

   

BLS/STL.

 

   

FMEA.

 

   

DP system.

 

   

Technical documentation.

 

   

Communication systems.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 22 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Fire fighting systems in BLS, STL and helideck area.

 

   

Emergency towing system, aft.

 

   

ESD I & II.

 

c) Regardless of having performed the tests as described in “a” or “b” above, the OTT shall undergo a first-time “offshore and verification test”, covering:

 

   

Communication towards the misc. platform at the fields.

 

   

Emergency towing system, aft.

 

   

Telemetry systems including automatic pump stop.

 

   

Interlock, “Green Line” systems.

 

   

Emergency shut down I and II; (ESD I and II).

 

   

Mooring and hook-up test.

 

   

Fire fighting test in the Helideck, BLS and STL areas as applicable.

 

   

DP test.

 

   

Test of the OTT’s position keeping capability (in connection and loading phase).

All tests shall be carried out as per Statoil approved test procedures and monitored by Statoil. The OTT’s crew shall demonstrate knowledge of the systems and prove its compliance with the requirements. The results of the tests shall be documented and made available for Statoil.

11.2 Emergency shut down and “green line” testing operations

An OTT shall be provided with checklists for regular testing/preparation of the following equipment:

 

   

Communication towards the offshore installations.

 

   

Emergency towing system aft.

 

   

Telemetry system incl. automatic pump stop.

 

   

Interlock, ‘green line’ systems.

 

   

Emergency shut down 1 and 2 (ESD 1 and 2), automatic and manual modes.

 

   

Mooring and hook up equipment.

 

   

Dynamic station keeping related position reference systems.

 

12 Definitions

 

APL

   Advanced Production and Loading AS

Artemis

   Electronic position reference system.

ASD

   Automatic Shut Down

BHP

   Brake Horse Power

BLS

   Bow Loading System of Hitec Marine or Pusnes design.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 23 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

BSL D 5-1

   “Bestemmelser for Sivil Luftfart”; one of several documents regulating laws and rules regarding civil aviation in Norway.

CAP

   Competence Acceptance Practice

CAT

   Customer Acceptance Test

CCTV

   Closed Circuit Television.

CD

   Compact Disk

CE

   Communaute Europeen

Class

   The applicable classification society

COA

   Contract Of Afreightment.

COW

   Crude Oil Washing

CP

   “Charter Party”.

CPP

   Controlled Pitch Propeller.

DARPS

   Differential Absolute and Relative Positioning System.

DGPS

   Differential Global Positioning System

DNV

   Det Norske Veritas

DP

   Dynamic Position

DP system

   Dynamic positioning system as defined in IMO Document MSC/Circ. 645 of 6 th of June 1994.

ESD

   Emergency Shut Down

FAT

   Factory Acceptance Test

FMEA

   Failure Mode Effect Analysis.

FPSO

   Floating, Production, Storage, Offloading.

FPSO

   Floating Production Storage Off-take

FSU

   Floating Storage Unit.

GMDSS

   Global Maritime Distress and Safety System.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 24 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

GPS REL

   Relative Global Positioning System.

GRE/GRP

   Glass-fibre Reinforced Epoxy/Glass-fibre Reinforced Plastic (Polyester)

HiPAP

   High Precision Acoustic Positioning.

HPR

   Hydroacustic Position Reference System.

IACS

   International Association of Classification Societies

ICMS

   Integrated Control and Monitoring Systems.

ID

   Inner Diameter

IG System

   Inert Gas System.

IMCA

   International Marine Contractors Organization

ISO

   International Standardization Organisation

kN

   kilo Newton

Manager

   The company operation the vessel on behalf of Owner

MCR

   Maximum Continuous Rating

MOB

   Man over board.

MT

   Magnetic particle testing

NDB

   Non-directional Beacon. (For homing helicopters).

OCIMF

   Oil Companies International Marine Forum

OLS

   Offshore Loading

OLT

   Offshore Loading Terminal

OTT

   Offtake tanker (British terminology). A tanker vessel prepared for loading at offshore installations.

Owner

   The company owning the vessel. Owner can also be the operator of the vessel.

P&I

   Protection and Indemnity

PSA

   Petroleum Safety Authority

P/V

   Pressure/Vacuum.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 25 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

PLS

   Progressive collapse Limit State

PMS

   Position Monitoring System.

PRS

   Position Reference System.

PT

   Penetrant testing

PTO

   Power Take Off

RT

   Radiographic testing

SAL

   Single Anchor Loading

SMS

   Ship Manoeuvring Simulator (Trondheim)

SOLAS

   Safety of Life at Sea

SPM

   Single Point Mooring buoy.

STL

   Submerged Turret Loading.

UHF

   Ultra High Frequency.

UK-OLS

   Ugland Kongsberg Offshore Loading System (Statfjord Field)

UPS

   Uninterrupted Power Supply.

UT

   Ultrasonic testing

VHF

   Very High Frequency.

VOC

   Volatile Organic Compound.

WW1

   Working load limit

13 References

 

/1/ IMCA M 166; Guidance on failure modes & effects analyses (FMEAs)

 

/2/ WR0015; HMS-data og HMS-avvik

 

/3/ WR0011; Avvik og unntak

 

/4/ Statoil’s competence requirements for shuttle tanker personnel

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 26 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

App A Existing shuttle tankers being technically accepted

Provided full compliance with Statoil’s age, CAP and general vetting the below listed existing shuttle tankers are technically accepted for the various types of fields operated by Statoil, subject to compatible DP and position reference systems, field specific requirements and successful testing at the actual field.

 

Ship    IMO NO    Type of field

Aberdeen

   9125736    OLS, SPM

Anna Knutsen

   8504090    OLS, SPM

Bertora

   9209130    OLS, SPM

Catherine Knutsen

   8714994    OLS, SPM

Elisabeth Knutsen

   9131357    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Evita

   8519708    OLS, SPM

Grena

   9248447    OLS, SPM

Hanne Knutsen

   9190638    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Juanita

   8520331    OLS, SPM

Gerd Knutsen

   9041057    OLS, SPM

Sallie Knutsen

   9169627    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Karen Knutsen

   9169615    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Navion Akarita

   9000948    OLS, SPM, Tandem (Taut hawser only)

Navion Anglia

   9000948    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Navion Britannia

   9145188    OLS, SPM, Tandem, STL

Navion Clipper

   9045974    OLS, SPM, Tandem (Taut hawser only)

Navion Europa

   9063079    OLS, SPM, STL

Navion Fennia

   9020687    OLS, SPM, STL

Navion Hispania

   9168922    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Navion Norvegia

   9063067    OLS, SPM, Tandem (Heidrun only), STL

Navion Oceania

   9168946    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Navion Scandia

   9168934    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Navion Stavanger

   9248435    OLS, SPM

Navion Torinita

   9012305    OLS, SPM

Nordic Svenita

   9127411    OLS, SPM, Tandem (Taut hawser only)

Ragnhild Knutsen

   8500616    OLS, SPM

Randgrid

   9075345    OLS, SPM, Tandem (Heidrun only), STL

Rita Knutsen

   8500537    OLS, SPM

Stena Alexita

   9152507    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Stena Natalita

   9206671    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Stena Sirita

   9188099    OLS, SPM, Tandem

Tordis Knutsen

   9032496    OLS, SPM

Tove Knutsen

   8715546    OLS, SPM, STL

Vigdis Knutsen

   9052989    OLS, SPM

Revision per 18.05.2006

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 27 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

App B Required documentation for conversion candidates

If the Owner is proposing to convert an existing vessel into a shuttle tanker, Statoil will require the following documents for review prior to approval of the vessel as an appropriate candidate:

 

   

General arrangement.

 

   

Tank/capacity plan.

 

   

Midship section.

 

   

Transverse bulkheads.

 

   

Longitudinal bulkheads.

 

   

Stringer structures.

 

   

Shell expansion plan.

 

   

Existing fatigue life documentation (if available).

 

   

Classification records and status.

 

   

Historical structural damage records.

 

   

Historical propulsion damage records.

 

   

Latest thickness gauging report.

 

   

Pit mapping record.

 

   

Cargo piping system.

 

   

Ballast piping system.

 

   

Single line diagram.

 

   

Main engine capacity and performance.

 

   

Shaft line, propeller, rudder.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 28 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

App  C     NDE requirements and fatigue calculations

13.1.1.1.1 C.1 Non-Destructive Examination

 

C.1 Fatigue Calculations

 

C.1.1  Newbuildings

For new buildings, the below connections shall be examined by UT/RT ( embedded imperfections in full penetration welds ) and MT ( surface imperfections in all weld types) within the cargo area.

For full penetration welds ( butt- and T-joints ), the following testing shall be applied:

 

   

UT and/or RT + MT

For partly penetration- and fillet welds, the following testing shall be applied:

 

   

MT

The following connections shall be tested in the cargo area:

 

   

Block erection joints at deck- and bottom shell plating:

 

  ¡    

Within 0.4L amidships: 25% of total transverse butt weld lengths including all cross connections. In addition, part of longitudinal butt weld on cross intersections shall also be tested. 1)

 

  ¡    

Outside 0.4L amidship:10% of total transverse butt weld lengths including some cross connections. In addition, part of longitudinal butt weld on cross intersections shall also be tested. 1)

 

   

Block erection joints at side shell plating, centre line longitudinal bulkhead and side longitudinal bulkhead:

 

  ¡    

5% of total transverse (vertical) butt weld lengths including some cross connections. In addition, part of longitudinal butt weld on cross intersections shall also be tested. 1)

 

   

Block erection joints at inner bottom plating:

 

  ¡    

5% of total transverse butt weld lengths including some cross connections. In addition, part of longitudinal butt weld on cross intersections shall also be tested. 1)

 

   

Deck- and bottom longitudinal stiffener butt welds and corresponding scallops at block erection joints:

 

  ¡    

10% of representative butt weld connections ( entire length ) of longitudinals

 

  ¡    

10% of scallop connections in deck and bottom ( 100 [mm] each side )

 

   

Hopper tanks(s) upper and lower knuckles if provided including hopper tank soft bracket, or transition between inner hull and inner bottom/deck plating for vessels without a lower hopper tank:

 

  ¡    

10% of connections, where 150 [mm] shall be tested in each direction of the joint ( fore, aft, up, down, in and out ) as applicable.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 29 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Transverse frame bracket toes inside cargo tanks:

 

  ¡    

5% of the following connections: face plate connection to sniped web, and sniped web connection to tanktop/longitudinal bulkhead/inner side, 150 [mm] testing length of connections specified

 

   

At horizontal stringer bracket toes and at sharp corners between inner longitudinal bulkhead and transverse bulkheads:

 

  ¡    

10% of the following connections: face plate connection to sniped web, and sniped web connection to transverse bulkhead/longitudinal bulkhead/inner side, 150 [mm] testing length + 150 [mtn] vertical ( each side up + down ) in sharp corner if bracket is not installed.

 

   

Deck penetrations and deck attachments:

 

  ¡    

10% of all connections ( 100% of weld of deck penetrations and 50 [mm] of weld of each deck attachment tested ), within 0.4L amidships

 

   

Longitudinals on centreline bulkheads connection to transverse bulkhead stringers

 

  ¡    

10% of the connections indicated in Figure 1, 150 [mm] in length of each bracket toe.

 

   

At terminations of corrugated bulkheads

 

  ¡    

Extent to be agreed upon, but basically 10% of hotspot areas to be tested

 

1)  

Extent shall be film breadth when applying RT and 500 [mm] on each side when applying UT.

As a minimum, 5% of side shell- inner shell- bottom- innerbottom and deck longitudinals connections to transverse frames/bulkheads to be examined by MT ( bracket toes and stiffener on top connections, min. 50 [mm] of each tested connection ).

For each defective weld discovered, the weld shall be repaired and tested again by NDE. In addition, two NDE tests shall be performed at adjacent locations ( but in identical details ) of each defective weld discovered.

Basic requirements and procedures for non destructive examination of welds and tolerance limits for weld imperfections ( MT, UT, RT) are given in DNV Rules for Ships Pt.2 Ch.3 Sec. 7, rev. Jan. 2005.

C.1.2 Existing vessels / conversions

For existing vessels and conversions, the amount of non-destructive examination as specified below, shall in principle be applied, but consideration may be given to the following particulars when deciding the final amount of NDE:

 

   

Age of vessel

 

   

Previous crack and repair history

 

   

Sister vessel crack history

 

   

Original new building yard

 

   

Previous trading area

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 30 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Extent of original NDE

 

   

Condition assessment by visual survey prior to conversion

If areas to be tested are coated (typically for existing vessels and conversion candidates), alternative testing approaches may be applied in lieu of MT (e.g. Eddy Current ). If alternative NDE testing shall be applied, the testing procedure and acceptance criteria shall be accepted by Statoil.

Final amount of NDE testing shall be approved by Statoil.

The following connections shall be tested in the cargo area:

 

   

Block erection joints at deck- and bottom plating:

 

  ¡    

10 % of all cross welds within 0.4L amidships.

 

   

Deck- and bottom longitudinal stiffener butt welds and corresponding scallops at block erection joints:

 

  ¡    

5 % of representative butt weld connections ( entire length ) of longitudinals

 

  ¡    

5 % of scallop connections in deck and bottom ( 100 [mm] each side )

 

   

Hopper tanks(s) upper and lower knuckles if provided including hopper tank soft bracket, or transition between inner hull and inner bottom/deck plating for vessels without a lower hopper tank:

 

  ¡    

10% of connections, where 100 [mm] shall be tested in each direction of the joint (fore, aft, up, down, in and out ) as applicable

 

   

Transverse frame bracket toes inside cargo tanks:

 

  ¡    

5% of the following connections: face plate connection to sniped web, and sniped web connection to tank top/longitudinal bulkhead/inner side, 100 [mm] testing length of connections specified

 

   

At horizontal stringer bracket toes and at sharp corners between inner longitudinal bulkhead and transverse bulkheads:

 

  ¡    

10% of the following connections: face plate connection to sniped web, and sniped web connection to transverse bulkhead/longitudinal bulkhead/inner side, 100 [mm] testing length + 100 [mm] vertical ( each side up + down ) in sharp corner if bracket is not installed

 

   

Deck penetrations and deck attachments:

 

  ¡    

10% of all connections ( 100% of weld of penetrations, 50 [mm] of weld of each attachment tested ), within 0.4L amidships

 

   

Longitudinals on centreline bulkheads connection to transverse bulkhead stringers

 

  ¡    

10% of the connections indicated in Figure 1, 100 [mm] in length of each bracket toe.

 

   

Fillet weld between side-longitudinals/stringers and side shell plating:

 

  ¡    

5% of total welded length to be tested.

 

   

At terminations of corrugated bulkheads

 

  ¡    

Extent to be agreed upon, but basically 10% of hotspot areas to be tested

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 31 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

 

LOGO

Figure.1

As a minimum, 5% of side shell- inner shell- bottom- inner bottom and deck longitudinals connections to transverse frames/bulkheads to be examined by MT ( bracket toes and stiffener on top connections, min. 50 [mm] of each tested connection ).

For each defective weld discovered, the weld shall be repaired and tested again by NDE. In addition, two NDE tests shall be performed at adjacent locations (but in identical details) of each defective weld discovered.

Basic requirements and procedures for non destructive examination of welds and tolerance limits for weld imperfections ( MT, UT, RT ) are given in DNV Rules for Ships Pt.2 Ch.3 Sec. 7, rev. Jan. 2005.

In addition, pit mapping shall be performed and potential pit repair proposals shall be presented.

 

C.1 Fatigue Calculations

Locations and procedures for fatigue calculations for new buildings and existing/converted vessels shall be carried out according to requirements in the DNV Class Notations PLUS-2 and DNV Cl.N. 30.7, but with a required minimum fatigue life as specified in pt. 1.7.3 based on North Atlantic or dedicated Norwegian Shelf metocean data as provided by Statoil.

As a minimum, the following connections shall be considered within 0.4xL amidships and in the forward most cargo- and ballast tanks:

 

a) side-, inner side-, inner longitudinal-, bottom-, inner bottom- and deck plating longitudinal connections to transverse frames and bulkheads.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 32 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

b) Transverse girder and horizontal stringer structures including bracket terminations

 

c) knuckle of hopper tanks (upper and lower knuckles if provided) or transition between inner hull and inner bottom/deck plating

 

d) deck penetrations and attachments (0.4xL amidships)

 

e) fillet weld connections at longitudinal and stringers in side shell

 

f) transverse butt welds of selected block joints in deck and bottom (0.4xL amidships)

If the side longitudinals are fitted without top stiffeners, the fatigue cracking problem may change from the stiffener to the web (of transverse structure), due to local sea pressure effect and global shear forces in the transverse structure. The DNV Rules gives a requirement to end connections and weld connections of such a detail that should ensure proper load transfer from the stiffener to the web. However, the detail shall be subjected to a fatigue analysis where all relevant local effects (including effects from global shear forces in the transverse structure) are included, with special attention to the area of the lower knuckles. Closing of scallops shall be carefully considered.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 33 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

App   D    BLS specification

 

D.1 Introduction

The Bow Loading System (BLS) described in this document shall provide a system for mooring a shuttle tanker to an offshore loading terminal, and offload the crude oil from the terminal.

The shuttle tanker shall be moored by a hawser and normally positioned by dynamic positioning system.

The loading hose from the loading terminal shall be connected to the BLS loading manifold on the ship by means of a hydraulic coupler.

The bow loading manifold, including swivels, pipes from the manifold to the inboard valve and the inboard valve shall be designed according to ANSI B16.5, Class 150, - 29 to + 38°C, 19,6 barg

All other equipment, pipes cables etc. shall be designed for operation in permanent ambient/crude oil temperature as follows:

 

   

External areas (included manifold room): -20 + 50°C.

 

   

All other areas: 0 to + 50°C. It is assumed that heater(s) is/are installed if temperature for these areas will be below 0°C.

All equipment described in this document shall be provided, installed and tested in accordance with relevant requirements of ISO 9000 and applicable Class and authority regulations. In addition, all electrical equipment shall be CE approved.

 

LOGO

Figure l. Tanker with BLS connected to a FPSO

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 34 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.2 General description of the BLS

 

D.2.1 Equipment

The BLS comprises equipment located in following main areas on the tanker:

 

   

Bridge.

 

   

Platform deck.

 

   

Forecastle deck.

In addition to the BLS equipment, related systems for hydraulic piping, crude oil, gas detection, fire fighting, etc. shall be provided and installed according to this document and applicable rules and regulations, for details see section 14.5.

Emphasis shall be given to simple and effective maintenance of the BLS system, and it shall be possible to refit all vital parts onboard the vessel. In this respect contractor shall ensure that the BLS equipment vendor will meet this requirement.

 

D.2.2 Operation

The mooring and coupling operation shall briefly be performed as follows:

The messenger line from the OLT, shall be pulled through the fairlead and the chain stopper by the traction winch and further into a stowing tank by the rope pulling unit.

At the end of the messenger line a chafing chain (typically 84mm studded chain) is connected, onto which the hose termination piece is suspended. When the chafing chain has been pulled through the fairlead, it shall be locked in the chain stopper. The loading hose termination piece shall now be hanging in the suspension line in front of/below the loading manifold. Alternatively the loading hose shall be pulled directly from the OLT after the chain stopper is locked.

The hose handling line shall then be connected to a forerunner from the hose handling winch.

The loading hose termination piece shall subsequently be hauled in and locked to the manifold coupler by the 3 coupler claws.

Before the vessel is ready to receive oil from the OLT, the cargo system, coupler valve and inboard valve shall be ready/opened, all of which are some of the criteria that forms the “green line”. The complete “green line” is described in item 13.2.

Finally the shuttle tanker shall send the telemetry signal to the OLT confirming that the shuttle tanker is ready to receive oil. The OLT can than start the interlocked loading pump(s) or open the interlocked export valve.

 

D.3 Installation on bridge

The bridge shall include all necessary equipment for control and monitoring of the bow loading system and its operation. This shall be reflected in the layout of the bridge where the BLS controls shall be installed in a cabinet next to the DP manoeuvring consoles.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 35 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

All presentations shall be given in colour on colour monitors.

 

D.3.1 Remote control console

A cabinet shall be installed with remote operation and control/indication of:

 

   

Brake on traction winch.

 

   

Clutch on traction winch.

 

   

Winch speed of traction winch.

 

   

Lower/heave of traction winch.

 

   

Chain stopper 1 .

 

   

Emergency Shut Down class 1.

 

   

Emergency Shut Down class 2.

 

   

Deluge system in the bow area.

 

   

Emergency release systems (in case ESD 1 or ESD 2 is not working).

 

   

Pressure testing of the loading hose.

 

   

Start/stop of the hydraulic pumps.

 

   

Selection of stand by/working pressure.

 

   

Start/stop of cooling pump(s) (automatic start).

 

   

Alarm indication lamp and buzzer w/alarm rese.

 

   

Lamp test function.

 

   

Selection of loading mode, i.e. SPM, SPM auto or OLS mode.

 

   

Coupler claws 1 .

 

   

Coupler valve 1 .

 

   

Inboard valve 1 .

 

   

Pumping permitted 1 .

1 The information shall be included in the “green line”.

The following functions and information shall be presented on the control console:

 

   

Crude oil pressure included alarm for high pressure, i.e. 7 bar or more, measured between inboard valve and coupler valve 1 .

 

   

Loading permitted 1 .

 

   

Loading hose tension.

 

   

Cargo system ready.

 

   

Accumulator pressure 1 .

 

   

Loading hose in position 1 .

 

   

Hawser tension 1 .

 

   

Maximum hawser tension for the last hour .

 

   

Maximum hose tension for the last hour.

 

   

Bow roller or chain stopper in forward/aft position (operated locally).

1 The information shall be included in the “green line”.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 36 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.3.2 Signals to/from other systems

The following signals shall be transmitted as described:

 

   

Common failure to the engine control room.

 

   

Hawser tension to DP system and data logger.

 

   

Loading hose tension to the data logger.

 

   

Loading hose connected, in OLS mode to DP system.

 

D.3.3 Data logger

There shall be installed a BLS data logger that shall continuously record:

 

   

Hose tension.

 

   

Hawser tension.

 

   

All warnings/alarms generated by the BLS.

The data logger shall have the capacity for storing data for minimum 3 loading operations, each with duration of 40 hours. After every 3rd loading, the data set from the 1st loading shall be automatically erased from the hard disk.

 

D.3.4 Tension monitoring

Meters for the hawser-, hose- and traction winch tension shall be installed. These meters shall be readable both from the BLS control console and the DP console(s).

The meters shall be illuminated and have a dimmer unit located in the control console. Equipment for calibration of the load cells shall be onboard.

 

D.3.5 CCTV-monitors

3 off 17” colour CCTV-monitors and one keyboard for selection of which camera to be shown on which monitor, shall be installed. The monitors shall be installed in adjustable cabinets hanging from the ceiling without restricting the view from the bridge. All 3 monitors shall be clear viewable both from the BLS control console and the DP console(s).

 

D.4 Bow area, general

The following distances and measurements shall be adhered to (side view):

 

   

Vertical distance from maximum draft to platform deck shall be between 16 and 17 meters.

 

   

Vertical distance from forecastle deck to underside of the loading manifold shall be minimum 1,7 m.

 

   

Horizontal distance from the centre of the loading manifold to bow slot shall be minimum 0,75 m.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 37 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Horizontal distance from the centre of the loading manifold to the bulbous bow shall be minimum 3 m.

 

LOGO

Figure 2. General arrangement plan of the bow area.

 

D.5 Platform deck

The platform deck shall in principle be arranged as shown below (top view):

 

LOGO

Figure 3. Arrangement on platform deck

 

  1. Fair lead.

 

  2. Hard wood.

 

  3. Chain stopper.

 

  4. Guide roller with load cell.

 

  5. Traction winch.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 38 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

  6. Rope pulling unit (stowing tank to be located at the forecastle deck).

 

  7. Stair to the forecastle deck.

 

  8. Staircase leading to watchman’s cabin, manifold room and main deck level.

 

  9. Service crane.

 

  10. Vertical emergency ladder w/back rest.

 

D.5.1 Fairlead

The fairlead shall be fitted with a roller complete with roller bearings. The roller and all parts in contact with the chafing chain shall be covered with stainless steel material. The PLS of the fairlead and its foundation shall be minimum 6000 kN 90° off the ship’s centreline in the horizontal plane and ± 30° in the vertical plane. The foundation shall be designed to support/guide the lower part of the UK-OLS messenger line in the transverse direction during the connection of the hose. The internal opening in the fairlead shall be minimum 500 mm x 500 mm.

A spark-free cladding shall cover the substructure of the fairlead-openings (platform deck, foundations etc) which may be hit by the chafing chain during an ESD 2 release.

 

D.5.2 Hardwood protection on deck

The deck area between the chain stopper and the fairlead shall be protected by 75 mm thick hardwood. The width of the hardwood layer shall be twice the maximum width of the fairlead.

The hardwood shall be fixed to the deck by recessed stud bolts/nuts, and an hardwood plug shall cover the top.

 

D.5.3 Chain stopper

The chain stopper shall be of the self locking type, hydraulically operated and designed for Ø83 mm chain (range Ø76—Ø93 mm). The closing/opening time of the chain stopper shall not exceed 30 sec.

The PLS of the chain stopper including the release mechanism and the foundation shall be minimum 6000 kN.

A load cell with range 0-5000 kN shall be installed to measure the tension in the hawser during the loading operation.

Equipment for calibration of the load cell shall be onboard.

Either the fairlead or the chain stopper shall have the possibility to adjust the hose handling wire/rope relative to the loading manifold. This adjustment shall be minimum 1500 mm for an adjustable chain stopper or 1200 mm for an adjustable fairlead combined with a retractable roller.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 39 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.5.4 Guide roller

A guide roller with WLL 900 kN and equipped with a 0-1000 kN load cell shall be installed in front of the traction winch. The load cell shall read the mooring forces during winch operations.

Equipment for calibration of the load cell shall be onboard.

 

D.5.5 Traction winch

The traction winch shall be of the twin drum type designed for Ø20-Ø120 mm synthetic fibre rope. The winch shall be driven by two high pressure hydraulic motors and shall be designed for bridge- and local control. The winch shall be equipped with a fail safe disc brake system suitable for doing emergency release of the UK-OLS, which requires an automatic release speed adjustable between 1 and 2 m/s. The static weight of the UK-OLS hose shall be set to 400 kN.

A hand pump shall be supplied to release the fail safe brake in the event of a hydraulic failure. The pump shall be placed in a safe area, which protects the operator for any possible debris during the release of the brake.

Winch capacity requirements:

 

   

Pulling force: 700 kN WLL.

 

   

Speeds: 3 steps, approx. 0-8 m/min., 0-16 m/min. and 0-50 m/min.

 

   

High speed, min.: 50 m/min.

 

   

Brake capacity, min.: 900 kN WLL.

The static capacity of the foundations shall be minimum 900 kN WLL. The winch shall have one bolted cover to protect the brakes and one hinged cover over the hydraulic motors, valves and pipes.

Necessary guide rollers between the traction winch and the rope pulling unit for correct entering of the rope into the rope pulling unit shall be installed.

The hydraulic piping for the traction winch motor shall have a flexible configuration to reduce stress in the pipes during pressure shock. The pipes shall have an “expansion loop” between the deck and the hydraulic motor.

 

D.5.6 Rope pulling unit

A rope pulling unit shall be installed above a stowing tank to ensure that the rope enters directly into the stowing tank. The rope pulling unit shall also provide for necessary back tension for the traction winch. The back tension shall be adjustable from 0 to 4 kN. The rope pulling unit shall be hydraulic or air driven. If an air driven type is applied, dry and clean air shall be provided.

A (hydraulic/pneumatic) control panel with valves and pressure control (also lubrication pan, water trap and air filter if an air driven type is applied) for the rope pulling unit shall be included. The control panel shall also include a hydraulic valve for control of the rotating rope layer in the stowing tank.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 40 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

The following operational requirements shall be fulfilled:

 

   

A protection shall be installed to prevent the operator from accidentally come in contact with the rotating reels and the rope.

 

   

The exhaust air outlet shall be over and aft of the operator panel.

 

   

The operator shall have a free view into the stowing tank and it shall be possible to see the whole bottom of the tank from the operating position.

 

   

It shall be easy for the operator to reach all the controls from the operating position.

 

   

A 500 W floodlights shall be installed for illuminating the inside of the stowing tank.

 

D.5.7 Stair

A stair shall be installed from the forecastle deck and to the platform deck. The stair shall have a slope of 45° and a width of 1000 mm. The steps shall be of a non-slip type.

 

D.5.8 Staircase

An A60 staircase (with an air-lock at all entrances) shall be installed for access from the platform deck and to the manifold room/forecastle deck and further to the main deck (in the forecastle). The stairs shall have a slope of 45° and a width of 800 mm. The steps shall be of a non-slip type. All doors shall be self closing.

 

D.5.9 Service crane

A hydraulically driven and controlled service crane shall be installed on the platform deck. The crane shall be designed and installed for general lifting operations and maintenance of the BLS equipment located on the platform deck. It shall be installed as far forward as practically possible, but still being able to service the rope pulling unit and all the other equipment installed on the platform deck. In addition, it shall be used for lifting operations from the forecastle deck via a 1500 x 1500 mm deck hatch. The crane shall fulfil the following requirements:

 

   

WLL 50 kN at 10 m working radius.

 

   

Minimum working radius < 2 m.

 

   

Slewing sector of 360° (continuous).

 

   

Self-contained type (electro/hydraulic).

 

   

Fixed jib.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 41 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.5.10 Vertical emergency ladder

A vertical emergency ladder with back rest shall be installed for access between the platform deck and the forecastle deck.

D.6 Forecastle deck

 

LOGO

Figure 4. Arrangement in manifold room

 

  1. Manifold room bulkhead.

 

  2. Loading manifold.

 

  3. Operator console for loading manifold.

 

  4. Pressure transmitter.

 

  5. Inboard valve.

 

  6. Hose handling winch. (Distance between winch and top centre of the loading manifold must allow a max. angle 7° for entering of the wire/line onto the drum).

 

  7. Air lock for the staircase.

 

  8. Watchman’s cabin.

 

  9. Hatch.

 

  10. Drain system.

 

  11. Stowing tank for the messenger line.

 

  12. Hydrant for flushing of the manifold. The hydrant shall have quick connection/ disconnection coupling.

 

  13. Service door.

 

  14. Crude oil line.

 

  15. Bow door.

 

  16. Staircase, pressurised.

 

  17. Windows, explosion-/fire proof.

 

  18. Coaming, 250 mm.

 

  19. Coaming, 200 mm (with one 3” opening at port and starboard side at deck level).

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 42 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

  20. Free view for operator both towards the hose handling winch and towards the manifold area (sideways and downwards).

 

  21. Doors, self closing.

 

D.6.1 Manifold room

On the forecastle deck, a manifold room shall be installed with bulkheads, doors and coamings. The principal arrangement shall be as indicated in fig. 4,”Arrangement in manifold room”. If contractor wants to have an other principal arrangement, this shall be approved by Statoil.

With the installed BLS equipment, it shall be possible to connect the loading hose termination piece to the manifold without using the “hose handling line”, i.e. the SPM auto function where:

 

   

The loading hose termination piece is connected to the chafing chain by a connection bridle/chain.

 

   

When the chafing chain is locked, the loading hose termination piece will be positioned next to the loading manifold.

 

   

The connection of the loading hose termination piece to the loading manifold shall be performed by adjusting the chain stopper or the fairlead and at the same time operate the loading manifold.

 

D.6.2 Loading Manifold

The loading manifold shall be fixed to the underside of the platform deck in the centre line of the vessel and shall fulfil the following requirements:

 

   

Designed loading capacity minimum 9000 m 3 /hour.

 

   

A 20” hydraulically operated coupler for connection of the loading hose termination piece.

 

   

Integral hydraulically operated coupler valve. The closing time shall be adjustable between 15 and 35 sec. The coupler valve shall have the capacity to open a valve in the loading hose termination piece with an internal pressure of 8 barg.

 

   

Cylinders to operate the manifold from stowed to loading position.

 

   

Ball joint or cardan systems to obtain a moment free system.

 

   

Guiding pins and 3 claws for guiding/locking of the loading hose termination piece.

 

   

Stainless steel cover in the front of the manifold for protection and guiding of the hose handling bridle.

 

   

A stainless steel cover in the rear of the manifold for protection from the slack hose handling line and shackles.

 

   

Vertical and horizontal stainless steel rollers, that allows a 400 kN shackle, under full load, to pass over the top for guiding the hose handling wire.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 43 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

The coupler shall be free to rotate minimum 25° in all directions from the vertical axis (i.e. describes a 50° cone). In addition, the coupler piece/coupler shall in total be free to rotate minimum 50° outwards from the vertical axis.

 

   

A load cell (0-1250 kN) for measuring of the tension from the loading hose.

 

   

The BLS loading manifold with coupler and swivels shall be designed for 19.6 barg internal pressure (i.e. ANSI B16.5, 150 barg).

 

   

Contractor shall supply a bolted manifold flange to prevent the coupler valve to open (slide down) when the manifold is in stowed position.

 

   

The manifold included piping to the inboard valve shall be “Contractor tested” with an internal pressure of 10 barg. For this purpose a “bowler hat” shall be connected to the manifold by the coupler claws. The “bowler hat” shall be onboard equipment.

 

   

2 distance sensors (one forward and one aft) in the flange of the manifold. The sensors shall give the “green line” signal “loading hose in position” when the distance between the two flanges is less than 1,5 +/-1-0,5 mm. This distance shall be controlled using a dedicated test-equipment made of the same material as the loading hose termination piece. The test-equipment shall be onboard equipment.

 

   

A flushing line connection shall be arranged for at the aft end of the manifold. One ball valve and two (series connected) non return valves shall be installed on this connection.

 

   

The loading manifold, including its claws and foundations, shall have the capacity of minimum 1250 kN tension WLL. At loads in excess of 1250 kN WLL, the claws shall release the loading hose, i.e. be the “weak link” in the loading manifold.

 

D.6.3 BLS operator console

One operator console for the BLS shall be installed. The following functions shall be operated from this console:

 

   

Position of the loading coupler.

 

   

Operation of coupler claws.

 

   

Operation of chain stopper movement or operation of the adjustable roller fairlead.

 

   

Operation of traction winch.

 

   

Operation of hose handling winch.

 

   

Operation of bypass valves for relevant cylinders.

 

   

Operation of the bow door.

 

   

Operation of the retractable bow roller (if installed).

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 44 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.6.4 Pressure transmitter

A pressure transmitter fitted with a test cock and a manometer shall be installed on the top of the crude oil line, between the swivel to the BLS loading manifold and the inboard valve, in order to monitor the pressure inside the crude oil line. The pressure shall be monitored locally in the manifold room and remote on the bridge. Equipment for calibration of the pressure transmitter shall be onboard.

 

D.6.5 Inboard valve

Near the swivel, a 20” hydraulically operated full-bore ball valve shall be installed. The ball valve shall be activated remotely from the bridge by means of a hydraulic actuator and shall have limit switches to indicate open and closed positions.

 

D.6.6 Hose handling winch

To handle the loading hose line from the OLT, a hydraulically driven winch shall be installed in the manifold room.

Winch requirements:

 

   

Pulling capacity 400 kN WLL (on the 1st layer).

 

   

Speed 0-10 m/min.

 

   

Brake capacity 600 kN WLL and adjustable.

 

   

Split drum with min. capacity of 300 m x Ø42 mm on the storage part. The working drum shall have a width of minimum 300 mm.

 

   

Hydraulically operated line change over from the storage to working drum.

 

   

Tension meter. The meter shall be calibrated with onboard equipment.

 

D.6.7 Airlock for the staircase

An airlock shall be installed for access/escape via the staircase. The staircase shall lead to the platform and the main deck level.

 

D.6.8 Watchman cabin

An A60 watchman cabin shall be installed. The cabin shall have windows in the port and fwd. sides. The following equipment shall be installed in the cabin:

 

   

General alarm.

 

   

Fire alarm.

 

   

Fire extinguisher.

 

   

Standard telephone.

 

   

Sound powered telephone.

 

   

Light.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 45 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

A desk 800 (B) x 1000 (L) x 750 (H) mm with chair.

 

   

2 sets of firemen outfit shall be placed—for quick use—in the watchman cabin. The type of equipment shall be the same as provided elsewhere onboard the vessel.

 

   

A manual emergency panel with valves for the following functions:

 

    a. Close manifold valve/inboard valve.

 

    b. Open coupler claws.

 

    c. Release chain stopper.

 

    d. Release traction winch disc brake.

The valves shall be arranged for manual emergency operation, one function at a time, and the sequence shall be clearly marked on the panel. A coaming shall be installed under the panel to prevent spreading of hydraulic oil spill in the cabin. No fittings in the cabin shall be installed outside the coaming.

 

D.6.9 Hatch

A 600 x 600 mm hatch with protection bars shall be installed to give the operator a free view to the manifold.

 

D.6.10 Drain system

A minimum 4” drain system shall be installed consisting of the following:

 

   

Inlets as indicated.

 

   

Pipe connections underneath the deck in the forecastle.

 

   

One ball valve easily accessible inside the forecastle area.

 

   

One pipe from the ball valve and routed overboard.

 

D.6.11 Stowing tank

A stowing tank for the messenger line shall be installed. A rope pulling unit, ref. item 6.6 shall be installed above the tank, so that the rope will enter directly into the tank. The stowing tank shall have a capacity of minimum 400 m x 120 mm messenger line. An inspection hatch in the lower part and a drain in the bottom shall also be included.

 

D.6.12 Hydrant/flushing line

A 2  1 / 2 ” or 3” hydrant shall be installed and connected to the fire water system. It shall be used for connection of a hose from the hydrant and to the coupler on the manifold for flushing of the manifold after the loading is completed. A non return valve and a pressure release valve shall be installed in the fire water line next to the hydrant.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 46 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.6.13 Service door

A service door shall be installed in the aft of the manifold room. This door shall normally be closed.

 

D.6.14 Crude oil line

A 24” ID cargo line shall be installed between the inboard valve and the amidships manifold. In order to avoid unintended closing of valves during loading operations, valves for this line shall be of double eccentric butterfly valve type.

Connection(s) to inboard valve, supplied by the BLS vendor, shall be according to the BLS vendor’s requirement(s).

 

D.6.15 Bow door

A bow door shall be installed for the protection of the BLS equipment when the vessel is in transit, and to be used as a working platform for maintenance and service of the loading equipment. The bow door shall fulfil the following requirements:

 

   

Withstand “green sea” when the vessel is fully loaded and in transit in rough sea.

 

   

The inside of the bow door shall be covered with 75 mm hardwood where the bow door is also used as protection in the bow slot for the loading hose termination piece.

 

   

Appropriate railing and securing wires shall be provided for use when the door is used as a working platform.

The bow door shall be operated by hydraulic cylinders, i.e. cylinders for locking of the bow door when it is in closed position and cylinders for opening/closing of the bow door. The valves for control of the cylinders shall be installed at the operator console.

The bow door shall be locked in both open and closed position.

If the bow door is not serving as the protection in the bow slot, a separate protection shall be installed in the bow slot. This protection shall be made of 75 mm hardwood, 3 m wide and be vertical. The hardwood shall be fixed to the hull by recessed stud bolts/nuts and the top shall be covered by an hardwood plug.

In case the coupler should start leaking in stowed position, any leakage from the coupler shall be trapped inside the manifold room and no leakage shall go overboard.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 47 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

 

LOGO

In case the bow door is serving as protection, or separate protection is installed in the bow slot, no bow door recess, other hull structure or other items shall be positioned forward of the protection.

When the bow door is open a detachable rail, for preventing people from falling overboard, shall be installed from port to starboard sides in the opening.

D.7 Hydraulic room

In the forecastle and in a safe area at main deck level a separate hydraulic room with a door to the forecastle area shall be installed. The ventilation system for the hydraulic room shall be arranged so that any hydraulic oil leakage/mist shall not be spread to any other area at the upper deck/forecastle by the ventilation system. There shall be coamings of 200 mm under all equipment in the room.

The below listed equipment shall be installed in the hydraulic room.

All equipment listed under section D.7 shall be installed inside coamings with a height of minimum 150 mm.

D.7.1 Hydraulic pump station with oil cooler

The hydraulic pump station shall be designed for installation in a non hazardous area and shall consist of the following main units:

 

   

2 off hydraulic main pumps with electric motors, each about 100 kW. The foundation shall also be prepared for stowage of a spare motor/pump.

 

   

1 circulation pump with electric motor. Suction from the bottom of the tank.

 

   

1 oil tank with sufficient capacity for operation of 2 pumps.

 

   

1 oil cooler using fresh water.

 

   

1 oil heater.

 

   

Normal working pressure approximate 250 bar, peak pressure approx. 315 bar, standby pressure approximate 20-30 bar.

 

   

Maximum oil flow approximate 2 x 210 l/min.

 

   

Full flow return filter with electric clogging indicator.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 48 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Level switch with low/low-low indication.

The following alarms shall be arranged for with bridge warning by light/sound indication:

 

   

Alarm for high/high-high temperature in oil tank.

 

   

Alarm for low/low-low oil level.

 

   

Alarm for return filter clogged.

 

   

Alarm for leak oil filter clogged.

 

   

Alarm for motor overload.

Shutdown of the main pumps shall be automatically performed in case of:

 

   

High-high oil temperature.

 

   

Low-low oil level.

The BLS power pack shall also be used for the forward windlasses and mooring winches.

 

D.7.2 Hydraulic accumulator rack

A hydraulic accumulator rack with sufficient capacity for normal operation, i.e. to maintain closing pressure to coupler claws and opening pressure to coupler valve, and for shut-down of the bow loading system and for releasing of the shuttle tanker from the OLT, shall be installed. The system shall fulfil the following requirements:

 

   

Each accumulator bottle shall be of 50 litres, 315 bar bladder type.

 

   

Working pressure 250 bars.

 

   

It shall be possible to measure and charge each of the nitrogen bottles individually, also during loading operation.

 

   

Safety valve with melting fuse on each of the nitrogen bottles.

 

   

The accumulator bottle rack with clamps and supports shall have the possibility for an extension to a total of 8 bottles.

 

   

One 50 litre nitrogen bottle with fittings and hoses (for recharging of the accumulators) shall be provided.

 

D.7.3 Hydraulic valve unit rack

Hydraulic control units (solenoid operated valve blocks) for remote control of all necessary equipment/functions shall be supplied and installed as one rack. Examples of such valve blocks are:

 

   

Opening and closing of the manifold/inboard valves.

 

   

Interlock operation of valves in the BLS manoeuvring console.

 

   

Accumulators.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 49 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Control of emergency functions.

 

   

Control of brake.

 

   

Control of traction winch w/clutch.

 

   

Control of chain stopper.

 

   

Release of loading hose.

 

   

High pressure filter.

D.8 Electrical equipment room

To avoid possible spray/mist due to hydraulic leakage, the electrical equipment related to the Bow Loading System shall be installed in a separate electric room with A-60 insulation

The temperature in the room shall not exceed 40-45°C when all the equipment is up and “running”.

The room shall be classified as safe area. In general, no pipes/tubing containing liquid (incl. hydraulic tubing) shall be installed in the electrical equipment room.

D.8.1 Electric starter and control cabinets

The system with cabinets shall be arranged both for remote and local operation/indication. This includes necessary lamps and switches for emergency operation of the system.

If communication to the central panel is lost, the computer shall be able to perform manually controlled loading and disconnection of the system.

All the relevant cabinets for the BLS shall be installed in the electrical equipment room. Examples are:

 

   

Starter cabinets.

 

   

Control cabinets for auxiliary equipment.

 

   

Alarm cabinets.

 

   

BLS control cabinet.

D.8.2 Spare control cables

From the electrical equipment room and to the bridge, 10% spare cores shall be provided in the multi-core cables for the BLS.

D.9 Other equipment

 

D.9.1 Fire fighting system

A fire water system shall be installed in the BLS area. The system shall serve two purposes:

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 50 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

  1. Supply of deluge (water only) of the BLS equipment and bow slot to prevent that any possible spark created during emergency disconnection (ESD 2) may cause a fire. In case of an ESD 2, the deluge system shall be automatically activated and the water shall flow before the coupler claws are opened. In addition it shall also be possible to manually activate the system from the BLS remote control system on the bridge and from the watchman’s cabin.

 

  2. Supply of water for the foam fire fighting system. The foam system shall be operated from the fire fighting panel on the bridge.

The above requirements shall be obtained without running a fire pump during the whole loading operation.

The system shall in principle be arranged as shown below (side view):

 

LOGO

Figure 5. Fire fighting system

Notes:

 

  A. Two nozzles shall be installed on the inside (port and starboard side) and two on the outside (port and starboard side) of the manifold. The nozzles shall spray the wire rollers and the manifold.

 

  B. Two nozzles (foam) shall be installed (port and starboard side) pointing forward and two pointing aft.

 

  C. The pipe/nozzle shall not be located in the restricted area as shown in figure 6 below.

 

  D. The fire water monitor shall be of a self oscillating type

 

  E. The monitor shall be remotely operated from the bridge, and shall have pan and tilt functions that allow coverage of the whole area of the forecastle and platform deck.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 51 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

 

LOGO

Figure 6. Restricted area

Valve no. 7 shall automatically be opened when ESD 2 is activated, or the deluge function is activated from the bridge. Only the deluge shall be activated during ESD 2 (no foam), and the water shall be available before the coupler claws are opened. The system shall be of the ‘self-draining-type’ in order to avoid ice-build-up in the tubes during cold weather conditions.

Based on the above arrangement, the fire panel located on the bridge/watchman cabin shall in principle be arranged as shown on figure 7 below.

 

LOGO

Figure 7. Fire fighting panel

 

D.9.2 Fire and gas detection

In the centre area of the manifold room detectors shall be installed underneath the platform deck. The following fast detection sensors shall be installed and connected to the vessels fire detection system, giving alarm on the bridge when activated:

 

   

2 x smoke detectors

 

   

2 x flame detectors

 

   

2 x gas detectors.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 52 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.9.3 Bolts, nuts and accessories

The bolts and nuts shall be hot zinc galvanised. All bolts, nuts and clamps placed in corrosive environment shall be of stainless steel.

 

D.9.4 Safe access

Necessary access ladders and platforms shall be installed for safe access to all relevant maintenance and inspection points.

All ladders and platforms shall be provided according to the latest edition of Norwegian standard NS 2656.

Anti-skid shall be used on the deck around the traction winch, chain stopper, in the manifold room and on the forecastle deck.

 

D.9.5 Lights

A bridge remote operated 2000 W search light with pan and tilt functions shall be installed in the foremast to illuminate the area between the shuttle tanker and an OLT. It shall also be possible to use the searchlight to illuminate the platform deck and the area to port and starboard of the bow.

In addition there shall be installed a 1500 W light in the manifold room for lightening of the loading hose, included the UK-OLS loading hose.

 

D.9.6 CCTV system

Reference is also made to section D.3.5.

Contractor shall install a CCTV system for visual surveillance of the BLS system. All cameras shall be of the colour type and shall be installed as follows:

 

   

One camera with zoom, pan and tilt in the foremast (as high as practical). This camera shall give a general overview forward of the vessel and of the equipment, included the traction winch, on the forecastle deck.

 

   

One fixed camera installed in the foremast for viewing the traction winch.

 

   

One fixed camera with zoom, pan and tilt for monitoring of the bow manifold area included the manifold and hose end termination flanges connection. This camera shall be installed behind the BLS manifold in the manifold room pointing forward.

 

   

One camera with zoom, pan and tilt for monitoring of the sea surface forward, the loading hose and the stem of the FPSO/ FSU. The camera shall be located in front/to the side of the BLS manifold and be protected by the bow door when this is closed. The camera shall have a tilt angle to be directed along the hose and up-/forward towards the loading station.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 53 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

All cameras shall be of the Ex(d) type, and they shall be equipped with heater, wiper and washer. All above functions shall be remotely operated from the bridge. Camera-and other housing shall be made of stainless steel (AISI 316L or equivalent/better).

 

D.9.7 UPS system

The BLS control systems shall have a UPS system with minimum capacity of 60 minutes. The batteries shall be of a maintenance free lead/acid type. An audible/visual alarm shall be activated on the bridge during loss of power source/-supply.

D.10 Functional requirements

 

D.10.1 Normal operation

The BLS system shall be designed for remote control/monitoring from the bridge, included operation of the following equipment:

 

   

Traction winch

 

   

Chain stopper

 

   

Coupler valve

 

   

Inboard valve

 

   

Hydraulic pump station

Connection/disconnection of the loading hose shall be done locally from a hydraulic control console on the forecastle deck, included operation of the following equipment:

 

   

Bow door

 

   

Loading manifold

 

   

Hose handling winch

 

   

Forward/aft movement of the chain stopper, or

 

   

Adjustable roller fairlead

In addition the following equipment shall be locally operated from the bow area:

 

   

Rope pulling unit/stowing tank

 

   

Service crane

Hydraulic cylinders shall move the loading manifold from stowed- to connection position.

The hose handling winch or the chain stopper/adjustable roller fairlead shall lift the loading hose into the mating position.

Final positioning of the coupler’s flange against the hose termination piece flange shall be made by the hydraulically operated coupler claws, in combination with hydraulically operated cylinders positioning the coupler.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 54 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

The BLS philosophy i.e. green line, ASD, ESD 1 and ESD 2 or any modifications shall be approved by Statoil.

 

D.10.2 “BLS/Green line” philosophy.

The “green line” philosophy for the control console shall in principle include:

 

No    Operation/sensor    Before connection    After connection/green
line established
  

Status after the ESD is

activated/performed

shall be:

            ESD 1    ESD 2
Before connection take place, the following signals shall be transmitted to the control console:     

1

   Cargo system    Ready    Ready    Ready    Ready

2

   Hawser tension    Normal    Normal    Normal    Normal

3

   Accumulator pressure    Normal    Normal    Normal    Normal

4

   Crude oil pressure    Normal    Normal    Normal    Normal
During connection the sensor status of involved equipment shall be presented on the control console:     

5

   Chain stopper    Open    Closed    Closed    Open

6

   Loading hose    Not in position    In position    In position    Not in position

7

   Coupler claws    Open    Closed    Closed    Open

8

   Inboard valve    Closed    Open    Closed    Closed

9

   Coupler valve    Closed    Open    Closed    Closed
When correct status is obtained, the system shall automatically respond:     

10

   Loading    Not permitted    Permitted    Not permitted    Not permitted
If acceptable, the bridge operator shall now activate:     

11

   Loading    Off    On    Off    Off
This signal shall be transmitted to the telemetry system.     

Notes to above numbers:

 

  1. The signal shall be transmitted to the control console when minimum 1 cargo tank or 2 slop tanks, included the relevant cargo line valves, are open. After the loading permitted signal is obtained it shall not be possible to close the open valves, unless other tank/line valves have been first opened. If, by any mistake, it should be possible to close any of the minimum number of open valve(s), the status shall be “not ready”.

 

  2. The “normal” signal shall be given when the hawser tension is less than 100 tons. If the tension is more than 100 tons, the status shall be “un-normal”.

 

  3. The criteria for “normal” signal shall be established by the equipment vendor. If the pressure is lower/higher than the preset range pressure, the status shall be “un-normal”.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 55 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

  4. The “normal” signal shall be given when the pressure is less than 7 bars. If the pressure is 7 bar or higher, the status shall be “un-normal”.

 

  5. The “closed” signal shall be given when the “over centre mechanism” is completely locked.

 

  6. The two “in position” signals shall be given when the gap between the flanges is less than 1,5 +/-0,5mm.

 

  7. The “open/closed” signal shall be given when the 3 claws are completely opened/closed.

 

  8. The “open/closed” signal shall be given when the valve is completely opened/closed.

 

  9. The “open/closed” signal shall be given when the valve is completely opened/closed.

If any of the above signals is interrupted or does not have the correct status, an Automatic Shut Down (ASD) shall be performed, this shall include:

 

  a. Start the hydraulic pump station

 

  b. Trip the telemetry signal, which automatically trips the oil discharge pump(s)/closes the export valve on the OLT.

 

  c. Close the coupler valve

 

  d. Close the inboard valve

All activities shall start simultaneously when ASD 1 is activated. The time for the ASD shall be the same as for ESD 1, ref. item 11.3.1.

The wording “ready”, “normal”, “un-normal” etc. above, are examples and Statoil will accept other wording.

 

D.10.3 Emergency operation

In case of an emergency, it shall be possible to activate the following automatic functions from the bridge:

 

D.10.4 Emergency Shut Down class 1 (ESD 1)

This function shall automatically activate the following:

 

  a. Start the hydraulic pump station.

 

  b. Trip the telemetry signal, which automatically trips the oil discharge pumps/closes the export valve on the OLT.

 

  c. Close the coupler valve.

 

  d. Close the inboard valve.

All activities shall start simultaneously when ESD 1 is activated.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 56 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

Individual closing time for each of the above valves shall be adjustable within a range of 15 to 35 sec.

Closing time for the coupler valve shall be 25-28 seconds.

Closing time of the inboard valve shall be 3 seconds longer.

Total closing time for the ESD I shall be 28-31 seconds.

 

D.10.5 Emergency Shut Down class 2 (ESD 2)

This function shall automatically activate the following:

 

  a. Start the hydraulic pump station.

 

  b. Trip the telemetry signal, which automatically trips the oil discharge pumps/closes the export valve on the OLT.

 

  c. Close the coupler valve.

 

  d. Close the inboard valve.

 

  e. Start the (water) deluge system.

 

  f. Open the coupler claws.

 

  g. Open the chain stopper.

 

  h. Release the brake and control the lowering speed, ca. 60 m per minute, of the traction winch (UK-OLS only).

For ESD 2, the total closing time including opening of chain stopper, shall be 35 (+/-2) seconds.

For systems without mooring (UK-OLS), the traction winch shall start paying out the messenger line for the loading hose after approximate 30 seconds.

All functions shall be performed in the above stated sequence, but the activities a, b, c, d and e shall all start simultaneously when ESD 2 is activated.

In case of hydraulic pump failure, the accumulators shall provide for hydraulic pressure. The time delay due to accumulator operation shall not exceed 7 seconds for full release of the hawser and hose.

D.11 Piping/tubing and cables

 

D.11.1 Fittings and material requirements

All hydraulic fittings for piping/tubing < Ø38 mm shall be of the flared or “Swagelock” type. Piping Ø38 mm or more shall have welded flanges.

All weather exposed piping/tubing and fittings outside dry areas are to be of material AISI 316 L or equivalent. For welded piping the material shall be AISI 316 L or equivalent.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 57 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.11.2 Supports, trays and penetrations

All piping/tubing (non-hydraulic included) shall be properly supported. Maximum distance between each clamp shall be 700 mm.

All piping/tubing supports and trays exposed to weather, sea-water or outside dry areas shall be AISI 316. All other supports and trays shall be galvanised steel or AISI 316. For pipes of ANSI

316 L, the clamps shall be of corrosion resistant materials.

The piping/tubing shall be installed with sufficient spacing to accommodate standard tools for installation and maintenance work.

No hydraulic piping/tubing shall be located in the restricted area, ref. figure 6.

 

D.11.3 Flushing procedures

All hydraulic piping/tubing shall be properly flushed before they are connected to hoses, valves etc. Flushing requirements shall be to NAS grade 7 (ISO 16/13) or better. Hydraulic oil samples shall be analysed by recognized 3. party.

 

D.11.4 Installation

Hydraulic piping/tubing shall be installed using the minimum possible number of couplings/fittings. However, all piping/tubing shall be cut and installed such that all couplings/fittings are conveniently placed for access from platforms and decks.

 

D.11.5 Cables

Emergency supply cables and redundant cabling to be routed physically separated from equipment’s normal supply cables.

 

D.11.6 Trays and penetrations

Single cables shall be supported by means of steel round bars, otherwise supports shall be stainless steel cable trays.

Cable ladders/trays installed above each other shall have minimum 200 mm free space between them.

All cables are to be properly secured to their supports using plastic covered stainless steel straps.

All electric cables for the BLS system shall be terminated in junction boxes in the various equipment areas.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 58 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.11.7 Junction boxes

All junction boxes shall be certified according to relevant location. Junction boxes shall be placed in easily accessible locations in dry areas. Material shall be AISI 316 stainless steel or equivalent.

D.12 Illumination

 

D.12.1 Illumination for deck and working areas

All lighting fixtures for zone 1, included outdoor emergency lights, shall be IP67 and Ex proof according to zone 1 requirements.

Escape lighting shall be equipped with a 30 min. internal back-up source (at minimum design temperature).

Escape lighting at embarkation stations shall be equipped with a 3 hour internal back-up source (at minimum design temperature).

All lighting fixtures shall be easy accessible for maintenance purposes.

Sufficient lights (minimum 200 lux) shall be installed to ensure good working conditions also during the night. The lights shall be dimensioned to also provide sufficient working conditions for the CCTV system.

No lights, electrical sensors or other electrical equipment shall be installed in the restricted area, ref. figure 6.

D.13 Other requirements

 

D.13.1 Corrosion protection

All BLS equipment shall be delivered with the same painting specification as for other vessel equipment installed on open deck.

 

D.13.2 Testing

All the BLS equipment shall be FAT approved prior to delivery. After the installation of the equipment, the system shall be commissioned and a CAT shall be performed. This includes, but not limited to:

 

   

General check of mechanical completion of the installed equipment.

 

   

Adjusting and testing of all electrical components.

 

   

Start-up of all hydraulic functions.

 

   

Adjusting of speeds/pressures.

 

   

Calibration of load cells.

 

   

Initial start-up and testing of all equipment.

 

   

System tests included ASD and ESD 1 and 2. For the ASD all relevant sensors and equipment failure shall be tested.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 59 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

   

Pressure tests of the manifold, swivels, pipes to the inboard valve and the inboard valve.

 

   

A dummy BLS loading hose connection shall be carried out.

Procedures for above tests shall be prepared, and the tests shall be performed after completion of the commissioning.

One electric and one hydraulic service engineer from the maker shall be onboard during inshore/offshore testing and until the first loading is completed.

 

D.13.3 Hydraulic Pressure Testing

Testing pressure for all hydraulic connections shall at least be 50% above normal working pressure.

 

D.13.4 Hydraulic Flexible Hoses

All hoses in the manifold room and other hoses outside being exposed to the weather and sea, shall be changed as per maker’s instructions. Said instruction is supposed to be a part of the Owner’s Planned Maintenance System.

 

D.13.5 Spares

 

D.13.5.1 Spare Coupler

One complete spare coupler (partly assembled) for the loading manifold, shall be supplied and properly preserved onboard.

 

D.13.5.2 Spare Hydraulic Pump

A complete spare hydraulic pump including electric motor shall be onboard. The unit shall have the same specifications as those supplied with the hydraulic pump station.

 

D.13.5.3 Other spares

The following spares for the BLS equipment shall be onboard:

 

   

A selection of electrical spare parts.

 

   

One hydraulic actuator for inboard valve.

 

   

One of each initiator type for indication of actuator position.

 

   

A selection of hydraulic valves.

 

   

One of each type of flexible hydraulic hose.

 

   

One of each type of electronic card.

 

   

A selection of pilot lamps, switches etc.

 

   

One safety barrier of each type.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 60 of 65


Statoil governing document

Minimum Technical and Operational Requirements for Shuttle Tankers

Technical and professional requirements    TR2211, Final Ver. 1, Valid from 2006-09-01

 

D.13.6 Authority/classification requirements

All BLS equipment shall be designed, manufactured and tested according to:

 

   

DNV’s “Rules for classification of oil carriers, offshore loading arrangements” or equivalent.

 

   

Relevant Authority Regulations.

 

   

Relevant OCIMF recommendations.

 

   

This specification.

A FMEA shall be performed for the BLS by a recognised company, but not the classification society. The IMCA guidelines for FMEA shall be followed. The FMEA format shall be approved by Statoil.

 

D.13.7 Documentation

Technical documentation deemed necessary by Statoil shall be provided by contractor upon request. Examples of possible technical documentation are:

 

   

Specifications

 

   

Operation manuals.

 

   

Maintenance manuals.

 

   

Product drawings.

 

   

Test/inspection manuals/reports.

 

   

Certificates.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 61 of 65


STATOILTIME 1

 

Version 1.1

 

 

Doc No.

 

Valid from

2 November 2009

 

LOGO

         

 

Attachment 7—WR2394 Competence Requirements for Shuttle Tanker Personnel

 

Classification: Open   Status: Final  

 

Page 180 of 62


 

LOGO

Statoil governing document

Competence requirements for shuttle tanker personnel

Work process requirement, WR1674, Final Ver. 1, Valid from

Publisher/follow-up: General Manager

Classification: Open

Validity area:

Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore

Please print page for manual signing

 

Role in DocMap

  

Role in organisation

  

Name

  

Signature

  

Date

Author

   Sr. Maritime Consultant    Jari Idar Knutsvik          

Checked according to

WR001

   Management Coordinator / KSS    Bente Merete Berggren          

Publisher

   General Manager    Sigve Bru          

Approver

   Sr. Vice President    Jan K. Karlsen          

 

Publisher’s administrator:    Jar Idar Knutsvik
Document replaces:    None
Process network:    Health, safety and the environment (HSE)
Corporate task:     
Competence (discipline):     


 

LOGO

Statoil governing document

Competence requirements for shuttle tanker personnel

Work process requirement, WR1674, Final Ver. 1, Valid from

Publisher/follow-up: General Manager

Classification: Open

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstream/On- and offshore

 

1

     Objective, target group and warrant      3   
 

1.1

   Introduction      3   
 

1.2

   Objective and target      3   
 

1.3

   Warrant      3   

2

     Language requirements      3   

3

     Course and training requirements      4   
 

3.1

   General requirements for bridge manning during DP-operations      4   
 

3.2

   Course requirements      5   
 

3.3

   Loading buoy qualification      6   

4

     Definitions      7   


Statoil governing document

Competence requirements for shuttle tanker personnel

Work process requirement    WR1674, Final Ver. 1, Valid from

 

1 Objective, target group and warrant

 

1.1 Introduction

Offshore shuttle tanker operations are widely used at the Statoil operated oil fields. Different loading buoys solutions like:

 

 

OLS — offshore loading system (Statfjord). Loading operations in OLS can only be performed with vessel with full dynamic positioning (DP) capability. Requires at least equipment class 1 (DP-1).

 

 

SPM — single point mooring (Gullfaks), for which DP — operations are strongly recommended. (Last part of bullet point deleted)

 

 

Tandem operation (Åsgard A, Åsgard C and Norne). Loading operations are to be performed in DP-mode. Requires at least equipment class 2 (DP-2).

 

 

Taut hawser tandem operation (Glitne). Glitne is specially adapted for taut hawser operations. There is no DP-equipment required for the vessels that serve this field.

Common for the above loading solutions is that shuttle tankers need utility and safety systems especially designed for the shuttle tanker operation, like:

  1. BLS — bow loading system.

 

  2. Position reference systems.

 

  3. Telemetry systems.

 

1.2 Objective and target

The reason for the majority of the incidents related to vessel handling operations can be traced to human errors or lack of professional problem mitigation. Thus, the main object with this document is to outline training and competence requirements in order to achieve optimal understanding and skills by the individual vessel handler in manual mode as well as in DP-mode, which will further optimise the safety of the tankers’ loading operations.

Better knowledge of the tankers utility and safety systems among the crew will optimise the shuttle tankers liability to operate within the scheduled service programmes.

 

1.3 Warrant

“Statoil shipping policy” (PB103) (Statoil group/All locations)

 

2 Language requirements

With reference to the Norwegian Petroleum Safety Authority, all deck officers who takes part in offshore loading and DP-operations within any Statoil’s oil installation’s jurisdiction on the Norwegian shelf, shall be able to communicate fluently in Norwegian.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstreams/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 3 of 7


Statoil governing document

Competence requirements for shuttle tanker personnel

Work process requirement    WR1674, Final Ver. 1, Valid from

 

3 Course and training requirements

 

3.1 General requirements for bridge manning during DP-operations

For DP-Class I vessels: In addition to the master, a minimum of two senior DP-operators (DPOs) onboard shall hold a limited DP certificate and relevant competence in operation of the position reference and monitoring systems.

Exemption: For the dedicated Heidrun vessels “Randgrid”, Navion Europa” and “Navion Norvegia”, only one Senior DPO in addition to the Master is required.

For DP-Class II vessels: Same as required for DP-Class I vessels, but the DP-certificate shall be unlimited.

Statoil’s competence requirements for DP-operators (DPO):

 

a. Senior DP-operator (Senior DPO): Master, Chief Officer, Chief Officer jr. or 1. Officer (with min. Class 2 deck certificate) holding the appropriate DP-certificate and checked out by the Master to perform independent DP-watch duties.

 

b. Junior DP-operator (Junior DPO): A DP-certified or non-DP certified junior officer not checked out by the Master for independent DP-watch duties.

For all DP-watch keeping personnel, the certified Senior DPOs are standing the DP-watches assisted by the Junior DPOs also performing cargo/loading duties. Senior and Junior DPOs should alternate watches as appropriate. When not directly performing the DP watch, the Senior DPO will remain immediately available on the bridge/bow house.

The master shall normally not be part of the ordinary DP-watch scheme, but be present and available on the bridge/bow house at his discretion. However, the master is responsible to ensure that sufficient practice is maintained in accordance with his DPO-competence.

Exemption: On the above-mentioned dedicated Heidrun vessels, the Master stands ordinary DP-watches as applicable.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstreams/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 4 of 7


Statoil governing document

Competence requirements for shuttle tanker personnel

Work process requirement    WR1674, Final Ver. 1, Valid from

 

3.2 Course requirements

 

Course

   Recom.
sequence
   Dur.
(days)
     Institute    Position   

Explanation

            Sr.

DPO

   Jr.

DPO

   Ch.

Eng.

   Elect-
trisian
  
BRM/Bridge Resource Management course    1      4,5       SMS**    X    X              Compulsory for all deck officers, prior to joining.
Simulator Phase I, basic course    2      4,5       SMS**    X    X              Jr. DPO’s are granted 6 months grace after joining vessel.
DP basic operator course    3      4,5       Nautic.

Institute

   X    X             
DP advanced operator course    4      4,5          X    X              To be attended min. 30 days after completion of DP-basic.
Simulator Phase II, advanced course    5      4,5       SMS    X    X               
Simulator Phase III, refresher course incl. BRM    6      2,5       SMS**    X    X              2 years after completion phase II, thereafter every 3 years.
Artemis operator course           1       Supplier    X                   For Jr. DPO only on board training is required.
HPR/HiPAP operator course           2       Supplier    X                  
DGPS/DARPS operator course           2       Supplier    X                  
Blom PMS System operator course           1       Supplier    X                  
DP maintenance course           5       Supplier              X    X    Compulsory – 6 months grace after joining vessel*
Telemetry maintenance course           3       Supplier              X    X    Compulsory – 6 months grace after joining vessel*
Artemis maintenance course           2       Supplier              X    X    Compulsory – 6 months grace after joining vessel*
HPR/HiPAP maintenance course           3       Supplier              X    X    Compulsory – 6 months grace after joining vessel*
DGPS/DARPS /maintenance course           3       Supplier              X    X    Compulsory – 6 months grace after joining vessel*
Blom PMS System maintenance course           1       Supplier              X    X    Compulsory – 6 months grace after joining vessel*
High voltage (high voltage vessels only)                                 X    X    Compulsory – 6 months grace after joining vessel*
BLS course          

 

***

Individual

  

  

   Supplier              X         Compulsory – 6 months grace after joining vessel

Tank inspection course

          Individual       Compulsory to deck officers who perform tanks and structural inspections.
Formal crane operator training           Individual       Compulsory to all crew members who perform crane operations.
VOC plant operation course           Individual       Compulsory to all crew members in charge for the operation of the VOC plant.

 

* Provided one of the said positions is in compliance with the course requirements.
** SMS in Trondheim or equivalent recognized simulator training institutes.

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstreams/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 5 of 7


Statoil governing document

Competence requirements for shuttle tanker personnel

Work process requirement    WR1674, Final Ver. 1, Valid from

 

3.3 Loading buoy qualification

3.3.1. Master’s loading buoy qualification requirements

These requirements apply to masters without previous shuttle tanker experience, deck officers being promoted to masters and masters calling at a new type of loading installation, SPM, FPSO/FSU (tandem), OLS, STL or SAL for the first time:

 

   

Deck officers being promoted to masters, shall conduct at least the first 6 offshore loading operations trained/supervised by a qualified master before operating the vessel without supervision.

 

   

Masters without previous shuttle tanker experience shall sail as trainees until they qualify for the Nautical Institute DP certificate; “Limited” for DP 1 classed vessels and “Unlimited” for DP 2 classed vessels. Masters holding “Limited” DP-certificate shall sail as trainee until the “Unlimited” certificate has been achieved, before taking command on a DP 2 vessel. For this category of masters, the requirement for 6 independent loading operations can be included at the end of the trainee period.

 

   

Qualified masters calling at FPSO/FSU (tandem), OLS, STL or SAL for the first time shall be trained/supervised by a master with required experience during the 2 first loading operations. If calling at an SPM, one loading operation accompanied by an experienced master is sufficient.

3.3.2. Loading buoy refresher training requirements

Masters and deck officers qualifying for master without operational experience during the last 6 -12 months at any category of installation except SPM, shall at the first loading operation after said period, be accompanied by a qualified master with relevant experience from the loading operation in question as follows:

One loading operation means a full round trip from entering the 10 nm zone, approaching the installation, loading, departing and passing the 10 nm zone outbound. A part loading involving disconnection and reconnection (like Norne) counts as one loading operation. A DP-operation with the vessel connected/moored to the relevant loading installation/buoy shall be accepted as a compensation for a loading operation.

 

Experience level    Time frame    Loading operation under supervision by a qualified master
Masters with 3 or less non-assisted loading operations at the category in question    More than 6 months since the last loading    1 loading operation
Masters with 4 or more non-assisted loading operations at the category in question    More than 12 months since the last loading    1 loading operation
Masters with 50 or more non-assisted loading operations at the category in question    More than 36 months since the last loading    1 loading operation

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstreams/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 6 of 7


Statoil governing document

Competence requirements for shuttle tanker personnel

Work process requirement    WR1674, Final Ver. 1, Valid from

 

4 Definitions

 

ARTEMIS    Main distance reference system for DP-operations
BLOM PMS    Position Monitoring System (BLOM is the name of the manufacturer)
BRM    Bridge Resource Management
DARPS    Diffstar Absolute Relative Positioning System
DGPS    Differential Global Positioning System.
DP    Dynamic Positioning system
DPO    Dynamic Position Operator
FPSO    Floating Production Storage Offtake (offloading)
FSU    Floating Storage Unit
HiPAP    High Precision Acoustic Positioning_ System
HPR    Hydro Acoustic Positioning system
IMCA    International Marine Contractors Association
IMO    International Maritime Organization
NMD    The Norwegian Maritime Directorate
OLS    Offshore Loading System
SAL    Single Anchor Loading system
SPM    Single Point Mooring
STCW    The IMO’s International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers.
STL    Submerged Turret Loading
Taut hawser operation    Loading operation without DP-utilization. Operating with constant tension in the mooring hawser.
UKOOA    United Kingdom Oil Operators Association
VOC    Volatile Organic Compound

 

Validity area: Statoil group/All/Downstreams/On- and offshore
Classification: Open    Page 7 of 7


BODIL KNUTSEN

Time Charterparty dated 7 October, 2010

(hereinafter called the “Time Charter”)

between:

Knutsen Bøyelaster VI KS, “hereinafter called the Owners”,

and

Statoil ASA, “hereinafter called the “Charterers”.

ADDENDUM NO. 1

It has been mutually agreed between Charterers and Owners that with effect from 29 March, 2011, Clause 5 of the Time Charter shall be amended as set out below:

 

1. Clause 4(i) shall be amended to read as follows:

“The Vessel shall not be delivered to Charterers before January 1 st , 2011 and Charterers, without prejudice to their rights to claim damages, shall have the option to cancel this Charter Party if the Vessel is not ready and at their immediate disposal on or before 31 st  May 2011 .

Owners to narrow the date range provided above to a 3 days spread not later than 20 days before the first day of the 3 days spread.”

 

2. All other terms and conditions of the Time Charter shall remain unchanged.

This Addendum is made in two originals.

Stavanger, 29 March, 2011

THE PARTIES INDICATE THEIR AGREEMENT TO THESE TERMS BY THEIR SIGNATURES BELOW:

 

Signed for and behalf of     Signed for and behalf of
KNUTSEN BØYELASTER VI KS     STATOIL USA
   
Signature:   /s/ JOHN E DALSUAG     Signature:   /s/ MARIT LUNDE
Print:   John E Dalsuag     Print:   Marit Lunde
Title:   Vice President     Title:   Vice President


THIS NOVATION AGREEMENT ( the “ Agreement ”) is made on 18 February 2013

BETWEEN

 

(1) KNUTSEN BØYELASTER VI KS , a company incorporated in Norway whose registered office is at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund (the “ Original Owner ”);

 

(2) KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS , a company incorporated in Norway whose registered office is at Smedasundet 40, 5529 Haugesund (the “ New Owner ”); and

 

(3) STATOIL ASA, a company incorporated in Norway whose registered office is at Forusbeen 50, 4035 Stavanger, Norway (the “ Charterer ”).

BACKGROUND

 

(A) By a time charter party dated 2 November 2009 (as amended, the “ Time Charter ”), the Charterer agreed to hire and the Original Owner agreed to let the vessel “Bodil Knutsen” (the “ Vessel ”) to the Charterer on the terms and conditions set out in the Time Charter.

 

(B) The Vessel, MT “Windsor Knutsen” , MT “Fortaleza Knutsen” and MT “Recife Knutsen” is in the process of being contributed to a Master Limited Partnership (the “MLP”), in exchange for which the parent Knutsen NYK Offshore Tankers AS will obtain a majority of the ownership interests in the MLP. The MLP will in due course undertake an initial public offering and will be required to register the common units representing limited partner interests in the MLP with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”). The MLP will be formed as a Marshall Islands limited partnership, however the commercial and technical operation of its fleet will continue out of Haugesund, Norway. As a consequence of the change of ownership of the Vessel as contemplated by the above, the Original Owner, the New Owner and the Charterer now enter into this Agreement

 

(C) The Original Owner has agreed to transfer and the New Owner has agreed to assume all the rights, liabilities and obligations of the Original Owner under the Time Charter and the Charterer has agreed to the substitution of the New Owner in place of the Original Owner in relation to such rights, liabilities and obligations subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

(D) This Agreement is entered into by the Charterer in consideration of the payment to the Charterer by each of the Original Owner and the New Owner of US$1 and for other good and valuable consideration provided by the New Owner to the Original Owner (the sufficiency and receipt of which the Charterer, the New Owner and the Original Owner each hereby acknowledges).


IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Construction of certain terms.

In this Agreement:

 

 

“Effective Time”

   means the date and time at which title to the Vessel is registered in the name of the New Owner;
 

“Novated Obligations”

   means for the purposes of Clause 2.1, all obligations of the Original Owner as “Owner” under the Time Charter;
 

“Novated Time Charter”

   means the Time Charter as constituted as a contract between the New Owner and the Charterer by the terms of this Agreement;
 

“Novated Rights”

   means for the purposes of Clause 2.1, all rights of the Original Owner as “Owner” under the Time Charter;
 

“Time Charter”

   means the Time Charter referred to in Recital (A) as supplemented or amended from time to time.

 

1.2 General Interpretation

In this Agreement:

 

(a) clause headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement and, unless otherwise specified, all references to Clauses and Recitals are to clauses and recitals of this Agreement; and

 

(b) unless the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

2 NOVATION

 

2.1 Novation to the New Owner

The Original Owner agrees to transfer the Novated Rights and the Novated Obligations from the Original Owner to the New Owner and each of the other parties to this Agreement agrees to such transfer, on and with effect from the Effective Time, on the basis that, at the Effective Time:

 

(a) the Original Owner shall release and discharge the Charterer from its obligations to the Original Owner in respect of the Novated Rights;

 

(b) the Charterer shall release and discharge the Original Owner from the Novated Obligations and consequently releases the Original Owner from all claims and demands whatsoever in respect of the Time Charter and accepts the liability of the New Owner under the Time Charter;

 

(c) the New Owner shall have the benefit of the Novated Rights to the exclusion of the Original Owner (and accordingly the Charterer thereafter shall undertake to perform its obligations in respect of the Novated Rights under the Time Charter in favour of the New Owner); and

 

(d) the New Owner shall assume the Novated Obligations,

so that, with effect from the Effective Time, the New Owner shall be substituted in place of the Original Owner as a party to the Time Charter in relation to the Novated Rights and the Novated Obligations and, accordingly, the Time Charter on and with effect from the Effective Time shall be construed and treated, and the Charterer shall be bound in all respects, as if the New Owner had always been named in the Time Charter as “Owner” instead of the Original Owner in relation to the Novated Rights and Novated Obligations.


3 TIME CHARTER REMAINS UNCHANGED

 

3.1 As a consequence of the novation in clause 2 above, it is hereby agreed that as from the Effective Time payment of hire under the Time Charter shall be paid to an account to be advised in due time by the New Owner. The New Owner and the Original Owner are to settle any advance hire paid at the Effective Time, without affecting the Charterer’s payment obligations.

 

3.2 The New Owner is also to advice of any new address and contact details for notices to the “Owner” under the Time Charter.

 

3.3 Save as provided to the contrary herein, all terms and conditions of the Time Charter remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

3.4 No increased obligations

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the execution and delivery by the Charterer of this Agreement and the performance by the Charterer of its obligations under this Agreement shall not create or impose upon the Charterer any obligations on its part under the Time Charter which are greater than the obligations which the Charterer would have had under the Time Charter.


4 MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts and any single counterpart or set of counterparts signed, in either case, by all of the parties thereto shall be deemed to be an original, and all counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4.2 Warranty of Authority

Each Party represents and warrants to every other Party that it has full power to enter in to this Agreement and has taken all necessary action and has obtained all necessary authorizations, consents, licences and approvals required in connection with the entry into and performance of this Agreement and that the person signing this Agreement on its behalf has authority to do so.

 

4.3 Third Party Rights

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no rights under it and may not enforce a right to, or enjoy the benefit of, any term of this Agreement under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

4.4 Costs

Each party shall bear its own costs, charges and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) incurred in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement or any actions required thereunder.

 

5 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

5.1 Incorporation of Time Charter provisions

Governing law, jurisdiction and dispute resolutions under this Agreement shall be as per the Time Charter.

This Agreement has been executed by or on behalf of the parties to this Agreement as a deed on the date specified at the beginning of this Agreement.


ORIGINAL OWNER

        

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by

         ) /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

for and on behalf of

         )

KNUTSEN BØYELASTER VI KS

         )

in the presence of:

         ) /s/ KARL GERHARD BRÅSTEIN DAHL

NEW OWNER

        

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by

         )

for and on behalf of

         ) /s/ TRYGVE SEGLEM

KNOT SHUTTLE TANKERS 17 AS

         )

in the presence of:

         ) /s/ KARL GERHARD BRÅSTEIN DAHL

CHARTERER

        

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED by

         )

for and on behalf of

         )

STATOIL ASA

         ) TOR MARTIN ANFINNSEN

in the presence of:

         ) /s/ KATRINE K. KRAMER

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 28, 2013, related to the combined carve-out financial statements of KNOT Offshore Partners LP Predecessor, and our report dated February 28, 2013, related to the balance sheet of KNOT Offshore Partners LP, in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of KNOT Offshore Partners LP dated February 28, 2013.

/s/ Ernst & Young AS

Bergen, Norway

February 28, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

February 28, 2013

KNOT Offshore Partners LP

2 Queen’s Cross

Aberden, Aberdeenshire

AB15 4YB United Kingdom

Ladies and Gentleman:

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) relating to the initial public offering of common units of limited partner interests of KNOT Offshore Partners LP (the “ Partnership ”). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement and to the use of the statistical and graphical information supplied by us set forth in sections of the Registration Statement entitled “Industry”. We advise the Partnership that we do not have any knowledge that the information provided by us is inaccurate in any material respect. We further advise the Partnership that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical and graphical data supplied by us. With respect to such statistical and graphical data, we advise you that:

 

  certain information in our database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments;

 

  the information in the database of other offshore drilling data collection agencies may differ from the information in our database; and

 

  while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believe it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of the Partnership to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the reference to our firm in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Industry and Market Data.”

 

FEARNLEY CONSULTANTS AS

By:  

/s/ SVERRE BJØRN SVENNING

Name:    Sverre Bjørn Svenning
Title:   Director